<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0"
    xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
    xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
    xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/" xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
    xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:spotify="http://www.spotify.com/ns/rss">
    <channel>
        <title>Startups For the Rest of Us</title>
        <generator>Castos</generator>
        <atom:link href="https://feeds.castos.com/mqv6" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
        <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/</link>
        <description>The original podcast for bootstrapped and mostly bootstrapped startups, this show follow the stories of founders as they start, acquire, and grow SaaS companies. Hear when they fail, struggle, succeed, and take you with them through the tumultuous life of a SaaS founder. If you like Mixergy, This Week in Startups, or SaaStr, you’ll enjoy Startup for the Rest of Us.</description>
        <lastBuildDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 10:00:21 +0000</lastBuildDate>
        <language>en-US</language>
        <copyright>© 2025 Startups For the Rest of Us</copyright>
        
        <spotify:limit recentCount="329" />
        
        <spotify:countryOfOrigin>
              
        </spotify:countryOfOrigin>
                    <image>
                <url>https://episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/images/podcast/covers/c1a-9g8v-mkwv1jmzf6jz-16hp2f.png</url>
                <title>Startups For the Rest of Us</title>
                <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/</link>
            </image>
                <itunes:subtitle>The original podcast for bootstrapped and mostly bootstrapped startups, this show follow the stories of founders as they start, acquire, and grow SaaS companies. Hear when they fail, struggle, succeed, and take you with them through the tumultuous life of a SaaS founder. If you like Mixergy, This Week in Startups, or SaaStr, you’ll enjoy Startup for the Rest of Us.</itunes:subtitle>
        <itunes:author>Rob Walling</itunes:author>
        <itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type>
        <itunes:summary>The original podcast for bootstrapped and mostly bootstrapped startups, this show follow the stories of founders as they start, acquire, and grow SaaS companies. Hear when they fail, struggle, succeed, and take you with them through the tumultuous life of a SaaS founder. If you like Mixergy, This Week in Startups, or SaaStr, you’ll enjoy Startup for the Rest of Us.</itunes:summary>
        <itunes:owner>
            <itunes:name>Rob Walling</itunes:name>
            <itunes:email>questions@startupsfortherestofus.com</itunes:email>
        </itunes:owner>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                    <itunes:image href="https://episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/images/podcast/covers/c1a-9g8v-mkwv1jmzf6jz-16hp2f.png"></itunes:image>
        
                                    <itunes:category text="Business">
                                            <itunes:category text="Entrepreneurship" />
                                            <itunes:category text="Marketing" />
                                            <itunes:category text="Management" />
                                    </itunes:category>
                    
                    <itunes:new-feed-url>https://feeds.castos.com/mqv6</itunes:new-feed-url>
                
        
        <podcast:locked>no</podcast:locked>
                                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 823 | Hot Take Tuesday: Is A.I. Killing B2B SaaS?, ChatGPT Ads, OpenClaw]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 10:00:21 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2376562</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-823-hot-take-tuesday-is-a-i-killing-b2b-saas-chatgpt-ads-openclaw</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Is AI really killing B2B SaaS, or is it just subscription software by another name?</p>



<p>In this Hot Take Tuesday, Rob Walling, Einar Vollset, and Tracy Osborn dig into the market panic around SaaS stocks, whether AI models are actually getting better, ChatGPT's move into advertising (and Anthropic's spicy response), and the explosion of OpenClaw. They also tackle QSBS and when SaaS acquisitions shift from asset to stock purchases.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsors:</strong></h2>





<p>This episode is brought to you by <a href="http://mercury.com">Mercury</a></p>



<p>Mercury is the banking solution I use across my businesses, from my personal single-member LLC to MicroConf and TinySeed.</p>



<p>Traditional banking forces you to duct-tape tools together and work around slow, clunky processes. Mercury gives me a clean dashboard that shows exactly where each business stands at a glance.</p>



<p>The interface is simple enough for daily banking and paying invoices, but powerful enough to handle multi-step approval workflows for large transfers.</p>



<p>There's a reason more than 300,000 entrepreneurs have made the switch. It's free to get started with no in-person visits and no minimum balance.</p>



<p>Apply online in minutes at <a href="http://mercury.com">mercury.com</a>.</p>



<p><em>Mercury is a fintech company, not an FDIC-insured bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group and Column N.A., Members FDIC.</em></p>





<p>If you’ve got a strong vision but no technical partner, you need more than a “vibe-coded” MVP, you need a real foundation.</p>



<p>That’s where <a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus"><strong>Designli</strong></a> comes in. Their two-week <strong>SolutionLab Prototyping Sprint</strong> pairs you with a product owner, designer, and developer to turn your idea into a beautiful, clickable prototype you’ll be proud to show investors or early users.</p>



<p>Right now, <em>Startups for the Rest of Us</em> listeners get <strong>$3,800 off</strong> their sprint.</p>



<p> Get started at<a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus"> designli.co/fortherestofus</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover:</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:52) – M&amp;A guide for B2B SaaS founders</li>



<li>(6:35) – QSBS and asset vs. stock purchase thresholds</li>



<li>(9:25) – Is AI killing B2B SaaS?</li>



<li>(16:27) – Are AI models noticeably better than a year ago?</li>



<li>(17:27) – ChatGPT vs. Claude: real-world experiences</li>



<li>(26:17) – ChatGPT ads and Anthropic's Super Bowl response</li>



<li>(29:34) – The opportunity for SaaS founders in new ad networks</li>



<li>(32:29) – OpenClaw: hype or substance?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show:</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/us-flagship">MicroConf US</a> April 12-14, 2026 · Portland, Oregon</li>



<li><a href="https://discretioncapital.com/guide/">Discretion Capital’s M&amp;A Guide</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/saas-institute">TinySeed SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://nmn.gl/blog/ai-killing-b2b-saas">AI is Killing B2B SaaS</a> by Namanyay Goel</li>



<li><a href="https://www.jakequist.com/thoughts/openclaw-is-what-apple-intelligence-should-have-been">OpenClaw is What Apple Intelligence Should Have Been</a> by Jake Quist</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling">Rob Walling @robwalling | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset">Einar Vollset @einarvollset | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/tracyosborn.com">Tracy Osborn (tracymakes) | Blue Sky</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Is AI really killing B2B SaaS, or is it just subscription software by another name?



In this Hot Take Tuesday, Rob Walling, Einar Vollset, and Tracy Osborn dig into the market panic around SaaS stocks, whether AI models are actually getting better, ChatGPT's move into advertising (and Anthropic's spicy response), and the explosion of OpenClaw. They also tackle QSBS and when SaaS acquisitions shift from asset to stock purchases.



Episode Sponsors:





This episode is brought to you by Mercury



Mercury is the banking solution I use across my businesses, from my personal single-member LLC to MicroConf and TinySeed.



Traditional banking forces you to duct-tape tools together and work around slow, clunky processes. Mercury gives me a clean dashboard that shows exactly where each business stands at a glance.



The interface is simple enough for daily banking and paying invoices, but powerful enough to handle multi-step approval workflows for large transfers.



There's a reason more than 300,000 entrepreneurs have made the switch. It's free to get started with no in-person visits and no minimum balance.



Apply online in minutes at mercury.com.



Mercury is a fintech company, not an FDIC-insured bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group and Column N.A., Members FDIC.





If you’ve got a strong vision but no technical partner, you need more than a “vibe-coded” MVP, you need a real foundation.



That’s where Designli comes in. Their two-week SolutionLab Prototyping Sprint pairs you with a product owner, designer, and developer to turn your idea into a beautiful, clickable prototype you’ll be proud to show investors or early users.



Right now, Startups for the Rest of Us listeners get $3,800 off their sprint.



 Get started at designli.co/fortherestofus



Topics we cover:




(3:52) – M&A guide for B2B SaaS founders



(6:35) – QSBS and asset vs. stock purchase thresholds



(9:25) – Is AI killing B2B SaaS?



(16:27) – Are AI models noticeably better than a year ago?



(17:27) – ChatGPT vs. Claude: real-world experiences



(26:17) – ChatGPT ads and Anthropic's Super Bowl response



(29:34) – The opportunity for SaaS founders in new ad networks



(32:29) – OpenClaw: hype or substance?




Links from the show:




MicroConf US April 12-14, 2026 · Portland, Oregon



Discretion Capital’s M&A Guide



TinySeed SaaS Institute



AI is Killing B2B SaaS by Namanyay Goel



OpenClaw is What Apple Intelligence Should Have Been by Jake Quist



Rob Walling @robwalling | X



Einar Vollset @einarvollset | X



Tracy Osborn (tracymakes) | Blue Sky




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 823 | Hot Take Tuesday: Is A.I. Killing B2B SaaS?, ChatGPT Ads, OpenClaw]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Is AI really killing B2B SaaS, or is it just subscription software by another name?</p>



<p>In this Hot Take Tuesday, Rob Walling, Einar Vollset, and Tracy Osborn dig into the market panic around SaaS stocks, whether AI models are actually getting better, ChatGPT's move into advertising (and Anthropic's spicy response), and the explosion of OpenClaw. They also tackle QSBS and when SaaS acquisitions shift from asset to stock purchases.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsors:</strong></h2>





<p>This episode is brought to you by <a href="http://mercury.com">Mercury</a></p>



<p>Mercury is the banking solution I use across my businesses, from my personal single-member LLC to MicroConf and TinySeed.</p>



<p>Traditional banking forces you to duct-tape tools together and work around slow, clunky processes. Mercury gives me a clean dashboard that shows exactly where each business stands at a glance.</p>



<p>The interface is simple enough for daily banking and paying invoices, but powerful enough to handle multi-step approval workflows for large transfers.</p>



<p>There's a reason more than 300,000 entrepreneurs have made the switch. It's free to get started with no in-person visits and no minimum balance.</p>



<p>Apply online in minutes at <a href="http://mercury.com">mercury.com</a>.</p>



<p><em>Mercury is a fintech company, not an FDIC-insured bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group and Column N.A., Members FDIC.</em></p>





<p>If you’ve got a strong vision but no technical partner, you need more than a “vibe-coded” MVP, you need a real foundation.</p>



<p>That’s where <a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus"><strong>Designli</strong></a> comes in. Their two-week <strong>SolutionLab Prototyping Sprint</strong> pairs you with a product owner, designer, and developer to turn your idea into a beautiful, clickable prototype you’ll be proud to show investors or early users.</p>



<p>Right now, <em>Startups for the Rest of Us</em> listeners get <strong>$3,800 off</strong> their sprint.</p>



<p> Get started at<a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus"> designli.co/fortherestofus</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover:</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:52) – M&amp;A guide for B2B SaaS founders</li>



<li>(6:35) – QSBS and asset vs. stock purchase thresholds</li>



<li>(9:25) – Is AI killing B2B SaaS?</li>



<li>(16:27) – Are AI models noticeably better than a year ago?</li>



<li>(17:27) – ChatGPT vs. Claude: real-world experiences</li>



<li>(26:17) – ChatGPT ads and Anthropic's Super Bowl response</li>



<li>(29:34) – The opportunity for SaaS founders in new ad networks</li>



<li>(32:29) – OpenClaw: hype or substance?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show:</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/us-flagship">MicroConf US</a> April 12-14, 2026 · Portland, Oregon</li>



<li><a href="https://discretioncapital.com/guide/">Discretion Capital’s M&amp;A Guide</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/saas-institute">TinySeed SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://nmn.gl/blog/ai-killing-b2b-saas">AI is Killing B2B SaaS</a> by Namanyay Goel</li>



<li><a href="https://www.jakequist.com/thoughts/openclaw-is-what-apple-intelligence-should-have-been">OpenClaw is What Apple Intelligence Should Have Been</a> by Jake Quist</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling">Rob Walling @robwalling | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset">Einar Vollset @einarvollset | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/tracyosborn.com">Tracy Osborn (tracymakes) | Blue Sky</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> |<a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/5089lJbLDOmXCvbcJzLZYj">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2376562/c1e-dj9nhovg03awgq17-xx706qw6c42g-rhqsi7.mp3" length="40525718"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Is AI really killing B2B SaaS, or is it just subscription software by another name?



In this Hot Take Tuesday, Rob Walling, Einar Vollset, and Tracy Osborn dig into the market panic around SaaS stocks, whether AI models are actually getting better, ChatGPT's move into advertising (and Anthropic's spicy response), and the explosion of OpenClaw. They also tackle QSBS and when SaaS acquisitions shift from asset to stock purchases.



Episode Sponsors:





This episode is brought to you by Mercury



Mercury is the banking solution I use across my businesses, from my personal single-member LLC to MicroConf and TinySeed.



Traditional banking forces you to duct-tape tools together and work around slow, clunky processes. Mercury gives me a clean dashboard that shows exactly where each business stands at a glance.



The interface is simple enough for daily banking and paying invoices, but powerful enough to handle multi-step approval workflows for large transfers.



There's a reason more than 300,000 entrepreneurs have made the switch. It's free to get started with no in-person visits and no minimum balance.



Apply online in minutes at mercury.com.



Mercury is a fintech company, not an FDIC-insured bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group and Column N.A., Members FDIC.





If you’ve got a strong vision but no technical partner, you need more than a “vibe-coded” MVP, you need a real foundation.



That’s where Designli comes in. Their two-week SolutionLab Prototyping Sprint pairs you with a product owner, designer, and developer to turn your idea into a beautiful, clickable prototype you’ll be proud to show investors or early users.



Right now, Startups for the Rest of Us listeners get $3,800 off their sprint.



 Get started at designli.co/fortherestofus



Topics we cover:




(3:52) – M&A guide for B2B SaaS founders



(6:35) – QSBS and asset vs. stock purchase thresholds



(9:25) – Is AI killing B2B SaaS?



(16:27) – Are AI models noticeably better than a year ago?



(17:27) – ChatGPT vs. Claude: real-world experiences



(26:17) – ChatGPT ads and Anthropic's Super Bowl response



(29:34) – The opportunity for SaaS founders in new ad networks



(32:29) – OpenClaw: hype or substance?




Links from the show:




MicroConf US April 12-14, 2026 · Portland, Oregon



Discretion Capital’s M&A Guide



TinySeed SaaS Institute



AI is Killing B2B SaaS by Namanyay Goel



OpenClaw is What Apple Intelligence Should Have Been by Jake Quist



Rob Walling @robwalling | X



Einar Vollset @einarvollset | X



Tracy Osborn (tracymakes) | Blue Sky




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:41:42</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 822 | No-code vs. A.I. Coding, SaaS Margins in the A.I. Age, and More Listener Questions (with Derrick Reimer)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2026 10:00:28 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2370277</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-822-no-code-vs-a-i-coding-saas-margins-in-the-a-i-age-and-more-listener-questions-with-derrick-reimer</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Should you build your SaaS with no-code tools, or is AI coding the better path forward?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob is joined by fan favorite Derrick Reimer to tackle listener questions on no-code vs. AI vibe coding, when to take small funding early vs. pure bootstrapping, whether SaaS margins will compress as AI makes building cheaper, and how to get truly useful feedback from your customers.</p>



<p>Want to get your question answered?<a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact"> Submit it here</a> for a future episode.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Hiring engineers right now is kinda broken. AI resumes, fake profiles, people who look senior on paper but can't ship anything real.</p>



<p><a href="https://www.g2i.co/rob">G2i</a> cuts through all of that. They've pre-vetted over 8,000 engineers- not "we glanced at their GitHub" vetted, actually tested with live technical interviews. Contract or full-time- just tell them what you need and within days you're reviewing real candidates.</p>



<p>And you get a risk-free trial. If it's not a fit, they'll replace the dev in 24 hours.</p>



<p>G2i is trusted by companies like Meta, 1Password, and countless bootstrapped founders who need to move fast without making expensive mistakes.</p>



<p> <strong>Get a 7-day free trial and $1,500 off</strong> when you mention <em>Startups for the Rest of Us</em> at <a href="http://www.g2i.co/rob">https://www.g2i.co/rob</a> </p>



<p>️ Want to attend their <a href="https://www.ai.engineer/miami">AI Miami</a> in April? Use promo code <strong>Rob50Off</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover:</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:18) – No-code vs. AI vibe coding for SaaS</li>



<li>(7:55) – What Rob would do as a non-developer today</li>



<li>(11:10) – Will you have to rewrite AI or no-code apps later?</li>



<li>(17:08) – Taking small funding early vs. bootstrapping</li>



<li>(21:29) – De-risking before taking funding</li>



<li>(27:42) – Will AI compress SaaS margins?</li>



<li>(31:32) – Why brand and positioning still win</li>



<li>(37:38) – Expanding your value chain with AI</li>



<li>(39:47) – Getting actionable feedback from customers</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show:</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/upcoming-events">MicroConf Europe 2026</a> – Join us in Reykjavík, Iceland (Sept 21–23) </li>



<li><a href="https://discretioncapital.com/">Discretion Capital</a><strong> </strong>-<strong> </strong>M&amp;A Advisory for B2B SaaS with $2-25m ARR</li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/appointments">SavvyCal Appointments</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/derrickreimer">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please<a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact"> submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review:<a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951"> iTunes</a> |<a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/5089lJbLDOmXCvbcJzLZYj"> Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Should you build your SaaS with no-code tools, or is AI coding the better path forward?



In this episode, Rob is joined by fan favorite Derrick Reimer to tackle listener questions on no-code vs. AI vibe coding, when to take small funding early vs. pure bootstrapping, whether SaaS margins will compress as AI makes building cheaper, and how to get truly useful feedback from your customers.



Want to get your question answered? Submit it here for a future episode.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring engineers right now is kinda broken. AI resumes, fake profiles, people who look senior on paper but can't ship anything real.



G2i cuts through all of that. They've pre-vetted over 8,000 engineers- not "we glanced at their GitHub" vetted, actually tested with live technical interviews. Contract or full-time- just tell them what you need and within days you're reviewing real candidates.



And you get a risk-free trial. If it's not a fit, they'll replace the dev in 24 hours.



G2i is trusted by companies like Meta, 1Password, and countless bootstrapped founders who need to move fast without making expensive mistakes.



 Get a 7-day free trial and $1,500 off when you mention Startups for the Rest of Us at https://www.g2i.co/rob 



️ Want to attend their AI Miami in April? Use promo code Rob50Off



Topics we cover:




(2:18) – No-code vs. AI vibe coding for SaaS



(7:55) – What Rob would do as a non-developer today



(11:10) – Will you have to rewrite AI or no-code apps later?



(17:08) – Taking small funding early vs. bootstrapping



(21:29) – De-risking before taking funding



(27:42) – Will AI compress SaaS margins?



(31:32) – Why brand and positioning still win



(37:38) – Expanding your value chain with AI



(39:47) – Getting actionable feedback from customers




Links from the show:




MicroConf Europe 2026 – Join us in Reykjavík, Iceland (Sept 21–23) 



Discretion Capital - M&A Advisory for B2B SaaS with $2-25m ARR



SavvyCal



SavvyCal Appointments



TinySeed



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 822 | No-code vs. A.I. Coding, SaaS Margins in the A.I. Age, and More Listener Questions (with Derrick Reimer)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Should you build your SaaS with no-code tools, or is AI coding the better path forward?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob is joined by fan favorite Derrick Reimer to tackle listener questions on no-code vs. AI vibe coding, when to take small funding early vs. pure bootstrapping, whether SaaS margins will compress as AI makes building cheaper, and how to get truly useful feedback from your customers.</p>



<p>Want to get your question answered?<a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact"> Submit it here</a> for a future episode.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Hiring engineers right now is kinda broken. AI resumes, fake profiles, people who look senior on paper but can't ship anything real.</p>



<p><a href="https://www.g2i.co/rob">G2i</a> cuts through all of that. They've pre-vetted over 8,000 engineers- not "we glanced at their GitHub" vetted, actually tested with live technical interviews. Contract or full-time- just tell them what you need and within days you're reviewing real candidates.</p>



<p>And you get a risk-free trial. If it's not a fit, they'll replace the dev in 24 hours.</p>



<p>G2i is trusted by companies like Meta, 1Password, and countless bootstrapped founders who need to move fast without making expensive mistakes.</p>



<p> <strong>Get a 7-day free trial and $1,500 off</strong> when you mention <em>Startups for the Rest of Us</em> at <a href="http://www.g2i.co/rob">https://www.g2i.co/rob</a> </p>



<p>️ Want to attend their <a href="https://www.ai.engineer/miami">AI Miami</a> in April? Use promo code <strong>Rob50Off</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover:</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:18) – No-code vs. AI vibe coding for SaaS</li>



<li>(7:55) – What Rob would do as a non-developer today</li>



<li>(11:10) – Will you have to rewrite AI or no-code apps later?</li>



<li>(17:08) – Taking small funding early vs. bootstrapping</li>



<li>(21:29) – De-risking before taking funding</li>



<li>(27:42) – Will AI compress SaaS margins?</li>



<li>(31:32) – Why brand and positioning still win</li>



<li>(37:38) – Expanding your value chain with AI</li>



<li>(39:47) – Getting actionable feedback from customers</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show:</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/upcoming-events">MicroConf Europe 2026</a> – Join us in Reykjavík, Iceland (Sept 21–23) </li>



<li><a href="https://discretioncapital.com/">Discretion Capital</a><strong> </strong>-<strong> </strong>M&amp;A Advisory for B2B SaaS with $2-25m ARR</li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/appointments">SavvyCal Appointments</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/derrickreimer">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please<a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact"> submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review:<a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951"> iTunes</a> |<a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/5089lJbLDOmXCvbcJzLZYj"> Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2370277/c1e-781viv2wgxb5xo7q-6z9rz8gos6q-tbptqa.mp3" length="50146651"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Should you build your SaaS with no-code tools, or is AI coding the better path forward?



In this episode, Rob is joined by fan favorite Derrick Reimer to tackle listener questions on no-code vs. AI vibe coding, when to take small funding early vs. pure bootstrapping, whether SaaS margins will compress as AI makes building cheaper, and how to get truly useful feedback from your customers.



Want to get your question answered? Submit it here for a future episode.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring engineers right now is kinda broken. AI resumes, fake profiles, people who look senior on paper but can't ship anything real.



G2i cuts through all of that. They've pre-vetted over 8,000 engineers- not "we glanced at their GitHub" vetted, actually tested with live technical interviews. Contract or full-time- just tell them what you need and within days you're reviewing real candidates.



And you get a risk-free trial. If it's not a fit, they'll replace the dev in 24 hours.



G2i is trusted by companies like Meta, 1Password, and countless bootstrapped founders who need to move fast without making expensive mistakes.



 Get a 7-day free trial and $1,500 off when you mention Startups for the Rest of Us at https://www.g2i.co/rob 



️ Want to attend their AI Miami in April? Use promo code Rob50Off



Topics we cover:




(2:18) – No-code vs. AI vibe coding for SaaS



(7:55) – What Rob would do as a non-developer today



(11:10) – Will you have to rewrite AI or no-code apps later?



(17:08) – Taking small funding early vs. bootstrapping



(21:29) – De-risking before taking funding



(27:42) – Will AI compress SaaS margins?



(31:32) – Why brand and positioning still win



(37:38) – Expanding your value chain with AI



(39:47) – Getting actionable feedback from customers




Links from the show:




MicroConf Europe 2026 – Join us in Reykjavík, Iceland (Sept 21–23) 



Discretion Capital - M&A Advisory for B2B SaaS with $2-25m ARR



SavvyCal



SavvyCal Appointments



TinySeed



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:51:43</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 821 | How to Do Founder-Led Marketing (with Jay Clouse)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 24 Feb 2026 10:00:52 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2362979</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-821-how-to-do-founder-led-marketing-with-jay-clouse</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Is founder-led marketing right for your SaaS, or just a distraction?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling sits down with Jay Clouse, founder of Creator Science, to explore founder-led marketing. They dig into how Jay overcame his own limiting beliefs about creativity, why most SaaS founders probably shouldn't pursue content creation, and how to evaluate whether building an audience makes sense for your specific business.</p>



<p>This is part one of a two-part conversation. Head to the Creator Science podcast to hear Jay interview Rob about SaaS, being a creator, and how he prioritizes his time.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsors:</strong></p>





<p>This episode is brought to you by <a href="http://mercury.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mercury</a></p>



<p>Mercury is the banking solution I use across my businesses, from my personal single-member LLC to MicroConf and TinySeed.</p>



<p>Traditional banking forces you to duct-tape tools together and work around slow, clunky processes. Mercury gives me a clean dashboard that shows exactly where each business stands at a glance.</p>



<p>The interface is simple enough for daily banking and paying invoices, but powerful enough to handle multi-step approval workflows for large transfers.</p>



<p>There's a reason more than 300,000 entrepreneurs have made the switch. It's free to get started with no in-person visits and no minimum balance.</p>



<p>Apply online in minutes at <a href="http://mercury.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">mercury.com</a>.</p>



<p><em>Mercury is a fintech company, not an FDIC-insured bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group and Column N.A., Members FDIC.</em></p>





<p>Need to ship faster without expanding your team?</p>



<p><a href="https://gearheart.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Gearheart</a> is an AI-powered product studio that helps startups build B2B SaaS apps and AI agents, fast. Their team ships at twice the speed of traditional dev shops and understands how to work within startup constraints.</p>



<p>Whether you need a fractional CTO or experienced engineers to accelerate development, Gearheart plugs directly into your workflow and delivers. They’ve built 70+ products, including SmartSuite, which raised $38M and is used by companies like Capital One.</p>



<p>As a listener, you get the <strong>first 20 hours of development free</strong> when you mention the podcast.</p>



<p> <a href="http://gearheart.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">gearheart.io</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:17) – What is Creator Science and who it serves</li>



<li>(6:49) – “I’m not creative”: Jay’s mindset shift + advice for founders</li>



<li>(11:38) – Examples of ultra-niche creator businesses </li>



<li>(13:54) – Why founders should create content for customers (not other founders)</li>



<li>(19:02) – Discovery vs. relationship channels: where attention actually comes from</li>



<li>(20:10) – Who Should Pursue Founder-Led Marketing? </li>



<li>(24:17) – Picking platforms based on where your customers already are</li>



<li>(31:43) – Founder-involved vs. founder-led marketing</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Europe┃Reykjavik, Iceland · Sept 21-23</a></li>



<li><a href="https://creatorscience.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Creator Science</a></li>



<li><a href="https://podcast.creatorscience.com/rob-walling/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Creator Science Podcast </a>(Part two of this conversation)</li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jayclouse/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jay Clouse┃LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/jayclouse"></a></li></ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Is founder-led marketing right for your SaaS, or just a distraction?



In this episode, Rob Walling sits down with Jay Clouse, founder of Creator Science, to explore founder-led marketing. They dig into how Jay overcame his own limiting beliefs about creativity, why most SaaS founders probably shouldn't pursue content creation, and how to evaluate whether building an audience makes sense for your specific business.



This is part one of a two-part conversation. Head to the Creator Science podcast to hear Jay interview Rob about SaaS, being a creator, and how he prioritizes his time.



Episode Sponsors:





This episode is brought to you by Mercury



Mercury is the banking solution I use across my businesses, from my personal single-member LLC to MicroConf and TinySeed.



Traditional banking forces you to duct-tape tools together and work around slow, clunky processes. Mercury gives me a clean dashboard that shows exactly where each business stands at a glance.



The interface is simple enough for daily banking and paying invoices, but powerful enough to handle multi-step approval workflows for large transfers.



There's a reason more than 300,000 entrepreneurs have made the switch. It's free to get started with no in-person visits and no minimum balance.



Apply online in minutes at mercury.com.



Mercury is a fintech company, not an FDIC-insured bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group and Column N.A., Members FDIC.





Need to ship faster without expanding your team?



Gearheart is an AI-powered product studio that helps startups build B2B SaaS apps and AI agents, fast. Their team ships at twice the speed of traditional dev shops and understands how to work within startup constraints.



Whether you need a fractional CTO or experienced engineers to accelerate development, Gearheart plugs directly into your workflow and delivers. They’ve built 70+ products, including SmartSuite, which raised $38M and is used by companies like Capital One.



As a listener, you get the first 20 hours of development free when you mention the podcast.



 gearheart.io



Topics we cover: 




(3:17) – What is Creator Science and who it serves



(6:49) – “I’m not creative”: Jay’s mindset shift + advice for founders



(11:38) – Examples of ultra-niche creator businesses 



(13:54) – Why founders should create content for customers (not other founders)



(19:02) – Discovery vs. relationship channels: where attention actually comes from



(20:10) – Who Should Pursue Founder-Led Marketing? 



(24:17) – Picking platforms based on where your customers already are



(31:43) – Founder-involved vs. founder-led marketing




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Europe┃Reykjavik, Iceland · Sept 21-23



Creator Science



Creator Science Podcast (Part two of this conversation)



Jay Clouse┃LinkedIn



]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 821 | How to Do Founder-Led Marketing (with Jay Clouse)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Is founder-led marketing right for your SaaS, or just a distraction?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling sits down with Jay Clouse, founder of Creator Science, to explore founder-led marketing. They dig into how Jay overcame his own limiting beliefs about creativity, why most SaaS founders probably shouldn't pursue content creation, and how to evaluate whether building an audience makes sense for your specific business.</p>



<p>This is part one of a two-part conversation. Head to the Creator Science podcast to hear Jay interview Rob about SaaS, being a creator, and how he prioritizes his time.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsors:</strong></p>





<p>This episode is brought to you by <a href="http://mercury.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mercury</a></p>



<p>Mercury is the banking solution I use across my businesses, from my personal single-member LLC to MicroConf and TinySeed.</p>



<p>Traditional banking forces you to duct-tape tools together and work around slow, clunky processes. Mercury gives me a clean dashboard that shows exactly where each business stands at a glance.</p>



<p>The interface is simple enough for daily banking and paying invoices, but powerful enough to handle multi-step approval workflows for large transfers.</p>



<p>There's a reason more than 300,000 entrepreneurs have made the switch. It's free to get started with no in-person visits and no minimum balance.</p>



<p>Apply online in minutes at <a href="http://mercury.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">mercury.com</a>.</p>



<p><em>Mercury is a fintech company, not an FDIC-insured bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group and Column N.A., Members FDIC.</em></p>





<p>Need to ship faster without expanding your team?</p>



<p><a href="https://gearheart.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Gearheart</a> is an AI-powered product studio that helps startups build B2B SaaS apps and AI agents, fast. Their team ships at twice the speed of traditional dev shops and understands how to work within startup constraints.</p>



<p>Whether you need a fractional CTO or experienced engineers to accelerate development, Gearheart plugs directly into your workflow and delivers. They’ve built 70+ products, including SmartSuite, which raised $38M and is used by companies like Capital One.</p>



<p>As a listener, you get the <strong>first 20 hours of development free</strong> when you mention the podcast.</p>



<p> <a href="http://gearheart.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">gearheart.io</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:17) – What is Creator Science and who it serves</li>



<li>(6:49) – “I’m not creative”: Jay’s mindset shift + advice for founders</li>



<li>(11:38) – Examples of ultra-niche creator businesses </li>



<li>(13:54) – Why founders should create content for customers (not other founders)</li>



<li>(19:02) – Discovery vs. relationship channels: where attention actually comes from</li>



<li>(20:10) – Who Should Pursue Founder-Led Marketing? </li>



<li>(24:17) – Picking platforms based on where your customers already are</li>



<li>(31:43) – Founder-involved vs. founder-led marketing</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Europe┃Reykjavik, Iceland · Sept 21-23</a></li>



<li><a href="https://creatorscience.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Creator Science</a></li>



<li><a href="https://podcast.creatorscience.com/rob-walling/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Creator Science Podcast </a>(Part two of this conversation)</li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/jayclouse/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jay Clouse┃LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/jayclouse" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jay Clouse (@jayclouse)┃X </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2362979/c1e-w409fvd5kxa8po91-xx7rvgg4tn5-jduj9a.mp3" length="33021788"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Is founder-led marketing right for your SaaS, or just a distraction?



In this episode, Rob Walling sits down with Jay Clouse, founder of Creator Science, to explore founder-led marketing. They dig into how Jay overcame his own limiting beliefs about creativity, why most SaaS founders probably shouldn't pursue content creation, and how to evaluate whether building an audience makes sense for your specific business.



This is part one of a two-part conversation. Head to the Creator Science podcast to hear Jay interview Rob about SaaS, being a creator, and how he prioritizes his time.



Episode Sponsors:





This episode is brought to you by Mercury



Mercury is the banking solution I use across my businesses, from my personal single-member LLC to MicroConf and TinySeed.



Traditional banking forces you to duct-tape tools together and work around slow, clunky processes. Mercury gives me a clean dashboard that shows exactly where each business stands at a glance.



The interface is simple enough for daily banking and paying invoices, but powerful enough to handle multi-step approval workflows for large transfers.



There's a reason more than 300,000 entrepreneurs have made the switch. It's free to get started with no in-person visits and no minimum balance.



Apply online in minutes at mercury.com.



Mercury is a fintech company, not an FDIC-insured bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group and Column N.A., Members FDIC.





Need to ship faster without expanding your team?



Gearheart is an AI-powered product studio that helps startups build B2B SaaS apps and AI agents, fast. Their team ships at twice the speed of traditional dev shops and understands how to work within startup constraints.



Whether you need a fractional CTO or experienced engineers to accelerate development, Gearheart plugs directly into your workflow and delivers. They’ve built 70+ products, including SmartSuite, which raised $38M and is used by companies like Capital One.



As a listener, you get the first 20 hours of development free when you mention the podcast.



 gearheart.io



Topics we cover: 




(3:17) – What is Creator Science and who it serves



(6:49) – “I’m not creative”: Jay’s mindset shift + advice for founders



(11:38) – Examples of ultra-niche creator businesses 



(13:54) – Why founders should create content for customers (not other founders)



(19:02) – Discovery vs. relationship channels: where attention actually comes from



(20:10) – Who Should Pursue Founder-Led Marketing? 



(24:17) – Picking platforms based on where your customers already are



(31:43) – Founder-involved vs. founder-led marketing




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Europe┃Reykjavik, Iceland · Sept 21-23



Creator Science



Creator Science Podcast (Part two of this conversation)



Jay Clouse┃LinkedIn



]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:33:52</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 820 | When to Quit Your Day Job, A.I. Feasibility Risk, and More Listener Questions (Rob Solo)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2026 10:00:13 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2349899</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-820-when-to-quit-your-day-job-a-i-feasibility-risk-and-more-listener-questions-rob-solo</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>When do you finally quit your day job and go all-in on your startup?</p>



<p>In this solo episode, Rob Walling answers listener questions about when it’s worth taking funding to speed up your path to full-time, how to think about equity when a co-founder joins late, and whether A.I. is shifting startup risk from market risk to feasibility risk. He also breaks down how to treat a low-priced, high-churn plan as “cheapium,” when to kill it, and how to test freemium without making a decision you can’t undo.</p>



<p>Want to get your question answered? <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">Drop it here.</a></p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>Hiring engineers shouldn’t feel like sorting through AI-polished resumes.</p>



<p><a href="https://www.g2i.co/rob">G2i</a> cuts through all of that. They’ve pre-vetted over 8,000 engineers, all with 5+ years of real experience, and they run live, human-led technical interviews to verify actual skills.</p>



<p>No time wasters. No guesswork. Just solid developers who can deliver.</p>



<p>G2i is trusted by companies like Meta, Microsoft, and countless bootstrapped founders who need to move fast without making expensive mistakes.</p>



<p> <strong>Get a 7-day free trial and $1,500 off</strong> when you mention <em>Startups for the Rest of Us</em> at <a href="http://www.g2i.co/rob">https://www.g2i.co/rob</a> </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:48) – When is it time to quit your day job, and should you raise funding to do it faster?</li>



<li>(4:35) – The “emotional runway” problem (and why bootstrappers burn out)</li>



<li>(10:06) – Equity splits: when to talk about it, and what actually matters</li>



<li>(13:57) – Late co-founder vs. business partner: how traction changes the %</li>



<li>(18:34) – Is A.I. increasing feasibility risk (aka tech risk) for startups?</li>



<li>(25:01) – Should a cheap, high-churn plan be treated like a marketing channel?</li>



<li>(26:19) – “Cheapium” pricing: when to keep it, kill it, or test freemium</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply">Apply to TinySeed</a> - Applications are until Feb 17th, 2026</li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/books">The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com?utm_source=chatgpt.com">MicroConf</a>  - Community for SaaS Founders</li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Slicing-Pie-Funding-Company-Without/dp/0615700624">Slicing Pie by Mike Moyer</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/-/es/Die-Zero-Revolutionary-Experiences-Accumulating/dp/0358567092/ref=sr_1_1?__mk_es_US=%C3%85M%C3%85%C5%BD%C3%95%C3%91&amp;crid=H5IXJJD3MI68&amp;dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9.HUNGjW6LkGMLKjGS3Fgr57BdyJZd57-dCEaQyBZa9TU_DIv2xJLRY4sVuiOLf5OcCVZ4OFC59NmVvzffQMKrwxdBEebrki0kb0EhOMqLufsNQpOG4jmxg2o5pBQFLGN78ic46EqLAlSxcZM_XD4OIq4uTqq-Ty4NDb0oSZondUySzVKxWxJoyWetkiV5tOIfoS5wNC2ZZcHqlAuulBKfmZHeOUi9qBn7jTM1uuLjXTE.EO_HOOPodvqWGA5Qggc51z1w2EZ3a-NF0I0yaO2t7FE&amp;dib_tag=se&amp;keywords=Die+With+Zero&amp;qid=1770824065&amp;s=books&amp;sprefix=die+with+zero%2Cstripbooks-intl-ship%2C134&amp;sr=1-1">Die With Zero by Bill Perkins</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/dharmesh">Dharmesh Shah</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[When do you finally quit your day job and go all-in on your startup?



In this solo episode, Rob Walling answers listener questions about when it’s worth taking funding to speed up your path to full-time, how to think about equity when a co-founder joins late, and whether A.I. is shifting startup risk from market risk to feasibility risk. He also breaks down how to treat a low-priced, high-churn plan as “cheapium,” when to kill it, and how to test freemium without making a decision you can’t undo.



Want to get your question answered? Drop it here.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring engineers shouldn’t feel like sorting through AI-polished resumes.



G2i cuts through all of that. They’ve pre-vetted over 8,000 engineers, all with 5+ years of real experience, and they run live, human-led technical interviews to verify actual skills.



No time wasters. No guesswork. Just solid developers who can deliver.



G2i is trusted by companies like Meta, Microsoft, and countless bootstrapped founders who need to move fast without making expensive mistakes.



 Get a 7-day free trial and $1,500 off when you mention Startups for the Rest of Us at https://www.g2i.co/rob 



Topics we cover: 




(2:48) – When is it time to quit your day job, and should you raise funding to do it faster?



(4:35) – The “emotional runway” problem (and why bootstrappers burn out)



(10:06) – Equity splits: when to talk about it, and what actually matters



(13:57) – Late co-founder vs. business partner: how traction changes the %



(18:34) – Is A.I. increasing feasibility risk (aka tech risk) for startups?



(25:01) – Should a cheap, high-churn plan be treated like a marketing channel?



(26:19) – “Cheapium” pricing: when to keep it, kill it, or test freemium




Links from the Show: 




Apply to TinySeed - Applications are until Feb 17th, 2026



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



MicroConf  - Community for SaaS Founders



Slicing Pie by Mike Moyer



Die With Zero by Bill Perkins



Dharmesh Shah




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 820 | When to Quit Your Day Job, A.I. Feasibility Risk, and More Listener Questions (Rob Solo)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>When do you finally quit your day job and go all-in on your startup?</p>



<p>In this solo episode, Rob Walling answers listener questions about when it’s worth taking funding to speed up your path to full-time, how to think about equity when a co-founder joins late, and whether A.I. is shifting startup risk from market risk to feasibility risk. He also breaks down how to treat a low-priced, high-churn plan as “cheapium,” when to kill it, and how to test freemium without making a decision you can’t undo.</p>



<p>Want to get your question answered? <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">Drop it here.</a></p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>Hiring engineers shouldn’t feel like sorting through AI-polished resumes.</p>



<p><a href="https://www.g2i.co/rob">G2i</a> cuts through all of that. They’ve pre-vetted over 8,000 engineers, all with 5+ years of real experience, and they run live, human-led technical interviews to verify actual skills.</p>



<p>No time wasters. No guesswork. Just solid developers who can deliver.</p>



<p>G2i is trusted by companies like Meta, Microsoft, and countless bootstrapped founders who need to move fast without making expensive mistakes.</p>



<p> <strong>Get a 7-day free trial and $1,500 off</strong> when you mention <em>Startups for the Rest of Us</em> at <a href="http://www.g2i.co/rob">https://www.g2i.co/rob</a> </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:48) – When is it time to quit your day job, and should you raise funding to do it faster?</li>



<li>(4:35) – The “emotional runway” problem (and why bootstrappers burn out)</li>



<li>(10:06) – Equity splits: when to talk about it, and what actually matters</li>



<li>(13:57) – Late co-founder vs. business partner: how traction changes the %</li>



<li>(18:34) – Is A.I. increasing feasibility risk (aka tech risk) for startups?</li>



<li>(25:01) – Should a cheap, high-churn plan be treated like a marketing channel?</li>



<li>(26:19) – “Cheapium” pricing: when to keep it, kill it, or test freemium</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply">Apply to TinySeed</a> - Applications are until Feb 17th, 2026</li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/books">The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com?utm_source=chatgpt.com">MicroConf</a>  - Community for SaaS Founders</li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Slicing-Pie-Funding-Company-Without/dp/0615700624">Slicing Pie by Mike Moyer</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/-/es/Die-Zero-Revolutionary-Experiences-Accumulating/dp/0358567092/ref=sr_1_1?__mk_es_US=%C3%85M%C3%85%C5%BD%C3%95%C3%91&amp;crid=H5IXJJD3MI68&amp;dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9.HUNGjW6LkGMLKjGS3Fgr57BdyJZd57-dCEaQyBZa9TU_DIv2xJLRY4sVuiOLf5OcCVZ4OFC59NmVvzffQMKrwxdBEebrki0kb0EhOMqLufsNQpOG4jmxg2o5pBQFLGN78ic46EqLAlSxcZM_XD4OIq4uTqq-Ty4NDb0oSZondUySzVKxWxJoyWetkiV5tOIfoS5wNC2ZZcHqlAuulBKfmZHeOUi9qBn7jTM1uuLjXTE.EO_HOOPodvqWGA5Qggc51z1w2EZ3a-NF0I0yaO2t7FE&amp;dib_tag=se&amp;keywords=Die+With+Zero&amp;qid=1770824065&amp;s=books&amp;sprefix=die+with+zero%2Cstripbooks-intl-ship%2C134&amp;sr=1-1">Die With Zero by Bill Perkins</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/dharmesh">Dharmesh Shah</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2349899/c1e-qpkgs7n5wxijx485-2508g7oradow-czzppl.mp3" length="32103982"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[When do you finally quit your day job and go all-in on your startup?



In this solo episode, Rob Walling answers listener questions about when it’s worth taking funding to speed up your path to full-time, how to think about equity when a co-founder joins late, and whether A.I. is shifting startup risk from market risk to feasibility risk. He also breaks down how to treat a low-priced, high-churn plan as “cheapium,” when to kill it, and how to test freemium without making a decision you can’t undo.



Want to get your question answered? Drop it here.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring engineers shouldn’t feel like sorting through AI-polished resumes.



G2i cuts through all of that. They’ve pre-vetted over 8,000 engineers, all with 5+ years of real experience, and they run live, human-led technical interviews to verify actual skills.



No time wasters. No guesswork. Just solid developers who can deliver.



G2i is trusted by companies like Meta, Microsoft, and countless bootstrapped founders who need to move fast without making expensive mistakes.



 Get a 7-day free trial and $1,500 off when you mention Startups for the Rest of Us at https://www.g2i.co/rob 



Topics we cover: 




(2:48) – When is it time to quit your day job, and should you raise funding to do it faster?



(4:35) – The “emotional runway” problem (and why bootstrappers burn out)



(10:06) – Equity splits: when to talk about it, and what actually matters



(13:57) – Late co-founder vs. business partner: how traction changes the %



(18:34) – Is A.I. increasing feasibility risk (aka tech risk) for startups?



(25:01) – Should a cheap, high-churn plan be treated like a marketing channel?



(26:19) – “Cheapium” pricing: when to keep it, kill it, or test freemium




Links from the Show: 




Apply to TinySeed - Applications are until Feb 17th, 2026



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



MicroConf  - Community for SaaS Founders



Slicing Pie by Mike Moyer



Die With Zero by Bill Perkins



Dharmesh Shah




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:32:56</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 819 | QSBS, Exit Multiples, How to Learn Marketing, and More Listener Questions (Rob Solo)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 10 Feb 2026 10:00:55 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2345021</guid>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Could your business structure quietly cost you millions when you sell?</p>



<p>In this solo episode, Rob Walling answers listener questions about when QSBS might justify a C Corp (vs. staying an S Corp or LLC), why SaaS exits are often discussed in ARR multiples rather than EBITDA, and how the profitability/growth tradeoff impacts valuation. He also shares thoughts on GMV-based pricing and where developers can learn practical, non-fluffy marketing skills.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsors:</strong></p>





<p>This episode is brought to you by <a href="http://mercury.com">Mercury</a></p>



<p>Mercury is the banking solution I use across my businesses, from my personal single-member LLC to MicroConf and TinySeed.</p>



<p>Traditional banking forces you to duct-tape tools together and work around slow, clunky processes. Mercury gives me a clean dashboard that shows exactly where each business stands at a glance.</p>



<p>The interface is simple enough for daily banking and paying invoices, but powerful enough to handle multi-step approval workflows for large transfers.</p>



<p>There's a reason more than 300,000 entrepreneurs have made the switch. It's free to get started with no in-person visits and no minimum balance.</p>



<p>Apply online in minutes at <a href="http://mercury.com">mercury.com</a>.</p>



<p><em>Mercury is a fintech company, not an FDIC-insured bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group and Column N.A., Members FDIC.</em></p>





<p>If you’ve got a strong vision but no technical partner, you need more than a “vibe-coded” MVP, you need a real foundation.</p>



<p>That’s where<a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus"> <strong>Designli</strong></a> comes in. Their two-week <strong>SolutionLab Prototyping Sprint</strong> pairs you with a product owner, designer, and developer to turn your idea into a beautiful, clickable prototype you’ll be proud to show investors or early users.</p>



<p>Right now, <em>Startups for the Rest of Us</em> listeners get <strong>$3,800 off</strong> their sprint. Get started at<a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus"> designli.co/fortherestofus</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:30) – How the QSBS tax benefit can save you millions</li>



<li>(7:40) – C Corp vs. S Corp: which structure makes sense for founders</li>



<li>(9:39) – Why ARR multiples matter more than EBITDA in SaaS</li>



<li>(13:13) – Profitability as a drain on growth</li>



<li>(17:48) – Should co-founders join the same mastermind?</li>



<li>(19:16) – How to leverage GMV-based pricing in SaaS</li>



<li>(22:48) – The best way for developers to learn real marketing skills</li>



<li>(31:28) – Why every founder should master sales and marketing early</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/live/lXfWGAsmdA0">TinySeed Applications Live Q&amp;A</a> - February 11th, 10:00 AM EST</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply">Apply to TinySeed</a> - Applications are until Feb 17th, 2026</li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/books">The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com?utm_source=chatgpt.com">MicroConf</a>  - Community for SaaS Founders</li>



<li><a href="https://www.conversionfactory.co/">Conversion Factory</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/mentors">TinySeed Mentors</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling">Rob Walling on X (@robwalling)</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366..."></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Could your business structure quietly cost you millions when you sell?



In this solo episode, Rob Walling answers listener questions about when QSBS might justify a C Corp (vs. staying an S Corp or LLC), why SaaS exits are often discussed in ARR multiples rather than EBITDA, and how the profitability/growth tradeoff impacts valuation. He also shares thoughts on GMV-based pricing and where developers can learn practical, non-fluffy marketing skills.



Episode Sponsors:





This episode is brought to you by Mercury



Mercury is the banking solution I use across my businesses, from my personal single-member LLC to MicroConf and TinySeed.



Traditional banking forces you to duct-tape tools together and work around slow, clunky processes. Mercury gives me a clean dashboard that shows exactly where each business stands at a glance.



The interface is simple enough for daily banking and paying invoices, but powerful enough to handle multi-step approval workflows for large transfers.



There's a reason more than 300,000 entrepreneurs have made the switch. It's free to get started with no in-person visits and no minimum balance.



Apply online in minutes at mercury.com.



Mercury is a fintech company, not an FDIC-insured bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group and Column N.A., Members FDIC.





If you’ve got a strong vision but no technical partner, you need more than a “vibe-coded” MVP, you need a real foundation.



That’s where Designli comes in. Their two-week SolutionLab Prototyping Sprint pairs you with a product owner, designer, and developer to turn your idea into a beautiful, clickable prototype you’ll be proud to show investors or early users.



Right now, Startups for the Rest of Us listeners get $3,800 off their sprint. Get started at designli.co/fortherestofus



Topics we cover: 




(3:30) – How the QSBS tax benefit can save you millions



(7:40) – C Corp vs. S Corp: which structure makes sense for founders



(9:39) – Why ARR multiples matter more than EBITDA in SaaS



(13:13) – Profitability as a drain on growth



(17:48) – Should co-founders join the same mastermind?



(19:16) – How to leverage GMV-based pricing in SaaS



(22:48) – The best way for developers to learn real marketing skills



(31:28) – Why every founder should master sales and marketing early




Links from the Show: 




TinySeed Applications Live Q&A - February 11th, 10:00 AM EST



Apply to TinySeed - Applications are until Feb 17th, 2026



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



MicroConf  - Community for SaaS Founders



Conversion Factory



TinySeed Mentors



Rob Walling on X (@robwalling)




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 819 | QSBS, Exit Multiples, How to Learn Marketing, and More Listener Questions (Rob Solo)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Could your business structure quietly cost you millions when you sell?</p>



<p>In this solo episode, Rob Walling answers listener questions about when QSBS might justify a C Corp (vs. staying an S Corp or LLC), why SaaS exits are often discussed in ARR multiples rather than EBITDA, and how the profitability/growth tradeoff impacts valuation. He also shares thoughts on GMV-based pricing and where developers can learn practical, non-fluffy marketing skills.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsors:</strong></p>





<p>This episode is brought to you by <a href="http://mercury.com">Mercury</a></p>



<p>Mercury is the banking solution I use across my businesses, from my personal single-member LLC to MicroConf and TinySeed.</p>



<p>Traditional banking forces you to duct-tape tools together and work around slow, clunky processes. Mercury gives me a clean dashboard that shows exactly where each business stands at a glance.</p>



<p>The interface is simple enough for daily banking and paying invoices, but powerful enough to handle multi-step approval workflows for large transfers.</p>



<p>There's a reason more than 300,000 entrepreneurs have made the switch. It's free to get started with no in-person visits and no minimum balance.</p>



<p>Apply online in minutes at <a href="http://mercury.com">mercury.com</a>.</p>



<p><em>Mercury is a fintech company, not an FDIC-insured bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group and Column N.A., Members FDIC.</em></p>





<p>If you’ve got a strong vision but no technical partner, you need more than a “vibe-coded” MVP, you need a real foundation.</p>



<p>That’s where<a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus"> <strong>Designli</strong></a> comes in. Their two-week <strong>SolutionLab Prototyping Sprint</strong> pairs you with a product owner, designer, and developer to turn your idea into a beautiful, clickable prototype you’ll be proud to show investors or early users.</p>



<p>Right now, <em>Startups for the Rest of Us</em> listeners get <strong>$3,800 off</strong> their sprint. Get started at<a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus"> designli.co/fortherestofus</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:30) – How the QSBS tax benefit can save you millions</li>



<li>(7:40) – C Corp vs. S Corp: which structure makes sense for founders</li>



<li>(9:39) – Why ARR multiples matter more than EBITDA in SaaS</li>



<li>(13:13) – Profitability as a drain on growth</li>



<li>(17:48) – Should co-founders join the same mastermind?</li>



<li>(19:16) – How to leverage GMV-based pricing in SaaS</li>



<li>(22:48) – The best way for developers to learn real marketing skills</li>



<li>(31:28) – Why every founder should master sales and marketing early</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/live/lXfWGAsmdA0">TinySeed Applications Live Q&amp;A</a> - February 11th, 10:00 AM EST</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply">Apply to TinySeed</a> - Applications are until Feb 17th, 2026</li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/books">The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com?utm_source=chatgpt.com">MicroConf</a>  - Community for SaaS Founders</li>



<li><a href="https://www.conversionfactory.co/">Conversion Factory</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/mentors">TinySeed Mentors</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling">Rob Walling on X (@robwalling)</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2345021/c1e-vvr3f5jz99bdvkrg-okp87vdvc19n-kjqqgd.mp3" length="32660687"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Could your business structure quietly cost you millions when you sell?



In this solo episode, Rob Walling answers listener questions about when QSBS might justify a C Corp (vs. staying an S Corp or LLC), why SaaS exits are often discussed in ARR multiples rather than EBITDA, and how the profitability/growth tradeoff impacts valuation. He also shares thoughts on GMV-based pricing and where developers can learn practical, non-fluffy marketing skills.



Episode Sponsors:





This episode is brought to you by Mercury



Mercury is the banking solution I use across my businesses, from my personal single-member LLC to MicroConf and TinySeed.



Traditional banking forces you to duct-tape tools together and work around slow, clunky processes. Mercury gives me a clean dashboard that shows exactly where each business stands at a glance.



The interface is simple enough for daily banking and paying invoices, but powerful enough to handle multi-step approval workflows for large transfers.



There's a reason more than 300,000 entrepreneurs have made the switch. It's free to get started with no in-person visits and no minimum balance.



Apply online in minutes at mercury.com.



Mercury is a fintech company, not an FDIC-insured bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group and Column N.A., Members FDIC.





If you’ve got a strong vision but no technical partner, you need more than a “vibe-coded” MVP, you need a real foundation.



That’s where Designli comes in. Their two-week SolutionLab Prototyping Sprint pairs you with a product owner, designer, and developer to turn your idea into a beautiful, clickable prototype you’ll be proud to show investors or early users.



Right now, Startups for the Rest of Us listeners get $3,800 off their sprint. Get started at designli.co/fortherestofus



Topics we cover: 




(3:30) – How the QSBS tax benefit can save you millions



(7:40) – C Corp vs. S Corp: which structure makes sense for founders



(9:39) – Why ARR multiples matter more than EBITDA in SaaS



(13:13) – Profitability as a drain on growth



(17:48) – Should co-founders join the same mastermind?



(19:16) – How to leverage GMV-based pricing in SaaS



(22:48) – The best way for developers to learn real marketing skills



(31:28) – Why every founder should master sales and marketing early




Links from the Show: 




TinySeed Applications Live Q&A - February 11th, 10:00 AM EST



Apply to TinySeed - Applications are until Feb 17th, 2026



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



MicroConf  - Community for SaaS Founders



Conversion Factory



TinySeed Mentors



Rob Walling on X (@robwalling)




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:33:30</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 818 | What Does It Take to Be Successful? with Russ Walling]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 03 Feb 2026 10:00:41 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2333155</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-818-what-does-it-take-to-be-successful-with-russ-walling</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Is perfectionism quietly sabotaging your career or startup dreams?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling talks with his brother, Russ Walling, about the mindset and habits that shape long-term success from overcoming perfectionism to building resilience and learning to make tough calls without all the answers.</p>



<p>They discuss how growing up with a shared emphasis on hard work, sports, and achievement created both strengths and struggles and how lessons learned in construction, poker, and entrepreneurship still apply to building great companies today.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>Hiring engineers shouldn’t feel like sorting through AI-polished resumes.</p>



<p><a href="https://www.g2i.co/rob">G2i</a> cuts through all of that. They’ve pre-vetted over 8,000 engineers, all with 5+ years of real experience, and they run live, human-led technical interviews to verify actual skills.</p>



<p>No time wasters. No guesswork. Just solid developers who can deliver.</p>



<p>G2i is trusted by companies like Meta, Microsoft, and countless bootstrapped founders who need to move fast without making expensive mistakes.</p>



<p> <strong>Get a 7-day free trial and $1,500 off</strong> when you mention <em>Startups for the Rest of Us</em> at <a href="http://www.g2i.co/rob">https://www.g2i.co/rob</a> </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(04:10) – How early lessons in hard work and sports shaped mindset</li>



<li>(07:46) – Learning to be comfortable being uncomfortable</li>



<li>(12:03) – The dark side of perfectionism</li>



<li>(16:51) – Overcoming fear of failure and learning to take risks</li>



<li>(19:04) – What poker taught Russ about risk and decision-making</li>



<li>(21:52) – The Armageddon Beer story </li>



<li>(28:53) – Why both brothers chose entrepreneurship</li>



<li>(31:08) – Redefining leadership: collaboration over fear</li>



<li>(35:24) – The three traits that drive lasting success</li>



<li>(43:45) – Why hard work is still the ultimate differentiator</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://www.discretioncapital.com/">Discretion Capital</a> M&amp;A Advisory for SaaS Founders doing $2-25M</li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/robwalling">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Is perfectionism quietly sabotaging your career or startup dreams?



In this episode, Rob Walling talks with his brother, Russ Walling, about the mindset and habits that shape long-term success from overcoming perfectionism to building resilience and learning to make tough calls without all the answers.



They discuss how growing up with a shared emphasis on hard work, sports, and achievement created both strengths and struggles and how lessons learned in construction, poker, and entrepreneurship still apply to building great companies today.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring engineers shouldn’t feel like sorting through AI-polished resumes.



G2i cuts through all of that. They’ve pre-vetted over 8,000 engineers, all with 5+ years of real experience, and they run live, human-led technical interviews to verify actual skills.



No time wasters. No guesswork. Just solid developers who can deliver.



G2i is trusted by companies like Meta, Microsoft, and countless bootstrapped founders who need to move fast without making expensive mistakes.



 Get a 7-day free trial and $1,500 off when you mention Startups for the Rest of Us at https://www.g2i.co/rob 



Topics we cover: 




(04:10) – How early lessons in hard work and sports shaped mindset



(07:46) – Learning to be comfortable being uncomfortable



(12:03) – The dark side of perfectionism



(16:51) – Overcoming fear of failure and learning to take risks



(19:04) – What poker taught Russ about risk and decision-making



(21:52) – The Armageddon Beer story 



(28:53) – Why both brothers chose entrepreneurship



(31:08) – Redefining leadership: collaboration over fear



(35:24) – The three traits that drive lasting success



(43:45) – Why hard work is still the ultimate differentiator




Links from the Show: 




Discretion Capital M&A Advisory for SaaS Founders doing $2-25M



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 818 | What Does It Take to Be Successful? with Russ Walling]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Is perfectionism quietly sabotaging your career or startup dreams?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling talks with his brother, Russ Walling, about the mindset and habits that shape long-term success from overcoming perfectionism to building resilience and learning to make tough calls without all the answers.</p>



<p>They discuss how growing up with a shared emphasis on hard work, sports, and achievement created both strengths and struggles and how lessons learned in construction, poker, and entrepreneurship still apply to building great companies today.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>Hiring engineers shouldn’t feel like sorting through AI-polished resumes.</p>



<p><a href="https://www.g2i.co/rob">G2i</a> cuts through all of that. They’ve pre-vetted over 8,000 engineers, all with 5+ years of real experience, and they run live, human-led technical interviews to verify actual skills.</p>



<p>No time wasters. No guesswork. Just solid developers who can deliver.</p>



<p>G2i is trusted by companies like Meta, Microsoft, and countless bootstrapped founders who need to move fast without making expensive mistakes.</p>



<p> <strong>Get a 7-day free trial and $1,500 off</strong> when you mention <em>Startups for the Rest of Us</em> at <a href="http://www.g2i.co/rob">https://www.g2i.co/rob</a> </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(04:10) – How early lessons in hard work and sports shaped mindset</li>



<li>(07:46) – Learning to be comfortable being uncomfortable</li>



<li>(12:03) – The dark side of perfectionism</li>



<li>(16:51) – Overcoming fear of failure and learning to take risks</li>



<li>(19:04) – What poker taught Russ about risk and decision-making</li>



<li>(21:52) – The Armageddon Beer story </li>



<li>(28:53) – Why both brothers chose entrepreneurship</li>



<li>(31:08) – Redefining leadership: collaboration over fear</li>



<li>(35:24) – The three traits that drive lasting success</li>



<li>(43:45) – Why hard work is still the ultimate differentiator</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://www.discretioncapital.com/">Discretion Capital</a> M&amp;A Advisory for SaaS Founders doing $2-25M</li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/robwalling">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2333155/c1e-koz3sdm635tgjo6q-pkwx9d1ocwqw-ykxaz2.mp3" length="53944113"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Is perfectionism quietly sabotaging your career or startup dreams?



In this episode, Rob Walling talks with his brother, Russ Walling, about the mindset and habits that shape long-term success from overcoming perfectionism to building resilience and learning to make tough calls without all the answers.



They discuss how growing up with a shared emphasis on hard work, sports, and achievement created both strengths and struggles and how lessons learned in construction, poker, and entrepreneurship still apply to building great companies today.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring engineers shouldn’t feel like sorting through AI-polished resumes.



G2i cuts through all of that. They’ve pre-vetted over 8,000 engineers, all with 5+ years of real experience, and they run live, human-led technical interviews to verify actual skills.



No time wasters. No guesswork. Just solid developers who can deliver.



G2i is trusted by companies like Meta, Microsoft, and countless bootstrapped founders who need to move fast without making expensive mistakes.



 Get a 7-day free trial and $1,500 off when you mention Startups for the Rest of Us at https://www.g2i.co/rob 



Topics we cover: 




(04:10) – How early lessons in hard work and sports shaped mindset



(07:46) – Learning to be comfortable being uncomfortable



(12:03) – The dark side of perfectionism



(16:51) – Overcoming fear of failure and learning to take risks



(19:04) – What poker taught Russ about risk and decision-making



(21:52) – The Armageddon Beer story 



(28:53) – Why both brothers chose entrepreneurship



(31:08) – Redefining leadership: collaboration over fear



(35:24) – The three traits that drive lasting success



(43:45) – Why hard work is still the ultimate differentiator




Links from the Show: 




Discretion Capital M&A Advisory for SaaS Founders doing $2-25M



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:55:41</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 817 | Bootstrapping in the Age of AI with Jason Cohen]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jan 2026 10:00:29 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2329038</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-817-bootstrapping-in-the-age-of-ai-with-jason-cohen</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>How would a 2x unicorn founder build his next startup with AI?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling sits down with Jason Cohen, founder of SmartBear and WP Engine, to talk about building billion-dollar businesses, the future of AI for founders, and what makes small companies thrive even when the odds are stacked against them.</p>



<p>They dig into the early days of WP Engine, how Jason develops his frameworks, why execution beats ideas, and Jason’s framework for identifying “hidden multipliers” small, systematic changes that make an outsized impact.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>Hiring engineers shouldn’t feel like sorting through AI-polished resumes.</p>



<p><a href="https://www.g2i.co/rob">G2i</a> cuts through all of that. They’ve pre-vetted over 8,000 engineers, all with 5+ years of real experience, and they run live, human-led technical interviews to verify actual skills.</p>



<p>No time wasters. No guesswork. Just solid developers who can deliver.</p>



<p>G2i is trusted by companies like Meta, Microsoft, and countless bootstrapped founders who need to move fast without making expensive mistakes.</p>



<p> <strong>Get a 7-day free trial and $1,500 off</strong> when you mention <em>Startups for the Rest of Us</em> at <a href="http://www.g2i.co/rob">https://www.g2i.co/rob</a> </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(03:45) – The core idea behind Hidden Multipliers</li>



<li>(09:24) – Writing as a way of thinking</li>



<li>(12:34) – Why sharing your frameworks matters</li>



<li>(14:14) – The origin of “Designing the Ideal Bootstrap Business”</li>



<li>(18:10) – The hidden weak links in every startup</li>



<li>(21:25) – De-risking and niching down effectively</li>



<li>(24:56) – Why narrowing your focus expands your reach</li>



<li>(26:24) – Building WP Engine in a commodity market</li>



<li>(29:37) – Out-executing funded competitors</li>



<li>(31:52) – Finding product–market resonance through pricing</li>



<li>(32:40) – How brand actually develops</li>



<li>(37:54) – Building in the age of AI: pitfalls and opportunities</li>



<li>(41:52) – The three categories of AI startups today</li>



<li>(46:02) – Why 10x improvement is the new baseline for differentiation</li>



<li>(49:19) – The real moat in the age of AI</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/us">MicroConf US 2026 – </a>Portland, April 14–16, 2026  Promo Code: Rob50 for $50 off</li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://hiddenmultipliers.com">PREORDER Hidden Multipliers</a> by Jason Cohen</li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=otbnC2zE2rw">Designing the Ideal Bootstrapped Business with Jason Cohen</a></li>



<li><a href="https://asmartbear.com">A Smart Bear Blog</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/asmartbear">Jason Cohen (@asmartbear) | X </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[How would a 2x unicorn founder build his next startup with AI?



In this episode, Rob Walling sits down with Jason Cohen, founder of SmartBear and WP Engine, to talk about building billion-dollar businesses, the future of AI for founders, and what makes small companies thrive even when the odds are stacked against them.



They dig into the early days of WP Engine, how Jason develops his frameworks, why execution beats ideas, and Jason’s framework for identifying “hidden multipliers” small, systematic changes that make an outsized impact.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring engineers shouldn’t feel like sorting through AI-polished resumes.



G2i cuts through all of that. They’ve pre-vetted over 8,000 engineers, all with 5+ years of real experience, and they run live, human-led technical interviews to verify actual skills.



No time wasters. No guesswork. Just solid developers who can deliver.



G2i is trusted by companies like Meta, Microsoft, and countless bootstrapped founders who need to move fast without making expensive mistakes.



 Get a 7-day free trial and $1,500 off when you mention Startups for the Rest of Us at https://www.g2i.co/rob 



Topics we cover: 




(03:45) – The core idea behind Hidden Multipliers



(09:24) – Writing as a way of thinking



(12:34) – Why sharing your frameworks matters



(14:14) – The origin of “Designing the Ideal Bootstrap Business”



(18:10) – The hidden weak links in every startup



(21:25) – De-risking and niching down effectively



(24:56) – Why narrowing your focus expands your reach



(26:24) – Building WP Engine in a commodity market



(29:37) – Out-executing funded competitors



(31:52) – Finding product–market resonance through pricing



(32:40) – How brand actually develops



(37:54) – Building in the age of AI: pitfalls and opportunities



(41:52) – The three categories of AI startups today



(46:02) – Why 10x improvement is the new baseline for differentiation



(49:19) – The real moat in the age of AI




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf US 2026 – Portland, April 14–16, 2026  Promo Code: Rob50 for $50 off



The SaaS Playbook



PREORDER Hidden Multipliers by Jason Cohen



Designing the Ideal Bootstrapped Business with Jason Cohen



A Smart Bear Blog



Jason Cohen (@asmartbear) | X 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 817 | Bootstrapping in the Age of AI with Jason Cohen]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>How would a 2x unicorn founder build his next startup with AI?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling sits down with Jason Cohen, founder of SmartBear and WP Engine, to talk about building billion-dollar businesses, the future of AI for founders, and what makes small companies thrive even when the odds are stacked against them.</p>



<p>They dig into the early days of WP Engine, how Jason develops his frameworks, why execution beats ideas, and Jason’s framework for identifying “hidden multipliers” small, systematic changes that make an outsized impact.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>Hiring engineers shouldn’t feel like sorting through AI-polished resumes.</p>



<p><a href="https://www.g2i.co/rob">G2i</a> cuts through all of that. They’ve pre-vetted over 8,000 engineers, all with 5+ years of real experience, and they run live, human-led technical interviews to verify actual skills.</p>



<p>No time wasters. No guesswork. Just solid developers who can deliver.</p>



<p>G2i is trusted by companies like Meta, Microsoft, and countless bootstrapped founders who need to move fast without making expensive mistakes.</p>



<p> <strong>Get a 7-day free trial and $1,500 off</strong> when you mention <em>Startups for the Rest of Us</em> at <a href="http://www.g2i.co/rob">https://www.g2i.co/rob</a> </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(03:45) – The core idea behind Hidden Multipliers</li>



<li>(09:24) – Writing as a way of thinking</li>



<li>(12:34) – Why sharing your frameworks matters</li>



<li>(14:14) – The origin of “Designing the Ideal Bootstrap Business”</li>



<li>(18:10) – The hidden weak links in every startup</li>



<li>(21:25) – De-risking and niching down effectively</li>



<li>(24:56) – Why narrowing your focus expands your reach</li>



<li>(26:24) – Building WP Engine in a commodity market</li>



<li>(29:37) – Out-executing funded competitors</li>



<li>(31:52) – Finding product–market resonance through pricing</li>



<li>(32:40) – How brand actually develops</li>



<li>(37:54) – Building in the age of AI: pitfalls and opportunities</li>



<li>(41:52) – The three categories of AI startups today</li>



<li>(46:02) – Why 10x improvement is the new baseline for differentiation</li>



<li>(49:19) – The real moat in the age of AI</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/us">MicroConf US 2026 – </a>Portland, April 14–16, 2026  Promo Code: Rob50 for $50 off</li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://hiddenmultipliers.com">PREORDER Hidden Multipliers</a> by Jason Cohen</li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=otbnC2zE2rw">Designing the Ideal Bootstrapped Business with Jason Cohen</a></li>



<li><a href="https://asmartbear.com">A Smart Bear Blog</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/asmartbear">Jason Cohen (@asmartbear) | X </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2329038/c1e-koz3sdmwwgagjo6q-ww7x4o4gf7n4-jds1lm.mp3" length="51858951"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[How would a 2x unicorn founder build his next startup with AI?



In this episode, Rob Walling sits down with Jason Cohen, founder of SmartBear and WP Engine, to talk about building billion-dollar businesses, the future of AI for founders, and what makes small companies thrive even when the odds are stacked against them.



They dig into the early days of WP Engine, how Jason develops his frameworks, why execution beats ideas, and Jason’s framework for identifying “hidden multipliers” small, systematic changes that make an outsized impact.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring engineers shouldn’t feel like sorting through AI-polished resumes.



G2i cuts through all of that. They’ve pre-vetted over 8,000 engineers, all with 5+ years of real experience, and they run live, human-led technical interviews to verify actual skills.



No time wasters. No guesswork. Just solid developers who can deliver.



G2i is trusted by companies like Meta, Microsoft, and countless bootstrapped founders who need to move fast without making expensive mistakes.



 Get a 7-day free trial and $1,500 off when you mention Startups for the Rest of Us at https://www.g2i.co/rob 



Topics we cover: 




(03:45) – The core idea behind Hidden Multipliers



(09:24) – Writing as a way of thinking



(12:34) – Why sharing your frameworks matters



(14:14) – The origin of “Designing the Ideal Bootstrap Business”



(18:10) – The hidden weak links in every startup



(21:25) – De-risking and niching down effectively



(24:56) – Why narrowing your focus expands your reach



(26:24) – Building WP Engine in a commodity market



(29:37) – Out-executing funded competitors



(31:52) – Finding product–market resonance through pricing



(32:40) – How brand actually develops



(37:54) – Building in the age of AI: pitfalls and opportunities



(41:52) – The three categories of AI startups today



(46:02) – Why 10x improvement is the new baseline for differentiation



(49:19) – The real moat in the age of AI




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf US 2026 – Portland, April 14–16, 2026  Promo Code: Rob50 for $50 off



The SaaS Playbook



PREORDER Hidden Multipliers by Jason Cohen



Designing the Ideal Bootstrapped Business with Jason Cohen



A Smart Bear Blog



Jason Cohen (@asmartbear) | X 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:53:30</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 816 | Developing an Editorial Eye, The Right Kind of Stubborn, and The Power of Focus (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jan 2026 10:00:04 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2319043</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-816-developing-an-editorial-eye-the-right-kind-of-stubborn-and-the-power-of-focus-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Have you ever pushed so hard on an idea that you missed the signal to change direction?</p>



<p>In this solo episode, Rob Walling covers a wide range of topics and dives into three areas every founder should master: how to develop an editorial eye (or “taste”), the difference between persistence and obstinance, and why focus, not diversification remains the hardest, most valuable entrepreneurial skill.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>Hiring engineers shouldn’t feel like sorting through AI-polished resumes.</p>



<p><a href="https://www.g2i.co/rob">G2i</a> cuts through all of that. They’ve pre-vetted over 8,000 engineers, all with 5+ years of real experience, and they run live, human-led technical interviews to verify actual skills.</p>



<p>No time wasters. No guesswork. Just solid developers who can deliver.</p>



<p>G2i is trusted by companies like Meta, Microsoft, and countless bootstrapped founders who need to move fast without making expensive mistakes.</p>



<p> <strong>Get a 7-day free trial and $1,500 off</strong> when you mention <em>Startups for the Rest of Us</em> at <a href="https://www.g2i.co/rob">https://www.g2i.co/rob</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:55) – How to develop an “editorial eye” (and why it matters for founders)</li>



<li>(7:03) – When to get out of the way and let true experts lead</li>



<li>(8:07) – Why your product must start with a real problem (not just an idea)</li>



<li>(9:11) – Paul Graham’s The Right Kind of Stubborn: persistence vs. obstinance</li>



<li>(12:03) – Are you attached to your goal or just your first idea?</li>



<li>(13:44) – How great founders adapt to new data without losing momentum</li>



<li>(14:44) – Sam Parr on why “constant switching will kill you”</li>



<li>(16:30) – Focus as a founder’s hardest and most valuable skill</li>



<li>(16:49) – Why “Triple, Triple, Double, Double” isn’t dead (despite VC takes)</li>



<li>(18:34) – The problem with clickbait startup advice</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/upcoming-events">MicroConf Europe 2026</a> – Join us in Reykjavík, Iceland (Sept 21–23) - Promo Code: <strong>ROB50</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/-/es/Mom-Test-customers-business-everyone/dp/1492180742/ref=sr_1_1?adgrpid=157369567199&amp;dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9.7tuSkS0xeLOBzNuC7I43mms86ANenOwvLWwCN4FtSe0xRVdCp1SPe1pXu3Zhz_3zNmXLV4ZzOkRarzXz3cDexUMWCKY98bwB8PtxT4y6gzz9LtwwU6iW3ofPMsAsyD_P_NJ3I_MfKWqBq-xOksr6lphgSh4r10Pr0lO79XBoVLGlUUlIUNKZJAQfi5oV7E4JuJQPafqAUjmvVM355BvFId24g08CP76HdRpORJA8FWU.hnPK5B6f2nNh1disQfrXeeq0U4Tc5dbrucyp1y5O9RM&amp;dib_tag=se&amp;hvadid=688893253622&amp;hvdev=c&amp;hvlocphy=9211711&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvqmt=e&amp;hvrand=6104753182141552328&amp;hvtargid=kwd-301633211935&amp;hydadcr=13931_13432726&amp;keywords=the+mom+test&amp;mcid=2c56576acf4538b9aebbb17a93b7da37&amp;qid=1768493595&amp;sr=8-1">The Mom Test</a> by Rob Fitzpatrick</li>



<li><a href="https://paulgraham.com/persistence.html">Paul Graham: “The Right Kind of Stubborn”</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/thesamparr/status/1977675750825140545">Sam Parr (@thesamparr) | X </a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/HarryStebbings/status/1969839429566210160">Harry Stebbings (@HarryStebbings) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@RobWalling">Rob Walling YouTube Channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTune...</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Have you ever pushed so hard on an idea that you missed the signal to change direction?



In this solo episode, Rob Walling covers a wide range of topics and dives into three areas every founder should master: how to develop an editorial eye (or “taste”), the difference between persistence and obstinance, and why focus, not diversification remains the hardest, most valuable entrepreneurial skill.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring engineers shouldn’t feel like sorting through AI-polished resumes.



G2i cuts through all of that. They’ve pre-vetted over 8,000 engineers, all with 5+ years of real experience, and they run live, human-led technical interviews to verify actual skills.



No time wasters. No guesswork. Just solid developers who can deliver.



G2i is trusted by companies like Meta, Microsoft, and countless bootstrapped founders who need to move fast without making expensive mistakes.



 Get a 7-day free trial and $1,500 off when you mention Startups for the Rest of Us at https://www.g2i.co/rob



Topics we cover: 




(1:55) – How to develop an “editorial eye” (and why it matters for founders)



(7:03) – When to get out of the way and let true experts lead



(8:07) – Why your product must start with a real problem (not just an idea)



(9:11) – Paul Graham’s The Right Kind of Stubborn: persistence vs. obstinance



(12:03) – Are you attached to your goal or just your first idea?



(13:44) – How great founders adapt to new data without losing momentum



(14:44) – Sam Parr on why “constant switching will kill you”



(16:30) – Focus as a founder’s hardest and most valuable skill



(16:49) – Why “Triple, Triple, Double, Double” isn’t dead (despite VC takes)



(18:34) – The problem with clickbait startup advice




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Europe 2026 – Join us in Reykjavík, Iceland (Sept 21–23) - Promo Code: ROB50



The Mom Test by Rob Fitzpatrick



Paul Graham: “The Right Kind of Stubborn”



Sam Parr (@thesamparr) | X 



Harry Stebbings (@HarryStebbings) | X



Rob Walling YouTube Channel



The SaaS Playbook




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTune...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 816 | Developing an Editorial Eye, The Right Kind of Stubborn, and The Power of Focus (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Have you ever pushed so hard on an idea that you missed the signal to change direction?</p>



<p>In this solo episode, Rob Walling covers a wide range of topics and dives into three areas every founder should master: how to develop an editorial eye (or “taste”), the difference between persistence and obstinance, and why focus, not diversification remains the hardest, most valuable entrepreneurial skill.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>Hiring engineers shouldn’t feel like sorting through AI-polished resumes.</p>



<p><a href="https://www.g2i.co/rob">G2i</a> cuts through all of that. They’ve pre-vetted over 8,000 engineers, all with 5+ years of real experience, and they run live, human-led technical interviews to verify actual skills.</p>



<p>No time wasters. No guesswork. Just solid developers who can deliver.</p>



<p>G2i is trusted by companies like Meta, Microsoft, and countless bootstrapped founders who need to move fast without making expensive mistakes.</p>



<p> <strong>Get a 7-day free trial and $1,500 off</strong> when you mention <em>Startups for the Rest of Us</em> at <a href="https://www.g2i.co/rob">https://www.g2i.co/rob</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:55) – How to develop an “editorial eye” (and why it matters for founders)</li>



<li>(7:03) – When to get out of the way and let true experts lead</li>



<li>(8:07) – Why your product must start with a real problem (not just an idea)</li>



<li>(9:11) – Paul Graham’s The Right Kind of Stubborn: persistence vs. obstinance</li>



<li>(12:03) – Are you attached to your goal or just your first idea?</li>



<li>(13:44) – How great founders adapt to new data without losing momentum</li>



<li>(14:44) – Sam Parr on why “constant switching will kill you”</li>



<li>(16:30) – Focus as a founder’s hardest and most valuable skill</li>



<li>(16:49) – Why “Triple, Triple, Double, Double” isn’t dead (despite VC takes)</li>



<li>(18:34) – The problem with clickbait startup advice</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/upcoming-events">MicroConf Europe 2026</a> – Join us in Reykjavík, Iceland (Sept 21–23) - Promo Code: <strong>ROB50</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/-/es/Mom-Test-customers-business-everyone/dp/1492180742/ref=sr_1_1?adgrpid=157369567199&amp;dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9.7tuSkS0xeLOBzNuC7I43mms86ANenOwvLWwCN4FtSe0xRVdCp1SPe1pXu3Zhz_3zNmXLV4ZzOkRarzXz3cDexUMWCKY98bwB8PtxT4y6gzz9LtwwU6iW3ofPMsAsyD_P_NJ3I_MfKWqBq-xOksr6lphgSh4r10Pr0lO79XBoVLGlUUlIUNKZJAQfi5oV7E4JuJQPafqAUjmvVM355BvFId24g08CP76HdRpORJA8FWU.hnPK5B6f2nNh1disQfrXeeq0U4Tc5dbrucyp1y5O9RM&amp;dib_tag=se&amp;hvadid=688893253622&amp;hvdev=c&amp;hvlocphy=9211711&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvqmt=e&amp;hvrand=6104753182141552328&amp;hvtargid=kwd-301633211935&amp;hydadcr=13931_13432726&amp;keywords=the+mom+test&amp;mcid=2c56576acf4538b9aebbb17a93b7da37&amp;qid=1768493595&amp;sr=8-1">The Mom Test</a> by Rob Fitzpatrick</li>



<li><a href="https://paulgraham.com/persistence.html">Paul Graham: “The Right Kind of Stubborn”</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/thesamparr/status/1977675750825140545">Sam Parr (@thesamparr) | X </a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/HarryStebbings/status/1969839429566210160">Harry Stebbings (@HarryStebbings) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@RobWalling">Rob Walling YouTube Channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2319043/c1e-68g7iomkzvskp01r-mkgxwq65s75g-dty3tm.mp3" length="22504226"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Have you ever pushed so hard on an idea that you missed the signal to change direction?



In this solo episode, Rob Walling covers a wide range of topics and dives into three areas every founder should master: how to develop an editorial eye (or “taste”), the difference between persistence and obstinance, and why focus, not diversification remains the hardest, most valuable entrepreneurial skill.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring engineers shouldn’t feel like sorting through AI-polished resumes.



G2i cuts through all of that. They’ve pre-vetted over 8,000 engineers, all with 5+ years of real experience, and they run live, human-led technical interviews to verify actual skills.



No time wasters. No guesswork. Just solid developers who can deliver.



G2i is trusted by companies like Meta, Microsoft, and countless bootstrapped founders who need to move fast without making expensive mistakes.



 Get a 7-day free trial and $1,500 off when you mention Startups for the Rest of Us at https://www.g2i.co/rob



Topics we cover: 




(1:55) – How to develop an “editorial eye” (and why it matters for founders)



(7:03) – When to get out of the way and let true experts lead



(8:07) – Why your product must start with a real problem (not just an idea)



(9:11) – Paul Graham’s The Right Kind of Stubborn: persistence vs. obstinance



(12:03) – Are you attached to your goal or just your first idea?



(13:44) – How great founders adapt to new data without losing momentum



(14:44) – Sam Parr on why “constant switching will kill you”



(16:30) – Focus as a founder’s hardest and most valuable skill



(16:49) – Why “Triple, Triple, Double, Double” isn’t dead (despite VC takes)



(18:34) – The problem with clickbait startup advice




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Europe 2026 – Join us in Reykjavík, Iceland (Sept 21–23) - Promo Code: ROB50



The Mom Test by Rob Fitzpatrick



Paul Graham: “The Right Kind of Stubborn”



Sam Parr (@thesamparr) | X 



Harry Stebbings (@HarryStebbings) | X



Rob Walling YouTube Channel



The SaaS Playbook




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTune...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:22:55</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 815 | Unexpected Skills Your Day Job Can Teach You About Entrepreneurship (Rob Solo)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jan 2026 10:00:25 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2309947</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-815-unexpected-skills-your-day-job-can-teach-you-about-entrepreneurship-rob-solo</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Can your 9-to-5 job secretly prepare you to be a founder?</p>



<p>In this solo episode, Rob Walling shares 11 unexpected lessons from his own day jobs, from courier to electrician to engineering manager, and how each role quietly taught him skills that shaped his success as a SaaS founder. He dives into the value of curiosity, self-education, and learning to lead before you ever start a company.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>If you’ve got a strong vision but no technical partner, you need more than a “vibe-coded” MVP, you need a real foundation.</p>



<p>That’s where<a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus"> <strong>Designli</strong></a> comes in. Their two-week <strong>SolutionLab Prototyping Sprint</strong> pairs you with a product owner, designer, and developer to turn your idea into a beautiful, clickable prototype you’ll be proud to show investors or early users.</p>



<p>Right now, <em>Startups for the Rest of Us</em> listeners get <strong>$3,800 off</strong> their sprint.</p>



<p> Get started at<a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus"> designli.co/fortherestofus</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:03) – Why every day job can teach entrepreneurial skills</li>



<li>(4:44) – Lesson #1: Figuring things out when instructions are unclear</li>



<li>(7:27) – Lesson #2: Learning to respect other people’s time</li>



<li>(9:05) – Lesson #3: How early self-education compounds over time</li>



<li>(11:33) – Lesson #4: Embracing hard, unglamorous work</li>



<li>(14:09) – Lesson #5: Why experience always beats credentials</li>



<li>(16:42) – Lesson #6: Letting the buck stop with you</li>



<li>(17:44) – Lesson #7: Knowing when to cut corners (and when not to)</li>



<li>(20:11) – Lesson #8: Finding the right people to work with</li>



<li>(21:33) – Lesson #9: Managing and motivating people as a learned skill</li>



<li>(23:53) – Lesson #10: Turning hiring and firing into Founder superpowers</li>



<li>(26:11) – Lesson #11: The value of exposure to well-run systems</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds">MicroConf Mastermind Matching</a> – Apply before January 16th</li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com">The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Good-Great-Some-Companies-Others/dp/0066620996">Good to Great by Jim Collins</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Habits-Highly-Effective-People-Powerful/dp/0743269519">Seven Habits of Highly Effective People by Stephen R. Covey</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/-/es/Think-Grow-Rich-Landmark-Bestseller/dp/1585424331/ref=sr_1_1?adgrpid=77534518773&amp;dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9._jdbEKiHoNO-QF5Kd93r4vX9bo22HVoFUHIJ1YJ6pl3akO0HfzO0cCQULV4ybXbxvgt6xMsjoiSDtfVEEr6DuhTcIxeeGzN8L784_FDCWVzuP6qfD6Re3kA0l0zBSOqry9tmg6DV_vcwkUtzYbbB5tH00HoCrcVrdabd13NEyae40zKxjsbiR8dPe1mEoftzaaQ9whKBI82zmxlSa4IUBe8wd4crUfv29xQ18JYVIsU.xULoyGow7VCrayWER3tbL1Ymry0Bl_X1e1b-4XlF8RE&amp;dib_tag=se&amp;hvadid=602464998697&amp;hvdev=c&amp;hvlocphy=9211711&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvqmt=e&amp;hvrand=17512545116294779309&amp;hvtargid=kwd-24461090&amp;hydadcr=13264_13442696&amp;keywords=think+and+grow+rich&amp;mcid=a9392d60572830a5b91ed4ddbfe954da&amp;qid=1767818419&amp;sr=8-1">Think and Grow Rich by Napoleon Hill</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling">Rob Walling @robwalling) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-..."></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Can your 9-to-5 job secretly prepare you to be a founder?



In this solo episode, Rob Walling shares 11 unexpected lessons from his own day jobs, from courier to electrician to engineering manager, and how each role quietly taught him skills that shaped his success as a SaaS founder. He dives into the value of curiosity, self-education, and learning to lead before you ever start a company.



Episode Sponsor:





If you’ve got a strong vision but no technical partner, you need more than a “vibe-coded” MVP, you need a real foundation.



That’s where Designli comes in. Their two-week SolutionLab Prototyping Sprint pairs you with a product owner, designer, and developer to turn your idea into a beautiful, clickable prototype you’ll be proud to show investors or early users.



Right now, Startups for the Rest of Us listeners get $3,800 off their sprint.



 Get started at designli.co/fortherestofus



Topics we cover: 




(2:03) – Why every day job can teach entrepreneurial skills



(4:44) – Lesson #1: Figuring things out when instructions are unclear



(7:27) – Lesson #2: Learning to respect other people’s time



(9:05) – Lesson #3: How early self-education compounds over time



(11:33) – Lesson #4: Embracing hard, unglamorous work



(14:09) – Lesson #5: Why experience always beats credentials



(16:42) – Lesson #6: Letting the buck stop with you



(17:44) – Lesson #7: Knowing when to cut corners (and when not to)



(20:11) – Lesson #8: Finding the right people to work with



(21:33) – Lesson #9: Managing and motivating people as a learned skill



(23:53) – Lesson #10: Turning hiring and firing into Founder superpowers



(26:11) – Lesson #11: The value of exposure to well-run systems




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Mastermind Matching – Apply before January 16th



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



Good to Great by Jim Collins



Seven Habits of Highly Effective People by Stephen R. Covey



Think and Grow Rich by Napoleon Hill



MicroConf



Rob Walling @robwalling) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 815 | Unexpected Skills Your Day Job Can Teach You About Entrepreneurship (Rob Solo)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Can your 9-to-5 job secretly prepare you to be a founder?</p>



<p>In this solo episode, Rob Walling shares 11 unexpected lessons from his own day jobs, from courier to electrician to engineering manager, and how each role quietly taught him skills that shaped his success as a SaaS founder. He dives into the value of curiosity, self-education, and learning to lead before you ever start a company.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>If you’ve got a strong vision but no technical partner, you need more than a “vibe-coded” MVP, you need a real foundation.</p>



<p>That’s where<a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus"> <strong>Designli</strong></a> comes in. Their two-week <strong>SolutionLab Prototyping Sprint</strong> pairs you with a product owner, designer, and developer to turn your idea into a beautiful, clickable prototype you’ll be proud to show investors or early users.</p>



<p>Right now, <em>Startups for the Rest of Us</em> listeners get <strong>$3,800 off</strong> their sprint.</p>



<p> Get started at<a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus"> designli.co/fortherestofus</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:03) – Why every day job can teach entrepreneurial skills</li>



<li>(4:44) – Lesson #1: Figuring things out when instructions are unclear</li>



<li>(7:27) – Lesson #2: Learning to respect other people’s time</li>



<li>(9:05) – Lesson #3: How early self-education compounds over time</li>



<li>(11:33) – Lesson #4: Embracing hard, unglamorous work</li>



<li>(14:09) – Lesson #5: Why experience always beats credentials</li>



<li>(16:42) – Lesson #6: Letting the buck stop with you</li>



<li>(17:44) – Lesson #7: Knowing when to cut corners (and when not to)</li>



<li>(20:11) – Lesson #8: Finding the right people to work with</li>



<li>(21:33) – Lesson #9: Managing and motivating people as a learned skill</li>



<li>(23:53) – Lesson #10: Turning hiring and firing into Founder superpowers</li>



<li>(26:11) – Lesson #11: The value of exposure to well-run systems</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds">MicroConf Mastermind Matching</a> – Apply before January 16th</li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com">The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Good-Great-Some-Companies-Others/dp/0066620996">Good to Great by Jim Collins</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Habits-Highly-Effective-People-Powerful/dp/0743269519">Seven Habits of Highly Effective People by Stephen R. Covey</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/-/es/Think-Grow-Rich-Landmark-Bestseller/dp/1585424331/ref=sr_1_1?adgrpid=77534518773&amp;dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9._jdbEKiHoNO-QF5Kd93r4vX9bo22HVoFUHIJ1YJ6pl3akO0HfzO0cCQULV4ybXbxvgt6xMsjoiSDtfVEEr6DuhTcIxeeGzN8L784_FDCWVzuP6qfD6Re3kA0l0zBSOqry9tmg6DV_vcwkUtzYbbB5tH00HoCrcVrdabd13NEyae40zKxjsbiR8dPe1mEoftzaaQ9whKBI82zmxlSa4IUBe8wd4crUfv29xQ18JYVIsU.xULoyGow7VCrayWER3tbL1Ymry0Bl_X1e1b-4XlF8RE&amp;dib_tag=se&amp;hvadid=602464998697&amp;hvdev=c&amp;hvlocphy=9211711&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvqmt=e&amp;hvrand=17512545116294779309&amp;hvtargid=kwd-24461090&amp;hydadcr=13264_13442696&amp;keywords=think+and+grow+rich&amp;mcid=a9392d60572830a5b91ed4ddbfe954da&amp;qid=1767818419&amp;sr=8-1">Think and Grow Rich by Napoleon Hill</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling">Rob Walling @robwalling) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2309947/c1e-5qm4b1wz78sqvogw-5zdv455rhpw7-k3ag64.mp3" length="29976894"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Can your 9-to-5 job secretly prepare you to be a founder?



In this solo episode, Rob Walling shares 11 unexpected lessons from his own day jobs, from courier to electrician to engineering manager, and how each role quietly taught him skills that shaped his success as a SaaS founder. He dives into the value of curiosity, self-education, and learning to lead before you ever start a company.



Episode Sponsor:





If you’ve got a strong vision but no technical partner, you need more than a “vibe-coded” MVP, you need a real foundation.



That’s where Designli comes in. Their two-week SolutionLab Prototyping Sprint pairs you with a product owner, designer, and developer to turn your idea into a beautiful, clickable prototype you’ll be proud to show investors or early users.



Right now, Startups for the Rest of Us listeners get $3,800 off their sprint.



 Get started at designli.co/fortherestofus



Topics we cover: 




(2:03) – Why every day job can teach entrepreneurial skills



(4:44) – Lesson #1: Figuring things out when instructions are unclear



(7:27) – Lesson #2: Learning to respect other people’s time



(9:05) – Lesson #3: How early self-education compounds over time



(11:33) – Lesson #4: Embracing hard, unglamorous work



(14:09) – Lesson #5: Why experience always beats credentials



(16:42) – Lesson #6: Letting the buck stop with you



(17:44) – Lesson #7: Knowing when to cut corners (and when not to)



(20:11) – Lesson #8: Finding the right people to work with



(21:33) – Lesson #9: Managing and motivating people as a learned skill



(23:53) – Lesson #10: Turning hiring and firing into Founder superpowers



(26:11) – Lesson #11: The value of exposure to well-run systems




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Mastermind Matching – Apply before January 16th



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



Good to Great by Jim Collins



Seven Habits of Highly Effective People by Stephen R. Covey



Think and Grow Rich by Napoleon Hill



MicroConf



Rob Walling @robwalling) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:30:43</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 814 | How to Beat a Venture-Backed Competitor (with Laura Roeder)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jan 2026 10:00:17 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2306607</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-814-how-to-beat-a-venture-backed-competitor-with-laura-roeder</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>What’s it take for a bootstrapped SaaS to beat a competitor with $10M in venture funding?</p>



<p>
In this episode, Rob Walling talks with Laura Roeder, founder of Paperbell, about how her lean, fully-bootstrapped team outlasted and outperformed a VC-funded rival. They discuss what the venture-backed company got wrong, how Paperbell focused on the right customers, and why efficiency still beats funding.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:52) – Competing against a $10M-funded startup</li>



<li>(8:45) – Why “self-serve SaaS on hard mode” was worth it</li>



<li>(14:36) – How over-investing in engineering killed their competitor</li>



<li>(19:04) – The real problem with under-investing in marketing</li>



<li>(21:19) – Why some SaaS markets can’t scale upmarket</li>



<li>(24:13) – Why some markets are perfect for bootstrappers</li>



<li>(28:42) – How big funding rounds create false signals</li>



<li>(30:24) – The behind-the-scenes of a potential acquisition deal</li>



<li>(33:26) – How Paperbell became the market leader</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds">MicroConf Mastermind Matching</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com">The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling</a></li>



<li><a href="https://paperbell.com">Paperbell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/lkr">Laura Roeder (@lkr) | X</a> </li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[What’s it take for a bootstrapped SaaS to beat a competitor with $10M in venture funding?




In this episode, Rob Walling talks with Laura Roeder, founder of Paperbell, about how her lean, fully-bootstrapped team outlasted and outperformed a VC-funded rival. They discuss what the venture-backed company got wrong, how Paperbell focused on the right customers, and why efficiency still beats funding.



Topics we cover: 




(3:52) – Competing against a $10M-funded startup



(8:45) – Why “self-serve SaaS on hard mode” was worth it



(14:36) – How over-investing in engineering killed their competitor



(19:04) – The real problem with under-investing in marketing



(21:19) – Why some SaaS markets can’t scale upmarket



(24:13) – Why some markets are perfect for bootstrappers



(28:42) – How big funding rounds create false signals



(30:24) – The behind-the-scenes of a potential acquisition deal



(33:26) – How Paperbell became the market leader




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Mastermind Matching



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



Paperbell



Laura Roeder (@lkr) | X 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 814 | How to Beat a Venture-Backed Competitor (with Laura Roeder)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>What’s it take for a bootstrapped SaaS to beat a competitor with $10M in venture funding?</p>



<p>
In this episode, Rob Walling talks with Laura Roeder, founder of Paperbell, about how her lean, fully-bootstrapped team outlasted and outperformed a VC-funded rival. They discuss what the venture-backed company got wrong, how Paperbell focused on the right customers, and why efficiency still beats funding.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:52) – Competing against a $10M-funded startup</li>



<li>(8:45) – Why “self-serve SaaS on hard mode” was worth it</li>



<li>(14:36) – How over-investing in engineering killed their competitor</li>



<li>(19:04) – The real problem with under-investing in marketing</li>



<li>(21:19) – Why some SaaS markets can’t scale upmarket</li>



<li>(24:13) – Why some markets are perfect for bootstrappers</li>



<li>(28:42) – How big funding rounds create false signals</li>



<li>(30:24) – The behind-the-scenes of a potential acquisition deal</li>



<li>(33:26) – How Paperbell became the market leader</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds">MicroConf Mastermind Matching</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com">The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling</a></li>



<li><a href="https://paperbell.com">Paperbell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/lkr">Laura Roeder (@lkr) | X</a> </li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2306607/c1e-m9vrcqx98mig4nmr-47m23gw0i280-4lwxoc.mp3" length="35296948"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[What’s it take for a bootstrapped SaaS to beat a competitor with $10M in venture funding?




In this episode, Rob Walling talks with Laura Roeder, founder of Paperbell, about how her lean, fully-bootstrapped team outlasted and outperformed a VC-funded rival. They discuss what the venture-backed company got wrong, how Paperbell focused on the right customers, and why efficiency still beats funding.



Topics we cover: 




(3:52) – Competing against a $10M-funded startup



(8:45) – Why “self-serve SaaS on hard mode” was worth it



(14:36) – How over-investing in engineering killed their competitor



(19:04) – The real problem with under-investing in marketing



(21:19) – Why some SaaS markets can’t scale upmarket



(24:13) – Why some markets are perfect for bootstrappers



(28:42) – How big funding rounds create false signals



(30:24) – The behind-the-scenes of a potential acquisition deal



(33:26) – How Paperbell became the market leader




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Mastermind Matching



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



Paperbell



Laura Roeder (@lkr) | X 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:16</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 813 | SaaS Predictions for 2026 (+ Reflections on 2025)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 30 Dec 2025 10:00:48 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2298905</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-813-saas-predictions-for-2026-reflections-on-2025</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>How will AI, SEO, and market shifts change SaaS next year?</p>



<p>In this solo episode, Rob Walling revisits his predictions for 2025, what he got right, what he totally missed and shares nine new predictions for 2026. He reflects on trends shaping bootstrapped SaaS, from the rise of AI-first startups to the challenges facing horizontal SaaS founders. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Interested in Sponsoring this Podcast?</strong></h3>



<p>If your product or service helps SaaS founders, bootstrappers, or indie entrepreneurs, you can reach thousands of listeners each week through Startups for the Rest of Us.</p>



<p> Email us at sponsors@startupsfortherestofus.com</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:09) – Lessons from common SaaS plateaus and the Core Four framework</li>



<li>(4:39) – Rating his 2025 predictions: what came true (and what didn’t)</li>



<li>(12:46) – Prediction #1: Horizontal SaaS will face major headwinds</li>



<li>(15:56) – Prediction #2: Overreliance on SEO will hurt SaaS founders</li>



<li>(16:26) – Prediction #3: Top brands will dominate as AI narrows discovery</li>



<li>(21:04) – Prediction #4: The AI VC bubble won’t burst in 2026</li>



<li>(21:47) – Prediction #5: Open source AI models will double in usage</li>



<li>(22:28) – Prediction #6: A major no code platform will struggle or shut down</li>



<li>(23:33) – Prediction #7: M&amp;A for small SaaS startups will accelerate</li>



<li>(24:31) – Prediction #8: Bitcoin will hit a new all-time high</li>



<li>(25:31) – Prediction #9: Stripe will not go public (again)</li>



<li>(26:26) – Reflections on MicroConf and TinySeed milestones</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/us-flagship">MicroConf US</a> – Portland, April 2026</li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@robwalling">Rob Walling YouTube Channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/program">Apply to TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/portfolio">TinySeed Portfolio</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com">The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>
Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[How will AI, SEO, and market shifts change SaaS next year?



In this solo episode, Rob Walling revisits his predictions for 2025, what he got right, what he totally missed and shares nine new predictions for 2026. He reflects on trends shaping bootstrapped SaaS, from the rise of AI-first startups to the challenges facing horizontal SaaS founders. 



Interested in Sponsoring this Podcast?



If your product or service helps SaaS founders, bootstrappers, or indie entrepreneurs, you can reach thousands of listeners each week through Startups for the Rest of Us.



 Email us at sponsors@startupsfortherestofus.com



Topics we cover: 




(1:09) – Lessons from common SaaS plateaus and the Core Four framework



(4:39) – Rating his 2025 predictions: what came true (and what didn’t)



(12:46) – Prediction #1: Horizontal SaaS will face major headwinds



(15:56) – Prediction #2: Overreliance on SEO will hurt SaaS founders



(16:26) – Prediction #3: Top brands will dominate as AI narrows discovery



(21:04) – Prediction #4: The AI VC bubble won’t burst in 2026



(21:47) – Prediction #5: Open source AI models will double in usage



(22:28) – Prediction #6: A major no code platform will struggle or shut down



(23:33) – Prediction #7: M&A for small SaaS startups will accelerate



(24:31) – Prediction #8: Bitcoin will hit a new all-time high



(25:31) – Prediction #9: Stripe will not go public (again)



(26:26) – Reflections on MicroConf and TinySeed milestones




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf US – Portland, April 2026



Rob Walling YouTube Channel



Apply to TinySeed



TinySeed Portfolio



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!




Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 813 | SaaS Predictions for 2026 (+ Reflections on 2025)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>How will AI, SEO, and market shifts change SaaS next year?</p>



<p>In this solo episode, Rob Walling revisits his predictions for 2025, what he got right, what he totally missed and shares nine new predictions for 2026. He reflects on trends shaping bootstrapped SaaS, from the rise of AI-first startups to the challenges facing horizontal SaaS founders. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Interested in Sponsoring this Podcast?</strong></h3>



<p>If your product or service helps SaaS founders, bootstrappers, or indie entrepreneurs, you can reach thousands of listeners each week through Startups for the Rest of Us.</p>



<p> Email us at sponsors@startupsfortherestofus.com</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:09) – Lessons from common SaaS plateaus and the Core Four framework</li>



<li>(4:39) – Rating his 2025 predictions: what came true (and what didn’t)</li>



<li>(12:46) – Prediction #1: Horizontal SaaS will face major headwinds</li>



<li>(15:56) – Prediction #2: Overreliance on SEO will hurt SaaS founders</li>



<li>(16:26) – Prediction #3: Top brands will dominate as AI narrows discovery</li>



<li>(21:04) – Prediction #4: The AI VC bubble won’t burst in 2026</li>



<li>(21:47) – Prediction #5: Open source AI models will double in usage</li>



<li>(22:28) – Prediction #6: A major no code platform will struggle or shut down</li>



<li>(23:33) – Prediction #7: M&amp;A for small SaaS startups will accelerate</li>



<li>(24:31) – Prediction #8: Bitcoin will hit a new all-time high</li>



<li>(25:31) – Prediction #9: Stripe will not go public (again)</li>



<li>(26:26) – Reflections on MicroConf and TinySeed milestones</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/us-flagship">MicroConf US</a> – Portland, April 2026</li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@robwalling">Rob Walling YouTube Channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/program">Apply to TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/portfolio">TinySeed Portfolio</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com">The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>
Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2298905/c1e-5qm4b127gqcqvod8-rkp7nwvjfx7v-n99u6t.mp3" length="27465619"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[How will AI, SEO, and market shifts change SaaS next year?



In this solo episode, Rob Walling revisits his predictions for 2025, what he got right, what he totally missed and shares nine new predictions for 2026. He reflects on trends shaping bootstrapped SaaS, from the rise of AI-first startups to the challenges facing horizontal SaaS founders. 



Interested in Sponsoring this Podcast?



If your product or service helps SaaS founders, bootstrappers, or indie entrepreneurs, you can reach thousands of listeners each week through Startups for the Rest of Us.



 Email us at sponsors@startupsfortherestofus.com



Topics we cover: 




(1:09) – Lessons from common SaaS plateaus and the Core Four framework



(4:39) – Rating his 2025 predictions: what came true (and what didn’t)



(12:46) – Prediction #1: Horizontal SaaS will face major headwinds



(15:56) – Prediction #2: Overreliance on SEO will hurt SaaS founders



(16:26) – Prediction #3: Top brands will dominate as AI narrows discovery



(21:04) – Prediction #4: The AI VC bubble won’t burst in 2026



(21:47) – Prediction #5: Open source AI models will double in usage



(22:28) – Prediction #6: A major no code platform will struggle or shut down



(23:33) – Prediction #7: M&A for small SaaS startups will accelerate



(24:31) – Prediction #8: Bitcoin will hit a new all-time high



(25:31) – Prediction #9: Stripe will not go public (again)



(26:26) – Reflections on MicroConf and TinySeed milestones




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf US – Portland, April 2026



Rob Walling YouTube Channel



Apply to TinySeed



TinySeed Portfolio



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!




Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:28:06</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 812 | The 2025 State of TinySeed]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 23 Dec 2025 10:00:47 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2285399</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-812-the-2025-state-of-tinyseed</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>After funding 210+ B2B SaaS companies, what patterns have emerged?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling shares the 2025 State of TinySeed, from its first fund in 2018 to a global portfolio of over 210 B2B SaaS companies. He reflects on TinySeed’s growth, what the data reveals about today’s founders, funding trends, and the rise of AI-first startups.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:46) – How TinySeed began and the doubts it faced </li>



<li>(3:51) – Growing to 210+ portfolio companies and $60M raised</li>



<li>(11:15) – The rise of AI-first startups and “vibe-coded” apps</li>



<li>(13:09) – Record application numbers and founder trends in 2025</li>



<li>(19:58) – Why vertical SaaS is outperforming horizontal SaaS</li>



<li>(21:59) – The importance of founder community and shared experience</li>



<li>(25:06) – How TinySeed and MicroConf create long-term founder connections</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply">Apply to TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/mentors">TinySeed Mentors</a><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply">Accelerator Program Details — TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/portfolio">TinySeed Portfolio</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com">The SaaS Playbook</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com">MicroConf </a>- Community for Bootstrapped SaaS Founders</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[After funding 210+ B2B SaaS companies, what patterns have emerged?



In this episode, Rob Walling shares the 2025 State of TinySeed, from its first fund in 2018 to a global portfolio of over 210 B2B SaaS companies. He reflects on TinySeed’s growth, what the data reveals about today’s founders, funding trends, and the rise of AI-first startups.



Topics we cover: 




(1:46) – How TinySeed began and the doubts it faced 



(3:51) – Growing to 210+ portfolio companies and $60M raised



(11:15) – The rise of AI-first startups and “vibe-coded” apps



(13:09) – Record application numbers and founder trends in 2025



(19:58) – Why vertical SaaS is outperforming horizontal SaaS



(21:59) – The importance of founder community and shared experience



(25:06) – How TinySeed and MicroConf create long-term founder connections




Links from the Show: 




Apply to TinySeed



Invest in TinySeed



TinySeed MentorsAccelerator Program Details — TinySeed



TinySeed Portfolio



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



MicroConf - Community for Bootstrapped SaaS Founders




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 812 | The 2025 State of TinySeed]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>After funding 210+ B2B SaaS companies, what patterns have emerged?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling shares the 2025 State of TinySeed, from its first fund in 2018 to a global portfolio of over 210 B2B SaaS companies. He reflects on TinySeed’s growth, what the data reveals about today’s founders, funding trends, and the rise of AI-first startups.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:46) – How TinySeed began and the doubts it faced </li>



<li>(3:51) – Growing to 210+ portfolio companies and $60M raised</li>



<li>(11:15) – The rise of AI-first startups and “vibe-coded” apps</li>



<li>(13:09) – Record application numbers and founder trends in 2025</li>



<li>(19:58) – Why vertical SaaS is outperforming horizontal SaaS</li>



<li>(21:59) – The importance of founder community and shared experience</li>



<li>(25:06) – How TinySeed and MicroConf create long-term founder connections</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply">Apply to TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/mentors">TinySeed Mentors</a><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply">Accelerator Program Details — TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/portfolio">TinySeed Portfolio</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com">The SaaS Playbook</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com">MicroConf </a>- Community for Bootstrapped SaaS Founders</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2285399/c1e-129zt5pn4rs6nj8z-okj590g7cjwm-6warii.mp3" length="28099517"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[After funding 210+ B2B SaaS companies, what patterns have emerged?



In this episode, Rob Walling shares the 2025 State of TinySeed, from its first fund in 2018 to a global portfolio of over 210 B2B SaaS companies. He reflects on TinySeed’s growth, what the data reveals about today’s founders, funding trends, and the rise of AI-first startups.



Topics we cover: 




(1:46) – How TinySeed began and the doubts it faced 



(3:51) – Growing to 210+ portfolio companies and $60M raised



(11:15) – The rise of AI-first startups and “vibe-coded” apps



(13:09) – Record application numbers and founder trends in 2025



(19:58) – Why vertical SaaS is outperforming horizontal SaaS



(21:59) – The importance of founder community and shared experience



(25:06) – How TinySeed and MicroConf create long-term founder connections




Links from the Show: 




Apply to TinySeed



Invest in TinySeed



TinySeed MentorsAccelerator Program Details — TinySeed



TinySeed Portfolio



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



MicroConf - Community for Bootstrapped SaaS Founders




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:28:46</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 811 | When to Delegate the "Core Four SaaS Skills," Freemium Retention Rates, and More Listener Questions (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 16 Dec 2025 10:00:33 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2250669</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-811-when-to-delegate-the-core-four-saas-skills-freemium-retention-rates-and-more-listener-questions-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>How do you step back from daily decisions without losing control of your SaaS?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling answers listener questions about when to delegate key founder skills, whether great founders can succeed with any idea, and the limits of no-code or “vibe-coded” apps. </p>



<p>To help answer one question, he calls up Ruben Gamez to get his insights on what “good” freemium retention really looks like and why the shape of your retention curve matters more than the number itself.</p>



<p>Want to get your question answered? <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">Drop it here.</a></p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>Struggling to make Google Ads work for your SaaS?</p>



<p>You’re faced with an impossible choice: spend thousands on an agency or waste months learning from outdated YouTube videos.</p>



<p>That’s why <strong>Max Sinclair</strong>, a five-year MicroConf attendee, built<a href="https://saasadsstudio.com"> <strong>SaaS Ads Studio</strong></a>  a software platform that combines AI with proven ad agency expertise to help SaaS founders launch, write, and optimize Google Ads campaigns.</p>



<p>Think of it as <em>an agency team in a box</em> that gets you to a profitable Google Ads engine in about six months.</p>



<p>Start for free at <strong>saasadsstudio.com</strong> and be one of the first 50 listeners to use code <strong>ROBWALLING</strong> for <strong>50% off your first year</strong>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"> <strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:51) – What’s a “good” freemium retention rate?</li>



<li>(4:59) – How freemium retention differs for mobile vs. SaaS apps</li>



<li>(9:51) – When to start delegating the Core Four SaaS skills</li>



<li>(12:53) – How to hand off sales, marketing, product, and dev the right way</li>



<li>(23:28) – Can great founders succeed with any product idea?</li>



<li>(29:34) – Should founders avoid building on no-code or third-party platforms?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf Connect</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute/">TinySeed SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad">SaaS Launchpad</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.signwell.com/">SignWell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/rugamez/">Ruben Gamez | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[How do you step back from daily decisions without losing control of your SaaS?



In this episode, Rob Walling answers listener questions about when to delegate key founder skills, whether great founders can succeed with any idea, and the limits of no-code or “vibe-coded” apps. 



To help answer one question, he calls up Ruben Gamez to get his insights on what “good” freemium retention really looks like and why the shape of your retention curve matters more than the number itself.



Want to get your question answered? Drop it here.



Episode Sponsor:





Struggling to make Google Ads work for your SaaS?



You’re faced with an impossible choice: spend thousands on an agency or waste months learning from outdated YouTube videos.



That’s why Max Sinclair, a five-year MicroConf attendee, built SaaS Ads Studio  a software platform that combines AI with proven ad agency expertise to help SaaS founders launch, write, and optimize Google Ads campaigns.



Think of it as an agency team in a box that gets you to a profitable Google Ads engine in about six months.



Start for free at saasadsstudio.com and be one of the first 50 listeners to use code ROBWALLING for 50% off your first year.



 Topics we cover: 




(2:51) – What’s a “good” freemium retention rate?



(4:59) – How freemium retention differs for mobile vs. SaaS apps



(9:51) – When to start delegating the Core Four SaaS skills



(12:53) – How to hand off sales, marketing, product, and dev the right way



(23:28) – Can great founders succeed with any product idea?



(29:34) – Should founders avoid building on no-code or third-party platforms?




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect 



TinySeed SaaS Institute



The SaaS Playbook



SaaS Launchpad



SignWell



Ruben Gamez | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 811 | When to Delegate the "Core Four SaaS Skills," Freemium Retention Rates, and More Listener Questions (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>How do you step back from daily decisions without losing control of your SaaS?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling answers listener questions about when to delegate key founder skills, whether great founders can succeed with any idea, and the limits of no-code or “vibe-coded” apps. </p>



<p>To help answer one question, he calls up Ruben Gamez to get his insights on what “good” freemium retention really looks like and why the shape of your retention curve matters more than the number itself.</p>



<p>Want to get your question answered? <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">Drop it here.</a></p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>Struggling to make Google Ads work for your SaaS?</p>



<p>You’re faced with an impossible choice: spend thousands on an agency or waste months learning from outdated YouTube videos.</p>



<p>That’s why <strong>Max Sinclair</strong>, a five-year MicroConf attendee, built<a href="https://saasadsstudio.com"> <strong>SaaS Ads Studio</strong></a>  a software platform that combines AI with proven ad agency expertise to help SaaS founders launch, write, and optimize Google Ads campaigns.</p>



<p>Think of it as <em>an agency team in a box</em> that gets you to a profitable Google Ads engine in about six months.</p>



<p>Start for free at <strong>saasadsstudio.com</strong> and be one of the first 50 listeners to use code <strong>ROBWALLING</strong> for <strong>50% off your first year</strong>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"> <strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:51) – What’s a “good” freemium retention rate?</li>



<li>(4:59) – How freemium retention differs for mobile vs. SaaS apps</li>



<li>(9:51) – When to start delegating the Core Four SaaS skills</li>



<li>(12:53) – How to hand off sales, marketing, product, and dev the right way</li>



<li>(23:28) – Can great founders succeed with any product idea?</li>



<li>(29:34) – Should founders avoid building on no-code or third-party platforms?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf Connect</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute/">TinySeed SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad">SaaS Launchpad</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.signwell.com/">SignWell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/rugamez/">Ruben Gamez | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2250669/c1e-28rqimp2w3hqo4rd-7zx0d56qtgw3-osqiua.mp3" length="33363737"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[How do you step back from daily decisions without losing control of your SaaS?



In this episode, Rob Walling answers listener questions about when to delegate key founder skills, whether great founders can succeed with any idea, and the limits of no-code or “vibe-coded” apps. 



To help answer one question, he calls up Ruben Gamez to get his insights on what “good” freemium retention really looks like and why the shape of your retention curve matters more than the number itself.



Want to get your question answered? Drop it here.



Episode Sponsor:





Struggling to make Google Ads work for your SaaS?



You’re faced with an impossible choice: spend thousands on an agency or waste months learning from outdated YouTube videos.



That’s why Max Sinclair, a five-year MicroConf attendee, built SaaS Ads Studio  a software platform that combines AI with proven ad agency expertise to help SaaS founders launch, write, and optimize Google Ads campaigns.



Think of it as an agency team in a box that gets you to a profitable Google Ads engine in about six months.



Start for free at saasadsstudio.com and be one of the first 50 listeners to use code ROBWALLING for 50% off your first year.



 Topics we cover: 




(2:51) – What’s a “good” freemium retention rate?



(4:59) – How freemium retention differs for mobile vs. SaaS apps



(9:51) – When to start delegating the Core Four SaaS skills



(12:53) – How to hand off sales, marketing, product, and dev the right way



(23:28) – Can great founders succeed with any product idea?



(29:34) – Should founders avoid building on no-code or third-party platforms?




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect 



TinySeed SaaS Institute



The SaaS Playbook



SaaS Launchpad



SignWell



Ruben Gamez | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:15</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 810 | The Best A.I. Coding Stack, Shipping Fast, and More Listener Questions (With Derrick Reimer)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 09 Dec 2025 10:00:24 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2237252</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-810-the-best-a-i-coding-stack-shipping-fast-and-more-listener-questions-with-derrick-reimer</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>How much design polish is really enough?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling is joined by fan favorite Derrick Reimer for a new round of listener questions. They dig into the best AI coding stacks right now, how to ship fast without losing polish, whether AI is changing the kind of risk founders face, and when to start taking security seriously.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>Are you a non-technical founder with solid revenue and real traction, but your technology is holding you back? You should check out today's sponsor, <a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus">Designli</a>.</p>



<p>They specialize in helping founders like you who are stuck with messy code, unclear roadmaps, or a dev team that just doesn’t get it.</p>



<p><strong>And for listeners of the pod, Designli is offering their Impact Week completely free.</strong> That’s a one-week, no-obligation audit where their team dives into your code, your design system, and your product roadmap to show you exactly what’s working, what’s broken, and what needs to happen next.</p>



<p>If it’s a fit, you can move on to SolutionLab, a three-week sprint where Designli takes over your codebase and architects a real roadmap for growth, led by a full-time, cross-functional team.</p>



<p>If your tech is the bottleneck to your next stage of growth, check them out at <a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus">https://designli.co/fortherestofus</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"> <strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:03) – What’s the best A.I. coding stack for developers right now?</li>



<li>(11:14) – How can solo founders ship fast without sacrificing polish?</li>



<li>(21:55) – Is A.I. shifting startup risk from market fit to feasibility?</li>



<li>(31:44) – When should SaaS founders start worrying about security?</li>



<li>(44:30) – SavvyCal’s latest product expansion</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/pitches">Call for Speakers</a> – Apply to speak at MicroConf US in Portland</li>



<li><a href="https://www.anthropic.com/claude">Claude Code</a></li>



<li><a href="https://codeium.com/windsurf">Windsurf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://cursor.sh">Cursor</a></li>



<li><a href="https://github.com/features/copilot">GitHub Copilot</a></li>



<li><a href="https://code.visualstudio.com">VS Code</a></li>



<li><a href="https://visualstudio.microsoft.com">Visual Studio</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/appointments">SavvyCal Appointments</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/derrick-reimer-93916020/">Derrick Reimer | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/derrickreimer">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[How much design polish is really enough?



In this episode, Rob Walling is joined by fan favorite Derrick Reimer for a new round of listener questions. They dig into the best AI coding stacks right now, how to ship fast without losing polish, whether AI is changing the kind of risk founders face, and when to start taking security seriously.



Episode Sponsor:





Are you a non-technical founder with solid revenue and real traction, but your technology is holding you back? You should check out today's sponsor, Designli.



They specialize in helping founders like you who are stuck with messy code, unclear roadmaps, or a dev team that just doesn’t get it.



And for listeners of the pod, Designli is offering their Impact Week completely free. That’s a one-week, no-obligation audit where their team dives into your code, your design system, and your product roadmap to show you exactly what’s working, what’s broken, and what needs to happen next.



If it’s a fit, you can move on to SolutionLab, a three-week sprint where Designli takes over your codebase and architects a real roadmap for growth, led by a full-time, cross-functional team.



If your tech is the bottleneck to your next stage of growth, check them out at https://designli.co/fortherestofus.



 Topics we cover: 




(2:03) – What’s the best A.I. coding stack for developers right now?



(11:14) – How can solo founders ship fast without sacrificing polish?



(21:55) – Is A.I. shifting startup risk from market fit to feasibility?



(31:44) – When should SaaS founders start worrying about security?



(44:30) – SavvyCal’s latest product expansion




Links from the Show: 




Call for Speakers – Apply to speak at MicroConf US in Portland



Claude Code



Windsurf



Cursor



GitHub Copilot



VS Code



Visual Studio



SavvyCal Appointments



Derrick Reimer | LinkedIn



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 810 | The Best A.I. Coding Stack, Shipping Fast, and More Listener Questions (With Derrick Reimer)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>How much design polish is really enough?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling is joined by fan favorite Derrick Reimer for a new round of listener questions. They dig into the best AI coding stacks right now, how to ship fast without losing polish, whether AI is changing the kind of risk founders face, and when to start taking security seriously.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>Are you a non-technical founder with solid revenue and real traction, but your technology is holding you back? You should check out today's sponsor, <a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus">Designli</a>.</p>



<p>They specialize in helping founders like you who are stuck with messy code, unclear roadmaps, or a dev team that just doesn’t get it.</p>



<p><strong>And for listeners of the pod, Designli is offering their Impact Week completely free.</strong> That’s a one-week, no-obligation audit where their team dives into your code, your design system, and your product roadmap to show you exactly what’s working, what’s broken, and what needs to happen next.</p>



<p>If it’s a fit, you can move on to SolutionLab, a three-week sprint where Designli takes over your codebase and architects a real roadmap for growth, led by a full-time, cross-functional team.</p>



<p>If your tech is the bottleneck to your next stage of growth, check them out at <a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus">https://designli.co/fortherestofus</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"> <strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:03) – What’s the best A.I. coding stack for developers right now?</li>



<li>(11:14) – How can solo founders ship fast without sacrificing polish?</li>



<li>(21:55) – Is A.I. shifting startup risk from market fit to feasibility?</li>



<li>(31:44) – When should SaaS founders start worrying about security?</li>



<li>(44:30) – SavvyCal’s latest product expansion</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/pitches">Call for Speakers</a> – Apply to speak at MicroConf US in Portland</li>



<li><a href="https://www.anthropic.com/claude">Claude Code</a></li>



<li><a href="https://codeium.com/windsurf">Windsurf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://cursor.sh">Cursor</a></li>



<li><a href="https://github.com/features/copilot">GitHub Copilot</a></li>



<li><a href="https://code.visualstudio.com">VS Code</a></li>



<li><a href="https://visualstudio.microsoft.com">Visual Studio</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/appointments">SavvyCal Appointments</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/derrick-reimer-93916020/">Derrick Reimer | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/derrickreimer">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2237252/c1e-m9vrcq2909sg4nzx-6zq4z0wvbp43-o62poe.mp3" length="52031491"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[How much design polish is really enough?



In this episode, Rob Walling is joined by fan favorite Derrick Reimer for a new round of listener questions. They dig into the best AI coding stacks right now, how to ship fast without losing polish, whether AI is changing the kind of risk founders face, and when to start taking security seriously.



Episode Sponsor:





Are you a non-technical founder with solid revenue and real traction, but your technology is holding you back? You should check out today's sponsor, Designli.



They specialize in helping founders like you who are stuck with messy code, unclear roadmaps, or a dev team that just doesn’t get it.



And for listeners of the pod, Designli is offering their Impact Week completely free. That’s a one-week, no-obligation audit where their team dives into your code, your design system, and your product roadmap to show you exactly what’s working, what’s broken, and what needs to happen next.



If it’s a fit, you can move on to SolutionLab, a three-week sprint where Designli takes over your codebase and architects a real roadmap for growth, led by a full-time, cross-functional team.



If your tech is the bottleneck to your next stage of growth, check them out at https://designli.co/fortherestofus.



 Topics we cover: 




(2:03) – What’s the best A.I. coding stack for developers right now?



(11:14) – How can solo founders ship fast without sacrificing polish?



(21:55) – Is A.I. shifting startup risk from market fit to feasibility?



(31:44) – When should SaaS founders start worrying about security?



(44:30) – SavvyCal’s latest product expansion




Links from the Show: 




Call for Speakers – Apply to speak at MicroConf US in Portland



Claude Code



Windsurf



Cursor



GitHub Copilot



VS Code



Visual Studio



SavvyCal Appointments



Derrick Reimer | LinkedIn



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:53:41</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 809 | What I Learned Diving into A.I. for 100 Days (with Craig Hewitt)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 02 Dec 2025 10:00:30 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2217990</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-809-what-i-learned-diving-into-a-i-for-100-days-with-craig-hewitt</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>What are the can't-miss AI tools for SaaS founders?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling sits down with Craig Hewitt, founder of Castos, to dive deep into Craig’s “100 Days of AI” YouTube series. They discuss the lessons learned from exploring the latest AI tools for founders, why ChatGPT might not be the best option for SaaS entrepreneurs, and which AI platforms are actually moving the needle. </p>



<p>Rob and Craig also chat about the realities of AI agents, the challenges of building a second product after hitting a growth plateau, and Craig’s approach to evaluating new opportunities as he looks to expand beyond podcast hosting.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>AI is transforming how people discover brands and <a href="http://ahrefs.com/awt">Ahrefs</a> is helping SaaS companies stay ahead.</p>



<p>They’ve just launched <strong>Brand Radar</strong>, a new tool that lets you track your visibility in AI platforms like ChatGPT, Perplexity, and Google’s AI Overviews. See how you stack up against competitors, monitor reputation, and build authority across search, social, and AI.</p>



<p>No more cobbling together tools. Ahrefs brings it all into one powerful SaaS marketing platform, backed by 15+ years of real-world web data and marketing-savvy AI.</p>



<p>Try it free at <a href="http://ahrefs.com/awt">ahrefs.com/awt</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(03:28) – 100 Days of AI YouTube series, biggest surprises and key takeaways</li>



<li>(08:20) – Claude Code, ChatGPT, and Manus: Which AI tools work best for founders</li>



<li>(13:00) – Practical AI workflows in content production and automation</li>



<li>(18:35) – AI agent cuts customer support in half</li>



<li>(21:27) – Burnout and breakthroughs from publishing 100 videos in 100 days</li>



<li>(25:43) – Craig’s new AI projects and what’s next</li>



<li>(30:14) – Three new product ideas under evaluation</li>



<li>(33:09) – The pros, cons, and emotions behind launching a second product</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/us-flagship">MicroConf US 2026</a>- April 12-14, 2026 · Portland US</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute">TinySeed’s SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.claude.com/product/claude-code">Claude Code (by Anthropic) </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.manus.ai">Manus</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://creatorhooks.com">Creator Hooks</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.cursor.sh">Cursor</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.helpscout.com">HelpScout</a></li>



<li><a href="https://docsbot.ai/">DocsBot</a></li>



<li><a href="http://linkberry.ai">LinkBerry.ai </a>– Craig’s new tool for LinkedIn content creation</li>



<li><a href="https://castos.com">Castos</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@thecraighewitt">Craig Hewitt | YouTube</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/craig-hewitt-78386a66/">Craig Hewitt | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/TheCraigHewitt">Craig Hewitt (@TheCraigHewitt) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[What are the can't-miss AI tools for SaaS founders?



In this episode, Rob Walling sits down with Craig Hewitt, founder of Castos, to dive deep into Craig’s “100 Days of AI” YouTube series. They discuss the lessons learned from exploring the latest AI tools for founders, why ChatGPT might not be the best option for SaaS entrepreneurs, and which AI platforms are actually moving the needle. 



Rob and Craig also chat about the realities of AI agents, the challenges of building a second product after hitting a growth plateau, and Craig’s approach to evaluating new opportunities as he looks to expand beyond podcast hosting.



Episode Sponsor:





AI is transforming how people discover brands and Ahrefs is helping SaaS companies stay ahead.



They’ve just launched Brand Radar, a new tool that lets you track your visibility in AI platforms like ChatGPT, Perplexity, and Google’s AI Overviews. See how you stack up against competitors, monitor reputation, and build authority across search, social, and AI.



No more cobbling together tools. Ahrefs brings it all into one powerful SaaS marketing platform, backed by 15+ years of real-world web data and marketing-savvy AI.



Try it free at ahrefs.com/awt.



Topics we cover: 




(03:28) – 100 Days of AI YouTube series, biggest surprises and key takeaways



(08:20) – Claude Code, ChatGPT, and Manus: Which AI tools work best for founders



(13:00) – Practical AI workflows in content production and automation



(18:35) – AI agent cuts customer support in half



(21:27) – Burnout and breakthroughs from publishing 100 videos in 100 days



(25:43) – Craig’s new AI projects and what’s next



(30:14) – Three new product ideas under evaluation



(33:09) – The pros, cons, and emotions behind launching a second product




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf US 2026- April 12-14, 2026 · Portland US



TinySeed’s SaaS Institute



Claude Code (by Anthropic) 



Manus 



Creator Hooks



Cursor



HelpScout



DocsBot



LinkBerry.ai – Craig’s new tool for LinkedIn content creation



Castos



Craig Hewitt | YouTube



Craig Hewitt | LinkedIn



Craig Hewitt (@TheCraigHewitt) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 809 | What I Learned Diving into A.I. for 100 Days (with Craig Hewitt)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>What are the can't-miss AI tools for SaaS founders?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling sits down with Craig Hewitt, founder of Castos, to dive deep into Craig’s “100 Days of AI” YouTube series. They discuss the lessons learned from exploring the latest AI tools for founders, why ChatGPT might not be the best option for SaaS entrepreneurs, and which AI platforms are actually moving the needle. </p>



<p>Rob and Craig also chat about the realities of AI agents, the challenges of building a second product after hitting a growth plateau, and Craig’s approach to evaluating new opportunities as he looks to expand beyond podcast hosting.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>AI is transforming how people discover brands and <a href="http://ahrefs.com/awt">Ahrefs</a> is helping SaaS companies stay ahead.</p>



<p>They’ve just launched <strong>Brand Radar</strong>, a new tool that lets you track your visibility in AI platforms like ChatGPT, Perplexity, and Google’s AI Overviews. See how you stack up against competitors, monitor reputation, and build authority across search, social, and AI.</p>



<p>No more cobbling together tools. Ahrefs brings it all into one powerful SaaS marketing platform, backed by 15+ years of real-world web data and marketing-savvy AI.</p>



<p>Try it free at <a href="http://ahrefs.com/awt">ahrefs.com/awt</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(03:28) – 100 Days of AI YouTube series, biggest surprises and key takeaways</li>



<li>(08:20) – Claude Code, ChatGPT, and Manus: Which AI tools work best for founders</li>



<li>(13:00) – Practical AI workflows in content production and automation</li>



<li>(18:35) – AI agent cuts customer support in half</li>



<li>(21:27) – Burnout and breakthroughs from publishing 100 videos in 100 days</li>



<li>(25:43) – Craig’s new AI projects and what’s next</li>



<li>(30:14) – Three new product ideas under evaluation</li>



<li>(33:09) – The pros, cons, and emotions behind launching a second product</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/us-flagship">MicroConf US 2026</a>- April 12-14, 2026 · Portland US</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute">TinySeed’s SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.claude.com/product/claude-code">Claude Code (by Anthropic) </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.manus.ai">Manus</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://creatorhooks.com">Creator Hooks</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.cursor.sh">Cursor</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.helpscout.com">HelpScout</a></li>



<li><a href="https://docsbot.ai/">DocsBot</a></li>



<li><a href="http://linkberry.ai">LinkBerry.ai </a>– Craig’s new tool for LinkedIn content creation</li>



<li><a href="https://castos.com">Castos</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@thecraighewitt">Craig Hewitt | YouTube</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/craig-hewitt-78386a66/">Craig Hewitt | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/TheCraigHewitt">Craig Hewitt (@TheCraigHewitt) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2217990/c1e-rgx1fw424wu7qj60-6zqn6qvvbo0k-ath9ib.mp3" length="38418179"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[What are the can't-miss AI tools for SaaS founders?



In this episode, Rob Walling sits down with Craig Hewitt, founder of Castos, to dive deep into Craig’s “100 Days of AI” YouTube series. They discuss the lessons learned from exploring the latest AI tools for founders, why ChatGPT might not be the best option for SaaS entrepreneurs, and which AI platforms are actually moving the needle. 



Rob and Craig also chat about the realities of AI agents, the challenges of building a second product after hitting a growth plateau, and Craig’s approach to evaluating new opportunities as he looks to expand beyond podcast hosting.



Episode Sponsor:





AI is transforming how people discover brands and Ahrefs is helping SaaS companies stay ahead.



They’ve just launched Brand Radar, a new tool that lets you track your visibility in AI platforms like ChatGPT, Perplexity, and Google’s AI Overviews. See how you stack up against competitors, monitor reputation, and build authority across search, social, and AI.



No more cobbling together tools. Ahrefs brings it all into one powerful SaaS marketing platform, backed by 15+ years of real-world web data and marketing-savvy AI.



Try it free at ahrefs.com/awt.



Topics we cover: 




(03:28) – 100 Days of AI YouTube series, biggest surprises and key takeaways



(08:20) – Claude Code, ChatGPT, and Manus: Which AI tools work best for founders



(13:00) – Practical AI workflows in content production and automation



(18:35) – AI agent cuts customer support in half



(21:27) – Burnout and breakthroughs from publishing 100 videos in 100 days



(25:43) – Craig’s new AI projects and what’s next



(30:14) – Three new product ideas under evaluation



(33:09) – The pros, cons, and emotions behind launching a second product




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf US 2026- April 12-14, 2026 · Portland US



TinySeed’s SaaS Institute



Claude Code (by Anthropic) 



Manus 



Creator Hooks



Cursor



HelpScout



DocsBot



LinkBerry.ai – Craig’s new tool for LinkedIn content creation



Castos



Craig Hewitt | YouTube



Craig Hewitt | LinkedIn



Craig Hewitt (@TheCraigHewitt) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:39:31</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 808 | A $500k "Step 1" Business, When to Consider SOC2, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 25 Nov 2025 10:00:56 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2209497</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-808-a-500k-step-1-business-when-to-consider-soc2-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Is it time to sell, autopilot, or double down on your plateaued SaaS business?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling tackles listener questions and shares practical frameworks for what to do when your product hits a plateau, explains why “autopilot” often leads to decline, and outlines when founders should seriously consider SOC 2 compliance. Rob also talks about balancing a startup with a newborn, the real value of open source and IP, and the risks and rewards of building MVPs in exchange for equity.</p>



<p>Want to get your question answered? <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">Drop it here.</a></p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>Need to ship faster without expanding your team?</p>



<p><a href="https://gearheart.io">Gearheart</a> is an AI-powered product studio that helps startups build B2B SaaS apps and AI agents, fast. Their team ships at twice the speed of traditional dev shops and understands how to work within startup constraints.</p>



<p>Whether you need a fractional CTO or experienced engineers to accelerate development, Gearheart plugs directly into your workflow and delivers. They’ve built 70+ products, including SmartSuite, which raised $38M and is used by companies like Capital One.</p>



<p>As a listener, you get the <strong>first 20 hours of development free</strong> when you mention the podcast.</p>



<p> <a href="http://gearheart.io">gearheart.io</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:34) – What to do with a plateaued $500k B2C app</li>



<li>(4:28) – Founder motivation, business longevity, and the myth of autopilot</li>



<li>(13:15) – Should you offer MVP development in exchange for equity?</li>



<li>(14:04) – Equity risks, upside, and how to protect yourself</li>



<li>(18:00) – When SOC2 compliance actually matters for founders</li>



<li>(21:08) – Balancing a new baby, a job, and SaaS ambitions</li>



<li>(24:38) – Can open source IP help bootstrappers stand out?</li>



<li>(25:25) – Why differentiation and marketing matter more than patents or code</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://discretioncapital.com">Discretion Capital – M&amp;A Advisory for B2B SaaS with $2-25m ARR</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute">TinySeed SaaS Institute</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Is it time to sell, autopilot, or double down on your plateaued SaaS business?



In this episode, Rob Walling tackles listener questions and shares practical frameworks for what to do when your product hits a plateau, explains why “autopilot” often leads to decline, and outlines when founders should seriously consider SOC 2 compliance. Rob also talks about balancing a startup with a newborn, the real value of open source and IP, and the risks and rewards of building MVPs in exchange for equity.



Want to get your question answered? Drop it here.



Episode Sponsor:





Need to ship faster without expanding your team?



Gearheart is an AI-powered product studio that helps startups build B2B SaaS apps and AI agents, fast. Their team ships at twice the speed of traditional dev shops and understands how to work within startup constraints.



Whether you need a fractional CTO or experienced engineers to accelerate development, Gearheart plugs directly into your workflow and delivers. They’ve built 70+ products, including SmartSuite, which raised $38M and is used by companies like Capital One.



As a listener, you get the first 20 hours of development free when you mention the podcast.



 gearheart.io



Topics we cover: 




(2:34) – What to do with a plateaued $500k B2C app



(4:28) – Founder motivation, business longevity, and the myth of autopilot



(13:15) – Should you offer MVP development in exchange for equity?



(14:04) – Equity risks, upside, and how to protect yourself



(18:00) – When SOC2 compliance actually matters for founders



(21:08) – Balancing a new baby, a job, and SaaS ambitions



(24:38) – Can open source IP help bootstrappers stand out?



(25:25) – Why differentiation and marketing matter more than patents or code




Links from the Show: 




Discretion Capital – M&A Advisory for B2B SaaS with $2-25m ARR



MicroConf Connect



TinySeed SaaS Institute




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 808 | A $500k "Step 1" Business, When to Consider SOC2, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Is it time to sell, autopilot, or double down on your plateaued SaaS business?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling tackles listener questions and shares practical frameworks for what to do when your product hits a plateau, explains why “autopilot” often leads to decline, and outlines when founders should seriously consider SOC 2 compliance. Rob also talks about balancing a startup with a newborn, the real value of open source and IP, and the risks and rewards of building MVPs in exchange for equity.</p>



<p>Want to get your question answered? <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">Drop it here.</a></p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>Need to ship faster without expanding your team?</p>



<p><a href="https://gearheart.io">Gearheart</a> is an AI-powered product studio that helps startups build B2B SaaS apps and AI agents, fast. Their team ships at twice the speed of traditional dev shops and understands how to work within startup constraints.</p>



<p>Whether you need a fractional CTO or experienced engineers to accelerate development, Gearheart plugs directly into your workflow and delivers. They’ve built 70+ products, including SmartSuite, which raised $38M and is used by companies like Capital One.</p>



<p>As a listener, you get the <strong>first 20 hours of development free</strong> when you mention the podcast.</p>



<p> <a href="http://gearheart.io">gearheart.io</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:34) – What to do with a plateaued $500k B2C app</li>



<li>(4:28) – Founder motivation, business longevity, and the myth of autopilot</li>



<li>(13:15) – Should you offer MVP development in exchange for equity?</li>



<li>(14:04) – Equity risks, upside, and how to protect yourself</li>



<li>(18:00) – When SOC2 compliance actually matters for founders</li>



<li>(21:08) – Balancing a new baby, a job, and SaaS ambitions</li>



<li>(24:38) – Can open source IP help bootstrappers stand out?</li>



<li>(25:25) – Why differentiation and marketing matter more than patents or code</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://discretioncapital.com">Discretion Capital – M&amp;A Advisory for B2B SaaS with $2-25m ARR</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute">TinySeed SaaS Institute</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2209497/c1e-jx1os5rx97h529rx-dmxvz6pxf9o1-zk6nhw.mp3" length="29045688"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Is it time to sell, autopilot, or double down on your plateaued SaaS business?



In this episode, Rob Walling tackles listener questions and shares practical frameworks for what to do when your product hits a plateau, explains why “autopilot” often leads to decline, and outlines when founders should seriously consider SOC 2 compliance. Rob also talks about balancing a startup with a newborn, the real value of open source and IP, and the risks and rewards of building MVPs in exchange for equity.



Want to get your question answered? Drop it here.



Episode Sponsor:





Need to ship faster without expanding your team?



Gearheart is an AI-powered product studio that helps startups build B2B SaaS apps and AI agents, fast. Their team ships at twice the speed of traditional dev shops and understands how to work within startup constraints.



Whether you need a fractional CTO or experienced engineers to accelerate development, Gearheart plugs directly into your workflow and delivers. They’ve built 70+ products, including SmartSuite, which raised $38M and is used by companies like Capital One.



As a listener, you get the first 20 hours of development free when you mention the podcast.



 gearheart.io



Topics we cover: 




(2:34) – What to do with a plateaued $500k B2C app



(4:28) – Founder motivation, business longevity, and the myth of autopilot



(13:15) – Should you offer MVP development in exchange for equity?



(14:04) – Equity risks, upside, and how to protect yourself



(18:00) – When SOC2 compliance actually matters for founders



(21:08) – Balancing a new baby, a job, and SaaS ambitions



(24:38) – Can open source IP help bootstrappers stand out?



(25:25) – Why differentiation and marketing matter more than patents or code




Links from the Show: 




Discretion Capital – M&A Advisory for B2B SaaS with $2-25m ARR



MicroConf Connect



TinySeed SaaS Institute




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:29:45</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 807 | The "Core Four" SaaS Skills and Knowing When You Should Find a Co-founder (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 18 Nov 2025 10:00:37 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2197838</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-807-the-core-four-saas-skills-and-knowing-when-you-should-find-a-co-founder-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Is hiring a sales and marketing co-founder the secret sauce for technical SaaS founders?</p>



<p>In this solo episode, Rob Walling tackles a fresh batch of listener questions, starting with one of the most common dilemmas for technical founders: should you hire a sales and marketing co-founder or go it alone?</p>



<p>He introduces his “Core Four” mental model, the essential skills every SaaS team needs early on, and shares insights on dealing with enterprise clients who keep moving the goalposts, handling a flood of non-ICP users, and a heartfelt message from a listener who just exited their startup.</p>



<p>Want to get your question answered? <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">Drop it here.</a></p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>Are you looking to hire world-class engineering talent without the headache?</p>



<p>You should check out today’s sponsor, <a href="https://www.g2i.co/microconf">G2i</a>. They give you access to over 8,000 pre-vetted developers, no AI-generated resumes, no time wasters, just experienced engineers with at least five years of proven results.</p>



<p>G2i handles the vetting for you, including customized live technical interviews so you can see how a candidate would actually work with your team. Trusted by companies like Meta, Microsoft, and Shopmonkey, and especially helpful for first-time founders who need to get hiring right the first time.</p>



<p>As a listener, you’ll get a 7-day free trial plus $1,500 off your first invoice when you mention this podcast.</p>



<p> Head over to <a href="https://www.g2i.co/microconf">https://www.g2i.co/microconf</a>  to get started.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:11) – Should you find a co-founder for sales and marketing?</li>



<li>(5:29) – What are the Core Four SaaS Skills?</li>



<li>(11:41) – Can you succeed without mastering all four, or should you outsource?</li>



<li>(16:39) – Why sales-led growth might outperform self-serve SaaS</li>



<li>(21:48) – Dealing with big companies who change your contract terms</li>



<li>(27:06) – What to do with thousands of unqualified signups</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://discretioncapital.com">Discretion Capital – M&amp;A for B2B SaaS</a></li>



<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com">Exit Strategy </a>by Sherry &amp; Rob Walling </li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf </a>- SaaS Community</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/">TinySeed</a> - SaaS Institute</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Is hiring a sales and marketing co-founder the secret sauce for technical SaaS founders?



In this solo episode, Rob Walling tackles a fresh batch of listener questions, starting with one of the most common dilemmas for technical founders: should you hire a sales and marketing co-founder or go it alone?



He introduces his “Core Four” mental model, the essential skills every SaaS team needs early on, and shares insights on dealing with enterprise clients who keep moving the goalposts, handling a flood of non-ICP users, and a heartfelt message from a listener who just exited their startup.



Want to get your question answered? Drop it here.



Episode Sponsor:





Are you looking to hire world-class engineering talent without the headache?



You should check out today’s sponsor, G2i. They give you access to over 8,000 pre-vetted developers, no AI-generated resumes, no time wasters, just experienced engineers with at least five years of proven results.



G2i handles the vetting for you, including customized live technical interviews so you can see how a candidate would actually work with your team. Trusted by companies like Meta, Microsoft, and Shopmonkey, and especially helpful for first-time founders who need to get hiring right the first time.



As a listener, you’ll get a 7-day free trial plus $1,500 off your first invoice when you mention this podcast.



 Head over to https://www.g2i.co/microconf  to get started.



Topics we cover: 




(3:11) – Should you find a co-founder for sales and marketing?



(5:29) – What are the Core Four SaaS Skills?



(11:41) – Can you succeed without mastering all four, or should you outsource?



(16:39) – Why sales-led growth might outperform self-serve SaaS



(21:48) – Dealing with big companies who change your contract terms



(27:06) – What to do with thousands of unqualified signups




Links from the Show: 




Discretion Capital – M&A for B2B SaaS



Exit Strategy by Sherry & Rob Walling 



MicroConf - SaaS Community



TinySeed - SaaS Institute




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 807 | The "Core Four" SaaS Skills and Knowing When You Should Find a Co-founder (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Is hiring a sales and marketing co-founder the secret sauce for technical SaaS founders?</p>



<p>In this solo episode, Rob Walling tackles a fresh batch of listener questions, starting with one of the most common dilemmas for technical founders: should you hire a sales and marketing co-founder or go it alone?</p>



<p>He introduces his “Core Four” mental model, the essential skills every SaaS team needs early on, and shares insights on dealing with enterprise clients who keep moving the goalposts, handling a flood of non-ICP users, and a heartfelt message from a listener who just exited their startup.</p>



<p>Want to get your question answered? <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">Drop it here.</a></p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>Are you looking to hire world-class engineering talent without the headache?</p>



<p>You should check out today’s sponsor, <a href="https://www.g2i.co/microconf">G2i</a>. They give you access to over 8,000 pre-vetted developers, no AI-generated resumes, no time wasters, just experienced engineers with at least five years of proven results.</p>



<p>G2i handles the vetting for you, including customized live technical interviews so you can see how a candidate would actually work with your team. Trusted by companies like Meta, Microsoft, and Shopmonkey, and especially helpful for first-time founders who need to get hiring right the first time.</p>



<p>As a listener, you’ll get a 7-day free trial plus $1,500 off your first invoice when you mention this podcast.</p>



<p> Head over to <a href="https://www.g2i.co/microconf">https://www.g2i.co/microconf</a>  to get started.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:11) – Should you find a co-founder for sales and marketing?</li>



<li>(5:29) – What are the Core Four SaaS Skills?</li>



<li>(11:41) – Can you succeed without mastering all four, or should you outsource?</li>



<li>(16:39) – Why sales-led growth might outperform self-serve SaaS</li>



<li>(21:48) – Dealing with big companies who change your contract terms</li>



<li>(27:06) – What to do with thousands of unqualified signups</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://discretioncapital.com">Discretion Capital – M&amp;A for B2B SaaS</a></li>



<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com">Exit Strategy </a>by Sherry &amp; Rob Walling </li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf </a>- SaaS Community</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/">TinySeed</a> - SaaS Institute</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2197838/c1e-5qm4b1pw3psqvo12-34m3mrw7h56x-poonwe.mp3" length="32801714"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Is hiring a sales and marketing co-founder the secret sauce for technical SaaS founders?



In this solo episode, Rob Walling tackles a fresh batch of listener questions, starting with one of the most common dilemmas for technical founders: should you hire a sales and marketing co-founder or go it alone?



He introduces his “Core Four” mental model, the essential skills every SaaS team needs early on, and shares insights on dealing with enterprise clients who keep moving the goalposts, handling a flood of non-ICP users, and a heartfelt message from a listener who just exited their startup.



Want to get your question answered? Drop it here.



Episode Sponsor:





Are you looking to hire world-class engineering talent without the headache?



You should check out today’s sponsor, G2i. They give you access to over 8,000 pre-vetted developers, no AI-generated resumes, no time wasters, just experienced engineers with at least five years of proven results.



G2i handles the vetting for you, including customized live technical interviews so you can see how a candidate would actually work with your team. Trusted by companies like Meta, Microsoft, and Shopmonkey, and especially helpful for first-time founders who need to get hiring right the first time.



As a listener, you’ll get a 7-day free trial plus $1,500 off your first invoice when you mention this podcast.



 Head over to https://www.g2i.co/microconf  to get started.



Topics we cover: 




(3:11) – Should you find a co-founder for sales and marketing?



(5:29) – What are the Core Four SaaS Skills?



(11:41) – Can you succeed without mastering all four, or should you outsource?



(16:39) – Why sales-led growth might outperform self-serve SaaS



(21:48) – Dealing with big companies who change your contract terms



(27:06) – What to do with thousands of unqualified signups




Links from the Show: 




Discretion Capital – M&A for B2B SaaS



Exit Strategy by Sherry & Rob Walling 



MicroConf - SaaS Community



TinySeed - SaaS Institute




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:33:40</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 806 | Bootstrapping Missive to $8M ARR Over 10 Years]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 11 Nov 2025 10:00:10 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2176646</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-806-bootstrapping-missive-to-8m-arr-over-10-years</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Can a small team really bootstrap to $8M ARR in a crowded SaaS market?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling chats with Philippe Lehoux about how he and his co-founders bootstrapped Missive, a collaborative email and team inbox tool. They deep dive into landing early customers, unique horizontal positioning, content-driven growth, enterprise sales, and how to compete with VC-backed competition. </p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>Are you a non-technical founder with solid revenue and real traction, but your technology is holding you back? You should check out today's sponsor, <a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus">Designli</a>.</p>



<p>They specialize in helping founders like you who are stuck with messy code, unclear roadmaps, or a dev team that just doesn’t get it.</p>



<p><strong>And for listeners of the pod, Designli is offering their Impact Week completely free.</strong> That’s a one-week, no-obligation audit where their team dives into your code, your design system, and your product roadmap to show you exactly what’s working, what’s broken, and what needs to happen next.</p>



<p>If it’s a fit, you can move on to SolutionLab, a three-week sprint where Designli takes over your codebase and architects a real roadmap for growth, led by a full-time, cross-functional team.</p>



<p>If your tech is the bottleneck to your next stage of growth, check them out at <a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus">https://designli.co/fortherestofus</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"> <strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:05) – Missive’s $8M ARR journey and email pivot</li>



<li>(6:02) – Early idea and first customers</li>



<li>(11:16) – Unique positioning: horizontal vs. vertical</li>



<li>(13:41) – How they prioritize features</li>



<li>(15:39) – Why they stayed bootstrapped and decline funding</li>



<li>(20:25) – Content strategy and “vs” pages</li>



<li>(21:39) – Affiliate program driving 30% of growth</li>



<li>(25:24) – Challenges and benefits of being horizontal</li>



<li>(30:28) – Enterprise sales and pricing</li>



<li>(32:06) – Scaling with SOC 2 compliance</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute">SaaS Institute </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/microconf">MicroConf YouTube channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://missiveapp.com/">Missive</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/plehoux/">Philippe Lehoux | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/plehoux">Philippe Lehoux (@plehoux) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Can a small team really bootstrap to $8M ARR in a crowded SaaS market?



In this episode, Rob Walling chats with Philippe Lehoux about how he and his co-founders bootstrapped Missive, a collaborative email and team inbox tool. They deep dive into landing early customers, unique horizontal positioning, content-driven growth, enterprise sales, and how to compete with VC-backed competition. 



Episode Sponsor:





Are you a non-technical founder with solid revenue and real traction, but your technology is holding you back? You should check out today's sponsor, Designli.



They specialize in helping founders like you who are stuck with messy code, unclear roadmaps, or a dev team that just doesn’t get it.



And for listeners of the pod, Designli is offering their Impact Week completely free. That’s a one-week, no-obligation audit where their team dives into your code, your design system, and your product roadmap to show you exactly what’s working, what’s broken, and what needs to happen next.



If it’s a fit, you can move on to SolutionLab, a three-week sprint where Designli takes over your codebase and architects a real roadmap for growth, led by a full-time, cross-functional team.



If your tech is the bottleneck to your next stage of growth, check them out at https://designli.co/fortherestofus.



 Topics we cover: 




(2:05) – Missive’s $8M ARR journey and email pivot



(6:02) – Early idea and first customers



(11:16) – Unique positioning: horizontal vs. vertical



(13:41) – How they prioritize features



(15:39) – Why they stayed bootstrapped and decline funding



(20:25) – Content strategy and “vs” pages



(21:39) – Affiliate program driving 30% of growth



(25:24) – Challenges and benefits of being horizontal



(30:28) – Enterprise sales and pricing



(32:06) – Scaling with SOC 2 compliance




Links from the Show: 




SaaS Institute 



MicroConf YouTube channel



Missive



Philippe Lehoux | LinkedIn



Philippe Lehoux (@plehoux) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 806 | Bootstrapping Missive to $8M ARR Over 10 Years]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Can a small team really bootstrap to $8M ARR in a crowded SaaS market?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling chats with Philippe Lehoux about how he and his co-founders bootstrapped Missive, a collaborative email and team inbox tool. They deep dive into landing early customers, unique horizontal positioning, content-driven growth, enterprise sales, and how to compete with VC-backed competition. </p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>Are you a non-technical founder with solid revenue and real traction, but your technology is holding you back? You should check out today's sponsor, <a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus">Designli</a>.</p>



<p>They specialize in helping founders like you who are stuck with messy code, unclear roadmaps, or a dev team that just doesn’t get it.</p>



<p><strong>And for listeners of the pod, Designli is offering their Impact Week completely free.</strong> That’s a one-week, no-obligation audit where their team dives into your code, your design system, and your product roadmap to show you exactly what’s working, what’s broken, and what needs to happen next.</p>



<p>If it’s a fit, you can move on to SolutionLab, a three-week sprint where Designli takes over your codebase and architects a real roadmap for growth, led by a full-time, cross-functional team.</p>



<p>If your tech is the bottleneck to your next stage of growth, check them out at <a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus">https://designli.co/fortherestofus</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"> <strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:05) – Missive’s $8M ARR journey and email pivot</li>



<li>(6:02) – Early idea and first customers</li>



<li>(11:16) – Unique positioning: horizontal vs. vertical</li>



<li>(13:41) – How they prioritize features</li>



<li>(15:39) – Why they stayed bootstrapped and decline funding</li>



<li>(20:25) – Content strategy and “vs” pages</li>



<li>(21:39) – Affiliate program driving 30% of growth</li>



<li>(25:24) – Challenges and benefits of being horizontal</li>



<li>(30:28) – Enterprise sales and pricing</li>



<li>(32:06) – Scaling with SOC 2 compliance</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute">SaaS Institute </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/microconf">MicroConf YouTube channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://missiveapp.com/">Missive</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/plehoux/">Philippe Lehoux | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/plehoux">Philippe Lehoux (@plehoux) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2176646/c1e-44nqf1dxv2t8xknj-0v74d2mkso6g-lgcxcx.mp3" length="33053080"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Can a small team really bootstrap to $8M ARR in a crowded SaaS market?



In this episode, Rob Walling chats with Philippe Lehoux about how he and his co-founders bootstrapped Missive, a collaborative email and team inbox tool. They deep dive into landing early customers, unique horizontal positioning, content-driven growth, enterprise sales, and how to compete with VC-backed competition. 



Episode Sponsor:





Are you a non-technical founder with solid revenue and real traction, but your technology is holding you back? You should check out today's sponsor, Designli.



They specialize in helping founders like you who are stuck with messy code, unclear roadmaps, or a dev team that just doesn’t get it.



And for listeners of the pod, Designli is offering their Impact Week completely free. That’s a one-week, no-obligation audit where their team dives into your code, your design system, and your product roadmap to show you exactly what’s working, what’s broken, and what needs to happen next.



If it’s a fit, you can move on to SolutionLab, a three-week sprint where Designli takes over your codebase and architects a real roadmap for growth, led by a full-time, cross-functional team.



If your tech is the bottleneck to your next stage of growth, check them out at https://designli.co/fortherestofus.



 Topics we cover: 




(2:05) – Missive’s $8M ARR journey and email pivot



(6:02) – Early idea and first customers



(11:16) – Unique positioning: horizontal vs. vertical



(13:41) – How they prioritize features



(15:39) – Why they stayed bootstrapped and decline funding



(20:25) – Content strategy and “vs” pages



(21:39) – Affiliate program driving 30% of growth



(25:24) – Challenges and benefits of being horizontal



(30:28) – Enterprise sales and pricing



(32:06) – Scaling with SOC 2 compliance




Links from the Show: 




SaaS Institute 



MicroConf YouTube channel



Missive



Philippe Lehoux | LinkedIn



Philippe Lehoux (@plehoux) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:33:54</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 805 | Gatekeeping vs. Paying Dues, Raw Material, and Surrounding Yourself with the Right People (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 04 Nov 2025 10:00:37 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2171264</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-805-gatekeeping-vs-paying-dues-raw-material-and-surrounding-yourself-with-the-right-people-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>How much does your startup idea matter compared to your execution?</p>



<p>In this solo episode, Rob Walling covers several founder-focused topics: the difference between gatekeeping and paying your dues, why raw material beats polish, and why successful people don't mind others winning. He also shares a listener's exit story, discusses optimism in founder communities, and talks about the mix of luck, skill, and hard work needed to build something that lasts.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>AI is transforming how people discover brands and <a href="https://ahrefs.com/">Ahrefs</a> is helping SaaS companies stay ahead.</p>



<p>They’ve just launched <strong>Brand Radar</strong>, a new tool that lets you track your visibility in AI platforms like ChatGPT, Perplexity, and Google’s AI Overviews. See how you stack up against competitors, monitor reputation, and build authority across search, social, and AI.</p>



<p>No more cobbling together tools. Ahrefs brings it all into one powerful SaaS marketing platform, backed by 15+ years of real-world web data and marketing-savvy AI.</p>



<p>Try it free at <a href="http://ahrefs.com/awt">ahrefs.com/awt</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"> <strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:00) – Gatekeeping vs. Paying dues as a new founder</li>



<li>(9:56) – How “raw material” transforms into high-value skills (and startups)</li>



<li>(16:36) – A bootstrapped listener shares a quiet, life-changing exit</li>



<li>(18:17) – People who are winning don’t mind if others win too</li>



<li>(20:09) – The critical importance of who you surround yourself with</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote">MicroConf Remote</a> - Nov 5th, 2025 | Use promo code <strong>STARTUPS15 </strong>for $15 off your ticket.</li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/210479471986214/posts/648168898217267/">1000-Gram Iron Bar Analogy</a> </li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[How much does your startup idea matter compared to your execution?



In this solo episode, Rob Walling covers several founder-focused topics: the difference between gatekeeping and paying your dues, why raw material beats polish, and why successful people don't mind others winning. He also shares a listener's exit story, discusses optimism in founder communities, and talks about the mix of luck, skill, and hard work needed to build something that lasts.



Episode Sponsor:





AI is transforming how people discover brands and Ahrefs is helping SaaS companies stay ahead.



They’ve just launched Brand Radar, a new tool that lets you track your visibility in AI platforms like ChatGPT, Perplexity, and Google’s AI Overviews. See how you stack up against competitors, monitor reputation, and build authority across search, social, and AI.



No more cobbling together tools. Ahrefs brings it all into one powerful SaaS marketing platform, backed by 15+ years of real-world web data and marketing-savvy AI.



Try it free at ahrefs.com/awt.



 Topics we cover: 




(2:00) – Gatekeeping vs. Paying dues as a new founder



(9:56) – How “raw material” transforms into high-value skills (and startups)



(16:36) – A bootstrapped listener shares a quiet, life-changing exit



(18:17) – People who are winning don’t mind if others win too



(20:09) – The critical importance of who you surround yourself with




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Remote - Nov 5th, 2025 | Use promo code STARTUPS15 for $15 off your ticket.



The SaaS Playbook



1000-Gram Iron Bar Analogy 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 805 | Gatekeeping vs. Paying Dues, Raw Material, and Surrounding Yourself with the Right People (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>How much does your startup idea matter compared to your execution?</p>



<p>In this solo episode, Rob Walling covers several founder-focused topics: the difference between gatekeeping and paying your dues, why raw material beats polish, and why successful people don't mind others winning. He also shares a listener's exit story, discusses optimism in founder communities, and talks about the mix of luck, skill, and hard work needed to build something that lasts.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>AI is transforming how people discover brands and <a href="https://ahrefs.com/">Ahrefs</a> is helping SaaS companies stay ahead.</p>



<p>They’ve just launched <strong>Brand Radar</strong>, a new tool that lets you track your visibility in AI platforms like ChatGPT, Perplexity, and Google’s AI Overviews. See how you stack up against competitors, monitor reputation, and build authority across search, social, and AI.</p>



<p>No more cobbling together tools. Ahrefs brings it all into one powerful SaaS marketing platform, backed by 15+ years of real-world web data and marketing-savvy AI.</p>



<p>Try it free at <a href="http://ahrefs.com/awt">ahrefs.com/awt</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"> <strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:00) – Gatekeeping vs. Paying dues as a new founder</li>



<li>(9:56) – How “raw material” transforms into high-value skills (and startups)</li>



<li>(16:36) – A bootstrapped listener shares a quiet, life-changing exit</li>



<li>(18:17) – People who are winning don’t mind if others win too</li>



<li>(20:09) – The critical importance of who you surround yourself with</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote">MicroConf Remote</a> - Nov 5th, 2025 | Use promo code <strong>STARTUPS15 </strong>for $15 off your ticket.</li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/210479471986214/posts/648168898217267/">1000-Gram Iron Bar Analogy</a> </li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2171264/c1e-dj9nhmnrn9uwgq12-5zdo6rmmamn0-icp8cr.mp3" length="24282315"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[How much does your startup idea matter compared to your execution?



In this solo episode, Rob Walling covers several founder-focused topics: the difference between gatekeeping and paying your dues, why raw material beats polish, and why successful people don't mind others winning. He also shares a listener's exit story, discusses optimism in founder communities, and talks about the mix of luck, skill, and hard work needed to build something that lasts.



Episode Sponsor:





AI is transforming how people discover brands and Ahrefs is helping SaaS companies stay ahead.



They’ve just launched Brand Radar, a new tool that lets you track your visibility in AI platforms like ChatGPT, Perplexity, and Google’s AI Overviews. See how you stack up against competitors, monitor reputation, and build authority across search, social, and AI.



No more cobbling together tools. Ahrefs brings it all into one powerful SaaS marketing platform, backed by 15+ years of real-world web data and marketing-savvy AI.



Try it free at ahrefs.com/awt.



 Topics we cover: 




(2:00) – Gatekeeping vs. Paying dues as a new founder



(9:56) – How “raw material” transforms into high-value skills (and startups)



(16:36) – A bootstrapped listener shares a quiet, life-changing exit



(18:17) – People who are winning don’t mind if others win too



(20:09) – The critical importance of who you surround yourself with




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Remote - Nov 5th, 2025 | Use promo code STARTUPS15 for $15 off your ticket.



The SaaS Playbook



1000-Gram Iron Bar Analogy 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:24:47</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 804 | Positioning, Inventing a Category, Marketing Globally, and More Listener Questions (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 28 Oct 2025 10:00:36 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2166912</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-804-positioning-inventing-a-category-marketing-globally-and-more-listener-questions-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Can bootstrapped founders really invent a new category with AI or is it a trap?</p>



<p>In this solo episode, Rob Walling answers a fresh batch of listener questions covering SaaS marketing, global expansion, and strategic positioning. He shares advice on whether inventing a new product category is ever worth it and the nuances of updating your positioning after launch.</p>



<p>Want to get your question answered? <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">Drop it here.</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"> <strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:53) – Vertical vs. horizontal vs. orthogonal positioning as a bootstrapper</li>



<li>(12:37) – Is AI making it easier to create a new category?</li>



<li>(21:19) – How to break through mental blocks and actually launch</li>



<li>(28:36) – Local vs. global marketing for SaaS</li>



<li>(33:01) – Self-driving cars: Rob’s past prediction and what reverse statistics can teach founders</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote">MicroConf Remote</a> - Nov 5th, 2025 | Use promo code <strong>STARTUPS15 </strong>for 15% off your ticket.</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/program">TinySeed</a> - SaaS accelerator for ambitious B2B founders</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest in TinySeed</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-783-bootstrapping-scrapingbee-to-5m-arr-and-an-8-figure-exit">Episode 783 | Bootstrapping ScrapingBee to $5M ARR and an 8-Figure Exit</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-728-bootstrapping-gymdesk-to-a-more-than-32-5m-exit">Episode 728 | Bootstrapping Gymdesk to a More Than $32.5M Exit</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Can bootstrapped founders really invent a new category with AI or is it a trap?



In this solo episode, Rob Walling answers a fresh batch of listener questions covering SaaS marketing, global expansion, and strategic positioning. He shares advice on whether inventing a new product category is ever worth it and the nuances of updating your positioning after launch.



Want to get your question answered? Drop it here.



 Topics we cover: 




(2:53) – Vertical vs. horizontal vs. orthogonal positioning as a bootstrapper



(12:37) – Is AI making it easier to create a new category?



(21:19) – How to break through mental blocks and actually launch



(28:36) – Local vs. global marketing for SaaS



(33:01) – Self-driving cars: Rob’s past prediction and what reverse statistics can teach founders




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Remote - Nov 5th, 2025 | Use promo code STARTUPS15 for 15% off your ticket.



TinySeed - SaaS accelerator for ambitious B2B founders



Invest in TinySeed 



Episode 783 | Bootstrapping ScrapingBee to $5M ARR and an 8-Figure Exit



Episode 728 | Bootstrapping Gymdesk to a More Than $32.5M Exit




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 804 | Positioning, Inventing a Category, Marketing Globally, and More Listener Questions (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Can bootstrapped founders really invent a new category with AI or is it a trap?</p>



<p>In this solo episode, Rob Walling answers a fresh batch of listener questions covering SaaS marketing, global expansion, and strategic positioning. He shares advice on whether inventing a new product category is ever worth it and the nuances of updating your positioning after launch.</p>



<p>Want to get your question answered? <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">Drop it here.</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"> <strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:53) – Vertical vs. horizontal vs. orthogonal positioning as a bootstrapper</li>



<li>(12:37) – Is AI making it easier to create a new category?</li>



<li>(21:19) – How to break through mental blocks and actually launch</li>



<li>(28:36) – Local vs. global marketing for SaaS</li>



<li>(33:01) – Self-driving cars: Rob’s past prediction and what reverse statistics can teach founders</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote">MicroConf Remote</a> - Nov 5th, 2025 | Use promo code <strong>STARTUPS15 </strong>for 15% off your ticket.</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/program">TinySeed</a> - SaaS accelerator for ambitious B2B founders</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest in TinySeed</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-783-bootstrapping-scrapingbee-to-5m-arr-and-an-8-figure-exit">Episode 783 | Bootstrapping ScrapingBee to $5M ARR and an 8-Figure Exit</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-728-bootstrapping-gymdesk-to-a-more-than-32-5m-exit">Episode 728 | Bootstrapping Gymdesk to a More Than $32.5M Exit</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2166912/c1e-gjn1hm9144fwgqod-gp9w8z4mso0g-acpgyy.mp3" length="34564270"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Can bootstrapped founders really invent a new category with AI or is it a trap?



In this solo episode, Rob Walling answers a fresh batch of listener questions covering SaaS marketing, global expansion, and strategic positioning. He shares advice on whether inventing a new product category is ever worth it and the nuances of updating your positioning after launch.



Want to get your question answered? Drop it here.



 Topics we cover: 




(2:53) – Vertical vs. horizontal vs. orthogonal positioning as a bootstrapper



(12:37) – Is AI making it easier to create a new category?



(21:19) – How to break through mental blocks and actually launch



(28:36) – Local vs. global marketing for SaaS



(33:01) – Self-driving cars: Rob’s past prediction and what reverse statistics can teach founders




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Remote - Nov 5th, 2025 | Use promo code STARTUPS15 for 15% off your ticket.



TinySeed - SaaS accelerator for ambitious B2B founders



Invest in TinySeed 



Episode 783 | Bootstrapping ScrapingBee to $5M ARR and an 8-Figure Exit



Episode 728 | Bootstrapping Gymdesk to a More Than $32.5M Exit




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:35:30</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 803 | 8 Key Takeaways from MicroConf Europe 2025]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 21 Oct 2025 10:00:57 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2161290</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-803-8-key-takeaways-from-microconf-europe-2025</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>What's it really like to attend MicroConf?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling and Laura Sprinkle, founder of Rootabl, recap MicroConf Europe 2025 in Istanbul. They discuss the MicroConf vibe, standout talks on AI, affiliate marketing, and SaaS growth, as well as the value of networking and connecting while getting outside the conference room. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"> <strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(5:01) – The friendly, diverse MicroConf crowd</li>



<li>(8:06) – Impressions on Istanbul</li>



<li>(9:24) – Marc Thomas on lifecycle marketing</li>



<li>(11:34) – Michelle Hansen &amp; John Knox on networking </li>



<li>(13:04) – MicroConf Excursions</li>



<li>(16:45) – Einar Volset on SaaS Buyers</li>



<li>(20:27) – Rob’s AI talk</li>



<li>(23:27) – Laura’s talk about affiliate programs</li>



<li>(24:47) – Jesse Schoberg on ranking in ChatGPT and Google's AI</li>



<li>(26:31) – Attendee-Led Workshops</li>



<li>(27:58) – Kevin Sahin’s unfiltered lessons scaling to $2M</li>



<li>(31:12) – James Mooring’s journey to $2M ARR</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/us-flagship">Get your Ticket for MicroConf</a> - Portland, Oregon, on April 12 -14, 2026 | Use promo code <strong>ROB50</strong> for $50 off your ticket.</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/program">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">Join MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://deployempathy.com/">Deploy Empathy by Michelle Hansen</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/-/es/Por-Horowitz-dif%C3%ADcil-cosas-duras/dp/0062273205/ref=sr_1_1?adgrpid=100750256294&amp;dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9.0j4xaXwGlf6RMGEnZUYPn3_Zr64GsoeZZ4e1UdaSwDi8Sb7jOonqixrTDLtWFGBKICbZyzTaZL5xmY7cpn2FTdpKFGRGZGpzeVvog6fG5RWnk5uyVeNIMN724Pxurr31JEqhHecXZioxDGP9295Iaj-Nrsa2Ser-FvO4T6JCEWqqJhG6DTcZ7kW93gRoWeO6XssYrQc88757RcKN15_qQW1DFY_gqcZKLmvHBSc0pNo.DLHKBg3x_Sf9-iDjhqKY_im4DraW7d-Tk-Tuc7Y4zG4&amp;dib_tag=se&amp;hvadid=602463923227&amp;hvdev=c&amp;hvlocphy=9215196&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvqmt=e&amp;hvrand=12999553132331658920&amp;hvtargid=kwd-81611274449&amp;hydadcr=456_1015033769&amp;keywords=the+hard+thing+about+hard+things&amp;mcid=67622a4530e032beacb38f3218bf8b2d&amp;qid=1760455530&amp;sr=8-1">The Hard Thing About Hard Things by Ben Horowitz</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/ABnIUv7G9IA">There’s ONLY 5 Ways to Use AI in SaaS (prove me wrong)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/robwalling">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://rootabl.com/">Rootabl</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/imlaurasprinkle/">Laura Sprinkle | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/imlaurasprinkle">Laura Sprinkle (@imlaurasprinkle) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[What's it really like to attend MicroConf?



In this episode, Rob Walling and Laura Sprinkle, founder of Rootabl, recap MicroConf Europe 2025 in Istanbul. They discuss the MicroConf vibe, standout talks on AI, affiliate marketing, and SaaS growth, as well as the value of networking and connecting while getting outside the conference room. 



 Topics we cover: 




(5:01) – The friendly, diverse MicroConf crowd



(8:06) – Impressions on Istanbul



(9:24) – Marc Thomas on lifecycle marketing



(11:34) – Michelle Hansen & John Knox on networking 



(13:04) – MicroConf Excursions



(16:45) – Einar Volset on SaaS Buyers



(20:27) – Rob’s AI talk



(23:27) – Laura’s talk about affiliate programs



(24:47) – Jesse Schoberg on ranking in ChatGPT and Google's AI



(26:31) – Attendee-Led Workshops



(27:58) – Kevin Sahin’s unfiltered lessons scaling to $2M



(31:12) – James Mooring’s journey to $2M ARR




Links from the Show: 




Get your Ticket for MicroConf - Portland, Oregon, on April 12 -14, 2026 | Use promo code ROB50 for $50 off your ticket.



TinySeed



Join MicroConf Connect



Deploy Empathy by Michelle Hansen



The Hard Thing About Hard Things by Ben Horowitz



There’s ONLY 5 Ways to Use AI in SaaS (prove me wrong)



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X



Rootabl



Laura Sprinkle | LinkedIn



Laura Sprinkle (@imlaurasprinkle) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 803 | 8 Key Takeaways from MicroConf Europe 2025]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>What's it really like to attend MicroConf?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling and Laura Sprinkle, founder of Rootabl, recap MicroConf Europe 2025 in Istanbul. They discuss the MicroConf vibe, standout talks on AI, affiliate marketing, and SaaS growth, as well as the value of networking and connecting while getting outside the conference room. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"> <strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(5:01) – The friendly, diverse MicroConf crowd</li>



<li>(8:06) – Impressions on Istanbul</li>



<li>(9:24) – Marc Thomas on lifecycle marketing</li>



<li>(11:34) – Michelle Hansen &amp; John Knox on networking </li>



<li>(13:04) – MicroConf Excursions</li>



<li>(16:45) – Einar Volset on SaaS Buyers</li>



<li>(20:27) – Rob’s AI talk</li>



<li>(23:27) – Laura’s talk about affiliate programs</li>



<li>(24:47) – Jesse Schoberg on ranking in ChatGPT and Google's AI</li>



<li>(26:31) – Attendee-Led Workshops</li>



<li>(27:58) – Kevin Sahin’s unfiltered lessons scaling to $2M</li>



<li>(31:12) – James Mooring’s journey to $2M ARR</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/us-flagship">Get your Ticket for MicroConf</a> - Portland, Oregon, on April 12 -14, 2026 | Use promo code <strong>ROB50</strong> for $50 off your ticket.</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/program">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">Join MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://deployempathy.com/">Deploy Empathy by Michelle Hansen</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/-/es/Por-Horowitz-dif%C3%ADcil-cosas-duras/dp/0062273205/ref=sr_1_1?adgrpid=100750256294&amp;dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9.0j4xaXwGlf6RMGEnZUYPn3_Zr64GsoeZZ4e1UdaSwDi8Sb7jOonqixrTDLtWFGBKICbZyzTaZL5xmY7cpn2FTdpKFGRGZGpzeVvog6fG5RWnk5uyVeNIMN724Pxurr31JEqhHecXZioxDGP9295Iaj-Nrsa2Ser-FvO4T6JCEWqqJhG6DTcZ7kW93gRoWeO6XssYrQc88757RcKN15_qQW1DFY_gqcZKLmvHBSc0pNo.DLHKBg3x_Sf9-iDjhqKY_im4DraW7d-Tk-Tuc7Y4zG4&amp;dib_tag=se&amp;hvadid=602463923227&amp;hvdev=c&amp;hvlocphy=9215196&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvqmt=e&amp;hvrand=12999553132331658920&amp;hvtargid=kwd-81611274449&amp;hydadcr=456_1015033769&amp;keywords=the+hard+thing+about+hard+things&amp;mcid=67622a4530e032beacb38f3218bf8b2d&amp;qid=1760455530&amp;sr=8-1">The Hard Thing About Hard Things by Ben Horowitz</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/ABnIUv7G9IA">There’s ONLY 5 Ways to Use AI in SaaS (prove me wrong)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/robwalling">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://rootabl.com/">Rootabl</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/imlaurasprinkle/">Laura Sprinkle | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/imlaurasprinkle">Laura Sprinkle (@imlaurasprinkle) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2161290/c1e-qpkgsdjr2msjx481-1p709w2ns6x0-jol9ma.mp3" length="33427968"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[What's it really like to attend MicroConf?



In this episode, Rob Walling and Laura Sprinkle, founder of Rootabl, recap MicroConf Europe 2025 in Istanbul. They discuss the MicroConf vibe, standout talks on AI, affiliate marketing, and SaaS growth, as well as the value of networking and connecting while getting outside the conference room. 



 Topics we cover: 




(5:01) – The friendly, diverse MicroConf crowd



(8:06) – Impressions on Istanbul



(9:24) – Marc Thomas on lifecycle marketing



(11:34) – Michelle Hansen & John Knox on networking 



(13:04) – MicroConf Excursions



(16:45) – Einar Volset on SaaS Buyers



(20:27) – Rob’s AI talk



(23:27) – Laura’s talk about affiliate programs



(24:47) – Jesse Schoberg on ranking in ChatGPT and Google's AI



(26:31) – Attendee-Led Workshops



(27:58) – Kevin Sahin’s unfiltered lessons scaling to $2M



(31:12) – James Mooring’s journey to $2M ARR




Links from the Show: 




Get your Ticket for MicroConf - Portland, Oregon, on April 12 -14, 2026 | Use promo code ROB50 for $50 off your ticket.



TinySeed



Join MicroConf Connect



Deploy Empathy by Michelle Hansen



The Hard Thing About Hard Things by Ben Horowitz



There’s ONLY 5 Ways to Use AI in SaaS (prove me wrong)



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X



Rootabl



Laura Sprinkle | LinkedIn



Laura Sprinkle (@imlaurasprinkle) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:19</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 802 | Marketing Not Scaling, Where to Publish Content, and More Listener Questions (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 14 Oct 2025 10:00:32 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2155737</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-802-marketing-not-scaling-where-to-publish-content-and-more-listener-questions-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Where’s the best place to publish if you’re starting content from scratch?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling flies solo, answering your questions on marketing and audience building. He covers what to do when your channels stop scaling, where to publish early on, and the "media company first" approach.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p class="has-text-align-left">Are you a non-technical founder with solid revenue and real traction, but your technology is holding you back? You should check out today's sponsor, <a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus">Designli</a>.</p>



<p class="has-text-align-left">They specialize in helping founders like you who are stuck with messy code, unclear roadmaps, or a dev team that just doesn’t get it.</p>



<p class="has-text-align-left"><strong>And for listeners of the pod, Designli is offering their Impact Week completely free.</strong> That’s a one-week, no-obligation audit where their team dives into your code, your design system, and your product roadmap to show you exactly what’s working, what’s broken, and what needs to happen next.</p>



<p class="has-text-align-left">If it’s a fit, you can move on to SolutionLab, a three-week sprint where Designli takes over your codebase and architects a real roadmap for growth, led by a full-time, cross-functional team.</p>



<p class="has-text-align-left">If your tech is the bottleneck to your next stage of growth, check them out at <a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus">https://designli.co/fortherestofus</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:50) – Can a SaaS founder exit through a management buyout?</li>



<li>(6:46) – What to do when your marketing isn't scaling anymore</li>



<li>(16:28) – How to market a product while searching for product-market fit</li>



<li>(23:27) –  Where to publish content when building an audience from scratch</li>



<li>(27:38) – Should you build a media company before launching your SaaS?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote">Get your Ticket for MicroConf Remote</a> - November 5, 2025</li>



<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/">Exit Strategy</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/robwalling">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-576-dont-become-a-media-company-a-rob-solo-adventure">Episode 576 | Don’t Become a Media Company (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Where’s the best place to publish if you’re starting content from scratch?



In this episode, Rob Walling flies solo, answering your questions on marketing and audience building. He covers what to do when your channels stop scaling, where to publish early on, and the "media company first" approach.



Episode Sponsor:





Are you a non-technical founder with solid revenue and real traction, but your technology is holding you back? You should check out today's sponsor, Designli.



They specialize in helping founders like you who are stuck with messy code, unclear roadmaps, or a dev team that just doesn’t get it.



And for listeners of the pod, Designli is offering their Impact Week completely free. That’s a one-week, no-obligation audit where their team dives into your code, your design system, and your product roadmap to show you exactly what’s working, what’s broken, and what needs to happen next.



If it’s a fit, you can move on to SolutionLab, a three-week sprint where Designli takes over your codebase and architects a real roadmap for growth, led by a full-time, cross-functional team.



If your tech is the bottleneck to your next stage of growth, check them out at https://designli.co/fortherestofus.



Topics we cover: 




(1:50) – Can a SaaS founder exit through a management buyout?



(6:46) – What to do when your marketing isn't scaling anymore



(16:28) – How to market a product while searching for product-market fit



(23:27) –  Where to publish content when building an audience from scratch



(27:38) – Should you build a media company before launching your SaaS?




Links from the Show: 




Get your Ticket for MicroConf Remote - November 5, 2025



Exit Strategy



The SaaS Playbook



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X



Episode 576 | Don’t Become a Media Company (A Rob Solo Adventure)




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 802 | Marketing Not Scaling, Where to Publish Content, and More Listener Questions (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Where’s the best place to publish if you’re starting content from scratch?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling flies solo, answering your questions on marketing and audience building. He covers what to do when your channels stop scaling, where to publish early on, and the "media company first" approach.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p class="has-text-align-left">Are you a non-technical founder with solid revenue and real traction, but your technology is holding you back? You should check out today's sponsor, <a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus">Designli</a>.</p>



<p class="has-text-align-left">They specialize in helping founders like you who are stuck with messy code, unclear roadmaps, or a dev team that just doesn’t get it.</p>



<p class="has-text-align-left"><strong>And for listeners of the pod, Designli is offering their Impact Week completely free.</strong> That’s a one-week, no-obligation audit where their team dives into your code, your design system, and your product roadmap to show you exactly what’s working, what’s broken, and what needs to happen next.</p>



<p class="has-text-align-left">If it’s a fit, you can move on to SolutionLab, a three-week sprint where Designli takes over your codebase and architects a real roadmap for growth, led by a full-time, cross-functional team.</p>



<p class="has-text-align-left">If your tech is the bottleneck to your next stage of growth, check them out at <a href="https://designli.co/fortherestofus">https://designli.co/fortherestofus</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:50) – Can a SaaS founder exit through a management buyout?</li>



<li>(6:46) – What to do when your marketing isn't scaling anymore</li>



<li>(16:28) – How to market a product while searching for product-market fit</li>



<li>(23:27) –  Where to publish content when building an audience from scratch</li>



<li>(27:38) – Should you build a media company before launching your SaaS?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote">Get your Ticket for MicroConf Remote</a> - November 5, 2025</li>



<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/">Exit Strategy</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/robwalling">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-576-dont-become-a-media-company-a-rob-solo-adventure">Episode 576 | Don’t Become a Media Company (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2155737/c1e-68g7iojrdntkp01x-254gnkkwi1vz-wpob8e.mp3" length="32166107"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Where’s the best place to publish if you’re starting content from scratch?



In this episode, Rob Walling flies solo, answering your questions on marketing and audience building. He covers what to do when your channels stop scaling, where to publish early on, and the "media company first" approach.



Episode Sponsor:





Are you a non-technical founder with solid revenue and real traction, but your technology is holding you back? You should check out today's sponsor, Designli.



They specialize in helping founders like you who are stuck with messy code, unclear roadmaps, or a dev team that just doesn’t get it.



And for listeners of the pod, Designli is offering their Impact Week completely free. That’s a one-week, no-obligation audit where their team dives into your code, your design system, and your product roadmap to show you exactly what’s working, what’s broken, and what needs to happen next.



If it’s a fit, you can move on to SolutionLab, a three-week sprint where Designli takes over your codebase and architects a real roadmap for growth, led by a full-time, cross-functional team.



If your tech is the bottleneck to your next stage of growth, check them out at https://designli.co/fortherestofus.



Topics we cover: 




(1:50) – Can a SaaS founder exit through a management buyout?



(6:46) – What to do when your marketing isn't scaling anymore



(16:28) – How to market a product while searching for product-market fit



(23:27) –  Where to publish content when building an audience from scratch



(27:38) – Should you build a media company before launching your SaaS?




Links from the Show: 




Get your Ticket for MicroConf Remote - November 5, 2025



Exit Strategy



The SaaS Playbook



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X



Episode 576 | Don’t Become a Media Company (A Rob Solo Adventure)




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:32:59</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 801 | Competing Against Incumbents, Technical Co-Founders, Trademarks, and More Listener Questions with Derrick Reimer]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 07 Oct 2025 10:00:52 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2150637</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-801-competing-against-incumbents-technical-co-founders-trademarks-and-more-listener-questions-with-derrick-reimer</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Can churn ever be good in SaaS?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling is joined by fan favorite Derrick Reimer for a listener Q&amp;A. They break down what it takes to compete with well-funded incumbents, how to decide whether to pivot or push forward, when a technical co-founder is truly necessary, the right time to think about trademarks, and the difference between “good churn” and “bad churn” especially when customers fall outside your ICP.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>AI is completely changing how people discover brands and content online,
and <a href="https://ahrefs.com/awt">Ahrefs</a> has built a full-blown SaaS marketing platform to help you stay ahead.</p>



<p>With over 15 years of real-world web data, and AI that actually understands marketing, Ahrefs helps you measure your brand presence, build authority, and monitor reputation across search, social, and AI platforms like ChatGPT, Google AIOs, Perplexity, and more.</p>



<p>You can also dig into what’s driving your competitors’ visibility and spot market gaps before they do, helping you create content that ranks and drive new traffic to your business.</p>



<p>There's no need to juggle a bunch of disconnected tools- get Ahref’s all-in-one platform to make your brand unmissable in a fast-moving world. </p>



<p>Try it free at <a href="http://ahrefs.com/awt">ahrefs.com/awt</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:35) – Competing with well-funded incumbents</li>



<li>(12:47) – Should you focus on competitors or customers?</li>



<li>(20:20) – Pivot, press on, or move on: how to decide</li>



<li>(29:09) – Finding and vetting a technical co-founder or partner</li>



<li>(39:04) – When should you pursue trademarks?</li>



<li>(44:24) – Is churn ever good for a startup?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/us-flagship">MicroConf US 2026 - Portland, Oregon</a> - Use Promo Code <strong>ROB50</strong> for $50 off.</li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bimigroup.org/">BIMI (Brand Indicators for Message Identification)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/derrick-reimer-93916020/">Derrick Reimer | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/derrickreimer">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Can churn ever be good in SaaS?



In this episode, Rob Walling is joined by fan favorite Derrick Reimer for a listener Q&A. They break down what it takes to compete with well-funded incumbents, how to decide whether to pivot or push forward, when a technical co-founder is truly necessary, the right time to think about trademarks, and the difference between “good churn” and “bad churn” especially when customers fall outside your ICP.



Episode Sponsor:





AI is completely changing how people discover brands and content online,
and Ahrefs has built a full-blown SaaS marketing platform to help you stay ahead.



With over 15 years of real-world web data, and AI that actually understands marketing, Ahrefs helps you measure your brand presence, build authority, and monitor reputation across search, social, and AI platforms like ChatGPT, Google AIOs, Perplexity, and more.



You can also dig into what’s driving your competitors’ visibility and spot market gaps before they do, helping you create content that ranks and drive new traffic to your business.



There's no need to juggle a bunch of disconnected tools- get Ahref’s all-in-one platform to make your brand unmissable in a fast-moving world. 



Try it free at ahrefs.com/awt.



Topics we cover: 




(3:35) – Competing with well-funded incumbents



(12:47) – Should you focus on competitors or customers?



(20:20) – Pivot, press on, or move on: how to decide



(29:09) – Finding and vetting a technical co-founder or partner



(39:04) – When should you pursue trademarks?



(44:24) – Is churn ever good for a startup?




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf US 2026 - Portland, Oregon - Use Promo Code ROB50 for $50 off.



MicroConf Connect



BIMI (Brand Indicators for Message Identification)



SavvyCal



Derrick Reimer | LinkedIn



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 801 | Competing Against Incumbents, Technical Co-Founders, Trademarks, and More Listener Questions with Derrick Reimer]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Can churn ever be good in SaaS?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling is joined by fan favorite Derrick Reimer for a listener Q&amp;A. They break down what it takes to compete with well-funded incumbents, how to decide whether to pivot or push forward, when a technical co-founder is truly necessary, the right time to think about trademarks, and the difference between “good churn” and “bad churn” especially when customers fall outside your ICP.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>AI is completely changing how people discover brands and content online,
and <a href="https://ahrefs.com/awt">Ahrefs</a> has built a full-blown SaaS marketing platform to help you stay ahead.</p>



<p>With over 15 years of real-world web data, and AI that actually understands marketing, Ahrefs helps you measure your brand presence, build authority, and monitor reputation across search, social, and AI platforms like ChatGPT, Google AIOs, Perplexity, and more.</p>



<p>You can also dig into what’s driving your competitors’ visibility and spot market gaps before they do, helping you create content that ranks and drive new traffic to your business.</p>



<p>There's no need to juggle a bunch of disconnected tools- get Ahref’s all-in-one platform to make your brand unmissable in a fast-moving world. </p>



<p>Try it free at <a href="http://ahrefs.com/awt">ahrefs.com/awt</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:35) – Competing with well-funded incumbents</li>



<li>(12:47) – Should you focus on competitors or customers?</li>



<li>(20:20) – Pivot, press on, or move on: how to decide</li>



<li>(29:09) – Finding and vetting a technical co-founder or partner</li>



<li>(39:04) – When should you pursue trademarks?</li>



<li>(44:24) – Is churn ever good for a startup?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/us-flagship">MicroConf US 2026 - Portland, Oregon</a> - Use Promo Code <strong>ROB50</strong> for $50 off.</li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bimigroup.org/">BIMI (Brand Indicators for Message Identification)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/derrick-reimer-93916020/">Derrick Reimer | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/derrickreimer">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2150637/c1e-qpkgsdx630bjx481-47x29np0hdv-jgvubd.mp3" length="52918124"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Can churn ever be good in SaaS?



In this episode, Rob Walling is joined by fan favorite Derrick Reimer for a listener Q&A. They break down what it takes to compete with well-funded incumbents, how to decide whether to pivot or push forward, when a technical co-founder is truly necessary, the right time to think about trademarks, and the difference between “good churn” and “bad churn” especially when customers fall outside your ICP.



Episode Sponsor:





AI is completely changing how people discover brands and content online,
and Ahrefs has built a full-blown SaaS marketing platform to help you stay ahead.



With over 15 years of real-world web data, and AI that actually understands marketing, Ahrefs helps you measure your brand presence, build authority, and monitor reputation across search, social, and AI platforms like ChatGPT, Google AIOs, Perplexity, and more.



You can also dig into what’s driving your competitors’ visibility and spot market gaps before they do, helping you create content that ranks and drive new traffic to your business.



There's no need to juggle a bunch of disconnected tools- get Ahref’s all-in-one platform to make your brand unmissable in a fast-moving world. 



Try it free at ahrefs.com/awt.



Topics we cover: 




(3:35) – Competing with well-funded incumbents



(12:47) – Should you focus on competitors or customers?



(20:20) – Pivot, press on, or move on: how to decide



(29:09) – Finding and vetting a technical co-founder or partner



(39:04) – When should you pursue trademarks?



(44:24) – Is churn ever good for a startup?




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf US 2026 - Portland, Oregon - Use Promo Code ROB50 for $50 off.



MicroConf Connect



BIMI (Brand Indicators for Message Identification)



SavvyCal



Derrick Reimer | LinkedIn



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:54:37</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 800 | The 12 Commandments of Startups for the Rest of Us]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 30 Sep 2025 10:00:47 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2145943</guid>
                                    <link>https://startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-800-the-12-commandments-of-startups-for-the-rest-of-us</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>What if you could get all 15 years of this podcast bundled up into one episode? </p>



<p>In episode 800, Rob Walling goes solo for a special milestone installment of Startups For the Rest of Us. He covers the 12 foundational commandments that shape his approach to SaaS, hard-won lessons forged from years of building, investing in, and advising startups.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:46) – #1: Nuance beats absolutes</li>



<li>(6:52) – #2: Make hard decisions with incomplete information</li>



<li>(9:16) – #3: Avoid the classic traps</li>



<li>(12:22) – #4: Don't build without real evidence</li>



<li>(15:14) – #5: Marketing beats product</li>



<li>(19:08) – #6: Fewer customers, better customers</li>



<li>(21:01) – #7: Respect (and fear) the platform</li>



<li>(24:04) – #8: Build your network, not just your audience</li>



<li>(26:30) – #9: Overnight success takes a decade</li>



<li>(28:45) – #10: Stack small wins</li>



<li>(31:22) – #11: Be careful who you listen to</li>



<li>(33:15) – #12: The hardest battles are in your own head</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/us-flagship">MicroConf US 2026 - Portland, Oregon</a> - Use Promo Code <strong>ROB50</strong> for $50 off.</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest in TinySeed Fund Three</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Entrepreneurs-Guide-Keeping-Your-Together-ebook/dp/B079SNX6NB">The Entrepreneur's Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together</a></li>



<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/">Exit Strategy</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-685-7-things-you-should-never-do-a-rob-solo-adventure">Episode 685 | 7 Things You Should Never Do</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-700-playing-the-long-game">Episode 700 | Playing the Long Game</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-735-the-8-levels-of-saas-platform-risk-a-rob-solo-adventure">Episode 735 | The 8 Levels of SaaS Platform Risk</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[What if you could get all 15 years of this podcast bundled up into one episode? 



In episode 800, Rob Walling goes solo for a special milestone installment of Startups For the Rest of Us. He covers the 12 foundational commandments that shape his approach to SaaS, hard-won lessons forged from years of building, investing in, and advising startups.



Topics we cover: 




(3:46) – #1: Nuance beats absolutes



(6:52) – #2: Make hard decisions with incomplete information



(9:16) – #3: Avoid the classic traps



(12:22) – #4: Don't build without real evidence



(15:14) – #5: Marketing beats product



(19:08) – #6: Fewer customers, better customers



(21:01) – #7: Respect (and fear) the platform



(24:04) – #8: Build your network, not just your audience



(26:30) – #9: Overnight success takes a decade



(28:45) – #10: Stack small wins



(31:22) – #11: Be careful who you listen to



(33:15) – #12: The hardest battles are in your own head




Links from the Show:




MicroConf US 2026 - Portland, Oregon - Use Promo Code ROB50 for $50 off.



Invest in TinySeed Fund Three



SaaS Playbook



The Entrepreneur's Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together



Exit Strategy



Episode 685 | 7 Things You Should Never Do



Episode 700 | Playing the Long Game



Episode 735 | The 8 Levels of SaaS Platform Risk




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 800 | The 12 Commandments of Startups for the Rest of Us]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>What if you could get all 15 years of this podcast bundled up into one episode? </p>



<p>In episode 800, Rob Walling goes solo for a special milestone installment of Startups For the Rest of Us. He covers the 12 foundational commandments that shape his approach to SaaS, hard-won lessons forged from years of building, investing in, and advising startups.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:46) – #1: Nuance beats absolutes</li>



<li>(6:52) – #2: Make hard decisions with incomplete information</li>



<li>(9:16) – #3: Avoid the classic traps</li>



<li>(12:22) – #4: Don't build without real evidence</li>



<li>(15:14) – #5: Marketing beats product</li>



<li>(19:08) – #6: Fewer customers, better customers</li>



<li>(21:01) – #7: Respect (and fear) the platform</li>



<li>(24:04) – #8: Build your network, not just your audience</li>



<li>(26:30) – #9: Overnight success takes a decade</li>



<li>(28:45) – #10: Stack small wins</li>



<li>(31:22) – #11: Be careful who you listen to</li>



<li>(33:15) – #12: The hardest battles are in your own head</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/us-flagship">MicroConf US 2026 - Portland, Oregon</a> - Use Promo Code <strong>ROB50</strong> for $50 off.</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest in TinySeed Fund Three</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Entrepreneurs-Guide-Keeping-Your-Together-ebook/dp/B079SNX6NB">The Entrepreneur's Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together</a></li>



<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/">Exit Strategy</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-685-7-things-you-should-never-do-a-rob-solo-adventure">Episode 685 | 7 Things You Should Never Do</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-700-playing-the-long-game">Episode 700 | Playing the Long Game</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-735-the-8-levels-of-saas-platform-risk-a-rob-solo-adventure">Episode 735 | The 8 Levels of SaaS Platform Risk</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2145943/c1e-28rqimv8zqiqo4rn-47xz1o6ga70m-qrla3n.mp3" length="36179729"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[What if you could get all 15 years of this podcast bundled up into one episode? 



In episode 800, Rob Walling goes solo for a special milestone installment of Startups For the Rest of Us. He covers the 12 foundational commandments that shape his approach to SaaS, hard-won lessons forged from years of building, investing in, and advising startups.



Topics we cover: 




(3:46) – #1: Nuance beats absolutes



(6:52) – #2: Make hard decisions with incomplete information



(9:16) – #3: Avoid the classic traps



(12:22) – #4: Don't build without real evidence



(15:14) – #5: Marketing beats product



(19:08) – #6: Fewer customers, better customers



(21:01) – #7: Respect (and fear) the platform



(24:04) – #8: Build your network, not just your audience



(26:30) – #9: Overnight success takes a decade



(28:45) – #10: Stack small wins



(31:22) – #11: Be careful who you listen to



(33:15) – #12: The hardest battles are in your own head




Links from the Show:




MicroConf US 2026 - Portland, Oregon - Use Promo Code ROB50 for $50 off.



Invest in TinySeed Fund Three



SaaS Playbook



The Entrepreneur's Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together



Exit Strategy



Episode 685 | 7 Things You Should Never Do



Episode 700 | Playing the Long Game



Episode 735 | The 8 Levels of SaaS Platform Risk




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:37:11</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 799 | TinySeed Tales s5e6: $500k ARR!]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 25 Sep 2025 10:00:43 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2142178</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-799-tinyseed-tales-s5e6-500k-arr</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>What's next for OutboundSync?</p>



<p>In the Season 5 finale of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling talks with Harris Kenny as OutboundSync blows past $500k ARR. Harris shares the wins and struggles of getting here, from choosing not to raise funding (for now), to planning a laser tag event no committee would approve, to what comes next on the road to $1M.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:49) – Crossing $500k ARR and building personal health habits</li>



<li>(5:36) – The big levers behind OutboundSync’s growth</li>



<li>(6:39) – Laser tag, not hotel happy hours</li>



<li>(13:01) – Deciding not to raise more funding (for now)</li>



<li>(16:25) – An overbuilt tech stack </li>



<li>(17:57) – Competitors, copycats, and growing a brand</li>



<li>(19:06) – The next chapter for OutboundSync</li>



<li>(23:29) – Ambition, TinySeed, and channeling energy</li>



<li>(25:14) – Harris’s advice for founders still grinding</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest in TinySeed Fund Three</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/bonus">Coaching Call Bonus</a></li>



<li><a href="https://outboundsync.com/">OutboundSync</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/harriskenny/">Harris Kenny | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[What's next for OutboundSync?



In the Season 5 finale of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling talks with Harris Kenny as OutboundSync blows past $500k ARR. Harris shares the wins and struggles of getting here, from choosing not to raise funding (for now), to planning a laser tag event no committee would approve, to what comes next on the road to $1M.



Topics we cover: 




(1:49) – Crossing $500k ARR and building personal health habits



(5:36) – The big levers behind OutboundSync’s growth



(6:39) – Laser tag, not hotel happy hours



(13:01) – Deciding not to raise more funding (for now)



(16:25) – An overbuilt tech stack 



(17:57) – Competitors, copycats, and growing a brand



(19:06) – The next chapter for OutboundSync



(23:29) – Ambition, TinySeed, and channeling energy



(25:14) – Harris’s advice for founders still grinding




Links from the Show: 




Invest in TinySeed Fund Three



Coaching Call Bonus



OutboundSync



Harris Kenny | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 799 | TinySeed Tales s5e6: $500k ARR!]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>What's next for OutboundSync?</p>



<p>In the Season 5 finale of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling talks with Harris Kenny as OutboundSync blows past $500k ARR. Harris shares the wins and struggles of getting here, from choosing not to raise funding (for now), to planning a laser tag event no committee would approve, to what comes next on the road to $1M.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:49) – Crossing $500k ARR and building personal health habits</li>



<li>(5:36) – The big levers behind OutboundSync’s growth</li>



<li>(6:39) – Laser tag, not hotel happy hours</li>



<li>(13:01) – Deciding not to raise more funding (for now)</li>



<li>(16:25) – An overbuilt tech stack </li>



<li>(17:57) – Competitors, copycats, and growing a brand</li>



<li>(19:06) – The next chapter for OutboundSync</li>



<li>(23:29) – Ambition, TinySeed, and channeling energy</li>



<li>(25:14) – Harris’s advice for founders still grinding</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest in TinySeed Fund Three</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/bonus">Coaching Call Bonus</a></li>



<li><a href="https://outboundsync.com/">OutboundSync</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/harriskenny/">Harris Kenny | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2142178/c1e-jx1os5gnmga529rx-1p581358s41-intfet.mp3" length="28568613"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[What's next for OutboundSync?



In the Season 5 finale of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling talks with Harris Kenny as OutboundSync blows past $500k ARR. Harris shares the wins and struggles of getting here, from choosing not to raise funding (for now), to planning a laser tag event no committee would approve, to what comes next on the road to $1M.



Topics we cover: 




(1:49) – Crossing $500k ARR and building personal health habits



(5:36) – The big levers behind OutboundSync’s growth



(6:39) – Laser tag, not hotel happy hours



(13:01) – Deciding not to raise more funding (for now)



(16:25) – An overbuilt tech stack 



(17:57) – Competitors, copycats, and growing a brand



(19:06) – The next chapter for OutboundSync



(23:29) – Ambition, TinySeed, and channeling energy



(25:14) – Harris’s advice for founders still grinding




Links from the Show: 




Invest in TinySeed Fund Three



Coaching Call Bonus



OutboundSync



Harris Kenny | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:29:15</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 798 | Lessons From 10 Years of SaaS Growth Without a Hockey Stick]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 23 Sep 2025 10:00:26 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2140835</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-798-lessons-from-10-years-of-saas-growth-without-a-hockey-stick</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>How do you bootstrap a SaaS to $1 million+ ARR?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling chats with Colin Bartlett about how he and his co-founder Andy transformed a side project monitoring tool into a seven-figure ARR business that now serves as an early warning system for outages across 6,000+ services. </p>



<p>From nearly abandoning the product during three stagnant years to discovering their killer differentiation, Colin's journey is a masterclass in patient iteration, finding product-market fit the hard way, and why sometimes the most boring infrastructure businesses make the best SaaS companies.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>
You’ve probably heard that ChatGPT can do all of your marketing. But that’s nonsense unless your strategy is blindly following tired, recycled, outdated strategies. </p>



<p>If you care about systematically creating a marketing engine that converts, not just throwing spaghetti at the wall to see what sticks, you need real humans who actually understand positioning, persuasion, and modern customer acquisition playbooks. </p>



<p>That’s Conversion Factory. They’re a SaaS marketing and design agency that have worked with over 50 startups, including several TinySeed companies. </p>



<p>Book a call at <a href="https://conversionfactory.co/?utm_source=podcast_notes&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=SFRU">conversionfactory.co</a> and mention this podcast for $1,000 off your first month. And if you’re at MicroConf Europe next week, make sure to connect with Corey Haines in the hallway track. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:08) – How StatusGator detects outages (and why users are part of the signal)</li>



<li>(6:23) – From side project to SaaS: the early days of building StatusGator</li>



<li>(8:46) – Shifting the ICP: Why developers weren’t the buyers</li>



<li>(11:44) – SEO as the engine behind thousands of trials</li>



<li>(17:00) – Hitting early MRR milestones and hiring the first marketer</li>



<li>(25:12) – How TinySeed funding unlocked a full product redesign</li>



<li>(32:05) – Building a dual funnel to boost ACV and win enterprise deals</li>



<li>(38:00) – Advice for other SaaS founders playing the long game</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest in TinySeed Fund Three</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds">MicroConf Mastermind Matching</a> - Applications open until September 24th</li>



<li><a href="https://statusgator.com/">StatusGator</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/colinabartlett/">Colin Bartlett | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[How do you bootstrap a SaaS to $1 million+ ARR?



In this episode, Rob Walling chats with Colin Bartlett about how he and his co-founder Andy transformed a side project monitoring tool into a seven-figure ARR business that now serves as an early warning system for outages across 6,000+ services. 



From nearly abandoning the product during three stagnant years to discovering their killer differentiation, Colin's journey is a masterclass in patient iteration, finding product-market fit the hard way, and why sometimes the most boring infrastructure businesses make the best SaaS companies.



Episode Sponsor:






You’ve probably heard that ChatGPT can do all of your marketing. But that’s nonsense unless your strategy is blindly following tired, recycled, outdated strategies. 



If you care about systematically creating a marketing engine that converts, not just throwing spaghetti at the wall to see what sticks, you need real humans who actually understand positioning, persuasion, and modern customer acquisition playbooks. 



That’s Conversion Factory. They’re a SaaS marketing and design agency that have worked with over 50 startups, including several TinySeed companies. 



Book a call at conversionfactory.co and mention this podcast for $1,000 off your first month. And if you’re at MicroConf Europe next week, make sure to connect with Corey Haines in the hallway track. 



Topics we cover: 




(3:08) – How StatusGator detects outages (and why users are part of the signal)



(6:23) – From side project to SaaS: the early days of building StatusGator



(8:46) – Shifting the ICP: Why developers weren’t the buyers



(11:44) – SEO as the engine behind thousands of trials



(17:00) – Hitting early MRR milestones and hiring the first marketer



(25:12) – How TinySeed funding unlocked a full product redesign



(32:05) – Building a dual funnel to boost ACV and win enterprise deals



(38:00) – Advice for other SaaS founders playing the long game




Links from the Show: 




Invest in TinySeed Fund Three



MicroConf Mastermind Matching - Applications open until September 24th



StatusGator



Colin Bartlett | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 798 | Lessons From 10 Years of SaaS Growth Without a Hockey Stick]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>How do you bootstrap a SaaS to $1 million+ ARR?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling chats with Colin Bartlett about how he and his co-founder Andy transformed a side project monitoring tool into a seven-figure ARR business that now serves as an early warning system for outages across 6,000+ services. </p>



<p>From nearly abandoning the product during three stagnant years to discovering their killer differentiation, Colin's journey is a masterclass in patient iteration, finding product-market fit the hard way, and why sometimes the most boring infrastructure businesses make the best SaaS companies.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>
You’ve probably heard that ChatGPT can do all of your marketing. But that’s nonsense unless your strategy is blindly following tired, recycled, outdated strategies. </p>



<p>If you care about systematically creating a marketing engine that converts, not just throwing spaghetti at the wall to see what sticks, you need real humans who actually understand positioning, persuasion, and modern customer acquisition playbooks. </p>



<p>That’s Conversion Factory. They’re a SaaS marketing and design agency that have worked with over 50 startups, including several TinySeed companies. </p>



<p>Book a call at <a href="https://conversionfactory.co/?utm_source=podcast_notes&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=SFRU">conversionfactory.co</a> and mention this podcast for $1,000 off your first month. And if you’re at MicroConf Europe next week, make sure to connect with Corey Haines in the hallway track. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:08) – How StatusGator detects outages (and why users are part of the signal)</li>



<li>(6:23) – From side project to SaaS: the early days of building StatusGator</li>



<li>(8:46) – Shifting the ICP: Why developers weren’t the buyers</li>



<li>(11:44) – SEO as the engine behind thousands of trials</li>



<li>(17:00) – Hitting early MRR milestones and hiring the first marketer</li>



<li>(25:12) – How TinySeed funding unlocked a full product redesign</li>



<li>(32:05) – Building a dual funnel to boost ACV and win enterprise deals</li>



<li>(38:00) – Advice for other SaaS founders playing the long game</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest in TinySeed Fund Three</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds">MicroConf Mastermind Matching</a> - Applications open until September 24th</li>



<li><a href="https://statusgator.com/">StatusGator</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/colinabartlett/">Colin Bartlett | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2140835/c1e-pn7mh1xr6nbqx072-z3kv38m6h9j7-hnwkse.mp3" length="41271687"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[How do you bootstrap a SaaS to $1 million+ ARR?



In this episode, Rob Walling chats with Colin Bartlett about how he and his co-founder Andy transformed a side project monitoring tool into a seven-figure ARR business that now serves as an early warning system for outages across 6,000+ services. 



From nearly abandoning the product during three stagnant years to discovering their killer differentiation, Colin's journey is a masterclass in patient iteration, finding product-market fit the hard way, and why sometimes the most boring infrastructure businesses make the best SaaS companies.



Episode Sponsor:






You’ve probably heard that ChatGPT can do all of your marketing. But that’s nonsense unless your strategy is blindly following tired, recycled, outdated strategies. 



If you care about systematically creating a marketing engine that converts, not just throwing spaghetti at the wall to see what sticks, you need real humans who actually understand positioning, persuasion, and modern customer acquisition playbooks. 



That’s Conversion Factory. They’re a SaaS marketing and design agency that have worked with over 50 startups, including several TinySeed companies. 



Book a call at conversionfactory.co and mention this podcast for $1,000 off your first month. And if you’re at MicroConf Europe next week, make sure to connect with Corey Haines in the hallway track. 



Topics we cover: 




(3:08) – How StatusGator detects outages (and why users are part of the signal)



(6:23) – From side project to SaaS: the early days of building StatusGator



(8:46) – Shifting the ICP: Why developers weren’t the buyers



(11:44) – SEO as the engine behind thousands of trials



(17:00) – Hitting early MRR milestones and hiring the first marketer



(25:12) – How TinySeed funding unlocked a full product redesign



(32:05) – Building a dual funnel to boost ACV and win enterprise deals



(38:00) – Advice for other SaaS founders playing the long game




Links from the Show: 




Invest in TinySeed Fund Three



MicroConf Mastermind Matching - Applications open until September 24th



StatusGator



Colin Bartlett | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:42:29</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 797 | TinySeed Tales s5e5: Should I Raise More Funding?]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 18 Sep 2025 10:00:30 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2136442</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-797-tinyseed-tales-s5e5-should-i-raise-more-funding</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>OutboundSync just hit $35k MRR—but the decisions are only getting harder. </p>



<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling and Harris Kenny dive into the messy middle of SaaS growth, where every opportunity comes with a trade-off. They explore the tension between raising funds you don't need, staying focused when good ideas keep coming, and building a business while raising a family.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:28) – From $20k to $35k MRR in three months</li>



<li>(2:53) – The bets that moved the needle</li>



<li>(4:56) – Infinite runway, SOC 2 wins, and building trust</li>



<li>(8:29) – Saying no to good ideas with limited bandwidth</li>



<li>(10:00) – Decision-making, value-driven growth, and agency DNA</li>



<li>(13:14) – Should Harris raise more funding or stay focused?</li>



<li>(15:52) – Why boring “pipes” matter in an AI world</li>



<li>(20:25) – Trade-offs, mindset, and building for scale</li>



<li>(25:35) – Hiring a sales coach and focusing on what works</li>



<li>(27:52) – Balancing startup stress with parenting</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute">SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/bonus">Coaching Call Bonus</a></li>



<li><a href="https://outboundsync.com/">OutboundSync</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/harriskenny/">Harris Kenny | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[OutboundSync just hit $35k MRR—but the decisions are only getting harder. 



In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling and Harris Kenny dive into the messy middle of SaaS growth, where every opportunity comes with a trade-off. They explore the tension between raising funds you don't need, staying focused when good ideas keep coming, and building a business while raising a family.



Topics we cover: 




(2:28) – From $20k to $35k MRR in three months



(2:53) – The bets that moved the needle



(4:56) – Infinite runway, SOC 2 wins, and building trust



(8:29) – Saying no to good ideas with limited bandwidth



(10:00) – Decision-making, value-driven growth, and agency DNA



(13:14) – Should Harris raise more funding or stay focused?



(15:52) – Why boring “pipes” matter in an AI world



(20:25) – Trade-offs, mindset, and building for scale



(25:35) – Hiring a sales coach and focusing on what works



(27:52) – Balancing startup stress with parenting




Links from the Show: 




SaaS Institute



Coaching Call Bonus



OutboundSync



Harris Kenny | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 797 | TinySeed Tales s5e5: Should I Raise More Funding?]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>OutboundSync just hit $35k MRR—but the decisions are only getting harder. </p>



<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling and Harris Kenny dive into the messy middle of SaaS growth, where every opportunity comes with a trade-off. They explore the tension between raising funds you don't need, staying focused when good ideas keep coming, and building a business while raising a family.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:28) – From $20k to $35k MRR in three months</li>



<li>(2:53) – The bets that moved the needle</li>



<li>(4:56) – Infinite runway, SOC 2 wins, and building trust</li>



<li>(8:29) – Saying no to good ideas with limited bandwidth</li>



<li>(10:00) – Decision-making, value-driven growth, and agency DNA</li>



<li>(13:14) – Should Harris raise more funding or stay focused?</li>



<li>(15:52) – Why boring “pipes” matter in an AI world</li>



<li>(20:25) – Trade-offs, mindset, and building for scale</li>



<li>(25:35) – Hiring a sales coach and focusing on what works</li>



<li>(27:52) – Balancing startup stress with parenting</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute">SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/bonus">Coaching Call Bonus</a></li>



<li><a href="https://outboundsync.com/">OutboundSync</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/harriskenny/">Harris Kenny | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2136442/c1e-koz3sgv7rvsgjo6k-mkjzvv3gud6g-eyjags.mp3" length="29709699"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[OutboundSync just hit $35k MRR—but the decisions are only getting harder. 



In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling and Harris Kenny dive into the messy middle of SaaS growth, where every opportunity comes with a trade-off. They explore the tension between raising funds you don't need, staying focused when good ideas keep coming, and building a business while raising a family.



Topics we cover: 




(2:28) – From $20k to $35k MRR in three months



(2:53) – The bets that moved the needle



(4:56) – Infinite runway, SOC 2 wins, and building trust



(8:29) – Saying no to good ideas with limited bandwidth



(10:00) – Decision-making, value-driven growth, and agency DNA



(13:14) – Should Harris raise more funding or stay focused?



(15:52) – Why boring “pipes” matter in an AI world



(20:25) – Trade-offs, mindset, and building for scale



(25:35) – Hiring a sales coach and focusing on what works



(27:52) – Balancing startup stress with parenting




Links from the Show: 




SaaS Institute



Coaching Call Bonus



OutboundSync



Harris Kenny | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:30:25</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 796 | Marketing Isn't Easy?, How to Grow Your Company, and Be Careful Who You Listen To (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 16 Sep 2025 10:00:01 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2135296</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-796-marketing-isnt-easy-how-to-grow-your-company-and-be-careful-who-you-listen-to-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>What if your SaaS isn’t growing because of the product, not the marketing?</p>



<p>In this solo adventure episode, Rob Walling unpacks why SaaS marketing feels harder than ever and why most advice out there will waste your time. He shares how he’d approach things if growth has stalled, the questions he’d ask first, and why real progress comes from proven fundamentals.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>Is your engineering team stretched too thin? <a href="https://gearheart.io">Gearheart</a> provides growing companies with AI-powered engineering talent that ships 2 times faster. </p>



<p>CTOs and engineering managers trust them to deliver critical features end-to-end with minimal oversight, whether it's fixing scaling failures, broken integrations, or system instability. </p>



<p>With 13 years of experience building sophisticated B2B platforms, they plug in fast and deliver results. They've helped build platforms like SmartSuite, which has scaled to thousands of organizations including industry giants like Capital One.</p>



<p>Book your free strategy session at <a href="https://gearheart.io">gearheart.io</a> and mention this podcast to get 20% off discovery or embedded engineers for your team. That's gearheart.io.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:20) – Why marketing is harder than ever, and what’s changed</li>



<li>(3:40) – The Dunning-Kruger Effect </li>



<li>(11:30) – Marketing is not just convincing someone to buy what you've built.</li>



<li>(16:30) – Validating vs. throwing dice at a wall</li>



<li>(20:03) – Is there a ‘one right way’ to grow a business?</li>



<li>(25:00) – Be careful who you listen to</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/upcoming-events">MicroConf Events</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds">MicroConf Mastermind Matching</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/latest/saas-marketplaces">75+ SaaS Marketplaces </a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/robwalling">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[What if your SaaS isn’t growing because of the product, not the marketing?



In this solo adventure episode, Rob Walling unpacks why SaaS marketing feels harder than ever and why most advice out there will waste your time. He shares how he’d approach things if growth has stalled, the questions he’d ask first, and why real progress comes from proven fundamentals.



Episode Sponsor:





Is your engineering team stretched too thin? Gearheart provides growing companies with AI-powered engineering talent that ships 2 times faster. 



CTOs and engineering managers trust them to deliver critical features end-to-end with minimal oversight, whether it's fixing scaling failures, broken integrations, or system instability. 



With 13 years of experience building sophisticated B2B platforms, they plug in fast and deliver results. They've helped build platforms like SmartSuite, which has scaled to thousands of organizations including industry giants like Capital One.



Book your free strategy session at gearheart.io and mention this podcast to get 20% off discovery or embedded engineers for your team. That's gearheart.io.



Topics we cover: 




(2:20) – Why marketing is harder than ever, and what’s changed



(3:40) – The Dunning-Kruger Effect 



(11:30) – Marketing is not just convincing someone to buy what you've built.



(16:30) – Validating vs. throwing dice at a wall



(20:03) – Is there a ‘one right way’ to grow a business?



(25:00) – Be careful who you listen to




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Events



MicroConf Mastermind Matching



75+ SaaS Marketplaces 



The SaaS Playbook



TinySeed



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 796 | Marketing Isn't Easy?, How to Grow Your Company, and Be Careful Who You Listen To (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>What if your SaaS isn’t growing because of the product, not the marketing?</p>



<p>In this solo adventure episode, Rob Walling unpacks why SaaS marketing feels harder than ever and why most advice out there will waste your time. He shares how he’d approach things if growth has stalled, the questions he’d ask first, and why real progress comes from proven fundamentals.</p>



<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>Is your engineering team stretched too thin? <a href="https://gearheart.io">Gearheart</a> provides growing companies with AI-powered engineering talent that ships 2 times faster. </p>



<p>CTOs and engineering managers trust them to deliver critical features end-to-end with minimal oversight, whether it's fixing scaling failures, broken integrations, or system instability. </p>



<p>With 13 years of experience building sophisticated B2B platforms, they plug in fast and deliver results. They've helped build platforms like SmartSuite, which has scaled to thousands of organizations including industry giants like Capital One.</p>



<p>Book your free strategy session at <a href="https://gearheart.io">gearheart.io</a> and mention this podcast to get 20% off discovery or embedded engineers for your team. That's gearheart.io.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:20) – Why marketing is harder than ever, and what’s changed</li>



<li>(3:40) – The Dunning-Kruger Effect </li>



<li>(11:30) – Marketing is not just convincing someone to buy what you've built.</li>



<li>(16:30) – Validating vs. throwing dice at a wall</li>



<li>(20:03) – Is there a ‘one right way’ to grow a business?</li>



<li>(25:00) – Be careful who you listen to</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/upcoming-events">MicroConf Events</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds">MicroConf Mastermind Matching</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/latest/saas-marketplaces">75+ SaaS Marketplaces </a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/robwalling">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2135296/c1e-0031bkdvw2t6k5vp-xx416j6jf90g-p9frfi.mp3" length="29044871"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[What if your SaaS isn’t growing because of the product, not the marketing?



In this solo adventure episode, Rob Walling unpacks why SaaS marketing feels harder than ever and why most advice out there will waste your time. He shares how he’d approach things if growth has stalled, the questions he’d ask first, and why real progress comes from proven fundamentals.



Episode Sponsor:





Is your engineering team stretched too thin? Gearheart provides growing companies with AI-powered engineering talent that ships 2 times faster. 



CTOs and engineering managers trust them to deliver critical features end-to-end with minimal oversight, whether it's fixing scaling failures, broken integrations, or system instability. 



With 13 years of experience building sophisticated B2B platforms, they plug in fast and deliver results. They've helped build platforms like SmartSuite, which has scaled to thousands of organizations including industry giants like Capital One.



Book your free strategy session at gearheart.io and mention this podcast to get 20% off discovery or embedded engineers for your team. That's gearheart.io.



Topics we cover: 




(2:20) – Why marketing is harder than ever, and what’s changed



(3:40) – The Dunning-Kruger Effect 



(11:30) – Marketing is not just convincing someone to buy what you've built.



(16:30) – Validating vs. throwing dice at a wall



(20:03) – Is there a ‘one right way’ to grow a business?



(25:00) – Be careful who you listen to




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Events



MicroConf Mastermind Matching



75+ SaaS Marketplaces 



The SaaS Playbook



TinySeed



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:29:45</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 795 | TinySeed Tales s5e4: The $20K Milestone]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 11 Sep 2025 10:00:36 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2128399</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-795-tinyseed-tales-s5e4-the-20k-milestone</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Harris hit $20k MRR. It’s real. What’s next?</p>



<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling celebrates with Harris Kenny after OutboundSync crosses $20k MRR ahead of schedule. They talk about why hitting a milestone can feel both exciting and overwhelming, the arrival fallacy, and how simple, consistent execution may be all it takes to reach $30k. Harris shares the bets that moved the needle, including Salesforce, SOC 2, and what hidden demand taught him about building integrations before anyone asked.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:32) – Crossing $20k MRR and aiming for $30k</li>



<li>(6:29) – The Salesforce bet</li>



<li>(8:17) – Runway, burn, and pricing upmarket</li>



<li>(10:34) – Raise capital or keep bootstrapping</li>



<li>(15:03) – SOC 2 as a sales unlock</li>



<li>(20:11) – Marketplace credibility and AppExchange</li>



<li>(22:05) – Hidden demand for Salesforce</li>



<li>(26:11) – The push to $30k and parity</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest in TinySeed Fund 3</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/bonus">Coaching Call Bonus</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/upcoming-events">MicroConf Events</a></li>



<li><a href="https://outboundsync.com/">OutboundSync</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/harriskenny/">Harris Kenny | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Harris hit $20k MRR. It’s real. What’s next?



In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling celebrates with Harris Kenny after OutboundSync crosses $20k MRR ahead of schedule. They talk about why hitting a milestone can feel both exciting and overwhelming, the arrival fallacy, and how simple, consistent execution may be all it takes to reach $30k. Harris shares the bets that moved the needle, including Salesforce, SOC 2, and what hidden demand taught him about building integrations before anyone asked.



Topics we cover: 




(1:32) – Crossing $20k MRR and aiming for $30k



(6:29) – The Salesforce bet



(8:17) – Runway, burn, and pricing upmarket



(10:34) – Raise capital or keep bootstrapping



(15:03) – SOC 2 as a sales unlock



(20:11) – Marketplace credibility and AppExchange



(22:05) – Hidden demand for Salesforce



(26:11) – The push to $30k and parity




Links from the Show: 




Invest in TinySeed Fund 3



Coaching Call Bonus



MicroConf Events



OutboundSync



Harris Kenny | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 795 | TinySeed Tales s5e4: The $20K Milestone]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Harris hit $20k MRR. It’s real. What’s next?</p>



<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling celebrates with Harris Kenny after OutboundSync crosses $20k MRR ahead of schedule. They talk about why hitting a milestone can feel both exciting and overwhelming, the arrival fallacy, and how simple, consistent execution may be all it takes to reach $30k. Harris shares the bets that moved the needle, including Salesforce, SOC 2, and what hidden demand taught him about building integrations before anyone asked.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:32) – Crossing $20k MRR and aiming for $30k</li>



<li>(6:29) – The Salesforce bet</li>



<li>(8:17) – Runway, burn, and pricing upmarket</li>



<li>(10:34) – Raise capital or keep bootstrapping</li>



<li>(15:03) – SOC 2 as a sales unlock</li>



<li>(20:11) – Marketplace credibility and AppExchange</li>



<li>(22:05) – Hidden demand for Salesforce</li>



<li>(26:11) – The push to $30k and parity</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest in TinySeed Fund 3</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/bonus">Coaching Call Bonus</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/upcoming-events">MicroConf Events</a></li>



<li><a href="https://outboundsync.com/">OutboundSync</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/harriskenny/">Harris Kenny | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2128399/c1e-xknrt9vj81fkz6m4-pkxq7pwzfmpz-qvrezx.mp3" length="27803089"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Harris hit $20k MRR. It’s real. What’s next?



In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling celebrates with Harris Kenny after OutboundSync crosses $20k MRR ahead of schedule. They talk about why hitting a milestone can feel both exciting and overwhelming, the arrival fallacy, and how simple, consistent execution may be all it takes to reach $30k. Harris shares the bets that moved the needle, including Salesforce, SOC 2, and what hidden demand taught him about building integrations before anyone asked.



Topics we cover: 




(1:32) – Crossing $20k MRR and aiming for $30k



(6:29) – The Salesforce bet



(8:17) – Runway, burn, and pricing upmarket



(10:34) – Raise capital or keep bootstrapping



(15:03) – SOC 2 as a sales unlock



(20:11) – Marketplace credibility and AppExchange



(22:05) – Hidden demand for Salesforce



(26:11) – The push to $30k and parity




Links from the Show: 




Invest in TinySeed Fund 3



Coaching Call Bonus



MicroConf Events



OutboundSync



Harris Kenny | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:28:27</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 794 | From Struggling Side Project to Life-Changing SaaS Exit]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 09 Sep 2025 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2128001</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-794-from-struggling-side-project-to-life-changing-saas-exit</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>B2C, low price point, one-time payments… not the typical recipe for a life-changing exit.  </p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling talks with longtime listener Zamir Khan, founder of VidHug (now Memento). Zamir’s story broke a lot of SaaS “rules”: B2C, low price point, one-time payments, and years of slow growth. He shares how he nearly gave up, the pandemic surge that changed everything, and the emotional ride that led to a life-changing exit.</p>



<p>
<strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>AI is completely changing how people discover brands and content online,
and <a href="https://ahrefs.com/awt">Ahrefs</a> has built a full-blown SaaS marketing platform to help you stay ahead.</p>



<p>With over 15 years of real-world web data, and AI that actually understands marketing, Ahrefs helps you measure your brand presence, build authority, and monitor reputation across search, social, and AI platforms like ChatGPT, Google AIOs, Perplexity, and more.</p>



<p>You can also dig into what’s driving your competitors’ visibility and spot market gaps before they do, helping you create content that ranks and drive new traffic to your business.</p>



<p>There's no need to juggle a bunch of disconnected tools- get Ahref’s all-in-one platform to make your brand unmissable in a fast-moving world. </p>



<p>Try it free at <a href="http://ahrefs.com/awt">ahrefs.com/awt</a>.</p>



<p><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:47) — From podcast listener to SaaS founder</li>



<li>(7:59) — The role of luck, timing, and the pandemic in growth</li>



<li>(18:37) — A birthday gift becomes a product</li>



<li>(23:54) — Charging early and surviving slow growth</li>



<li>(30:47) — From $1k a month to 80k daily users</li>



<li>(39:58) — Support load, stress, and the edge of burnout</li>



<li>(48:58) — Deciding to sell (and why timing mattered)</li>



<li>(52:57) — Life after the exit: slowing down and finding balance</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/program">TinySeed</a> – Applications close tonight!</li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf Connect</a> – The community for SaaS founders</li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook </a></li>



<li><a href="https://memento.com?utm_source=chatgpt.com">Memento</a> (formerly VidHug)</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/zam1rkhan?utm_source=chatgpt.com">Zamir Khan (@zam1rkhan) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/zamkhan/">Zamir Khan  | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[B2C, low price point, one-time payments… not the typical recipe for a life-changing exit.  



In this episode, Rob Walling talks with longtime listener Zamir Khan, founder of VidHug (now Memento). Zamir’s story broke a lot of SaaS “rules”: B2C, low price point, one-time payments, and years of slow growth. He shares how he nearly gave up, the pandemic surge that changed everything, and the emotional ride that led to a life-changing exit.




Episode Sponsor:





AI is completely changing how people discover brands and content online,
and Ahrefs has built a full-blown SaaS marketing platform to help you stay ahead.



With over 15 years of real-world web data, and AI that actually understands marketing, Ahrefs helps you measure your brand presence, build authority, and monitor reputation across search, social, and AI platforms like ChatGPT, Google AIOs, Perplexity, and more.



You can also dig into what’s driving your competitors’ visibility and spot market gaps before they do, helping you create content that ranks and drive new traffic to your business.



There's no need to juggle a bunch of disconnected tools- get Ahref’s all-in-one platform to make your brand unmissable in a fast-moving world. 



Try it free at ahrefs.com/awt.



Topics we cover: 




(3:47) — From podcast listener to SaaS founder



(7:59) — The role of luck, timing, and the pandemic in growth



(18:37) — A birthday gift becomes a product



(23:54) — Charging early and surviving slow growth



(30:47) — From $1k a month to 80k daily users



(39:58) — Support load, stress, and the edge of burnout



(48:58) — Deciding to sell (and why timing mattered)



(52:57) — Life after the exit: slowing down and finding balance




Links from the Show: 




TinySeed – Applications close tonight!



MicroConf Connect – The community for SaaS founders



The SaaS Playbook 



Memento (formerly VidHug)



Zamir Khan (@zam1rkhan) | X



Zamir Khan  | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 794 | From Struggling Side Project to Life-Changing SaaS Exit]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>B2C, low price point, one-time payments… not the typical recipe for a life-changing exit.  </p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling talks with longtime listener Zamir Khan, founder of VidHug (now Memento). Zamir’s story broke a lot of SaaS “rules”: B2C, low price point, one-time payments, and years of slow growth. He shares how he nearly gave up, the pandemic surge that changed everything, and the emotional ride that led to a life-changing exit.</p>



<p>
<strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>AI is completely changing how people discover brands and content online,
and <a href="https://ahrefs.com/awt">Ahrefs</a> has built a full-blown SaaS marketing platform to help you stay ahead.</p>



<p>With over 15 years of real-world web data, and AI that actually understands marketing, Ahrefs helps you measure your brand presence, build authority, and monitor reputation across search, social, and AI platforms like ChatGPT, Google AIOs, Perplexity, and more.</p>



<p>You can also dig into what’s driving your competitors’ visibility and spot market gaps before they do, helping you create content that ranks and drive new traffic to your business.</p>



<p>There's no need to juggle a bunch of disconnected tools- get Ahref’s all-in-one platform to make your brand unmissable in a fast-moving world. </p>



<p>Try it free at <a href="http://ahrefs.com/awt">ahrefs.com/awt</a>.</p>



<p><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:47) — From podcast listener to SaaS founder</li>



<li>(7:59) — The role of luck, timing, and the pandemic in growth</li>



<li>(18:37) — A birthday gift becomes a product</li>



<li>(23:54) — Charging early and surviving slow growth</li>



<li>(30:47) — From $1k a month to 80k daily users</li>



<li>(39:58) — Support load, stress, and the edge of burnout</li>



<li>(48:58) — Deciding to sell (and why timing mattered)</li>



<li>(52:57) — Life after the exit: slowing down and finding balance</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/program">TinySeed</a> – Applications close tonight!</li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf Connect</a> – The community for SaaS founders</li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook </a></li>



<li><a href="https://memento.com?utm_source=chatgpt.com">Memento</a> (formerly VidHug)</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/zam1rkhan?utm_source=chatgpt.com">Zamir Khan (@zam1rkhan) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/zamkhan/">Zamir Khan  | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2128001/c1e-nr20cd2nopcq8r6n-9jq9pvxpav91-zkjhab.mp3" length="54303396"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[B2C, low price point, one-time payments… not the typical recipe for a life-changing exit.  



In this episode, Rob Walling talks with longtime listener Zamir Khan, founder of VidHug (now Memento). Zamir’s story broke a lot of SaaS “rules”: B2C, low price point, one-time payments, and years of slow growth. He shares how he nearly gave up, the pandemic surge that changed everything, and the emotional ride that led to a life-changing exit.




Episode Sponsor:





AI is completely changing how people discover brands and content online,
and Ahrefs has built a full-blown SaaS marketing platform to help you stay ahead.



With over 15 years of real-world web data, and AI that actually understands marketing, Ahrefs helps you measure your brand presence, build authority, and monitor reputation across search, social, and AI platforms like ChatGPT, Google AIOs, Perplexity, and more.



You can also dig into what’s driving your competitors’ visibility and spot market gaps before they do, helping you create content that ranks and drive new traffic to your business.



There's no need to juggle a bunch of disconnected tools- get Ahref’s all-in-one platform to make your brand unmissable in a fast-moving world. 



Try it free at ahrefs.com/awt.



Topics we cover: 




(3:47) — From podcast listener to SaaS founder



(7:59) — The role of luck, timing, and the pandemic in growth



(18:37) — A birthday gift becomes a product



(23:54) — Charging early and surviving slow growth



(30:47) — From $1k a month to 80k daily users



(39:58) — Support load, stress, and the edge of burnout



(48:58) — Deciding to sell (and why timing mattered)



(52:57) — Life after the exit: slowing down and finding balance




Links from the Show: 




TinySeed – Applications close tonight!



MicroConf Connect – The community for SaaS founders



The SaaS Playbook 



Memento (formerly VidHug)



Zamir Khan (@zam1rkhan) | X



Zamir Khan  | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:56:04</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 793 | TinySeed Tales s5e3: Building Momentum]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 04 Sep 2025 10:00:01 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2123728</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-793-tinyseed-tales-s5e3-building-momentum</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>What happens when momentum hits and your biggest challenge becomes keeping up?</p>



<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling catches up with Harris Kenny, founder of OutboundSync. Revenue is growing, the team is moving fast, and enterprise leads are coming in. But with success comes complexity: support load, pricing strategy, and product demands are all increasing. Harris is hiring again, learning to say no, and figuring out how to keep the momentum without losing focus.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:40) – Closing his biggest deal ever and what it unlocked</li>



<li>(4:26) – Learning how to do enterprise sales</li>



<li>(6:20) – How SOC 2 made the product stronger</li>



<li>(12:18) – New hires are paying off</li>



<li>(18:23) – Building the Salesforce integration</li>



<li>(22:13) – Getting pull from the market, not pushing</li>



<li>(24:10) – Taking customers from unicorns </li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed SaaS Accelerator</a> - Applications close on September 9th</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/bonus" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Coaching Call Bonus</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.ynab.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">YNAB (You Need A Budget)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://dynamitejobs.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dynamite Jobs</a></li>



<li><a href="https://outboundsync.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">OutboundSync</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/harriskenny/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Harris Kenny | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[What happens when momentum hits and your biggest challenge becomes keeping up?



In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling catches up with Harris Kenny, founder of OutboundSync. Revenue is growing, the team is moving fast, and enterprise leads are coming in. But with success comes complexity: support load, pricing strategy, and product demands are all increasing. Harris is hiring again, learning to say no, and figuring out how to keep the momentum without losing focus.



Topics we cover: 




(1:40) – Closing his biggest deal ever and what it unlocked



(4:26) – Learning how to do enterprise sales



(6:20) – How SOC 2 made the product stronger



(12:18) – New hires are paying off



(18:23) – Building the Salesforce integration



(22:13) – Getting pull from the market, not pushing



(24:10) – Taking customers from unicorns 




Links from the Show: 




TinySeed SaaS Accelerator - Applications close on September 9th



Coaching Call Bonus



Invest in TinySeed



YNAB (You Need A Budget)



Dynamite Jobs



OutboundSync



Harris Kenny | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 793 | TinySeed Tales s5e3: Building Momentum]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>What happens when momentum hits and your biggest challenge becomes keeping up?</p>



<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling catches up with Harris Kenny, founder of OutboundSync. Revenue is growing, the team is moving fast, and enterprise leads are coming in. But with success comes complexity: support load, pricing strategy, and product demands are all increasing. Harris is hiring again, learning to say no, and figuring out how to keep the momentum without losing focus.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:40) – Closing his biggest deal ever and what it unlocked</li>



<li>(4:26) – Learning how to do enterprise sales</li>



<li>(6:20) – How SOC 2 made the product stronger</li>



<li>(12:18) – New hires are paying off</li>



<li>(18:23) – Building the Salesforce integration</li>



<li>(22:13) – Getting pull from the market, not pushing</li>



<li>(24:10) – Taking customers from unicorns </li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed SaaS Accelerator</a> - Applications close on September 9th</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/bonus" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Coaching Call Bonus</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.ynab.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">YNAB (You Need A Budget)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://dynamitejobs.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dynamite Jobs</a></li>



<li><a href="https://outboundsync.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">OutboundSync</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/harriskenny/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Harris Kenny | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2123728/c1e-28rqimw6rncqo4rn-kp9qjro8iznm-vp3olq.mp3" length="26664255"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[What happens when momentum hits and your biggest challenge becomes keeping up?



In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling catches up with Harris Kenny, founder of OutboundSync. Revenue is growing, the team is moving fast, and enterprise leads are coming in. But with success comes complexity: support load, pricing strategy, and product demands are all increasing. Harris is hiring again, learning to say no, and figuring out how to keep the momentum without losing focus.



Topics we cover: 




(1:40) – Closing his biggest deal ever and what it unlocked



(4:26) – Learning how to do enterprise sales



(6:20) – How SOC 2 made the product stronger



(12:18) – New hires are paying off



(18:23) – Building the Salesforce integration



(22:13) – Getting pull from the market, not pushing



(24:10) – Taking customers from unicorns 




Links from the Show: 




TinySeed SaaS Accelerator - Applications close on September 9th



Coaching Call Bonus



Invest in TinySeed



YNAB (You Need A Budget)



Dynamite Jobs



OutboundSync



Harris Kenny | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:16</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 792 | Hot Take Tuesday: GPT-5 Struggles, the A.I. Bubble, and the Windsurf Debacle]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 02 Sep 2025 10:00:42 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2121086</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-792-hot-take-tuesday-gpt-5-struggles-the-a-i-bubble-and-the-windsurf-debacle</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Is GPT-5 a real risk for SaaS founders, or just the beginning of a new chapter?</p>



<p>In this Hot Take Tuesday, Rob Walling, Einar Vollset, and Tracy Osborn dig into GPT-5’s mixed reviews, signs of stress in the A.I. bubble, and how Windsurf’s $2.4B exit left early employees with nothing. They also unpack why returning a VC fund is such a rare (and big) deal.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor</h3>





<p>This episode is brought to you by <a href="https://gearheart.io/">Gearheart.io</a>, which specializes in helping early-stage founders validate ideas, prototype SaaS products, and build AI-powered MVPs with real user testing, so your code won’t crumble when your first customers show up.</p>



<p>Founded by entrepreneurs who’ve launched and exited their own startups, Gearheart has helped launch over 70 B2B SaaS products, including SmartSuite (which raised $38 million). They get where you’re at.</p>



<p>Book your free strategy session at <a href="https://gearheart.io/">gearheart.io</a> and mention Startups for the Rest of Us to get 20% off discovery, validation, or prototyping services.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:12) – TinySeed returns Fund One</li>



<li>(9:40) – GPT-5: Upgrade or letdown?</li>



<li>(19:19) – Are we in an AI bubble?</li>



<li>(24:09) – The Windsurf debacle: $2.4B exit, $0 for early employees</li>



<li>(31:06) – The bigger problem: Are startups forgetting to share the upside?</li>



<li>(40:05) – Lifestyle vs. Ambitious Bootstrapping</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/live/n7KIbxc-xfY?si=TQdnnBpNDmUXCDND">TinySeed Fall 2025 Applications Live Q&amp;A</a> - Join us Wednesday September 3rd</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply">TinySeed SaaS Accelerator</a> - Applications are Open!</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/">MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute">SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.discretioncapital.com/">Discretion Capital </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/einarvollset/">Einar Vollset | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/einarvollset">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tracyosborn.com/">Tracy Osborn </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/tracyosborn/">Tracy Osborn | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/tracymakes">Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Is GPT-5 a real risk for SaaS founders, or just the beginning of a new chapter?



In this Hot Take Tuesday, Rob Walling, Einar Vollset, and Tracy Osborn dig into GPT-5’s mixed reviews, signs of stress in the A.I. bubble, and how Windsurf’s $2.4B exit left early employees with nothing. They also unpack why returning a VC fund is such a rare (and big) deal.



Episode Sponsor





This episode is brought to you by Gearheart.io, which specializes in helping early-stage founders validate ideas, prototype SaaS products, and build AI-powered MVPs with real user testing, so your code won’t crumble when your first customers show up.



Founded by entrepreneurs who’ve launched and exited their own startups, Gearheart has helped launch over 70 B2B SaaS products, including SmartSuite (which raised $38 million). They get where you’re at.



Book your free strategy session at gearheart.io and mention Startups for the Rest of Us to get 20% off discovery, validation, or prototyping services.



Topics we cover: 




(3:12) – TinySeed returns Fund One



(9:40) – GPT-5: Upgrade or letdown?



(19:19) – Are we in an AI bubble?



(24:09) – The Windsurf debacle: $2.4B exit, $0 for early employees



(31:06) – The bigger problem: Are startups forgetting to share the upside?



(40:05) – Lifestyle vs. Ambitious Bootstrapping




Links from the Show: 




TinySeed Fall 2025 Applications Live Q&A - Join us Wednesday September 3rd



TinySeed SaaS Accelerator - Applications are Open!



Invest in TinySeed



MicroConf



SaaS Institute



Discretion Capital 



Einar Vollset | LinkedIn



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X



Tracy Osborn 



Tracy Osborn | LinkedIn



Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 792 | Hot Take Tuesday: GPT-5 Struggles, the A.I. Bubble, and the Windsurf Debacle]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Is GPT-5 a real risk for SaaS founders, or just the beginning of a new chapter?</p>



<p>In this Hot Take Tuesday, Rob Walling, Einar Vollset, and Tracy Osborn dig into GPT-5’s mixed reviews, signs of stress in the A.I. bubble, and how Windsurf’s $2.4B exit left early employees with nothing. They also unpack why returning a VC fund is such a rare (and big) deal.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor</h3>





<p>This episode is brought to you by <a href="https://gearheart.io/">Gearheart.io</a>, which specializes in helping early-stage founders validate ideas, prototype SaaS products, and build AI-powered MVPs with real user testing, so your code won’t crumble when your first customers show up.</p>



<p>Founded by entrepreneurs who’ve launched and exited their own startups, Gearheart has helped launch over 70 B2B SaaS products, including SmartSuite (which raised $38 million). They get where you’re at.</p>



<p>Book your free strategy session at <a href="https://gearheart.io/">gearheart.io</a> and mention Startups for the Rest of Us to get 20% off discovery, validation, or prototyping services.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:12) – TinySeed returns Fund One</li>



<li>(9:40) – GPT-5: Upgrade or letdown?</li>



<li>(19:19) – Are we in an AI bubble?</li>



<li>(24:09) – The Windsurf debacle: $2.4B exit, $0 for early employees</li>



<li>(31:06) – The bigger problem: Are startups forgetting to share the upside?</li>



<li>(40:05) – Lifestyle vs. Ambitious Bootstrapping</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/live/n7KIbxc-xfY?si=TQdnnBpNDmUXCDND">TinySeed Fall 2025 Applications Live Q&amp;A</a> - Join us Wednesday September 3rd</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply">TinySeed SaaS Accelerator</a> - Applications are Open!</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/">MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute">SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.discretioncapital.com/">Discretion Capital </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/einarvollset/">Einar Vollset | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/einarvollset">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tracyosborn.com/">Tracy Osborn </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/tracyosborn/">Tracy Osborn | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/tracymakes">Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2121086/c1e-vvr3f7kxxgudvkrx-ndzkw2zva3g1-ojs9nt.mp3" length="44544340"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Is GPT-5 a real risk for SaaS founders, or just the beginning of a new chapter?



In this Hot Take Tuesday, Rob Walling, Einar Vollset, and Tracy Osborn dig into GPT-5’s mixed reviews, signs of stress in the A.I. bubble, and how Windsurf’s $2.4B exit left early employees with nothing. They also unpack why returning a VC fund is such a rare (and big) deal.



Episode Sponsor





This episode is brought to you by Gearheart.io, which specializes in helping early-stage founders validate ideas, prototype SaaS products, and build AI-powered MVPs with real user testing, so your code won’t crumble when your first customers show up.



Founded by entrepreneurs who’ve launched and exited their own startups, Gearheart has helped launch over 70 B2B SaaS products, including SmartSuite (which raised $38 million). They get where you’re at.



Book your free strategy session at gearheart.io and mention Startups for the Rest of Us to get 20% off discovery, validation, or prototyping services.



Topics we cover: 




(3:12) – TinySeed returns Fund One



(9:40) – GPT-5: Upgrade or letdown?



(19:19) – Are we in an AI bubble?



(24:09) – The Windsurf debacle: $2.4B exit, $0 for early employees



(31:06) – The bigger problem: Are startups forgetting to share the upside?



(40:05) – Lifestyle vs. Ambitious Bootstrapping




Links from the Show: 




TinySeed Fall 2025 Applications Live Q&A - Join us Wednesday September 3rd



TinySeed SaaS Accelerator - Applications are Open!



Invest in TinySeed



MicroConf



SaaS Institute



Discretion Capital 



Einar Vollset | LinkedIn



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X



Tracy Osborn 



Tracy Osborn | LinkedIn



Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:45:54</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 791 | TinySeed Tales s5e2: Growing Pains]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 28 Aug 2025 10:00:34 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2114573</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-791-tinyseed-tales-s5e2-growing-pains</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling reconnects with Harris Kenny, founder of OutboundSync, to explore the rapid evolution of his SaaS business just months after transitioning from agency work.</p>



<p>Harris shares how niching down to outbound-focused agencies unlocked sales momentum. He talks about hiring, his Salesforce breakthrough, SOC 2 prep, and why finally spending his TinySeed funding changed everything.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:27) – Launching a lower-priced version and building expansion revenue</li>



<li>(6:40) – How lead-gen shops are outpacing legacy rev ops</li>



<li>(12:01) – Hiring full-time: Dev speed, onboarding load, and customer success firepower</li>



<li>(18:15) – A surprise Salesforce breakthrough and what it means for product strategy</li>



<li>(24:42) – SOC 2 prep, pricing confidence, and finally spending the TinySeed check</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/program" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Join the TinySeed Mailing List</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for TinySeed</a> - Applications reopen September 1, 2025</li>



<li><a href="https://outboundsync.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">OutboundSync</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/harriskenny/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Harris Kenny | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/bonus" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Coaching Call Bonus</a></li>



<li><a href="https://dynamitejobs.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dynamite Jobs</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.vanta.com/lp/demo?utm_term=vanta&amp;utm_campaign=namer_namer_-_brand_ggl_gen_brand-trademark-exact_-_sch_all_off_obs_ao_dg_en_e&amp;utm_source=google&amp;utm_medium=cpc&amp;utm_content=brand_obs_text_sch_vanta-only_en_e&amp;hsa_acc=4880914058&amp;hsa_cam=22752788131&amp;hsa_grp=181569167923&amp;hsa_ad=761865617444&amp;hsa_src=g&amp;hsa_tgt=kwd-26743636&amp;hsa_kw=vanta&amp;hsa_mt=e&amp;hsa_net=adwords&amp;hsa_ver=3&amp;gad_source=1&amp;gad_campaignid=22752788131&amp;gbraid=0AAAAACoxSKaJgyMlPfyZALj5K5RW0uUhL&amp;gclid=CjwKCAjwk7DFBhBAEiwAeYbJsYRfJvUYSxr14A52QTbryli78XR1UdGmxCwrnMmDiVJWPdNZZ-jlaRoCLWIQAvD_BwE" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Vanta</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling reconnects with Harris Kenny, founder of OutboundSync, to explore the rapid evolution of his SaaS business just months after transitioning from agency work.



Harris shares how niching down to outbound-focused agencies unlocked sales momentum. He talks about hiring, his Salesforce breakthrough, SOC 2 prep, and why finally spending his TinySeed funding changed everything.



Topics we cover: 




(2:27) – Launching a lower-priced version and building expansion revenue



(6:40) – How lead-gen shops are outpacing legacy rev ops



(12:01) – Hiring full-time: Dev speed, onboarding load, and customer success firepower



(18:15) – A surprise Salesforce breakthrough and what it means for product strategy



(24:42) – SOC 2 prep, pricing confidence, and finally spending the TinySeed check




Links from the Show: 




Join the TinySeed Mailing List



Apply for TinySeed - Applications reopen September 1, 2025



OutboundSync



Harris Kenny | LinkedIn



Coaching Call Bonus



Dynamite Jobs



Vanta




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 791 | TinySeed Tales s5e2: Growing Pains]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling reconnects with Harris Kenny, founder of OutboundSync, to explore the rapid evolution of his SaaS business just months after transitioning from agency work.</p>



<p>Harris shares how niching down to outbound-focused agencies unlocked sales momentum. He talks about hiring, his Salesforce breakthrough, SOC 2 prep, and why finally spending his TinySeed funding changed everything.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:27) – Launching a lower-priced version and building expansion revenue</li>



<li>(6:40) – How lead-gen shops are outpacing legacy rev ops</li>



<li>(12:01) – Hiring full-time: Dev speed, onboarding load, and customer success firepower</li>



<li>(18:15) – A surprise Salesforce breakthrough and what it means for product strategy</li>



<li>(24:42) – SOC 2 prep, pricing confidence, and finally spending the TinySeed check</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/program" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Join the TinySeed Mailing List</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for TinySeed</a> - Applications reopen September 1, 2025</li>



<li><a href="https://outboundsync.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">OutboundSync</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/harriskenny/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Harris Kenny | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/bonus" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Coaching Call Bonus</a></li>



<li><a href="https://dynamitejobs.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dynamite Jobs</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.vanta.com/lp/demo?utm_term=vanta&amp;utm_campaign=namer_namer_-_brand_ggl_gen_brand-trademark-exact_-_sch_all_off_obs_ao_dg_en_e&amp;utm_source=google&amp;utm_medium=cpc&amp;utm_content=brand_obs_text_sch_vanta-only_en_e&amp;hsa_acc=4880914058&amp;hsa_cam=22752788131&amp;hsa_grp=181569167923&amp;hsa_ad=761865617444&amp;hsa_src=g&amp;hsa_tgt=kwd-26743636&amp;hsa_kw=vanta&amp;hsa_mt=e&amp;hsa_net=adwords&amp;hsa_ver=3&amp;gad_source=1&amp;gad_campaignid=22752788131&amp;gbraid=0AAAAACoxSKaJgyMlPfyZALj5K5RW0uUhL&amp;gclid=CjwKCAjwk7DFBhBAEiwAeYbJsYRfJvUYSxr14A52QTbryli78XR1UdGmxCwrnMmDiVJWPdNZZ-jlaRoCLWIQAvD_BwE" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Vanta</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2114573/c1e-88zvio85q9frwjoq-dm2nnmjds8g5-g0bjvi.mp3" length="28589046"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling reconnects with Harris Kenny, founder of OutboundSync, to explore the rapid evolution of his SaaS business just months after transitioning from agency work.



Harris shares how niching down to outbound-focused agencies unlocked sales momentum. He talks about hiring, his Salesforce breakthrough, SOC 2 prep, and why finally spending his TinySeed funding changed everything.



Topics we cover: 




(2:27) – Launching a lower-priced version and building expansion revenue



(6:40) – How lead-gen shops are outpacing legacy rev ops



(12:01) – Hiring full-time: Dev speed, onboarding load, and customer success firepower



(18:15) – A surprise Salesforce breakthrough and what it means for product strategy



(24:42) – SOC 2 prep, pricing confidence, and finally spending the TinySeed check




Links from the Show: 




Join the TinySeed Mailing List



Apply for TinySeed - Applications reopen September 1, 2025



OutboundSync



Harris Kenny | LinkedIn



Coaching Call Bonus



Dynamite Jobs



Vanta




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:29:16</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 790 | From Scrappy to Scalable: Evolving Your Role as a Founder]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 26 Aug 2025 10:00:10 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2113275</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-790-from-scrappy-to-scalable-evolving-your-role-as-a-founder</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>How can you scale yourself as a founder?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling is joined by Yaniv Bernstein (co-founder and CTO of <a href="https://vera.guide/">Vera</a>, former COO, VP of Engineering, and Google leader) to unpack how a founder’s role must change as the company grows. From writing the code yourself to leading managers of managers, they dig into the tough transitions every founder faces, and what happens if you don’t adapt.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:27) – How the founder/CEO role changes as your SaaS scales</li>



<li>(8:44) – The turning point where systems and processes matter</li>



<li>(14:49 – When to hand off marketing, sales, or product as a founder</li>



<li>(19:44) – Why setting context is your #1 job as a founder-CEO</li>



<li>(28:19) – Why hiring right (and firing fast) makes or breaks scaling</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute/">SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf | The community for SaaS founders</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf YouTube Channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://newsletter.peopleeng.com/">People Engineering </a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ybernstein/">Yaniv Bernstein | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/ybernstein">Yaniv Bernstein (@ybernsteindig) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.tsp.show/">The Startup Podcast</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[How can you scale yourself as a founder?



In this episode, Rob Walling is joined by Yaniv Bernstein (co-founder and CTO of Vera, former COO, VP of Engineering, and Google leader) to unpack how a founder’s role must change as the company grows. From writing the code yourself to leading managers of managers, they dig into the tough transitions every founder faces, and what happens if you don’t adapt.



Topics we cover: 




(3:27) – How the founder/CEO role changes as your SaaS scales



(8:44) – The turning point where systems and processes matter



(14:49 – When to hand off marketing, sales, or product as a founder



(19:44) – Why setting context is your #1 job as a founder-CEO



(28:19) – Why hiring right (and firing fast) makes or breaks scaling




Links from the Show: 




SaaS Institute



MicroConf | The community for SaaS founders



MicroConf YouTube Channel



People Engineering 



The SaaS Playbook 



Yaniv Bernstein | LinkedIn



Yaniv Bernstein (@ybernsteindig) | X



The Startup Podcast




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 790 | From Scrappy to Scalable: Evolving Your Role as a Founder]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>How can you scale yourself as a founder?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling is joined by Yaniv Bernstein (co-founder and CTO of <a href="https://vera.guide/">Vera</a>, former COO, VP of Engineering, and Google leader) to unpack how a founder’s role must change as the company grows. From writing the code yourself to leading managers of managers, they dig into the tough transitions every founder faces, and what happens if you don’t adapt.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:27) – How the founder/CEO role changes as your SaaS scales</li>



<li>(8:44) – The turning point where systems and processes matter</li>



<li>(14:49 – When to hand off marketing, sales, or product as a founder</li>



<li>(19:44) – Why setting context is your #1 job as a founder-CEO</li>



<li>(28:19) – Why hiring right (and firing fast) makes or breaks scaling</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute/">SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf | The community for SaaS founders</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf YouTube Channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://newsletter.peopleeng.com/">People Engineering </a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ybernstein/">Yaniv Bernstein | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/ybernstein">Yaniv Bernstein (@ybernsteindig) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.tsp.show/">The Startup Podcast</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2113275/c1e-350vakn4v0uw273n-9jq1k8x6f1mw-i4jiph.mp3" length="33165677"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[How can you scale yourself as a founder?



In this episode, Rob Walling is joined by Yaniv Bernstein (co-founder and CTO of Vera, former COO, VP of Engineering, and Google leader) to unpack how a founder’s role must change as the company grows. From writing the code yourself to leading managers of managers, they dig into the tough transitions every founder faces, and what happens if you don’t adapt.



Topics we cover: 




(3:27) – How the founder/CEO role changes as your SaaS scales



(8:44) – The turning point where systems and processes matter



(14:49 – When to hand off marketing, sales, or product as a founder



(19:44) – Why setting context is your #1 job as a founder-CEO



(28:19) – Why hiring right (and firing fast) makes or breaks scaling




Links from the Show: 




SaaS Institute



MicroConf | The community for SaaS founders



MicroConf YouTube Channel



People Engineering 



The SaaS Playbook 



Yaniv Bernstein | LinkedIn



Yaniv Bernstein (@ybernsteindig) | X



The Startup Podcast




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:02</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 789 | TinySeed Tales s5e1: From Agency to SaaS]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 21 Aug 2025 10:00:40 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2113720</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-789-tinyseed-tales-s5e1-from-agency-to-saas</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p class="has-text-align-left">Welcome to Season 5 of TinySeed Tales, the documentary-style series where we follow one SaaS founder’s journey over 12 months to hear about the wins, the missteps, and everything in between.</p>



<p class="has-text-align-left">In this season premiere, Rob Walling introduces Harris Kenny of OutboundSync. After running a successful agency, Harris makes the leap to go all-in on SaaS. It’s a high-stakes transition that many agency owners are never able to make. </p>



<p><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:25) – From agency owner to TinySeed-backed SaaS</li>



<li>(6:38) – Walking away from consistent agency revenue to go all-in on SaaS</li>



<li>(13:51) – Going all-in vs. splitting focus</li>



<li>(16:13) – Why most agencies fail at SaaS</li>



<li>(28:15) – What’s working, what’s not, and what’s next</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/program" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Join the TinySeed Mailing List</a> - Applications reopen in September 2025</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/bonus" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Coaching Call Bonus</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://outboundsync.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">OutboundSync</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/harriskenny/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Harris Kenny | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>
Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Welcome to Season 5 of TinySeed Tales, the documentary-style series where we follow one SaaS founder’s journey over 12 months to hear about the wins, the missteps, and everything in between.



In this season premiere, Rob Walling introduces Harris Kenny of OutboundSync. After running a successful agency, Harris makes the leap to go all-in on SaaS. It’s a high-stakes transition that many agency owners are never able to make. 



Topics we cover: 




(2:25) – From agency owner to TinySeed-backed SaaS



(6:38) – Walking away from consistent agency revenue to go all-in on SaaS



(13:51) – Going all-in vs. splitting focus



(16:13) – Why most agencies fail at SaaS



(28:15) – What’s working, what’s not, and what’s next




Links from the Show: 




Join the TinySeed Mailing List - Applications reopen in September 2025



Apply for TinySeed



Coaching Call Bonus



MicroConf Connect



OutboundSync



The SaaS Playbook



Harris Kenny | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!




Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 789 | TinySeed Tales s5e1: From Agency to SaaS]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p class="has-text-align-left">Welcome to Season 5 of TinySeed Tales, the documentary-style series where we follow one SaaS founder’s journey over 12 months to hear about the wins, the missteps, and everything in between.</p>



<p class="has-text-align-left">In this season premiere, Rob Walling introduces Harris Kenny of OutboundSync. After running a successful agency, Harris makes the leap to go all-in on SaaS. It’s a high-stakes transition that many agency owners are never able to make. </p>



<p><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:25) – From agency owner to TinySeed-backed SaaS</li>



<li>(6:38) – Walking away from consistent agency revenue to go all-in on SaaS</li>



<li>(13:51) – Going all-in vs. splitting focus</li>



<li>(16:13) – Why most agencies fail at SaaS</li>



<li>(28:15) – What’s working, what’s not, and what’s next</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/program" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Join the TinySeed Mailing List</a> - Applications reopen in September 2025</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/bonus" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Coaching Call Bonus</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://outboundsync.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">OutboundSync</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/harriskenny/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Harris Kenny | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>
Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2113720/c1e-jx1os58droa529rx-ww89x182cqw4-bznvcr.mp3" length="30163265"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Welcome to Season 5 of TinySeed Tales, the documentary-style series where we follow one SaaS founder’s journey over 12 months to hear about the wins, the missteps, and everything in between.



In this season premiere, Rob Walling introduces Harris Kenny of OutboundSync. After running a successful agency, Harris makes the leap to go all-in on SaaS. It’s a high-stakes transition that many agency owners are never able to make. 



Topics we cover: 




(2:25) – From agency owner to TinySeed-backed SaaS



(6:38) – Walking away from consistent agency revenue to go all-in on SaaS



(13:51) – Going all-in vs. splitting focus



(16:13) – Why most agencies fail at SaaS



(28:15) – What’s working, what’s not, and what’s next




Links from the Show: 




Join the TinySeed Mailing List - Applications reopen in September 2025



Apply for TinySeed



Coaching Call Bonus



MicroConf Connect



OutboundSync



The SaaS Playbook



Harris Kenny | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!




Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:30:55</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 788 | Do I Need a Co-founder? And More Listener Questions (with Derrick Reimer)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 19 Aug 2025 10:00:05 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2107849</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-788-do-i-need-a-co-founder-and-more-listener-questions-with-derrick-reimer</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>What are the real risks of AI-generated code and “vibe coding”?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling is joined once again by fan-favorite Derrick Reimer to answer a fresh batch of listener questions. They dig into solo vs. co-founder trade-offs, managing scope creep, and how integrations can shape early traction.</p>



<p>Want to get your questions answered? <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Drop them here.</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:33) – Do you need a co-founder to succeed in SaaS?</li>



<li>(5:18)  – The Risks of AI-Generated Code and “Vibe Coding”</li>



<li>(13:50) – How to manage scope creep as a solo founder</li>



<li>(23:32) – Finding and retaining great contractors</li>



<li>(39:43) – How to build a startup culture with a bias for action</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Europe | Istanbul, Sep 28-30, 2025</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/tinyseed-tales-podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Tales Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Fund</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/derrick-reimer-93916020/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[What are the real risks of AI-generated code and “vibe coding”?



In this episode, Rob Walling is joined once again by fan-favorite Derrick Reimer to answer a fresh batch of listener questions. They dig into solo vs. co-founder trade-offs, managing scope creep, and how integrations can shape early traction.



Want to get your questions answered? Drop them here.



Topics we cover: 




(2:33) – Do you need a co-founder to succeed in SaaS?



(5:18)  – The Risks of AI-Generated Code and “Vibe Coding”



(13:50) – How to manage scope creep as a solo founder



(23:32) – Finding and retaining great contractors



(39:43) – How to build a startup culture with a bias for action




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Europe | Istanbul, Sep 28-30, 2025



TinySeed Tales Podcast



MicroConf Connect



TinySeed Fund



SavvyCal



Derrick Reimer | LinkedIn



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 788 | Do I Need a Co-founder? And More Listener Questions (with Derrick Reimer)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>What are the real risks of AI-generated code and “vibe coding”?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling is joined once again by fan-favorite Derrick Reimer to answer a fresh batch of listener questions. They dig into solo vs. co-founder trade-offs, managing scope creep, and how integrations can shape early traction.</p>



<p>Want to get your questions answered? <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Drop them here.</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:33) – Do you need a co-founder to succeed in SaaS?</li>



<li>(5:18)  – The Risks of AI-Generated Code and “Vibe Coding”</li>



<li>(13:50) – How to manage scope creep as a solo founder</li>



<li>(23:32) – Finding and retaining great contractors</li>



<li>(39:43) – How to build a startup culture with a bias for action</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Europe | Istanbul, Sep 28-30, 2025</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/tinyseed-tales-podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Tales Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Fund</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/derrick-reimer-93916020/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2107849/c1e-nr20cd8vv9bq8r6n-kp9p24gxfvgn-awnucg.mp3" length="55872994"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[What are the real risks of AI-generated code and “vibe coding”?



In this episode, Rob Walling is joined once again by fan-favorite Derrick Reimer to answer a fresh batch of listener questions. They dig into solo vs. co-founder trade-offs, managing scope creep, and how integrations can shape early traction.



Want to get your questions answered? Drop them here.



Topics we cover: 




(2:33) – Do you need a co-founder to succeed in SaaS?



(5:18)  – The Risks of AI-Generated Code and “Vibe Coding”



(13:50) – How to manage scope creep as a solo founder



(23:32) – Finding and retaining great contractors



(39:43) – How to build a startup culture with a bias for action




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Europe | Istanbul, Sep 28-30, 2025



TinySeed Tales Podcast



MicroConf Connect



TinySeed Fund



SavvyCal



Derrick Reimer | LinkedIn



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:57:42</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 787 | "We Shut Down a $1.5M Product, and Raised $10M Instead"]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 12 Aug 2025 10:00:18 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2102415</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-787-we-shut-down-a-1-5m-product-and-raised-10m-instead</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>How do you know it’s time to move on from a product that’s growing?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling chats with Braden Dennis, co-founder of Fiscal.ai (formerly FinChat), about a rare founder journey: bootstrapping, catching lightning in a bottle, and choosing to go big with venture capital. They dive into the emotional and strategic weight of shutting down a $1.5M ARR product, what shifts when you scale past 40 people, and why Braden prioritized long-term vision over short-term revenue.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:30) – From FinChat to Fiscal.ai: rebranding and repositioning</li>



<li>(6:50) – Why they raised a $10M Series A</li>



<li>(13:09) – From bootstrapped to venture-backed: what changes?</li>



<li>(19:56) – Becoming a real CEO at 25 employees</li>



<li>(26:44) – Why they shut down a $1.5M product</li>



<li>(30:30) – Lessons from having four co-founders</li>



<li>(33:13) – The benefits of joining TinySeed</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Great-CEO-Within-Tactical-Building-ebook/dp/B07ZLGQZYC">The Great CEO Within</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute">TinySeed: SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="http://fiscal.ai">Fiscal.ai (formerly FinChat)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/BradoCapital">Braden Dennis (@BradoCapital) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/braden-dennis-881a88b0/">Braden Dennis | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>
Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[How do you know it’s time to move on from a product that’s growing?



In this episode, Rob Walling chats with Braden Dennis, co-founder of Fiscal.ai (formerly FinChat), about a rare founder journey: bootstrapping, catching lightning in a bottle, and choosing to go big with venture capital. They dive into the emotional and strategic weight of shutting down a $1.5M ARR product, what shifts when you scale past 40 people, and why Braden prioritized long-term vision over short-term revenue.



Topics we cover: 




(2:30) – From FinChat to Fiscal.ai: rebranding and repositioning



(6:50) – Why they raised a $10M Series A



(13:09) – From bootstrapped to venture-backed: what changes?



(19:56) – Becoming a real CEO at 25 employees



(26:44) – Why they shut down a $1.5M product



(30:30) – Lessons from having four co-founders



(33:13) – The benefits of joining TinySeed




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



The Great CEO Within



TinySeed: SaaS Institute



Fiscal.ai (formerly FinChat)



Braden Dennis (@BradoCapital) | X



Braden Dennis | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!




Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 787 | "We Shut Down a $1.5M Product, and Raised $10M Instead"]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>How do you know it’s time to move on from a product that’s growing?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling chats with Braden Dennis, co-founder of Fiscal.ai (formerly FinChat), about a rare founder journey: bootstrapping, catching lightning in a bottle, and choosing to go big with venture capital. They dive into the emotional and strategic weight of shutting down a $1.5M ARR product, what shifts when you scale past 40 people, and why Braden prioritized long-term vision over short-term revenue.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:30) – From FinChat to Fiscal.ai: rebranding and repositioning</li>



<li>(6:50) – Why they raised a $10M Series A</li>



<li>(13:09) – From bootstrapped to venture-backed: what changes?</li>



<li>(19:56) – Becoming a real CEO at 25 employees</li>



<li>(26:44) – Why they shut down a $1.5M product</li>



<li>(30:30) – Lessons from having four co-founders</li>



<li>(33:13) – The benefits of joining TinySeed</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Great-CEO-Within-Tactical-Building-ebook/dp/B07ZLGQZYC">The Great CEO Within</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute">TinySeed: SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="http://fiscal.ai">Fiscal.ai (formerly FinChat)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/BradoCapital">Braden Dennis (@BradoCapital) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/braden-dennis-881a88b0/">Braden Dennis | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>
Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2102415/c1e-350vaknxr6hw273n-dm21o42pfv70-x0m0ej.mp3" length="36777292"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[How do you know it’s time to move on from a product that’s growing?



In this episode, Rob Walling chats with Braden Dennis, co-founder of Fiscal.ai (formerly FinChat), about a rare founder journey: bootstrapping, catching lightning in a bottle, and choosing to go big with venture capital. They dive into the emotional and strategic weight of shutting down a $1.5M ARR product, what shifts when you scale past 40 people, and why Braden prioritized long-term vision over short-term revenue.



Topics we cover: 




(2:30) – From FinChat to Fiscal.ai: rebranding and repositioning



(6:50) – Why they raised a $10M Series A



(13:09) – From bootstrapped to venture-backed: what changes?



(19:56) – Becoming a real CEO at 25 employees



(26:44) – Why they shut down a $1.5M product



(30:30) – Lessons from having four co-founders



(33:13) – The benefits of joining TinySeed




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



The Great CEO Within



TinySeed: SaaS Institute



Fiscal.ai (formerly FinChat)



Braden Dennis (@BradoCapital) | X



Braden Dennis | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!




Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:37:48</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 786 | Questions About Bootstrapping SaaS to a $90M Exit (with Kevin Wagstaff)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 05 Aug 2025 10:00:36 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2095153</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-786-questions-about-bootstrapping-saas-to-a-90m-exit-with-kevin-wagstaff</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>How do you really know when you’ve hit product-market fit?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling welcomes back Kevin Wagstaff, co-founder of Spectora, to answer listener questions about early traction in Facebook groups, finding product-market fit, handling criticism, and what it really took to bootstrap to a $90M exit.</p>



<p>Want to get your questions answered? <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">Drop them here.</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p>(3:15) – Early traction using Facebook groups
(7:17) – The tradeoff between growth and work-life balance
(12:26) – Participating inside Facebook groups run by rivals
(14:39) – Ranking for niche SEO terms
(19:06) – Funding the early days through consulting
(25:14) – Surviving churn in a seasonal, high-turnover market</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute">SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://blogmaverick.com/2009/12/09/the-sport-of-business-3/">Mark Cuban Blog Post</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/kevin-wagstaff/">Kevin Wagstaff | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/KevinWagstaff3">Kevin Wagstaff (@KevinWagstaff3) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.spectora.com/">Spectora</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[How do you really know when you’ve hit product-market fit?



In this episode, Rob Walling welcomes back Kevin Wagstaff, co-founder of Spectora, to answer listener questions about early traction in Facebook groups, finding product-market fit, handling criticism, and what it really took to bootstrap to a $90M exit.



Want to get your questions answered? Drop them here.



Topics we cover: 



(3:15) – Early traction using Facebook groups
(7:17) – The tradeoff between growth and work-life balance
(12:26) – Participating inside Facebook groups run by rivals
(14:39) – Ranking for niche SEO terms
(19:06) – Funding the early days through consulting
(25:14) – Surviving churn in a seasonal, high-turnover market



Links from the Show: 




SaaS Institute



Mark Cuban Blog Post



Kevin Wagstaff | LinkedIn



Kevin Wagstaff (@KevinWagstaff3) | X



Spectora




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 786 | Questions About Bootstrapping SaaS to a $90M Exit (with Kevin Wagstaff)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>How do you really know when you’ve hit product-market fit?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling welcomes back Kevin Wagstaff, co-founder of Spectora, to answer listener questions about early traction in Facebook groups, finding product-market fit, handling criticism, and what it really took to bootstrap to a $90M exit.</p>



<p>Want to get your questions answered? <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">Drop them here.</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p>(3:15) – Early traction using Facebook groups
(7:17) – The tradeoff between growth and work-life balance
(12:26) – Participating inside Facebook groups run by rivals
(14:39) – Ranking for niche SEO terms
(19:06) – Funding the early days through consulting
(25:14) – Surviving churn in a seasonal, high-turnover market</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute">SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://blogmaverick.com/2009/12/09/the-sport-of-business-3/">Mark Cuban Blog Post</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/kevin-wagstaff/">Kevin Wagstaff | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/KevinWagstaff3">Kevin Wagstaff (@KevinWagstaff3) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.spectora.com/">Spectora</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2095153/c1e-m9vrcq461kag4nm5-47xx7oqxi83m-hg90ko.mp3" length="43462920"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[How do you really know when you’ve hit product-market fit?



In this episode, Rob Walling welcomes back Kevin Wagstaff, co-founder of Spectora, to answer listener questions about early traction in Facebook groups, finding product-market fit, handling criticism, and what it really took to bootstrap to a $90M exit.



Want to get your questions answered? Drop them here.



Topics we cover: 



(3:15) – Early traction using Facebook groups
(7:17) – The tradeoff between growth and work-life balance
(12:26) – Participating inside Facebook groups run by rivals
(14:39) – Ranking for niche SEO terms
(19:06) – Funding the early days through consulting
(25:14) – Surviving churn in a seasonal, high-turnover market



Links from the Show: 




SaaS Institute



Mark Cuban Blog Post



Kevin Wagstaff | LinkedIn



Kevin Wagstaff (@KevinWagstaff3) | X



Spectora




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:44:46</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 785 | Choosing Between AI Products, Building Multiple Apps, and More Listener Questions (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jul 2025 10:00:45 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2087225</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-785-choosing-between-ai-products-building-multiple-apps-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>How do you choose between multiple product ideas?</p>



<p>In this solo episode, Rob Walling answers listener questions about picking between two SaaS ideas, product positioning, and how to know when to stop working on a project.

Want to get your question answered? <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">Drop them here.</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:06) – Choosing between two AI products</li>



<li>(9:38) – Will early niche positioning hurt future growth?</li>



<li>(14:51) – At what point would you consider lowering prices?</li>



<li>(22:35) – Narrowing your ICP and product focus</li>



<li>(28:07) – How do you spec agency projects?</li>



<li>(30:10) – Should you keep building on a changing platform?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe">MicroConf Europe | Istanbul, Sep 28-30, 2025</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad">SaaS Launchpad</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf Connect</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[How do you choose between multiple product ideas?



In this solo episode, Rob Walling answers listener questions about picking between two SaaS ideas, product positioning, and how to know when to stop working on a project.

Want to get your question answered? Drop them here.



Topics we cover: 




(3:06) – Choosing between two AI products



(9:38) – Will early niche positioning hurt future growth?



(14:51) – At what point would you consider lowering prices?



(22:35) – Narrowing your ICP and product focus



(28:07) – How do you spec agency projects?



(30:10) – Should you keep building on a changing platform?




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Europe | Istanbul, Sep 28-30, 2025



SaaS Launchpad



TinySeed



The SaaS Playbook 



MicroConf Connect




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 785 | Choosing Between AI Products, Building Multiple Apps, and More Listener Questions (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>How do you choose between multiple product ideas?</p>



<p>In this solo episode, Rob Walling answers listener questions about picking between two SaaS ideas, product positioning, and how to know when to stop working on a project.

Want to get your question answered? <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">Drop them here.</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:06) – Choosing between two AI products</li>



<li>(9:38) – Will early niche positioning hurt future growth?</li>



<li>(14:51) – At what point would you consider lowering prices?</li>



<li>(22:35) – Narrowing your ICP and product focus</li>



<li>(28:07) – How do you spec agency projects?</li>



<li>(30:10) – Should you keep building on a changing platform?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe">MicroConf Europe | Istanbul, Sep 28-30, 2025</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad">SaaS Launchpad</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf Connect</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2087225/c1e-z1gnc77qpof1wj35-kp9wdd3nfpk0-qd0uqf.mp3" length="33440051"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[How do you choose between multiple product ideas?



In this solo episode, Rob Walling answers listener questions about picking between two SaaS ideas, product positioning, and how to know when to stop working on a project.

Want to get your question answered? Drop them here.



Topics we cover: 




(3:06) – Choosing between two AI products



(9:38) – Will early niche positioning hurt future growth?



(14:51) – At what point would you consider lowering prices?



(22:35) – Narrowing your ICP and product focus



(28:07) – How do you spec agency projects?



(30:10) – Should you keep building on a changing platform?




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Europe | Istanbul, Sep 28-30, 2025



SaaS Launchpad



TinySeed



The SaaS Playbook 



MicroConf Connect




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:20</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 784 | The Wealth Ladder: Six Levels of Financial Freedom]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jul 2025 10:00:05 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2086619</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-784-the-wealth-ladder-six-levels-of-financial-freedom</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>What’s the real roadmap to lasting financial freedom?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling chats with Nick Maggiulli about his new book, The Wealth Ladder. Nick explains how to identify your current financial stage and what it really takes to move up. They dig into how wealth changes your spending habits, why exits (not salaries) drive significant changes in net worth, and how your definition of freedom might evolve over time.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(6:07) – Defining the six levels of wealth</li>



<li>(11:49) – Why earning more isn’t enough</li>



<li>(14:17) – How entrepreneurs build wealth</li>



<li>(15:15) – The “0.01%” spending rule</li>



<li>(31:13) – Can money actually make you happier?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://ofdollarsanddata.com/">Of Dollars And Data </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Wealth-Ladder-Proven-Strategies-Financial/dp/0593854039/ref=asc_df_0593854039?mcid=48567675f6ea3c72b40ca9c81c39c863&amp;hvocijid=13211425089871975854-0593854039-&amp;hvexpln=73&amp;tag=hyprod-20&amp;linkCode=df0&amp;hvadid=721245378154&amp;hvpos=&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvrand=13211425089871975854&amp;hvpone=&amp;hvptwo=&amp;hvqmt=&amp;hvdev=c&amp;hvdvcmdl=&amp;hvlocint=&amp;hvlocphy=9017156&amp;hvtargid=pla-2281435177418&amp;psc=1">The Wealth Ladder by Nick Maggiulli</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Nick-Maggiulli-ebook/dp/B09FYHZXBN?ref_=ast_author_dp&amp;dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9.yscxE6vfbUext-sG-lN6pzIawX9Hbvzai_QMuiOfENi3cOVnMHMMIpooNGYF_j5LpSqfuFAH7kfy5CCz3ndkFTINfaqkhRk8N17S_3I1SWY.bgrVVZdHCCJd2lTJ26zPd3KjvLNAhTcePwFk2v1Vca8&amp;dib_tag=AUTHOR">Just Keep Buying by Nick Maggiulli</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Myth-Revisited-Small-Businesses-About/dp/0887307280/ref=asc_df_0887307280?mcid=56b00a93d8253d029d6a65066eca0ca2&amp;hvocijid=8446194550084335459-0887307280-&amp;hvexpln=73&amp;tag=hyprod-20&amp;linkCode=df0&amp;hvadid=721245378154&amp;hvpos=&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvrand=8446194550084335459&amp;hvpone=&amp;hvptwo=&amp;hvqmt=&amp;hvdev=c&amp;hvdvcmdl=&amp;hvlocint=&amp;hvlocphy=9017156&amp;hvtargid=pla-2281435177858&amp;psc=1">The E-Myth Revisited by Michael E. Gerber </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickmaggiulli/">Nick Maggiulli | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/dollarsanddata">Nick Maggiulli (@dollarsanddata) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[What’s the real roadmap to lasting financial freedom?



In this episode, Rob Walling chats with Nick Maggiulli about his new book, The Wealth Ladder. Nick explains how to identify your current financial stage and what it really takes to move up. They dig into how wealth changes your spending habits, why exits (not salaries) drive significant changes in net worth, and how your definition of freedom might evolve over time.



Topics we cover: 




(6:07) – Defining the six levels of wealth



(11:49) – Why earning more isn’t enough



(14:17) – How entrepreneurs build wealth



(15:15) – The “0.01%” spending rule



(31:13) – Can money actually make you happier?




Links from the Show: 




Invest in TinySeed



Of Dollars And Data 



The Wealth Ladder by Nick Maggiulli



Just Keep Buying by Nick Maggiulli



The E-Myth Revisited by Michael E. Gerber 



Nick Maggiulli | LinkedIn



Nick Maggiulli (@dollarsanddata) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 784 | The Wealth Ladder: Six Levels of Financial Freedom]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>What’s the real roadmap to lasting financial freedom?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling chats with Nick Maggiulli about his new book, The Wealth Ladder. Nick explains how to identify your current financial stage and what it really takes to move up. They dig into how wealth changes your spending habits, why exits (not salaries) drive significant changes in net worth, and how your definition of freedom might evolve over time.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(6:07) – Defining the six levels of wealth</li>



<li>(11:49) – Why earning more isn’t enough</li>



<li>(14:17) – How entrepreneurs build wealth</li>



<li>(15:15) – The “0.01%” spending rule</li>



<li>(31:13) – Can money actually make you happier?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://ofdollarsanddata.com/">Of Dollars And Data </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Wealth-Ladder-Proven-Strategies-Financial/dp/0593854039/ref=asc_df_0593854039?mcid=48567675f6ea3c72b40ca9c81c39c863&amp;hvocijid=13211425089871975854-0593854039-&amp;hvexpln=73&amp;tag=hyprod-20&amp;linkCode=df0&amp;hvadid=721245378154&amp;hvpos=&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvrand=13211425089871975854&amp;hvpone=&amp;hvptwo=&amp;hvqmt=&amp;hvdev=c&amp;hvdvcmdl=&amp;hvlocint=&amp;hvlocphy=9017156&amp;hvtargid=pla-2281435177418&amp;psc=1">The Wealth Ladder by Nick Maggiulli</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Nick-Maggiulli-ebook/dp/B09FYHZXBN?ref_=ast_author_dp&amp;dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9.yscxE6vfbUext-sG-lN6pzIawX9Hbvzai_QMuiOfENi3cOVnMHMMIpooNGYF_j5LpSqfuFAH7kfy5CCz3ndkFTINfaqkhRk8N17S_3I1SWY.bgrVVZdHCCJd2lTJ26zPd3KjvLNAhTcePwFk2v1Vca8&amp;dib_tag=AUTHOR">Just Keep Buying by Nick Maggiulli</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Myth-Revisited-Small-Businesses-About/dp/0887307280/ref=asc_df_0887307280?mcid=56b00a93d8253d029d6a65066eca0ca2&amp;hvocijid=8446194550084335459-0887307280-&amp;hvexpln=73&amp;tag=hyprod-20&amp;linkCode=df0&amp;hvadid=721245378154&amp;hvpos=&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvrand=8446194550084335459&amp;hvpone=&amp;hvptwo=&amp;hvqmt=&amp;hvdev=c&amp;hvdvcmdl=&amp;hvlocint=&amp;hvlocphy=9017156&amp;hvtargid=pla-2281435177858&amp;psc=1">The E-Myth Revisited by Michael E. Gerber </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickmaggiulli/">Nick Maggiulli | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/dollarsanddata">Nick Maggiulli (@dollarsanddata) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2086619/c1e-z1gnc770v4u1wj35-ww8mrnm9f97o-x08ng3.mp3" length="30663254"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[What’s the real roadmap to lasting financial freedom?



In this episode, Rob Walling chats with Nick Maggiulli about his new book, The Wealth Ladder. Nick explains how to identify your current financial stage and what it really takes to move up. They dig into how wealth changes your spending habits, why exits (not salaries) drive significant changes in net worth, and how your definition of freedom might evolve over time.



Topics we cover: 




(6:07) – Defining the six levels of wealth



(11:49) – Why earning more isn’t enough



(14:17) – How entrepreneurs build wealth



(15:15) – The “0.01%” spending rule



(31:13) – Can money actually make you happier?




Links from the Show: 




Invest in TinySeed



Of Dollars And Data 



The Wealth Ladder by Nick Maggiulli



Just Keep Buying by Nick Maggiulli



The E-Myth Revisited by Michael E. Gerber 



Nick Maggiulli | LinkedIn



Nick Maggiulli (@dollarsanddata) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:31:26</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 783 | Bootstrapping ScrapingBee to $5M ARR and an 8-Figure Exit]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 15 Jul 2025 10:00:57 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2081792</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-783-bootstrapping-scrapingbee-to-5m-arr-and-an-8-figure-exit</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>When is the right time to sell your profitable SaaS?</p>



<p>In this week's episode, Rob Walling talks with Pierre de Wulf, co-founder of ScrapingBee, about how they mostly bootstrapped their web scraping SaaS to $5 million ARR and an eight-figure all-cash exit. They explore the pivotal shift that took them from $7K MRR to nearly $1M ARR in just 15 months, what Pierre splurged on post-exit, and the emotional, legal, and strategic complexities of selling a company.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:31) – Why they chose to sell</li>



<li>(5:41) – Post-exit emotions and celebrations</li>



<li>(9:57) – Lessons from failed startups before ScrapingBee</li>



<li>(13:16) – From 8k to $1m ARR in 15 months</li>



<li>(17:14) – Building a scalable SEO content engine</li>



<li>(29:19) – Handling a major cease-and-desist</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fLVQ96pGHw4&amp;t=236s">MicroConf Talk by Pierre de Wulf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.scrapingbee.com/java-webscraping-book/">The Java Web Scraping Handbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.scrapingbee.com/blog/">ScrapingBee Blog</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.discretioncapital.com/">Discretion Capital</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/PierreDeWulf">Pierre de Wulf (@PierreDeWulf) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/pwulf/">Pierre de Wulf | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[When is the right time to sell your profitable SaaS?



In this week's episode, Rob Walling talks with Pierre de Wulf, co-founder of ScrapingBee, about how they mostly bootstrapped their web scraping SaaS to $5 million ARR and an eight-figure all-cash exit. They explore the pivotal shift that took them from $7K MRR to nearly $1M ARR in just 15 months, what Pierre splurged on post-exit, and the emotional, legal, and strategic complexities of selling a company.



Topics we cover: 




(3:31) – Why they chose to sell



(5:41) – Post-exit emotions and celebrations



(9:57) – Lessons from failed startups before ScrapingBee



(13:16) – From 8k to $1m ARR in 15 months



(17:14) – Building a scalable SEO content engine



(29:19) – Handling a major cease-and-desist




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



MicroConf Talk by Pierre de Wulf



The Java Web Scraping Handbook



ScrapingBee Blog



TinySeed



Discretion Capital



Pierre de Wulf (@PierreDeWulf) | X



Pierre de Wulf | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 783 | Bootstrapping ScrapingBee to $5M ARR and an 8-Figure Exit]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>When is the right time to sell your profitable SaaS?</p>



<p>In this week's episode, Rob Walling talks with Pierre de Wulf, co-founder of ScrapingBee, about how they mostly bootstrapped their web scraping SaaS to $5 million ARR and an eight-figure all-cash exit. They explore the pivotal shift that took them from $7K MRR to nearly $1M ARR in just 15 months, what Pierre splurged on post-exit, and the emotional, legal, and strategic complexities of selling a company.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:31) – Why they chose to sell</li>



<li>(5:41) – Post-exit emotions and celebrations</li>



<li>(9:57) – Lessons from failed startups before ScrapingBee</li>



<li>(13:16) – From 8k to $1m ARR in 15 months</li>



<li>(17:14) – Building a scalable SEO content engine</li>



<li>(29:19) – Handling a major cease-and-desist</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fLVQ96pGHw4&amp;t=236s">MicroConf Talk by Pierre de Wulf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.scrapingbee.com/java-webscraping-book/">The Java Web Scraping Handbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.scrapingbee.com/blog/">ScrapingBee Blog</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.discretioncapital.com/">Discretion Capital</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/PierreDeWulf">Pierre de Wulf (@PierreDeWulf) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/pwulf/">Pierre de Wulf | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2081792/c1e-m9vrcqq7ndsg4nm5-9jr4do77fq2v-vjv1ow.mp3" length="39388539"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[When is the right time to sell your profitable SaaS?



In this week's episode, Rob Walling talks with Pierre de Wulf, co-founder of ScrapingBee, about how they mostly bootstrapped their web scraping SaaS to $5 million ARR and an eight-figure all-cash exit. They explore the pivotal shift that took them from $7K MRR to nearly $1M ARR in just 15 months, what Pierre splurged on post-exit, and the emotional, legal, and strategic complexities of selling a company.



Topics we cover: 




(3:31) – Why they chose to sell



(5:41) – Post-exit emotions and celebrations



(9:57) – Lessons from failed startups before ScrapingBee



(13:16) – From 8k to $1m ARR in 15 months



(17:14) – Building a scalable SEO content engine



(29:19) – Handling a major cease-and-desist




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



MicroConf Talk by Pierre de Wulf



The Java Web Scraping Handbook



ScrapingBee Blog



TinySeed



Discretion Capital



Pierre de Wulf (@PierreDeWulf) | X



Pierre de Wulf | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:40:31</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 782 | Why I Succeeded: My 10 Best Entrepreneurial Decisions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jul 2025 10:00:55 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2076478</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-782-why-i-succeeded-my-10-best-entrepreneurial-decisions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Looking back on your entrepreneurship journey, which decisions made the biggest impact?</p>



<p>In this solo episode, Rob Walling breaks down the 10 decisions that shaped his success, like choosing action over perfection, learning fast from failure, and building a financial cushion to take smarter risks. It’s an honest look at what worked and the choices that made the biggest difference.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:53) – Stop reading, start shipping</li>



<li>(4:48) – Learn from mistakes and change course</li>



<li>(6:47) – Build a financial cushion</li>



<li>(8:38) – Write publicly about your journey</li>



<li>(13:04) – Make bigger, but manageable bets</li>



<li>(15:21) – Embrace the unsexy, grindy work</li>



<li>(18:05) – Identify blind spots to grow faster</li>



<li>(19:39) – Set clear goals and stick to them</li>



<li>(21:26) – Know when to persist, pivot, or quit</li>



<li>(24:40) – Don’t make decisions in emotional moments</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/order/p/startsmall-ebook" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small, Stay Small</a></li>



<li><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/3xJpaHpmwUWCG1sH9CLzGl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Comic Lab Podcast </a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Institute</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Looking back on your entrepreneurship journey, which decisions made the biggest impact?



In this solo episode, Rob Walling breaks down the 10 decisions that shaped his success, like choosing action over perfection, learning fast from failure, and building a financial cushion to take smarter risks. It’s an honest look at what worked and the choices that made the biggest difference.



Topics we cover: 




(2:53) – Stop reading, start shipping



(4:48) – Learn from mistakes and change course



(6:47) – Build a financial cushion



(8:38) – Write publicly about your journey



(13:04) – Make bigger, but manageable bets



(15:21) – Embrace the unsexy, grindy work



(18:05) – Identify blind spots to grow faster



(19:39) – Set clear goals and stick to them



(21:26) – Know when to persist, pivot, or quit



(24:40) – Don’t make decisions in emotional moments




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



Start Small, Stay Small



Comic Lab Podcast 



TinySeed Institute




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 782 | Why I Succeeded: My 10 Best Entrepreneurial Decisions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Looking back on your entrepreneurship journey, which decisions made the biggest impact?</p>



<p>In this solo episode, Rob Walling breaks down the 10 decisions that shaped his success, like choosing action over perfection, learning fast from failure, and building a financial cushion to take smarter risks. It’s an honest look at what worked and the choices that made the biggest difference.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:53) – Stop reading, start shipping</li>



<li>(4:48) – Learn from mistakes and change course</li>



<li>(6:47) – Build a financial cushion</li>



<li>(8:38) – Write publicly about your journey</li>



<li>(13:04) – Make bigger, but manageable bets</li>



<li>(15:21) – Embrace the unsexy, grindy work</li>



<li>(18:05) – Identify blind spots to grow faster</li>



<li>(19:39) – Set clear goals and stick to them</li>



<li>(21:26) – Know when to persist, pivot, or quit</li>



<li>(24:40) – Don’t make decisions in emotional moments</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/order/p/startsmall-ebook" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small, Stay Small</a></li>



<li><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/3xJpaHpmwUWCG1sH9CLzGl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Comic Lab Podcast </a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Institute</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2076478/c1e-rgx1fwwz8gt7qj6r-kp4rqp4gaqw-ygd0pi.mp3" length="27135035"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Looking back on your entrepreneurship journey, which decisions made the biggest impact?



In this solo episode, Rob Walling breaks down the 10 decisions that shaped his success, like choosing action over perfection, learning fast from failure, and building a financial cushion to take smarter risks. It’s an honest look at what worked and the choices that made the biggest difference.



Topics we cover: 




(2:53) – Stop reading, start shipping



(4:48) – Learn from mistakes and change course



(6:47) – Build a financial cushion



(8:38) – Write publicly about your journey



(13:04) – Make bigger, but manageable bets



(15:21) – Embrace the unsexy, grindy work



(18:05) – Identify blind spots to grow faster



(19:39) – Set clear goals and stick to them



(21:26) – Know when to persist, pivot, or quit



(24:40) – Don’t make decisions in emotional moments




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



Start Small, Stay Small



Comic Lab Podcast 



TinySeed Institute




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:46</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 781 | A Founder's Regret List: 12 Mistakes I’ll Never Make Again]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jul 2025 10:00:31 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2071355</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-781-a-founders-regret-list-12-mistakes-ill-never-make-again</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Are you repeating any of these mistakes in your business? </p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling walks through his ‘founder regret list’, detailing 12 key mistakes from his 20-year entrepreneurial journey. In this very personal episode, he tells some stories he’s never shared publicly before.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(4:17) – Thinking venture capital was the only path</li>



<li>(6:12) – Launching without validating the idea</li>



<li>(9:26) – Choosing ideas that couldn’t be bootstrapped</li>



<li>(12:48) – Relying too much on books</li>



<li>(16:36) – Trying to do everything solo</li>



<li>(21:10) – The arrival fallacy</li>



<li>(23:19) – Delaying email list growth</li>



<li>(25:51) – Taking random advice too seriously</li>



<li>(28:43) – Overestimating skills after early wins</li>



<li>(30:29) – Letting anxiety steal the joy from success</li>



<li>(32:34) – Not letting wins build confidence</li>



<li>(33:50) – Holding onto a scarcity mindset</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com">TinySeed Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="mailto:sponsors@microconf.com">Sponsor the Podcast or MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/order/p/startsmall-ebook">Start Small, Stay Small</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://zerotosold.com/">Zero to Sold by Arvid Kahl</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Are you repeating any of these mistakes in your business? 



In this episode, Rob Walling walks through his ‘founder regret list’, detailing 12 key mistakes from his 20-year entrepreneurial journey. In this very personal episode, he tells some stories he’s never shared publicly before.



Topics we cover: 




(4:17) – Thinking venture capital was the only path



(6:12) – Launching without validating the idea



(9:26) – Choosing ideas that couldn’t be bootstrapped



(12:48) – Relying too much on books



(16:36) – Trying to do everything solo



(21:10) – The arrival fallacy



(23:19) – Delaying email list growth



(25:51) – Taking random advice too seriously



(28:43) – Overestimating skills after early wins



(30:29) – Letting anxiety steal the joy from success



(32:34) – Not letting wins build confidence



(33:50) – Holding onto a scarcity mindset




Links from the Show: 




TinySeed Institute



Sponsor the Podcast or MicroConf



Start Small, Stay Small



The SaaS Playbook



Zero to Sold by Arvid Kahl




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 781 | A Founder's Regret List: 12 Mistakes I’ll Never Make Again]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Are you repeating any of these mistakes in your business? </p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling walks through his ‘founder regret list’, detailing 12 key mistakes from his 20-year entrepreneurial journey. In this very personal episode, he tells some stories he’s never shared publicly before.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(4:17) – Thinking venture capital was the only path</li>



<li>(6:12) – Launching without validating the idea</li>



<li>(9:26) – Choosing ideas that couldn’t be bootstrapped</li>



<li>(12:48) – Relying too much on books</li>



<li>(16:36) – Trying to do everything solo</li>



<li>(21:10) – The arrival fallacy</li>



<li>(23:19) – Delaying email list growth</li>



<li>(25:51) – Taking random advice too seriously</li>



<li>(28:43) – Overestimating skills after early wins</li>



<li>(30:29) – Letting anxiety steal the joy from success</li>



<li>(32:34) – Not letting wins build confidence</li>



<li>(33:50) – Holding onto a scarcity mindset</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com">TinySeed Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="mailto:sponsors@microconf.com">Sponsor the Podcast or MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/order/p/startsmall-ebook">Start Small, Stay Small</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://zerotosold.com/">Zero to Sold by Arvid Kahl</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2071355/c1e-gjn1hm3kxptwgqo3-9jr7w2gncnxz-wh5jts.mp3" length="38549964"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Are you repeating any of these mistakes in your business? 



In this episode, Rob Walling walks through his ‘founder regret list’, detailing 12 key mistakes from his 20-year entrepreneurial journey. In this very personal episode, he tells some stories he’s never shared publicly before.



Topics we cover: 




(4:17) – Thinking venture capital was the only path



(6:12) – Launching without validating the idea



(9:26) – Choosing ideas that couldn’t be bootstrapped



(12:48) – Relying too much on books



(16:36) – Trying to do everything solo



(21:10) – The arrival fallacy



(23:19) – Delaying email list growth



(25:51) – Taking random advice too seriously



(28:43) – Overestimating skills after early wins



(30:29) – Letting anxiety steal the joy from success



(32:34) – Not letting wins build confidence



(33:50) – Holding onto a scarcity mindset




Links from the Show: 




TinySeed Institute



Sponsor the Podcast or MicroConf



Start Small, Stay Small



The SaaS Playbook



Zero to Sold by Arvid Kahl




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:39:39</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 780 | "I'll Never Sell My Company" and Other Myths Founders Tell Themselves]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 24 Jun 2025 10:00:39 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2064387</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-780-ill-never-sell-my-company-and-other-myths-founders-tell-themselves</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>What if your biggest growth blocker isn’t the market, but the story you’re telling yourself?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling welcomes back fan favorite Ruben Gamez, founder of SignWell, to debunk common bootstrapper myths. They discuss misconceptions like never needing to sell your company or market your product, and emphasize the realities of growth plateaus, business valuation, and exit strategies.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(4:50) – I’ll never sell my company</li>



<li>(11:40) – I can just coast on profit forever</li>



<li>(21:48) – I’m built differently, so I don’t need to market</li>



<li>(31:54) – Building many tiny projects is a strategy</li>



<li>(34:46) – It’s all about luck</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/latest/tinyseed-fund-3" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Invest in TinySeed Fund 3</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/earthlingworks" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.signwell.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SignWell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/rugamez/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCHoBKQDRkJcOY2BO47q5Ruw/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf YouTube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[What if your biggest growth blocker isn’t the market, but the story you’re telling yourself?



In this episode, Rob Walling welcomes back fan favorite Ruben Gamez, founder of SignWell, to debunk common bootstrapper myths. They discuss misconceptions like never needing to sell your company or market your product, and emphasize the realities of growth plateaus, business valuation, and exit strategies.



Topics we cover: 




(4:50) – I’ll never sell my company



(11:40) – I can just coast on profit forever



(21:48) – I’m built differently, so I don’t need to market



(31:54) – Building many tiny projects is a strategy



(34:46) – It’s all about luck




Links from the Show: 




Invest in TinySeed Fund 3



Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X



SignWell



Ruben Gamez | LinkedIn



MicroConf YouTube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 780 | "I'll Never Sell My Company" and Other Myths Founders Tell Themselves]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>What if your biggest growth blocker isn’t the market, but the story you’re telling yourself?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling welcomes back fan favorite Ruben Gamez, founder of SignWell, to debunk common bootstrapper myths. They discuss misconceptions like never needing to sell your company or market your product, and emphasize the realities of growth plateaus, business valuation, and exit strategies.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(4:50) – I’ll never sell my company</li>



<li>(11:40) – I can just coast on profit forever</li>



<li>(21:48) – I’m built differently, so I don’t need to market</li>



<li>(31:54) – Building many tiny projects is a strategy</li>



<li>(34:46) – It’s all about luck</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/latest/tinyseed-fund-3" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Invest in TinySeed Fund 3</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/earthlingworks" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.signwell.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SignWell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/rugamez/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCHoBKQDRkJcOY2BO47q5Ruw/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf YouTube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2064387/c1e-129zt5j073u6nj8z-gp382mqdijq-i7ch4v.mp3" length="41255903"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[What if your biggest growth blocker isn’t the market, but the story you’re telling yourself?



In this episode, Rob Walling welcomes back fan favorite Ruben Gamez, founder of SignWell, to debunk common bootstrapper myths. They discuss misconceptions like never needing to sell your company or market your product, and emphasize the realities of growth plateaus, business valuation, and exit strategies.



Topics we cover: 




(4:50) – I’ll never sell my company



(11:40) – I can just coast on profit forever



(21:48) – I’m built differently, so I don’t need to market



(31:54) – Building many tiny projects is a strategy



(34:46) – It’s all about luck




Links from the Show: 




Invest in TinySeed Fund 3



Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X



SignWell



Ruben Gamez | LinkedIn



MicroConf YouTube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:42:28</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 779 | 10 Myths Most SaaS Founders Believe]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jun 2025 10:00:31 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2059569</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-779-10-myths-most-saas-founders-believe</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Are common SaaS myths sabotaging your success?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling sits down with SaaS growth expert (and <a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute">TinySeed Institute</a> coach) Marc Thomas to break down ten persistent and damaging myths believed by many SaaS founders and why challenging them is key to scaling smart.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(4:52) – “I’m not good at marketing” is a lie</li>



<li>(8:48) – Top-of-funnel obsession</li>



<li>(13:12) – Lifetime affiliate payouts = profit killers</li>



<li>(18:21) – Hiring a marketing team too soon</li>



<li>(21:52) – Chasing new markets too early</li>



<li>(25:08) – Fear of sending more email</li>



<li>(27:36) – Chasing shiny growth hacks like programmatic SEO</li>



<li>(31:14) – Dismissing sales in favor of only self-serve</li>



<li>(35:10) – Avoiding competitor content out of fear</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe">MicroConf Europe – September 28–30 · Istanbul, Türkiye</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute/">TinySeed SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.positivehuman.co/">Positive Human</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/iammarcthomas/">Marc Thomas | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/posts/iammarcthomas_marketing-saas-startups-activity-7333422751350743040-LTiS?utm_source=share&amp;utm_medium=member_desktop&amp;rcm=ACoAAAArgaABy3dkgUTwKJpuMJPjZ1SNNrjLf3Q">Marc Thomas’ LinkedIn post on 10 SaaS Myths</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>
Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Are common SaaS myths sabotaging your success?



In this episode, Rob Walling sits down with SaaS growth expert (and TinySeed Institute coach) Marc Thomas to break down ten persistent and damaging myths believed by many SaaS founders and why challenging them is key to scaling smart.



Topics we cover: 




(4:52) – “I’m not good at marketing” is a lie



(8:48) – Top-of-funnel obsession



(13:12) – Lifetime affiliate payouts = profit killers



(18:21) – Hiring a marketing team too soon



(21:52) – Chasing new markets too early



(25:08) – Fear of sending more email



(27:36) – Chasing shiny growth hacks like programmatic SEO



(31:14) – Dismissing sales in favor of only self-serve



(35:10) – Avoiding competitor content out of fear




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Europe – September 28–30 · Istanbul, Türkiye



TinySeed SaaS Institute



Positive Human



Marc Thomas | LinkedIn



Marc Thomas’ LinkedIn post on 10 SaaS Myths




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!




Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 779 | 10 Myths Most SaaS Founders Believe]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Are common SaaS myths sabotaging your success?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling sits down with SaaS growth expert (and <a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute">TinySeed Institute</a> coach) Marc Thomas to break down ten persistent and damaging myths believed by many SaaS founders and why challenging them is key to scaling smart.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(4:52) – “I’m not good at marketing” is a lie</li>



<li>(8:48) – Top-of-funnel obsession</li>



<li>(13:12) – Lifetime affiliate payouts = profit killers</li>



<li>(18:21) – Hiring a marketing team too soon</li>



<li>(21:52) – Chasing new markets too early</li>



<li>(25:08) – Fear of sending more email</li>



<li>(27:36) – Chasing shiny growth hacks like programmatic SEO</li>



<li>(31:14) – Dismissing sales in favor of only self-serve</li>



<li>(35:10) – Avoiding competitor content out of fear</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe">MicroConf Europe – September 28–30 · Istanbul, Türkiye</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute/">TinySeed SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.positivehuman.co/">Positive Human</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/iammarcthomas/">Marc Thomas | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/posts/iammarcthomas_marketing-saas-startups-activity-7333422751350743040-LTiS?utm_source=share&amp;utm_medium=member_desktop&amp;rcm=ACoAAAArgaABy3dkgUTwKJpuMJPjZ1SNNrjLf3Q">Marc Thomas’ LinkedIn post on 10 SaaS Myths</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>
Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2059569/c1e-781vi93d6ms5xo4j-6zom7o00iwor-emgnji.mp3" length="43254316"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Are common SaaS myths sabotaging your success?



In this episode, Rob Walling sits down with SaaS growth expert (and TinySeed Institute coach) Marc Thomas to break down ten persistent and damaging myths believed by many SaaS founders and why challenging them is key to scaling smart.



Topics we cover: 




(4:52) – “I’m not good at marketing” is a lie



(8:48) – Top-of-funnel obsession



(13:12) – Lifetime affiliate payouts = profit killers



(18:21) – Hiring a marketing team too soon



(21:52) – Chasing new markets too early



(25:08) – Fear of sending more email



(27:36) – Chasing shiny growth hacks like programmatic SEO



(31:14) – Dismissing sales in favor of only self-serve



(35:10) – Avoiding competitor content out of fear




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Europe – September 28–30 · Istanbul, Türkiye



TinySeed SaaS Institute



Positive Human



Marc Thomas | LinkedIn



Marc Thomas’ LinkedIn post on 10 SaaS Myths




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!




Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:44:32</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 778 | Pricing Pilot Projects, Niching Down, Skipping Stairsteps, and More Listener Questions (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 10 Jun 2025 10:00:37 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2054461</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-778-pricing-pilot-projects-niching-down-skipping-stairsteps-and-more-listener-questions-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>How do you price pilot projects and niche down without hedging your bets?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling answers listener questions about pricing pilots, choosing niches, and skipping steps on his Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping. 

Want to get your question answered? <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">Drop them here.</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:25) – Feedback on Season 4 of TinySeed Tales</li>



<li>(8:55) – How do you price pilot projects?</li>



<li>(15:11) – How to niche down and de-risking a new SaaS?</li>



<li>(22:40) – What does it really take to build a hit open-source tool?</li>



<li>(29:53) – Can you skip straight to SaaS or is that a trap?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf Connect: Online community of SaaS founders</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/tinyseed-tales-podcast">TinySeed Tales Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startupstoriespodcast.com/">Startup Stories Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/essays/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping">Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[How do you price pilot projects and niche down without hedging your bets?



In this episode, Rob Walling answers listener questions about pricing pilots, choosing niches, and skipping steps on his Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping. 

Want to get your question answered? Drop them here.



Topics we cover: 




(3:25) – Feedback on Season 4 of TinySeed Tales



(8:55) – How do you price pilot projects?



(15:11) – How to niche down and de-risking a new SaaS?



(22:40) – What does it really take to build a hit open-source tool?



(29:53) – Can you skip straight to SaaS or is that a trap?




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect: Online community of SaaS founders



TinySeed Tales Podcast



Startup Stories Podcast



Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 778 | Pricing Pilot Projects, Niching Down, Skipping Stairsteps, and More Listener Questions (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>How do you price pilot projects and niche down without hedging your bets?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling answers listener questions about pricing pilots, choosing niches, and skipping steps on his Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping. 

Want to get your question answered? <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">Drop them here.</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:25) – Feedback on Season 4 of TinySeed Tales</li>



<li>(8:55) – How do you price pilot projects?</li>



<li>(15:11) – How to niche down and de-risking a new SaaS?</li>



<li>(22:40) – What does it really take to build a hit open-source tool?</li>



<li>(29:53) – Can you skip straight to SaaS or is that a trap?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">MicroConf Connect: Online community of SaaS founders</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/tinyseed-tales-podcast">TinySeed Tales Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startupstoriespodcast.com/">Startup Stories Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/essays/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping">Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2054461/c1e-0031bk8gx1f6k5vx-8dr3jgz7ax05-t3kxox.mp3" length="38052888"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[How do you price pilot projects and niche down without hedging your bets?



In this episode, Rob Walling answers listener questions about pricing pilots, choosing niches, and skipping steps on his Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping. 

Want to get your question answered? Drop them here.



Topics we cover: 




(3:25) – Feedback on Season 4 of TinySeed Tales



(8:55) – How do you price pilot projects?



(15:11) – How to niche down and de-risking a new SaaS?



(22:40) – What does it really take to build a hit open-source tool?



(29:53) – Can you skip straight to SaaS or is that a trap?




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect: Online community of SaaS founders



TinySeed Tales Podcast



Startup Stories Podcast



Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:39:08</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 777 | Why Retiring Might Be the Worst Goal for Entrepreneurs]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 03 Jun 2025 10:00:45 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2045427</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-777-why-retiring-might-be-the-worst-goal-for-entrepreneurs</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>What if the traditional dream of retirement is actually a trap for entrepreneurs?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling talks with Derek Coburn, author of <em>Let’s Retire Retirement: How to Enjoy Life to the Fullest</em>, to challenge the long-held belief that early retirement is the ultimate goal. They explore why many entrepreneurs feel unfulfilled after retiring and how shifting toward purpose-driven work can create more freedom, meaning, and longevity.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:17) – Why traditional retirement often leads to boredom and regret</li>



<li>(6:44) – How working longer can drastically reduce your savings burden</li>



<li>(11:05) – The power of $50K moments and appreciating time with loved ones     </li>



<li>(17:03) – Prioritizing health and well-being as a long-term strategy</li>



<li>(21:42) – Smarter and more flexible alternatives to full retirement</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe">MicroConf Europe – September 28–30 · Istanbul, Türkiye</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">TinySeed – Invest</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Lets-Retire-Retirement-Enjoy-Fullest_Now/dp/1774585065/ref=sr_1_1">Let’s Retire Retirement – Book on Amazon</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.derekcoburn.com">Derek Coburn’s Website</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/derekcoburn/">Derek Coburn | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/cadredc">Derek Coburn (@cadredc) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[What if the traditional dream of retirement is actually a trap for entrepreneurs?



In this episode, Rob Walling talks with Derek Coburn, author of Let’s Retire Retirement: How to Enjoy Life to the Fullest, to challenge the long-held belief that early retirement is the ultimate goal. They explore why many entrepreneurs feel unfulfilled after retiring and how shifting toward purpose-driven work can create more freedom, meaning, and longevity.



Topics we cover: 




(2:17) – Why traditional retirement often leads to boredom and regret



(6:44) – How working longer can drastically reduce your savings burden



(11:05) – The power of $50K moments and appreciating time with loved ones     



(17:03) – Prioritizing health and well-being as a long-term strategy



(21:42) – Smarter and more flexible alternatives to full retirement




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Europe – September 28–30 · Istanbul, Türkiye



TinySeed – Invest



Let’s Retire Retirement – Book on Amazon



Derek Coburn’s Website



Derek Coburn | LinkedIn



Derek Coburn (@cadredc) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 777 | Why Retiring Might Be the Worst Goal for Entrepreneurs]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>What if the traditional dream of retirement is actually a trap for entrepreneurs?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling talks with Derek Coburn, author of <em>Let’s Retire Retirement: How to Enjoy Life to the Fullest</em>, to challenge the long-held belief that early retirement is the ultimate goal. They explore why many entrepreneurs feel unfulfilled after retiring and how shifting toward purpose-driven work can create more freedom, meaning, and longevity.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:17) – Why traditional retirement often leads to boredom and regret</li>



<li>(6:44) – How working longer can drastically reduce your savings burden</li>



<li>(11:05) – The power of $50K moments and appreciating time with loved ones     </li>



<li>(17:03) – Prioritizing health and well-being as a long-term strategy</li>



<li>(21:42) – Smarter and more flexible alternatives to full retirement</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe">MicroConf Europe – September 28–30 · Istanbul, Türkiye</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">TinySeed – Invest</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Lets-Retire-Retirement-Enjoy-Fullest_Now/dp/1774585065/ref=sr_1_1">Let’s Retire Retirement – Book on Amazon</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.derekcoburn.com">Derek Coburn’s Website</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/derekcoburn/">Derek Coburn | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/cadredc">Derek Coburn (@cadredc) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2045427/c1e-pn7mh10780iqx073-9jrp68ggfng7-qmqgk5.mp3" length="28091212"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[What if the traditional dream of retirement is actually a trap for entrepreneurs?



In this episode, Rob Walling talks with Derek Coburn, author of Let’s Retire Retirement: How to Enjoy Life to the Fullest, to challenge the long-held belief that early retirement is the ultimate goal. They explore why many entrepreneurs feel unfulfilled after retiring and how shifting toward purpose-driven work can create more freedom, meaning, and longevity.



Topics we cover: 




(2:17) – Why traditional retirement often leads to boredom and regret



(6:44) – How working longer can drastically reduce your savings burden



(11:05) – The power of $50K moments and appreciating time with loved ones     



(17:03) – Prioritizing health and well-being as a long-term strategy



(21:42) – Smarter and more flexible alternatives to full retirement




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Europe – September 28–30 · Istanbul, Türkiye



TinySeed – Invest



Let’s Retire Retirement – Book on Amazon



Derek Coburn’s Website



Derek Coburn | LinkedIn



Derek Coburn (@cadredc) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:28:45</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 776 | How Bootstrapping Led to a Life-Changing $90M SaaS Exit]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 27 May 2025 10:00:52 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2042237</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-776-how-bootstrapping-led-to-a-life-changing-90m-saas-exit</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>What’s it take to bootstrap a niche SaaS to $90M without raising a dime?</p>



<p>In this episode, Kevin Wagstaff joins Rob Walling to share how he and his brother bootstrapped Spectora from a scrappy MVP to a $90M valuation. It’s a masterclass in finding traction in unsexy markets, building with empathy, and making smart bets like embedded payments.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(4:39) – The surreal moment Kevin and his brother became multimillionaires</li>



<li>(9:14) – Why a mobile-first approach won in an outdated, overlooked niche</li>



<li>(17:39) – How adding payments created a second revenue stream and bigger valuation</li>



<li>(20:36) – The early hustle: trade shows, 6 AM demos, and Facebook group tactics</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad">SaaS Launchpad Course</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/">MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/kevin-wagstaff/">Kevin Wagstaff | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/KevinWagstaff3">Kevin Wagstaff (@KevinWagstaff3) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.spectora.com/">Spectora</a></li>



<li><a href="https://builttosell.com/radio/episode-480/">Kevin’s Built to Sell Radio Episode</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[What’s it take to bootstrap a niche SaaS to $90M without raising a dime?



In this episode, Kevin Wagstaff joins Rob Walling to share how he and his brother bootstrapped Spectora from a scrappy MVP to a $90M valuation. It’s a masterclass in finding traction in unsexy markets, building with empathy, and making smart bets like embedded payments.



Topics we cover: 




(4:39) – The surreal moment Kevin and his brother became multimillionaires



(9:14) – Why a mobile-first approach won in an outdated, overlooked niche



(17:39) – How adding payments created a second revenue stream and bigger valuation



(20:36) – The early hustle: trade shows, 6 AM demos, and Facebook group tactics




Links from the Show: 




SaaS Launchpad Course



MicroConf



Kevin Wagstaff | LinkedIn



Kevin Wagstaff (@KevinWagstaff3) | X



Spectora



Kevin’s Built to Sell Radio Episode




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 776 | How Bootstrapping Led to a Life-Changing $90M SaaS Exit]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>What’s it take to bootstrap a niche SaaS to $90M without raising a dime?</p>



<p>In this episode, Kevin Wagstaff joins Rob Walling to share how he and his brother bootstrapped Spectora from a scrappy MVP to a $90M valuation. It’s a masterclass in finding traction in unsexy markets, building with empathy, and making smart bets like embedded payments.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(4:39) – The surreal moment Kevin and his brother became multimillionaires</li>



<li>(9:14) – Why a mobile-first approach won in an outdated, overlooked niche</li>



<li>(17:39) – How adding payments created a second revenue stream and bigger valuation</li>



<li>(20:36) – The early hustle: trade shows, 6 AM demos, and Facebook group tactics</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad">SaaS Launchpad Course</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/">MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/kevin-wagstaff/">Kevin Wagstaff | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/KevinWagstaff3">Kevin Wagstaff (@KevinWagstaff3) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.spectora.com/">Spectora</a></li>



<li><a href="https://builttosell.com/radio/episode-480/">Kevin’s Built to Sell Radio Episode</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2042237/c1e-350vak0mg5sw273o-jpdo6ggzh26j-issfdd.mp3" length="49242239"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[What’s it take to bootstrap a niche SaaS to $90M without raising a dime?



In this episode, Kevin Wagstaff joins Rob Walling to share how he and his brother bootstrapped Spectora from a scrappy MVP to a $90M valuation. It’s a masterclass in finding traction in unsexy markets, building with empathy, and making smart bets like embedded payments.



Topics we cover: 




(4:39) – The surreal moment Kevin and his brother became multimillionaires



(9:14) – Why a mobile-first approach won in an outdated, overlooked niche



(17:39) – How adding payments created a second revenue stream and bigger valuation



(20:36) – The early hustle: trade shows, 6 AM demos, and Facebook group tactics




Links from the Show: 




SaaS Launchpad Course



MicroConf



Kevin Wagstaff | LinkedIn



Kevin Wagstaff (@KevinWagstaff3) | X



Spectora



Kevin’s Built to Sell Radio Episode




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:50:46</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 775 | A.I. Coding Tools, User Experience, Racking Your Own Servers, and More Listener Questions (with Derrick Reimer)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 20 May 2025 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2039072</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-775-a-i-coding-tools-user-experience-racking-your-own-servers-and-more-listener-questions-with-derrick-reimer</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>What shortcuts are actually worth taking when you're building a SaaS?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling and fan favorite Derrick Reimer delve into listener questions about startup development. They discuss the impact of AI coding tools on building minimum viable products (MVPs) and the importance of user experience (UX) with advice on balancing UX investment based on the product's nature. </p>



<p>You’ll also hear a breakdown of the real costs of leaving the cloud, plus tips on email deliverability and validation. Throughout, they highlight how validating ideas through user feedback and research is still critical, no matter how fast you build.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>This podcast is brought to you by <a href="https://mercury.com/">Mercury</a>. I've been banking with Mercury for years and whenever I set up a new account, I'm reminded why traditional banking feels stuck in the past. </p>



<p>When our previous bank faced solvency issues, we needed to spin up new accounts quickly that could handle millions in funds across multiple businesses. Mercury had us up and running almost immediately.</p>



<p>I manage half a dozen different Mercury accounts across a wide range of companies – from my personal, single-member LLC to MicroConf, our 7-figure global events and education platform, to TinySeed, our venture fund and accelerator. Mercury easily handles them all.</p>



<p>The interface is elegantly simple for daily banking, paying invoices, and sending and receiving international wires, yet powerful enough to handle the multi-step approval processes we needed to put in place when funding founders with large transfers. </p>



<p>Anytime founders ask me who they should set up their accounts with, I send them to <a href="http://mercury.com">mercury.com</a>.</p>



<p>Mercury is a financial technology company, not a bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group, Column N.A., and Evolve Bank &amp; Trust; Members FDIC.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(4:55) – How AI coding tools are changing the MVP timeline</li>



<li>(16:11) – When UX design actually matters (and when it doesn’t)</li>



<li>(23:47) – Should you ditch cloud hosting for your own servers?</li>



<li>(32:38) – Pro tips on email deliverability and keeping out of spam folders</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad">SaaS Launchpad Course</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote">MicroConf Remote | May 21, 2025</a></li>



<li><a href="https://windsurf.com/">Windsurf AI Editor</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/derrick-reimer-93916020/">Derrick Reimer | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/derrickreimer">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[What shortcuts are actually worth taking when you're building a SaaS?



In this episode, Rob Walling and fan favorite Derrick Reimer delve into listener questions about startup development. They discuss the impact of AI coding tools on building minimum viable products (MVPs) and the importance of user experience (UX) with advice on balancing UX investment based on the product's nature. 



You’ll also hear a breakdown of the real costs of leaving the cloud, plus tips on email deliverability and validation. Throughout, they highlight how validating ideas through user feedback and research is still critical, no matter how fast you build.



Episode Sponsor:





This podcast is brought to you by Mercury. I've been banking with Mercury for years and whenever I set up a new account, I'm reminded why traditional banking feels stuck in the past. 



When our previous bank faced solvency issues, we needed to spin up new accounts quickly that could handle millions in funds across multiple businesses. Mercury had us up and running almost immediately.



I manage half a dozen different Mercury accounts across a wide range of companies – from my personal, single-member LLC to MicroConf, our 7-figure global events and education platform, to TinySeed, our venture fund and accelerator. Mercury easily handles them all.



The interface is elegantly simple for daily banking, paying invoices, and sending and receiving international wires, yet powerful enough to handle the multi-step approval processes we needed to put in place when funding founders with large transfers. 



Anytime founders ask me who they should set up their accounts with, I send them to mercury.com.



Mercury is a financial technology company, not a bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group, Column N.A., and Evolve Bank & Trust; Members FDIC.



Topics we cover: 




(4:55) – How AI coding tools are changing the MVP timeline



(16:11) – When UX design actually matters (and when it doesn’t)



(23:47) – Should you ditch cloud hosting for your own servers?



(32:38) – Pro tips on email deliverability and keeping out of spam folders




Links from the Show: 




SaaS Launchpad Course



MicroConf Remote | May 21, 2025



Windsurf AI Editor



SavvyCal



Derrick Reimer | LinkedIn



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 775 | A.I. Coding Tools, User Experience, Racking Your Own Servers, and More Listener Questions (with Derrick Reimer)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>What shortcuts are actually worth taking when you're building a SaaS?</p>



<p>In this episode, Rob Walling and fan favorite Derrick Reimer delve into listener questions about startup development. They discuss the impact of AI coding tools on building minimum viable products (MVPs) and the importance of user experience (UX) with advice on balancing UX investment based on the product's nature. </p>



<p>You’ll also hear a breakdown of the real costs of leaving the cloud, plus tips on email deliverability and validation. Throughout, they highlight how validating ideas through user feedback and research is still critical, no matter how fast you build.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>This podcast is brought to you by <a href="https://mercury.com/">Mercury</a>. I've been banking with Mercury for years and whenever I set up a new account, I'm reminded why traditional banking feels stuck in the past. </p>



<p>When our previous bank faced solvency issues, we needed to spin up new accounts quickly that could handle millions in funds across multiple businesses. Mercury had us up and running almost immediately.</p>



<p>I manage half a dozen different Mercury accounts across a wide range of companies – from my personal, single-member LLC to MicroConf, our 7-figure global events and education platform, to TinySeed, our venture fund and accelerator. Mercury easily handles them all.</p>



<p>The interface is elegantly simple for daily banking, paying invoices, and sending and receiving international wires, yet powerful enough to handle the multi-step approval processes we needed to put in place when funding founders with large transfers. </p>



<p>Anytime founders ask me who they should set up their accounts with, I send them to <a href="http://mercury.com">mercury.com</a>.</p>



<p>Mercury is a financial technology company, not a bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group, Column N.A., and Evolve Bank &amp; Trust; Members FDIC.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(4:55) – How AI coding tools are changing the MVP timeline</li>



<li>(16:11) – When UX design actually matters (and when it doesn’t)</li>



<li>(23:47) – Should you ditch cloud hosting for your own servers?</li>



<li>(32:38) – Pro tips on email deliverability and keeping out of spam folders</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad">SaaS Launchpad Course</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote">MicroConf Remote | May 21, 2025</a></li>



<li><a href="https://windsurf.com/">Windsurf AI Editor</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/derrick-reimer-93916020/">Derrick Reimer | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/derrickreimer">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2039072/c1e-w409f3zq47u8po91-25n37914bddx-8b4ehy.mp3" length="52696309"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[What shortcuts are actually worth taking when you're building a SaaS?



In this episode, Rob Walling and fan favorite Derrick Reimer delve into listener questions about startup development. They discuss the impact of AI coding tools on building minimum viable products (MVPs) and the importance of user experience (UX) with advice on balancing UX investment based on the product's nature. 



You’ll also hear a breakdown of the real costs of leaving the cloud, plus tips on email deliverability and validation. Throughout, they highlight how validating ideas through user feedback and research is still critical, no matter how fast you build.



Episode Sponsor:





This podcast is brought to you by Mercury. I've been banking with Mercury for years and whenever I set up a new account, I'm reminded why traditional banking feels stuck in the past. 



When our previous bank faced solvency issues, we needed to spin up new accounts quickly that could handle millions in funds across multiple businesses. Mercury had us up and running almost immediately.



I manage half a dozen different Mercury accounts across a wide range of companies – from my personal, single-member LLC to MicroConf, our 7-figure global events and education platform, to TinySeed, our venture fund and accelerator. Mercury easily handles them all.



The interface is elegantly simple for daily banking, paying invoices, and sending and receiving international wires, yet powerful enough to handle the multi-step approval processes we needed to put in place when funding founders with large transfers. 



Anytime founders ask me who they should set up their accounts with, I send them to mercury.com.



Mercury is a financial technology company, not a bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group, Column N.A., and Evolve Bank & Trust; Members FDIC.



Topics we cover: 




(4:55) – How AI coding tools are changing the MVP timeline



(16:11) – When UX design actually matters (and when it doesn’t)



(23:47) – Should you ditch cloud hosting for your own servers?



(32:38) – Pro tips on email deliverability and keeping out of spam folders




Links from the Show: 




SaaS Launchpad Course



MicroConf Remote | May 21, 2025



Windsurf AI Editor



SavvyCal



Derrick Reimer | LinkedIn



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:54:22</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 774 | How a Non-Technical Founder Bootstrapped to Millions in Revenue]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 13 May 2025 10:00:58 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2024185</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-774-how-a-non-technical-founder-bootstrapped-to-millions-in-revenue</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob Walling sits down with Noah Tucker, the non-technical founder behind Social Snowball, an affiliate marketing SaaS built for Shopify. Noah bootstrapped the company to $5M+ in ARR, navigating technical roadblocks, team-building hurdles, and a crumbling codebase, while leveraging bold growth tactics like influencer partnerships to scale fast.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:26) – Spotting the gap in affiliate tools for creators</li>



<li>(7:09) – The agency MVP failure and early dev misfires</li>



<li>(11:15) – Losing a CTO to priesthood </li>



<li>(16:33) – How influencer partnerships fueled fast early growth</li>



<li>(30:12) – Hiring a world-class CTO and engineering team</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://www.discretioncapital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Discretion Capital</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Remote | May 21, 2025</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/noah-tucker-%E2%98%83%EF%B8%8F-71a294154/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Noah Tucker | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/noatuck" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Noah Tucker (@noatuck) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob Walling sits down with Noah Tucker, the non-technical founder behind Social Snowball, an affiliate marketing SaaS built for Shopify. Noah bootstrapped the company to $5M+ in ARR, navigating technical roadblocks, team-building hurdles, and a crumbling codebase, while leveraging bold growth tactics like influencer partnerships to scale fast.



Topics we cover: 




(3:26) – Spotting the gap in affiliate tools for creators



(7:09) – The agency MVP failure and early dev misfires



(11:15) – Losing a CTO to priesthood 



(16:33) – How influencer partnerships fueled fast early growth



(30:12) – Hiring a world-class CTO and engineering team




Links from the Show: 




Discretion Capital



MicroConf Remote | May 21, 2025



TinySeed



Noah Tucker | LinkedIn



Noah Tucker (@noatuck) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 774 | How a Non-Technical Founder Bootstrapped to Millions in Revenue]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob Walling sits down with Noah Tucker, the non-technical founder behind Social Snowball, an affiliate marketing SaaS built for Shopify. Noah bootstrapped the company to $5M+ in ARR, navigating technical roadblocks, team-building hurdles, and a crumbling codebase, while leveraging bold growth tactics like influencer partnerships to scale fast.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:26) – Spotting the gap in affiliate tools for creators</li>



<li>(7:09) – The agency MVP failure and early dev misfires</li>



<li>(11:15) – Losing a CTO to priesthood </li>



<li>(16:33) – How influencer partnerships fueled fast early growth</li>



<li>(30:12) – Hiring a world-class CTO and engineering team</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://www.discretioncapital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Discretion Capital</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Remote | May 21, 2025</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/noah-tucker-%E2%98%83%EF%B8%8F-71a294154/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Noah Tucker | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/noatuck" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Noah Tucker (@noatuck) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2024185/c1e-0031bkwdjrf6k5vx-pk48812gcndm-6opauq.mp3" length="36169719"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob Walling sits down with Noah Tucker, the non-technical founder behind Social Snowball, an affiliate marketing SaaS built for Shopify. Noah bootstrapped the company to $5M+ in ARR, navigating technical roadblocks, team-building hurdles, and a crumbling codebase, while leveraging bold growth tactics like influencer partnerships to scale fast.



Topics we cover: 




(3:26) – Spotting the gap in affiliate tools for creators



(7:09) – The agency MVP failure and early dev misfires



(11:15) – Losing a CTO to priesthood 



(16:33) – How influencer partnerships fueled fast early growth



(30:12) – Hiring a world-class CTO and engineering team




Links from the Show: 




Discretion Capital



MicroConf Remote | May 21, 2025



TinySeed



Noah Tucker | LinkedIn



Noah Tucker (@noatuck) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:37:09</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 773 | How to Find Your Early Customer Profile (ECP)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 06 May 2025 10:00:32 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2021211</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-773-how-to-find-your-early-customer-profile-ecp</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob Walling and Maja Voje, author of <em>Go to Market Strategist</em>, dive into early customer profiles (ECPs) and why they matter more than ideal customer profiles (ICPs) early on. They explore practical, scrappy marketing tactics for B2B SaaS founders and share real-world advice on customer acquisition, community building, and staying authentic while growing.</p>





<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>This podcast is brought to you by <a href="https://mercury.com/">Mercury</a>. I've been banking with Mercury for years and whenever I set up a new account, I'm reminded why traditional banking feels stuck in the past. </p>



<p>When our previous bank faced solvency issues, we needed to spin up new accounts quickly that could handle millions in funds across multiple businesses. Mercury had us up and running almost immediately.</p>



<p>I manage half a dozen different Mercury accounts across a wide range of companies – from my personal, single-member LLC to MicroConf, our 7-figure global events and education platform, to TinySeed, our venture fund and accelerator. Mercury easily handles them all.</p>



<p>The interface is elegantly simple for daily banking, paying invoices, and sending and receiving international wires, yet powerful enough to handle the multi-step approval processes we needed to put in place when funding founders with large transfers. </p>



<p>Anytime founders ask me who they should set up their accounts with, I send them to <a href="http://mercury.com">mercury.com</a>.</p>



<p>Mercury is a financial technology company, not a bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group, Column N.A., and Evolve Bank &amp; Trust; Members FDIC.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:02) – What <em>Go-to-Market</em> actually means for bootstrapped founders</li>



<li>(7:14) – Early Customer Profile (ECP) vs. Ideal Customer Profile (ICP)</li>



<li>(10:30) – Common mistakes founders make when choosing their ECP</li>



<li>(13:48) – Real-world B2B SaaS examples of successful ECP launches</li>



<li>(18:29) – Why GTM <em>actions</em> must come before GTM <em>motions</em> for scrappy startups</li>



<li>(21:52) – Warm outreach and fishing in the right forums: practical tactics for early traction</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/retreat">MicroConf Growth Retreat | London, UK - May 14-16, 2025</a></li>



<li><a href="http://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/majavoje/">Maja Voje | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://gtmstrategist.com/">GTM Strategist</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/-/es/Maja-Voje-ebook/dp/B0CLL1KBXY/ref=sr_1_1?adgrpid=132894958692&amp;dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9.t5qveyvPwHv1qg0p6hqyElyxAgViYDM4ywNTv0OhkDA.zM9bbwgb2N30FIZMBcuvehXzjPFdJt85kRA6Bmr7z-c&amp;dib_tag=se&amp;hvadid=673211358621&amp;hvdev=c&amp;hvlocphy=9222438&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvqmt=e&amp;hvrand=13296195921051070191&amp;hvtargid=kwd-2379038703595&amp;hydadcr=13900_13560349&amp;keywords=maja+voje+go+to+market&amp;mcid=9984222968e1329d82de7bbeabb1b89a&amp;qid=1745864302&amp;sr=8-1">Go-To-Market Strategist: (Maja's book)</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob Walling and Maja Voje, author of Go to Market Strategist, dive into early customer profiles (ECPs) and why they matter more than ideal customer profiles (ICPs) early on. They explore practical, scrappy marketing tactics for B2B SaaS founders and share real-world advice on customer acquisition, community building, and staying authentic while growing.





Episode Sponsor:





This podcast is brought to you by Mercury. I've been banking with Mercury for years and whenever I set up a new account, I'm reminded why traditional banking feels stuck in the past. 



When our previous bank faced solvency issues, we needed to spin up new accounts quickly that could handle millions in funds across multiple businesses. Mercury had us up and running almost immediately.



I manage half a dozen different Mercury accounts across a wide range of companies – from my personal, single-member LLC to MicroConf, our 7-figure global events and education platform, to TinySeed, our venture fund and accelerator. Mercury easily handles them all.



The interface is elegantly simple for daily banking, paying invoices, and sending and receiving international wires, yet powerful enough to handle the multi-step approval processes we needed to put in place when funding founders with large transfers. 



Anytime founders ask me who they should set up their accounts with, I send them to mercury.com.



Mercury is a financial technology company, not a bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group, Column N.A., and Evolve Bank & Trust; Members FDIC.



Topics we cover: 




(3:02) – What Go-to-Market actually means for bootstrapped founders



(7:14) – Early Customer Profile (ECP) vs. Ideal Customer Profile (ICP)



(10:30) – Common mistakes founders make when choosing their ECP



(13:48) – Real-world B2B SaaS examples of successful ECP launches



(18:29) – Why GTM actions must come before GTM motions for scrappy startups



(21:52) – Warm outreach and fishing in the right forums: practical tactics for early traction




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Growth Retreat | London, UK - May 14-16, 2025



Invest in TinySeed



Maja Voje | LinkedIn



GTM Strategist



Go-To-Market Strategist: (Maja's book)




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 773 | How to Find Your Early Customer Profile (ECP)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob Walling and Maja Voje, author of <em>Go to Market Strategist</em>, dive into early customer profiles (ECPs) and why they matter more than ideal customer profiles (ICPs) early on. They explore practical, scrappy marketing tactics for B2B SaaS founders and share real-world advice on customer acquisition, community building, and staying authentic while growing.</p>





<p><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></p>





<p>This podcast is brought to you by <a href="https://mercury.com/">Mercury</a>. I've been banking with Mercury for years and whenever I set up a new account, I'm reminded why traditional banking feels stuck in the past. </p>



<p>When our previous bank faced solvency issues, we needed to spin up new accounts quickly that could handle millions in funds across multiple businesses. Mercury had us up and running almost immediately.</p>



<p>I manage half a dozen different Mercury accounts across a wide range of companies – from my personal, single-member LLC to MicroConf, our 7-figure global events and education platform, to TinySeed, our venture fund and accelerator. Mercury easily handles them all.</p>



<p>The interface is elegantly simple for daily banking, paying invoices, and sending and receiving international wires, yet powerful enough to handle the multi-step approval processes we needed to put in place when funding founders with large transfers. </p>



<p>Anytime founders ask me who they should set up their accounts with, I send them to <a href="http://mercury.com">mercury.com</a>.</p>



<p>Mercury is a financial technology company, not a bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group, Column N.A., and Evolve Bank &amp; Trust; Members FDIC.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:02) – What <em>Go-to-Market</em> actually means for bootstrapped founders</li>



<li>(7:14) – Early Customer Profile (ECP) vs. Ideal Customer Profile (ICP)</li>



<li>(10:30) – Common mistakes founders make when choosing their ECP</li>



<li>(13:48) – Real-world B2B SaaS examples of successful ECP launches</li>



<li>(18:29) – Why GTM <em>actions</em> must come before GTM <em>motions</em> for scrappy startups</li>



<li>(21:52) – Warm outreach and fishing in the right forums: practical tactics for early traction</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/retreat">MicroConf Growth Retreat | London, UK - May 14-16, 2025</a></li>



<li><a href="http://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/majavoje/">Maja Voje | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://gtmstrategist.com/">GTM Strategist</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/-/es/Maja-Voje-ebook/dp/B0CLL1KBXY/ref=sr_1_1?adgrpid=132894958692&amp;dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9.t5qveyvPwHv1qg0p6hqyElyxAgViYDM4ywNTv0OhkDA.zM9bbwgb2N30FIZMBcuvehXzjPFdJt85kRA6Bmr7z-c&amp;dib_tag=se&amp;hvadid=673211358621&amp;hvdev=c&amp;hvlocphy=9222438&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvqmt=e&amp;hvrand=13296195921051070191&amp;hvtargid=kwd-2379038703595&amp;hydadcr=13900_13560349&amp;keywords=maja+voje+go+to+market&amp;mcid=9984222968e1329d82de7bbeabb1b89a&amp;qid=1745864302&amp;sr=8-1">Go-To-Market Strategist: (Maja's book)</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2021211/c1e-pn7mh185p0sqx073-rk42dgo7t1-tnlbc1.mp3" length="29522349"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob Walling and Maja Voje, author of Go to Market Strategist, dive into early customer profiles (ECPs) and why they matter more than ideal customer profiles (ICPs) early on. They explore practical, scrappy marketing tactics for B2B SaaS founders and share real-world advice on customer acquisition, community building, and staying authentic while growing.





Episode Sponsor:





This podcast is brought to you by Mercury. I've been banking with Mercury for years and whenever I set up a new account, I'm reminded why traditional banking feels stuck in the past. 



When our previous bank faced solvency issues, we needed to spin up new accounts quickly that could handle millions in funds across multiple businesses. Mercury had us up and running almost immediately.



I manage half a dozen different Mercury accounts across a wide range of companies – from my personal, single-member LLC to MicroConf, our 7-figure global events and education platform, to TinySeed, our venture fund and accelerator. Mercury easily handles them all.



The interface is elegantly simple for daily banking, paying invoices, and sending and receiving international wires, yet powerful enough to handle the multi-step approval processes we needed to put in place when funding founders with large transfers. 



Anytime founders ask me who they should set up their accounts with, I send them to mercury.com.



Mercury is a financial technology company, not a bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group, Column N.A., and Evolve Bank & Trust; Members FDIC.



Topics we cover: 




(3:02) – What Go-to-Market actually means for bootstrapped founders



(7:14) – Early Customer Profile (ECP) vs. Ideal Customer Profile (ICP)



(10:30) – Common mistakes founders make when choosing their ECP



(13:48) – Real-world B2B SaaS examples of successful ECP launches



(18:29) – Why GTM actions must come before GTM motions for scrappy startups



(21:52) – Warm outreach and fishing in the right forums: practical tactics for early traction




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Growth Retreat | London, UK - May 14-16, 2025



Invest in TinySeed



Maja Voje | LinkedIn



GTM Strategist



Go-To-Market Strategist: (Maja's book)




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:30:15</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 772 | A Highly Effective Framework for SaaS Positioning]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 29 Apr 2025 10:00:13 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2016632</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-772-a-highly-effective-framework-for-saas-positioning</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>How do you position your SaaS for success?</p>



<p>In episode 772, Rob Walling talks with Anthony Pierri of Fletch about a proven approach to product positioning. They discuss key lessons from 400+ startups, focusing on workflows, competitive alternatives, and why narrowing your audience matters.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(6:59)  – What is positioning, really?</li>



<li>(11:16)  – Why your homepage matters more than your pitch deck</li>



<li>(14:17) – Workflow-based segmentation vs. firmographics</li>



<li>(17:39) – Positioning against competitive alternatives</li>



<li>(31:13) – The #1 mistake founders make with positioning</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/retreat">MicroConf Growth Retreat | London, UK - May 14-16, 2025</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://vimeo.com/ondemand/microconf2025/1073975728" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Get Access to Anthony’s MicroConf New Orleans Talk</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/anthonypierri/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Anthony Pierri (@anthonypierri) | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/apierriPMM" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Anthony Pierri (@apierriPMM) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.fletchpmm.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Fletch</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[How do you position your SaaS for success?



In episode 772, Rob Walling talks with Anthony Pierri of Fletch about a proven approach to product positioning. They discuss key lessons from 400+ startups, focusing on workflows, competitive alternatives, and why narrowing your audience matters.



Topics we cover: 




(6:59)  – What is positioning, really?



(11:16)  – Why your homepage matters more than your pitch deck



(14:17) – Workflow-based segmentation vs. firmographics



(17:39) – Positioning against competitive alternatives



(31:13) – The #1 mistake founders make with positioning




Links from the Show:




MicroConf Growth Retreat | London, UK - May 14-16, 2025



Invest in TinySeed



Get Access to Anthony’s MicroConf New Orleans Talk



Anthony Pierri (@anthonypierri) | LinkedIn



Anthony Pierri (@apierriPMM) | X



Fletch




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 772 | A Highly Effective Framework for SaaS Positioning]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>How do you position your SaaS for success?</p>



<p>In episode 772, Rob Walling talks with Anthony Pierri of Fletch about a proven approach to product positioning. They discuss key lessons from 400+ startups, focusing on workflows, competitive alternatives, and why narrowing your audience matters.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(6:59)  – What is positioning, really?</li>



<li>(11:16)  – Why your homepage matters more than your pitch deck</li>



<li>(14:17) – Workflow-based segmentation vs. firmographics</li>



<li>(17:39) – Positioning against competitive alternatives</li>



<li>(31:13) – The #1 mistake founders make with positioning</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/retreat">MicroConf Growth Retreat | London, UK - May 14-16, 2025</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://vimeo.com/ondemand/microconf2025/1073975728" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Get Access to Anthony’s MicroConf New Orleans Talk</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/anthonypierri/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Anthony Pierri (@anthonypierri) | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/apierriPMM" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Anthony Pierri (@apierriPMM) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.fletchpmm.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Fletch</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2016632/c1e-9g8vfd38w4uw5r2g-9jrq3jjnfq7w-98kre7.mp3" length="34477148"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[How do you position your SaaS for success?



In episode 772, Rob Walling talks with Anthony Pierri of Fletch about a proven approach to product positioning. They discuss key lessons from 400+ startups, focusing on workflows, competitive alternatives, and why narrowing your audience matters.



Topics we cover: 




(6:59)  – What is positioning, really?



(11:16)  – Why your homepage matters more than your pitch deck



(14:17) – Workflow-based segmentation vs. firmographics



(17:39) – Positioning against competitive alternatives



(31:13) – The #1 mistake founders make with positioning




Links from the Show:




MicroConf Growth Retreat | London, UK - May 14-16, 2025



Invest in TinySeed



Get Access to Anthony’s MicroConf New Orleans Talk



Anthony Pierri (@anthonypierri) | LinkedIn



Anthony Pierri (@apierriPMM) | X



Fletch




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:35:24</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 771 | What Changes As You Grow, AI Agents, Patents, and More Listener Questions (with Craig Hewitt)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 22 Apr 2025 10:00:12 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2013904</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-771-what-changes-as-you-grow-ai-agents-patents-and-more-listener-questions-with-craig-hewitt</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Can SaaS companies survive the rise of AI Agents?</p>
<p>In episode 771, Rob Walling is joined by Craig Hewitt to answer listener questions. They discuss the changes that happen while transitioning from a small startup to a multi-million dollar SaaS, competing against larger competitors, and maintaining startup culture as teams grow. They also share thoughts on AI agents in the SaaS space and the relevance of patents for bootstrapped businesses.</p>
<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>
<p>This podcast is brought to you by <a href="https://mercury.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mercury</a>. I've been banking with Mercury for years and whenever I set up a new account, I'm reminded why traditional banking feels stuck in the past. </p>
<p>When our previous bank faced solvency issues, we needed to spin up new accounts quickly that could handle millions in funds across multiple businesses. Mercury had us up and running almost immediately.</p>
<p>I manage half a dozen different Mercury accounts across a wide range of companies – from my personal, single-member LLC to MicroConf, our 7-figure global events and education platform, to TinySeed, our venture fund and accelerator. Mercury easily handles them all.</p>
<p>The interface is elegantly simple for daily banking, paying invoices, and sending and receiving international wires, yet powerful enough to handle the multi-step approval processes we needed to put in place when funding founders with large transfers. </p>
<p>Anytime founders ask me who they should set up their accounts with, I send them to <a href="http://mercury.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">mercury.com</a>.</p>
<p>Mercury is a financial technology company, not a bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group, Column N.A., and Evolve Bank &amp; Trust; Members FDIC.</p>
<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>
<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:41) – Marketing and sales strategies while scaling</li>
<li>(9:31) – Keeping the startup culture through growth</li>
<li>(14:50) – Can SaaS survive autonomous agents?</li>
<li>(21:03) – AI wrapper tools</li>
<li>(25:15) – Patent strategy for startups</li>
<li>(29:30) – Competing against VC-backed companies</li>
</ul>
<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>
<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Remote: Early-Stage SaaS Sales</a></li>
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>
<li><a href="https://x.com/TheCraigHewitt" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Craig Hewitt (@TheCraigHewitt) | X</a></li>
<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/craighewitt.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Craig Hewitt (@craighewitt.com) | Bluesky</a></li>
<li><a href="https://roguestartups.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rouge Startups</a></li>
<li><a href="https://castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos</a></li>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/omar-zenhom" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Omar Zenhom</a></li>
<li><a href="https://vimeo.com/ondemand/microconfeu24/1026249223" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Omar Zenhom’s MicroConf Talk</a></li>
<li><a href="https://youtu.be/JGqvd10ZG8U" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">AI Agents vs SaaS - Who Wins the Future of Software?</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-542-10x-in-two-years-past-3m-arr-with-squadcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 542 | 10x in Two Years, Past $3M ARR with SquadCast</a></li>
</ul>
<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your quest...</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Can SaaS companies survive the rise of AI Agents?
In episode 771, Rob Walling is joined by Craig Hewitt to answer listener questions. They discuss the changes that happen while transitioning from a small startup to a multi-million dollar SaaS, competing against larger competitors, and maintaining startup culture as teams grow. They also share thoughts on AI agents in the SaaS space and the relevance of patents for bootstrapped businesses.
Episode Sponsor:
This podcast is brought to you by Mercury. I've been banking with Mercury for years and whenever I set up a new account, I'm reminded why traditional banking feels stuck in the past. 
When our previous bank faced solvency issues, we needed to spin up new accounts quickly that could handle millions in funds across multiple businesses. Mercury had us up and running almost immediately.
I manage half a dozen different Mercury accounts across a wide range of companies – from my personal, single-member LLC to MicroConf, our 7-figure global events and education platform, to TinySeed, our venture fund and accelerator. Mercury easily handles them all.
The interface is elegantly simple for daily banking, paying invoices, and sending and receiving international wires, yet powerful enough to handle the multi-step approval processes we needed to put in place when funding founders with large transfers. 
Anytime founders ask me who they should set up their accounts with, I send them to mercury.com.
Mercury is a financial technology company, not a bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group, Column N.A., and Evolve Bank & Trust; Members FDIC.
Topics we cover: 

(2:41) – Marketing and sales strategies while scaling
(9:31) – Keeping the startup culture through growth
(14:50) – Can SaaS survive autonomous agents?
(21:03) – AI wrapper tools
(25:15) – Patent strategy for startups
(29:30) – Competing against VC-backed companies

Links from the Show: 

MicroConf Remote: Early-Stage SaaS Sales
Invest in TinySeed
Craig Hewitt (@TheCraigHewitt) | X
Craig Hewitt (@craighewitt.com) | Bluesky
Rouge Startups
Castos
Omar Zenhom
Omar Zenhom’s MicroConf Talk
AI Agents vs SaaS - Who Wins the Future of Software?
Episode 542 | 10x in Two Years, Past $3M ARR with SquadCast

If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your quest...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 771 | What Changes As You Grow, AI Agents, Patents, and More Listener Questions (with Craig Hewitt)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Can SaaS companies survive the rise of AI Agents?</p>
<p>In episode 771, Rob Walling is joined by Craig Hewitt to answer listener questions. They discuss the changes that happen while transitioning from a small startup to a multi-million dollar SaaS, competing against larger competitors, and maintaining startup culture as teams grow. They also share thoughts on AI agents in the SaaS space and the relevance of patents for bootstrapped businesses.</p>
<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>
<p>This podcast is brought to you by <a href="https://mercury.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mercury</a>. I've been banking with Mercury for years and whenever I set up a new account, I'm reminded why traditional banking feels stuck in the past. </p>
<p>When our previous bank faced solvency issues, we needed to spin up new accounts quickly that could handle millions in funds across multiple businesses. Mercury had us up and running almost immediately.</p>
<p>I manage half a dozen different Mercury accounts across a wide range of companies – from my personal, single-member LLC to MicroConf, our 7-figure global events and education platform, to TinySeed, our venture fund and accelerator. Mercury easily handles them all.</p>
<p>The interface is elegantly simple for daily banking, paying invoices, and sending and receiving international wires, yet powerful enough to handle the multi-step approval processes we needed to put in place when funding founders with large transfers. </p>
<p>Anytime founders ask me who they should set up their accounts with, I send them to <a href="http://mercury.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">mercury.com</a>.</p>
<p>Mercury is a financial technology company, not a bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group, Column N.A., and Evolve Bank &amp; Trust; Members FDIC.</p>
<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>
<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:41) – Marketing and sales strategies while scaling</li>
<li>(9:31) – Keeping the startup culture through growth</li>
<li>(14:50) – Can SaaS survive autonomous agents?</li>
<li>(21:03) – AI wrapper tools</li>
<li>(25:15) – Patent strategy for startups</li>
<li>(29:30) – Competing against VC-backed companies</li>
</ul>
<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>
<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Remote: Early-Stage SaaS Sales</a></li>
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>
<li><a href="https://x.com/TheCraigHewitt" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Craig Hewitt (@TheCraigHewitt) | X</a></li>
<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/craighewitt.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Craig Hewitt (@craighewitt.com) | Bluesky</a></li>
<li><a href="https://roguestartups.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rouge Startups</a></li>
<li><a href="https://castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos</a></li>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/omar-zenhom" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Omar Zenhom</a></li>
<li><a href="https://vimeo.com/ondemand/microconfeu24/1026249223" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Omar Zenhom’s MicroConf Talk</a></li>
<li><a href="https://youtu.be/JGqvd10ZG8U" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">AI Agents vs SaaS - Who Wins the Future of Software?</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-542-10x-in-two-years-past-3m-arr-with-squadcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 542 | 10x in Two Years, Past $3M ARR with SquadCast</a></li>
</ul>
<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you! </p>
<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2013904/c1e-350vak37n7tw273o-dmz4o871s464-aomxu8.mp3" length="37730973"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Can SaaS companies survive the rise of AI Agents?
In episode 771, Rob Walling is joined by Craig Hewitt to answer listener questions. They discuss the changes that happen while transitioning from a small startup to a multi-million dollar SaaS, competing against larger competitors, and maintaining startup culture as teams grow. They also share thoughts on AI agents in the SaaS space and the relevance of patents for bootstrapped businesses.
Episode Sponsor:
This podcast is brought to you by Mercury. I've been banking with Mercury for years and whenever I set up a new account, I'm reminded why traditional banking feels stuck in the past. 
When our previous bank faced solvency issues, we needed to spin up new accounts quickly that could handle millions in funds across multiple businesses. Mercury had us up and running almost immediately.
I manage half a dozen different Mercury accounts across a wide range of companies – from my personal, single-member LLC to MicroConf, our 7-figure global events and education platform, to TinySeed, our venture fund and accelerator. Mercury easily handles them all.
The interface is elegantly simple for daily banking, paying invoices, and sending and receiving international wires, yet powerful enough to handle the multi-step approval processes we needed to put in place when funding founders with large transfers. 
Anytime founders ask me who they should set up their accounts with, I send them to mercury.com.
Mercury is a financial technology company, not a bank. Banking services provided through Choice Financial Group, Column N.A., and Evolve Bank & Trust; Members FDIC.
Topics we cover: 

(2:41) – Marketing and sales strategies while scaling
(9:31) – Keeping the startup culture through growth
(14:50) – Can SaaS survive autonomous agents?
(21:03) – AI wrapper tools
(25:15) – Patent strategy for startups
(29:30) – Competing against VC-backed companies

Links from the Show: 

MicroConf Remote: Early-Stage SaaS Sales
Invest in TinySeed
Craig Hewitt (@TheCraigHewitt) | X
Craig Hewitt (@craighewitt.com) | Bluesky
Rouge Startups
Castos
Omar Zenhom
Omar Zenhom’s MicroConf Talk
AI Agents vs SaaS - Who Wins the Future of Software?
Episode 542 | 10x in Two Years, Past $3M ARR with SquadCast

If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your quest...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:38:48</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 770 | Revenue vs. Profit, Asking for Permission, and Mike Tyson (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 15 Apr 2025 10:00:20 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2006417</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-770-revenue-vs-profit-asking-for-permission-and-mike-tyson-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Is it more important for entrepreneurs to focus on revenue or profit?</p>



<p>In episode 770, Rob Walling goes solo to explore the relationship between revenue and profit in SaaS, and the dangers of waiting for permission. He also draws inspiration from Mike Tyson’s work ethic and George Lucas’ visionary mindset to encourage entrepreneurs to push through obstacles and innovate.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:41) – MRR versus ARR</li>



<li>(8:04) – Don’t ask for permission, don’t give in to defeatism</li>



<li>(14:38) – Inventing to pursue novel visions</li>



<li>(18:48) – Mike Tyson’s training regimen </li>



<li>(20:48) – You don’t need to be the best in the world</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/growth-retreat-2025" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Growth Retreat</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.discretioncapital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Discretion Capital</a></li>



<li><a href="mailto:%20Einar@discretioncapital.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Email Einar</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/robwalling/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Is it more important for entrepreneurs to focus on revenue or profit?



In episode 770, Rob Walling goes solo to explore the relationship between revenue and profit in SaaS, and the dangers of waiting for permission. He also draws inspiration from Mike Tyson’s work ethic and George Lucas’ visionary mindset to encourage entrepreneurs to push through obstacles and innovate.



Topics we cover: 




(2:41) – MRR versus ARR



(8:04) – Don’t ask for permission, don’t give in to defeatism



(14:38) – Inventing to pursue novel visions



(18:48) – Mike Tyson’s training regimen 



(20:48) – You don’t need to be the best in the world




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Growth Retreat



Discretion Capital



Email Einar



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X



Rob Walling | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 770 | Revenue vs. Profit, Asking for Permission, and Mike Tyson (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Is it more important for entrepreneurs to focus on revenue or profit?</p>



<p>In episode 770, Rob Walling goes solo to explore the relationship between revenue and profit in SaaS, and the dangers of waiting for permission. He also draws inspiration from Mike Tyson’s work ethic and George Lucas’ visionary mindset to encourage entrepreneurs to push through obstacles and innovate.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:41) – MRR versus ARR</li>



<li>(8:04) – Don’t ask for permission, don’t give in to defeatism</li>



<li>(14:38) – Inventing to pursue novel visions</li>



<li>(18:48) – Mike Tyson’s training regimen </li>



<li>(20:48) – You don’t need to be the best in the world</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/growth-retreat-2025" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Growth Retreat</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.discretioncapital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Discretion Capital</a></li>



<li><a href="mailto:%20Einar@discretioncapital.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Email Einar</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/robwalling/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2006417/c1e-pn7mh1p0m6bqx073-7z2qgd6jfw58-155ndr.mp3" length="24571721"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Is it more important for entrepreneurs to focus on revenue or profit?



In episode 770, Rob Walling goes solo to explore the relationship between revenue and profit in SaaS, and the dangers of waiting for permission. He also draws inspiration from Mike Tyson’s work ethic and George Lucas’ visionary mindset to encourage entrepreneurs to push through obstacles and innovate.



Topics we cover: 




(2:41) – MRR versus ARR



(8:04) – Don’t ask for permission, don’t give in to defeatism



(14:38) – Inventing to pursue novel visions



(18:48) – Mike Tyson’s training regimen 



(20:48) – You don’t need to be the best in the world




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Growth Retreat



Discretion Capital



Email Einar



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X



Rob Walling | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:25:05</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 769 | Key Insights from MicroConf 2025 in New Orleans]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 08 Apr 2025 10:00:53 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/2004840</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-769-key-insights-from-microconf-2025-in-new-orleans</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Did you miss out on MicroConf US in New Orleans?</p>



<p>In episode 769, Rob Walling welcomes Derrick Reimer back to share highlights from MicroConf New Orleans. They dive into the event's vibrant atmosphere, standout founder talks, and the energizing mix of new and familiar faces that made this gathering in the Big Easy truly special.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:40) – MicroConf New Orleans audience breakdown</li>



<li>(5:50) – Upcoming MicroConf events</li>



<li>(9:05) – 5 Lessons That Exits Teach Us About Running Our Business</li>



<li>(12:35) – Anthony Pierri’s talk about homepage positioning</li>



<li>(15:16) – 4 New Orleans excursions</li>



<li>(17:17) – Talks on copywriting, pricing, and LinkedIn outreach</li>



<li>(25:57) – Reviewing attendee feedback</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect Applications Open Until April 9th</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/growth-retreat-2025" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Growth Retreat</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Europe 2025</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Remote</a></li>



<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exit Strategy</a> by Sherry Walling, PhD &amp; Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/derrickreimer.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer(@derrickreimer.com) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-737-key-takeaways-from-microconf-europe-2024-with-derrick-reimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 737 | Key Takeaways from MicroConf Europe 2024 (With Derrick Reimer)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/apierriPMM" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Anthony Pierri (@apierriPMM) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/punchlinecopy.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lianna Patch (@punchlinecopy.com) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/3eOtZcH" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Street Pricing</a> by Marcos Rivera</li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-765-tinyseed-tales-s4e9-making-the-hardest-decision" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 765 | TinySeed Tales s4e9: Making the hardest decision</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Did you miss out on MicroConf US in New Orleans?



In episode 769, Rob Walling welcomes Derrick Reimer back to share highlights from MicroConf New Orleans. They dive into the event's vibrant atmosphere, standout founder talks, and the energizing mix of new and familiar faces that made this gathering in the Big Easy truly special.



Topics we cover: 




(1:40) – MicroConf New Orleans audience breakdown



(5:50) – Upcoming MicroConf events



(9:05) – 5 Lessons That Exits Teach Us About Running Our Business



(12:35) – Anthony Pierri’s talk about homepage positioning



(15:16) – 4 New Orleans excursions



(17:17) – Talks on copywriting, pricing, and LinkedIn outreach



(25:57) – Reviewing attendee feedback




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect Applications Open Until April 9th



MicroConf Growth Retreat



MicroConf Europe 2025



MicroConf Remote



Exit Strategy by Sherry Walling, PhD & Rob Walling



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X



Derrick Reimer(@derrickreimer.com) | Bluesky



SavvyCal



Episode 737 | Key Takeaways from MicroConf Europe 2024 (With Derrick Reimer)



Anthony Pierri (@apierriPMM) | X



Lianna Patch (@punchlinecopy.com) | Bluesky



Street Pricing by Marcos Rivera



Episode 765 | TinySeed Tales s4e9: Making the hardest decision




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 769 | Key Insights from MicroConf 2025 in New Orleans]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Did you miss out on MicroConf US in New Orleans?</p>



<p>In episode 769, Rob Walling welcomes Derrick Reimer back to share highlights from MicroConf New Orleans. They dive into the event's vibrant atmosphere, standout founder talks, and the energizing mix of new and familiar faces that made this gathering in the Big Easy truly special.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:40) – MicroConf New Orleans audience breakdown</li>



<li>(5:50) – Upcoming MicroConf events</li>



<li>(9:05) – 5 Lessons That Exits Teach Us About Running Our Business</li>



<li>(12:35) – Anthony Pierri’s talk about homepage positioning</li>



<li>(15:16) – 4 New Orleans excursions</li>



<li>(17:17) – Talks on copywriting, pricing, and LinkedIn outreach</li>



<li>(25:57) – Reviewing attendee feedback</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect Applications Open Until April 9th</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/growth-retreat-2025" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Growth Retreat</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Europe 2025</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Remote</a></li>



<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exit Strategy</a> by Sherry Walling, PhD &amp; Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/derrickreimer.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer(@derrickreimer.com) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-737-key-takeaways-from-microconf-europe-2024-with-derrick-reimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 737 | Key Takeaways from MicroConf Europe 2024 (With Derrick Reimer)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/apierriPMM" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Anthony Pierri (@apierriPMM) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/punchlinecopy.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lianna Patch (@punchlinecopy.com) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/3eOtZcH" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Street Pricing</a> by Marcos Rivera</li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-765-tinyseed-tales-s4e9-making-the-hardest-decision" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 765 | TinySeed Tales s4e9: Making the hardest decision</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2004840/c1e-rgx1fwxpvpi7qj6r-2571g713hx5m-jyf57l.mp3" length="30134091"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Did you miss out on MicroConf US in New Orleans?



In episode 769, Rob Walling welcomes Derrick Reimer back to share highlights from MicroConf New Orleans. They dive into the event's vibrant atmosphere, standout founder talks, and the energizing mix of new and familiar faces that made this gathering in the Big Easy truly special.



Topics we cover: 




(1:40) – MicroConf New Orleans audience breakdown



(5:50) – Upcoming MicroConf events



(9:05) – 5 Lessons That Exits Teach Us About Running Our Business



(12:35) – Anthony Pierri’s talk about homepage positioning



(15:16) – 4 New Orleans excursions



(17:17) – Talks on copywriting, pricing, and LinkedIn outreach



(25:57) – Reviewing attendee feedback




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect Applications Open Until April 9th



MicroConf Growth Retreat



MicroConf Europe 2025



MicroConf Remote



Exit Strategy by Sherry Walling, PhD & Rob Walling



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X



Derrick Reimer(@derrickreimer.com) | Bluesky



SavvyCal



Episode 737 | Key Takeaways from MicroConf Europe 2024 (With Derrick Reimer)



Anthony Pierri (@apierriPMM) | X



Lianna Patch (@punchlinecopy.com) | Bluesky



Street Pricing by Marcos Rivera



Episode 765 | TinySeed Tales s4e9: Making the hardest decision




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:30:53</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 768 | Reacting to Controversial Startup Advice]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 01 Apr 2025 10:00:56 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1999129</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-768-reacting-to-controversial-startup-advice</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Do you disagree with any of these controversial takes about bootstrapping?</p>



<p>In episode 768, Rob Walling unpacks a series of semi-controversial beliefs about bootstrapping from ScrapingBee’s Pierre de Wulf. Rob evaluates each point from Pierre's tweet, discussing topics like rebranding your SaaS, the hidden problem of affiliate marketing, and the realities of scaling a SaaS business.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:21) – Pierre’s semi-controversial bootstrapping beliefs </li>



<li>(4:35) – Don’t waste time on a rebrand</li>



<li>(7:24) – No one cares about your domain extension   </li>



<li>(9:06) – Affiliate marketing won’t fix your acquisition issues</li>



<li>(11:51) – There is no silver bullet for growth</li>



<li>(13:42) – Copy what works best</li>



<li>(14:59) – Double down on acquisition channels that work</li>



<li>(16:53) – Hire specialists</li>



<li>(19:34) – Never offer a plan with unlimited features</li>



<li>(20:22) – Don’t offer a cheap plan if you can’t support it</li>



<li>(20:47) – Don’t add social logins to your signup page</li>



<li>(21:27) – Read competitors’ reviews several times a year</li>



<li>(21:59) – $10k MRR doesn’t guarantee $100k MRR</li>



<li>(22:28) – You will get copied if you share success</li>



<li>(23:02) – “Build this feature…”</li>



<li>(24:10) – The Mom Test</li>



<li>(24:56) – Provide value for your target demographic for free</li>



<li>(25:47) – Don’t overthink Product Hunt</li>



<li>(26:00) – You’ll never sell your SaaS for 10x</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/growth-retreat-2025" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Growth Retreat in London</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/PierreDeWulf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Pierre de Wulf (@PierreDeWulf) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/ScrapingBee" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ScrapingBee (@ScrapingBee) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.scrapingbee.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ScrapingBee</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/PierreDeWulf/status/1811414690230120777" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Pierre’s semi-controversial bootstrapping beliefs</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/robwalling/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exit Strategy</a> by Sherry Walling, PhD &amp; Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-705-from-bootstrapped-to-mostly-bootstrapped" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 705 | From Bootstrapped to Mostly Bootstrapped to Venture Backed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/4OpZwtH" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Mom Test</a> by Rob Fitzpatrick</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/gFaTFJ5" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Deploy Empathy</a> by Michele Hansen</li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a> by Rob Walling</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your questi...</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Do you disagree with any of these controversial takes about bootstrapping?



In episode 768, Rob Walling unpacks a series of semi-controversial beliefs about bootstrapping from ScrapingBee’s Pierre de Wulf. Rob evaluates each point from Pierre's tweet, discussing topics like rebranding your SaaS, the hidden problem of affiliate marketing, and the realities of scaling a SaaS business.



Topics we cover: 




(1:21) – Pierre’s semi-controversial bootstrapping beliefs 



(4:35) – Don’t waste time on a rebrand



(7:24) – No one cares about your domain extension   



(9:06) – Affiliate marketing won’t fix your acquisition issues



(11:51) – There is no silver bullet for growth



(13:42) – Copy what works best



(14:59) – Double down on acquisition channels that work



(16:53) – Hire specialists



(19:34) – Never offer a plan with unlimited features



(20:22) – Don’t offer a cheap plan if you can’t support it



(20:47) – Don’t add social logins to your signup page



(21:27) – Read competitors’ reviews several times a year



(21:59) – $10k MRR doesn’t guarantee $100k MRR



(22:28) – You will get copied if you share success



(23:02) – “Build this feature…”



(24:10) – The Mom Test



(24:56) – Provide value for your target demographic for free



(25:47) – Don’t overthink Product Hunt



(26:00) – You’ll never sell your SaaS for 10x




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Growth Retreat in London



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X



Pierre de Wulf (@PierreDeWulf) | X



ScrapingBee (@ScrapingBee) | X



ScrapingBee



Pierre’s semi-controversial bootstrapping beliefs



TinySeed



Rob Walling.com



Rob Walling | LinkedIn



SaaS Institute



Exit Strategy by Sherry Walling, PhD & Rob Walling



Episode 705 | From Bootstrapped to Mostly Bootstrapped to Venture Backed



The Mom Test by Rob Fitzpatrick



Deploy Empathy by Michele Hansen



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your questi...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 768 | Reacting to Controversial Startup Advice]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Do you disagree with any of these controversial takes about bootstrapping?</p>



<p>In episode 768, Rob Walling unpacks a series of semi-controversial beliefs about bootstrapping from ScrapingBee’s Pierre de Wulf. Rob evaluates each point from Pierre's tweet, discussing topics like rebranding your SaaS, the hidden problem of affiliate marketing, and the realities of scaling a SaaS business.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:21) – Pierre’s semi-controversial bootstrapping beliefs </li>



<li>(4:35) – Don’t waste time on a rebrand</li>



<li>(7:24) – No one cares about your domain extension   </li>



<li>(9:06) – Affiliate marketing won’t fix your acquisition issues</li>



<li>(11:51) – There is no silver bullet for growth</li>



<li>(13:42) – Copy what works best</li>



<li>(14:59) – Double down on acquisition channels that work</li>



<li>(16:53) – Hire specialists</li>



<li>(19:34) – Never offer a plan with unlimited features</li>



<li>(20:22) – Don’t offer a cheap plan if you can’t support it</li>



<li>(20:47) – Don’t add social logins to your signup page</li>



<li>(21:27) – Read competitors’ reviews several times a year</li>



<li>(21:59) – $10k MRR doesn’t guarantee $100k MRR</li>



<li>(22:28) – You will get copied if you share success</li>



<li>(23:02) – “Build this feature…”</li>



<li>(24:10) – The Mom Test</li>



<li>(24:56) – Provide value for your target demographic for free</li>



<li>(25:47) – Don’t overthink Product Hunt</li>



<li>(26:00) – You’ll never sell your SaaS for 10x</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/growth-retreat-2025" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Growth Retreat in London</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/PierreDeWulf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Pierre de Wulf (@PierreDeWulf) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/ScrapingBee" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ScrapingBee (@ScrapingBee) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.scrapingbee.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ScrapingBee</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/PierreDeWulf/status/1811414690230120777" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Pierre’s semi-controversial bootstrapping beliefs</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/robwalling/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exit Strategy</a> by Sherry Walling, PhD &amp; Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-705-from-bootstrapped-to-mostly-bootstrapped" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 705 | From Bootstrapped to Mostly Bootstrapped to Venture Backed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/4OpZwtH" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Mom Test</a> by Rob Fitzpatrick</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/gFaTFJ5" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Deploy Empathy</a> by Michele Hansen</li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a> by Rob Walling</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1999129/c1e-w409f3j1p4c8po91-xxwd4203agn6-swxp7q.mp3" length="28896429"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Do you disagree with any of these controversial takes about bootstrapping?



In episode 768, Rob Walling unpacks a series of semi-controversial beliefs about bootstrapping from ScrapingBee’s Pierre de Wulf. Rob evaluates each point from Pierre's tweet, discussing topics like rebranding your SaaS, the hidden problem of affiliate marketing, and the realities of scaling a SaaS business.



Topics we cover: 




(1:21) – Pierre’s semi-controversial bootstrapping beliefs 



(4:35) – Don’t waste time on a rebrand



(7:24) – No one cares about your domain extension   



(9:06) – Affiliate marketing won’t fix your acquisition issues



(11:51) – There is no silver bullet for growth



(13:42) – Copy what works best



(14:59) – Double down on acquisition channels that work



(16:53) – Hire specialists



(19:34) – Never offer a plan with unlimited features



(20:22) – Don’t offer a cheap plan if you can’t support it



(20:47) – Don’t add social logins to your signup page



(21:27) – Read competitors’ reviews several times a year



(21:59) – $10k MRR doesn’t guarantee $100k MRR



(22:28) – You will get copied if you share success



(23:02) – “Build this feature…”



(24:10) – The Mom Test



(24:56) – Provide value for your target demographic for free



(25:47) – Don’t overthink Product Hunt



(26:00) – You’ll never sell your SaaS for 10x




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Growth Retreat in London



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X



Pierre de Wulf (@PierreDeWulf) | X



ScrapingBee (@ScrapingBee) | X



ScrapingBee



Pierre’s semi-controversial bootstrapping beliefs



TinySeed



Rob Walling.com



Rob Walling | LinkedIn



SaaS Institute



Exit Strategy by Sherry Walling, PhD & Rob Walling



Episode 705 | From Bootstrapped to Mostly Bootstrapped to Venture Backed



The Mom Test by Rob Fitzpatrick



Deploy Empathy by Michele Hansen



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your questi...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:29:36</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 767 | Finding Your ICP, Prioritizing Feature Requests, Pricing, and More Product-Focused Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 25 Mar 2025 10:00:03 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1993442</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-767-finding-your-icp-prioritizing-feature-requests-pricing-and-more-product-focused-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Is product management more of an art, or a science?</p>



<p>In episode 767, Rob Walling is joined again by Brendan Fortune to answer listener questions focused on product management. They discuss identifying your ideal customer profile, prioritizing feature requests, and positioning against competitors. They also weigh in on how product managers should focus their time.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:50) – Is your ideal customer always your highest paying one?</li>



<li>(8:11) – Finding just one ICP can be difficult</li>



<li>(14:56) – How do you prioritize feature requests?</li>



<li>(19:24) – Product management is art and science</li>



<li>(26:02) – Competing with competitors on value, not price</li>



<li>(32:21) – How should product managers focus their time?</li>



<li>(37:20) – How do PMs manage roadmaps and user feedback?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="http://tinyseed.com/invest" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Mastermind Applications close March 31st</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/growth-retreat-2025" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Growth Retreat</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/bfortune34/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Brendan Fortune | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="http://customer.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Customer.io</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-756-why-great-product-management-is-critical-for-your-startup" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 756 | Why Great Product Management Is Critical for Your Startup</a></li>



<li><a href="https://miro.com/miroverse/product-flywheel-strategy/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Product Flywheel + Pricing + Org Strategy (Miro)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.savio.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Savio</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Is product management more of an art, or a science?



In episode 767, Rob Walling is joined again by Brendan Fortune to answer listener questions focused on product management. They discuss identifying your ideal customer profile, prioritizing feature requests, and positioning against competitors. They also weigh in on how product managers should focus their time.



Topics we cover: 




(2:50) – Is your ideal customer always your highest paying one?



(8:11) – Finding just one ICP can be difficult



(14:56) – How do you prioritize feature requests?



(19:24) – Product management is art and science



(26:02) – Competing with competitors on value, not price



(32:21) – How should product managers focus their time?



(37:20) – How do PMs manage roadmaps and user feedback?




Links from the Show: 




Invest in TinySeed



MicroConf Mastermind Applications close March 31st



MicroConf Growth Retreat



The SaaS Playbook



Brendan Fortune | LinkedIn



Customer.io



Episode 756 | Why Great Product Management Is Critical for Your Startup



Product Flywheel + Pricing + Org Strategy (Miro)



Savio




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 767 | Finding Your ICP, Prioritizing Feature Requests, Pricing, and More Product-Focused Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Is product management more of an art, or a science?</p>



<p>In episode 767, Rob Walling is joined again by Brendan Fortune to answer listener questions focused on product management. They discuss identifying your ideal customer profile, prioritizing feature requests, and positioning against competitors. They also weigh in on how product managers should focus their time.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:50) – Is your ideal customer always your highest paying one?</li>



<li>(8:11) – Finding just one ICP can be difficult</li>



<li>(14:56) – How do you prioritize feature requests?</li>



<li>(19:24) – Product management is art and science</li>



<li>(26:02) – Competing with competitors on value, not price</li>



<li>(32:21) – How should product managers focus their time?</li>



<li>(37:20) – How do PMs manage roadmaps and user feedback?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="http://tinyseed.com/invest" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Mastermind Applications close March 31st</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/growth-retreat-2025" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Growth Retreat</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/bfortune34/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Brendan Fortune | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="http://customer.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Customer.io</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-756-why-great-product-management-is-critical-for-your-startup" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 756 | Why Great Product Management Is Critical for Your Startup</a></li>



<li><a href="https://miro.com/miroverse/product-flywheel-strategy/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Product Flywheel + Pricing + Org Strategy (Miro)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.savio.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Savio</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1993442/c1e-5qm4b1rk4zhqvogw-0v5zn1zqt2vw-i96row.mp3" length="41487744"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Is product management more of an art, or a science?



In episode 767, Rob Walling is joined again by Brendan Fortune to answer listener questions focused on product management. They discuss identifying your ideal customer profile, prioritizing feature requests, and positioning against competitors. They also weigh in on how product managers should focus their time.



Topics we cover: 




(2:50) – Is your ideal customer always your highest paying one?



(8:11) – Finding just one ICP can be difficult



(14:56) – How do you prioritize feature requests?



(19:24) – Product management is art and science



(26:02) – Competing with competitors on value, not price



(32:21) – How should product managers focus their time?



(37:20) – How do PMs manage roadmaps and user feedback?




Links from the Show: 




Invest in TinySeed



MicroConf Mastermind Applications close March 31st



MicroConf Growth Retreat



The SaaS Playbook



Brendan Fortune | LinkedIn



Customer.io



Episode 756 | Why Great Product Management Is Critical for Your Startup



Product Flywheel + Pricing + Org Strategy (Miro)



Savio




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:42:43</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 766 | Close.com's Amazing Run to $40M ARR (with Steli Efti)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 18 Mar 2025 10:00:58 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1989236</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-766-close-coms-amazing-run-to-40m-arr-with-steli-efti</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>How do you achieve both success and longevity in SaaS?</p>



<p>In episode 766, Rob chats with Steli Efti about growing Close.com to over $40 million in ARR. Steli shares insights into the importance of maintaining strong co-founder relationships over 12 years, navigating crises, and the importance of emotional resilience in entrepreneurship. They also dive into Close's recent pricing shift to introduce a lower entry-level plan.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:08) – Reflecting on 12 years of SaaS at Close</li>



<li>(3:50) – Strong co-founder relationships</li>



<li>(11:24) – Longevity and consistently showing up</li>



<li>(20:23) – Surviving moments of crisis</li>



<li>(29:27) – Launching a more affordable pricing tier</li>



<li>(34:40) – Getting back into the content game</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exit Strategy</a> by Sherry Walling, PhD &amp; Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://www.close.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Close</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.close.com/guides" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Close Sales Guides</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-498-selling-during-a-pandemic-with-steli-efti" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 498 | Selling During a Pandemic with Steli Efti</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.close.com/blueprint" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The 0 to $30 Million Blueprint</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/Steli" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Steli Efti (@Steli) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/steliefti/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Steli Efti | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[How do you achieve both success and longevity in SaaS?



In episode 766, Rob chats with Steli Efti about growing Close.com to over $40 million in ARR. Steli shares insights into the importance of maintaining strong co-founder relationships over 12 years, navigating crises, and the importance of emotional resilience in entrepreneurship. They also dive into Close's recent pricing shift to introduce a lower entry-level plan.



Topics we cover: 




(2:08) – Reflecting on 12 years of SaaS at Close



(3:50) – Strong co-founder relationships



(11:24) – Longevity and consistently showing up



(20:23) – Surviving moments of crisis



(29:27) – Launching a more affordable pricing tier



(34:40) – Getting back into the content game




Links from the Show: 




Exit Strategy by Sherry Walling, PhD & Rob Walling



Close



Close Sales Guides



Episode 498 | Selling During a Pandemic with Steli Efti



The 0 to $30 Million Blueprint



Steli Efti (@Steli) | X



Steli Efti | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 766 | Close.com's Amazing Run to $40M ARR (with Steli Efti)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>How do you achieve both success and longevity in SaaS?</p>



<p>In episode 766, Rob chats with Steli Efti about growing Close.com to over $40 million in ARR. Steli shares insights into the importance of maintaining strong co-founder relationships over 12 years, navigating crises, and the importance of emotional resilience in entrepreneurship. They also dive into Close's recent pricing shift to introduce a lower entry-level plan.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:08) – Reflecting on 12 years of SaaS at Close</li>



<li>(3:50) – Strong co-founder relationships</li>



<li>(11:24) – Longevity and consistently showing up</li>



<li>(20:23) – Surviving moments of crisis</li>



<li>(29:27) – Launching a more affordable pricing tier</li>



<li>(34:40) – Getting back into the content game</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exit Strategy</a> by Sherry Walling, PhD &amp; Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://www.close.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Close</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.close.com/guides" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Close Sales Guides</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-498-selling-during-a-pandemic-with-steli-efti" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 498 | Selling During a Pandemic with Steli Efti</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.close.com/blueprint" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The 0 to $30 Million Blueprint</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/Steli" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Steli Efti (@Steli) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/steliefti/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Steli Efti | LinkedIn</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1989236/c1e-350va59vp4sw273o-mkxvjk8daqxd-qdvht9.mp3" length="36213977"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[How do you achieve both success and longevity in SaaS?



In episode 766, Rob chats with Steli Efti about growing Close.com to over $40 million in ARR. Steli shares insights into the importance of maintaining strong co-founder relationships over 12 years, navigating crises, and the importance of emotional resilience in entrepreneurship. They also dive into Close's recent pricing shift to introduce a lower entry-level plan.



Topics we cover: 




(2:08) – Reflecting on 12 years of SaaS at Close



(3:50) – Strong co-founder relationships



(11:24) – Longevity and consistently showing up



(20:23) – Surviving moments of crisis



(29:27) – Launching a more affordable pricing tier



(34:40) – Getting back into the content game




Links from the Show: 




Exit Strategy by Sherry Walling, PhD & Rob Walling



Close



Close Sales Guides



Episode 498 | Selling During a Pandemic with Steli Efti



The 0 to $30 Million Blueprint



Steli Efti (@Steli) | X



Steli Efti | LinkedIn




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:37:13</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 765 | TinySeed Tales s4e9: Making the hardest decision]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 13 Mar 2025 10:00:36 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1985607</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-765-tinyseed-tales-s4e9-making-the-hardest-decision</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Is it time to shut down for good? </p>



<p>In this season finale of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling sits down with Colleen Schnettler, founder of Hello Query, to reflect on her journey over the past few years.</p>



<p>Colleen candidly shares the challenges she faced while trying to grow her SaaS business, including the difficult decision to shut it down after struggling to find traction. Moving past a painful part in her founder journey, Colleen is excited about her new venture where she’s already seeing early success. Join us for this honest look into the final days of Hello Query and to hear Colleen's resilience in the startup world.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:07) – Difficulty in finding and onboarding customers</li>



<li>(5:32) – Why didn’t it work? </li>



<li>(9:29) – How did the co-founder split affect the business?</li>



<li>(13:11) – Founder regrets</li>



<li>(18:49) – Reflecting on the decision</li>



<li>(22:38) – Anything that you would have done differently?</li>



<li>(25:21) – Moving forward to founder coaching and marketing</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="http://tinyseed.com/program" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Join the TinySeed Mailing List</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.saasmarketinggym.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS Marketing Gym</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/leenyburger" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/leenyburger.bsky.social" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://helloquery.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hello Query</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/eEvivVj" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Score Takes Care of Itself</a> by Bill Walsh</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Is it time to shut down for good? 



In this season finale of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling sits down with Colleen Schnettler, founder of Hello Query, to reflect on her journey over the past few years.



Colleen candidly shares the challenges she faced while trying to grow her SaaS business, including the difficult decision to shut it down after struggling to find traction. Moving past a painful part in her founder journey, Colleen is excited about her new venture where she’s already seeing early success. Join us for this honest look into the final days of Hello Query and to hear Colleen's resilience in the startup world.



Topics we cover: 




(1:07) – Difficulty in finding and onboarding customers



(5:32) – Why didn’t it work? 



(9:29) – How did the co-founder split affect the business?



(13:11) – Founder regrets



(18:49) – Reflecting on the decision



(22:38) – Anything that you would have done differently?



(25:21) – Moving forward to founder coaching and marketing




Links from the Show: 




Join the TinySeed Mailing List



Apply for TinySeed



SaaS Marketing Gym



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky



Hello Query



The Score Takes Care of Itself by Bill Walsh




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 765 | TinySeed Tales s4e9: Making the hardest decision]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Is it time to shut down for good? </p>



<p>In this season finale of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling sits down with Colleen Schnettler, founder of Hello Query, to reflect on her journey over the past few years.</p>



<p>Colleen candidly shares the challenges she faced while trying to grow her SaaS business, including the difficult decision to shut it down after struggling to find traction. Moving past a painful part in her founder journey, Colleen is excited about her new venture where she’s already seeing early success. Join us for this honest look into the final days of Hello Query and to hear Colleen's resilience in the startup world.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:07) – Difficulty in finding and onboarding customers</li>



<li>(5:32) – Why didn’t it work? </li>



<li>(9:29) – How did the co-founder split affect the business?</li>



<li>(13:11) – Founder regrets</li>



<li>(18:49) – Reflecting on the decision</li>



<li>(22:38) – Anything that you would have done differently?</li>



<li>(25:21) – Moving forward to founder coaching and marketing</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="http://tinyseed.com/program" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Join the TinySeed Mailing List</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.saasmarketinggym.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS Marketing Gym</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/leenyburger" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/leenyburger.bsky.social" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://helloquery.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hello Query</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/eEvivVj" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Score Takes Care of Itself</a> by Bill Walsh</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1985607/c1e-129ztjr6j6b6nj8z-ndo62g0nfgo0-acwnyd.mp3" length="27679580"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Is it time to shut down for good? 



In this season finale of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling sits down with Colleen Schnettler, founder of Hello Query, to reflect on her journey over the past few years.



Colleen candidly shares the challenges she faced while trying to grow her SaaS business, including the difficult decision to shut it down after struggling to find traction. Moving past a painful part in her founder journey, Colleen is excited about her new venture where she’s already seeing early success. Join us for this honest look into the final days of Hello Query and to hear Colleen's resilience in the startup world.



Topics we cover: 




(1:07) – Difficulty in finding and onboarding customers



(5:32) – Why didn’t it work? 



(9:29) – How did the co-founder split affect the business?



(13:11) – Founder regrets



(18:49) – Reflecting on the decision



(22:38) – Anything that you would have done differently?



(25:21) – Moving forward to founder coaching and marketing




Links from the Show: 




Join the TinySeed Mailing List



Apply for TinySeed



SaaS Marketing Gym



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky



Hello Query



The Score Takes Care of Itself by Bill Walsh




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:28:20</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 764 | Finding Hockey Stick Growth with an A.I. Wrapper (with Jordan Gal)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 11 Mar 2025 10:00:58 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1984570</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-764-finding-hockey-stick-growth-with-an-a-i-wrapper-with-jordan-gal</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>How do you build an MVP for an AI-enabled SaaS? </p>



<p>In episode 764, Rob Walling interviews Jordan Gal, co-founder of Rosie, to learn about how he pivoted from Rally to build an AI-driven product for small business owners. Jordan shares insights into the challenges of finding product-market fit, the importance of trial and error, and the rapid growth Rosie has experienced since its launch. They delve into the significance of effective onboarding, and how building an MVP changes in the face of AI. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:38) – From CartHook to Rally to Rosie</li>



<li>(6:28) – Deciding to pivot and feeling product-market fit</li>



<li>(12:55) – Coming up with a feature set</li>



<li>(16:50) – Building an MVP quickly</li>



<li>(19:29) – Competition when developing with AI </li>



<li>(24:52) – Removing features and flexibility in software</li>



<li>(29:59) – Incredibly fast onboarding</li>



<li>(33:22) – Balancing a “better business” with a “faster business”</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Applications for MicroConf Mastermind Matching are Open through March 31st</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasinstitute.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://heyrosie.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rosie</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/JordanGal" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jordan Gal (@JordanGal) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/heyrosieai" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rosie (@heyrosieai) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-549-hiring-vs-outsourcing-e-commerce-saas-and-more-listener-questions-with-jordan-gal" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 549 | Hiring vs. Outsourcing, E-commerce SaaS, and More Listener Questions with Jordan Gal</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[How do you build an MVP for an AI-enabled SaaS? 



In episode 764, Rob Walling interviews Jordan Gal, co-founder of Rosie, to learn about how he pivoted from Rally to build an AI-driven product for small business owners. Jordan shares insights into the challenges of finding product-market fit, the importance of trial and error, and the rapid growth Rosie has experienced since its launch. They delve into the significance of effective onboarding, and how building an MVP changes in the face of AI. 



Topics we cover: 




(2:38) – From CartHook to Rally to Rosie



(6:28) – Deciding to pivot and feeling product-market fit



(12:55) – Coming up with a feature set



(16:50) – Building an MVP quickly



(19:29) – Competition when developing with AI 



(24:52) – Removing features and flexibility in software



(29:59) – Incredibly fast onboarding



(33:22) – Balancing a “better business” with a “faster business”




Links from the Show: 




Applications for MicroConf Mastermind Matching are Open through March 31st



SaaS Institute



Rosie



Jordan Gal (@JordanGal) | X



Rosie (@heyrosieai) | X



Episode 549 | Hiring vs. Outsourcing, E-commerce SaaS, and More Listener Questions with Jordan Gal




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 764 | Finding Hockey Stick Growth with an A.I. Wrapper (with Jordan Gal)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>How do you build an MVP for an AI-enabled SaaS? </p>



<p>In episode 764, Rob Walling interviews Jordan Gal, co-founder of Rosie, to learn about how he pivoted from Rally to build an AI-driven product for small business owners. Jordan shares insights into the challenges of finding product-market fit, the importance of trial and error, and the rapid growth Rosie has experienced since its launch. They delve into the significance of effective onboarding, and how building an MVP changes in the face of AI. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:38) – From CartHook to Rally to Rosie</li>



<li>(6:28) – Deciding to pivot and feeling product-market fit</li>



<li>(12:55) – Coming up with a feature set</li>



<li>(16:50) – Building an MVP quickly</li>



<li>(19:29) – Competition when developing with AI </li>



<li>(24:52) – Removing features and flexibility in software</li>



<li>(29:59) – Incredibly fast onboarding</li>



<li>(33:22) – Balancing a “better business” with a “faster business”</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Applications for MicroConf Mastermind Matching are Open through March 31st</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasinstitute.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://heyrosie.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rosie</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/JordanGal" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jordan Gal (@JordanGal) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/heyrosieai" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rosie (@heyrosieai) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-549-hiring-vs-outsourcing-e-commerce-saas-and-more-listener-questions-with-jordan-gal" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 549 | Hiring vs. Outsourcing, E-commerce SaaS, and More Listener Questions with Jordan Gal</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1984570/c1e-nr20c5k7ooaq8r6x-qdw6g0rzbj78-vafgyb.mp3" length="38769350"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[How do you build an MVP for an AI-enabled SaaS? 



In episode 764, Rob Walling interviews Jordan Gal, co-founder of Rosie, to learn about how he pivoted from Rally to build an AI-driven product for small business owners. Jordan shares insights into the challenges of finding product-market fit, the importance of trial and error, and the rapid growth Rosie has experienced since its launch. They delve into the significance of effective onboarding, and how building an MVP changes in the face of AI. 



Topics we cover: 




(2:38) – From CartHook to Rally to Rosie



(6:28) – Deciding to pivot and feeling product-market fit



(12:55) – Coming up with a feature set



(16:50) – Building an MVP quickly



(19:29) – Competition when developing with AI 



(24:52) – Removing features and flexibility in software



(29:59) – Incredibly fast onboarding



(33:22) – Balancing a “better business” with a “faster business”




Links from the Show: 




Applications for MicroConf Mastermind Matching are Open through March 31st



SaaS Institute



Rosie



Jordan Gal (@JordanGal) | X



Rosie (@heyrosieai) | X



Episode 549 | Hiring vs. Outsourcing, E-commerce SaaS, and More Listener Questions with Jordan Gal




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:39:53</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 763 | TinySeed Tales s4e8: One Last Pivot]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 06 Mar 2025 10:00:17 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1983913</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-763-tinyseed-tales-s4e8-one-last-pivot</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Is it time to set a deadline for when to quit your startup?</p>



<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling reconnects with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hello Query, as she tries to achieve product-market fit on a deadline.</p>



<p>Colleen reveals the struggles of cold outreach and the overwhelming data landscape while testing a potential solution. With a clearer vision and two paying customers, she reflects on the importance of defining her value proposition, and the critical timeline she has set for herself to gain traction before her runway ends.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:43) – Debating becoming a data aggregator </li>



<li>(6:30) – Finding a new direction</li>



<li>(8:21) – Running out of runway</li>



<li>(10:39) – When is it time to quit?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://saaslaunchpad.co/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Launchpad</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/j9WSCdG" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quit</a> by Annie Duke</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/leenyburger" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/leenyburger.bsky.social" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://helloquery.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hello Query</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Is it time to set a deadline for when to quit your startup?



In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling reconnects with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hello Query, as she tries to achieve product-market fit on a deadline.



Colleen reveals the struggles of cold outreach and the overwhelming data landscape while testing a potential solution. With a clearer vision and two paying customers, she reflects on the importance of defining her value proposition, and the critical timeline she has set for herself to gain traction before her runway ends.



Topics we cover: 




(1:43) – Debating becoming a data aggregator 



(6:30) – Finding a new direction



(8:21) – Running out of runway



(10:39) – When is it time to quit?




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Launchpad



Quit by Annie Duke



TinySeed



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky



Hello Query




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 763 | TinySeed Tales s4e8: One Last Pivot]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Is it time to set a deadline for when to quit your startup?</p>



<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling reconnects with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hello Query, as she tries to achieve product-market fit on a deadline.</p>



<p>Colleen reveals the struggles of cold outreach and the overwhelming data landscape while testing a potential solution. With a clearer vision and two paying customers, she reflects on the importance of defining her value proposition, and the critical timeline she has set for herself to gain traction before her runway ends.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:43) – Debating becoming a data aggregator </li>



<li>(6:30) – Finding a new direction</li>



<li>(8:21) – Running out of runway</li>



<li>(10:39) – When is it time to quit?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://saaslaunchpad.co/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Launchpad</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/j9WSCdG" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quit</a> by Annie Duke</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/leenyburger" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/leenyburger.bsky.social" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://helloquery.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hello Query</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1983913/c1e-gjn1h3q9rgiwgqo3-kpw8rxo2sgvp-ocwdre.mp3" length="15198842"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Is it time to set a deadline for when to quit your startup?



In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling reconnects with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hello Query, as she tries to achieve product-market fit on a deadline.



Colleen reveals the struggles of cold outreach and the overwhelming data landscape while testing a potential solution. With a clearer vision and two paying customers, she reflects on the importance of defining her value proposition, and the critical timeline she has set for herself to gain traction before her runway ends.



Topics we cover: 




(1:43) – Debating becoming a data aggregator 



(6:30) – Finding a new direction



(8:21) – Running out of runway



(10:39) – When is it time to quit?




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Launchpad



Quit by Annie Duke



TinySeed



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky



Hello Query




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:15:20</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 762 | Doing Great Work, Hierarchy of SaaS Skills, and Public Deadlines (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 04 Mar 2025 10:00:25 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1979859</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-762-doing-great-work-hierarchy-of-saas-skills-and-public-deadlines-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Are public deadlines a double-edged sword for startup founders?</p>



<p>In episode 762, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he covers several topics. Rob breaks down Paul Graham's essay, "Doing Great Work" and focuses on how the steps apply to building real businesses for real customers. He also discusses the hierarchy of skills necessary for success in the SaaS space, sharing his thoughts on the critical roles of marketing, product development, engineering, and effective team management.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:07) Doing great work</li>



<li>(5:20) Identify the gaps</li>



<li>(11:51) The SaaS skillset hierarchy</li>



<li>(18:28) Publicly committing to a feature release</li>



<li>(23:05) Maintaining enough rigor to hit deadlines</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="http://microconfconnect.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect Applications are open now through March 5th</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.paulgraham.com/greatwork.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How to Do Great Work</a> by Paul Graham</li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-756-why-great-product-management-is-critical-for-your-startup" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 756 | Why Great Product Management Is Critical for Your Startup</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Are public deadlines a double-edged sword for startup founders?



In episode 762, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he covers several topics. Rob breaks down Paul Graham's essay, "Doing Great Work" and focuses on how the steps apply to building real businesses for real customers. He also discusses the hierarchy of skills necessary for success in the SaaS space, sharing his thoughts on the critical roles of marketing, product development, engineering, and effective team management.



Topics we cover: 




(2:07) Doing great work



(5:20) Identify the gaps



(11:51) The SaaS skillset hierarchy



(18:28) Publicly committing to a feature release



(23:05) Maintaining enough rigor to hit deadlines




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect Applications are open now through March 5th



How to Do Great Work by Paul Graham



Start Small Stay Small by Rob Walling



Episode 756 | Why Great Product Management Is Critical for Your Startup




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 762 | Doing Great Work, Hierarchy of SaaS Skills, and Public Deadlines (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Are public deadlines a double-edged sword for startup founders?</p>



<p>In episode 762, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he covers several topics. Rob breaks down Paul Graham's essay, "Doing Great Work" and focuses on how the steps apply to building real businesses for real customers. He also discusses the hierarchy of skills necessary for success in the SaaS space, sharing his thoughts on the critical roles of marketing, product development, engineering, and effective team management.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:07) Doing great work</li>



<li>(5:20) Identify the gaps</li>



<li>(11:51) The SaaS skillset hierarchy</li>



<li>(18:28) Publicly committing to a feature release</li>



<li>(23:05) Maintaining enough rigor to hit deadlines</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="http://microconfconnect.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect Applications are open now through March 5th</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.paulgraham.com/greatwork.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How to Do Great Work</a> by Paul Graham</li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-756-why-great-product-management-is-critical-for-your-startup" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 756 | Why Great Product Management Is Critical for Your Startup</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1979859/c1e-qpkgs252dpujx485-5z19x3o1ipgo-7auzoh.mp3" length="24564240"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Are public deadlines a double-edged sword for startup founders?



In episode 762, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he covers several topics. Rob breaks down Paul Graham's essay, "Doing Great Work" and focuses on how the steps apply to building real businesses for real customers. He also discusses the hierarchy of skills necessary for success in the SaaS space, sharing his thoughts on the critical roles of marketing, product development, engineering, and effective team management.



Topics we cover: 




(2:07) Doing great work



(5:20) Identify the gaps



(11:51) The SaaS skillset hierarchy



(18:28) Publicly committing to a feature release



(23:05) Maintaining enough rigor to hit deadlines




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect Applications are open now through March 5th



How to Do Great Work by Paul Graham



Start Small Stay Small by Rob Walling



Episode 756 | Why Great Product Management Is Critical for Your Startup




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:25:05</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 761 | TinySeed Tales s4e7: Identifying Pain Points]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 27 Feb 2025 10:00:59 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1975180</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-761-tinyseed-tales-s4e7-identifying-pain-points</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling checks in with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hello Query, as she discusses finding customer pain points.</p>



<p>Colleen, now solo, navigates the challenge of refining her product vision. After a period of introspection, Colleen shares her decision to pivot from targeting engineering managers to focusing on marketing data analysts. She discusses the insights gained from hiring a marketing coach and the excitement of landing her first paying customer, despite some critical feedback on her product's UI.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:50) – Early product excitement fizzles out</li>



<li>(5:14) – When is it time to move on from an idea?</li>



<li>(8:57) – Helping marketers build better reports</li>



<li>(13:03) – Setting early pricing</li>



<li>(14:02) – Determining how much to polish an MVP</li>



<li>(17:36) – Predicting what’s ahead</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/leenyburger" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/leenyburger.bsky.social" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://helloquery.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hello Query</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling checks in with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hello Query, as she discusses finding customer pain points.



Colleen, now solo, navigates the challenge of refining her product vision. After a period of introspection, Colleen shares her decision to pivot from targeting engineering managers to focusing on marketing data analysts. She discusses the insights gained from hiring a marketing coach and the excitement of landing her first paying customer, despite some critical feedback on her product's UI.



Topics we cover: 




(1:50) – Early product excitement fizzles out



(5:14) – When is it time to move on from an idea?



(8:57) – Helping marketers build better reports



(13:03) – Setting early pricing



(14:02) – Determining how much to polish an MVP



(17:36) – Predicting what’s ahead




Links from the Show: 




SaaS Institute



TinySeed



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky



Hello Query




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 761 | TinySeed Tales s4e7: Identifying Pain Points]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling checks in with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hello Query, as she discusses finding customer pain points.</p>



<p>Colleen, now solo, navigates the challenge of refining her product vision. After a period of introspection, Colleen shares her decision to pivot from targeting engineering managers to focusing on marketing data analysts. She discusses the insights gained from hiring a marketing coach and the excitement of landing her first paying customer, despite some critical feedback on her product's UI.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:50) – Early product excitement fizzles out</li>



<li>(5:14) – When is it time to move on from an idea?</li>



<li>(8:57) – Helping marketers build better reports</li>



<li>(13:03) – Setting early pricing</li>



<li>(14:02) – Determining how much to polish an MVP</li>



<li>(17:36) – Predicting what’s ahead</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/leenyburger" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/leenyburger.bsky.social" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://helloquery.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hello Query</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1975180/c1e-129ztjxp3wf6nj8z-okwn2ow4hw-kuxqzv.mp3" length="20224983"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling checks in with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hello Query, as she discusses finding customer pain points.



Colleen, now solo, navigates the challenge of refining her product vision. After a period of introspection, Colleen shares her decision to pivot from targeting engineering managers to focusing on marketing data analysts. She discusses the insights gained from hiring a marketing coach and the excitement of landing her first paying customer, despite some critical feedback on her product's UI.



Topics we cover: 




(1:50) – Early product excitement fizzles out



(5:14) – When is it time to move on from an idea?



(8:57) – Helping marketers build better reports



(13:03) – Setting early pricing



(14:02) – Determining how much to polish an MVP



(17:36) – Predicting what’s ahead




Links from the Show: 




SaaS Institute



TinySeed



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky



Hello Query




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:20:34</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 760 | White-Labeling, Founder Mindset, and More Listener Questions (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2025 10:00:11 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1975105</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-760-white-labeling-founder-mindset-and-more-listener-questions-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 760, join Rob Walling as he takes on some listener questions in another solo adventure. He offers insights on balancing custom-built solutions versus white-labeled components, and the impact white labeling has on company valuation and growth. He also discusses strategic hiring, founder mindsets, and tools for tracking your SaaS success.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:30) – Considerations when white-labeling within your SaaS</li>



<li>(9:03) – Does relying on other SaaS affect our valuation?</li>



<li>(10:10) – Tools for tracking SaaS metrics to enable scaling</li>



<li>(17:03) – Do founder mindsets change at MRR milestones?</li>



<li>(21:34) – Mistakes founders make in their mindset</li>



<li>(25:27) – Forcing an onboarding step</li>



<li>(27:29) – Determining team composition</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Launchpad</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-735-the-8-levels-of-saas-platform-risk-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 735 | The 8 Levels of SaaS Platform Risk (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-685-7-things-you-should-never-do-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 685 | 7 Things You Should Never Do (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-722-bootstrapping-a-vertical-saas-to-7-figures-in-18-months" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 722 | Bootstrapping a Vertical SaaS to 7-Figures in 18 Months</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 760, join Rob Walling as he takes on some listener questions in another solo adventure. He offers insights on balancing custom-built solutions versus white-labeled components, and the impact white labeling has on company valuation and growth. He also discusses strategic hiring, founder mindsets, and tools for tracking your SaaS success.



Topics we cover: 




(2:30) – Considerations when white-labeling within your SaaS



(9:03) – Does relying on other SaaS affect our valuation?



(10:10) – Tools for tracking SaaS metrics to enable scaling



(17:03) – Do founder mindsets change at MRR milestones?



(21:34) – Mistakes founders make in their mindset



(25:27) – Forcing an onboarding step



(27:29) – Determining team composition




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Launchpad



The SaaS Playbook



Episode 735 | The 8 Levels of SaaS Platform Risk (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Invest in TinySeed



Episode 685 | 7 Things You Should Never Do (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Episode 722 | Bootstrapping a Vertical SaaS to 7-Figures in 18 Months




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 760 | White-Labeling, Founder Mindset, and More Listener Questions (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 760, join Rob Walling as he takes on some listener questions in another solo adventure. He offers insights on balancing custom-built solutions versus white-labeled components, and the impact white labeling has on company valuation and growth. He also discusses strategic hiring, founder mindsets, and tools for tracking your SaaS success.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:30) – Considerations when white-labeling within your SaaS</li>



<li>(9:03) – Does relying on other SaaS affect our valuation?</li>



<li>(10:10) – Tools for tracking SaaS metrics to enable scaling</li>



<li>(17:03) – Do founder mindsets change at MRR milestones?</li>



<li>(21:34) – Mistakes founders make in their mindset</li>



<li>(25:27) – Forcing an onboarding step</li>



<li>(27:29) – Determining team composition</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Launchpad</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-735-the-8-levels-of-saas-platform-risk-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 735 | The 8 Levels of SaaS Platform Risk (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-685-7-things-you-should-never-do-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 685 | 7 Things You Should Never Do (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-722-bootstrapping-a-vertical-saas-to-7-figures-in-18-months" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 722 | Bootstrapping a Vertical SaaS to 7-Figures in 18 Months</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1975105/c1e-88zvi9j17rfrwjo0-0v5183owhjpq-upbnk1.mp3" length="31829200"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 760, join Rob Walling as he takes on some listener questions in another solo adventure. He offers insights on balancing custom-built solutions versus white-labeled components, and the impact white labeling has on company valuation and growth. He also discusses strategic hiring, founder mindsets, and tools for tracking your SaaS success.



Topics we cover: 




(2:30) – Considerations when white-labeling within your SaaS



(9:03) – Does relying on other SaaS affect our valuation?



(10:10) – Tools for tracking SaaS metrics to enable scaling



(17:03) – Do founder mindsets change at MRR milestones?



(21:34) – Mistakes founders make in their mindset



(25:27) – Forcing an onboarding step



(27:29) – Determining team composition




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Launchpad



The SaaS Playbook



Episode 735 | The 8 Levels of SaaS Platform Risk (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Invest in TinySeed



Episode 685 | 7 Things You Should Never Do (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Episode 722 | Bootstrapping a Vertical SaaS to 7-Figures in 18 Months




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:32:38</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 759 | TinySeed Tales s4e6: Does AI + Pivot = Success?]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 20 Feb 2025 10:00:32 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1969685</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-759-tinyseed-tales-s4e6-does-ai-pivot-success</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling speaks with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hello Query, as she shares her latest startup journey pivot.</p>



<p>After reigniting her “shipping muscle” while briefly dabbling in an AI-based project, Colleen refocuses on her newest pivot of Hello Query. She shares the challenges of determining the market viability of an AI-assisted SQL report builder. She stands at a crossroads, torn between catering to internal BI teams or exploring marketing analytics.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:25) – Reflecting on the co-founder breakup</li>



<li>(2:42) – Trying a scratch-your-own-itch project</li>



<li>(6:27) – Unfair advantages inform another pivot</li>



<li>(15:07) – Respecting the “emotional runway”  </li>



<li>(19:23) – Marketing insights vs. an internal BI tool</li>



<li>(23:01) – The curse of the audience</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Applications for TinySeed are Open Through Feb 23rd</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/leenyburger" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/leenyburger.bsky.social" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://helloquery.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hello Query</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling speaks with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hello Query, as she shares her latest startup journey pivot.



After reigniting her “shipping muscle” while briefly dabbling in an AI-based project, Colleen refocuses on her newest pivot of Hello Query. She shares the challenges of determining the market viability of an AI-assisted SQL report builder. She stands at a crossroads, torn between catering to internal BI teams or exploring marketing analytics.



Topics we cover: 




(1:25) – Reflecting on the co-founder breakup



(2:42) – Trying a scratch-your-own-itch project



(6:27) – Unfair advantages inform another pivot



(15:07) – Respecting the “emotional runway”  



(19:23) – Marketing insights vs. an internal BI tool



(23:01) – The curse of the audience




Links from the Show: 




Applications for TinySeed are Open Through Feb 23rd



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky



Hello Query




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 759 | TinySeed Tales s4e6: Does AI + Pivot = Success?]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling speaks with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hello Query, as she shares her latest startup journey pivot.</p>



<p>After reigniting her “shipping muscle” while briefly dabbling in an AI-based project, Colleen refocuses on her newest pivot of Hello Query. She shares the challenges of determining the market viability of an AI-assisted SQL report builder. She stands at a crossroads, torn between catering to internal BI teams or exploring marketing analytics.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:25) – Reflecting on the co-founder breakup</li>



<li>(2:42) – Trying a scratch-your-own-itch project</li>



<li>(6:27) – Unfair advantages inform another pivot</li>



<li>(15:07) – Respecting the “emotional runway”  </li>



<li>(19:23) – Marketing insights vs. an internal BI tool</li>



<li>(23:01) – The curse of the audience</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Applications for TinySeed are Open Through Feb 23rd</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/leenyburger" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/leenyburger.bsky.social" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://helloquery.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hello Query</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1969685/c1e-w409fr5x1rb8po91-qdwdjznxi612-escv95.mp3" length="26569191"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling speaks with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hello Query, as she shares her latest startup journey pivot.



After reigniting her “shipping muscle” while briefly dabbling in an AI-based project, Colleen refocuses on her newest pivot of Hello Query. She shares the challenges of determining the market viability of an AI-assisted SQL report builder. She stands at a crossroads, torn between catering to internal BI teams or exploring marketing analytics.



Topics we cover: 




(1:25) – Reflecting on the co-founder breakup



(2:42) – Trying a scratch-your-own-itch project



(6:27) – Unfair advantages inform another pivot



(15:07) – Respecting the “emotional runway”  



(19:23) – Marketing insights vs. an internal BI tool



(23:01) – The curse of the audience




Links from the Show: 




Applications for TinySeed are Open Through Feb 23rd



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky



Hello Query




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:10</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 758 | Do Free Trials Suck?, What Moves the Needle, and More Listener Questions (with Derrick Reimer)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2025 10:00:28 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1969650</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-758-do-free-trials-suck-what-moves-the-needle-and-more-listener-questions-with-derrick-reimer</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 758, Rob Walling is joined by Derrick Reimer to tackle a variety of listener questions. They discuss strategies for entering a market with established competitors, including how to position your product without directly attacking rivals. They also reflect on the challenges of free trials, weighing the pros and cons of extending trial periods versus incentivizing onboarding.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Most marketing agencies promise growth but never move the needle.</p>



<p>But Corey Haines and the team at Conversion Factory? They know how to deliver results. </p>



<p>Derrick Reimer said that "Under Corey's marketing leadership, SavvyCal broke into the market with a successful launch and steadily grew to several thousand customers."</p>



<p>And Eunice Koo of Less Annoying CRM said that their “first A/B test with Conversion Factory, delivered a 20% increase in visitor to trial conversions within the first two months.”</p>



<p>Imagine having a senior copywriter, designer, and web developer at your disposal to turn every marketing idea into a reality.</p>



<p>Head to <a href="https://conversionfactory.co/?utm_source=podcast_notes&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=SFRU" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">conversionfactory.co</a> and mention this podcast when you book a call for $1,000 off your first month. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:18) – How to launch a SaaS product in a market with an established competitor</li>



<li>(6:21) – Do I call out competitors by name?</li>



<li>(14:24) – How do you really identify what moves the needle in your Saas?</li>



<li>(19:59) – Breaking down the “one thing”</li>



<li>(23:32) – Selling and marketing SaaS before building</li>



<li>(30:36) – What is the goal of your free trial?</li>



<li>(39:10) – On the fence between B2B, B2C</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TInySeed Applications are open until Feb 23rd</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/derrickreimer.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer.com) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-757-tinyseed-tales-s4e5-founder-breakups-crushing-failures-and-the-future" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">757 | TinySeed Tales s4e5: Founder Breakups, Crushing Failures, and the Future</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/books#coding" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Marketing The Day You Start Coding</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/71DWe5p" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="..."></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 758, Rob Walling is joined by Derrick Reimer to tackle a variety of listener questions. They discuss strategies for entering a market with established competitors, including how to position your product without directly attacking rivals. They also reflect on the challenges of free trials, weighing the pros and cons of extending trial periods versus incentivizing onboarding.



Episode Sponsor:





Most marketing agencies promise growth but never move the needle.



But Corey Haines and the team at Conversion Factory? They know how to deliver results. 



Derrick Reimer said that "Under Corey's marketing leadership, SavvyCal broke into the market with a successful launch and steadily grew to several thousand customers."



And Eunice Koo of Less Annoying CRM said that their “first A/B test with Conversion Factory, delivered a 20% increase in visitor to trial conversions within the first two months.”



Imagine having a senior copywriter, designer, and web developer at your disposal to turn every marketing idea into a reality.



Head to conversionfactory.co and mention this podcast when you book a call for $1,000 off your first month. 



Topics we cover: 




(1:18) – How to launch a SaaS product in a market with an established competitor



(6:21) – Do I call out competitors by name?



(14:24) – How do you really identify what moves the needle in your Saas?



(19:59) – Breaking down the “one thing”



(23:32) – Selling and marketing SaaS before building



(30:36) – What is the goal of your free trial?



(39:10) – On the fence between B2B, B2C




Links from the Show: 




TInySeed Applications are open until Feb 23rd



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer.com) | Bluesky



SavvyCal



757 | TinySeed Tales s4e5: Founder Breakups, Crushing Failures, and the Future



TinySeed



MicroConf Connect



SaaS Institute



Start Marketing The Day You Start Coding by Rob Walling



Start Small Stay Small by Rob Walling




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 758 | Do Free Trials Suck?, What Moves the Needle, and More Listener Questions (with Derrick Reimer)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 758, Rob Walling is joined by Derrick Reimer to tackle a variety of listener questions. They discuss strategies for entering a market with established competitors, including how to position your product without directly attacking rivals. They also reflect on the challenges of free trials, weighing the pros and cons of extending trial periods versus incentivizing onboarding.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Most marketing agencies promise growth but never move the needle.</p>



<p>But Corey Haines and the team at Conversion Factory? They know how to deliver results. </p>



<p>Derrick Reimer said that "Under Corey's marketing leadership, SavvyCal broke into the market with a successful launch and steadily grew to several thousand customers."</p>



<p>And Eunice Koo of Less Annoying CRM said that their “first A/B test with Conversion Factory, delivered a 20% increase in visitor to trial conversions within the first two months.”</p>



<p>Imagine having a senior copywriter, designer, and web developer at your disposal to turn every marketing idea into a reality.</p>



<p>Head to <a href="https://conversionfactory.co/?utm_source=podcast_notes&amp;utm_medium=podcast&amp;utm_campaign=SFRU" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">conversionfactory.co</a> and mention this podcast when you book a call for $1,000 off your first month. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:18) – How to launch a SaaS product in a market with an established competitor</li>



<li>(6:21) – Do I call out competitors by name?</li>



<li>(14:24) – How do you really identify what moves the needle in your Saas?</li>



<li>(19:59) – Breaking down the “one thing”</li>



<li>(23:32) – Selling and marketing SaaS before building</li>



<li>(30:36) – What is the goal of your free trial?</li>



<li>(39:10) – On the fence between B2B, B2C</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TInySeed Applications are open until Feb 23rd</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/derrickreimer.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer.com) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-757-tinyseed-tales-s4e5-founder-breakups-crushing-failures-and-the-future" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">757 | TinySeed Tales s4e5: Founder Breakups, Crushing Failures, and the Future</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/books#coding" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Marketing The Day You Start Coding</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/71DWe5p" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1969650/c1e-m9vrcnxj8vug4ov9-2575gxr0a76d-dcxwfz.mp3" length="43824748"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 758, Rob Walling is joined by Derrick Reimer to tackle a variety of listener questions. They discuss strategies for entering a market with established competitors, including how to position your product without directly attacking rivals. They also reflect on the challenges of free trials, weighing the pros and cons of extending trial periods versus incentivizing onboarding.



Episode Sponsor:





Most marketing agencies promise growth but never move the needle.



But Corey Haines and the team at Conversion Factory? They know how to deliver results. 



Derrick Reimer said that "Under Corey's marketing leadership, SavvyCal broke into the market with a successful launch and steadily grew to several thousand customers."



And Eunice Koo of Less Annoying CRM said that their “first A/B test with Conversion Factory, delivered a 20% increase in visitor to trial conversions within the first two months.”



Imagine having a senior copywriter, designer, and web developer at your disposal to turn every marketing idea into a reality.



Head to conversionfactory.co and mention this podcast when you book a call for $1,000 off your first month. 



Topics we cover: 




(1:18) – How to launch a SaaS product in a market with an established competitor



(6:21) – Do I call out competitors by name?



(14:24) – How do you really identify what moves the needle in your Saas?



(19:59) – Breaking down the “one thing”



(23:32) – Selling and marketing SaaS before building



(30:36) – What is the goal of your free trial?



(39:10) – On the fence between B2B, B2C




Links from the Show: 




TInySeed Applications are open until Feb 23rd



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer.com) | Bluesky



SavvyCal



757 | TinySeed Tales s4e5: Founder Breakups, Crushing Failures, and the Future



TinySeed



MicroConf Connect



SaaS Institute



Start Marketing The Day You Start Coding by Rob Walling



Start Small Stay Small by Rob Walling




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:45:09</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 757 | TinySeed Tales s4e5: Founder Breakups, Crushing Failures, and the Future]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 13 Feb 2025 10:00:02 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1967070</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-757-tinyseed-tales-s4e5-founder-breakups-crushing-failures-and-the-future</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling chats with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hello Query, as she navigates the complexities of her startup journey. </p>



<p>After a challenging period with her co-founder Aaron, Colleen reflects on their decision to part ways and the emotional toll it has taken on her. She shares her feelings of crushing failure, the uncertainty of moving forward alone, and the realization that their initial product vision may not align with market needs. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(0:49) – Colleen and Aaron make a tough decision</li>



<li>(4:09) – Voice memo, “Crushing Failure”</li>



<li>(7:59) – What if you hadn’t raised money?</li>



<li>(11:44)  – Colleen weighs her remaining options</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Applications for TinySeed are Open Through Feb 23rd</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/leenyburger" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/leenyburger.bsky.social" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://helloquery.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hello Query</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling chats with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hello Query, as she navigates the complexities of her startup journey. 



After a challenging period with her co-founder Aaron, Colleen reflects on their decision to part ways and the emotional toll it has taken on her. She shares her feelings of crushing failure, the uncertainty of moving forward alone, and the realization that their initial product vision may not align with market needs. 



Topics we cover: 




(0:49) – Colleen and Aaron make a tough decision



(4:09) – Voice memo, “Crushing Failure”



(7:59) – What if you hadn’t raised money?



(11:44)  – Colleen weighs her remaining options




Links from the Show: 




Applications for TinySeed are Open Through Feb 23rd



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky



Hello Query




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 757 | TinySeed Tales s4e5: Founder Breakups, Crushing Failures, and the Future]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling chats with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hello Query, as she navigates the complexities of her startup journey. </p>



<p>After a challenging period with her co-founder Aaron, Colleen reflects on their decision to part ways and the emotional toll it has taken on her. She shares her feelings of crushing failure, the uncertainty of moving forward alone, and the realization that their initial product vision may not align with market needs. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(0:49) – Colleen and Aaron make a tough decision</li>



<li>(4:09) – Voice memo, “Crushing Failure”</li>



<li>(7:59) – What if you hadn’t raised money?</li>



<li>(11:44)  – Colleen weighs her remaining options</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Applications for TinySeed are Open Through Feb 23rd</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/leenyburger" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/leenyburger.bsky.social" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://helloquery.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hello Query</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1967070/c1e-gjn1h38rgmcwgqo3-1p4x3jont4p5-msuqou.mp3" length="15269463"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling chats with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hello Query, as she navigates the complexities of her startup journey. 



After a challenging period with her co-founder Aaron, Colleen reflects on their decision to part ways and the emotional toll it has taken on her. She shares her feelings of crushing failure, the uncertainty of moving forward alone, and the realization that their initial product vision may not align with market needs. 



Topics we cover: 




(0:49) – Colleen and Aaron make a tough decision



(4:09) – Voice memo, “Crushing Failure”



(7:59) – What if you hadn’t raised money?



(11:44)  – Colleen weighs her remaining options




Links from the Show: 




Applications for TinySeed are Open Through Feb 23rd



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky



Hello Query




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:15:24</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 756 | Why Great Product Management Is Critical for Your Startup]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2025 10:00:27 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1955334</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-756-why-great-product-management-is-critical-for-your-startup</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 756, Rob Walling interviews Brendan Fortune, Director of Product Management at Customer.io, to explore the skills and frameworks for effective product management. Brendan shares his journey and discusses the importance of understanding customer behavior to drive product decisions. They delve into the concept of the flywheel and how it can be leveraged to enhance user success and optimize pricing strategies.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:46) – What does a product manager do?</li>



<li>(10:36) – When should a SaaS company designate a full time product manager?</li>



<li>(15:33) – Pricing and and creating a flywheel</li>



<li>(22:41) – Deciding on your “fair” value metric</li>



<li>(30:01) – Pricing experimentation in the early days</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Applications for TinySeed Spring 2025 are Open!</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ask a product question on Startups For the Rest of Us</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/bfortune34/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Brendan Fortune | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="http://customer.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Customer.io</a></li>



<li><a href="https://miro.com/miroverse/product-flywheel-strategy/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Product Flywheel + Pricing + Org Strategy (Miro)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/isIvsXrk-ow" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Your Pricing is WRONG (even Sam Altman Made This Mistake)</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 756, Rob Walling interviews Brendan Fortune, Director of Product Management at Customer.io, to explore the skills and frameworks for effective product management. Brendan shares his journey and discusses the importance of understanding customer behavior to drive product decisions. They delve into the concept of the flywheel and how it can be leveraged to enhance user success and optimize pricing strategies.



Topics we cover: 




(2:46) – What does a product manager do?



(10:36) – When should a SaaS company designate a full time product manager?



(15:33) – Pricing and and creating a flywheel



(22:41) – Deciding on your “fair” value metric



(30:01) – Pricing experimentation in the early days




Links from the Show: 




Applications for TinySeed Spring 2025 are Open!



Invest in TinySeed



Ask a product question on Startups For the Rest of Us



Brendan Fortune | LinkedIn



Customer.io



Product Flywheel + Pricing + Org Strategy (Miro)



Your Pricing is WRONG (even Sam Altman Made This Mistake)




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 756 | Why Great Product Management Is Critical for Your Startup]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 756, Rob Walling interviews Brendan Fortune, Director of Product Management at Customer.io, to explore the skills and frameworks for effective product management. Brendan shares his journey and discusses the importance of understanding customer behavior to drive product decisions. They delve into the concept of the flywheel and how it can be leveraged to enhance user success and optimize pricing strategies.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:46) – What does a product manager do?</li>



<li>(10:36) – When should a SaaS company designate a full time product manager?</li>



<li>(15:33) – Pricing and and creating a flywheel</li>



<li>(22:41) – Deciding on your “fair” value metric</li>



<li>(30:01) – Pricing experimentation in the early days</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Applications for TinySeed Spring 2025 are Open!</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ask a product question on Startups For the Rest of Us</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/bfortune34/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Brendan Fortune | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="http://customer.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Customer.io</a></li>



<li><a href="https://miro.com/miroverse/product-flywheel-strategy/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Product Flywheel + Pricing + Org Strategy (Miro)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/isIvsXrk-ow" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Your Pricing is WRONG (even Sam Altman Made This Mistake)</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1955334/c1e-vvr3f9oxv7sdvkrg-okw06228bgkw-tfnmyn.mp3" length="41919373"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 756, Rob Walling interviews Brendan Fortune, Director of Product Management at Customer.io, to explore the skills and frameworks for effective product management. Brendan shares his journey and discusses the importance of understanding customer behavior to drive product decisions. They delve into the concept of the flywheel and how it can be leveraged to enhance user success and optimize pricing strategies.



Topics we cover: 




(2:46) – What does a product manager do?



(10:36) – When should a SaaS company designate a full time product manager?



(15:33) – Pricing and and creating a flywheel



(22:41) – Deciding on your “fair” value metric



(30:01) – Pricing experimentation in the early days




Links from the Show: 




Applications for TinySeed Spring 2025 are Open!



Invest in TinySeed



Ask a product question on Startups For the Rest of Us



Brendan Fortune | LinkedIn



Customer.io



Product Flywheel + Pricing + Org Strategy (Miro)



Your Pricing is WRONG (even Sam Altman Made This Mistake)




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:43:10</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 755 | TinySeed Tales s4e4: Customer Interviews + Pivoting]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 06 Feb 2025 10:00:55 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1955178</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-755-tinyseed-tales-s4e4-customer-interviews-pivoting</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling checks in with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hello Query, as she shares the latest developments in her startup journey. </p>



<p>Colleen shares the insights gained from recent customer interviews that led to a significant pivot in their product strategy. Hello Query is now focused on embedding custom reporting features within other SaaS applications and Colleen reflects on balancing product quality with minimal v1 features. Her excitement is building to get their solution into users' hands.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:32) – Digging into customer interviews</li>



<li>(3:54) – Filtering out the noise to achieve confidence</li>



<li>(5:31) – Other competitors in the space</li>



<li>(8:53) – How Colleen prepares for and sources customer conversations</li>



<li>(12:11) – Is the technical implementation coming along?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-748-the-ins-and-outs-of-startup-investing" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 748 | The Ins and Outs of Startup Investing</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/leenyburger" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/leenyburger.bsky.social" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://helloquery.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hello Query</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling checks in with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hello Query, as she shares the latest developments in her startup journey. 



Colleen shares the insights gained from recent customer interviews that led to a significant pivot in their product strategy. Hello Query is now focused on embedding custom reporting features within other SaaS applications and Colleen reflects on balancing product quality with minimal v1 features. Her excitement is building to get their solution into users' hands.



Topics we cover: 




(1:32) – Digging into customer interviews



(3:54) – Filtering out the noise to achieve confidence



(5:31) – Other competitors in the space



(8:53) – How Colleen prepares for and sources customer conversations



(12:11) – Is the technical implementation coming along?




Links from the Show: 




Invest in TinySeed



Episode 748 | The Ins and Outs of Startup Investing



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky



Hello Query




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 755 | TinySeed Tales s4e4: Customer Interviews + Pivoting]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling checks in with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hello Query, as she shares the latest developments in her startup journey. </p>



<p>Colleen shares the insights gained from recent customer interviews that led to a significant pivot in their product strategy. Hello Query is now focused on embedding custom reporting features within other SaaS applications and Colleen reflects on balancing product quality with minimal v1 features. Her excitement is building to get their solution into users' hands.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:32) – Digging into customer interviews</li>



<li>(3:54) – Filtering out the noise to achieve confidence</li>



<li>(5:31) – Other competitors in the space</li>



<li>(8:53) – How Colleen prepares for and sources customer conversations</li>



<li>(12:11) – Is the technical implementation coming along?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-748-the-ins-and-outs-of-startup-investing" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 748 | The Ins and Outs of Startup Investing</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/leenyburger" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/leenyburger.bsky.social" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://helloquery.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hello Query</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1955178/c1e-0031bj4dqxs6k5vx-ndorkd43f1oz-ixubh1.mp3" length="15640619"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling checks in with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hello Query, as she shares the latest developments in her startup journey. 



Colleen shares the insights gained from recent customer interviews that led to a significant pivot in their product strategy. Hello Query is now focused on embedding custom reporting features within other SaaS applications and Colleen reflects on balancing product quality with minimal v1 features. Her excitement is building to get their solution into users' hands.



Topics we cover: 




(1:32) – Digging into customer interviews



(3:54) – Filtering out the noise to achieve confidence



(5:31) – Other competitors in the space



(8:53) – How Colleen prepares for and sources customer conversations



(12:11) – Is the technical implementation coming along?




Links from the Show: 




Invest in TinySeed



Episode 748 | The Ins and Outs of Startup Investing



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky



Hello Query




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:15:47</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 754 | Broken Freemium, SaaS Plateaus, and More Listener Questions (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2025 10:00:04 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1951449</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-754-broken-freemium-saas-plateaus-and-more-listener-questions-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 754, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he tackles listener questions on a variety of topics. He discusses strategies for converting free users to paid customers, the implications of AI advancements on the SaaS landscape, and how to navigate platform risks when larger players enter your market. Rob also shares insights on breaking through growth plateaus.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:12) – When in doubt, don’t try freemium</li>



<li>(6:44) – Different levers you can pull to make freemium work</li>



<li>(8:53) – How will SaaS be affected by the exponential growth of AI?</li>



<li>(14:09) – Big players launching features is a form of platform risk</li>



<li>(17:24) – Should I spin out a portion of my product into a new product?</li>



<li>(20:05) – Thinking through plateaus in your business growth</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect Applications are open through Feb 5th</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ask a Question on Startups For the Rest of Us</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-663-5-insights-saas-founders-should-know-about-a-i-ignore-at-your-peril" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 663 | 5 Insights SaaS Founders Should Know About A.I. (Ignore at Your Peril)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-735-the-8-levels-of-saas-platform-risk-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 735 | The 8 Levels of SaaS Platform Risk (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf YouTube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 754, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he tackles listener questions on a variety of topics. He discusses strategies for converting free users to paid customers, the implications of AI advancements on the SaaS landscape, and how to navigate platform risks when larger players enter your market. Rob also shares insights on breaking through growth plateaus.



Topics we cover: 




(3:12) – When in doubt, don’t try freemium



(6:44) – Different levers you can pull to make freemium work



(8:53) – How will SaaS be affected by the exponential growth of AI?



(14:09) – Big players launching features is a form of platform risk



(17:24) – Should I spin out a portion of my product into a new product?



(20:05) – Thinking through plateaus in your business growth




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect Applications are open through Feb 5th



Ask a Question on Startups For the Rest of Us



TinySeed



Episode 663 | 5 Insights SaaS Founders Should Know About A.I. (Ignore at Your Peril)



Episode 735 | The 8 Levels of SaaS Platform Risk (A Rob Solo Adventure)



MicroConf YouTube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 754 | Broken Freemium, SaaS Plateaus, and More Listener Questions (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 754, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he tackles listener questions on a variety of topics. He discusses strategies for converting free users to paid customers, the implications of AI advancements on the SaaS landscape, and how to navigate platform risks when larger players enter your market. Rob also shares insights on breaking through growth plateaus.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:12) – When in doubt, don’t try freemium</li>



<li>(6:44) – Different levers you can pull to make freemium work</li>



<li>(8:53) – How will SaaS be affected by the exponential growth of AI?</li>



<li>(14:09) – Big players launching features is a form of platform risk</li>



<li>(17:24) – Should I spin out a portion of my product into a new product?</li>



<li>(20:05) – Thinking through plateaus in your business growth</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect Applications are open through Feb 5th</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ask a Question on Startups For the Rest of Us</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-663-5-insights-saas-founders-should-know-about-a-i-ignore-at-your-peril" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 663 | 5 Insights SaaS Founders Should Know About A.I. (Ignore at Your Peril)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-735-the-8-levels-of-saas-platform-risk-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 735 | The 8 Levels of SaaS Platform Risk (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf YouTube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1951449/c1e-pn7mh5k0vohqx073-gpw57rjohdvv-3d759g.mp3" length="24861114"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 754, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he tackles listener questions on a variety of topics. He discusses strategies for converting free users to paid customers, the implications of AI advancements on the SaaS landscape, and how to navigate platform risks when larger players enter your market. Rob also shares insights on breaking through growth plateaus.



Topics we cover: 




(3:12) – When in doubt, don’t try freemium



(6:44) – Different levers you can pull to make freemium work



(8:53) – How will SaaS be affected by the exponential growth of AI?



(14:09) – Big players launching features is a form of platform risk



(17:24) – Should I spin out a portion of my product into a new product?



(20:05) – Thinking through plateaus in your business growth




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect Applications are open through Feb 5th



Ask a Question on Startups For the Rest of Us



TinySeed



Episode 663 | 5 Insights SaaS Founders Should Know About A.I. (Ignore at Your Peril)



Episode 735 | The 8 Levels of SaaS Platform Risk (A Rob Solo Adventure)



MicroConf YouTube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:25:22</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 753 | TinySeed Tales s4e3: Co-Founder Conflicts + Renaming a Business]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jan 2025 10:00:42 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1949224</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-753-tinyseed-tales-s4e3-co-founder-conflicts-renaming-a-business</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling reconnects with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hammerstone, as she shares the latest developments in their startup journey.</p>



<p>Colleen opens up about the emotional challenges of co-founder conflicts with Aaron, highlighting the importance of communication and alignment in their partnership. They also discuss the significant pivot from their initial product offering to the newly rebranded Hello Query, a SaaS solution focused on internal reporting for teams.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(0:59) – Breaking up with a co-founder</li>



<li>(7:39) – How could this conversation have been different?</li>



<li>(9:49) – Navigating a major pivot</li>



<li>(14:37) – Changing the name</li>



<li>(16:56) – Getting closer to finding product-market-fit</li>



<li>(19:39) – Competing in a competitive market</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/leenyburger" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/leenyburger.bsky.social" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/aarondfrancis" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Aaron Francis (@aarondfrancis) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/aaronfrancis.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Aaron Francis (@aaronfrancis.com) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://share.transistor.fm/s/932d6488" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Recap, Episode 59 – The Hammerstone Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://helloquery.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hello Query</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling reconnects with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hammerstone, as she shares the latest developments in their startup journey.



Colleen opens up about the emotional challenges of co-founder conflicts with Aaron, highlighting the importance of communication and alignment in their partnership. They also discuss the significant pivot from their initial product offering to the newly rebranded Hello Query, a SaaS solution focused on internal reporting for teams.



Topics we cover: 




(0:59) – Breaking up with a co-founder



(7:39) – How could this conversation have been different?



(9:49) – Navigating a major pivot



(14:37) – Changing the name



(16:56) – Getting closer to finding product-market-fit



(19:39) – Competing in a competitive market




Links from the Show: 




SaaS Institute



TinySeed



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky



Aaron Francis (@aarondfrancis) | X



Aaron Francis (@aaronfrancis.com) | Bluesky



MicroConf Recap, Episode 59 – The Hammerstone Podcast



Hello Query




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 753 | TinySeed Tales s4e3: Co-Founder Conflicts + Renaming a Business]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling reconnects with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hammerstone, as she shares the latest developments in their startup journey.</p>



<p>Colleen opens up about the emotional challenges of co-founder conflicts with Aaron, highlighting the importance of communication and alignment in their partnership. They also discuss the significant pivot from their initial product offering to the newly rebranded Hello Query, a SaaS solution focused on internal reporting for teams.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(0:59) – Breaking up with a co-founder</li>



<li>(7:39) – How could this conversation have been different?</li>



<li>(9:49) – Navigating a major pivot</li>



<li>(14:37) – Changing the name</li>



<li>(16:56) – Getting closer to finding product-market-fit</li>



<li>(19:39) – Competing in a competitive market</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/institute/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/leenyburger" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/leenyburger.bsky.social" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/aarondfrancis" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Aaron Francis (@aarondfrancis) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/aaronfrancis.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Aaron Francis (@aaronfrancis.com) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://share.transistor.fm/s/932d6488" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Recap, Episode 59 – The Hammerstone Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://helloquery.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hello Query</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1949224/c1e-z1gncmrw2nh1wj3z-xxwg5g1wbvx-nnkro5.mp3" length="22727919"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling reconnects with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hammerstone, as she shares the latest developments in their startup journey.



Colleen opens up about the emotional challenges of co-founder conflicts with Aaron, highlighting the importance of communication and alignment in their partnership. They also discuss the significant pivot from their initial product offering to the newly rebranded Hello Query, a SaaS solution focused on internal reporting for teams.



Topics we cover: 




(0:59) – Breaking up with a co-founder



(7:39) – How could this conversation have been different?



(9:49) – Navigating a major pivot



(14:37) – Changing the name



(16:56) – Getting closer to finding product-market-fit



(19:39) – Competing in a competitive market




Links from the Show: 




SaaS Institute



TinySeed



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky



Aaron Francis (@aarondfrancis) | X



Aaron Francis (@aaronfrancis.com) | Bluesky



MicroConf Recap, Episode 59 – The Hammerstone Podcast



Hello Query




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:23:10</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 752 | The State of SEO in 2025]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2025 10:00:48 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1945761</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-752-the-state-of-seo-in-2025</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 752, Rob Walling interviews Lars Lofgren to discuss the current state of SEO. Lars shares insights on how SEO has drastically changed, especially with the rise of AI and the volatility brought on by Google’s evolving algorithm. They cover the challenges of ranking for terms, the impact of AI content, and the rise of "parasite SEO." </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:16) – SEO traffic that generates $7.2M annual revenue</li>



<li>(4:54) – Changes in Google’s algorithm</li>



<li>(9:46) – How to approach SEO as a bootstrapper</li>



<li>(15:45) – SEO has changed considerably</li>



<li>(19:48) – AI and SEO</li>



<li>(25:54) – The advent of AI Overviews</li>



<li>(31:19) – Parasite SEO and the importance of brands</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Get Your Tickets for MicroConf US by Jan 31st</a></li>



<li><a href="http://larslofgren.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Larslofgren.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/LarsLofgren" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lars Lofgren (@LarsLofgren) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/speakers/lars-lofgren" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lars Lofgren at MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="http://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf YouTube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 752, Rob Walling interviews Lars Lofgren to discuss the current state of SEO. Lars shares insights on how SEO has drastically changed, especially with the rise of AI and the volatility brought on by Google’s evolving algorithm. They cover the challenges of ranking for terms, the impact of AI content, and the rise of "parasite SEO." 



Topics we cover: 




(2:16) – SEO traffic that generates $7.2M annual revenue



(4:54) – Changes in Google’s algorithm



(9:46) – How to approach SEO as a bootstrapper



(15:45) – SEO has changed considerably



(19:48) – AI and SEO



(25:54) – The advent of AI Overviews



(31:19) – Parasite SEO and the importance of brands




Links from the Show: 




Get Your Tickets for MicroConf US by Jan 31st



Larslofgren.com



Lars Lofgren (@LarsLofgren) | X



Lars Lofgren at MicroConf



TinySeed.com



MicroConf YouTube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 752 | The State of SEO in 2025]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 752, Rob Walling interviews Lars Lofgren to discuss the current state of SEO. Lars shares insights on how SEO has drastically changed, especially with the rise of AI and the volatility brought on by Google’s evolving algorithm. They cover the challenges of ranking for terms, the impact of AI content, and the rise of "parasite SEO." </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:16) – SEO traffic that generates $7.2M annual revenue</li>



<li>(4:54) – Changes in Google’s algorithm</li>



<li>(9:46) – How to approach SEO as a bootstrapper</li>



<li>(15:45) – SEO has changed considerably</li>



<li>(19:48) – AI and SEO</li>



<li>(25:54) – The advent of AI Overviews</li>



<li>(31:19) – Parasite SEO and the importance of brands</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Get Your Tickets for MicroConf US by Jan 31st</a></li>



<li><a href="http://larslofgren.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Larslofgren.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/LarsLofgren" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lars Lofgren (@LarsLofgren) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/speakers/lars-lofgren" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lars Lofgren at MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="http://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf YouTube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1945761/c1e-z1gncmz62di1wj3z-dm4230d3sx5x-g9nywb.mp3" length="35420811"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 752, Rob Walling interviews Lars Lofgren to discuss the current state of SEO. Lars shares insights on how SEO has drastically changed, especially with the rise of AI and the volatility brought on by Google’s evolving algorithm. They cover the challenges of ranking for terms, the impact of AI content, and the rise of "parasite SEO." 



Topics we cover: 




(2:16) – SEO traffic that generates $7.2M annual revenue



(4:54) – Changes in Google’s algorithm



(9:46) – How to approach SEO as a bootstrapper



(15:45) – SEO has changed considerably



(19:48) – AI and SEO



(25:54) – The advent of AI Overviews



(31:19) – Parasite SEO and the importance of brands




Links from the Show: 




Get Your Tickets for MicroConf US by Jan 31st



Larslofgren.com



Lars Lofgren (@LarsLofgren) | X



Lars Lofgren at MicroConf



TinySeed.com



MicroConf YouTube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:23</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 751 | TinySeed Tales s4e2: From Developer to Manager]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jan 2025 10:00:25 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1940833</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-751-tinyseed-tales-s4e2-from-developer-to-manager</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling catches up with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hammerstone, about the progress her team has made since their initial check-in. </p>



<p>Colleen describes the tough decision to focus on one product stack, and their recent pivot toward building a reporting MVP. They also discuss Colleen’s shift into a more managerial role.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:10) – Motivations behind building additional functionality</li>



<li>(7:07) – Repositioning the reporting dashboard</li>



<li>(10:08) – Focusing in on the successful part of the product</li>



<li>(14:30) – How shifting focus affects the team dynamic</li>



<li>(16:19) – ”Hiring is horrible”</li>



<li>(22:20) – What has management been like?</li>



<li>(26:11) – Growing as a manager</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Invest with TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/leenyburger" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/leenyburger.bsky.social" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://hammerstone.dev/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Refine by Hammerstone</a></li>



<li><a href="https://helloquery.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hello Query</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/3cZtjTW" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Buy Back Your Time</a> by Dan Martell </li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/09AxU7T" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Never Split the Difference</a> by Chris Voss, Tahl Raz</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling catches up with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hammerstone, about the progress her team has made since their initial check-in. 



Colleen describes the tough decision to focus on one product stack, and their recent pivot toward building a reporting MVP. They also discuss Colleen’s shift into a more managerial role.



Topics we cover: 




(2:10) – Motivations behind building additional functionality



(7:07) – Repositioning the reporting dashboard



(10:08) – Focusing in on the successful part of the product



(14:30) – How shifting focus affects the team dynamic



(16:19) – ”Hiring is horrible”



(22:20) – What has management been like?



(26:11) – Growing as a manager




Links from the Show: 




Invest with TinySeed



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky



Refine by Hammerstone



Hello Query



Buy Back Your Time by Dan Martell 



Never Split the Difference by Chris Voss, Tahl Raz




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 751 | TinySeed Tales s4e2: From Developer to Manager]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling catches up with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hammerstone, about the progress her team has made since their initial check-in. </p>



<p>Colleen describes the tough decision to focus on one product stack, and their recent pivot toward building a reporting MVP. They also discuss Colleen’s shift into a more managerial role.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:10) – Motivations behind building additional functionality</li>



<li>(7:07) – Repositioning the reporting dashboard</li>



<li>(10:08) – Focusing in on the successful part of the product</li>



<li>(14:30) – How shifting focus affects the team dynamic</li>



<li>(16:19) – ”Hiring is horrible”</li>



<li>(22:20) – What has management been like?</li>



<li>(26:11) – Growing as a manager</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Invest with TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/leenyburger" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/leenyburger.bsky.social" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://hammerstone.dev/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Refine by Hammerstone</a></li>



<li><a href="https://helloquery.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hello Query</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/3cZtjTW" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Buy Back Your Time</a> by Dan Martell </li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/09AxU7T" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Never Split the Difference</a> by Chris Voss, Tahl Raz</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1940833/c1e-350va542p3tw273o-jp2dnv9jbqxx-gqrhd5.mp3" length="29837794"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling catches up with Colleen Schnettler, co-founder of Hammerstone, about the progress her team has made since their initial check-in. 



Colleen describes the tough decision to focus on one product stack, and their recent pivot toward building a reporting MVP. They also discuss Colleen’s shift into a more managerial role.



Topics we cover: 




(2:10) – Motivations behind building additional functionality



(7:07) – Repositioning the reporting dashboard



(10:08) – Focusing in on the successful part of the product



(14:30) – How shifting focus affects the team dynamic



(16:19) – ”Hiring is horrible”



(22:20) – What has management been like?



(26:11) – Growing as a manager




Links from the Show: 




Invest with TinySeed



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky



Refine by Hammerstone



Hello Query



Buy Back Your Time by Dan Martell 



Never Split the Difference by Chris Voss, Tahl Raz




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:30:34</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 750 | Making Your First Hire, Testing Prices, And More Listener Questions (with Laura Roeder)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2025 10:00:11 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1938760</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-750-making-your-first-hire-testing-prices-and-more-listener-questions-with-laura-roeder</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 750, Rob Walling is joined by Laura Roeder, founder of Paperbell, to answer intermediate listener questions. They discuss making your first hire with limited funds, testing pricing models with existing customer bases, and more. Laura also provides some great advice on content marketing, drawing from her past experience at MeetEdgar.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:14) – Building a team before you can afford your first, full time hire</li>



<li>(11:11) – Testing pricing with existing customer bases</li>



<li>(19:00) – What type of content should you focus on?</li>



<li>(25:20) – Growing a pipeline of leads with limited resources</li>



<li>(31:00) – Who are your 100 best customers?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://saasinstitute.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-749-tinyseed-tales-s4e1-introducing-hammerstone-dev" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Tales is Back: S4E1</a></li>



<li><a href="http://lauraroeder.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lauraroeder.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/lauraroeder.bsky.social" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Laura Roeder (@lauraroeder.bsky.social) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://paperbell.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Paperbell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-473-managing-annual-subscriptions-low-price-vs-high-being-a-non-developer-founder-and-more-listener-questions-with-laura-roeder" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 473 | Managing Annual Subscriptions, Low-price vs. High, Being a Non-Developer Founder, and More Listener Questions with Laura Roeder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://lauraroeder.com/exactly-how-i-cold-emailed-my-way-to-a-life-changing-exit-and-you-can-too-165d8eaf8306" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exactly How I Cold Emailed My Way to A Life-Changing Exit (And You Can Too)</a> by Laura Roeder</li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/5yU7s1x" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Buy Back Your Time</a> by Dan Martell</li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/Sxn1ji7vYzU" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">If I Started SaaS in 2024, Here’s My B2B Content Strategy for $1M ARR</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/eTKiEsN" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Ultimate Sales Machine</a> by Chet Holmes</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 750, Rob Walling is joined by Laura Roeder, founder of Paperbell, to answer intermediate listener questions. They discuss making your first hire with limited funds, testing pricing models with existing customer bases, and more. Laura also provides some great advice on content marketing, drawing from her past experience at MeetEdgar.



Topics we cover: 




(3:14) – Building a team before you can afford your first, full time hire



(11:11) – Testing pricing with existing customer bases



(19:00) – What type of content should you focus on?



(25:20) – Growing a pipeline of leads with limited resources



(31:00) – Who are your 100 best customers?




Links from the Show: 




SaaS Institute



TinySeed



TinySeed Tales is Back: S4E1



Lauraroeder.com



Laura Roeder (@lauraroeder.bsky.social) | Bluesky



Paperbell



Episode 473 | Managing Annual Subscriptions, Low-price vs. High, Being a Non-Developer Founder, and More Listener Questions with Laura Roeder



Exactly How I Cold Emailed My Way to A Life-Changing Exit (And You Can Too) by Laura Roeder



The SaaS Playbook



Buy Back Your Time by Dan Martell



If I Started SaaS in 2024, Here’s My B2B Content Strategy for $1M ARR



The Ultimate Sales Machine by Chet Holmes




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 750 | Making Your First Hire, Testing Prices, And More Listener Questions (with Laura Roeder)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 750, Rob Walling is joined by Laura Roeder, founder of Paperbell, to answer intermediate listener questions. They discuss making your first hire with limited funds, testing pricing models with existing customer bases, and more. Laura also provides some great advice on content marketing, drawing from her past experience at MeetEdgar.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(3:14) – Building a team before you can afford your first, full time hire</li>



<li>(11:11) – Testing pricing with existing customer bases</li>



<li>(19:00) – What type of content should you focus on?</li>



<li>(25:20) – Growing a pipeline of leads with limited resources</li>



<li>(31:00) – Who are your 100 best customers?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://saasinstitute.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-749-tinyseed-tales-s4e1-introducing-hammerstone-dev" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Tales is Back: S4E1</a></li>



<li><a href="http://lauraroeder.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lauraroeder.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/lauraroeder.bsky.social" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Laura Roeder (@lauraroeder.bsky.social) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://paperbell.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Paperbell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-473-managing-annual-subscriptions-low-price-vs-high-being-a-non-developer-founder-and-more-listener-questions-with-laura-roeder" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 473 | Managing Annual Subscriptions, Low-price vs. High, Being a Non-Developer Founder, and More Listener Questions with Laura Roeder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://lauraroeder.com/exactly-how-i-cold-emailed-my-way-to-a-life-changing-exit-and-you-can-too-165d8eaf8306" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exactly How I Cold Emailed My Way to A Life-Changing Exit (And You Can Too)</a> by Laura Roeder</li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/5yU7s1x" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Buy Back Your Time</a> by Dan Martell</li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/Sxn1ji7vYzU" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">If I Started SaaS in 2024, Here’s My B2B Content Strategy for $1M ARR</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/eTKiEsN" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Ultimate Sales Machine</a> by Chet Holmes</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1938760/c1e-350va545v7aw273o-8dwwm8m3cv23-0xkcph.mp3" length="35504208"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 750, Rob Walling is joined by Laura Roeder, founder of Paperbell, to answer intermediate listener questions. They discuss making your first hire with limited funds, testing pricing models with existing customer bases, and more. Laura also provides some great advice on content marketing, drawing from her past experience at MeetEdgar.



Topics we cover: 




(3:14) – Building a team before you can afford your first, full time hire



(11:11) – Testing pricing with existing customer bases



(19:00) – What type of content should you focus on?



(25:20) – Growing a pipeline of leads with limited resources



(31:00) – Who are your 100 best customers?




Links from the Show: 




SaaS Institute



TinySeed



TinySeed Tales is Back: S4E1



Lauraroeder.com



Laura Roeder (@lauraroeder.bsky.social) | Bluesky



Paperbell



Episode 473 | Managing Annual Subscriptions, Low-price vs. High, Being a Non-Developer Founder, and More Listener Questions with Laura Roeder



Exactly How I Cold Emailed My Way to A Life-Changing Exit (And You Can Too) by Laura Roeder



The SaaS Playbook



Buy Back Your Time by Dan Martell



If I Started SaaS in 2024, Here’s My B2B Content Strategy for $1M ARR



The Ultimate Sales Machine by Chet Holmes




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:28</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 749 | TinySeed Tales s4e1: Introducing Hammerstone.dev]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 16 Jan 2025 10:00:04 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1940193</guid>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Season 4 of TinySeed Tales, where we follow the founders of one SaaS startup throughout a few years as they share their struggles, victories, and failures.</p>



<p>In the first episode of Season 4, Rob introduces us to Colleen Schnettler, the cofounder of Hammerstone. Colleen is a self-taught Rails developer, and this season will follow how Hammerstone eventually becomes Hello Query – an AI-powered chatbot that runs custom reporting on your data. Colleen is one of 27 startup founders from TinySeed’s Fall 2022 accelerator batch.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:16) – TinySeed Tales Season 4 with Colleen Schnettler</li>



<li>(3:57) – Custom reporting in Laravel and Rails</li>



<li>(7:05) – Becoming an “atypical founder”</li>



<li>(14:11) – Entrepreneurship as a military spouse</li>



<li>(16:17) – Motivations for joining TinySeed</li>



<li>(19:15) – A recent low point, and high point in the business</li>



<li>(25:00) – Big plans and risky moves ahead</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="http://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Applications open on February 10th</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/leenyburger" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/leenyburger.bsky.social" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://hammerstone.dev/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Refine by Hammerstone</a></li>



<li><a href="https://helloquery.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hello Query</a></li>



<li><a href="https://softwaresocial.dev/">Software Social Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/tinyseed-tales/castos-1-a-non-technical-saas-founder" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Tales | Season 1 | Castos</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/tinyseed-tales/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-1-introducing-gather" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Tales | Season 2 | Gather</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-619-tinyseed-tales-s3e1-moving-from-bootstrapped-to-mostly-bootstrapped" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Tales | Season 3 | Cloudforecast</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Welcome to Season 4 of TinySeed Tales, where we follow the founders of one SaaS startup throughout a few years as they share their struggles, victories, and failures.



In the first episode of Season 4, Rob introduces us to Colleen Schnettler, the cofounder of Hammerstone. Colleen is a self-taught Rails developer, and this season will follow how Hammerstone eventually becomes Hello Query – an AI-powered chatbot that runs custom reporting on your data. Colleen is one of 27 startup founders from TinySeed’s Fall 2022 accelerator batch.



Topics we cover: 




(2:16) – TinySeed Tales Season 4 with Colleen Schnettler



(3:57) – Custom reporting in Laravel and Rails



(7:05) – Becoming an “atypical founder”



(14:11) – Entrepreneurship as a military spouse



(16:17) – Motivations for joining TinySeed



(19:15) – A recent low point, and high point in the business



(25:00) – Big plans and risky moves ahead




Links from the Show: 




TinySeed Applications open on February 10th



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky



Refine by Hammerstone



Hello Query



Software Social Podcast



TinySeed Tales | Season 1 | Castos



TinySeed Tales | Season 2 | Gather



TinySeed Tales | Season 3 | Cloudforecast




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 749 | TinySeed Tales s4e1: Introducing Hammerstone.dev]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Season 4 of TinySeed Tales, where we follow the founders of one SaaS startup throughout a few years as they share their struggles, victories, and failures.</p>



<p>In the first episode of Season 4, Rob introduces us to Colleen Schnettler, the cofounder of Hammerstone. Colleen is a self-taught Rails developer, and this season will follow how Hammerstone eventually becomes Hello Query – an AI-powered chatbot that runs custom reporting on your data. Colleen is one of 27 startup founders from TinySeed’s Fall 2022 accelerator batch.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:16) – TinySeed Tales Season 4 with Colleen Schnettler</li>



<li>(3:57) – Custom reporting in Laravel and Rails</li>



<li>(7:05) – Becoming an “atypical founder”</li>



<li>(14:11) – Entrepreneurship as a military spouse</li>



<li>(16:17) – Motivations for joining TinySeed</li>



<li>(19:15) – A recent low point, and high point in the business</li>



<li>(25:00) – Big plans and risky moves ahead</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="http://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Applications open on February 10th</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/leenyburger" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/leenyburger.bsky.social" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://hammerstone.dev/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Refine by Hammerstone</a></li>



<li><a href="https://helloquery.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hello Query</a></li>



<li><a href="https://softwaresocial.dev/">Software Social Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/tinyseed-tales/castos-1-a-non-technical-saas-founder" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Tales | Season 1 | Castos</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/tinyseed-tales/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-1-introducing-gather" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Tales | Season 2 | Gather</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-619-tinyseed-tales-s3e1-moving-from-bootstrapped-to-mostly-bootstrapped" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Tales | Season 3 | Cloudforecast</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1940193/c1e-w409fr07kkt8po91-0v55m9jpfj80-1pa3ut.mp3" length="25576418"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Welcome to Season 4 of TinySeed Tales, where we follow the founders of one SaaS startup throughout a few years as they share their struggles, victories, and failures.



In the first episode of Season 4, Rob introduces us to Colleen Schnettler, the cofounder of Hammerstone. Colleen is a self-taught Rails developer, and this season will follow how Hammerstone eventually becomes Hello Query – an AI-powered chatbot that runs custom reporting on your data. Colleen is one of 27 startup founders from TinySeed’s Fall 2022 accelerator batch.



Topics we cover: 




(2:16) – TinySeed Tales Season 4 with Colleen Schnettler



(3:57) – Custom reporting in Laravel and Rails



(7:05) – Becoming an “atypical founder”



(14:11) – Entrepreneurship as a military spouse



(16:17) – Motivations for joining TinySeed



(19:15) – A recent low point, and high point in the business



(25:00) – Big plans and risky moves ahead




Links from the Show: 




TinySeed Applications open on February 10th



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger) | X



Colleen Schnettler (@leenyburger.bsky.social) | Bluesky



Refine by Hammerstone



Hello Query



Software Social Podcast



TinySeed Tales | Season 1 | Castos



TinySeed Tales | Season 2 | Gather



TinySeed Tales | Season 3 | Cloudforecast




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:26:08</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 748 | The Ins and Outs of Startup Investing]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2025 10:00:35 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1934550</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-748-the-ins-and-outs-of-startup-investing</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 748, Rob Walling sits down with Einar Vollset, co-founder of TinySeed, to discuss the ins and outs of startup investing. They explore the differences between VC and angel investing, the importance of deal flow, and the challenges of valuation. Rob and Einar also highlight how TinySeed’s approach differs from traditional VC, including their focus on capital efficiency and why it’s been working for ambitious B2B SaaS companies.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:37) – The stigma of bootstrapper funding is waning</li>



<li>(6:44) – What success looks like in venture funding</li>



<li>(10:45) – Breaking down the math and deal flow</li>



<li>(17:54) – How valuations work</li>



<li>(26:21) – Keeping optionality</li>



<li>(29:58) – Evaluating markups</li>



<li>(35:18) – Raising TinySeed’s next fund</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect Applications open until January 15th</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Invest with TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/einarvollset" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-744-bluesky-tinyseed-is-raising-yc-backs-competitors-and-more-hot-take-tuesday-topics" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 744 | Bluesky, TinySeed is Raising, YC Backs Competitors, and More Hot Take Tuesday Topics</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.discretioncapital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Discretion Capital</a></li>



<li><a href="https://blog.samaltman.com/how-to-invest-in-startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How To Invest In Startups</a> by Sam Altman</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 748, Rob Walling sits down with Einar Vollset, co-founder of TinySeed, to discuss the ins and outs of startup investing. They explore the differences between VC and angel investing, the importance of deal flow, and the challenges of valuation. Rob and Einar also highlight how TinySeed’s approach differs from traditional VC, including their focus on capital efficiency and why it’s been working for ambitious B2B SaaS companies.



Topics we cover: 




(2:37) – The stigma of bootstrapper funding is waning



(6:44) – What success looks like in venture funding



(10:45) – Breaking down the math and deal flow



(17:54) – How valuations work



(26:21) – Keeping optionality



(29:58) – Evaluating markups



(35:18) – Raising TinySeed’s next fund




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect Applications open until January 15th



TinySeed



Invest with TinySeed



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X



Episode 744 | Bluesky, TinySeed is Raising, YC Backs Competitors, and More Hot Take Tuesday Topics



Discretion Capital



How To Invest In Startups by Sam Altman




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 748 | The Ins and Outs of Startup Investing]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 748, Rob Walling sits down with Einar Vollset, co-founder of TinySeed, to discuss the ins and outs of startup investing. They explore the differences between VC and angel investing, the importance of deal flow, and the challenges of valuation. Rob and Einar also highlight how TinySeed’s approach differs from traditional VC, including their focus on capital efficiency and why it’s been working for ambitious B2B SaaS companies.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:37) – The stigma of bootstrapper funding is waning</li>



<li>(6:44) – What success looks like in venture funding</li>



<li>(10:45) – Breaking down the math and deal flow</li>



<li>(17:54) – How valuations work</li>



<li>(26:21) – Keeping optionality</li>



<li>(29:58) – Evaluating markups</li>



<li>(35:18) – Raising TinySeed’s next fund</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect Applications open until January 15th</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Invest with TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/einarvollset" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-744-bluesky-tinyseed-is-raising-yc-backs-competitors-and-more-hot-take-tuesday-topics" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 744 | Bluesky, TinySeed is Raising, YC Backs Competitors, and More Hot Take Tuesday Topics</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.discretioncapital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Discretion Capital</a></li>



<li><a href="https://blog.samaltman.com/how-to-invest-in-startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How To Invest In Startups</a> by Sam Altman</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1934550/c1e-z1gncmk0v7i1wj3z-gpw2d11jfdx4-i2dnjg.mp3" length="37646342"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 748, Rob Walling sits down with Einar Vollset, co-founder of TinySeed, to discuss the ins and outs of startup investing. They explore the differences between VC and angel investing, the importance of deal flow, and the challenges of valuation. Rob and Einar also highlight how TinySeed’s approach differs from traditional VC, including their focus on capital efficiency and why it’s been working for ambitious B2B SaaS companies.



Topics we cover: 




(2:37) – The stigma of bootstrapper funding is waning



(6:44) – What success looks like in venture funding



(10:45) – Breaking down the math and deal flow



(17:54) – How valuations work



(26:21) – Keeping optionality



(29:58) – Evaluating markups



(35:18) – Raising TinySeed’s next fund




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect Applications open until January 15th



TinySeed



Invest with TinySeed



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X



Episode 744 | Bluesky, TinySeed is Raising, YC Backs Competitors, and More Hot Take Tuesday Topics



Discretion Capital



How To Invest In Startups by Sam Altman




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:38:43</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 747 | Evolving SaaS Customer Success Over 7 Years (with Jane Portman)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jan 2025 10:00:55 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1930889</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-747-evolving-saas-customer-success-over-7-years-with-jane-portman</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 747, Rob Walling interviews Jane Portman, co-founder of Userlist, to discuss the evolution of their SaaS customer success strategy. Jane shares the four stages of Userlist’s customer success journey, from the early days of trial and error to implementing done-for-you services. They also discuss the challenges of customer onboarding for complex products.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:20) – How customer success works at Userlist</li>



<li>(5:27) – Dealing with upfront onboarding friction </li>



<li>(9:51) – Stage 1, “young and naive”</li>



<li>(12:16) – Stage 2, “hire someone”</li>



<li>(19:06) – Stage 3, “done for you services”</li>



<li>(25:47) – Leveraging the Userlist blog</li>



<li>(29:26) – Stage 4, “developing your own frameworks”</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://saasinstitute.com/">SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/uibreakfast">Jane Portman (@uibreakfast) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/uibreakfast.com">Jane Portman (@uibreakfast.com) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://userlist.com/">Userlist</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-471-fighting-to-gain-traction-in-a-crowded-space-with-jane-portman-of-userlist">Episode 471 | Fighting to Gain Traction in a Crowded Space with Jane Portman of Userlist</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-742-normalizing-hard-things-facing-your-biggest-threat-and-making-it-fast-a-rob-solo-adventure">Episode 742 | Normalizing Hard Things, Facing Your Biggest Threat, and Making it Fast (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/bs3BY4u">Crossing the Chasm</a> by Geoffrey A. Moore</li>



<li><a href="https://userlist.com/blog/userlist-closes-pre-seed-round/">Userlist Closes a Pre-Seed Round with 21 Angel Investors</a></li>



<li><a href="https://userlist.com/blog/saas-email-marketing-strategies/">SaaS Email Marketing Strategy: Everything You Need to Know</a></li>



<li><a href="https://userlist.com/blog/invite-your-team-emails/">20+ “Invite Your Team” Email Examples</a></li>



<li><a href="https://userlist.com/blog/atomic-emails/">Atomic Emails: Our Proven Method for Writing Email Campaigns</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 747, Rob Walling interviews Jane Portman, co-founder of Userlist, to discuss the evolution of their SaaS customer success strategy. Jane shares the four stages of Userlist’s customer success journey, from the early days of trial and error to implementing done-for-you services. They also discuss the challenges of customer onboarding for complex products.



Topics we cover: 




(2:20) – How customer success works at Userlist



(5:27) – Dealing with upfront onboarding friction 



(9:51) – Stage 1, “young and naive”



(12:16) – Stage 2, “hire someone”



(19:06) – Stage 3, “done for you services”



(25:47) – Leveraging the Userlist blog



(29:26) – Stage 4, “developing your own frameworks”




Links from the Show: 




SaaS Institute



TinySeed



Jane Portman (@uibreakfast) | X



Jane Portman (@uibreakfast.com) | Bluesky



Userlist



Episode 471 | Fighting to Gain Traction in a Crowded Space with Jane Portman of Userlist



Episode 742 | Normalizing Hard Things, Facing Your Biggest Threat, and Making it Fast (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Crossing the Chasm by Geoffrey A. Moore



Userlist Closes a Pre-Seed Round with 21 Angel Investors



SaaS Email Marketing Strategy: Everything You Need to Know



20+ “Invite Your Team” Email Examples



Atomic Emails: Our Proven Method for Writing Email Campaigns




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 747 | Evolving SaaS Customer Success Over 7 Years (with Jane Portman)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 747, Rob Walling interviews Jane Portman, co-founder of Userlist, to discuss the evolution of their SaaS customer success strategy. Jane shares the four stages of Userlist’s customer success journey, from the early days of trial and error to implementing done-for-you services. They also discuss the challenges of customer onboarding for complex products.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:20) – How customer success works at Userlist</li>



<li>(5:27) – Dealing with upfront onboarding friction </li>



<li>(9:51) – Stage 1, “young and naive”</li>



<li>(12:16) – Stage 2, “hire someone”</li>



<li>(19:06) – Stage 3, “done for you services”</li>



<li>(25:47) – Leveraging the Userlist blog</li>



<li>(29:26) – Stage 4, “developing your own frameworks”</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://saasinstitute.com/">SaaS Institute</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/uibreakfast">Jane Portman (@uibreakfast) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/uibreakfast.com">Jane Portman (@uibreakfast.com) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://userlist.com/">Userlist</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-471-fighting-to-gain-traction-in-a-crowded-space-with-jane-portman-of-userlist">Episode 471 | Fighting to Gain Traction in a Crowded Space with Jane Portman of Userlist</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-742-normalizing-hard-things-facing-your-biggest-threat-and-making-it-fast-a-rob-solo-adventure">Episode 742 | Normalizing Hard Things, Facing Your Biggest Threat, and Making it Fast (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/bs3BY4u">Crossing the Chasm</a> by Geoffrey A. Moore</li>



<li><a href="https://userlist.com/blog/userlist-closes-pre-seed-round/">Userlist Closes a Pre-Seed Round with 21 Angel Investors</a></li>



<li><a href="https://userlist.com/blog/saas-email-marketing-strategies/">SaaS Email Marketing Strategy: Everything You Need to Know</a></li>



<li><a href="https://userlist.com/blog/invite-your-team-emails/">20+ “Invite Your Team” Email Examples</a></li>



<li><a href="https://userlist.com/blog/atomic-emails/">Atomic Emails: Our Proven Method for Writing Email Campaigns</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1930889/c1e-jx1osqxoqpbpmqzj-dm579o0qu2zx-lqj86x.mp3" length="34557879"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 747, Rob Walling interviews Jane Portman, co-founder of Userlist, to discuss the evolution of their SaaS customer success strategy. Jane shares the four stages of Userlist’s customer success journey, from the early days of trial and error to implementing done-for-you services. They also discuss the challenges of customer onboarding for complex products.



Topics we cover: 




(2:20) – How customer success works at Userlist



(5:27) – Dealing with upfront onboarding friction 



(9:51) – Stage 1, “young and naive”



(12:16) – Stage 2, “hire someone”



(19:06) – Stage 3, “done for you services”



(25:47) – Leveraging the Userlist blog



(29:26) – Stage 4, “developing your own frameworks”




Links from the Show: 




SaaS Institute



TinySeed



Jane Portman (@uibreakfast) | X



Jane Portman (@uibreakfast.com) | Bluesky



Userlist



Episode 471 | Fighting to Gain Traction in a Crowded Space with Jane Portman of Userlist



Episode 742 | Normalizing Hard Things, Facing Your Biggest Threat, and Making it Fast (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Crossing the Chasm by Geoffrey A. Moore



Userlist Closes a Pre-Seed Round with 21 Angel Investors



SaaS Email Marketing Strategy: Everything You Need to Know



20+ “Invite Your Team” Email Examples



Atomic Emails: Our Proven Method for Writing Email Campaigns




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:35:54</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 746 | 9 Startup Predictions for 2025]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 31 Dec 2024 10:00:59 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1925106</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-746-9-startup-predictions-for-2025</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 746, Rob Walling looks ahead to 2025 with nine startup predictions, exploring trends in no-code tools, search, autonomous vehicles, AI, and an increase in platform risk for bootstrapped founders.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:52) – Carrying forward predictions from 2024</li>



<li>(3:09) – Search volume for Google organic SEO </li>



<li>(6:34) – Ads in AI interfaces</li>



<li>(7:50) – Google’s revenue drops, bootstrapper opportunities</li>



<li>(10:07) – “AI” use in  H1’s </li>



<li>(14:01) – Self-driving taxis</li>



<li>(19:28) – Platform risk intensifies</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-697-7-predictions-for-saas-bootstrappers-in-2024" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 697 | 7 Predictions for SaaS Bootstrappers in 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-725-seo-in-the-age-of-ai-freemium-when-brand-becomes-important-and-more-advanced-listener-questions-with-ruben-gamez" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 725 | SEO in the Age of AI, Freemium, When Brand Becomes Important, and More Advanced Listener Questions (with Ruben Gamez)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://linklo.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">LINKLO</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-735-the-8-levels-of-saas-platform-risk-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 735 | The 8 Levels of SaaS Platform Risk (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 746, Rob Walling looks ahead to 2025 with nine startup predictions, exploring trends in no-code tools, search, autonomous vehicles, AI, and an increase in platform risk for bootstrapped founders.



Topics we cover: 




(1:52) – Carrying forward predictions from 2024



(3:09) – Search volume for Google organic SEO 



(6:34) – Ads in AI interfaces



(7:50) – Google’s revenue drops, bootstrapper opportunities



(10:07) – “AI” use in  H1’s 



(14:01) – Self-driving taxis



(19:28) – Platform risk intensifies




Links from the Show: 




Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret



Episode 697 | 7 Predictions for SaaS Bootstrappers in 2024



Episode 725 | SEO in the Age of AI, Freemium, When Brand Becomes Important, and More Advanced Listener Questions (with Ruben Gamez)



LINKLO



TinySeed



Episode 735 | The 8 Levels of SaaS Platform Risk (A Rob Solo Adventure)




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 746 | 9 Startup Predictions for 2025]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 746, Rob Walling looks ahead to 2025 with nine startup predictions, exploring trends in no-code tools, search, autonomous vehicles, AI, and an increase in platform risk for bootstrapped founders.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:52) – Carrying forward predictions from 2024</li>



<li>(3:09) – Search volume for Google organic SEO </li>



<li>(6:34) – Ads in AI interfaces</li>



<li>(7:50) – Google’s revenue drops, bootstrapper opportunities</li>



<li>(10:07) – “AI” use in  H1’s </li>



<li>(14:01) – Self-driving taxis</li>



<li>(19:28) – Platform risk intensifies</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-697-7-predictions-for-saas-bootstrappers-in-2024" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 697 | 7 Predictions for SaaS Bootstrappers in 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-725-seo-in-the-age-of-ai-freemium-when-brand-becomes-important-and-more-advanced-listener-questions-with-ruben-gamez" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 725 | SEO in the Age of AI, Freemium, When Brand Becomes Important, and More Advanced Listener Questions (with Ruben Gamez)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://linklo.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">LINKLO</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-735-the-8-levels-of-saas-platform-risk-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 735 | The 8 Levels of SaaS Platform Risk (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1925106/c1e-m9vrcnoqzvhg4nmr-5zkp4jgzs511-3jiyx7.mp3" length="22016352"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 746, Rob Walling looks ahead to 2025 with nine startup predictions, exploring trends in no-code tools, search, autonomous vehicles, AI, and an increase in platform risk for bootstrapped founders.



Topics we cover: 




(1:52) – Carrying forward predictions from 2024



(3:09) – Search volume for Google organic SEO 



(6:34) – Ads in AI interfaces



(7:50) – Google’s revenue drops, bootstrapper opportunities



(10:07) – “AI” use in  H1’s 



(14:01) – Self-driving taxis



(19:28) – Platform risk intensifies




Links from the Show: 




Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret



Episode 697 | 7 Predictions for SaaS Bootstrappers in 2024



Episode 725 | SEO in the Age of AI, Freemium, When Brand Becomes Important, and More Advanced Listener Questions (with Ruben Gamez)



LINKLO



TinySeed



Episode 735 | The 8 Levels of SaaS Platform Risk (A Rob Solo Adventure)




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:22:25</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 745 | Reflecting on 2024: Revisiting My Predictions, The Best Episodes, My Favorite Frameworks, and More (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 24 Dec 2024 10:00:02 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1920957</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-745-reflecting-on-2024-revisiting-my-predictions-the-best-episodes-my-favorite-frameworks-and-more-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 745, Rob Walling goes solo to reflect on 2024. He revisits key concepts and frameworks introduced on the podcast, including the 2-20-200 Validation Framework, Orthogonal SaaS, and the eight levels of platform risk. Rob also looks back at his top five favorite episodes and reviews his predictions for the year—some of which came to pass, and others that didn’t.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:05) – Looking back at concepts and frameworks from past 12 months</li>



<li>(8:50) – Rob’s 5 favorite episodes</li>



<li>(11:56) – Reflecting on 2024 accomplishments</li>



<li>(19:47) – TinySeed Tales Returns in 2025</li>



<li>(21:18) – Evaluating 2024 predictions</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Launchpad – Start Free with “The DNA of a Great SaaS Idea”</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf YouTube Channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-706-2-20-200-validation-prior-art-and-designing-by-committee-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 706 | 2/20/200 Validation, Prior Art, and Designing by Committee (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/FlJaIqI0N10" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Vertical SaaS vs Horizontal SaaS - Which is More Profitable?</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-735-the-8-levels-of-saas-platform-risk-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 735 | The 8 Levels of SaaS Platform Risk (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-728-bootstrapping-gymdesk-to-a-more-than-32-5m-exit" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 728 | Bootstrapping Gymdesk to a More Than $32.5M Exit</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-706-5-rethinking-my-most-common-advice" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 706.5 | Rethinking My Most Common Advice</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-729-9-things-ive-learned-investing-in-170-saas-companies" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 729 | 9 Things I’ve Learned Investing in 170+ SaaS Companies</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-709-the-7-greatest-investments-of-my-life" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 709 | The 7 Greatest Investments of My Life</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-694-2023-in-review-amazing-growth-fighting-burnout" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 694 | 2023 In Review: Amazing Growth &amp; Fighting Burnout</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/jUyRLWSjarA" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How Ben Chestnut Bootstrapped Mailchimp to a $12 Billion Exit</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf New Orleans 2025</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small, Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/tinyseed-tales-podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Tales</a></li>
</ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 745, Rob Walling goes solo to reflect on 2024. He revisits key concepts and frameworks introduced on the podcast, including the 2-20-200 Validation Framework, Orthogonal SaaS, and the eight levels of platform risk. Rob also looks back at his top five favorite episodes and reviews his predictions for the year—some of which came to pass, and others that didn’t.



Topics we cover: 




(2:05) – Looking back at concepts and frameworks from past 12 months



(8:50) – Rob’s 5 favorite episodes



(11:56) – Reflecting on 2024 accomplishments



(19:47) – TinySeed Tales Returns in 2025



(21:18) – Evaluating 2024 predictions




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Launchpad – Start Free with “The DNA of a Great SaaS Idea”



MicroConf YouTube Channel



Episode 706 | 2/20/200 Validation, Prior Art, and Designing by Committee (A Rob Solo Adventure)



TinySeed



Vertical SaaS vs Horizontal SaaS - Which is More Profitable?



Episode 735 | The 8 Levels of SaaS Platform Risk (A Rob Solo Adventure)



The SaaS Playbook



Episode 728 | Bootstrapping Gymdesk to a More Than $32.5M Exit



Episode 706.5 | Rethinking My Most Common Advice



Episode 729 | 9 Things I’ve Learned Investing in 170+ SaaS Companies



Episode 709 | The 7 Greatest Investments of My Life



Episode 694 | 2023 In Review: Amazing Growth & Fighting Burnout



How Ben Chestnut Bootstrapped Mailchimp to a $12 Billion Exit



MicroConf New Orleans 2025



Start Small, Stay Small by Rob Walling



Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret



TinySeed Tales
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 745 | Reflecting on 2024: Revisiting My Predictions, The Best Episodes, My Favorite Frameworks, and More (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 745, Rob Walling goes solo to reflect on 2024. He revisits key concepts and frameworks introduced on the podcast, including the 2-20-200 Validation Framework, Orthogonal SaaS, and the eight levels of platform risk. Rob also looks back at his top five favorite episodes and reviews his predictions for the year—some of which came to pass, and others that didn’t.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:05) – Looking back at concepts and frameworks from past 12 months</li>



<li>(8:50) – Rob’s 5 favorite episodes</li>



<li>(11:56) – Reflecting on 2024 accomplishments</li>



<li>(19:47) – TinySeed Tales Returns in 2025</li>



<li>(21:18) – Evaluating 2024 predictions</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Launchpad – Start Free with “The DNA of a Great SaaS Idea”</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf YouTube Channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-706-2-20-200-validation-prior-art-and-designing-by-committee-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 706 | 2/20/200 Validation, Prior Art, and Designing by Committee (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/FlJaIqI0N10" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Vertical SaaS vs Horizontal SaaS - Which is More Profitable?</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-735-the-8-levels-of-saas-platform-risk-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 735 | The 8 Levels of SaaS Platform Risk (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-728-bootstrapping-gymdesk-to-a-more-than-32-5m-exit" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 728 | Bootstrapping Gymdesk to a More Than $32.5M Exit</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-706-5-rethinking-my-most-common-advice" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 706.5 | Rethinking My Most Common Advice</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-729-9-things-ive-learned-investing-in-170-saas-companies" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 729 | 9 Things I’ve Learned Investing in 170+ SaaS Companies</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-709-the-7-greatest-investments-of-my-life" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 709 | The 7 Greatest Investments of My Life</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-694-2023-in-review-amazing-growth-fighting-burnout" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 694 | 2023 In Review: Amazing Growth &amp; Fighting Burnout</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/jUyRLWSjarA" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How Ben Chestnut Bootstrapped Mailchimp to a $12 Billion Exit</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf New Orleans 2025</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small, Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/tinyseed-tales-podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Tales</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1920957/c1e-28rqi8p5o3iqo4rd-mk1zxwd6f65w-f5hq1v.mp3" length="26759728"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 745, Rob Walling goes solo to reflect on 2024. He revisits key concepts and frameworks introduced on the podcast, including the 2-20-200 Validation Framework, Orthogonal SaaS, and the eight levels of platform risk. Rob also looks back at his top five favorite episodes and reviews his predictions for the year—some of which came to pass, and others that didn’t.



Topics we cover: 




(2:05) – Looking back at concepts and frameworks from past 12 months



(8:50) – Rob’s 5 favorite episodes



(11:56) – Reflecting on 2024 accomplishments



(19:47) – TinySeed Tales Returns in 2025



(21:18) – Evaluating 2024 predictions




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Launchpad – Start Free with “The DNA of a Great SaaS Idea”



MicroConf YouTube Channel



Episode 706 | 2/20/200 Validation, Prior Art, and Designing by Committee (A Rob Solo Adventure)



TinySeed



Vertical SaaS vs Horizontal SaaS - Which is More Profitable?



Episode 735 | The 8 Levels of SaaS Platform Risk (A Rob Solo Adventure)



The SaaS Playbook



Episode 728 | Bootstrapping Gymdesk to a More Than $32.5M Exit



Episode 706.5 | Rethinking My Most Common Advice



Episode 729 | 9 Things I’ve Learned Investing in 170+ SaaS Companies



Episode 709 | The 7 Greatest Investments of My Life



Episode 694 | 2023 In Review: Amazing Growth & Fighting Burnout



How Ben Chestnut Bootstrapped Mailchimp to a $12 Billion Exit



MicroConf New Orleans 2025



Start Small, Stay Small by Rob Walling



Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret



TinySeed Tales
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:21</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 744 | Bluesky, TinySeed is Raising, YC Backs Competitors, and More Hot Take Tuesday Topics]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 17 Dec 2024 10:00:04 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1917407</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-744-bluesky-tinyseed-is-raising-yc-backs-competitors-and-more-hot-take-tuesday-topics</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 744, Rob Walling is joined by Tracy Osborn and Einar Vollset to give their hot takes on some recent news. They cover the recent rise of Bluesky, kicking off a 4-figure bet between Tracy and Einar. Then they discuss TinySeed’s third fund, YC Combinator backing competitors, dealing with imposter syndrome, and finally government involvement in banning social media.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:49) – Will Bluesky survive and thrive?</li>



<li>(9:07) – The bet on Bluesky growth</li>



<li>(13:46) – TinySeed is raising a third fund</li>



<li>(17:25) – Y Combinator backs duplicates</li>



<li>(22:18) – Dealing with Imposter Syndrome</li>



<li>(27:46) – Australia's social media ban</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Launchpad – Start Free with “The DNA of a Great SaaS Idea”</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/did:plc:4j342fuzntvxosw54mksqsbg" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@robwalling.com) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/did:plc:tiee6z3k2fg2uql5zit7ngvd" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed (@tinyseed.com) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/tracyosborn.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tracy Osborn (tracymakes) (@tracyosborn.com) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/einarvollset" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://techcrunch.com/2024/11/22/y-combinator-often-backs-startups-that-duplicate-other-yc-companies-data-shows-its-not-just-ai-code-editors/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Y Combinator often backs startups that duplicate other YC companies, data shows</a></li>



<li><a href="https://swapnilchauhan.com/blog/procrastination-and-the-fear-of-not-being-good-enough" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Procrastination and the Fear of Not Being 'Good Enough'</a> by Swapnil Chauhan</li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/DbKD8UWvO6w" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Startup Founders, Do THIS to Beat Imposter Syndrome</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.reuters.com/technology/cybersecurity/australia-proposes-ban-social-media-those-under-16-2024-11-06/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Australia proposes 'world-leading' ban on social media for children under 16</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 744, Rob Walling is joined by Tracy Osborn and Einar Vollset to give their hot takes on some recent news. They cover the recent rise of Bluesky, kicking off a 4-figure bet between Tracy and Einar. Then they discuss TinySeed’s third fund, YC Combinator backing competitors, dealing with imposter syndrome, and finally government involvement in banning social media.



Topics we cover: 




(1:49) – Will Bluesky survive and thrive?



(9:07) – The bet on Bluesky growth



(13:46) – TinySeed is raising a third fund



(17:25) – Y Combinator backs duplicates



(22:18) – Dealing with Imposter Syndrome



(27:46) – Australia's social media ban




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Launchpad – Start Free with “The DNA of a Great SaaS Idea”



Invest in TinySeed



Rob Walling (@robwalling.com) | Bluesky



TinySeed (@tinyseed.com) | Bluesky



Tracy Osborn (tracymakes) (@tracyosborn.com) | Bluesky



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X



Y Combinator often backs startups that duplicate other YC companies, data shows



Procrastination and the Fear of Not Being 'Good Enough' by Swapnil Chauhan



Startup Founders, Do THIS to Beat Imposter Syndrome



Australia proposes 'world-leading' ban on social media for children under 16




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 744 | Bluesky, TinySeed is Raising, YC Backs Competitors, and More Hot Take Tuesday Topics]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 744, Rob Walling is joined by Tracy Osborn and Einar Vollset to give their hot takes on some recent news. They cover the recent rise of Bluesky, kicking off a 4-figure bet between Tracy and Einar. Then they discuss TinySeed’s third fund, YC Combinator backing competitors, dealing with imposter syndrome, and finally government involvement in banning social media.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:49) – Will Bluesky survive and thrive?</li>



<li>(9:07) – The bet on Bluesky growth</li>



<li>(13:46) – TinySeed is raising a third fund</li>



<li>(17:25) – Y Combinator backs duplicates</li>



<li>(22:18) – Dealing with Imposter Syndrome</li>



<li>(27:46) – Australia's social media ban</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Launchpad – Start Free with “The DNA of a Great SaaS Idea”</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/did:plc:4j342fuzntvxosw54mksqsbg" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@robwalling.com) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/did:plc:tiee6z3k2fg2uql5zit7ngvd" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed (@tinyseed.com) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bsky.app/profile/tracyosborn.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tracy Osborn (tracymakes) (@tracyosborn.com) | Bluesky</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/einarvollset" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://techcrunch.com/2024/11/22/y-combinator-often-backs-startups-that-duplicate-other-yc-companies-data-shows-its-not-just-ai-code-editors/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Y Combinator often backs startups that duplicate other YC companies, data shows</a></li>



<li><a href="https://swapnilchauhan.com/blog/procrastination-and-the-fear-of-not-being-good-enough" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Procrastination and the Fear of Not Being 'Good Enough'</a> by Swapnil Chauhan</li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/DbKD8UWvO6w" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Startup Founders, Do THIS to Beat Imposter Syndrome</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.reuters.com/technology/cybersecurity/australia-proposes-ban-social-media-those-under-16-2024-11-06/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Australia proposes 'world-leading' ban on social media for children under 16</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1917407/c1e-gjn1h31dzqswgqo3-6zwg6203t8o1-5jtzx0.mp3" length="33098114"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 744, Rob Walling is joined by Tracy Osborn and Einar Vollset to give their hot takes on some recent news. They cover the recent rise of Bluesky, kicking off a 4-figure bet between Tracy and Einar. Then they discuss TinySeed’s third fund, YC Combinator backing competitors, dealing with imposter syndrome, and finally government involvement in banning social media.



Topics we cover: 




(1:49) – Will Bluesky survive and thrive?



(9:07) – The bet on Bluesky growth



(13:46) – TinySeed is raising a third fund



(17:25) – Y Combinator backs duplicates



(22:18) – Dealing with Imposter Syndrome



(27:46) – Australia's social media ban




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Launchpad – Start Free with “The DNA of a Great SaaS Idea”



Invest in TinySeed



Rob Walling (@robwalling.com) | Bluesky



TinySeed (@tinyseed.com) | Bluesky



Tracy Osborn (tracymakes) (@tracyosborn.com) | Bluesky



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X



Y Combinator often backs startups that duplicate other YC companies, data shows



Procrastination and the Fear of Not Being 'Good Enough' by Swapnil Chauhan



Startup Founders, Do THIS to Beat Imposter Syndrome



Australia proposes 'world-leading' ban on social media for children under 16




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:33:57</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 743 | How to Sell Your Business Without Regret]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2024 10:00:29 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1913086</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-743-how-to-sell-your-business-without-regret</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 743, Rob Walling and Dr. Sherry Walling read the first chapter of their new book, Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Selling Your Company Without Regret. They discuss the emotional and psychological challenges of selling a business, and why it’s often harder than founders expect. They offer insights on how to prepare for a sale, protect your mental health, and how to best navigate this major life change that few others understand.</p>



<p><a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/robwalling/exit-strategy-by-sherry-walling-phd-and-rob-walling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Back the book on Kickstarter</strong></a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>. </p>



<p>For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.</p>



<p>Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” </p>



<p>Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. </p>



<p><em>To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at </em><a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a><em>. </em></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:49) – Exit Strategy Introduction</li>



<li>(6:56) – Exits are complicated</li>



<li>(11:16) – One of the hardest things you’ll ever do</li>



<li>(15:57) – Your business is your baby </li>



<li>(18:35) – Entering the unknown</li>



<li>(26:49) – Six factors that shape how you feel about an exit</li>



<li>(31:03) – Making it real</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/robwalling/exit-strategy-by-sherry-walling-phd-and-rob-walling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Back the book on Kickstarter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect Applications Close Today, December 10th</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/sherrywalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dr. Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/9H1SrYK" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Built to Sell</a> by John Warrillow</li>



<li><a href="https://www.touchingtwoworlds.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Touching Two Worlds</a> by Dr. Sherry Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/8Z0UTb9" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together</a> by Sherry Walling, PhD, Rob Walling</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your quest...</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 743, Rob Walling and Dr. Sherry Walling read the first chapter of their new book, Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Selling Your Company Without Regret. They discuss the emotional and psychological challenges of selling a business, and why it’s often harder than founders expect. They offer insights on how to prepare for a sale, protect your mental health, and how to best navigate this major life change that few others understand.



Back the book on Kickstarter



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, Lemon.io. 



For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.



Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” 



Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. 



To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. 



Topics we cover: 




(1:49) – Exit Strategy Introduction



(6:56) – Exits are complicated



(11:16) – One of the hardest things you’ll ever do



(15:57) – Your business is your baby 



(18:35) – Entering the unknown



(26:49) – Six factors that shape how you feel about an exit



(31:03) – Making it real




Links from the Show: 




Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret



Back the book on Kickstarter



MicroConf Connect Applications Close Today, December 10th



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X



Dr. Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X



The SaaS Playbook



Built to Sell by John Warrillow



Touching Two Worlds by Dr. Sherry Walling



The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together by Sherry Walling, PhD, Rob Walling




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your quest...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 743 | How to Sell Your Business Without Regret]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 743, Rob Walling and Dr. Sherry Walling read the first chapter of their new book, Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Selling Your Company Without Regret. They discuss the emotional and psychological challenges of selling a business, and why it’s often harder than founders expect. They offer insights on how to prepare for a sale, protect your mental health, and how to best navigate this major life change that few others understand.</p>



<p><a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/robwalling/exit-strategy-by-sherry-walling-phd-and-rob-walling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Back the book on Kickstarter</strong></a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>. </p>



<p>For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.</p>



<p>Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” </p>



<p>Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. </p>



<p><em>To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at </em><a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a><em>. </em></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(1:49) – Exit Strategy Introduction</li>



<li>(6:56) – Exits are complicated</li>



<li>(11:16) – One of the hardest things you’ll ever do</li>



<li>(15:57) – Your business is your baby </li>



<li>(18:35) – Entering the unknown</li>



<li>(26:49) – Six factors that shape how you feel about an exit</li>



<li>(31:03) – Making it real</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/robwalling/exit-strategy-by-sherry-walling-phd-and-rob-walling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Back the book on Kickstarter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect Applications Close Today, December 10th</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/sherrywalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dr. Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/9H1SrYK" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Built to Sell</a> by John Warrillow</li>



<li><a href="https://www.touchingtwoworlds.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Touching Two Worlds</a> by Dr. Sherry Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/8Z0UTb9" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together</a> by Sherry Walling, PhD, Rob Walling</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1913086/c1e-nr20c5w2zntq8r6x-mk15o47gi648-farjg3.mp3" length="35741046"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 743, Rob Walling and Dr. Sherry Walling read the first chapter of their new book, Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Selling Your Company Without Regret. They discuss the emotional and psychological challenges of selling a business, and why it’s often harder than founders expect. They offer insights on how to prepare for a sale, protect your mental health, and how to best navigate this major life change that few others understand.



Back the book on Kickstarter



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, Lemon.io. 



For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.



Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” 



Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. 



To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. 



Topics we cover: 




(1:49) – Exit Strategy Introduction



(6:56) – Exits are complicated



(11:16) – One of the hardest things you’ll ever do



(15:57) – Your business is your baby 



(18:35) – Entering the unknown



(26:49) – Six factors that shape how you feel about an exit



(31:03) – Making it real




Links from the Show: 




Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret



Back the book on Kickstarter



MicroConf Connect Applications Close Today, December 10th



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X



Dr. Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X



The SaaS Playbook



Built to Sell by John Warrillow



Touching Two Worlds by Dr. Sherry Walling



The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together by Sherry Walling, PhD, Rob Walling




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your quest...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:42</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 742 | Normalizing Hard Things, Facing Your Biggest Threat, and Making it Fast (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 03 Dec 2024 10:00:15 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1907427</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-742-normalizing-hard-things-facing-your-biggest-threat-and-making-it-fast-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 742, Rob Walling goes solo to explore normalizing doing hard things and facing your biggest threats. He also discusses a framework for founders looking to scale without cutting corners – making things work, making them right, and then making them fast.</p>



<p><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exit Strategy Kickstarter ends on December 12!</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:39) – Normalizing doing hard things</li>



<li>(6:54) – The “hard things” in your startup</li>



<li>(10:27) – Walking into the storm</li>



<li>(16:21) – ”Make it work, make it right, make it fast”</li>



<li>(22:04) – Building your “Founder Gut”</li>



<li>(25:42) – Think in years, not months</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Masterminds Applications Close on December 4th</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/sherrywalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dr. Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://comiclab.simplecast.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Comic Lab Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/hxkpTJvRSuA?si=5NE8wO-1PJWUHlF7" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">This Took 11 Years to Be An "Overnight Success" - SaaS Exit Strategy</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 742, Rob Walling goes solo to explore normalizing doing hard things and facing your biggest threats. He also discusses a framework for founders looking to scale without cutting corners – making things work, making them right, and then making them fast.



Exit Strategy Kickstarter ends on December 12!



Topics we cover: 




(2:39) – Normalizing doing hard things



(6:54) – The “hard things” in your startup



(10:27) – Walking into the storm



(16:21) – ”Make it work, make it right, make it fast”



(22:04) – Building your “Founder Gut”



(25:42) – Think in years, not months




Links from the Show: 




Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret



MicroConf Masterminds Applications Close on December 4th



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X



Dr. Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X



The Comic Lab Podcast



The SaaS Playbook



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping



This Took 11 Years to Be An "Overnight Success" - SaaS Exit Strategy




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 742 | Normalizing Hard Things, Facing Your Biggest Threat, and Making it Fast (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 742, Rob Walling goes solo to explore normalizing doing hard things and facing your biggest threats. He also discusses a framework for founders looking to scale without cutting corners – making things work, making them right, and then making them fast.</p>



<p><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exit Strategy Kickstarter ends on December 12!</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:39) – Normalizing doing hard things</li>



<li>(6:54) – The “hard things” in your startup</li>



<li>(10:27) – Walking into the storm</li>



<li>(16:21) – ”Make it work, make it right, make it fast”</li>



<li>(22:04) – Building your “Founder Gut”</li>



<li>(25:42) – Think in years, not months</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Masterminds Applications Close on December 4th</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/sherrywalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dr. Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://comiclab.simplecast.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Comic Lab Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/hxkpTJvRSuA?si=5NE8wO-1PJWUHlF7" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">This Took 11 Years to Be An "Overnight Success" - SaaS Exit Strategy</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1907427/c1e-9g8vfnvkmquw5r2g-jpj70doni8k9-frxrbo.mp3" length="27709650"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 742, Rob Walling goes solo to explore normalizing doing hard things and facing your biggest threats. He also discusses a framework for founders looking to scale without cutting corners – making things work, making them right, and then making them fast.



Exit Strategy Kickstarter ends on December 12!



Topics we cover: 




(2:39) – Normalizing doing hard things



(6:54) – The “hard things” in your startup



(10:27) – Walking into the storm



(16:21) – ”Make it work, make it right, make it fast”



(22:04) – Building your “Founder Gut”



(25:42) – Think in years, not months




Links from the Show: 




Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret



MicroConf Masterminds Applications Close on December 4th



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X



Dr. Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X



The Comic Lab Podcast



The SaaS Playbook



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping



This Took 11 Years to Be An "Overnight Success" - SaaS Exit Strategy




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:28:21</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 741 | What Actually is Product Led Growth? (with Wes Bush)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2024 10:00:48 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1895023</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-741-what-actually-is-product-led-growth-with-wes-bush</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 741, Rob Walling talks to Wes Bush, CEO and Founder of ProductLed, about the nuances and misconceptions of product-led growth. Wes debunks common myths and explains how companies can leverage their product to drive user acquisition, engagement, and growth. They dive into a real-world example and explore how founders can avoid the trap of thinking the product will “sell itself” while contrasting PLG and sales-led strategies.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>. </p>



<p>For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.</p>



<p>Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” </p>



<p>Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. </p>



<p><em>To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at </em><a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a><em>. </em></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:01) – Defining product-led growth</li>



<li>(6:07) – Are users able to get value for free? </li>



<li>(11:38) – Hybrid: both product-led and sales-led</li>



<li>(14:52) – Determining the main outcome of your free model</li>



<li>(19:23) – Misuse of the PLG terminology</li>



<li>(22:00) – The benefits of PLG over sales-led growth</li>



<li>(24:08) – Workshopping SavvyCal’s product-led strategy</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mastermind Applications are open until December 4th</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/wes_bush" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Wes Bush (@wes_bush) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/productled" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ProductLed (@productled) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://productled.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ProductLed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/akRocPf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Product-Led Growth: How to Build a Product That Sells Itself</a> by Wes Bush</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/aufK3CD" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Product-Led Playbook: How to Unlock Self-Serve Revenue and Dominate Your Market (With a Tiny Team)</a> by Wes Bush</li>



<li><a href="https://productled.com/productled-podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Free Audiobook of The Product-Led Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/cXgBdJ3" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Product-Led Onboarding</a> by Ramli John</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://sparktoro.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SparkToro</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>...]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 741, Rob Walling talks to Wes Bush, CEO and Founder of ProductLed, about the nuances and misconceptions of product-led growth. Wes debunks common myths and explains how companies can leverage their product to drive user acquisition, engagement, and growth. They dive into a real-world example and explore how founders can avoid the trap of thinking the product will “sell itself” while contrasting PLG and sales-led strategies.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, Lemon.io. 



For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.



Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” 



Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. 



To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. 



Topics we cover: 




(2:01) – Defining product-led growth



(6:07) – Are users able to get value for free? 



(11:38) – Hybrid: both product-led and sales-led



(14:52) – Determining the main outcome of your free model



(19:23) – Misuse of the PLG terminology



(22:00) – The benefits of PLG over sales-led growth



(24:08) – Workshopping SavvyCal’s product-led strategy




Links from the Show: 




Mastermind Applications are open until December 4th



Wes Bush (@wes_bush) | X



ProductLed (@productled) | X



ProductLed



Product-Led Growth: How to Build a Product That Sells Itself by Wes Bush



The Product-Led Playbook: How to Unlock Self-Serve Revenue and Dominate Your Market (With a Tiny Team) by Wes Bush



Free Audiobook of The Product-Led Playbook



Product-Led Onboarding by Ramli John



TinySeed



SparkToro



SavvyCal




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 741 | What Actually is Product Led Growth? (with Wes Bush)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 741, Rob Walling talks to Wes Bush, CEO and Founder of ProductLed, about the nuances and misconceptions of product-led growth. Wes debunks common myths and explains how companies can leverage their product to drive user acquisition, engagement, and growth. They dive into a real-world example and explore how founders can avoid the trap of thinking the product will “sell itself” while contrasting PLG and sales-led strategies.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>. </p>



<p>For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.</p>



<p>Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” </p>



<p>Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. </p>



<p><em>To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at </em><a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a><em>. </em></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>(2:01) – Defining product-led growth</li>



<li>(6:07) – Are users able to get value for free? </li>



<li>(11:38) – Hybrid: both product-led and sales-led</li>



<li>(14:52) – Determining the main outcome of your free model</li>



<li>(19:23) – Misuse of the PLG terminology</li>



<li>(22:00) – The benefits of PLG over sales-led growth</li>



<li>(24:08) – Workshopping SavvyCal’s product-led strategy</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mastermind Applications are open until December 4th</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/wes_bush" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Wes Bush (@wes_bush) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/productled" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ProductLed (@productled) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://productled.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ProductLed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/akRocPf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Product-Led Growth: How to Build a Product That Sells Itself</a> by Wes Bush</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/aufK3CD" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Product-Led Playbook: How to Unlock Self-Serve Revenue and Dominate Your Market (With a Tiny Team)</a> by Wes Bush</li>



<li><a href="https://productled.com/productled-podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Free Audiobook of The Product-Led Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/cXgBdJ3" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Product-Led Onboarding</a> by Ramli John</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://sparktoro.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SparkToro</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1895023/c1e-44nqf4o7p8b8xknd-nd40gdq3i79o-jria63.mp3" length="31009808"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 741, Rob Walling talks to Wes Bush, CEO and Founder of ProductLed, about the nuances and misconceptions of product-led growth. Wes debunks common myths and explains how companies can leverage their product to drive user acquisition, engagement, and growth. They dive into a real-world example and explore how founders can avoid the trap of thinking the product will “sell itself” while contrasting PLG and sales-led strategies.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, Lemon.io. 



For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.



Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” 



Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. 



To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. 



Topics we cover: 




(2:01) – Defining product-led growth



(6:07) – Are users able to get value for free? 



(11:38) – Hybrid: both product-led and sales-led



(14:52) – Determining the main outcome of your free model



(19:23) – Misuse of the PLG terminology



(22:00) – The benefits of PLG over sales-led growth



(24:08) – Workshopping SavvyCal’s product-led strategy




Links from the Show: 




Mastermind Applications are open until December 4th



Wes Bush (@wes_bush) | X



ProductLed (@productled) | X



ProductLed



Product-Led Growth: How to Build a Product That Sells Itself by Wes Bush



The Product-Led Playbook: How to Unlock Self-Serve Revenue and Dominate Your Market (With a Tiny Team) by Wes Bush



Free Audiobook of The Product-Led Playbook



Product-Led Onboarding by Ramli John



TinySeed



SparkToro



SavvyCal




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:31:48</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 740 | My New Book! The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 10:00:08 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1882560</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-740-my-new-book-the-entrepreneurs-guide-to-selling-your-business-without-regret</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 740, Rob Walling speaks with Dr. Sherry Walling about their new book, "Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret." They explore the emotional, psychological, and practical aspects of selling a business, emphasizing the universal challenges entrepreneurs face. The book draws on both Rob and Sherry’s unique experiences that they’ve shared with countless founders throughout their careers.</p>



<p><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exit Strategy is now live on Kickstarter!</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>2:01 – Not just a book for those selling SaaS</li>



<li>8:13 – The Kickstarter for the book is live today</li>



<li>12:16 – Before, during, and after the exit</li>



<li>14:55 – Why exiting is so hard</li>



<li>20:39 – Life after the exit</li>



<li>25:10 – A few traps await founders shortly after exit</li>



<li>26:24 – What do you do with a big pile of money?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Remote Goes Live November 20th!</a></li>



<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/sherrywalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dr. Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://zenfounder.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Zen Founder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://zenfounder.com/podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Zen Founder Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/ehsr02s" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Art of Selling Your Business</a> by John Warrillow</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/9n1LDNB" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Before the Exit</a> by Dan Andrews </li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/hnDKgvr" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Finish Big</a> by Bo Burlingham</li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.touchingtwoworlds.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Touching Two Worlds</a> by Dr. Sherry Walling</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 740, Rob Walling speaks with Dr. Sherry Walling about their new book, "Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret." They explore the emotional, psychological, and practical aspects of selling a business, emphasizing the universal challenges entrepreneurs face. The book draws on both Rob and Sherry’s unique experiences that they’ve shared with countless founders throughout their careers.



Exit Strategy is now live on Kickstarter!



Topics we cover: 




2:01 – Not just a book for those selling SaaS



8:13 – The Kickstarter for the book is live today



12:16 – Before, during, and after the exit



14:55 – Why exiting is so hard



20:39 – Life after the exit



25:10 – A few traps await founders shortly after exit



26:24 – What do you do with a big pile of money?




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Remote Goes Live November 20th!



Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X



Dr. Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X



Zen Founder



Zen Founder Podcast



The SaaS Playbook



The Art of Selling Your Business by John Warrillow



Before the Exit by Dan Andrews 



Finish Big by Bo Burlingham



MicroConf



TinySeed



Touching Two Worlds by Dr. Sherry Walling




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 740 | My New Book! The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 740, Rob Walling speaks with Dr. Sherry Walling about their new book, "Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret." They explore the emotional, psychological, and practical aspects of selling a business, emphasizing the universal challenges entrepreneurs face. The book draws on both Rob and Sherry’s unique experiences that they’ve shared with countless founders throughout their careers.</p>



<p><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exit Strategy is now live on Kickstarter!</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>2:01 – Not just a book for those selling SaaS</li>



<li>8:13 – The Kickstarter for the book is live today</li>



<li>12:16 – Before, during, and after the exit</li>



<li>14:55 – Why exiting is so hard</li>



<li>20:39 – Life after the exit</li>



<li>25:10 – A few traps await founders shortly after exit</li>



<li>26:24 – What do you do with a big pile of money?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Remote Goes Live November 20th!</a></li>



<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/sherrywalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dr. Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://zenfounder.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Zen Founder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://zenfounder.com/podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Zen Founder Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/ehsr02s" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Art of Selling Your Business</a> by John Warrillow</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/9n1LDNB" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Before the Exit</a> by Dan Andrews </li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/hnDKgvr" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Finish Big</a> by Bo Burlingham</li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.touchingtwoworlds.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Touching Two Worlds</a> by Dr. Sherry Walling</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1882560/c1e-nr20c5638muq8r6x-mk1rgv15s89p-tze6zi.mp3" length="29133295"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 740, Rob Walling speaks with Dr. Sherry Walling about their new book, "Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret." They explore the emotional, psychological, and practical aspects of selling a business, emphasizing the universal challenges entrepreneurs face. The book draws on both Rob and Sherry’s unique experiences that they’ve shared with countless founders throughout their careers.



Exit Strategy is now live on Kickstarter!



Topics we cover: 




2:01 – Not just a book for those selling SaaS



8:13 – The Kickstarter for the book is live today



12:16 – Before, during, and after the exit



14:55 – Why exiting is so hard



20:39 – Life after the exit



25:10 – A few traps await founders shortly after exit



26:24 – What do you do with a big pile of money?




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Remote Goes Live November 20th!



Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X



Dr. Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X



Zen Founder



Zen Founder Podcast



The SaaS Playbook



The Art of Selling Your Business by John Warrillow



Before the Exit by Dan Andrews 



Finish Big by Bo Burlingham



MicroConf



TinySeed



Touching Two Worlds by Dr. Sherry Walling




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:29:49</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 739 | Selling SaaS to Customers Who Don't Know They Have a Problem]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2024 10:00:10 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1876519</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-739-selling-saas-to-customers-who-dont-know-they-have-a-problem</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 739, Rob Walling interviews Andy Kim, co-founder of Trotto, about his unique journey into SaaS. Andy shares how “go links” work, and why they are so valuable for internal, enterprise use despite their relative obscurity. They also explore the marketing hurdles and customer adoption challenges in a business like Trotto.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>. </p>



<p>For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.</p>



<p>Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” </p>



<p>Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. </p>



<p><em>To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at </em><a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a><em>. </em></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>3:13 – Go links, URL shorteners for enterprise</li>



<li>6:14 – History of the problem and core users</li>



<li>9:44 – Customer education and growth opportunities</li>



<li>15:37 – Finding the repeatable marketing funnel</li>



<li>21:07 – Buying into a co-founder role at Trotto</li>



<li>24:42 – What’s the hardest part of running Trotto?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret</a></li>



<li><a href="http://microconfmasterminds.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Masterminds - Applications close on December 4th, 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="http://trot.to/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Trot.to</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/TrottoHQ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Trotto go links (@TrottoHQ) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.trot.to/history-of-go-links#problem" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How did go links start and evolve at Google?</a></li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet Light</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 739, Rob Walling interviews Andy Kim, co-founder of Trotto, about his unique journey into SaaS. Andy shares how “go links” work, and why they are so valuable for internal, enterprise use despite their relative obscurity. They also explore the marketing hurdles and customer adoption challenges in a business like Trotto.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, Lemon.io. 



For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.



Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” 



Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. 



To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. 



Topics we cover: 




3:13 – Go links, URL shorteners for enterprise



6:14 – History of the problem and core users



9:44 – Customer education and growth opportunities



15:37 – Finding the repeatable marketing funnel



21:07 – Buying into a co-founder role at Trotto



24:42 – What’s the hardest part of running Trotto?




Links from the Show: 




Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret



MicroConf Masterminds - Applications close on December 4th, 2024



Trot.to



Trotto go links (@TrottoHQ) | X



TinySeed



How did go links start and evolve at Google?



Quiet Light




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 739 | Selling SaaS to Customers Who Don't Know They Have a Problem]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 739, Rob Walling interviews Andy Kim, co-founder of Trotto, about his unique journey into SaaS. Andy shares how “go links” work, and why they are so valuable for internal, enterprise use despite their relative obscurity. They also explore the marketing hurdles and customer adoption challenges in a business like Trotto.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>. </p>



<p>For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.</p>



<p>Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” </p>



<p>Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. </p>



<p><em>To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at </em><a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a><em>. </em></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>3:13 – Go links, URL shorteners for enterprise</li>



<li>6:14 – History of the problem and core users</li>



<li>9:44 – Customer education and growth opportunities</li>



<li>15:37 – Finding the repeatable marketing funnel</li>



<li>21:07 – Buying into a co-founder role at Trotto</li>



<li>24:42 – What’s the hardest part of running Trotto?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://exitstrategybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret</a></li>



<li><a href="http://microconfmasterminds.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Masterminds - Applications close on December 4th, 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="http://trot.to/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Trot.to</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/TrottoHQ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Trotto go links (@TrottoHQ) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.trot.to/history-of-go-links#problem" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How did go links start and evolve at Google?</a></li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet Light</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1876519/c1e-o05nbv1qkjbdxz6q-25k3pdk2azx9-qvj4oh.mp3" length="28954349"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 739, Rob Walling interviews Andy Kim, co-founder of Trotto, about his unique journey into SaaS. Andy shares how “go links” work, and why they are so valuable for internal, enterprise use despite their relative obscurity. They also explore the marketing hurdles and customer adoption challenges in a business like Trotto.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, Lemon.io. 



For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.



Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” 



Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. 



To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. 



Topics we cover: 




3:13 – Go links, URL shorteners for enterprise



6:14 – History of the problem and core users



9:44 – Customer education and growth opportunities



15:37 – Finding the repeatable marketing funnel



21:07 – Buying into a co-founder role at Trotto



24:42 – What’s the hardest part of running Trotto?




Links from the Show: 




Exit Strategy: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Selling Your Business Without Regret



MicroConf Masterminds - Applications close on December 4th, 2024



Trot.to



Trotto go links (@TrottoHQ) | X



TinySeed



How did go links start and evolve at Google?



Quiet Light




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:29:38</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 738 | Encouraging Word of Mouth, Educating a Market, and More Listener Questions (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2024 10:00:31 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1868264</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-738-encouraging-word-of-mouth-educating-a-market-and-more-listener-questions-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 738, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers listener questions. He explores how to target larger, enterprise deals after achieving product-market fit, and why word of mouth marketing can be great, yet is tricky to control. Rob also answers a later-stage question and cautions against trying to educate the market as a bootstrapper.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>1:58 – Expanding to enterprise deals after product-market fit</li>



<li>6:39 – Word of mouth marketing is tricky for B2B SaaS</li>



<li>14:36 – Educating the market as a bootstrapper</li>



<li>20:07 – Selling integrations through incubators and accelerators</li>



<li>24:38 – Developing a profit sharing model</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Register for MicroConf Remote before Nov. 7th for Early Bird pricing &amp; extras</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ask a Question at Startups For the Rest of Us</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://longform.asmartbear.com/adjacency/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Adjacency Matrix: How to expand after PMF</a> by Jason Cohen</li>



<li><a href="https://f5bot.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">F5Bot</a></li>



<li><a href="https://syften.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Syften</a></li>



<li><a href="https://podscan.fm/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podscan</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.veed.io/create" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Veed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://balsamiq.com/company/news/profit-sharing/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Devising a profit sharing program for micro-multinationals</a> by Peldi Guilizzoni</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 738, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers listener questions. He explores how to target larger, enterprise deals after achieving product-market fit, and why word of mouth marketing can be great, yet is tricky to control. Rob also answers a later-stage question and cautions against trying to educate the market as a bootstrapper.



Topics we cover: 




1:58 – Expanding to enterprise deals after product-market fit



6:39 – Word of mouth marketing is tricky for B2B SaaS



14:36 – Educating the market as a bootstrapper



20:07 – Selling integrations through incubators and accelerators



24:38 – Developing a profit sharing model




Links from the Show: 




Register for MicroConf Remote before Nov. 7th for Early Bird pricing & extras



Ask a Question at Startups For the Rest of Us



The SaaS Playbook



TinySeed



Adjacency Matrix: How to expand after PMF by Jason Cohen



F5Bot



Syften



Podscan



Veed



Devising a profit sharing program for micro-multinationals by Peldi Guilizzoni




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 738 | Encouraging Word of Mouth, Educating a Market, and More Listener Questions (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 738, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers listener questions. He explores how to target larger, enterprise deals after achieving product-market fit, and why word of mouth marketing can be great, yet is tricky to control. Rob also answers a later-stage question and cautions against trying to educate the market as a bootstrapper.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>1:58 – Expanding to enterprise deals after product-market fit</li>



<li>6:39 – Word of mouth marketing is tricky for B2B SaaS</li>



<li>14:36 – Educating the market as a bootstrapper</li>



<li>20:07 – Selling integrations through incubators and accelerators</li>



<li>24:38 – Developing a profit sharing model</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Register for MicroConf Remote before Nov. 7th for Early Bird pricing &amp; extras</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ask a Question at Startups For the Rest of Us</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://longform.asmartbear.com/adjacency/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Adjacency Matrix: How to expand after PMF</a> by Jason Cohen</li>



<li><a href="https://f5bot.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">F5Bot</a></li>



<li><a href="https://syften.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Syften</a></li>



<li><a href="https://podscan.fm/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podscan</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.veed.io/create" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Veed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://balsamiq.com/company/news/profit-sharing/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Devising a profit sharing program for micro-multinationals</a> by Peldi Guilizzoni</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1868264/c1e-rgx1fjvmqdb7qj6r-jpjqg9g5uq6w-c92mgh.mp3" length="28001144"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 738, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers listener questions. He explores how to target larger, enterprise deals after achieving product-market fit, and why word of mouth marketing can be great, yet is tricky to control. Rob also answers a later-stage question and cautions against trying to educate the market as a bootstrapper.



Topics we cover: 




1:58 – Expanding to enterprise deals after product-market fit



6:39 – Word of mouth marketing is tricky for B2B SaaS



14:36 – Educating the market as a bootstrapper



20:07 – Selling integrations through incubators and accelerators



24:38 – Developing a profit sharing model




Links from the Show: 




Register for MicroConf Remote before Nov. 7th for Early Bird pricing & extras



Ask a Question at Startups For the Rest of Us



The SaaS Playbook



TinySeed



Adjacency Matrix: How to expand after PMF by Jason Cohen



F5Bot



Syften



Podscan



Veed



Devising a profit sharing program for micro-multinationals by Peldi Guilizzoni




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:28:40</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 737 | Key Takeaways from MicroConf Europe 2024 (With Derrick Reimer)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2024 10:00:03 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1864067</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-737-key-takeaways-from-microconf-europe-2024-with-derrick-reimer</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 737, Rob Walling is joined by Derrick Reimer to recap the experience from MicroConf Europe 2024 in Dubrovnik. They discuss the differences between MicroConf US and MicroConf Europe, some small programming tweaks over the years, and they revisit the highlights from the talks at this event. </p>



<p>If you missed the event and had some MicroConf FOMO, <a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">get your tickets now for our New Orleans event!</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>. </p>



<p>For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.</p>



<p>Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” </p>



<p>Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. </p>



<p><em>To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at </em><a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a><em>. </em></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>2:47 – MicroConf Europe vs. MicroConf US</li>



<li>6:44 – Adding “excursions” to the programming</li>



<li>11:29 – From Maker to Founder to Owner to Entrepreneur with Peldi Guilizzoni   </li>



<li>18:55 – Thinking big and small: Data-driven growth strategies to grow your business with Andrew Davies</li>



<li>20:45 – Contributing factors to the success of this event in particular</li>



<li>23:47 – 10 Lessons Learned in 10 Years of Starting, Growing, and Selling WebinarNinja with Omar Zenhom </li>



<li>26:40 – Bootstrapping Our Freemium Form Builder: From Zero to $1.5M ARR with Marie Martens</li>



<li>30:37 – 3 mistakes I won’t repeat after growing my business to +35M and selling it with Tim Vandecasteele</li>



<li>33:50 – Breaking Through the 7 SaaS Growth Plateaus with Rob Walling</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Get Tickets for MicroConf US 2025, New Orleans</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Signup for the MicroConf newsletter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/peldi" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Peldi from Balsamiq (@peldi) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/TheOmarZenhom" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Omar Zenhom (@TheOmarZenhom) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-717-bootstrapping-to-1-3m-arr-and-300000-free-users" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 717 | Bootstrapping to $1.3M ARR and 300,000 Free Users</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact"></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 737, Rob Walling is joined by Derrick Reimer to recap the experience from MicroConf Europe 2024 in Dubrovnik. They discuss the differences between MicroConf US and MicroConf Europe, some small programming tweaks over the years, and they revisit the highlights from the talks at this event. 



If you missed the event and had some MicroConf FOMO, get your tickets now for our New Orleans event!



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, Lemon.io. 



For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.



Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” 



Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. 



To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. 



Topics we cover: 




2:47 – MicroConf Europe vs. MicroConf US



6:44 – Adding “excursions” to the programming



11:29 – From Maker to Founder to Owner to Entrepreneur with Peldi Guilizzoni   



18:55 – Thinking big and small: Data-driven growth strategies to grow your business with Andrew Davies



20:45 – Contributing factors to the success of this event in particular



23:47 – 10 Lessons Learned in 10 Years of Starting, Growing, and Selling WebinarNinja with Omar Zenhom 



26:40 – Bootstrapping Our Freemium Form Builder: From Zero to $1.5M ARR with Marie Martens



30:37 – 3 mistakes I won’t repeat after growing my business to +35M and selling it with Tim Vandecasteele



33:50 – Breaking Through the 7 SaaS Growth Plateaus with Rob Walling




Links from the Show: 




Get Tickets for MicroConf US 2025, New Orleans



Signup for the MicroConf newsletter



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X



SavvyCal



Peldi from Balsamiq (@peldi) | X



The SaaS Playbook



Omar Zenhom (@TheOmarZenhom) | X



Episode 717 | Bootstrapping to $1.3M ARR and 300,000 Free Users




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 737 | Key Takeaways from MicroConf Europe 2024 (With Derrick Reimer)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 737, Rob Walling is joined by Derrick Reimer to recap the experience from MicroConf Europe 2024 in Dubrovnik. They discuss the differences between MicroConf US and MicroConf Europe, some small programming tweaks over the years, and they revisit the highlights from the talks at this event. </p>



<p>If you missed the event and had some MicroConf FOMO, <a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">get your tickets now for our New Orleans event!</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>. </p>



<p>For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.</p>



<p>Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” </p>



<p>Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. </p>



<p><em>To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at </em><a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a><em>. </em></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>2:47 – MicroConf Europe vs. MicroConf US</li>



<li>6:44 – Adding “excursions” to the programming</li>



<li>11:29 – From Maker to Founder to Owner to Entrepreneur with Peldi Guilizzoni   </li>



<li>18:55 – Thinking big and small: Data-driven growth strategies to grow your business with Andrew Davies</li>



<li>20:45 – Contributing factors to the success of this event in particular</li>



<li>23:47 – 10 Lessons Learned in 10 Years of Starting, Growing, and Selling WebinarNinja with Omar Zenhom </li>



<li>26:40 – Bootstrapping Our Freemium Form Builder: From Zero to $1.5M ARR with Marie Martens</li>



<li>30:37 – 3 mistakes I won’t repeat after growing my business to +35M and selling it with Tim Vandecasteele</li>



<li>33:50 – Breaking Through the 7 SaaS Growth Plateaus with Rob Walling</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Get Tickets for MicroConf US 2025, New Orleans</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Signup for the MicroConf newsletter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/peldi" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Peldi from Balsamiq (@peldi) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/TheOmarZenhom" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Omar Zenhom (@TheOmarZenhom) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-717-bootstrapping-to-1-3m-arr-and-300000-free-users" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 717 | Bootstrapping to $1.3M ARR and 300,000 Free Users</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1864067/c1e-68g7i2d42jbkp01r-mk1j3n11b24z-7xqwuw.mp3" length="40975278"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 737, Rob Walling is joined by Derrick Reimer to recap the experience from MicroConf Europe 2024 in Dubrovnik. They discuss the differences between MicroConf US and MicroConf Europe, some small programming tweaks over the years, and they revisit the highlights from the talks at this event. 



If you missed the event and had some MicroConf FOMO, get your tickets now for our New Orleans event!



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, Lemon.io. 



For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.



Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” 



Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. 



To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. 



Topics we cover: 




2:47 – MicroConf Europe vs. MicroConf US



6:44 – Adding “excursions” to the programming



11:29 – From Maker to Founder to Owner to Entrepreneur with Peldi Guilizzoni   



18:55 – Thinking big and small: Data-driven growth strategies to grow your business with Andrew Davies



20:45 – Contributing factors to the success of this event in particular



23:47 – 10 Lessons Learned in 10 Years of Starting, Growing, and Selling WebinarNinja with Omar Zenhom 



26:40 – Bootstrapping Our Freemium Form Builder: From Zero to $1.5M ARR with Marie Martens



30:37 – 3 mistakes I won’t repeat after growing my business to +35M and selling it with Tim Vandecasteele



33:50 – Breaking Through the 7 SaaS Growth Plateaus with Rob Walling




Links from the Show: 




Get Tickets for MicroConf US 2025, New Orleans



Signup for the MicroConf newsletter



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X



SavvyCal



Peldi from Balsamiq (@peldi) | X



The SaaS Playbook



Omar Zenhom (@TheOmarZenhom) | X



Episode 717 | Bootstrapping to $1.3M ARR and 300,000 Free Users




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:42:11</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 736 | Founder Regrets, DIY vs. Hiring, Defining your ICP, and More Later Stage Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2024 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1856515</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-736-founder-regrets-diy-vs-hiring-defining-your-icp-and-more-later-stage-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 736, join Rob Walling as he answers some later-stage listener questions in another solo adventure. He discusses common pitfalls in delegation, transitioning from one-time transactions to SaaS models, and when it makes sense to target multiple ICPs. Rob also warns about the limited impact that social media marketing can have on growing your SaaS tool.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Are you drowning in challenging tech decisions? You should check out today’s sponsor, <a href="https://tech-stack.com/startups?utm_source=sftrou_podcast&amp;utm_medium=show_notes&amp;utm_campaign=october2024" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Techstack</a>. </p>



<p>Unlike typical staffing agencies, these folks are startup specialists with over a decade of experience in startup software development.</p>



<p>Techstack can help your startup build an MVP that's designed for explosive growth, rapidly expand your team for new features, or optimize your existing codebase for peak performance. Whether you're launching, scaling up, or fine-tuning, they've got the expertise to supercharge your tech.</p>



<p>One of Techstack’s clients was recently featured on Inc. Magazine's Fast Growth Companies list, and they attributed part of their 375% growth to their partnership.</p>



<p>Here's an exclusive offer for "Startups For the Rest of Us" listeners: Get a 10% discount on your first month of development with Techstack. And if you're one of the first 10 listeners to get in touch, you'll also receive a free, in-depth tech assessment and expert consultation – a $3,000 value – in your choice of critical areas like architecture, infrastructure, development process or project management. This could be the game-changer your startup needs.</p>



<p>Don't let tech challenges slow you down. Check out <a href="https://tech-stack.com/startups?utm_source=sftrou_podcast&amp;utm_medium=show_notes&amp;utm_campaign=october2024" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://www.tech-stack.com/startups</a>  to discover how Techstack can turbocharge your growth.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>2:17 – What to delegate on the path to $10k MRR</li>



<li>6:43 – Be wary of social media marketing masquerading as productivity</li>



<li>10:31 – DIY vs. hiring a growth agency for B2B SaaS marketing</li>



<li>15:22 – Not every business should be a subscription business</li>



<li>22:00 – Defining, targeting, and selling to different ICPs</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"></h2>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Get Tickets for MicroConf US 2025, New Orleans</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Launchpad</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/dqLwtAl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Founding Sales</a> by Peter Kazanjy</li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 736, join Rob Walling as he answers some later-stage listener questions in another solo adventure. He discusses common pitfalls in delegation, transitioning from one-time transactions to SaaS models, and when it makes sense to target multiple ICPs. Rob also warns about the limited impact that social media marketing can have on growing your SaaS tool.



Episode Sponsor:





Are you drowning in challenging tech decisions? You should check out today’s sponsor, Techstack. 



Unlike typical staffing agencies, these folks are startup specialists with over a decade of experience in startup software development.



Techstack can help your startup build an MVP that's designed for explosive growth, rapidly expand your team for new features, or optimize your existing codebase for peak performance. Whether you're launching, scaling up, or fine-tuning, they've got the expertise to supercharge your tech.



One of Techstack’s clients was recently featured on Inc. Magazine's Fast Growth Companies list, and they attributed part of their 375% growth to their partnership.



Here's an exclusive offer for "Startups For the Rest of Us" listeners: Get a 10% discount on your first month of development with Techstack. And if you're one of the first 10 listeners to get in touch, you'll also receive a free, in-depth tech assessment and expert consultation – a $3,000 value – in your choice of critical areas like architecture, infrastructure, development process or project management. This could be the game-changer your startup needs.



Don't let tech challenges slow you down. Check out https://www.tech-stack.com/startups  to discover how Techstack can turbocharge your growth.



Topics we cover: 




2:17 – What to delegate on the path to $10k MRR



6:43 – Be wary of social media marketing masquerading as productivity



10:31 – DIY vs. hiring a growth agency for B2B SaaS marketing



15:22 – Not every business should be a subscription business



22:00 – Defining, targeting, and selling to different ICPs








Links from the Show: 




Get Tickets for MicroConf US 2025, New Orleans



The SaaS Launchpad



TinySeed



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping



Founding Sales by Peter Kazanjy



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 736 | Founder Regrets, DIY vs. Hiring, Defining your ICP, and More Later Stage Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 736, join Rob Walling as he answers some later-stage listener questions in another solo adventure. He discusses common pitfalls in delegation, transitioning from one-time transactions to SaaS models, and when it makes sense to target multiple ICPs. Rob also warns about the limited impact that social media marketing can have on growing your SaaS tool.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Are you drowning in challenging tech decisions? You should check out today’s sponsor, <a href="https://tech-stack.com/startups?utm_source=sftrou_podcast&amp;utm_medium=show_notes&amp;utm_campaign=october2024" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Techstack</a>. </p>



<p>Unlike typical staffing agencies, these folks are startup specialists with over a decade of experience in startup software development.</p>



<p>Techstack can help your startup build an MVP that's designed for explosive growth, rapidly expand your team for new features, or optimize your existing codebase for peak performance. Whether you're launching, scaling up, or fine-tuning, they've got the expertise to supercharge your tech.</p>



<p>One of Techstack’s clients was recently featured on Inc. Magazine's Fast Growth Companies list, and they attributed part of their 375% growth to their partnership.</p>



<p>Here's an exclusive offer for "Startups For the Rest of Us" listeners: Get a 10% discount on your first month of development with Techstack. And if you're one of the first 10 listeners to get in touch, you'll also receive a free, in-depth tech assessment and expert consultation – a $3,000 value – in your choice of critical areas like architecture, infrastructure, development process or project management. This could be the game-changer your startup needs.</p>



<p>Don't let tech challenges slow you down. Check out <a href="https://tech-stack.com/startups?utm_source=sftrou_podcast&amp;utm_medium=show_notes&amp;utm_campaign=october2024" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://www.tech-stack.com/startups</a>  to discover how Techstack can turbocharge your growth.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>2:17 – What to delegate on the path to $10k MRR</li>



<li>6:43 – Be wary of social media marketing masquerading as productivity</li>



<li>10:31 – DIY vs. hiring a growth agency for B2B SaaS marketing</li>



<li>15:22 – Not every business should be a subscription business</li>



<li>22:00 – Defining, targeting, and selling to different ICPs</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"></h2>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Get Tickets for MicroConf US 2025, New Orleans</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Launchpad</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/dqLwtAl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Founding Sales</a> by Peter Kazanjy</li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1856515/c1e-jx1osqv40xa529r8-25k7n3q9fqrj-middqo.mp3" length="27190477"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 736, join Rob Walling as he answers some later-stage listener questions in another solo adventure. He discusses common pitfalls in delegation, transitioning from one-time transactions to SaaS models, and when it makes sense to target multiple ICPs. Rob also warns about the limited impact that social media marketing can have on growing your SaaS tool.



Episode Sponsor:





Are you drowning in challenging tech decisions? You should check out today’s sponsor, Techstack. 



Unlike typical staffing agencies, these folks are startup specialists with over a decade of experience in startup software development.



Techstack can help your startup build an MVP that's designed for explosive growth, rapidly expand your team for new features, or optimize your existing codebase for peak performance. Whether you're launching, scaling up, or fine-tuning, they've got the expertise to supercharge your tech.



One of Techstack’s clients was recently featured on Inc. Magazine's Fast Growth Companies list, and they attributed part of their 375% growth to their partnership.



Here's an exclusive offer for "Startups For the Rest of Us" listeners: Get a 10% discount on your first month of development with Techstack. And if you're one of the first 10 listeners to get in touch, you'll also receive a free, in-depth tech assessment and expert consultation – a $3,000 value – in your choice of critical areas like architecture, infrastructure, development process or project management. This could be the game-changer your startup needs.



Don't let tech challenges slow you down. Check out https://www.tech-stack.com/startups  to discover how Techstack can turbocharge your growth.



Topics we cover: 




2:17 – What to delegate on the path to $10k MRR



6:43 – Be wary of social media marketing masquerading as productivity



10:31 – DIY vs. hiring a growth agency for B2B SaaS marketing



15:22 – Not every business should be a subscription business



22:00 – Defining, targeting, and selling to different ICPs








Links from the Show: 




Get Tickets for MicroConf US 2025, New Orleans



The SaaS Launchpad



TinySeed



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping



Founding Sales by Peter Kazanjy



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:49</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 735 | The 8 Levels of SaaS Platform Risk (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2024 10:00:52 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1852274</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-735-the-8-levels-of-saas-platform-risk-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 735, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he categorizes the different levels of SaaS platform risk. He introduces a framework with three key factors: Replacement, Customer Concentration, and Lead Flow. Rob then defines eight levels of risk according to these factors and other vulnerabilities such as relying on open source – a hot topic with recent news about WordPress, WP Engine, and Automattic. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>. </p>



<p>For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.</p>



<p>Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” </p>



<p>Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. </p>



<p><em>To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at </em><a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a><em>. </em></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>2:32 – Are replacements available for this platform?</li>



<li>4:56 – How concentrated are your customers on this platform?</li>



<li>5:31 – What is your lead or customer flow?</li>



<li>8:54 – Level 1: almost no platform risk</li>



<li>10:04 – Level 2: reliant on a commoditized platform</li>



<li>11:49 – Level 3: using large cloud providers like AWS</li>



<li>15:33 – Level 4: deeply tied to open source software like WordPress</li>



<li>18:11 – Level 5: high switching costs, but replacements exist like in no-code</li>



<li>20:00 – Level 6: 100% lead flow risk</li>



<li>21:44 – Level 7: a friendly app ecosystem</li>



<li>23:24 – Level 8: aggressive platforms, few replacements, customer concentration</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Get Tickets for MicroConf US 2025, New Orleans</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ask a Question on SFTROU</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/latest/saas-marketplaces" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How to find and validate business ideas from 75+ SaaS Marketplaces</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 735, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he categorizes the different levels of SaaS platform risk. He introduces a framework with three key factors: Replacement, Customer Concentration, and Lead Flow. Rob then defines eight levels of risk according to these factors and other vulnerabilities such as relying on open source – a hot topic with recent news about WordPress, WP Engine, and Automattic. 



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, Lemon.io. 



For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.



Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” 



Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. 



To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. 



Topics we cover: 




2:32 – Are replacements available for this platform?



4:56 – How concentrated are your customers on this platform?



5:31 – What is your lead or customer flow?



8:54 – Level 1: almost no platform risk



10:04 – Level 2: reliant on a commoditized platform



11:49 – Level 3: using large cloud providers like AWS



15:33 – Level 4: deeply tied to open source software like WordPress



18:11 – Level 5: high switching costs, but replacements exist like in no-code



20:00 – Level 6: 100% lead flow risk



21:44 – Level 7: a friendly app ecosystem



23:24 – Level 8: aggressive platforms, few replacements, customer concentration




Links from the Show: 




Get Tickets for MicroConf US 2025, New Orleans



TinySeed



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X



Ask a Question on SFTROU



How to find and validate business ideas from 75+ SaaS Marketplaces




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 735 | The 8 Levels of SaaS Platform Risk (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 735, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he categorizes the different levels of SaaS platform risk. He introduces a framework with three key factors: Replacement, Customer Concentration, and Lead Flow. Rob then defines eight levels of risk according to these factors and other vulnerabilities such as relying on open source – a hot topic with recent news about WordPress, WP Engine, and Automattic. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>. </p>



<p>For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.</p>



<p>Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” </p>



<p>Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. </p>



<p><em>To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at </em><a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a><em>. </em></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>2:32 – Are replacements available for this platform?</li>



<li>4:56 – How concentrated are your customers on this platform?</li>



<li>5:31 – What is your lead or customer flow?</li>



<li>8:54 – Level 1: almost no platform risk</li>



<li>10:04 – Level 2: reliant on a commoditized platform</li>



<li>11:49 – Level 3: using large cloud providers like AWS</li>



<li>15:33 – Level 4: deeply tied to open source software like WordPress</li>



<li>18:11 – Level 5: high switching costs, but replacements exist like in no-code</li>



<li>20:00 – Level 6: 100% lead flow risk</li>



<li>21:44 – Level 7: a friendly app ecosystem</li>



<li>23:24 – Level 8: aggressive platforms, few replacements, customer concentration</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Get Tickets for MicroConf US 2025, New Orleans</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ask a Question on SFTROU</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/latest/saas-marketplaces" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How to find and validate business ideas from 75+ SaaS Marketplaces</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1852274/c1e-68g7i23mkzckp01r-nd4w8pg8s157-srqxid.mp3" length="26372320"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 735, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he categorizes the different levels of SaaS platform risk. He introduces a framework with three key factors: Replacement, Customer Concentration, and Lead Flow. Rob then defines eight levels of risk according to these factors and other vulnerabilities such as relying on open source – a hot topic with recent news about WordPress, WP Engine, and Automattic. 



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, Lemon.io. 



For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.



Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” 



Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. 



To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. 



Topics we cover: 




2:32 – Are replacements available for this platform?



4:56 – How concentrated are your customers on this platform?



5:31 – What is your lead or customer flow?



8:54 – Level 1: almost no platform risk



10:04 – Level 2: reliant on a commoditized platform



11:49 – Level 3: using large cloud providers like AWS



15:33 – Level 4: deeply tied to open source software like WordPress



18:11 – Level 5: high switching costs, but replacements exist like in no-code



20:00 – Level 6: 100% lead flow risk



21:44 – Level 7: a friendly app ecosystem



23:24 – Level 8: aggressive platforms, few replacements, customer concentration




Links from the Show: 




Get Tickets for MicroConf US 2025, New Orleans



TinySeed



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X



Ask a Question on SFTROU



How to find and validate business ideas from 75+ SaaS Marketplaces




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:26:58</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 734 | The 20 Year Bootstrapper (With Ian Landsman)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2024 10:00:37 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1844049</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-734-the-20-year-bootstrapper-with-ian-landsman</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 734, Rob Walling interviews Ian Landsman, founder of HelpSpot, about his 20-year bootstrapper journey. They discuss Ian's transition from on-prem software to SaaS, the challenges and benefits of each, and the early days of building the business. They wrap up by discussing the potential impact of AI on the customer service industry. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>1:11 – Ian, the OG bootstrapper</li>



<li>2:22 – Benefits of on-prem software in 2024</li>



<li>5:46 – Slow, steady, profitable growth through the years</li>



<li>9:20 – Embracing a risky start</li>



<li>14:11 – Getting early awareness</li>



<li>18:52 – Transitioning to SaaS</li>



<li>26:37 – Laravel raises $57M</li>



<li>28:59 – AI impact on customer service</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/ianlandsman" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ian Landsman (@ianlandsman) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/HelpSpot" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">HelpSpot (@helpspot) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.helpspot.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">HelpSpot</a></li>



<li><a href="https://podscan.fm/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podscan</a></li>



<li><a href="https://blog.laravel.com/accel-invests-57m-into-laravel" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Accel invests $57M into Laravel Products &amp; Open-Source Framework</a></li>



<li><a href="https://mostlytechnical.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mostly Technical</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 734, Rob Walling interviews Ian Landsman, founder of HelpSpot, about his 20-year bootstrapper journey. They discuss Ian's transition from on-prem software to SaaS, the challenges and benefits of each, and the early days of building the business. They wrap up by discussing the potential impact of AI on the customer service industry. 



Topics we cover: 




1:11 – Ian, the OG bootstrapper



2:22 – Benefits of on-prem software in 2024



5:46 – Slow, steady, profitable growth through the years



9:20 – Embracing a risky start



14:11 – Getting early awareness



18:52 – Transitioning to SaaS



26:37 – Laravel raises $57M



28:59 – AI impact on customer service




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Playbook



TinySeed



Ian Landsman (@ianlandsman) | X



HelpSpot (@helpspot) | X



HelpSpot



Podscan



Accel invests $57M into Laravel Products & Open-Source Framework



Mostly Technical




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 734 | The 20 Year Bootstrapper (With Ian Landsman)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 734, Rob Walling interviews Ian Landsman, founder of HelpSpot, about his 20-year bootstrapper journey. They discuss Ian's transition from on-prem software to SaaS, the challenges and benefits of each, and the early days of building the business. They wrap up by discussing the potential impact of AI on the customer service industry. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>1:11 – Ian, the OG bootstrapper</li>



<li>2:22 – Benefits of on-prem software in 2024</li>



<li>5:46 – Slow, steady, profitable growth through the years</li>



<li>9:20 – Embracing a risky start</li>



<li>14:11 – Getting early awareness</li>



<li>18:52 – Transitioning to SaaS</li>



<li>26:37 – Laravel raises $57M</li>



<li>28:59 – AI impact on customer service</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/ianlandsman" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ian Landsman (@ianlandsman) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/HelpSpot" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">HelpSpot (@helpspot) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.helpspot.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">HelpSpot</a></li>



<li><a href="https://podscan.fm/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podscan</a></li>



<li><a href="https://blog.laravel.com/accel-invests-57m-into-laravel" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Accel invests $57M into Laravel Products &amp; Open-Source Framework</a></li>



<li><a href="https://mostlytechnical.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mostly Technical</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1844049/c1e-0031bj1qvqs6k5vx-9j5k8v0nu3o2-t2gkn4.mp3" length="34131451"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 734, Rob Walling interviews Ian Landsman, founder of HelpSpot, about his 20-year bootstrapper journey. They discuss Ian's transition from on-prem software to SaaS, the challenges and benefits of each, and the early days of building the business. They wrap up by discussing the potential impact of AI on the customer service industry. 



Topics we cover: 




1:11 – Ian, the OG bootstrapper



2:22 – Benefits of on-prem software in 2024



5:46 – Slow, steady, profitable growth through the years



9:20 – Embracing a risky start



14:11 – Getting early awareness



18:52 – Transitioning to SaaS



26:37 – Laravel raises $57M



28:59 – AI impact on customer service




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Playbook



TinySeed



Ian Landsman (@ianlandsman) | X



HelpSpot (@helpspot) | X



HelpSpot



Podscan



Accel invests $57M into Laravel Products & Open-Source Framework



Mostly Technical




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:35:03</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 733 | Good vs. Bad Distractions, Weaknesses vs. Blind Spots, And Everyone Struggles (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2024 10:00:40 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1841102</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-733-good-vs-bad-distractions-weaknesses-vs-blind-spots-and-everyone-struggles-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 733, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he covers several topics. In this episode he differentiates between good and bad distractions, weaknesses versus blind spots, and shares personal experiences of struggle. He concludes with actionable advice – uncover the blind spots, then launch, iterate, and take feedback.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>2:09 – Not all distractions are bad</li>



<li>5:42 – The worst distractions masquerade as productivity</li>



<li>9:48 – Weaknesses versus blind spots</li>



<li>16:41 – Everybody struggles </li>



<li>24:40 – Launch, iterate, and take feedback</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Launchpad</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://connect.microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/5hyz0Ot" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Hard Thing About Hard Things</a> by Ben Horowitz</li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2010/08/05/why-startup-founders-should-stop-reading-business-books/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Why Startup Founders Should Stop Reading Business Books</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/9qawhi7" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Traction</a> by Gabriel Weinberg, Justin Mares</li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-725-seo-in-the-age-of-ai-freemium-when-brand-becomes-important-and-more-advanced-listener-questions-with-ruben-gamez" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 725 | SEO in the Age of AI, Freemium, When Brand Becomes Important, and More Advanced Listener Questions (with Ruben Gamez)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startupstoriespodcast.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Launch. A Startup Documentary.</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 733, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he covers several topics. In this episode he differentiates between good and bad distractions, weaknesses versus blind spots, and shares personal experiences of struggle. He concludes with actionable advice – uncover the blind spots, then launch, iterate, and take feedback.



Topics we cover: 




2:09 – Not all distractions are bad



5:42 – The worst distractions masquerade as productivity



9:48 – Weaknesses versus blind spots



16:41 – Everybody struggles 



24:40 – Launch, iterate, and take feedback




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Launchpad



The SaaS Playbook



MicroConf Connect



The Hard Thing About Hard Things by Ben Horowitz



Why Startup Founders Should Stop Reading Business Books by Rob Walling



Traction by Gabriel Weinberg, Justin Mares



Episode 725 | SEO in the Age of AI, Freemium, When Brand Becomes Important, and More Advanced Listener Questions (with Ruben Gamez)



Launch. A Startup Documentary.




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 733 | Good vs. Bad Distractions, Weaknesses vs. Blind Spots, And Everyone Struggles (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 733, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he covers several topics. In this episode he differentiates between good and bad distractions, weaknesses versus blind spots, and shares personal experiences of struggle. He concludes with actionable advice – uncover the blind spots, then launch, iterate, and take feedback.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>2:09 – Not all distractions are bad</li>



<li>5:42 – The worst distractions masquerade as productivity</li>



<li>9:48 – Weaknesses versus blind spots</li>



<li>16:41 – Everybody struggles </li>



<li>24:40 – Launch, iterate, and take feedback</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Launchpad</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://connect.microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/5hyz0Ot" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Hard Thing About Hard Things</a> by Ben Horowitz</li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2010/08/05/why-startup-founders-should-stop-reading-business-books/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Why Startup Founders Should Stop Reading Business Books</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/9qawhi7" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Traction</a> by Gabriel Weinberg, Justin Mares</li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-725-seo-in-the-age-of-ai-freemium-when-brand-becomes-important-and-more-advanced-listener-questions-with-ruben-gamez" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 725 | SEO in the Age of AI, Freemium, When Brand Becomes Important, and More Advanced Listener Questions (with Ruben Gamez)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startupstoriespodcast.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Launch. A Startup Documentary.</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1841102/c1e-88zvi90x8wbrwjo0-rk08xdr0tonq-bufdei.mp3" length="26704254"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 733, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he covers several topics. In this episode he differentiates between good and bad distractions, weaknesses versus blind spots, and shares personal experiences of struggle. He concludes with actionable advice – uncover the blind spots, then launch, iterate, and take feedback.



Topics we cover: 




2:09 – Not all distractions are bad



5:42 – The worst distractions masquerade as productivity



9:48 – Weaknesses versus blind spots



16:41 – Everybody struggles 



24:40 – Launch, iterate, and take feedback




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Launchpad



The SaaS Playbook



MicroConf Connect



The Hard Thing About Hard Things by Ben Horowitz



Why Startup Founders Should Stop Reading Business Books by Rob Walling



Traction by Gabriel Weinberg, Justin Mares



Episode 725 | SEO in the Age of AI, Freemium, When Brand Becomes Important, and More Advanced Listener Questions (with Ruben Gamez)



Launch. A Startup Documentary.




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:19</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 732 | Lessons Learned Bootstrapping to a $615M Exit]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2024 10:00:46 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1835233</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-732-lessons-learned-bootstrapping-to-a-615m-exit</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 732, Rob Walling interviews Jeff, a mostly anonymous and retired founder, about his mostly bootstrapped business and subsequent exits. Jeff shares how he started the company in 2003 and how he persevered in the early, lonely years to achieve traction in the business. They also discuss finding fulfillment after a huge, life-changing exit.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>2:17 – Jeff, the retired SaaS founder you haven’t heard of</li>



<li>3:32 – Refreshing the bank balance after multiple exits</li>



<li>5:26 – ARR multiples across several exits</li>



<li>8:11 – “Accidentally” SaaS, growing the business in the early days</li>



<li>11:35 – Getting through the toughest moments in the journey</li>



<li>16:31 – Why did the business work?</li>



<li>20:14 – “Short term generous, long term greedy”</li>



<li>24:32 – Staying busy after an exit</li>



<li>32:09 – Giving back to founders</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Purchase The SaaS Launchpad</a> before September 30th to get access to a live Q&amp;A with Rob</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/RetiredFounder" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Retired Founder (@RetiredFounder) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://retiredfounder.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Contact Retired Founder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://btfl.org/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Beyond The Finish Line</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 732, Rob Walling interviews Jeff, a mostly anonymous and retired founder, about his mostly bootstrapped business and subsequent exits. Jeff shares how he started the company in 2003 and how he persevered in the early, lonely years to achieve traction in the business. They also discuss finding fulfillment after a huge, life-changing exit.



Topics we cover: 




2:17 – Jeff, the retired SaaS founder you haven’t heard of



3:32 – Refreshing the bank balance after multiple exits



5:26 – ARR multiples across several exits



8:11 – “Accidentally” SaaS, growing the business in the early days



11:35 – Getting through the toughest moments in the journey



16:31 – Why did the business work?



20:14 – “Short term generous, long term greedy”



24:32 – Staying busy after an exit



32:09 – Giving back to founders




Links from the Show: 




Purchase The SaaS Launchpad before September 30th to get access to a live Q&A with Rob



TinySeed



Retired Founder (@RetiredFounder) | X



Contact Retired Founder



Beyond The Finish Line




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 732 | Lessons Learned Bootstrapping to a $615M Exit]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 732, Rob Walling interviews Jeff, a mostly anonymous and retired founder, about his mostly bootstrapped business and subsequent exits. Jeff shares how he started the company in 2003 and how he persevered in the early, lonely years to achieve traction in the business. They also discuss finding fulfillment after a huge, life-changing exit.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>2:17 – Jeff, the retired SaaS founder you haven’t heard of</li>



<li>3:32 – Refreshing the bank balance after multiple exits</li>



<li>5:26 – ARR multiples across several exits</li>



<li>8:11 – “Accidentally” SaaS, growing the business in the early days</li>



<li>11:35 – Getting through the toughest moments in the journey</li>



<li>16:31 – Why did the business work?</li>



<li>20:14 – “Short term generous, long term greedy”</li>



<li>24:32 – Staying busy after an exit</li>



<li>32:09 – Giving back to founders</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Purchase The SaaS Launchpad</a> before September 30th to get access to a live Q&amp;A with Rob</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/RetiredFounder" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Retired Founder (@RetiredFounder) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://retiredfounder.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Contact Retired Founder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://btfl.org/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Beyond The Finish Line</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1835233/c1e-xknrtm6zprfkz6mq-pk9p7nr6ap0r-slojiu.mp3" length="35442886"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 732, Rob Walling interviews Jeff, a mostly anonymous and retired founder, about his mostly bootstrapped business and subsequent exits. Jeff shares how he started the company in 2003 and how he persevered in the early, lonely years to achieve traction in the business. They also discuss finding fulfillment after a huge, life-changing exit.



Topics we cover: 




2:17 – Jeff, the retired SaaS founder you haven’t heard of



3:32 – Refreshing the bank balance after multiple exits



5:26 – ARR multiples across several exits



8:11 – “Accidentally” SaaS, growing the business in the early days



11:35 – Getting through the toughest moments in the journey



16:31 – Why did the business work?



20:14 – “Short term generous, long term greedy”



24:32 – Staying busy after an exit



32:09 – Giving back to founders




Links from the Show: 




Purchase The SaaS Launchpad before September 30th to get access to a live Q&A with Rob



TinySeed



Retired Founder (@RetiredFounder) | X



Contact Retired Founder



Beyond The Finish Line




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:25</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 731 | How to Delegate as a Perfectionist, SaaS Partnerships, Planning Your Next Quarter, and More Listener Questions (with Derrick Reimer)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2024 10:00:04 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1831076</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-731-how-to-delegate-as-a-perfectionist-saas-partnerships-planning-your-next-quarter-and-more-listener-questions-with-derrick-reimer</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 731, join Rob Walling and Derrick Reimer as they tackle some more advanced listener questions. They discuss delegation and giving up areas of control as a founder, including examples from their time together at Drip. Derrick describes how he approaches partnering with other SaaS businesses and why planning a full quarter ahead doesn’t work for many bootstrapped founders.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>. </p>



<p>For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.</p>



<p>Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” </p>



<p>Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. </p>



<p><em>To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at </em><a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a><em>. </em></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>1:17 – Delegating as a perfectionist</li>



<li>7:19 – Learning to hire those that are better than you in some domains</li>



<li>14:50 – Risk vs. certainty</li>



<li>19:01 – Finding specialized marketing roles vs. a generalist</li>



<li>24:04 – Managing partnerships with other SaaS products</li>



<li>31:17 – Reaching out about partnerships</li>



<li>32:46 – Quarterly planning for your SaaS</li>



<li>34:20 – Planning in smaller time blocks</li>



<li>40:58 – Quizzing developers’ on their knowledge</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Purchase The SaaS Launchpad</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf YouTube Channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://longform.asmartbear.com/fulfillment/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Finding Fulfillment</a> by Jason Cohen</li>



<li><a href="https://basecamp.com/shapeup" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Shape Up</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 731, join Rob Walling and Derrick Reimer as they tackle some more advanced listener questions. They discuss delegation and giving up areas of control as a founder, including examples from their time together at Drip. Derrick describes how he approaches partnering with other SaaS businesses and why planning a full quarter ahead doesn’t work for many bootstrapped founders.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, Lemon.io. 



For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.



Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” 



Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. 



To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. 



Topics we cover: 




1:17 – Delegating as a perfectionist



7:19 – Learning to hire those that are better than you in some domains



14:50 – Risk vs. certainty



19:01 – Finding specialized marketing roles vs. a generalist



24:04 – Managing partnerships with other SaaS products



31:17 – Reaching out about partnerships



32:46 – Quarterly planning for your SaaS



34:20 – Planning in smaller time blocks



40:58 – Quizzing developers’ on their knowledge




Links from the Show: 




Purchase The SaaS Launchpad



TinySeed



The SaaS Playbook



MicroConf YouTube Channel



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X



SavvyCal



Finding Fulfillment by Jason Cohen



Shape Up




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 731 | How to Delegate as a Perfectionist, SaaS Partnerships, Planning Your Next Quarter, and More Listener Questions (with Derrick Reimer)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 731, join Rob Walling and Derrick Reimer as they tackle some more advanced listener questions. They discuss delegation and giving up areas of control as a founder, including examples from their time together at Drip. Derrick describes how he approaches partnering with other SaaS businesses and why planning a full quarter ahead doesn’t work for many bootstrapped founders.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>. </p>



<p>For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.</p>



<p>Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” </p>



<p>Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. </p>



<p><em>To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at </em><a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a><em>. </em></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>1:17 – Delegating as a perfectionist</li>



<li>7:19 – Learning to hire those that are better than you in some domains</li>



<li>14:50 – Risk vs. certainty</li>



<li>19:01 – Finding specialized marketing roles vs. a generalist</li>



<li>24:04 – Managing partnerships with other SaaS products</li>



<li>31:17 – Reaching out about partnerships</li>



<li>32:46 – Quarterly planning for your SaaS</li>



<li>34:20 – Planning in smaller time blocks</li>



<li>40:58 – Quizzing developers’ on their knowledge</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Purchase The SaaS Launchpad</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf YouTube Channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://longform.asmartbear.com/fulfillment/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Finding Fulfillment</a> by Jason Cohen</li>



<li><a href="https://basecamp.com/shapeup" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Shape Up</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1831076/c1e-gjn1h3908kiwgqo3-8d4z2g4gswzp-1ry8pp.mp3" length="47600258"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 731, join Rob Walling and Derrick Reimer as they tackle some more advanced listener questions. They discuss delegation and giving up areas of control as a founder, including examples from their time together at Drip. Derrick describes how he approaches partnering with other SaaS businesses and why planning a full quarter ahead doesn’t work for many bootstrapped founders.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, Lemon.io. 



For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.



Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” 



Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. 



To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. 



Topics we cover: 




1:17 – Delegating as a perfectionist



7:19 – Learning to hire those that are better than you in some domains



14:50 – Risk vs. certainty



19:01 – Finding specialized marketing roles vs. a generalist



24:04 – Managing partnerships with other SaaS products



31:17 – Reaching out about partnerships



32:46 – Quarterly planning for your SaaS



34:20 – Planning in smaller time blocks



40:58 – Quizzing developers’ on their knowledge




Links from the Show: 




Purchase The SaaS Launchpad



TinySeed



The SaaS Playbook



MicroConf YouTube Channel



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X



SavvyCal



Finding Fulfillment by Jason Cohen



Shape Up




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:49:05</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 730 | The SaaS Launchpad: The Ultimate Course for Launching Your Product]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2024 10:00:33 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1827203</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-730-the-saas-launchpad-the-ultimate-course-for-launching-your-product</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 730, Craig Hewitt turns the table and interviews Rob Walling about releasing The SaaS Launchpad course. Craig, founder of Castos, asks Rob about the course's purpose and structure, which founders that it’s designed for, and why he made a course as opposed to a new book, or a YouTube series. They also discuss the pricing strategy, hosting platforms, accountability, community, and more.</p>



<p>If you’re trying to take your SaaS from zero to one, <a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">purchase The SaaS Launchpad</a> before September 30th to get access to a live Q&amp;A with Rob.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:00 – Why a course?</li>



<li>4:35 – Who is it for?</li>



<li>9:37 – Breaking down the pricing behind the course</li>



<li>14:32 – Choosing a platform to host the course</li>



<li>17:47 – Enabling action from those who enroll</li>



<li>27:33 – Course topics that help founders get early traction</li>



<li>30:26 – The biggest problems early-stage founders face</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Launchpad</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/TheCraigHewitt" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Craig Hewitt (@TheCraigHewitt) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos</a></li>



<li><a href="https://roguestartups.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Rouge Startups podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@thecraighewitt" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Craig’s YouTube Channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-606-the-podcasting-landscape-keeping-your-saw-sharpened-and-scaling-your-team-with-craig-hewitt" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 606 | The Podcasting Landscape, Keeping Your Saw Sharpened, and Scaling Your Team with Craig Hewitt</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://connect.microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Mastermind Matching</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The MicroConf YouTube channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-726-selling-29000-copies-information-vs-motivation-and-making-your-first-level-last-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 726 | Selling 29,000 Copies, Information vs. Motivation, and Making Your First Level Last (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="http://circle.so/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Circle.so</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/earthlingworks" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/punchlinecopy" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lianna Patch (@punchlinecopy) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/RossHudgens" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ross Hudgens (@RossHudgens) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-628-the-5-pm-pre-validation-framework" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 628 | The 5 PM Pre-Validation Framework</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software busines...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 730, Craig Hewitt turns the table and interviews Rob Walling about releasing The SaaS Launchpad course. Craig, founder of Castos, asks Rob about the course's purpose and structure, which founders that it’s designed for, and why he made a course as opposed to a new book, or a YouTube series. They also discuss the pricing strategy, hosting platforms, accountability, community, and more.



If you’re trying to take your SaaS from zero to one, purchase The SaaS Launchpad before September 30th to get access to a live Q&A with Rob.



Topics we cover: 




2:00 – Why a course?



4:35 – Who is it for?



9:37 – Breaking down the pricing behind the course



14:32 – Choosing a platform to host the course



17:47 – Enabling action from those who enroll



27:33 – Course topics that help founders get early traction



30:26 – The biggest problems early-stage founders face




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Launchpad



Craig Hewitt (@TheCraigHewitt) | X



Castos



The Rouge Startups podcast



Craig’s YouTube Channel



Episode 606 | The Podcasting Landscape, Keeping Your Saw Sharpened, and Scaling Your Team with Craig Hewitt



The SaaS Playbook



MicroConf Connect



MicroConf Mastermind Matching



The MicroConf YouTube channel



TinySeed



Episode 726 | Selling 29,000 Copies, Information vs. Motivation, and Making Your First Level Last (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Circle.so



Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X



Lianna Patch (@punchlinecopy) | X



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X



Ross Hudgens (@RossHudgens) | X



Episode 628 | The 5 PM Pre-Validation Framework




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software busines...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 730 | The SaaS Launchpad: The Ultimate Course for Launching Your Product]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 730, Craig Hewitt turns the table and interviews Rob Walling about releasing The SaaS Launchpad course. Craig, founder of Castos, asks Rob about the course's purpose and structure, which founders that it’s designed for, and why he made a course as opposed to a new book, or a YouTube series. They also discuss the pricing strategy, hosting platforms, accountability, community, and more.</p>



<p>If you’re trying to take your SaaS from zero to one, <a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">purchase The SaaS Launchpad</a> before September 30th to get access to a live Q&amp;A with Rob.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:00 – Why a course?</li>



<li>4:35 – Who is it for?</li>



<li>9:37 – Breaking down the pricing behind the course</li>



<li>14:32 – Choosing a platform to host the course</li>



<li>17:47 – Enabling action from those who enroll</li>



<li>27:33 – Course topics that help founders get early traction</li>



<li>30:26 – The biggest problems early-stage founders face</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Launchpad</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/TheCraigHewitt" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Craig Hewitt (@TheCraigHewitt) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos</a></li>



<li><a href="https://roguestartups.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Rouge Startups podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@thecraighewitt" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Craig’s YouTube Channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-606-the-podcasting-landscape-keeping-your-saw-sharpened-and-scaling-your-team-with-craig-hewitt" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 606 | The Podcasting Landscape, Keeping Your Saw Sharpened, and Scaling Your Team with Craig Hewitt</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://connect.microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Mastermind Matching</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The MicroConf YouTube channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-726-selling-29000-copies-information-vs-motivation-and-making-your-first-level-last-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 726 | Selling 29,000 Copies, Information vs. Motivation, and Making Your First Level Last (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="http://circle.so/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Circle.so</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/earthlingworks" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/punchlinecopy" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lianna Patch (@punchlinecopy) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/RossHudgens" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ross Hudgens (@RossHudgens) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-628-the-5-pm-pre-validation-framework" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 628 | The 5 PM Pre-Validation Framework</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1827203/c1e-w409frq9rxs8po91-v61onv4psj7g-k4n1xh.mp3" length="36495419"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 730, Craig Hewitt turns the table and interviews Rob Walling about releasing The SaaS Launchpad course. Craig, founder of Castos, asks Rob about the course's purpose and structure, which founders that it’s designed for, and why he made a course as opposed to a new book, or a YouTube series. They also discuss the pricing strategy, hosting platforms, accountability, community, and more.



If you’re trying to take your SaaS from zero to one, purchase The SaaS Launchpad before September 30th to get access to a live Q&A with Rob.



Topics we cover: 




2:00 – Why a course?



4:35 – Who is it for?



9:37 – Breaking down the pricing behind the course



14:32 – Choosing a platform to host the course



17:47 – Enabling action from those who enroll



27:33 – Course topics that help founders get early traction



30:26 – The biggest problems early-stage founders face




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Launchpad



Craig Hewitt (@TheCraigHewitt) | X



Castos



The Rouge Startups podcast



Craig’s YouTube Channel



Episode 606 | The Podcasting Landscape, Keeping Your Saw Sharpened, and Scaling Your Team with Craig Hewitt



The SaaS Playbook



MicroConf Connect



MicroConf Mastermind Matching



The MicroConf YouTube channel



TinySeed



Episode 726 | Selling 29,000 Copies, Information vs. Motivation, and Making Your First Level Last (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Circle.so



Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X



Lianna Patch (@punchlinecopy) | X



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | X



Ross Hudgens (@RossHudgens) | X



Episode 628 | The 5 PM Pre-Validation Framework




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software busines...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:37:31</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 729 | 9 Things I've Learned Investing in 170+ SaaS Companies]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2024 10:00:19 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1818844</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-729-9-things-ive-learned-investing-in-170-saas-companies</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 729, join Rob Walling as he shares insights from the 170+ SaaS investments he’s made through his B2B SaaS accelerator, TinySeed. Key patterns include the survivability of SaaS, the lucrative value of these companies, and commonalities across the ones that grow the fastest. To see even more patterns that didn’t make this episode, be sure to check out the <a href="https://microconf.com/youtube" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf YouTube</a> channel.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>. </p>



<p>For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.</p>



<p>Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” </p>



<p>Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. </p>



<p><em>To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at </em><a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a><em>. </em></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:24 – Survivability of B2B SaaS in TinySeed</li>



<li>4:09 – SaaS is extremely valuable</li>



<li>8:26 – Vertical and orthogonal SaaS face fewer headwinds </li>



<li>12:36 – A supermajority of TinySeed companies want a big exit</li>



<li>15:51 – TinySeed founder count aligns with the broader MicroConf ecosystem</li>



<li>17:04 – Ruined cap tables have prevented deals</li>



<li>19:35 – A quarter of TinySeed companies raise subsequent fundraising</li>



<li>21:17 – Common advisory topics: pricing, plateaus, cofounders, funding, selling</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/k8pHw09RM1o" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf YouTube: 6 Lessons From My Most Successful Investments (B2B SaaS)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-727-gymdesk-sells-for-more-than-32-5-million-hiring-gets-easier-and-more-hot-take-tuesday-topics" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 727 | Gymdesk Sells for More than $32.5 million, Hiring Gets Easier, and More Hot Take Tuesday Topics</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-728-bootstrapping-gymdesk-to-a-more-than-32-5m-exit" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 728 | Bootstrapping Gymdesk to a More Than $32.5M Exit</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS Report</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 729, join Rob Walling as he shares insights from the 170+ SaaS investments he’s made through his B2B SaaS accelerator, TinySeed. Key patterns include the survivability of SaaS, the lucrative value of these companies, and commonalities across the ones that grow the fastest. To see even more patterns that didn’t make this episode, be sure to check out the MicroConf YouTube channel.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, Lemon.io. 



For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.



Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” 



Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. 



To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. 



Topics we cover: 




2:24 – Survivability of B2B SaaS in TinySeed



4:09 – SaaS is extremely valuable



8:26 – Vertical and orthogonal SaaS face fewer headwinds 



12:36 – A supermajority of TinySeed companies want a big exit



15:51 – TinySeed founder count aligns with the broader MicroConf ecosystem



17:04 – Ruined cap tables have prevented deals



19:35 – A quarter of TinySeed companies raise subsequent fundraising



21:17 – Common advisory topics: pricing, plateaus, cofounders, funding, selling




Links from the Show: 




Apply for TinySeed



Invest in TinySeed



MicroConf YouTube: 6 Lessons From My Most Successful Investments (B2B SaaS)



Episode 727 | Gymdesk Sells for More than $32.5 million, Hiring Gets Easier, and More Hot Take Tuesday Topics



Episode 728 | Bootstrapping Gymdesk to a More Than $32.5M Exit



State of Independent SaaS Report




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 729 | 9 Things I've Learned Investing in 170+ SaaS Companies]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 729, join Rob Walling as he shares insights from the 170+ SaaS investments he’s made through his B2B SaaS accelerator, TinySeed. Key patterns include the survivability of SaaS, the lucrative value of these companies, and commonalities across the ones that grow the fastest. To see even more patterns that didn’t make this episode, be sure to check out the <a href="https://microconf.com/youtube" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf YouTube</a> channel.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>. </p>



<p>For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.</p>



<p>Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” </p>



<p>Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. </p>



<p><em>To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at </em><a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a><em>. </em></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:24 – Survivability of B2B SaaS in TinySeed</li>



<li>4:09 – SaaS is extremely valuable</li>



<li>8:26 – Vertical and orthogonal SaaS face fewer headwinds </li>



<li>12:36 – A supermajority of TinySeed companies want a big exit</li>



<li>15:51 – TinySeed founder count aligns with the broader MicroConf ecosystem</li>



<li>17:04 – Ruined cap tables have prevented deals</li>



<li>19:35 – A quarter of TinySeed companies raise subsequent fundraising</li>



<li>21:17 – Common advisory topics: pricing, plateaus, cofounders, funding, selling</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Invest in TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/k8pHw09RM1o" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf YouTube: 6 Lessons From My Most Successful Investments (B2B SaaS)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-727-gymdesk-sells-for-more-than-32-5-million-hiring-gets-easier-and-more-hot-take-tuesday-topics" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 727 | Gymdesk Sells for More than $32.5 million, Hiring Gets Easier, and More Hot Take Tuesday Topics</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-728-bootstrapping-gymdesk-to-a-more-than-32-5m-exit" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 728 | Bootstrapping Gymdesk to a More Than $32.5M Exit</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS Report</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1818844/c1e-w409frx8p9f8po91-34ko97m1t856-gepfet.mp3" length="24936166"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 729, join Rob Walling as he shares insights from the 170+ SaaS investments he’s made through his B2B SaaS accelerator, TinySeed. Key patterns include the survivability of SaaS, the lucrative value of these companies, and commonalities across the ones that grow the fastest. To see even more patterns that didn’t make this episode, be sure to check out the MicroConf YouTube channel.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, Lemon.io. 



For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.



Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” 



Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. 



To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. 



Topics we cover: 




2:24 – Survivability of B2B SaaS in TinySeed



4:09 – SaaS is extremely valuable



8:26 – Vertical and orthogonal SaaS face fewer headwinds 



12:36 – A supermajority of TinySeed companies want a big exit



15:51 – TinySeed founder count aligns with the broader MicroConf ecosystem



17:04 – Ruined cap tables have prevented deals



19:35 – A quarter of TinySeed companies raise subsequent fundraising



21:17 – Common advisory topics: pricing, plateaus, cofounders, funding, selling




Links from the Show: 




Apply for TinySeed



Invest in TinySeed



MicroConf YouTube: 6 Lessons From My Most Successful Investments (B2B SaaS)



Episode 727 | Gymdesk Sells for More than $32.5 million, Hiring Gets Easier, and More Hot Take Tuesday Topics



Episode 728 | Bootstrapping Gymdesk to a More Than $32.5M Exit



State of Independent SaaS Report




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:25:27</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 728 | Bootstrapping Gymdesk to a More Than $32.5M Exit]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2024 10:00:15 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1814169</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-728-bootstrapping-gymdesk-to-a-more-than-32-5m-exit</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 728, Rob Walling interviews Eran Galperin, founder of Gymdesk, about his incredible exit. Eran shares his journey of transforming Gymdesk from "Martial Arts on Rails" into a successful gym management software company. He discusses how they succeeded in a competitive market, the role of TinySeed in their growth, and how feelings of burnout eventually led to a majority buyout for the company.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:02 – Gymdesk Announces a $32.5 Million Strategic Growth Investment</li>



<li>5:13 – How the investment will be used</li>



<li>6:38 – Eran’s projects before Gymdesk</li>



<li>9:21 – Sticking with one idea long enough to see success</li>



<li>12:45 – Entering a competitive market</li>



<li>16:37 – Rapid growth as a marketing leader</li>



<li>20:54 – Dealing with burnout and entertaining an acquisition</li>



<li>26:45 – Handling a stressful sales process</li>



<li>32:19 – The future of Gymdesk</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/gymdesk-announces-a-32-5-million-strategic-growth-investment-from-five-elms-capital-302191152.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Gymdesk Announces a $32.5 Million Strategic Growth Investment from Five Elms Capital</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-727-gymdesk-sells-for-more-than-32-5-million-hiring-gets-easier-and-more-hot-take-tuesday-topics" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 727 | Gymdesk Sells for More than $32.5 million, Hiring Gets Easier, and More Hot Take Tuesday Topics</a></li>



<li><a href="http://gymdesk.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Gymdesk.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/erangalperin" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Eran Galperin (@erangalperin) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/erangalperin/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Eran Galperin | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://erangalperin.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Eran’s Website</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.investopedia.com/terms/f/financial-independence-retire-early-fire.asp" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Financial Independence, Retire Early (FIRE) Explained: How It Works</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.discretioncapital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Discretion Capital</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 728, Rob Walling interviews Eran Galperin, founder of Gymdesk, about his incredible exit. Eran shares his journey of transforming Gymdesk from "Martial Arts on Rails" into a successful gym management software company. He discusses how they succeeded in a competitive market, the role of TinySeed in their growth, and how feelings of burnout eventually led to a majority buyout for the company.



Topics we cover: 




2:02 – Gymdesk Announces a $32.5 Million Strategic Growth Investment



5:13 – How the investment will be used



6:38 – Eran’s projects before Gymdesk



9:21 – Sticking with one idea long enough to see success



12:45 – Entering a competitive market



16:37 – Rapid growth as a marketing leader



20:54 – Dealing with burnout and entertaining an acquisition



26:45 – Handling a stressful sales process



32:19 – The future of Gymdesk




Links from the Show: 




Apply for TinySeed



Gymdesk Announces a $32.5 Million Strategic Growth Investment from Five Elms Capital



Episode 727 | Gymdesk Sells for More than $32.5 million, Hiring Gets Easier, and More Hot Take Tuesday Topics



Gymdesk.com



Eran Galperin (@erangalperin) | X



Eran Galperin | LinkedIn



Eran’s Website



Financial Independence, Retire Early (FIRE) Explained: How It Works



Discretion Capital




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 728 | Bootstrapping Gymdesk to a More Than $32.5M Exit]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 728, Rob Walling interviews Eran Galperin, founder of Gymdesk, about his incredible exit. Eran shares his journey of transforming Gymdesk from "Martial Arts on Rails" into a successful gym management software company. He discusses how they succeeded in a competitive market, the role of TinySeed in their growth, and how feelings of burnout eventually led to a majority buyout for the company.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:02 – Gymdesk Announces a $32.5 Million Strategic Growth Investment</li>



<li>5:13 – How the investment will be used</li>



<li>6:38 – Eran’s projects before Gymdesk</li>



<li>9:21 – Sticking with one idea long enough to see success</li>



<li>12:45 – Entering a competitive market</li>



<li>16:37 – Rapid growth as a marketing leader</li>



<li>20:54 – Dealing with burnout and entertaining an acquisition</li>



<li>26:45 – Handling a stressful sales process</li>



<li>32:19 – The future of Gymdesk</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/gymdesk-announces-a-32-5-million-strategic-growth-investment-from-five-elms-capital-302191152.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Gymdesk Announces a $32.5 Million Strategic Growth Investment from Five Elms Capital</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-727-gymdesk-sells-for-more-than-32-5-million-hiring-gets-easier-and-more-hot-take-tuesday-topics" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 727 | Gymdesk Sells for More than $32.5 million, Hiring Gets Easier, and More Hot Take Tuesday Topics</a></li>



<li><a href="http://gymdesk.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Gymdesk.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/erangalperin" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Eran Galperin (@erangalperin) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/erangalperin/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Eran Galperin | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://erangalperin.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Eran’s Website</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.investopedia.com/terms/f/financial-independence-retire-early-fire.asp" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Financial Independence, Retire Early (FIRE) Explained: How It Works</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.discretioncapital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Discretion Capital</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1814169/c1e-pn7mh5n53ouqx24v-25dp353oa6dv-s1ngke.mp3" length="35130078"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 728, Rob Walling interviews Eran Galperin, founder of Gymdesk, about his incredible exit. Eran shares his journey of transforming Gymdesk from "Martial Arts on Rails" into a successful gym management software company. He discusses how they succeeded in a competitive market, the role of TinySeed in their growth, and how feelings of burnout eventually led to a majority buyout for the company.



Topics we cover: 




2:02 – Gymdesk Announces a $32.5 Million Strategic Growth Investment



5:13 – How the investment will be used



6:38 – Eran’s projects before Gymdesk



9:21 – Sticking with one idea long enough to see success



12:45 – Entering a competitive market



16:37 – Rapid growth as a marketing leader



20:54 – Dealing with burnout and entertaining an acquisition



26:45 – Handling a stressful sales process



32:19 – The future of Gymdesk




Links from the Show: 




Apply for TinySeed



Gymdesk Announces a $32.5 Million Strategic Growth Investment from Five Elms Capital



Episode 727 | Gymdesk Sells for More than $32.5 million, Hiring Gets Easier, and More Hot Take Tuesday Topics



Gymdesk.com



Eran Galperin (@erangalperin) | X



Eran Galperin | LinkedIn



Eran’s Website



Financial Independence, Retire Early (FIRE) Explained: How It Works



Discretion Capital




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:05</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 727 | Gymdesk Sells for More than $32.5 million, Hiring Gets Easier, and More Hot Take Tuesday Topics]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2024 10:00:13 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1806357</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-727-gymdesk-sells-for-more-than-32-5-million-hiring-gets-easier-and-more-hot-take-tuesday-topics</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 727, Rob Walling is joined by Tracy Osborn and Einar Vollset to give their hot takes on some recent news. First they celebrate Gymdesk’s recent funding and evaluate what that means for TinySeed companies. Then, they weigh in on bootstrapper hiring, grappling with new challenges as MRR grows, and how to really move the needle in your business.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>. </p>



<p>For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.</p>



<p>Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” </p>



<p>Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. </p>



<p><em>To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at </em><a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a><em>. </em></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:19 – Gymdesk Announces a $32.5 Million Strategic Growth Investment</li>



<li>9:06 – Is it getting easier for bootstrappers to hire?</li>



<li>12:22 – Facing different challenges as MRR grows   </li>



<li>19:37 – Identifying what <em>really</em> moves the needle</li>



<li>23:56 – Listen to those who have built businesses before you</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Subscribe to the Startups For the Rest of Us Email List</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.discretioncapital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Discretion Capital</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracymakes" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/tinyseedfund" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed (@tinyseedfund) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/gymdesk-announces-a-32-5-million-strategic-growth-investment-from-five-elms-capital-302191152.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Gymdesk Announces a $32.5 Million Strategic Growth Investment from Five Elms Capital</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/erangalperin" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Eran Galperin (@erangalperin) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-697-7-predictions-for-saas-bootstrappers-in-2024" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 697 | 7 Predictions for SaaS Bootstrappers in 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS Report</a></li>



<li><a href="https://longform.asmartbear.com/exponential-growth/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Elephant in the room: The myth of exponential hypergrowth</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/cjVSvZ4" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a></li></ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 727, Rob Walling is joined by Tracy Osborn and Einar Vollset to give their hot takes on some recent news. First they celebrate Gymdesk’s recent funding and evaluate what that means for TinySeed companies. Then, they weigh in on bootstrapper hiring, grappling with new challenges as MRR grows, and how to really move the needle in your business.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, Lemon.io. 



For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.



Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” 



Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. 



To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. 



Topics we cover: 




2:19 – Gymdesk Announces a $32.5 Million Strategic Growth Investment



9:06 – Is it getting easier for bootstrappers to hire?



12:22 – Facing different challenges as MRR grows   



19:37 – Identifying what really moves the needle



23:56 – Listen to those who have built businesses before you




Links from the Show: 




Subscribe to the Startups For the Rest of Us Email List



TinySeed



The SaaS Playbook



Discretion Capital



Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | X



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X



TinySeed (@tinyseedfund) | X



Gymdesk Announces a $32.5 Million Strategic Growth Investment from Five Elms Capital



Eran Galperin (@erangalperin) | X



Episode 697 | 7 Predictions for SaaS Bootstrappers in 2024



State of Independent SaaS Report



The Elephant in the room: The myth of exponential hypergrowth



]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 727 | Gymdesk Sells for More than $32.5 million, Hiring Gets Easier, and More Hot Take Tuesday Topics]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 727, Rob Walling is joined by Tracy Osborn and Einar Vollset to give their hot takes on some recent news. First they celebrate Gymdesk’s recent funding and evaluate what that means for TinySeed companies. Then, they weigh in on bootstrapper hiring, grappling with new challenges as MRR grows, and how to really move the needle in your business.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>. </p>



<p>For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.</p>



<p>Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” </p>



<p>Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. </p>



<p><em>To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at </em><a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a><em>. </em></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:19 – Gymdesk Announces a $32.5 Million Strategic Growth Investment</li>



<li>9:06 – Is it getting easier for bootstrappers to hire?</li>



<li>12:22 – Facing different challenges as MRR grows   </li>



<li>19:37 – Identifying what <em>really</em> moves the needle</li>



<li>23:56 – Listen to those who have built businesses before you</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Subscribe to the Startups For the Rest of Us Email List</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.discretioncapital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Discretion Capital</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracymakes" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/tinyseedfund" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed (@tinyseedfund) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/gymdesk-announces-a-32-5-million-strategic-growth-investment-from-five-elms-capital-302191152.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Gymdesk Announces a $32.5 Million Strategic Growth Investment from Five Elms Capital</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/erangalperin" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Eran Galperin (@erangalperin) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-697-7-predictions-for-saas-bootstrappers-in-2024" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 697 | 7 Predictions for SaaS Bootstrappers in 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS Report</a></li>



<li><a href="https://longform.asmartbear.com/exponential-growth/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Elephant in the room: The myth of exponential hypergrowth</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/cjVSvZ4" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Traction</a> by Gabriel Weinberg and Justin Mares</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1806357/c1e-gjn1h30d42hwgqk9-mk0op514bn35-czxkgl.mp3" length="28820577"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 727, Rob Walling is joined by Tracy Osborn and Einar Vollset to give their hot takes on some recent news. First they celebrate Gymdesk’s recent funding and evaluate what that means for TinySeed companies. Then, they weigh in on bootstrapper hiring, grappling with new challenges as MRR grows, and how to really move the needle in your business.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, Lemon.io. 



For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.



Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” 



Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. 



To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. 



Topics we cover: 




2:19 – Gymdesk Announces a $32.5 Million Strategic Growth Investment



9:06 – Is it getting easier for bootstrappers to hire?



12:22 – Facing different challenges as MRR grows   



19:37 – Identifying what really moves the needle



23:56 – Listen to those who have built businesses before you




Links from the Show: 




Subscribe to the Startups For the Rest of Us Email List



TinySeed



The SaaS Playbook



Discretion Capital



Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | X



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X



TinySeed (@tinyseedfund) | X



Gymdesk Announces a $32.5 Million Strategic Growth Investment from Five Elms Capital



Eran Galperin (@erangalperin) | X



Episode 697 | 7 Predictions for SaaS Bootstrappers in 2024



State of Independent SaaS Report



The Elephant in the room: The myth of exponential hypergrowth



]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:29:31</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 726 | Selling 29,000 Copies, Information vs. Motivation, and Making Your First Level Last (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2024 10:00:54 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1799191</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-726-selling-29000-copies-information-vs-motivation-and-making-your-first-level-last-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 726, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he covers several topics. In this episode he reveals the sales details around “The SaaS Playbook” by sharing the volume and sales channel data. He explores the importance of motivation over mere access to information, particularly for developers, with the introduction of AI. Rob also previews several exciting projects to be released in the near future.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:49 – The SaaS Playbook sales channel breakdown</li>



<li>8:20 – Learnings from the book launch</li>



<li>9:51 – Upcoming books and courses</li>



<li>12:07 – ”Teach them how to run fast, better”</li>



<li>16:04 – Access to information vs. motivation</li>



<li>19:40 – Creating your onboarding last</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.discretioncapital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Discretion Capital</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/einarvollset" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-707-once-com-open-source-to-ft-income-and-more-hot-take-tuesday" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 707 | Once.com, Open Source to FT Income, and More (Hot Take Tuesday)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Launchpad</a> video course</li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/sherrywalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.netflix.com/title/81685880" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Netflix’s Sprint</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/romero" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">John Romero (@romero) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/geFs5Q4" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Masters of Doom</a> by David Kushner</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/g8qjmND" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Doom Guy</a> by John Romero</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 726, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he covers several topics. In this episode he reveals the sales details around “The SaaS Playbook” by sharing the volume and sales channel data. He explores the importance of motivation over mere access to information, particularly for developers, with the introduction of AI. Rob also previews several exciting projects to be released in the near future.



Topics we cover: 




2:49 – The SaaS Playbook sales channel breakdown



8:20 – Learnings from the book launch



9:51 – Upcoming books and courses



12:07 – ”Teach them how to run fast, better”



16:04 – Access to information vs. motivation



19:40 – Creating your onboarding last




Links from the Show: 




Discretion Capital



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X



Episode 707 | Once.com, Open Source to FT Income, and More (Hot Take Tuesday)



TinySeed



The SaaS Playbook



The SaaS Launchpad video course



Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X



Netflix’s Sprint



John Romero (@romero) | X



Masters of Doom by David Kushner



Doom Guy by John Romero




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 726 | Selling 29,000 Copies, Information vs. Motivation, and Making Your First Level Last (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 726, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he covers several topics. In this episode he reveals the sales details around “The SaaS Playbook” by sharing the volume and sales channel data. He explores the importance of motivation over mere access to information, particularly for developers, with the introduction of AI. Rob also previews several exciting projects to be released in the near future.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:49 – The SaaS Playbook sales channel breakdown</li>



<li>8:20 – Learnings from the book launch</li>



<li>9:51 – Upcoming books and courses</li>



<li>12:07 – ”Teach them how to run fast, better”</li>



<li>16:04 – Access to information vs. motivation</li>



<li>19:40 – Creating your onboarding last</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.discretioncapital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Discretion Capital</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/einarvollset" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-707-once-com-open-source-to-ft-income-and-more-hot-take-tuesday" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 707 | Once.com, Open Source to FT Income, and More (Hot Take Tuesday)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/courses/saas-launchpad" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Launchpad</a> video course</li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/sherrywalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.netflix.com/title/81685880" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Netflix’s Sprint</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/romero" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">John Romero (@romero) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/geFs5Q4" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Masters of Doom</a> by David Kushner</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/g8qjmND" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Doom Guy</a> by John Romero</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1799191/c1e-pn7mh5x03wtqx0r9-jp4k8w3wimjp-qf549a.mp3" length="23197732"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 726, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he covers several topics. In this episode he reveals the sales details around “The SaaS Playbook” by sharing the volume and sales channel data. He explores the importance of motivation over mere access to information, particularly for developers, with the introduction of AI. Rob also previews several exciting projects to be released in the near future.



Topics we cover: 




2:49 – The SaaS Playbook sales channel breakdown



8:20 – Learnings from the book launch



9:51 – Upcoming books and courses



12:07 – ”Teach them how to run fast, better”



16:04 – Access to information vs. motivation



19:40 – Creating your onboarding last




Links from the Show: 




Discretion Capital



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X



Episode 707 | Once.com, Open Source to FT Income, and More (Hot Take Tuesday)



TinySeed



The SaaS Playbook



The SaaS Launchpad video course



Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X



Netflix’s Sprint



John Romero (@romero) | X



Masters of Doom by David Kushner



Doom Guy by John Romero




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:23:39</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 725 | SEO in the Age of AI, Freemium, When Brand Becomes Important, and More Advanced Listener Questions (with Ruben Gamez)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 06 Aug 2024 10:00:50 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1795078</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-725-seo-in-the-age-of-ai-freemium-when-brand-becomes-important-and-more-advanced-listener-questions-with-ruben-gamez</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 725, join Rob Walling and Ruben Gamez as they answer several more advanced listener questions. They discuss the challenges of pursuing freemium as a bootstrapper and make a suggestion that might surprise you. Rob and Ruben also talk about why building your business as a SaaS founder is usually the best way to build your brand indirectly.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>. </p>



<p>For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.</p>



<p>Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” </p>



<p>Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. </p>



<p><em>To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at </em><a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a><em>. </em></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>2:31 – Considering a freemium plan as a bootstrapper</li>



<li>9:52 – Freemium, but without the intent to convert free users</li>



<li>12:24 – Raising prices as an alternative to starting a freemium plan</li>



<li>18:32 – When to start caring about your “brand”</li>



<li>25:10 – Investing directly in branding</li>



<li>31:00 – Revisiting your marketing funnels</li>



<li>34:08 – AI’s impact on SEO</li>



<li>38:20 – Google’s search results are already changing</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://www.saaslaunchpad.co/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Get notified about The SaaS LaunchPad</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ask a Question on SFTROU</a></li>



<li><a href="mailto:questions@startupsfortherestofus.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Email a Question on SFTROU</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.signwell.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SignWell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-724-managing-managers-breaking-through-plateaus-thoughts-on-eos-and-more-later-stage-listener-questions" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 724 | Managing Managers, Breaking Through Plateaus, Thoughts on EOS, and More Later-Stage Listener Questions</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-717-bootstrapping-to-1-3m-arr-and-300000-free-users" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 717 | Bootstrapping to $1.3M ARR and 300,000 Free Users</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/valsopi" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Val Sopi (@valsopi) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://blogmaker.app/">BlogMaker</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-o..."></a></li></ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 725, join Rob Walling and Ruben Gamez as they answer several more advanced listener questions. They discuss the challenges of pursuing freemium as a bootstrapper and make a suggestion that might surprise you. Rob and Ruben also talk about why building your business as a SaaS founder is usually the best way to build your brand indirectly.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, Lemon.io. 



For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.



Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” 



Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. 



To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. 



Topics we cover: 




2:31 – Considering a freemium plan as a bootstrapper



9:52 – Freemium, but without the intent to convert free users



12:24 – Raising prices as an alternative to starting a freemium plan



18:32 – When to start caring about your “brand”



25:10 – Investing directly in branding



31:00 – Revisiting your marketing funnels



34:08 – AI’s impact on SEO



38:20 – Google’s search results are already changing




Links from the Show: 




Get notified about The SaaS LaunchPad



Ask a Question on SFTROU



Email a Question on SFTROU



MicroConf



TinySeed



The SaaS Playbook



Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X



SignWell



Episode 724 | Managing Managers, Breaking Through Plateaus, Thoughts on EOS, and More Later-Stage Listener Questions



Episode 717 | Bootstrapping to $1.3M ARR and 300,000 Free Users



Val Sopi (@valsopi) | X



BlogMaker



]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 725 | SEO in the Age of AI, Freemium, When Brand Becomes Important, and More Advanced Listener Questions (with Ruben Gamez)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 725, join Rob Walling and Ruben Gamez as they answer several more advanced listener questions. They discuss the challenges of pursuing freemium as a bootstrapper and make a suggestion that might surprise you. Rob and Ruben also talk about why building your business as a SaaS founder is usually the best way to build your brand indirectly.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>. </p>



<p>For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.</p>



<p>Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” </p>



<p>Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. </p>



<p><em>To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at </em><a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a><em>. </em></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>2:31 – Considering a freemium plan as a bootstrapper</li>



<li>9:52 – Freemium, but without the intent to convert free users</li>



<li>12:24 – Raising prices as an alternative to starting a freemium plan</li>



<li>18:32 – When to start caring about your “brand”</li>



<li>25:10 – Investing directly in branding</li>



<li>31:00 – Revisiting your marketing funnels</li>



<li>34:08 – AI’s impact on SEO</li>



<li>38:20 – Google’s search results are already changing</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://www.saaslaunchpad.co/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Get notified about The SaaS LaunchPad</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ask a Question on SFTROU</a></li>



<li><a href="mailto:questions@startupsfortherestofus.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Email a Question on SFTROU</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.signwell.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SignWell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-724-managing-managers-breaking-through-plateaus-thoughts-on-eos-and-more-later-stage-listener-questions" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 724 | Managing Managers, Breaking Through Plateaus, Thoughts on EOS, and More Later-Stage Listener Questions</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-717-bootstrapping-to-1-3m-arr-and-300000-free-users" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 717 | Bootstrapping to $1.3M ARR and 300,000 Free Users</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/valsopi" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Val Sopi (@valsopi) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://blogmaker.app/">BlogMaker</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS 2024 Report</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/jlogic" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Josh Ho (@jlogic) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/wagslane" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lane || Boot.dev (@wagslane) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1795078/c1e-5qm4bm04d2bqvogw-rk0gowvdsm1j-vuuche.mp3" length="44959285"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 725, join Rob Walling and Ruben Gamez as they answer several more advanced listener questions. They discuss the challenges of pursuing freemium as a bootstrapper and make a suggestion that might surprise you. Rob and Ruben also talk about why building your business as a SaaS founder is usually the best way to build your brand indirectly.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, Lemon.io. 



For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.



Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” 



Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. 



To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. 



Topics we cover: 




2:31 – Considering a freemium plan as a bootstrapper



9:52 – Freemium, but without the intent to convert free users



12:24 – Raising prices as an alternative to starting a freemium plan



18:32 – When to start caring about your “brand”



25:10 – Investing directly in branding



31:00 – Revisiting your marketing funnels



34:08 – AI’s impact on SEO



38:20 – Google’s search results are already changing




Links from the Show: 




Get notified about The SaaS LaunchPad



Ask a Question on SFTROU



Email a Question on SFTROU



MicroConf



TinySeed



The SaaS Playbook



Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X



SignWell



Episode 724 | Managing Managers, Breaking Through Plateaus, Thoughts on EOS, and More Later-Stage Listener Questions



Episode 717 | Bootstrapping to $1.3M ARR and 300,000 Free Users



Val Sopi (@valsopi) | X



BlogMaker



]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:46:19</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 724 | Managing Managers, Breaking Through Plateaus, Thoughts on EOS, and More Later-Stage Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2024 10:00:45 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1788786</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-724-managing-managers-breaking-through-plateaus-thoughts-on-eos-and-more-later-stage-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 724, join Rob Walling as he takes on some later-stage listener questions in another solo adventure. He provides several tips for managing managers, how to break through MRR plateaus, and how to think about SaaS versus agency work. Rob also offers his take on how he would talk about his product at conferences, without overselling it.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:48 – Three tips for managing other managers</li>



<li>8:42 – Schedule “skip level” meetings</li>



<li>9:50 – Attending a conference without overselling</li>



<li>15:00 – Breaking out of the $20k-$30k MRR plateau</li>



<li>19:57 – How to keep your self-serve SaaS from becoming an agency</li>



<li>23:58 – Scaling management through company growth</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/eu-ticket-information" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Get tickets for MicroConf Europe in Dubrovnik, Croatia (before August 15th)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/cgimmer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Christopher Gimmer (@cgimmer) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-480-stairstepping-your-way-to-saas-with-christopher-gimmer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 480 | Stairstepping Your Way to SaaS with Christopher Gimmer</a></li>



<li><a href="https://seekingscale.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Seeking Scale</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 724, join Rob Walling as he takes on some later-stage listener questions in another solo adventure. He provides several tips for managing managers, how to break through MRR plateaus, and how to think about SaaS versus agency work. Rob also offers his take on how he would talk about his product at conferences, without overselling it.



Topics we cover: 




3:48 – Three tips for managing other managers



8:42 – Schedule “skip level” meetings



9:50 – Attending a conference without overselling



15:00 – Breaking out of the $20k-$30k MRR plateau



19:57 – How to keep your self-serve SaaS from becoming an agency



23:58 – Scaling management through company growth




Links from the Show: 




Get tickets for MicroConf Europe in Dubrovnik, Croatia (before August 15th)



TinySeed



Christopher Gimmer (@cgimmer) | X



Episode 480 | Stairstepping Your Way to SaaS with Christopher Gimmer



Seeking Scale




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 724 | Managing Managers, Breaking Through Plateaus, Thoughts on EOS, and More Later-Stage Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 724, join Rob Walling as he takes on some later-stage listener questions in another solo adventure. He provides several tips for managing managers, how to break through MRR plateaus, and how to think about SaaS versus agency work. Rob also offers his take on how he would talk about his product at conferences, without overselling it.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:48 – Three tips for managing other managers</li>



<li>8:42 – Schedule “skip level” meetings</li>



<li>9:50 – Attending a conference without overselling</li>



<li>15:00 – Breaking out of the $20k-$30k MRR plateau</li>



<li>19:57 – How to keep your self-serve SaaS from becoming an agency</li>



<li>23:58 – Scaling management through company growth</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/eu-ticket-information" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Get tickets for MicroConf Europe in Dubrovnik, Croatia (before August 15th)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/cgimmer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Christopher Gimmer (@cgimmer) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-480-stairstepping-your-way-to-saas-with-christopher-gimmer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 480 | Stairstepping Your Way to SaaS with Christopher Gimmer</a></li>



<li><a href="https://seekingscale.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Seeking Scale</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1788786/c1e-pn7mh5ooqgiqx073-9j5q29r5cd2k-rzrofh.mp3" length="29834696"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 724, join Rob Walling as he takes on some later-stage listener questions in another solo adventure. He provides several tips for managing managers, how to break through MRR plateaus, and how to think about SaaS versus agency work. Rob also offers his take on how he would talk about his product at conferences, without overselling it.



Topics we cover: 




3:48 – Three tips for managing other managers



8:42 – Schedule “skip level” meetings



9:50 – Attending a conference without overselling



15:00 – Breaking out of the $20k-$30k MRR plateau



19:57 – How to keep your self-serve SaaS from becoming an agency



23:58 – Scaling management through company growth




Links from the Show: 




Get tickets for MicroConf Europe in Dubrovnik, Croatia (before August 15th)



TinySeed



Christopher Gimmer (@cgimmer) | X



Episode 480 | Stairstepping Your Way to SaaS with Christopher Gimmer



Seeking Scale




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:30:34</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 723 | How to Be a Supercommunicator (and Why it Matters as a Bootstrapper) with Charles Duhigg]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jul 2024 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1785572</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-723-how-to-be-a-supercommunicator-and-why-it-matters-as-a-bootstrapper-with-charles-duhigg</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 723, Rob Walling interviews Charles Duhigg, a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist and bestselling author, about the significance of effective communication for founders. They discuss practical advice on recognizing different types of conversations, techniques for understanding and transitioning conversations, and how to quickly move past small talk in a conference setting.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>. </p>



<p>For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.</p>



<p>Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” </p>



<p>Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. </p>



<p><em>To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at </em><a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a><em>. </em></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:42 – What’s a “super communicator?”</li>



<li>4:35 – Getting better at being a great communicator</li>



<li>8:10 – Identifying the types of conversations you are having</li>



<li>11:31 – Transitioning between different types of conversations</li>



<li>16:51 – Advice for introverts engaging in deep conversations with new people</li>



<li>22:01 – How to quickly improve small talk</li>



<li>27:22 – Non-verbal communication has slightly different rules</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/cduhigg" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Charles Duhigg (@cduhigg) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.charlesduhigg.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Charles Duhigg’s website</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.charlesduhigg.com/supercommunicators" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Supercommunicators</a> by Charles Duhigg</li>



<li><a href="https://www.charlesduhigg.com/the-power-of-habit" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Power of Habit</a> by Charles Duhigg</li>



<li><a href="https://www.charlesduhigg.com/smarter-faster-better" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Smarter, Faster, Better</a> by Charles Duhigg</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/2QRwWSD" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Crucial Conversations</a> by Joseph Grenny et. al</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 723, Rob Walling interviews Charles Duhigg, a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist and bestselling author, about the significance of effective communication for founders. They discuss practical advice on recognizing different types of conversations, techniques for understanding and transitioning conversations, and how to quickly move past small talk in a conference setting.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, Lemon.io. 



For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.



Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” 



Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. 



To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. 



Topics we cover: 




2:42 – What’s a “super communicator?”



4:35 – Getting better at being a great communicator



8:10 – Identifying the types of conversations you are having



11:31 – Transitioning between different types of conversations



16:51 – Advice for introverts engaging in deep conversations with new people



22:01 – How to quickly improve small talk



27:22 – Non-verbal communication has slightly different rules




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



Charles Duhigg (@cduhigg) | X



Charles Duhigg’s website



Supercommunicators by Charles Duhigg



The Power of Habit by Charles Duhigg



Smarter, Faster, Better by Charles Duhigg



Crucial Conversations by Joseph Grenny et. al




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 723 | How to Be a Supercommunicator (and Why it Matters as a Bootstrapper) with Charles Duhigg]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 723, Rob Walling interviews Charles Duhigg, a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist and bestselling author, about the significance of effective communication for founders. They discuss practical advice on recognizing different types of conversations, techniques for understanding and transitioning conversations, and how to quickly move past small talk in a conference setting.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>. </p>



<p>For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.</p>



<p>Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” </p>



<p>Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. </p>



<p><em>To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at </em><a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a><em>. </em></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:42 – What’s a “super communicator?”</li>



<li>4:35 – Getting better at being a great communicator</li>



<li>8:10 – Identifying the types of conversations you are having</li>



<li>11:31 – Transitioning between different types of conversations</li>



<li>16:51 – Advice for introverts engaging in deep conversations with new people</li>



<li>22:01 – How to quickly improve small talk</li>



<li>27:22 – Non-verbal communication has slightly different rules</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/cduhigg" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Charles Duhigg (@cduhigg) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.charlesduhigg.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Charles Duhigg’s website</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.charlesduhigg.com/supercommunicators" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Supercommunicators</a> by Charles Duhigg</li>



<li><a href="https://www.charlesduhigg.com/the-power-of-habit" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Power of Habit</a> by Charles Duhigg</li>



<li><a href="https://www.charlesduhigg.com/smarter-faster-better" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Smarter, Faster, Better</a> by Charles Duhigg</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/2QRwWSD" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Crucial Conversations</a> by Joseph Grenny et. al</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1785572/c1e-koz3sjqx2nigjo7n-0vd5zrvgavnp-jzxqm9.mp3" length="31089748"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 723, Rob Walling interviews Charles Duhigg, a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist and bestselling author, about the significance of effective communication for founders. They discuss practical advice on recognizing different types of conversations, techniques for understanding and transitioning conversations, and how to quickly move past small talk in a conference setting.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring senior developers can really move the needle in your business, but if you bring on the wrong person, you can quickly burn through your runway. If you need help finding a vetted, senior, results-oriented developer, you should reach out to today’s sponsor, Lemon.io. 



For years, they’ve been helping our audience find high quality, global talent at competitive rates, and they can help you too.



Longtime listener Chaz Yoon, hired a senior developer from Lemon.io and said his hire ”definitely knew his stuff, provided appropriate feedback and pushback, and had great communication, including very fluent English. He really exceeded my expectations.” 



Chaz said he’d definitely use Lemon.io again when he’s looking for a senior level engineer. 



To learn more and get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. 



Topics we cover: 




2:42 – What’s a “super communicator?”



4:35 – Getting better at being a great communicator



8:10 – Identifying the types of conversations you are having



11:31 – Transitioning between different types of conversations



16:51 – Advice for introverts engaging in deep conversations with new people



22:01 – How to quickly improve small talk



27:22 – Non-verbal communication has slightly different rules




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



Charles Duhigg (@cduhigg) | X



Charles Duhigg’s website



Supercommunicators by Charles Duhigg



The Power of Habit by Charles Duhigg



Smarter, Faster, Better by Charles Duhigg



Crucial Conversations by Joseph Grenny et. al




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:31:53</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 722 | Bootstrapping a Vertical SaaS to 7-Figures in 18 Months]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jul 2024 10:00:22 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1778265</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-722-bootstrapping-a-vertical-saas-to-7-figures-in-18-months</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 722, Rob Walling interviews James Mooring, co-founder of Astalty, a SaaS serving Australia's NDIS market. James reveals how they bootstrapped from zero to seven figures in just 18 months and then they explore the strategic decisions, clever pricing, and deep industry knowledge that propelled Astalty's remarkable growth, proving their success was far more than just a lucky break.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>If you need help hiring great talent from Latin America and the Philippines, but don’t want to pay ongoing recruitment fees, check out <a href="http://outworkstaffing.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Outwork Staffing.</a></p>



<p>Outwork Staffing can help you hire customer support, virtual assistants, developers - or whoever you need! You pay a one-time hiring fee after they find your ideal candidate, and that’s it-  there’s no additional costs, even if your new hire stays for years.</p>



<p>If your new hire doesn’t work out, Outwork Staffing will find you a replacement, free of charge within the first 6 months of their employment.</p>



<p>They also provide coaching to help you find, manage, and grow your global team efficiently.</p>



<p>Visit <a href="http://outworkstaffing.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">outworkstaffing.com/startups</a> to book a call and get $500 off your first placement by mentioning Startups For the Rest of Us.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:44 – NDIS software for providers of disability care</li>



<li>4:23 – Astalty’s rapid growth</li>



<li>6:34 – Finding success with a strong co-founder pairing</li>



<li>8:39 – Deciding to tailor the Astalty MVP</li>



<li>12:25 – Building a free Chrome extension, smart or lucky?</li>



<li>17:18 – Launching a paid plan and nailing the pricing</li>



<li>21:57 – Explosive word of mouth growth</li>



<li>25:19 – Selling at in-person events and in Facebook groups</li>



<li>31:02 – A clever way of raising prices</li>



<li>35:00 – Learning from fast iteration</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/james-mooring-4a9736172/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">James Mooring | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://astalty.com.au/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Astalty</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/jUyRLWSjarA" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How Ben Chestnut Bootstrapped Mailchimp to a $12 Billion Exit</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/2MJJs3kxvAY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Question &amp; Answer with Jason Fried, Co-Founder, Basecamp – MicroConf Growth 2019</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 722, Rob Walling interviews James Mooring, co-founder of Astalty, a SaaS serving Australia's NDIS market. James reveals how they bootstrapped from zero to seven figures in just 18 months and then they explore the strategic decisions, clever pricing, and deep industry knowledge that propelled Astalty's remarkable growth, proving their success was far more than just a lucky break.



Episode Sponsor:





If you need help hiring great talent from Latin America and the Philippines, but don’t want to pay ongoing recruitment fees, check out Outwork Staffing.



Outwork Staffing can help you hire customer support, virtual assistants, developers - or whoever you need! You pay a one-time hiring fee after they find your ideal candidate, and that’s it-  there’s no additional costs, even if your new hire stays for years.



If your new hire doesn’t work out, Outwork Staffing will find you a replacement, free of charge within the first 6 months of their employment.



They also provide coaching to help you find, manage, and grow your global team efficiently.



Visit outworkstaffing.com/startups to book a call and get $500 off your first placement by mentioning Startups For the Rest of Us.



Topics we cover: 




2:44 – NDIS software for providers of disability care



4:23 – Astalty’s rapid growth



6:34 – Finding success with a strong co-founder pairing



8:39 – Deciding to tailor the Astalty MVP



12:25 – Building a free Chrome extension, smart or lucky?



17:18 – Launching a paid plan and nailing the pricing



21:57 – Explosive word of mouth growth



25:19 – Selling at in-person events and in Facebook groups



31:02 – A clever way of raising prices



35:00 – Learning from fast iteration




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Playbook



TinySeed



James Mooring | LinkedIn



Astalty



How Ben Chestnut Bootstrapped Mailchimp to a $12 Billion Exit



Question & Answer with Jason Fried, Co-Founder, Basecamp – MicroConf Growth 2019




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 722 | Bootstrapping a Vertical SaaS to 7-Figures in 18 Months]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 722, Rob Walling interviews James Mooring, co-founder of Astalty, a SaaS serving Australia's NDIS market. James reveals how they bootstrapped from zero to seven figures in just 18 months and then they explore the strategic decisions, clever pricing, and deep industry knowledge that propelled Astalty's remarkable growth, proving their success was far more than just a lucky break.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>If you need help hiring great talent from Latin America and the Philippines, but don’t want to pay ongoing recruitment fees, check out <a href="http://outworkstaffing.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Outwork Staffing.</a></p>



<p>Outwork Staffing can help you hire customer support, virtual assistants, developers - or whoever you need! You pay a one-time hiring fee after they find your ideal candidate, and that’s it-  there’s no additional costs, even if your new hire stays for years.</p>



<p>If your new hire doesn’t work out, Outwork Staffing will find you a replacement, free of charge within the first 6 months of their employment.</p>



<p>They also provide coaching to help you find, manage, and grow your global team efficiently.</p>



<p>Visit <a href="http://outworkstaffing.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">outworkstaffing.com/startups</a> to book a call and get $500 off your first placement by mentioning Startups For the Rest of Us.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:44 – NDIS software for providers of disability care</li>



<li>4:23 – Astalty’s rapid growth</li>



<li>6:34 – Finding success with a strong co-founder pairing</li>



<li>8:39 – Deciding to tailor the Astalty MVP</li>



<li>12:25 – Building a free Chrome extension, smart or lucky?</li>



<li>17:18 – Launching a paid plan and nailing the pricing</li>



<li>21:57 – Explosive word of mouth growth</li>



<li>25:19 – Selling at in-person events and in Facebook groups</li>



<li>31:02 – A clever way of raising prices</li>



<li>35:00 – Learning from fast iteration</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/james-mooring-4a9736172/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">James Mooring | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://astalty.com.au/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Astalty</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/jUyRLWSjarA" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How Ben Chestnut Bootstrapped Mailchimp to a $12 Billion Exit</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/2MJJs3kxvAY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Question &amp; Answer with Jason Fried, Co-Founder, Basecamp – MicroConf Growth 2019</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1778265/c1e-xknrtmko9vckz6dg-kp22d3o2i720-5kuy7r.mp3" length="37995513"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 722, Rob Walling interviews James Mooring, co-founder of Astalty, a SaaS serving Australia's NDIS market. James reveals how they bootstrapped from zero to seven figures in just 18 months and then they explore the strategic decisions, clever pricing, and deep industry knowledge that propelled Astalty's remarkable growth, proving their success was far more than just a lucky break.



Episode Sponsor:





If you need help hiring great talent from Latin America and the Philippines, but don’t want to pay ongoing recruitment fees, check out Outwork Staffing.



Outwork Staffing can help you hire customer support, virtual assistants, developers - or whoever you need! You pay a one-time hiring fee after they find your ideal candidate, and that’s it-  there’s no additional costs, even if your new hire stays for years.



If your new hire doesn’t work out, Outwork Staffing will find you a replacement, free of charge within the first 6 months of their employment.



They also provide coaching to help you find, manage, and grow your global team efficiently.



Visit outworkstaffing.com/startups to book a call and get $500 off your first placement by mentioning Startups For the Rest of Us.



Topics we cover: 




2:44 – NDIS software for providers of disability care



4:23 – Astalty’s rapid growth



6:34 – Finding success with a strong co-founder pairing



8:39 – Deciding to tailor the Astalty MVP



12:25 – Building a free Chrome extension, smart or lucky?



17:18 – Launching a paid plan and nailing the pricing



21:57 – Explosive word of mouth growth



25:19 – Selling at in-person events and in Facebook groups



31:02 – A clever way of raising prices



35:00 – Learning from fast iteration




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Playbook



TinySeed



James Mooring | LinkedIn



Astalty



How Ben Chestnut Bootstrapped Mailchimp to a $12 Billion Exit



Question & Answer with Jason Fried, Co-Founder, Basecamp – MicroConf Growth 2019




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:39:04</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 721 | 7 Key Takeaways from the 2024 State of Independent SaaS Report]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jul 2024 10:00:31 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1775253</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-721-7-key-takeaways-from-the-2024-state-of-independent-saas-report</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 721, Rob Walling and Asia Orangio analyze the results of MicroConf’s 2024 State of Independent SaaS Report. They share their key takeaways including the impact of business models on growth, requiring credit cards for free trials, and how the number of founders affects performance. Additionally, they delve into growth by target markets and the data behind bootstrapped SaaS companies taking funding.</p>



<p>To get your copy of the full report, head to <a href="http://stateofindiesaas.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">stateofindiesaas.com</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:03 – The State of Independent SaaS Report</li>



<li>7:36 – Requiring a credit card upfront</li>



<li>10:27 – Three founders perform best</li>



<li>14:31 – Free trials and credit cards</li>



<li>19:11 – Average growth by target market</li>



<li>22:46 – Plans for outside funding</li>



<li>25:10 – Credit cards, trials, and churn </li>



<li>32:10 – Advertising channels that are working</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Download the State of Independent SaaS Report</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/microconf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Subscribe to the MicroConf YouTube channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@RobWalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/AsiaOrangio" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Asia Orangio (@AsiaOrangio) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://demandmaven.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DemandMaven</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 721, Rob Walling and Asia Orangio analyze the results of MicroConf’s 2024 State of Independent SaaS Report. They share their key takeaways including the impact of business models on growth, requiring credit cards for free trials, and how the number of founders affects performance. Additionally, they delve into growth by target markets and the data behind bootstrapped SaaS companies taking funding.



To get your copy of the full report, head to stateofindiesaas.com.



Topics we cover: 




2:03 – The State of Independent SaaS Report



7:36 – Requiring a credit card upfront



10:27 – Three founders perform best



14:31 – Free trials and credit cards



19:11 – Average growth by target market



22:46 – Plans for outside funding



25:10 – Credit cards, trials, and churn 



32:10 – Advertising channels that are working




Links from the Show: 




Download the State of Independent SaaS Report



Subscribe to the MicroConf YouTube channel



TinySeed



Rob Walling (@RobWalling) | X



Asia Orangio (@AsiaOrangio) | X



DemandMaven




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 721 | 7 Key Takeaways from the 2024 State of Independent SaaS Report]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 721, Rob Walling and Asia Orangio analyze the results of MicroConf’s 2024 State of Independent SaaS Report. They share their key takeaways including the impact of business models on growth, requiring credit cards for free trials, and how the number of founders affects performance. Additionally, they delve into growth by target markets and the data behind bootstrapped SaaS companies taking funding.</p>



<p>To get your copy of the full report, head to <a href="http://stateofindiesaas.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">stateofindiesaas.com</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:03 – The State of Independent SaaS Report</li>



<li>7:36 – Requiring a credit card upfront</li>



<li>10:27 – Three founders perform best</li>



<li>14:31 – Free trials and credit cards</li>



<li>19:11 – Average growth by target market</li>



<li>22:46 – Plans for outside funding</li>



<li>25:10 – Credit cards, trials, and churn </li>



<li>32:10 – Advertising channels that are working</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Download the State of Independent SaaS Report</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/microconf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Subscribe to the MicroConf YouTube channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@RobWalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/AsiaOrangio" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Asia Orangio (@AsiaOrangio) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://demandmaven.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DemandMaven</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1775253/c1e-o05nbvnmr8sdxzxd-49vv4k3ds3nk-iqlpqo.mp3" length="34373894"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 721, Rob Walling and Asia Orangio analyze the results of MicroConf’s 2024 State of Independent SaaS Report. They share their key takeaways including the impact of business models on growth, requiring credit cards for free trials, and how the number of founders affects performance. Additionally, they delve into growth by target markets and the data behind bootstrapped SaaS companies taking funding.



To get your copy of the full report, head to stateofindiesaas.com.



Topics we cover: 




2:03 – The State of Independent SaaS Report



7:36 – Requiring a credit card upfront



10:27 – Three founders perform best



14:31 – Free trials and credit cards



19:11 – Average growth by target market



22:46 – Plans for outside funding



25:10 – Credit cards, trials, and churn 



32:10 – Advertising channels that are working




Links from the Show: 




Download the State of Independent SaaS Report



Subscribe to the MicroConf YouTube channel



TinySeed



Rob Walling (@RobWalling) | X



Asia Orangio (@AsiaOrangio) | X



DemandMaven




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:35:18</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 720 | How to Prioritize Your Focus (In Both Your Startup and Personal Life)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jul 2024 10:00:25 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1759013</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-720-how-to-prioritize-your-focus-in-both-your-startup-and-personal-life</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 720, Rob Walling is joined by Craig Hewitt to discuss the intricacies of prioritization in both business and in life. In addition to running Castos, Craig has started coaching founders in sales and marketing, and describes how he strives to focus on the <em>right</em> things. They talk about buying back their time, creating family-focused time, and share their solo podcasting experience after previously having co-hosts.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>If you need help hiring great talent from Latin America and the Philippines, but don’t want to pay ongoing recruitment fees, check out <a href="http://outworkstaffing.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Outwork Staffing.</a></p>



<p>Outwork Staffing can help you hire customer support, virtual assistants, developers - or whoever you need! You pay a one-time hiring fee after they find your ideal candidate, and that’s it-  there’s no additional costs, even if your new hire stays for years.</p>



<p>If your new hire doesn’t work out, Outwork Staffing will find you a replacement, free of charge within the first 6 months of their employment.</p>



<p>They also provide coaching to help you find, manage, and grow your global team efficiently.</p>



<p>Visit <a href="http://outworkstaffing.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">outworkstaffing.com/startups</a> to book a call and get $500 off your first placement by mentioning Startups For the Rest of Us.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:34 – Prioritizing marketing growth and work-life balance outside of work</li>



<li>7:07 – Buying back your time and optimizing for convenience</li>



<li>10:08 – Identifying the right things to work on with coaches and masterminds</li>



<li>19:42 – Making fewer, bigger decisions as a founder</li>



<li>22:01 – Making intentional family-focused time</li>



<li>30:03 – How Craig started his coaching</li>



<li>36:11 – Podcasting with co-hosts vs. podcasting solo</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://connect.microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/TheCraigHewitt" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Craig Hewitt (@TheCraigHewitt) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos</a></li>



<li><a href="https://roguestartups.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rogue Startups</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.craighewitt.me/join/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Craig’s Founder Insights Newsletter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-718-when-to-give-up-open-source-competition-painful-features-and-more-with-derrick-reimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">718 | When to Give Up, Open Source Competition, Painful Features, and More (with Derrick Reimer)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-644-buying-back-your-time-with-dan-martell" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 644 | Buying Back Your Time with Dan Martell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.buybackyourtime.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Buy Back Your Time</a> by Dan Martell</li>



<li><a href="https://www.zirtual.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Zirtual</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.craighewitt.me/buying-the-future/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Buying The Future</a> by Craig Hewitt</li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The MicroConf YouTube Channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/6qeoMhk" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">W...</a></li></ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 720, Rob Walling is joined by Craig Hewitt to discuss the intricacies of prioritization in both business and in life. In addition to running Castos, Craig has started coaching founders in sales and marketing, and describes how he strives to focus on the right things. They talk about buying back their time, creating family-focused time, and share their solo podcasting experience after previously having co-hosts.



Episode Sponsor:





If you need help hiring great talent from Latin America and the Philippines, but don’t want to pay ongoing recruitment fees, check out Outwork Staffing.



Outwork Staffing can help you hire customer support, virtual assistants, developers - or whoever you need! You pay a one-time hiring fee after they find your ideal candidate, and that’s it-  there’s no additional costs, even if your new hire stays for years.



If your new hire doesn’t work out, Outwork Staffing will find you a replacement, free of charge within the first 6 months of their employment.



They also provide coaching to help you find, manage, and grow your global team efficiently.



Visit outworkstaffing.com/startups to book a call and get $500 off your first placement by mentioning Startups For the Rest of Us.



Topics we cover: 




3:34 – Prioritizing marketing growth and work-life balance outside of work



7:07 – Buying back your time and optimizing for convenience



10:08 – Identifying the right things to work on with coaches and masterminds



19:42 – Making fewer, bigger decisions as a founder



22:01 – Making intentional family-focused time



30:03 – How Craig started his coaching



36:11 – Podcasting with co-hosts vs. podcasting solo




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



TinySeed



Craig Hewitt (@TheCraigHewitt) | X



Castos



Rogue Startups



Craig’s Founder Insights Newsletter



718 | When to Give Up, Open Source Competition, Painful Features, and More (with Derrick Reimer)



Episode 644 | Buying Back Your Time with Dan Martell



Buy Back Your Time by Dan Martell



Zirtual



Buying The Future by Craig Hewitt



The MicroConf YouTube Channel



W...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 720 | How to Prioritize Your Focus (In Both Your Startup and Personal Life)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 720, Rob Walling is joined by Craig Hewitt to discuss the intricacies of prioritization in both business and in life. In addition to running Castos, Craig has started coaching founders in sales and marketing, and describes how he strives to focus on the <em>right</em> things. They talk about buying back their time, creating family-focused time, and share their solo podcasting experience after previously having co-hosts.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>If you need help hiring great talent from Latin America and the Philippines, but don’t want to pay ongoing recruitment fees, check out <a href="http://outworkstaffing.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Outwork Staffing.</a></p>



<p>Outwork Staffing can help you hire customer support, virtual assistants, developers - or whoever you need! You pay a one-time hiring fee after they find your ideal candidate, and that’s it-  there’s no additional costs, even if your new hire stays for years.</p>



<p>If your new hire doesn’t work out, Outwork Staffing will find you a replacement, free of charge within the first 6 months of their employment.</p>



<p>They also provide coaching to help you find, manage, and grow your global team efficiently.</p>



<p>Visit <a href="http://outworkstaffing.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">outworkstaffing.com/startups</a> to book a call and get $500 off your first placement by mentioning Startups For the Rest of Us.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:34 – Prioritizing marketing growth and work-life balance outside of work</li>



<li>7:07 – Buying back your time and optimizing for convenience</li>



<li>10:08 – Identifying the right things to work on with coaches and masterminds</li>



<li>19:42 – Making fewer, bigger decisions as a founder</li>



<li>22:01 – Making intentional family-focused time</li>



<li>30:03 – How Craig started his coaching</li>



<li>36:11 – Podcasting with co-hosts vs. podcasting solo</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://connect.microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/TheCraigHewitt" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Craig Hewitt (@TheCraigHewitt) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos</a></li>



<li><a href="https://roguestartups.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rogue Startups</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.craighewitt.me/join/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Craig’s Founder Insights Newsletter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-718-when-to-give-up-open-source-competition-painful-features-and-more-with-derrick-reimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">718 | When to Give Up, Open Source Competition, Painful Features, and More (with Derrick Reimer)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-644-buying-back-your-time-with-dan-martell" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 644 | Buying Back Your Time with Dan Martell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.buybackyourtime.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Buy Back Your Time</a> by Dan Martell</li>



<li><a href="https://www.zirtual.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Zirtual</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.craighewitt.me/buying-the-future/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Buying The Future</a> by Craig Hewitt</li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The MicroConf YouTube Channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/6qeoMhk" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Who Not How</a> by Dan Sullivan</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/ctxN1Ib" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Who: The A Method for Hiring</a> by Geoff Smart, Randy Street</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/07mAMBe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quit: The Power of Knowing When to Walk Away</a> by Annie Duke</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1759013/c1e-z1gncm3mzmu1wjwv-jk01m73xfk1m-2esfwi.mp3" length="44973626"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 720, Rob Walling is joined by Craig Hewitt to discuss the intricacies of prioritization in both business and in life. In addition to running Castos, Craig has started coaching founders in sales and marketing, and describes how he strives to focus on the right things. They talk about buying back their time, creating family-focused time, and share their solo podcasting experience after previously having co-hosts.



Episode Sponsor:





If you need help hiring great talent from Latin America and the Philippines, but don’t want to pay ongoing recruitment fees, check out Outwork Staffing.



Outwork Staffing can help you hire customer support, virtual assistants, developers - or whoever you need! You pay a one-time hiring fee after they find your ideal candidate, and that’s it-  there’s no additional costs, even if your new hire stays for years.



If your new hire doesn’t work out, Outwork Staffing will find you a replacement, free of charge within the first 6 months of their employment.



They also provide coaching to help you find, manage, and grow your global team efficiently.



Visit outworkstaffing.com/startups to book a call and get $500 off your first placement by mentioning Startups For the Rest of Us.



Topics we cover: 




3:34 – Prioritizing marketing growth and work-life balance outside of work



7:07 – Buying back your time and optimizing for convenience



10:08 – Identifying the right things to work on with coaches and masterminds



19:42 – Making fewer, bigger decisions as a founder



22:01 – Making intentional family-focused time



30:03 – How Craig started his coaching



36:11 – Podcasting with co-hosts vs. podcasting solo




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



TinySeed



Craig Hewitt (@TheCraigHewitt) | X



Castos



Rogue Startups



Craig’s Founder Insights Newsletter



718 | When to Give Up, Open Source Competition, Painful Features, and More (with Derrick Reimer)



Episode 644 | Buying Back Your Time with Dan Martell



Buy Back Your Time by Dan Martell



Zirtual



Buying The Future by Craig Hewitt



The MicroConf YouTube Channel



W...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:46:20</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 719 | How to Test Pricing, Lifetime Deals, and Building Something for Everyone (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2024 10:00:25 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1757488</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-719-how-to-test-pricing-lifetime-deals-and-building-something-for-everyone-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 719, join Rob Walling as he embarks on another solo adventure, tackling listener questions. He discusses how to test pricing, addresses the pitfalls of one-time payments vs. SaaS, and he reflects on “building something for everyone.” He wraps up with advice on making better recommendations.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>We have been partnering with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.</p>



<p>Here are five reasons why you should consider working with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<ol>
<li>The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.</li>



<li>Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. </li>



<li>They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.</li>



<li>Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages &amp; frameworks.</li>



<li>Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.</li>
</ol>



<p>Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.</p>



<p>Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<p><em>As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>0:58 – Testing different prices for your product</li>



<li>8:12 – One-time or lifetime payments </li>



<li>15:02 – Horizontal products, building something for everyone</li>



<li>21:43 – Making descriptive recommendations</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-718-when-to-give-up-open-source-competition-painful-features-and-more-with-derrick-reimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">718 | When to Give Up, Open Source Competition, Painful Features, and More (with Derrick Reimer)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/GZM4BSpgufk" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Building &amp; Scaling Products: Lessons Learned from Four Years and 8,000 Customers – Des Traynor</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/iG79Zsb" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Shoe Dog</a> by Phil Knight</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/jc0UkI1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sid Meier's Memoir!</a> by Sid Meier </li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/bOxIFkz" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Masters of Doom</a> by David Kushner</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/78P4lFh" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Doom Guy</a> by John Romero</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/2Az99RN" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Ultimate Sales Machine</a> by Chet Holmes</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 719, join Rob Walling as he embarks on another solo adventure, tackling listener questions. He discusses how to test pricing, addresses the pitfalls of one-time payments vs. SaaS, and he reflects on “building something for everyone.” He wraps up with advice on making better recommendations.



Episode Sponsor:





We have been partnering with Lemon.io for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.



Here are five reasons why you should consider working with Lemon.io.




The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.



Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. 



They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.



Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages & frameworks.



Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.




Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.



Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with Lemon.io.



As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




0:58 – Testing different prices for your product



8:12 – One-time or lifetime payments 



15:02 – Horizontal products, building something for everyone



21:43 – Making descriptive recommendations




Links from the Show: 




718 | When to Give Up, Open Source Competition, Painful Features, and More (with Derrick Reimer)



TinySeed



Building & Scaling Products: Lessons Learned from Four Years and 8,000 Customers – Des Traynor



Shoe Dog by Phil Knight



Sid Meier's Memoir! by Sid Meier 



Masters of Doom by David Kushner



Doom Guy by John Romero



The Ultimate Sales Machine by Chet Holmes




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 719 | How to Test Pricing, Lifetime Deals, and Building Something for Everyone (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 719, join Rob Walling as he embarks on another solo adventure, tackling listener questions. He discusses how to test pricing, addresses the pitfalls of one-time payments vs. SaaS, and he reflects on “building something for everyone.” He wraps up with advice on making better recommendations.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>We have been partnering with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.</p>



<p>Here are five reasons why you should consider working with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<ol>
<li>The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.</li>



<li>Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. </li>



<li>They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.</li>



<li>Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages &amp; frameworks.</li>



<li>Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.</li>
</ol>



<p>Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.</p>



<p>Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<p><em>As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>0:58 – Testing different prices for your product</li>



<li>8:12 – One-time or lifetime payments </li>



<li>15:02 – Horizontal products, building something for everyone</li>



<li>21:43 – Making descriptive recommendations</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-718-when-to-give-up-open-source-competition-painful-features-and-more-with-derrick-reimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">718 | When to Give Up, Open Source Competition, Painful Features, and More (with Derrick Reimer)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/GZM4BSpgufk" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Building &amp; Scaling Products: Lessons Learned from Four Years and 8,000 Customers – Des Traynor</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/iG79Zsb" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Shoe Dog</a> by Phil Knight</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/jc0UkI1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sid Meier's Memoir!</a> by Sid Meier </li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/bOxIFkz" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Masters of Doom</a> by David Kushner</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/78P4lFh" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Doom Guy</a> by John Romero</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/2Az99RN" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Ultimate Sales Machine</a> by Chet Holmes</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1757488/c1e-350va5w0j7fw279n-rowxzvkkij48-vwlexj.mp3" length="26145262"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 719, join Rob Walling as he embarks on another solo adventure, tackling listener questions. He discusses how to test pricing, addresses the pitfalls of one-time payments vs. SaaS, and he reflects on “building something for everyone.” He wraps up with advice on making better recommendations.



Episode Sponsor:





We have been partnering with Lemon.io for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.



Here are five reasons why you should consider working with Lemon.io.




The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.



Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. 



They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.



Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages & frameworks.



Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.




Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.



Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with Lemon.io.



As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




0:58 – Testing different prices for your product



8:12 – One-time or lifetime payments 



15:02 – Horizontal products, building something for everyone



21:43 – Making descriptive recommendations




Links from the Show: 




718 | When to Give Up, Open Source Competition, Painful Features, and More (with Derrick Reimer)



TinySeed



Building & Scaling Products: Lessons Learned from Four Years and 8,000 Customers – Des Traynor



Shoe Dog by Phil Knight



Sid Meier's Memoir! by Sid Meier 



Masters of Doom by David Kushner



Doom Guy by John Romero



The Ultimate Sales Machine by Chet Holmes




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:26:43</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 718 | When to Give Up, Open Source Competition, Painful Features, and More (with Derrick Reimer)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2024 10:00:27 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1755064</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-718-when-to-give-up-open-source-competition-painful-features-and-more-with-derrick-reimer</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 718, Rob Walling and Derrick Reimer tackle listener questions about giving up on ideas, competing in crowded markets, and developing painful features. They also chat about SavvyCal’s recent design refresh, finding founder-market fit, and whether Derrick has retired from podcasting.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  </p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:59 – Which feature felt harder and took longer than imagined?</li>



<li>9:14 – When is time to give up on a SaaS idea and move on?</li>



<li>17:51 – Finding customers in crowded markets with large incumbents</li>



<li>23:32 – Has Derrick officially retired from podcasting?</li>



<li>25:57 – Handling competitors that are copying differentiating product features</li>



<li>28:48 – Evaluating SavvyCal’s refreshed design</li>



<li>31:10 – Considering vertical vs. horizontal SaaS for SavvyCal</li>



<li>34:05 – Why did Derrick decide to pursue the idea for SavvyCal?</li>



<li>40:19 – Finding “founder-fit”</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Remier (​​@derrickreimer) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://docs.savvycal.com/article/112-group-scheduling-mode" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Group scheduling mode</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.buildinpublicpodcast.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Build In Public Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://artofproductpodcast.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Art of Product Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/Q9clA64pWhA" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">8 B2B Marketing Strategies That Got My Startup to $10 Million (and 1 that FAILED)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.derrickreimer.com/finding-ideas/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Finding My Next Bootstrapped Business Idea</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 718, Rob Walling and Derrick Reimer tackle listener questions about giving up on ideas, competing in crowded markets, and developing painful features. They also chat about SavvyCal’s recent design refresh, finding founder-market fit, and whether Derrick has retired from podcasting.



Episode Sponsor:





Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?



Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.



Topics we cover: 




3:59 – Which feature felt harder and took longer than imagined?



9:14 – When is time to give up on a SaaS idea and move on?



17:51 – Finding customers in crowded markets with large incumbents



23:32 – Has Derrick officially retired from podcasting?



25:57 – Handling competitors that are copying differentiating product features



28:48 – Evaluating SavvyCal’s refreshed design



31:10 – Considering vertical vs. horizontal SaaS for SavvyCal



34:05 – Why did Derrick decide to pursue the idea for SavvyCal?



40:19 – Finding “founder-fit”




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



TinySeed



Derrick Remier (​​@derrickreimer) | X



SavvyCal



Group scheduling mode



The Build In Public Podcast



The Art of Product Podcast



8 B2B Marketing Strategies That Got My Startup to $10 Million (and 1 that FAILED)



Finding My Next Bootstrapped Business Idea




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 718 | When to Give Up, Open Source Competition, Painful Features, and More (with Derrick Reimer)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 718, Rob Walling and Derrick Reimer tackle listener questions about giving up on ideas, competing in crowded markets, and developing painful features. They also chat about SavvyCal’s recent design refresh, finding founder-market fit, and whether Derrick has retired from podcasting.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  </p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:59 – Which feature felt harder and took longer than imagined?</li>



<li>9:14 – When is time to give up on a SaaS idea and move on?</li>



<li>17:51 – Finding customers in crowded markets with large incumbents</li>



<li>23:32 – Has Derrick officially retired from podcasting?</li>



<li>25:57 – Handling competitors that are copying differentiating product features</li>



<li>28:48 – Evaluating SavvyCal’s refreshed design</li>



<li>31:10 – Considering vertical vs. horizontal SaaS for SavvyCal</li>



<li>34:05 – Why did Derrick decide to pursue the idea for SavvyCal?</li>



<li>40:19 – Finding “founder-fit”</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Remier (​​@derrickreimer) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://docs.savvycal.com/article/112-group-scheduling-mode" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Group scheduling mode</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.buildinpublicpodcast.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Build In Public Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://artofproductpodcast.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Art of Product Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/Q9clA64pWhA" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">8 B2B Marketing Strategies That Got My Startup to $10 Million (and 1 that FAILED)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.derrickreimer.com/finding-ideas/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Finding My Next Bootstrapped Business Idea</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> </p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1755064/c1e-44nqf41qpmf8xkpp-qxj3x4mmi7gp-ljmddt.mp3" length="41895790"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 718, Rob Walling and Derrick Reimer tackle listener questions about giving up on ideas, competing in crowded markets, and developing painful features. They also chat about SavvyCal’s recent design refresh, finding founder-market fit, and whether Derrick has retired from podcasting.



Episode Sponsor:





Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?



Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.



Topics we cover: 




3:59 – Which feature felt harder and took longer than imagined?



9:14 – When is time to give up on a SaaS idea and move on?



17:51 – Finding customers in crowded markets with large incumbents



23:32 – Has Derrick officially retired from podcasting?



25:57 – Handling competitors that are copying differentiating product features



28:48 – Evaluating SavvyCal’s refreshed design



31:10 – Considering vertical vs. horizontal SaaS for SavvyCal



34:05 – Why did Derrick decide to pursue the idea for SavvyCal?



40:19 – Finding “founder-fit”




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



TinySeed



Derrick Remier (​​@derrickreimer) | X



SavvyCal



Group scheduling mode



The Build In Public Podcast



The Art of Product Podcast



8 B2B Marketing Strategies That Got My Startup to $10 Million (and 1 that FAILED)



Finding My Next Bootstrapped Business Idea




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:43:08</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 717 | Bootstrapping to $1.3M ARR and 300,000 Free Users]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2024 10:00:44 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1749135</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-717-bootstrapping-to-1-3m-arr-and-300000-free-users</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 717, Rob Walling interviews Marie Martin, co-founder of Tally. They discuss the company’s journey to $1.3M ARR and the unusual pricing strategy that got them there. Marie details how they keep their support volume low, how they differentiate Tally from other form builders, and how they grew to over 300,000 free users.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>We have been partnering with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.</p>



<p>Here are five reasons why you should consider working with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<ol>
<li>The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.</li>



<li>Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. </li>



<li>They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.</li>



<li>Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages &amp; frameworks.</li>



<li>Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.</li>
</ol>



<p>Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.</p>



<p>Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<p><em>As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:22 – Where Tally is today</li>



<li>3:53 – Keeping customer support volume low</li>



<li>7:12 – Differentiating Tally from other form builders</li>



<li>10:55 – The ingredients needed to make “free” work</li>



<li>18:31 – ”Shrinking a Market”</li>



<li>24:27 – Growing to 300,000+ free users</li>



<li>26:47 – Dealing with bad actors</li>



<li>29:37 – Applying the learnings from Tally’s success</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/eu-ticket-information" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tickets for MicroConf Europe | Oct 6 - 8, 2024, Dubrovnik, Croatia</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for MicroConf Masterminds before June 12th 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/MarieMartens" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Marie Martens (@MarieMartens) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tally.so/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tally</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://nocode-france.fr/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">No-Code France</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a>&lt;...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 717, Rob Walling interviews Marie Martin, co-founder of Tally. They discuss the company’s journey to $1.3M ARR and the unusual pricing strategy that got them there. Marie details how they keep their support volume low, how they differentiate Tally from other form builders, and how they grew to over 300,000 free users.



Episode Sponsor:





We have been partnering with Lemon.io for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.



Here are five reasons why you should consider working with Lemon.io.




The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.



Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. 



They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.



Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages & frameworks.



Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.




Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.



Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with Lemon.io.



As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:22 – Where Tally is today



3:53 – Keeping customer support volume low



7:12 – Differentiating Tally from other form builders



10:55 – The ingredients needed to make “free” work



18:31 – ”Shrinking a Market”



24:27 – Growing to 300,000+ free users



26:47 – Dealing with bad actors



29:37 – Applying the learnings from Tally’s success




Links from the Show: 




Tickets for MicroConf Europe | Oct 6 - 8, 2024, Dubrovnik, Croatia



Apply for MicroConf Masterminds before June 12th 2024



Marie Martens (@MarieMartens) | X



Tally 



No-Code France



TinySeed




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google<...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 717 | Bootstrapping to $1.3M ARR and 300,000 Free Users]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 717, Rob Walling interviews Marie Martin, co-founder of Tally. They discuss the company’s journey to $1.3M ARR and the unusual pricing strategy that got them there. Marie details how they keep their support volume low, how they differentiate Tally from other form builders, and how they grew to over 300,000 free users.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>We have been partnering with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.</p>



<p>Here are five reasons why you should consider working with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<ol>
<li>The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.</li>



<li>Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. </li>



<li>They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.</li>



<li>Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages &amp; frameworks.</li>



<li>Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.</li>
</ol>



<p>Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.</p>



<p>Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<p><em>As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:22 – Where Tally is today</li>



<li>3:53 – Keeping customer support volume low</li>



<li>7:12 – Differentiating Tally from other form builders</li>



<li>10:55 – The ingredients needed to make “free” work</li>



<li>18:31 – ”Shrinking a Market”</li>



<li>24:27 – Growing to 300,000+ free users</li>



<li>26:47 – Dealing with bad actors</li>



<li>29:37 – Applying the learnings from Tally’s success</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/eu-ticket-information" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tickets for MicroConf Europe | Oct 6 - 8, 2024, Dubrovnik, Croatia</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for MicroConf Masterminds before June 12th 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/MarieMartens" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Marie Martens (@MarieMartens) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tally.so/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tally</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://nocode-france.fr/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">No-Code France</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1749135/c1e-vvr3f97qvzsdvkv3-gd4n546nupnz-lrp5tl.mp3" length="33497364"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 717, Rob Walling interviews Marie Martin, co-founder of Tally. They discuss the company’s journey to $1.3M ARR and the unusual pricing strategy that got them there. Marie details how they keep their support volume low, how they differentiate Tally from other form builders, and how they grew to over 300,000 free users.



Episode Sponsor:





We have been partnering with Lemon.io for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.



Here are five reasons why you should consider working with Lemon.io.




The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.



Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. 



They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.



Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages & frameworks.



Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.




Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.



Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with Lemon.io.



As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:22 – Where Tally is today



3:53 – Keeping customer support volume low



7:12 – Differentiating Tally from other form builders



10:55 – The ingredients needed to make “free” work



18:31 – ”Shrinking a Market”



24:27 – Growing to 300,000+ free users



26:47 – Dealing with bad actors



29:37 – Applying the learnings from Tally’s success




Links from the Show: 




Tickets for MicroConf Europe | Oct 6 - 8, 2024, Dubrovnik, Croatia



Apply for MicroConf Masterminds before June 12th 2024



Marie Martens (@MarieMartens) | X



Tally 



No-Code France



TinySeed




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google<...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:22</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 716 | Positioning Against Incumbents, Changing Your H1, How Tech Stack Affects Valuation, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2024 10:00:25 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1748496</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-716-positioning-against-incumbents-changing-your-h1-how-tech-stack-affects-valuation-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 716, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He shares how he would position against incumbents, when to change an H1, and how choosing a tech stack affects your business valuation. Rob also weighs whether to skip a “Step 1” or “Step 2” business and start directly with a standalone SaaS in the Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  </p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>4:07 – How directly should I position my product against incumbents?</li>



<li>8:25 – Making and testing changes to your H1</li>



<li>12:22 – Identifying and qualifying niches based on traffic</li>



<li>18:07 – Should I skip a “Step 1” or “Step 2” business to start a SaaS?</li>



<li>20:16 – How a tech stack affects valuations</li>



<li>27:29 – Differentiating between B2B and B2C</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for MicroConf Masterminds before June 12th 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ask a Question on SFTROU</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-673-lifetime-plans-vs-subscriptions-testing-an-idea-with-a-landing-page-and-more-listener-questions" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 673 | Lifetime Plans vs Subscriptions, Testing an Idea With a Landing Page, and More Listener Questions</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.similarweb.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Similarweb</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/FlJaIqI0N10" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Vertical SaaS vs Horizontal SaaS - Which is More Profitable?</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/c..."></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 716, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He shares how he would position against incumbents, when to change an H1, and how choosing a tech stack affects your business valuation. Rob also weighs whether to skip a “Step 1” or “Step 2” business and start directly with a standalone SaaS in the Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping.



Episode Sponsor:





Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?



Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.



Topics we cover: 




4:07 – How directly should I position my product against incumbents?



8:25 – Making and testing changes to your H1



12:22 – Identifying and qualifying niches based on traffic



18:07 – Should I skip a “Step 1” or “Step 2” business to start a SaaS?



20:16 – How a tech stack affects valuations



27:29 – Differentiating between B2B and B2C




Links from the Show: 




Apply for MicroConf Masterminds before June 12th 2024



Ask a Question on SFTROU



Episode 673 | Lifetime Plans vs Subscriptions, Testing an Idea With a Landing Page, and More Listener Questions



Start Small Stay Small by Rob Walling



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping



Similarweb



Vertical SaaS vs Horizontal SaaS - Which is More Profitable?




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 716 | Positioning Against Incumbents, Changing Your H1, How Tech Stack Affects Valuation, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 716, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He shares how he would position against incumbents, when to change an H1, and how choosing a tech stack affects your business valuation. Rob also weighs whether to skip a “Step 1” or “Step 2” business and start directly with a standalone SaaS in the Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  </p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>4:07 – How directly should I position my product against incumbents?</li>



<li>8:25 – Making and testing changes to your H1</li>



<li>12:22 – Identifying and qualifying niches based on traffic</li>



<li>18:07 – Should I skip a “Step 1” or “Step 2” business to start a SaaS?</li>



<li>20:16 – How a tech stack affects valuations</li>



<li>27:29 – Differentiating between B2B and B2C</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for MicroConf Masterminds before June 12th 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ask a Question on SFTROU</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-673-lifetime-plans-vs-subscriptions-testing-an-idea-with-a-landing-page-and-more-listener-questions" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 673 | Lifetime Plans vs Subscriptions, Testing an Idea With a Landing Page, and More Listener Questions</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.similarweb.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Similarweb</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/FlJaIqI0N10" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Vertical SaaS vs Horizontal SaaS - Which is More Profitable?</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1748496/c1e-781vi49wk5b5xokm-rowj6vjjtk9o-qj2zvn.mp3" length="30457484"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 716, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He shares how he would position against incumbents, when to change an H1, and how choosing a tech stack affects your business valuation. Rob also weighs whether to skip a “Step 1” or “Step 2” business and start directly with a standalone SaaS in the Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping.



Episode Sponsor:





Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?



Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.



Topics we cover: 




4:07 – How directly should I position my product against incumbents?



8:25 – Making and testing changes to your H1



12:22 – Identifying and qualifying niches based on traffic



18:07 – Should I skip a “Step 1” or “Step 2” business to start a SaaS?



20:16 – How a tech stack affects valuations



27:29 – Differentiating between B2B and B2C




Links from the Show: 




Apply for MicroConf Masterminds before June 12th 2024



Ask a Question on SFTROU



Episode 673 | Lifetime Plans vs Subscriptions, Testing an Idea With a Landing Page, and More Listener Questions



Start Small Stay Small by Rob Walling



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping



Similarweb



Vertical SaaS vs Horizontal SaaS - Which is More Profitable?




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:31:13</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 715 | Best Uses of the Internet, a Book about Selling Your Company, and a Circus Show]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2024 10:00:26 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1745134</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-715-best-uses-of-the-internet-a-book-about-selling-your-company-and-a-circus-show</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 715, Rob Walling is joined by Dr. Sherry Walling to discuss a variety of topics. They chat about two recent and meaningful interactions made possible by the Internet, the motivations behind organizing and performing a circus show, and they chat about upcoming launches on the horizon – new books and courses for SaaS founders.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>We have been partnering with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.</p>



<p>Here are five reasons why you should consider working with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<ol>
<li>The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.</li>



<li>Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. </li>



<li>They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.</li>



<li>Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages &amp; frameworks.</li>



<li>Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.</li>
</ol>



<p>Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.</p>



<p>Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<p><em>As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>4:00 – Examples of thoughtful, nuanced Internet interactions</li>



<li>8:12 – Impacting people you otherwise couldn’t online</li>



<li>15:12 – Dr. Sherry Walling’s circus show motivation</li>



<li>21:53 – The psychology of business exits</li>



<li>25:27 – Commonalities across founders considering exits</li>



<li>31:11 – Speaking to the whole lifecycle of a SaaS business</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for MicroConf Masterminds before June 12th 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/sherrywalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.instagram.com/dr.sherrywalling/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sherry Walling (@dr.sherrywalling) | Instagram</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.discretioncapital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Discretion Capital</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/4DX18ee" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Before The Exit</a> by Dan Andrews</li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-532-the-art-of-selling-your-business-with-john-warrillow" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 532 | The Art of Selling Your Business with John Warrillow</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/dkRrR2S" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together</a> by Sherry Walling, PhD and Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="http://robwalling.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Enter your email at Robwalling.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://zenfounder.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sign up for the Zen Founder newsletter</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions ab...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 715, Rob Walling is joined by Dr. Sherry Walling to discuss a variety of topics. They chat about two recent and meaningful interactions made possible by the Internet, the motivations behind organizing and performing a circus show, and they chat about upcoming launches on the horizon – new books and courses for SaaS founders.



Episode Sponsor:





We have been partnering with Lemon.io for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.



Here are five reasons why you should consider working with Lemon.io.




The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.



Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. 



They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.



Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages & frameworks.



Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.




Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.



Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with Lemon.io.



As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




4:00 – Examples of thoughtful, nuanced Internet interactions



8:12 – Impacting people you otherwise couldn’t online



15:12 – Dr. Sherry Walling’s circus show motivation



21:53 – The psychology of business exits



25:27 – Commonalities across founders considering exits



31:11 – Speaking to the whole lifecycle of a SaaS business




Links from the Show: 




Apply for MicroConf Masterminds before June 12th 2024



Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X



Sherry Walling (@dr.sherrywalling) | Instagram



TinySeed



Discretion Capital



Before The Exit by Dan Andrews



Episode 532 | The Art of Selling Your Business with John Warrillow



The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together by Sherry Walling, PhD and Rob Walling



Enter your email at Robwalling.com



Sign up for the Zen Founder newsletter




If you have questions ab...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 715 | Best Uses of the Internet, a Book about Selling Your Company, and a Circus Show]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 715, Rob Walling is joined by Dr. Sherry Walling to discuss a variety of topics. They chat about two recent and meaningful interactions made possible by the Internet, the motivations behind organizing and performing a circus show, and they chat about upcoming launches on the horizon – new books and courses for SaaS founders.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>We have been partnering with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.</p>



<p>Here are five reasons why you should consider working with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<ol>
<li>The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.</li>



<li>Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. </li>



<li>They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.</li>



<li>Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages &amp; frameworks.</li>



<li>Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.</li>
</ol>



<p>Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.</p>



<p>Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<p><em>As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>4:00 – Examples of thoughtful, nuanced Internet interactions</li>



<li>8:12 – Impacting people you otherwise couldn’t online</li>



<li>15:12 – Dr. Sherry Walling’s circus show motivation</li>



<li>21:53 – The psychology of business exits</li>



<li>25:27 – Commonalities across founders considering exits</li>



<li>31:11 – Speaking to the whole lifecycle of a SaaS business</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for MicroConf Masterminds before June 12th 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://x.com/sherrywalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.instagram.com/dr.sherrywalling/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sherry Walling (@dr.sherrywalling) | Instagram</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.discretioncapital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Discretion Capital</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/4DX18ee" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Before The Exit</a> by Dan Andrews</li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-532-the-art-of-selling-your-business-with-john-warrillow" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 532 | The Art of Selling Your Business with John Warrillow</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/dkRrR2S" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together</a> by Sherry Walling, PhD and Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="http://robwalling.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Enter your email at Robwalling.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://zenfounder.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sign up for the Zen Founder newsletter</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1745134/c1e-350va5k5mzaw27qz-5r5w765pu3k-aat7v6.mp3" length="34854688"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 715, Rob Walling is joined by Dr. Sherry Walling to discuss a variety of topics. They chat about two recent and meaningful interactions made possible by the Internet, the motivations behind organizing and performing a circus show, and they chat about upcoming launches on the horizon – new books and courses for SaaS founders.



Episode Sponsor:





We have been partnering with Lemon.io for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.



Here are five reasons why you should consider working with Lemon.io.




The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.



Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. 



They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.



Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages & frameworks.



Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.




Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.



Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with Lemon.io.



As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




4:00 – Examples of thoughtful, nuanced Internet interactions



8:12 – Impacting people you otherwise couldn’t online



15:12 – Dr. Sherry Walling’s circus show motivation



21:53 – The psychology of business exits



25:27 – Commonalities across founders considering exits



31:11 – Speaking to the whole lifecycle of a SaaS business




Links from the Show: 




Apply for MicroConf Masterminds before June 12th 2024



Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X



Sherry Walling (@dr.sherrywalling) | Instagram



TinySeed



Discretion Capital



Before The Exit by Dan Andrews



Episode 532 | The Art of Selling Your Business with John Warrillow



The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together by Sherry Walling, PhD and Rob Walling



Enter your email at Robwalling.com



Sign up for the Zen Founder newsletter




If you have questions ab...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:35:47</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 714 | TRM not TAM, Acquiring a Competitor, and Finding a Developer Co-founder (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2024 10:00:53 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1739973</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-714-trm-not-tam-acquiring-a-competitor-and-finding-a-developer-co-founder-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 714, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He talks about what to expect when acquiring a competitor and how he might integrate their business. Rob also covers navigating HIPAA compliance as a bootstrapper, how to find a developer co-founder, and he explores the concept of Total Reachable Market (TRM).</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  </p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:45 – How to navigate acquiring a competitor</li>



<li>6:34 – How to transition the newly acquired customers into your product</li>



<li>9:58 – HIPAA compliance for a bootstrapped MVP</li>



<li>13:07 – Total Addressable Market (TAM) vs. Total Reachable Market (TRM)</li>



<li>19:01 – How do I find a developer co-founder?</li>



<li>28:03 – Can I find data on SaaS app store spending?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Mastermind Program</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://connect.microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 714, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He talks about what to expect when acquiring a competitor and how he might integrate their business. Rob also covers navigating HIPAA compliance as a bootstrapper, how to find a developer co-founder, and he explores the concept of Total Reachable Market (TRM).



Episode Sponsor:





Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?



Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.



Topics we cover: 




3:45 – How to navigate acquiring a competitor



6:34 – How to transition the newly acquired customers into your product



9:58 – HIPAA compliance for a bootstrapped MVP



13:07 – Total Addressable Market (TAM) vs. Total Reachable Market (TRM)



19:01 – How do I find a developer co-founder?



28:03 – Can I find data on SaaS app store spending?




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Mastermind Program



TinySeed



MicroConf Connect



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



Start Small Stay Small by Rob Walling




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 714 | TRM not TAM, Acquiring a Competitor, and Finding a Developer Co-founder (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 714, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He talks about what to expect when acquiring a competitor and how he might integrate their business. Rob also covers navigating HIPAA compliance as a bootstrapper, how to find a developer co-founder, and he explores the concept of Total Reachable Market (TRM).</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  </p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:45 – How to navigate acquiring a competitor</li>



<li>6:34 – How to transition the newly acquired customers into your product</li>



<li>9:58 – HIPAA compliance for a bootstrapped MVP</li>



<li>13:07 – Total Addressable Market (TAM) vs. Total Reachable Market (TRM)</li>



<li>19:01 – How do I find a developer co-founder?</li>



<li>28:03 – Can I find data on SaaS app store spending?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Mastermind Program</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://connect.microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1739973/c1e-gjn1h33k12twgq1d-5r59x2xgi0q9-2tlffh.mp3" length="30611332"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 714, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He talks about what to expect when acquiring a competitor and how he might integrate their business. Rob also covers navigating HIPAA compliance as a bootstrapper, how to find a developer co-founder, and he explores the concept of Total Reachable Market (TRM).



Episode Sponsor:





Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?



Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.



Topics we cover: 




3:45 – How to navigate acquiring a competitor



6:34 – How to transition the newly acquired customers into your product



9:58 – HIPAA compliance for a bootstrapped MVP



13:07 – Total Addressable Market (TAM) vs. Total Reachable Market (TRM)



19:01 – How do I find a developer co-founder?



28:03 – Can I find data on SaaS app store spending?




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Mastermind Program



TinySeed



MicroConf Connect



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



Start Small Stay Small by Rob Walling




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:31:22</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 713 | Our Top 5 Takeaways from MicroConf US 2024 (with Arvid Kahl)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2024 10:00:55 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1732835</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-713-our-top-5-takeaways-from-microconf-us-2024-with-arvid-kahl</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 713, Rob Walling is joined by Arvid Kahl to share their experience from MicroConf US 2024 in Atlanta. They each discuss their top 5 moments, ranging from Dr. Sherry Walling’s talk on motivation to Ben Chestnut’s chat with Rob onstage. They agree that there’s nothing quite like being in the room with everyone and soaking in all the interactions outside of the official talks. </p>



<p>If you missed the event and had some MicroConf FOMO, <a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">make sure to sign up for our email list</a> to be notified when the tickets for our next event go on sale.! </p>



<p><a href="https://youtu.be/jUyRLWSjarA" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Click here to watch Rob’s Fireside Chat with Ben Chestnut!</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>We have been partnering with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.</p>



<p>Here are five reasons why you should consider working with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<ol>
<li>The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.</li>



<li>Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. </li>



<li>They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.</li>



<li>Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages &amp; frameworks.</li>



<li>Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.</li>
</ol>



<p>Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.</p>



<p>Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<p><em>As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:05 – Key takeaways from MicroConf 2024</li>



<li>3:45 – Dr. Sherry Walling’s talk on motivation</li>



<li>7:02 – Stephen Steer’s sales scripts talk</li>



<li>9:25 – Live valuation of a business by Quiet Light Brokerage</li>



<li>12:23 – Micro excursions that allow founders to connect with one another</li>



<li>14:09 – The hallway track outside of the venue</li>



<li>15:53 – ”Nothing beats being in a room”</li>



<li>19:22 – Lack of hierarchy among founders</li>



<li>22:38 – Lianna Patch’s copywriting swipe file</li>



<li>23:50 – Ben Chestnut is just like one of us</li>



<li>29:50 – Don’t get stuck with MicroConf FOMO</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Europe | Dubrovnik </a> - October 6 - 8, 2024</li>



<li><a href="http://microconf.com/us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf US 2025 Waiting List</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/arvidkahl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Arvid Kahl (@arvidkahl) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/dkRrR2S" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together</a> by Sherry Walling, PhD and Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/sherrywalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/bIaN9Yq" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a></li></ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 713, Rob Walling is joined by Arvid Kahl to share their experience from MicroConf US 2024 in Atlanta. They each discuss their top 5 moments, ranging from Dr. Sherry Walling’s talk on motivation to Ben Chestnut’s chat with Rob onstage. They agree that there’s nothing quite like being in the room with everyone and soaking in all the interactions outside of the official talks. 



If you missed the event and had some MicroConf FOMO, make sure to sign up for our email list to be notified when the tickets for our next event go on sale.! 



Click here to watch Rob’s Fireside Chat with Ben Chestnut!



Episode Sponsor:





We have been partnering with Lemon.io for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.



Here are five reasons why you should consider working with Lemon.io.




The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.



Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. 



They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.



Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages & frameworks.



Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.




Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.



Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with Lemon.io.



As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:05 – Key takeaways from MicroConf 2024



3:45 – Dr. Sherry Walling’s talk on motivation



7:02 – Stephen Steer’s sales scripts talk



9:25 – Live valuation of a business by Quiet Light Brokerage



12:23 – Micro excursions that allow founders to connect with one another



14:09 – The hallway track outside of the venue



15:53 – ”Nothing beats being in a room”



19:22 – Lack of hierarchy among founders



22:38 – Lianna Patch’s copywriting swipe file



23:50 – Ben Chestnut is just like one of us



29:50 – Don’t get stuck with MicroConf FOMO




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Europe | Dubrovnik  - October 6 - 8, 2024



MicroConf US 2025 Waiting List



Arvid Kahl (@arvidkahl) | X



The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together by Sherry Walling, PhD and Rob Walling



Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X



]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 713 | Our Top 5 Takeaways from MicroConf US 2024 (with Arvid Kahl)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 713, Rob Walling is joined by Arvid Kahl to share their experience from MicroConf US 2024 in Atlanta. They each discuss their top 5 moments, ranging from Dr. Sherry Walling’s talk on motivation to Ben Chestnut’s chat with Rob onstage. They agree that there’s nothing quite like being in the room with everyone and soaking in all the interactions outside of the official talks. </p>



<p>If you missed the event and had some MicroConf FOMO, <a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">make sure to sign up for our email list</a> to be notified when the tickets for our next event go on sale.! </p>



<p><a href="https://youtu.be/jUyRLWSjarA" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Click here to watch Rob’s Fireside Chat with Ben Chestnut!</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>We have been partnering with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.</p>



<p>Here are five reasons why you should consider working with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<ol>
<li>The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.</li>



<li>Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. </li>



<li>They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.</li>



<li>Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages &amp; frameworks.</li>



<li>Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.</li>
</ol>



<p>Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.</p>



<p>Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<p><em>As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:05 – Key takeaways from MicroConf 2024</li>



<li>3:45 – Dr. Sherry Walling’s talk on motivation</li>



<li>7:02 – Stephen Steer’s sales scripts talk</li>



<li>9:25 – Live valuation of a business by Quiet Light Brokerage</li>



<li>12:23 – Micro excursions that allow founders to connect with one another</li>



<li>14:09 – The hallway track outside of the venue</li>



<li>15:53 – ”Nothing beats being in a room”</li>



<li>19:22 – Lack of hierarchy among founders</li>



<li>22:38 – Lianna Patch’s copywriting swipe file</li>



<li>23:50 – Ben Chestnut is just like one of us</li>



<li>29:50 – Don’t get stuck with MicroConf FOMO</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Europe | Dubrovnik </a> - October 6 - 8, 2024</li>



<li><a href="http://microconf.com/us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf US 2025 Waiting List</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/arvidkahl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Arvid Kahl (@arvidkahl) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/dkRrR2S" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together</a> by Sherry Walling, PhD and Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/sherrywalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/bIaN9Yq" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Superpower Storytelling: A Tactical Guide to Telling the Stories You Need to Lead, Sell and Inspire</a> by Stephen Steers</li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet Light</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/punchlinecopy" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lianna Patch (@punchlinecopy) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/jUyRLWSjarA" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Watch Ben and Rob’s Fireside Chat at MicroConf Atlanta</a></li>



<li><a href="https://thebootstrappedfounder.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Bootstrapped Founder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://zerotosold.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Zero to Sold</a> by Arvid Kahl</li>



<li><a href="https://podscan.fm/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Podscan</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1732835/c1e-vvr3f99pk2idvkv0-2ogo0w62s77j-nlrutw.mp3" length="33524483"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 713, Rob Walling is joined by Arvid Kahl to share their experience from MicroConf US 2024 in Atlanta. They each discuss their top 5 moments, ranging from Dr. Sherry Walling’s talk on motivation to Ben Chestnut’s chat with Rob onstage. They agree that there’s nothing quite like being in the room with everyone and soaking in all the interactions outside of the official talks. 



If you missed the event and had some MicroConf FOMO, make sure to sign up for our email list to be notified when the tickets for our next event go on sale.! 



Click here to watch Rob’s Fireside Chat with Ben Chestnut!



Episode Sponsor:





We have been partnering with Lemon.io for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.



Here are five reasons why you should consider working with Lemon.io.




The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.



Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. 



They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.



Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages & frameworks.



Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.




Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.



Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with Lemon.io.



As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:05 – Key takeaways from MicroConf 2024



3:45 – Dr. Sherry Walling’s talk on motivation



7:02 – Stephen Steer’s sales scripts talk



9:25 – Live valuation of a business by Quiet Light Brokerage



12:23 – Micro excursions that allow founders to connect with one another



14:09 – The hallway track outside of the venue



15:53 – ”Nothing beats being in a room”



19:22 – Lack of hierarchy among founders



22:38 – Lianna Patch’s copywriting swipe file



23:50 – Ben Chestnut is just like one of us



29:50 – Don’t get stuck with MicroConf FOMO




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Europe | Dubrovnik  - October 6 - 8, 2024



MicroConf US 2025 Waiting List



Arvid Kahl (@arvidkahl) | X



The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together by Sherry Walling, PhD and Rob Walling



Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X



]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:25</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 712 | Revisiting Burnout + Updates on My Progress in 2024 (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2024 10:00:53 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1729154</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-712-revisiting-burnout-updates-on-my-progress-in-2024-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 712, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure. He starts by revisiting past predictions and provides an update on how he successfully staved off full burnout. Rob then gives updates on this podcast, the progress of TinySeed and MicroConf, and teases two new books that he’s working on.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  </p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:21 – Revisiting past predictions and reporting back on burnout</li>



<li>2:45 – Revisiting predictions for SaaS bootstrappers in 2024</li>



<li>5:29 – Twitter changes hands in 2024?</li>



<li>6:29 – Reducing travel to quell burnout on the horizon</li>



<li>11:45 – State of Startups For the Rest of Us </li>



<li>14:40 – TinySeed invested in over 170+ companies</li>



<li>17:54 – First annual TinyFest</li>



<li>18:42 – TinySeed Tales Season 5</li>



<li>19:50 – The SaaS Playbook and my next two books</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://connect.microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-697-7-predictions-for-saas-bootstrappers-in-2024" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 697 | 7 Predictions for SaaS Bootstrappers in 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/FlJaIqI0N10" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Vertical SaaS vs Horizontal SaaS - Which is More Profitable?</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Mastermind Program</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/latest/recap-photos-tinyfest-exclusive-conference-founder-meetup" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinyFest Unwrapped: Inside Our First-Ever Founder Conference and Retreat in Cancun</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/tinyseed-tales-podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a></li></ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 712, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure. He starts by revisiting past predictions and provides an update on how he successfully staved off full burnout. Rob then gives updates on this podcast, the progress of TinySeed and MicroConf, and teases two new books that he’s working on.



Episode Sponsor:





Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?



Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.



Topics we cover: 




1:21 – Revisiting past predictions and reporting back on burnout



2:45 – Revisiting predictions for SaaS bootstrappers in 2024



5:29 – Twitter changes hands in 2024?



6:29 – Reducing travel to quell burnout on the horizon



11:45 – State of Startups For the Rest of Us 



14:40 – TinySeed invested in over 170+ companies



17:54 – First annual TinyFest



18:42 – TinySeed Tales Season 5



19:50 – The SaaS Playbook and my next two books




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



TinySeed



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



Start Small Stay Small by Rob Walling



Episode 697 | 7 Predictions for SaaS Bootstrappers in 2024



Vertical SaaS vs Horizontal SaaS - Which is More Profitable?



State of Independent SaaS



MicroConf Mastermind Program



TinyFest Unwrapped: Inside Our First-Ever Founder Conference and Retreat in Cancun



]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 712 | Revisiting Burnout + Updates on My Progress in 2024 (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 712, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure. He starts by revisiting past predictions and provides an update on how he successfully staved off full burnout. Rob then gives updates on this podcast, the progress of TinySeed and MicroConf, and teases two new books that he’s working on.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  </p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:21 – Revisiting past predictions and reporting back on burnout</li>



<li>2:45 – Revisiting predictions for SaaS bootstrappers in 2024</li>



<li>5:29 – Twitter changes hands in 2024?</li>



<li>6:29 – Reducing travel to quell burnout on the horizon</li>



<li>11:45 – State of Startups For the Rest of Us </li>



<li>14:40 – TinySeed invested in over 170+ companies</li>



<li>17:54 – First annual TinyFest</li>



<li>18:42 – TinySeed Tales Season 5</li>



<li>19:50 – The SaaS Playbook and my next two books</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://connect.microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-697-7-predictions-for-saas-bootstrappers-in-2024" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 697 | 7 Predictions for SaaS Bootstrappers in 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/FlJaIqI0N10" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Vertical SaaS vs Horizontal SaaS - Which is More Profitable?</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Mastermind Program</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/latest/recap-photos-tinyfest-exclusive-conference-founder-meetup" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinyFest Unwrapped: Inside Our First-Ever Founder Conference and Retreat in Cancun</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/tinyseed-tales-podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Tales</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/sherrywalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://zenfounder.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Zen Founder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Subscribe to the SFTROU email list for two exclusive episodes</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ask a Question</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1729154/c1e-28rqi88jrjsqo475-row2r4n9tqpp-bumzu7.mp3" length="27372084"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 712, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure. He starts by revisiting past predictions and provides an update on how he successfully staved off full burnout. Rob then gives updates on this podcast, the progress of TinySeed and MicroConf, and teases two new books that he’s working on.



Episode Sponsor:





Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?



Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.



Topics we cover: 




1:21 – Revisiting past predictions and reporting back on burnout



2:45 – Revisiting predictions for SaaS bootstrappers in 2024



5:29 – Twitter changes hands in 2024?



6:29 – Reducing travel to quell burnout on the horizon



11:45 – State of Startups For the Rest of Us 



14:40 – TinySeed invested in over 170+ companies



17:54 – First annual TinyFest



18:42 – TinySeed Tales Season 5



19:50 – The SaaS Playbook and my next two books




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



TinySeed



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



Start Small Stay Small by Rob Walling



Episode 697 | 7 Predictions for SaaS Bootstrappers in 2024



Vertical SaaS vs Horizontal SaaS - Which is More Profitable?



State of Independent SaaS



MicroConf Mastermind Program



TinyFest Unwrapped: Inside Our First-Ever Founder Conference and Retreat in Cancun



]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:28:00</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 711 | Finding Early Customers, Horizontal vs. Vertical, Prosumer SaaS, and More Listener Questions (with Ruben Gamez)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2024 10:00:55 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1725692</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-711-finding-early-customers-horizontal-vs-vertical-prosumer-saas-and-more-listener-questions-with-ruben-gamez</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 711, join Rob Walling and Ruben Gamez as they answer listener questions. They chat about finding early customers without an audience, how to approach horizontal vs. vertical product spinoffs, and some considerations for No Code development. They also discuss the challenges of serving prosumer SaaS, the importance of understanding customer segments for pricing strategies, and the dual funnel approach for catering to different customer tiers.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>We have been partnering with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.</p>



<p>Here are five reasons why you should consider working with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<ol>
<li>The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.</li>



<li>Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. </li>



<li>They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.</li>



<li>Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages &amp; frameworks.</li>



<li>Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.</li>
</ol>



<p>Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.</p>



<p>Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<p><em>As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:00 – Strategies for finding your first users when you don’t have an audience</li>



<li>10:42 – Positioning yourself to compete well against others</li>



<li>12:25 – Jumping into SEO before having a product</li>



<li>18:42 – Exporting No Code projects</li>



<li>24:15 – Choosing between a vertical or horizontal product spinoff</li>



<li>33:55 – Building a B2P, “business to prosumer” product</li>



<li>42:53 – How to make lower pricing tiers work outside of B2B</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://connect.microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez (@@earthlingworks) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.signwell.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SignWell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bubble.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Bubble</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf YouTube channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-216-how-a-single-founder-launched-a-7-figure-saas-app-with-nate-grahek" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 216 | How a Single Founder Launched a 7-Figure SaaS App (with Nate Grahek)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.stickymarketingtools.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sticky</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos</a>...</li></ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 711, join Rob Walling and Ruben Gamez as they answer listener questions. They chat about finding early customers without an audience, how to approach horizontal vs. vertical product spinoffs, and some considerations for No Code development. They also discuss the challenges of serving prosumer SaaS, the importance of understanding customer segments for pricing strategies, and the dual funnel approach for catering to different customer tiers.



Episode Sponsor:





We have been partnering with Lemon.io for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.



Here are five reasons why you should consider working with Lemon.io.




The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.



Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. 



They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.



Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages & frameworks.



Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.




Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.



Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with Lemon.io.



As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:00 – Strategies for finding your first users when you don’t have an audience



10:42 – Positioning yourself to compete well against others



12:25 – Jumping into SEO before having a product



18:42 – Exporting No Code projects



24:15 – Choosing between a vertical or horizontal product spinoff



33:55 – Building a B2P, “business to prosumer” product



42:53 – How to make lower pricing tiers work outside of B2B




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



Ruben Gamez (@@earthlingworks) | X



SignWell



TinySeed



Bubble



MicroConf YouTube channel



State of Independent SaaS



Episode 216 | How a Single Founder Launched a 7-Figure SaaS App (with Nate Grahek)



Sticky 



Castos...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 711 | Finding Early Customers, Horizontal vs. Vertical, Prosumer SaaS, and More Listener Questions (with Ruben Gamez)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 711, join Rob Walling and Ruben Gamez as they answer listener questions. They chat about finding early customers without an audience, how to approach horizontal vs. vertical product spinoffs, and some considerations for No Code development. They also discuss the challenges of serving prosumer SaaS, the importance of understanding customer segments for pricing strategies, and the dual funnel approach for catering to different customer tiers.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>We have been partnering with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.</p>



<p>Here are five reasons why you should consider working with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<ol>
<li>The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.</li>



<li>Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. </li>



<li>They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.</li>



<li>Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages &amp; frameworks.</li>



<li>Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.</li>
</ol>



<p>Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.</p>



<p>Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<p><em>As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:00 – Strategies for finding your first users when you don’t have an audience</li>



<li>10:42 – Positioning yourself to compete well against others</li>



<li>12:25 – Jumping into SEO before having a product</li>



<li>18:42 – Exporting No Code projects</li>



<li>24:15 – Choosing between a vertical or horizontal product spinoff</li>



<li>33:55 – Building a B2P, “business to prosumer” product</li>



<li>42:53 – How to make lower pricing tiers work outside of B2B</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://connect.microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez (@@earthlingworks) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.signwell.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SignWell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bubble.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Bubble</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf YouTube channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-216-how-a-single-founder-launched-a-7-figure-saas-app-with-nate-grahek" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 216 | How a Single Founder Launched a 7-Figure SaaS App (with Nate Grahek)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.stickymarketingtools.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sticky</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-480-stairstepping-your-way-to-saas-with-christopher-gimmer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 480 | Stairstepping Your Way to SaaS with Christopher Gimmer</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1725692/c1e-gjn1h3vzqkswgq1m-1xn7pgvdt56v-lhyksc.mp3" length="49958485"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 711, join Rob Walling and Ruben Gamez as they answer listener questions. They chat about finding early customers without an audience, how to approach horizontal vs. vertical product spinoffs, and some considerations for No Code development. They also discuss the challenges of serving prosumer SaaS, the importance of understanding customer segments for pricing strategies, and the dual funnel approach for catering to different customer tiers.



Episode Sponsor:





We have been partnering with Lemon.io for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.



Here are five reasons why you should consider working with Lemon.io.




The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.



Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. 



They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.



Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages & frameworks.



Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.




Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.



Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with Lemon.io.



As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:00 – Strategies for finding your first users when you don’t have an audience



10:42 – Positioning yourself to compete well against others



12:25 – Jumping into SEO before having a product



18:42 – Exporting No Code projects



24:15 – Choosing between a vertical or horizontal product spinoff



33:55 – Building a B2P, “business to prosumer” product



42:53 – How to make lower pricing tiers work outside of B2B




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



Ruben Gamez (@@earthlingworks) | X



SignWell



TinySeed



Bubble



MicroConf YouTube channel



State of Independent SaaS



Episode 216 | How a Single Founder Launched a 7-Figure SaaS App (with Nate Grahek)



Sticky 



Castos...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:51:32</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 710 | Is Coding Dead?, The "Right" Tech Stack, Funded Competition, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 23 Apr 2024 10:00:02 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1719136</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-710-is-coding-dead-the-right-tech-stack-funded-competition-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 710, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He answers whether you need a burning passion to be successful in entrepreneurship, and how that relates to developing a product alongside a day job. Rob also discusses competing against VC-backed companies, learning to code in the age of AI, and how much risk lies in IP theft when building your SaaS.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  </p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:00 – Reacting to needing a burning desire for entrepreneurship</li>



<li>5:20 – Maintaining a day job to enable space for entrepreneurial pursuits</li>



<li>8:52 – Balancing build speed vs. scalability with your tech stack</li>



<li>10:30 – The April Fools Episode</li>



<li>12:55 – Competing against VC-backed companies in a “hot” space</li>



<li>18:34 – Is learning to code dead?</li>



<li>27:33 – Risk in SaaS of IP theft</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://connect.microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-704-landing-pages-buying-a-saas-the-right-tech-stack-and-more-listener-questions" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 704 | Landing Pages, Buying a SaaS, the Right Tech Stack, and More Listener Questions</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-706-5-rethinking-my-most-common-advice" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 706.5 | Rethinking My Most Common Advice</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-688-growing-boot-dev-from-6k-to-110k-in-monthly-revenue-in-15-months" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 688 | Growing Boot.dev From $6k to $110k in Monthly Revenue in 15 Months</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ask a Question on SFTROU</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about st...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 710, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He answers whether you need a burning passion to be successful in entrepreneurship, and how that relates to developing a product alongside a day job. Rob also discusses competing against VC-backed companies, learning to code in the age of AI, and how much risk lies in IP theft when building your SaaS.



Episode Sponsor:





Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?



Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.



Topics we cover: 




3:00 – Reacting to needing a burning desire for entrepreneurship



5:20 – Maintaining a day job to enable space for entrepreneurial pursuits



8:52 – Balancing build speed vs. scalability with your tech stack



10:30 – The April Fools Episode



12:55 – Competing against VC-backed companies in a “hot” space



18:34 – Is learning to code dead?



27:33 – Risk in SaaS of IP theft




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



Episode 704 | Landing Pages, Buying a SaaS, the Right Tech Stack, and More Listener Questions



Episode 706.5 | Rethinking My Most Common Advice



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



Start Small Stay Small by Rob Walling



TinySeed



Episode 688 | Growing Boot.dev From $6k to $110k in Monthly Revenue in 15 Months



Ask a Question on SFTROU




If you have questions about st...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 710 | Is Coding Dead?, The "Right" Tech Stack, Funded Competition, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 710, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He answers whether you need a burning passion to be successful in entrepreneurship, and how that relates to developing a product alongside a day job. Rob also discusses competing against VC-backed companies, learning to code in the age of AI, and how much risk lies in IP theft when building your SaaS.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  </p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:00 – Reacting to needing a burning desire for entrepreneurship</li>



<li>5:20 – Maintaining a day job to enable space for entrepreneurial pursuits</li>



<li>8:52 – Balancing build speed vs. scalability with your tech stack</li>



<li>10:30 – The April Fools Episode</li>



<li>12:55 – Competing against VC-backed companies in a “hot” space</li>



<li>18:34 – Is learning to code dead?</li>



<li>27:33 – Risk in SaaS of IP theft</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://connect.microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-704-landing-pages-buying-a-saas-the-right-tech-stack-and-more-listener-questions" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 704 | Landing Pages, Buying a SaaS, the Right Tech Stack, and More Listener Questions</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-706-5-rethinking-my-most-common-advice" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 706.5 | Rethinking My Most Common Advice</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-688-growing-boot-dev-from-6k-to-110k-in-monthly-revenue-in-15-months" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 688 | Growing Boot.dev From $6k to $110k in Monthly Revenue in 15 Months</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ask a Question on SFTROU</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1719136/c1e-qpkgs24r9wtjx4vp-60k38594u1zw-kd9nno.mp3" length="33311843"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 710, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He answers whether you need a burning passion to be successful in entrepreneurship, and how that relates to developing a product alongside a day job. Rob also discusses competing against VC-backed companies, learning to code in the age of AI, and how much risk lies in IP theft when building your SaaS.



Episode Sponsor:





Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?



Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.



Topics we cover: 




3:00 – Reacting to needing a burning desire for entrepreneurship



5:20 – Maintaining a day job to enable space for entrepreneurial pursuits



8:52 – Balancing build speed vs. scalability with your tech stack



10:30 – The April Fools Episode



12:55 – Competing against VC-backed companies in a “hot” space



18:34 – Is learning to code dead?



27:33 – Risk in SaaS of IP theft




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



Episode 704 | Landing Pages, Buying a SaaS, the Right Tech Stack, and More Listener Questions



Episode 706.5 | Rethinking My Most Common Advice



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



Start Small Stay Small by Rob Walling



TinySeed



Episode 688 | Growing Boot.dev From $6k to $110k in Monthly Revenue in 15 Months



Ask a Question on SFTROU




If you have questions about st...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:11</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 709 | The 7 Greatest Investments of My Life]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 16 Apr 2024 10:00:39 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1715075</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-709-the-7-greatest-investments-of-my-life</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 709, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he shares his story of growing his personal wealth over the past few decades. Selling companies was the major driver of wealth, but he also explores the role of cryptocurrency, running profitable companies, and angel investing. Rob emphasizes the power of entrepreneurship in achieving financial freedom, while acknowledging there are ways to do so while keeping risk relatively low.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>We have been partnering with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups">Lemon.io</a> for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.</p>



<p>Here are five reasons why you should consider working with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<ol>
<li>The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.</li>



<li>Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. </li>



<li>They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.</li>



<li>Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages &amp; frameworks.</li>



<li>Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.</li>
</ol>



<p>Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.</p>



<p>Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<p><em>As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:50 – A lesson on how to build wealth</li>



<li>4:31 – Entrepreneurship was our biggest tool</li>



<li>6:37 – Building, acquiring, then selling companies</li>



<li>10:45 – Building slowly while staying risk-averse</li>



<li>13:27 – Investing in riskier assets like cryptocurrency</li>



<li>19:39 – Running profitable companies</li>



<li>20:56 – Angel investing, and WP Engine</li>



<li>23:44 – Traditional, salaried employment</li>



<li>24:53 – Typical investments: stocks, bonds, REITs</li>



<li>27:36 – Real estate investing</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://connect.microconf.com/">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/cgimmer">Christopher Gimmer (@cgimmer) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/cgimmer/status/1773020406087114804">Christopher’s tweet</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/sherrywalling">Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/">Start Small Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hxkpTJvRSuA">This Took 11 Years to Be An "Overnight Success" - SaaS Exit Strategy</a></li>



<li><a href="https://zenfounder.com/">Zen Founder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://wpengine.com/">WP Engine</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.investopedia.com/articles/investing/013114/barbell-investment-strategy.asp">Barbell Strategy Explained for Stock and Bond Investors</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!
Subscr...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 709, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he shares his story of growing his personal wealth over the past few decades. Selling companies was the major driver of wealth, but he also explores the role of cryptocurrency, running profitable companies, and angel investing. Rob emphasizes the power of entrepreneurship in achieving financial freedom, while acknowledging there are ways to do so while keeping risk relatively low.



Episode Sponsor:





We have been partnering with Lemon.io for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.



Here are five reasons why you should consider working with Lemon.io.




The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.



Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. 



They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.



Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages & frameworks.



Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.




Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.



Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with Lemon.io.



As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:50 – A lesson on how to build wealth



4:31 – Entrepreneurship was our biggest tool



6:37 – Building, acquiring, then selling companies



10:45 – Building slowly while staying risk-averse



13:27 – Investing in riskier assets like cryptocurrency



19:39 – Running profitable companies



20:56 – Angel investing, and WP Engine



23:44 – Traditional, salaried employment



24:53 – Typical investments: stocks, bonds, REITs



27:36 – Real estate investing




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



Christopher Gimmer (@cgimmer) | X



Christopher’s tweet



Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping



Start Small Stay Small by Rob Walling



This Took 11 Years to Be An "Overnight Success" - SaaS Exit Strategy



Zen Founder



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



WP Engine



TinySeed



Barbell Strategy Explained for Stock and Bond Investors




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!
Subscr...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 709 | The 7 Greatest Investments of My Life]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 709, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he shares his story of growing his personal wealth over the past few decades. Selling companies was the major driver of wealth, but he also explores the role of cryptocurrency, running profitable companies, and angel investing. Rob emphasizes the power of entrepreneurship in achieving financial freedom, while acknowledging there are ways to do so while keeping risk relatively low.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>We have been partnering with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups">Lemon.io</a> for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.</p>



<p>Here are five reasons why you should consider working with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<ol>
<li>The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.</li>



<li>Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. </li>



<li>They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.</li>



<li>Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages &amp; frameworks.</li>



<li>Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.</li>
</ol>



<p>Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.</p>



<p>Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups">Lemon.io</a>.</p>



<p><em>As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups"><em>lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:50 – A lesson on how to build wealth</li>



<li>4:31 – Entrepreneurship was our biggest tool</li>



<li>6:37 – Building, acquiring, then selling companies</li>



<li>10:45 – Building slowly while staying risk-averse</li>



<li>13:27 – Investing in riskier assets like cryptocurrency</li>



<li>19:39 – Running profitable companies</li>



<li>20:56 – Angel investing, and WP Engine</li>



<li>23:44 – Traditional, salaried employment</li>



<li>24:53 – Typical investments: stocks, bonds, REITs</li>



<li>27:36 – Real estate investing</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://connect.microconf.com/">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/cgimmer">Christopher Gimmer (@cgimmer) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/cgimmer/status/1773020406087114804">Christopher’s tweet</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/sherrywalling">Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/">Start Small Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hxkpTJvRSuA">This Took 11 Years to Be An "Overnight Success" - SaaS Exit Strategy</a></li>



<li><a href="https://zenfounder.com/">Zen Founder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://wpengine.com/">WP Engine</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.investopedia.com/articles/investing/013114/barbell-investment-strategy.asp">Barbell Strategy Explained for Stock and Bond Investors</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!
Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1715075/c1e-0031bj8r1va6k59n-v0nzn93xazzg-1o5ddu.mp3" length="31301418"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 709, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he shares his story of growing his personal wealth over the past few decades. Selling companies was the major driver of wealth, but he also explores the role of cryptocurrency, running profitable companies, and angel investing. Rob emphasizes the power of entrepreneurship in achieving financial freedom, while acknowledging there are ways to do so while keeping risk relatively low.



Episode Sponsor:





We have been partnering with Lemon.io for several years, and they’ve proven to be a great choice when it comes to hiring for a highly skilled developer to work on your project.



Here are five reasons why you should consider working with Lemon.io.




The time from your request to getting a candidate is just 48 hours.



Developers have previously worked with tech giants such as Apple, Google, Netflix, Airbnb, Intel, and LEGO. 



They only provide senior devs, with an average of 7 years' experience.



Their talent pool covers more than 300 dev languages & frameworks.



Your hire comes with a zero-risk, replacement guarantee.




Customers of Lemon.io typically stick around for at least a year, proving they know how to gain your trust by delivering consistent results.



Quit wasting time searching for a solid developer at a great price. Get in touch with Lemon.io.



As a bonus for our podcast listeners, you’ll get a 15% discount on your first four weeks of working with a developer at lemon.io/startups. That’s lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:50 – A lesson on how to build wealth



4:31 – Entrepreneurship was our biggest tool



6:37 – Building, acquiring, then selling companies



10:45 – Building slowly while staying risk-averse



13:27 – Investing in riskier assets like cryptocurrency



19:39 – Running profitable companies



20:56 – Angel investing, and WP Engine



23:44 – Traditional, salaried employment



24:53 – Typical investments: stocks, bonds, REITs



27:36 – Real estate investing




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



Christopher Gimmer (@cgimmer) | X



Christopher’s tweet



Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping



Start Small Stay Small by Rob Walling



This Took 11 Years to Be An "Overnight Success" - SaaS Exit Strategy



Zen Founder



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



WP Engine



TinySeed



Barbell Strategy Explained for Stock and Bond Investors




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!
Subscr...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:32:06</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 708 | Outsourcing Marketing, Competitive Markets, and More Listener Questions (with Derrick Reimer)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 09 Apr 2024 10:00:05 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1710404</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-708-outsourcing-marketing-competitive-markets-and-more-listener-questions-with-derrick-reimer</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 708, Rob Walling and Derrick Reimer tackle listener questions about building development skills vs. business skills and strategies for entering competitive markets. They also chat about building on top of AI services, addressing the risks of platform dependency and the importance of managing infrastructure costs. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  </p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>02:38 - Should you build technical skills or business skills?</li>



<li>11:41- Entering a competitive market</li>



<li>21:14 - Building a valuable analytics dashboard tool</li>



<li>29:29 - When should a solo founder hire for marketing roles?</li>



<li>36:29 - The rare skillset of a full-stack marketer </li>



<li>38:18 - Implications of building on openAI and scaling infrastructure costs</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas">Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/RobWalling">Rob Walling | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/DerrickReimer">Derrick Reimer | X</a></li>



<li><a href="http://www.derrickreimer.com">Derrick Reimer</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.savvycal.com/">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/">Start Small Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://devinai.ai/">Devin AI</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!
Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 708, Rob Walling and Derrick Reimer tackle listener questions about building development skills vs. business skills and strategies for entering competitive markets. They also chat about building on top of AI services, addressing the risks of platform dependency and the importance of managing infrastructure costs. 



Episode Sponsor:





Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?



Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.



Topics we cover: 




02:38 - Should you build technical skills or business skills?



11:41- Entering a competitive market



21:14 - Building a valuable analytics dashboard tool



29:29 - When should a solo founder hire for marketing roles?



36:29 - The rare skillset of a full-stack marketer 



38:18 - Implications of building on openAI and scaling infrastructure costs




Links from the Show: 




Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024



Rob Walling | X



Derrick Reimer | X



Derrick Reimer



SavvyCal



Start Small Stay Small by Rob Walling



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



Devin AI




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!
Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 708 | Outsourcing Marketing, Competitive Markets, and More Listener Questions (with Derrick Reimer)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 708, Rob Walling and Derrick Reimer tackle listener questions about building development skills vs. business skills and strategies for entering competitive markets. They also chat about building on top of AI services, addressing the risks of platform dependency and the importance of managing infrastructure costs. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  </p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>02:38 - Should you build technical skills or business skills?</li>



<li>11:41- Entering a competitive market</li>



<li>21:14 - Building a valuable analytics dashboard tool</li>



<li>29:29 - When should a solo founder hire for marketing roles?</li>



<li>36:29 - The rare skillset of a full-stack marketer </li>



<li>38:18 - Implications of building on openAI and scaling infrastructure costs</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas">Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/RobWalling">Rob Walling | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/DerrickReimer">Derrick Reimer | X</a></li>



<li><a href="http://www.derrickreimer.com">Derrick Reimer</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.savvycal.com/">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/">Start Small Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://devinai.ai/">Devin AI</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!
Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1710404/c1e-28rqi8047gcqo4w0-9245r135uro2-w5vjfp.mp3" length="46489900"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 708, Rob Walling and Derrick Reimer tackle listener questions about building development skills vs. business skills and strategies for entering competitive markets. They also chat about building on top of AI services, addressing the risks of platform dependency and the importance of managing infrastructure costs. 



Episode Sponsor:





Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?



Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.



Topics we cover: 




02:38 - Should you build technical skills or business skills?



11:41- Entering a competitive market



21:14 - Building a valuable analytics dashboard tool



29:29 - When should a solo founder hire for marketing roles?



36:29 - The rare skillset of a full-stack marketer 



38:18 - Implications of building on openAI and scaling infrastructure costs




Links from the Show: 




Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024



Rob Walling | X



Derrick Reimer | X



Derrick Reimer



SavvyCal



Start Small Stay Small by Rob Walling



The SaaS Playbook by Rob Walling



Devin AI




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!
Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:47:55</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 707 | Once.com, Open Source to FT Income, and More (Hot Take Tuesday)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 02 Apr 2024 10:00:37 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1700425</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-707-once-com-open-source-to-ft-income-and-more-hot-take-tuesday</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 707, Rob Walling, alongside guests Tracy Osborn and Einar Vollset, give their hot takes on some recent news in the world of SaaS. They discuss Once.com’s launch, liquidation preference nuances in startup buyouts, with moving from open source to full time income and more. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:18 - Once.com and the Implications of One-Time Software Sales</li>



<li>10:39 - Liquidation Preferences in Startup Acquisitions</li>



<li>21:59 - Turning an open source project into a business</li>



<li>24:32 - Book recommendations</li>



<li>30:30 - Is building a startup actually hard?</li>



<li>32:46 - Startups vs. lifestyle businesses</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas">Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="http://once.com">Once.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://once.com/campfire">Campfire</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/130QYtI">Venture Deals: Be Smarter Than Your Lawyer and Venture Capitalist by Brad Feld</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/hE8JWib">Never Split the Difference by Chris Voss</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/4oZ43gT">The Anomaly by Herv Le Tellier</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/eqAAvsD">The Art of Learning by Josh Waitzkin</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/aNIlGIo">The Beginning of Infinity by David Deutsch</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.tinyseed.com/">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset">Einar Vollset (@EinarVollset) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.tiktok.com/@itstracymakes">Tracy Osborn (@itsTracyMakes) | TikTok</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!
</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY">Google</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 707, Rob Walling, alongside guests Tracy Osborn and Einar Vollset, give their hot takes on some recent news in the world of SaaS. They discuss Once.com’s launch, liquidation preference nuances in startup buyouts, with moving from open source to full time income and more. 



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:18 - Once.com and the Implications of One-Time Software Sales



10:39 - Liquidation Preferences in Startup Acquisitions



21:59 - Turning an open source project into a business



24:32 - Book recommendations



30:30 - Is building a startup actually hard?



32:46 - Startups vs. lifestyle businesses




Links from the Show: 




Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024



Once.com



Campfire



Venture Deals: Be Smarter Than Your Lawyer and Venture Capitalist by Brad Feld



Never Split the Difference by Chris Voss



The Anomaly by Herv Le Tellier



The Art of Learning by Josh Waitzkin



The Beginning of Infinity by David Deutsch



TinySeed



Einar Vollset (@EinarVollset) | X



Tracy Osborn (@itsTracyMakes) | TikTok




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!




Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 707 | Once.com, Open Source to FT Income, and More (Hot Take Tuesday)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 707, Rob Walling, alongside guests Tracy Osborn and Einar Vollset, give their hot takes on some recent news in the world of SaaS. They discuss Once.com’s launch, liquidation preference nuances in startup buyouts, with moving from open source to full time income and more. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:18 - Once.com and the Implications of One-Time Software Sales</li>



<li>10:39 - Liquidation Preferences in Startup Acquisitions</li>



<li>21:59 - Turning an open source project into a business</li>



<li>24:32 - Book recommendations</li>



<li>30:30 - Is building a startup actually hard?</li>



<li>32:46 - Startups vs. lifestyle businesses</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas">Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="http://once.com">Once.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://once.com/campfire">Campfire</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/130QYtI">Venture Deals: Be Smarter Than Your Lawyer and Venture Capitalist by Brad Feld</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/hE8JWib">Never Split the Difference by Chris Voss</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/4oZ43gT">The Anomaly by Herv Le Tellier</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/eqAAvsD">The Art of Learning by Josh Waitzkin</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/aNIlGIo">The Beginning of Infinity by David Deutsch</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.tinyseed.com/">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset">Einar Vollset (@EinarVollset) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.tiktok.com/@itstracymakes">Tracy Osborn (@itsTracyMakes) | TikTok</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!
</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1700425/c1e-350va50r03tw2725-qxnnw459ux6n-vwtjw8.mp3" length="36130297"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 707, Rob Walling, alongside guests Tracy Osborn and Einar Vollset, give their hot takes on some recent news in the world of SaaS. They discuss Once.com’s launch, liquidation preference nuances in startup buyouts, with moving from open source to full time income and more. 



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:18 - Once.com and the Implications of One-Time Software Sales



10:39 - Liquidation Preferences in Startup Acquisitions



21:59 - Turning an open source project into a business



24:32 - Book recommendations



30:30 - Is building a startup actually hard?



32:46 - Startups vs. lifestyle businesses




Links from the Show: 




Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024



Once.com



Campfire



Venture Deals: Be Smarter Than Your Lawyer and Venture Capitalist by Brad Feld



Never Split the Difference by Chris Voss



The Anomaly by Herv Le Tellier



The Art of Learning by Josh Waitzkin



The Beginning of Infinity by David Deutsch



TinySeed



Einar Vollset (@EinarVollset) | X



Tracy Osborn (@itsTracyMakes) | TikTok




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!




Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:37:08</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 706.5 | Rethinking My Most Common Advice]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Mon, 01 Apr 2024 10:00:47 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1690844</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-706-5-rethinking-my-most-common-advice</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 706.5, join Rob Walling as he reconsiders some of his most common advice. He explores why lowering prices might make sense and discusses the benefits of a B2C business model. Rob also walks back his prior advice on bootstrapping two-sided marketplaces and launching multiple products to see what sticks. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:04 – What would happen if you lowered prices?</li>



<li>3:56 – Benefits of a B2C approach</li>



<li>7:05 – Two-sided marketplaces allow to reach two audiences</li>



<li>8:47 – Launch a bunch of products to see what sticks</li>



<li>10:52 – This episode was released April 1, 2024</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 706.5, join Rob Walling as he reconsiders some of his most common advice. He explores why lowering prices might make sense and discusses the benefits of a B2C business model. Rob also walks back his prior advice on bootstrapping two-sided marketplaces and launching multiple products to see what sticks. 



Topics we cover: 




1:04 – What would happen if you lowered prices?



3:56 – Benefits of a B2C approach



7:05 – Two-sided marketplaces allow to reach two audiences



8:47 – Launch a bunch of products to see what sticks



10:52 – This episode was released April 1, 2024




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Playbook



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 706.5 | Rethinking My Most Common Advice]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 706.5, join Rob Walling as he reconsiders some of his most common advice. He explores why lowering prices might make sense and discusses the benefits of a B2C business model. Rob also walks back his prior advice on bootstrapping two-sided marketplaces and launching multiple products to see what sticks. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:04 – What would happen if you lowered prices?</li>



<li>3:56 – Benefits of a B2C approach</li>



<li>7:05 – Two-sided marketplaces allow to reach two audiences</li>



<li>8:47 – Launch a bunch of products to see what sticks</li>



<li>10:52 – This episode was released April 1, 2024</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1690844/c1e-nr20c54zvjcq8rvx-2o12o7vobm9w-8c2bni.mp3" length="13005549"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 706.5, join Rob Walling as he reconsiders some of his most common advice. He explores why lowering prices might make sense and discusses the benefits of a B2C business model. Rob also walks back his prior advice on bootstrapping two-sided marketplaces and launching multiple products to see what sticks. 



Topics we cover: 




1:04 – What would happen if you lowered prices?



3:56 – Benefits of a B2C approach



7:05 – Two-sided marketplaces allow to reach two audiences



8:47 – Launch a bunch of products to see what sticks



10:52 – This episode was released April 1, 2024




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Playbook



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:13:02</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 706.1 | MicroConf US Tickets Will Sell Out Soon!]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 28 Mar 2024 10:00:16 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1704605</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-706-1-microconf-atlanta-tickets-will-sell-out-soon</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>MicroConf US in Atlanta is here in just a couple weeks, and this is your last call to buy tickets. We've sold more than 90% of the tickets, and we will sell this event out as we have for many years. The event is April 21st through the 23rd in Atlanta, Georgia at the amazing Starling Atlanta. </p>



<p>There are going to be 200-ish of your closest bootstrapped and mostly bootstrapped founder friends who are showing up to hear talks from folks like Rand Fishkin of SparkToro, Asia Orangio of DemandMaven. I'm giving a talk as well, and Dr. Sherry Walling will be talking about staying motivated as an entrepreneur.

We have a special guest MC, Lianna Patch, and we'll have a very special guest who has never appeared on the MicroConf stage before- Ben Chestnut, the co-founder of MailChimp.</p>



<p>Get all the details and secure your ticket before they run out at <a href="https://microconf.com/americas">microconf.com/americas</a>.</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[MicroConf US in Atlanta is here in just a couple weeks, and this is your last call to buy tickets. We've sold more than 90% of the tickets, and we will sell this event out as we have for many years. The event is April 21st through the 23rd in Atlanta, Georgia at the amazing Starling Atlanta. 



There are going to be 200-ish of your closest bootstrapped and mostly bootstrapped founder friends who are showing up to hear talks from folks like Rand Fishkin of SparkToro, Asia Orangio of DemandMaven. I'm giving a talk as well, and Dr. Sherry Walling will be talking about staying motivated as an entrepreneur.

We have a special guest MC, Lianna Patch, and we'll have a very special guest who has never appeared on the MicroConf stage before- Ben Chestnut, the co-founder of MailChimp.



Get all the details and secure your ticket before they run out at microconf.com/americas.]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 706.1 | MicroConf US Tickets Will Sell Out Soon!]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>MicroConf US in Atlanta is here in just a couple weeks, and this is your last call to buy tickets. We've sold more than 90% of the tickets, and we will sell this event out as we have for many years. The event is April 21st through the 23rd in Atlanta, Georgia at the amazing Starling Atlanta. </p>



<p>There are going to be 200-ish of your closest bootstrapped and mostly bootstrapped founder friends who are showing up to hear talks from folks like Rand Fishkin of SparkToro, Asia Orangio of DemandMaven. I'm giving a talk as well, and Dr. Sherry Walling will be talking about staying motivated as an entrepreneur.

We have a special guest MC, Lianna Patch, and we'll have a very special guest who has never appeared on the MicroConf stage before- Ben Chestnut, the co-founder of MailChimp.</p>



<p>Get all the details and secure your ticket before they run out at <a href="https://microconf.com/americas">microconf.com/americas</a>.</p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1704605/c1e-w409frzvkru8pop0-rommj1xgf74k-ygrh8o.mp3" length="3083037"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[MicroConf US in Atlanta is here in just a couple weeks, and this is your last call to buy tickets. We've sold more than 90% of the tickets, and we will sell this event out as we have for many years. The event is April 21st through the 23rd in Atlanta, Georgia at the amazing Starling Atlanta. 



There are going to be 200-ish of your closest bootstrapped and mostly bootstrapped founder friends who are showing up to hear talks from folks like Rand Fishkin of SparkToro, Asia Orangio of DemandMaven. I'm giving a talk as well, and Dr. Sherry Walling will be talking about staying motivated as an entrepreneur.

We have a special guest MC, Lianna Patch, and we'll have a very special guest who has never appeared on the MicroConf stage before- Ben Chestnut, the co-founder of MailChimp.



Get all the details and secure your ticket before they run out at microconf.com/americas.]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:02:42</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 706 | 2/20/200 Validation, Prior Art, and Designing by Committee (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 26 Mar 2024 10:00:24 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1690792</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-706-2-20-200-validation-prior-art-and-designing-by-committee-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 706, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he discusses a variety of topics. He starts with why it’s important to both consider and credit “prior art” in business. Rob outlines his 2/20/200 idea validation framework used to repeatedly evaluate ideas. He also covers why, though there are some advantages, designing by committee has some significant downsides. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  </p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:37 – Learning from, and crediting, prior art</li>



<li>10:27 – The 2/20/200 Idea Validation Framework</li>



<li>16:03 – Be wary when designing by committee</li>



<li>21:09 – When to crowdsource feedback</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas">Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://paulgraham.com/ds.html">Do Things That Don’t Scale</a> by Paul Graham</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/DavidSacks">David Sacks (@DavidSacks) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://paulgraham.com/hp.html">Hackers and Painters</a> by Paul Graham</li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-705-from-bootstrapped-to-mostly-bootstrapped">Episode 705 | From Bootstrapped to Mostly Bootstrapped</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-628-the-5-p-m-idea-validation-framework">Episode 628 | The 5 P.M. Idea Validation Framework</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/d9uCqKEeJbY">Use This PROVEN Formula to Validate Your Next Startup Idea</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/31U9X_XD63c">Validate Your SaaS Idea FAST (Step-by-Step SaaS Validation Process)✅</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/">Start Small Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://www.imdb.com/title/tt0387412/">Metallica: Some Kind of Monster</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!
Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY">Google</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 706, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he discusses a variety of topics. He starts with why it’s important to both consider and credit “prior art” in business. Rob outlines his 2/20/200 idea validation framework used to repeatedly evaluate ideas. He also covers why, though there are some advantages, designing by committee has some significant downsides. 



Episode Sponsor:





Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?



Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.



Topics we cover: 




2:37 – Learning from, and crediting, prior art



10:27 – The 2/20/200 Idea Validation Framework



16:03 – Be wary when designing by committee



21:09 – When to crowdsource feedback




Links from the Show: 




Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024



Do Things That Don’t Scale by Paul Graham



David Sacks (@DavidSacks) | X



Hackers and Painters by Paul Graham



Episode 705 | From Bootstrapped to Mostly Bootstrapped



Episode 628 | The 5 P.M. Idea Validation Framework



Use This PROVEN Formula to Validate Your Next Startup Idea



Validate Your SaaS Idea FAST (Step-by-Step SaaS Validation Process)✅



Start Small Stay Small by Rob Walling



Metallica: Some Kind of Monster




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!
Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 706 | 2/20/200 Validation, Prior Art, and Designing by Committee (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 706, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he discusses a variety of topics. He starts with why it’s important to both consider and credit “prior art” in business. Rob outlines his 2/20/200 idea validation framework used to repeatedly evaluate ideas. He also covers why, though there are some advantages, designing by committee has some significant downsides. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  </p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:37 – Learning from, and crediting, prior art</li>



<li>10:27 – The 2/20/200 Idea Validation Framework</li>



<li>16:03 – Be wary when designing by committee</li>



<li>21:09 – When to crowdsource feedback</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas">Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://paulgraham.com/ds.html">Do Things That Don’t Scale</a> by Paul Graham</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/DavidSacks">David Sacks (@DavidSacks) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://paulgraham.com/hp.html">Hackers and Painters</a> by Paul Graham</li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-705-from-bootstrapped-to-mostly-bootstrapped">Episode 705 | From Bootstrapped to Mostly Bootstrapped</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-628-the-5-p-m-idea-validation-framework">Episode 628 | The 5 P.M. Idea Validation Framework</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/d9uCqKEeJbY">Use This PROVEN Formula to Validate Your Next Startup Idea</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/31U9X_XD63c">Validate Your SaaS Idea FAST (Step-by-Step SaaS Validation Process)✅</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/">Start Small Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://www.imdb.com/title/tt0387412/">Metallica: Some Kind of Monster</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!
Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1690792/c1e-xknrtmd1vxskz67p-92k7v923fwkw-wcmts9.mp3" length="25070659"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 706, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he discusses a variety of topics. He starts with why it’s important to both consider and credit “prior art” in business. Rob outlines his 2/20/200 idea validation framework used to repeatedly evaluate ideas. He also covers why, though there are some advantages, designing by committee has some significant downsides. 



Episode Sponsor:





Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?



Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.



Topics we cover: 




2:37 – Learning from, and crediting, prior art



10:27 – The 2/20/200 Idea Validation Framework



16:03 – Be wary when designing by committee



21:09 – When to crowdsource feedback




Links from the Show: 




Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024



Do Things That Don’t Scale by Paul Graham



David Sacks (@DavidSacks) | X



Hackers and Painters by Paul Graham



Episode 705 | From Bootstrapped to Mostly Bootstrapped



Episode 628 | The 5 P.M. Idea Validation Framework



Use This PROVEN Formula to Validate Your Next Startup Idea



Validate Your SaaS Idea FAST (Step-by-Step SaaS Validation Process)✅



Start Small Stay Small by Rob Walling



Metallica: Some Kind of Monster




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!
Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:25:36</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 705 | From Bootstrapped to Mostly Bootstrapped to Venture Backed]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2024 10:00:46 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1687143</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-705-from-bootstrapped-to-mostly-bootstrapped</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 705, Rob Walling interviews Braden Dennis, co-founder and CEO of FinChat. They discuss Braden’s journey going from fully bootstrapped, all the way to taking venture capital as FinChat scaled. Braden shares his experience in initially launching to an audience, how they successfully launched a second product, and how FinChat operates well with multiple co-founders.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:55 – What does FinChat look like today?</li>



<li>4:00 – Starting with an audience and building a SaaS</li>



<li>6:40 – Formulating the product and moving upmarket</li>



<li>8:35 – Launching a second product</li>



<li>12:25 – The common pitfall of launching a second product</li>



<li>16:25 – How FinChat found explosive growth</li>



<li>19:27 – Deciding to take venture funding </li>



<li>26:13 – Making hard decisions with incomplete information</li>



<li>30:31 – Working with multiple co-founders</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://dynamitejobs.com/company/Microconf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for Director of Marketing and Operations for MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/featured" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf YouTube Channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/BradoCapital" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Braden Dennis (@BradoCapital) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/finchat_io" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">FinChat (@finchat_io) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://finchat.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">FinChat</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-681-why-launching-a-second-product-is-usually-a-bad-idea" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 681 | Why Launching a Second Product is Usually a Bad Idea</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/sta..."></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 705, Rob Walling interviews Braden Dennis, co-founder and CEO of FinChat. They discuss Braden’s journey going from fully bootstrapped, all the way to taking venture capital as FinChat scaled. Braden shares his experience in initially launching to an audience, how they successfully launched a second product, and how FinChat operates well with multiple co-founders.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:55 – What does FinChat look like today?



4:00 – Starting with an audience and building a SaaS



6:40 – Formulating the product and moving upmarket



8:35 – Launching a second product



12:25 – The common pitfall of launching a second product



16:25 – How FinChat found explosive growth



19:27 – Deciding to take venture funding 



26:13 – Making hard decisions with incomplete information



30:31 – Working with multiple co-founders




Links from the Show: 




Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024



Apply for Director of Marketing and Operations for MicroConf



MicroConf YouTube Channel



TinySeed



Braden Dennis (@BradoCapital) | X



FinChat (@finchat_io) | X



FinChat



Episode 681 | Why Launching a Second Product is Usually a Bad Idea




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 705 | From Bootstrapped to Mostly Bootstrapped to Venture Backed]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 705, Rob Walling interviews Braden Dennis, co-founder and CEO of FinChat. They discuss Braden’s journey going from fully bootstrapped, all the way to taking venture capital as FinChat scaled. Braden shares his experience in initially launching to an audience, how they successfully launched a second product, and how FinChat operates well with multiple co-founders.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:55 – What does FinChat look like today?</li>



<li>4:00 – Starting with an audience and building a SaaS</li>



<li>6:40 – Formulating the product and moving upmarket</li>



<li>8:35 – Launching a second product</li>



<li>12:25 – The common pitfall of launching a second product</li>



<li>16:25 – How FinChat found explosive growth</li>



<li>19:27 – Deciding to take venture funding </li>



<li>26:13 – Making hard decisions with incomplete information</li>



<li>30:31 – Working with multiple co-founders</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://dynamitejobs.com/company/Microconf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for Director of Marketing and Operations for MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/featured" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf YouTube Channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/BradoCapital" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Braden Dennis (@BradoCapital) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/finchat_io" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">FinChat (@finchat_io) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://finchat.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">FinChat</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-681-why-launching-a-second-product-is-usually-a-bad-idea" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 681 | Why Launching a Second Product is Usually a Bad Idea</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1687143/c1e-xknrtmdrrotkz6dj-8m7246pdakp8-tptt7l.mp3" length="35171605"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 705, Rob Walling interviews Braden Dennis, co-founder and CEO of FinChat. They discuss Braden’s journey going from fully bootstrapped, all the way to taking venture capital as FinChat scaled. Braden shares his experience in initially launching to an audience, how they successfully launched a second product, and how FinChat operates well with multiple co-founders.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:55 – What does FinChat look like today?



4:00 – Starting with an audience and building a SaaS



6:40 – Formulating the product and moving upmarket



8:35 – Launching a second product



12:25 – The common pitfall of launching a second product



16:25 – How FinChat found explosive growth



19:27 – Deciding to take venture funding 



26:13 – Making hard decisions with incomplete information



30:31 – Working with multiple co-founders




Links from the Show: 




Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024



Apply for Director of Marketing and Operations for MicroConf



MicroConf YouTube Channel



TinySeed



Braden Dennis (@BradoCapital) | X



FinChat (@finchat_io) | X



FinChat



Episode 681 | Why Launching a Second Product is Usually a Bad Idea




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:08</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 704 | Landing Pages, Buying a SaaS, the Right Tech Stack, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2024 10:00:17 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1677669</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-704-landing-pages-buying-a-saas-the-right-tech-stack-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 704, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He weighs in on buying a SaaS, how to validate ideas using landing pages, and what tech stack to choose. Rob also provides guidance for those considering leaving their comfortable day jobs in favor of being a founder.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  </p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>4:00 – Comparing your business to successful outliers</li>



<li>9:50 – Exploring business outside of a comfortable day job</li>



<li>15:45 – Early access landing pages prior to development</li>



<li>20:00 – How do you vet SaaS businesses that you are trying to acquire? </li>



<li>27:16 – Evaluating a seller’s intentions</li>



<li>29:50 – Choosing a tech stack for your SaaS</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Remote – Early Stage Saas Strategies</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://dynamitejobs.com/company/Microconf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for Director of Marketing and Operations for MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://connect.microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Startups For The Rest of Us – Ask a question</a></li>



<li><a href="https://37signals.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">37signals</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/z_EMDtbB2tA" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">7 Proven Ways to Create Profitable SaaS Ideas EVERY Time</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet Light</a></li>



<li><a href="https://acquire.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Acquire.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business tha...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 704, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He weighs in on buying a SaaS, how to validate ideas using landing pages, and what tech stack to choose. Rob also provides guidance for those considering leaving their comfortable day jobs in favor of being a founder.



Episode Sponsor:





Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?



Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.



Topics we cover: 




4:00 – Comparing your business to successful outliers



9:50 – Exploring business outside of a comfortable day job



15:45 – Early access landing pages prior to development



20:00 – How do you vet SaaS businesses that you are trying to acquire? 



27:16 – Evaluating a seller’s intentions



29:50 – Choosing a tech stack for your SaaS




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Remote – Early Stage Saas Strategies



Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024



Apply for Director of Marketing and Operations for MicroConf



MicroConf Connect



Startups For The Rest of Us – Ask a question



37signals



7 Proven Ways to Create Profitable SaaS Ideas EVERY Time



The SaaS Playbook



Quiet Light



Acquire.com



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business tha...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 704 | Landing Pages, Buying a SaaS, the Right Tech Stack, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 704, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He weighs in on buying a SaaS, how to validate ideas using landing pages, and what tech stack to choose. Rob also provides guidance for those considering leaving their comfortable day jobs in favor of being a founder.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  </p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>4:00 – Comparing your business to successful outliers</li>



<li>9:50 – Exploring business outside of a comfortable day job</li>



<li>15:45 – Early access landing pages prior to development</li>



<li>20:00 – How do you vet SaaS businesses that you are trying to acquire? </li>



<li>27:16 – Evaluating a seller’s intentions</li>



<li>29:50 – Choosing a tech stack for your SaaS</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Remote – Early Stage Saas Strategies</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://dynamitejobs.com/company/Microconf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for Director of Marketing and Operations for MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://connect.microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Startups For The Rest of Us – Ask a question</a></li>



<li><a href="https://37signals.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">37signals</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/z_EMDtbB2tA" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">7 Proven Ways to Create Profitable SaaS Ideas EVERY Time</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet Light</a></li>



<li><a href="https://acquire.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Acquire.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1677669/c1e-0031bjrmg4a6k5mz-xmpnrgv9hmw9-vxlevv.mp3" length="36525225"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 704, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He weighs in on buying a SaaS, how to validate ideas using landing pages, and what tech stack to choose. Rob also provides guidance for those considering leaving their comfortable day jobs in favor of being a founder.



Episode Sponsor:





Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?



Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.



Topics we cover: 




4:00 – Comparing your business to successful outliers



9:50 – Exploring business outside of a comfortable day job



15:45 – Early access landing pages prior to development



20:00 – How do you vet SaaS businesses that you are trying to acquire? 



27:16 – Evaluating a seller’s intentions



29:50 – Choosing a tech stack for your SaaS




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Remote – Early Stage Saas Strategies



Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024



Apply for Director of Marketing and Operations for MicroConf



MicroConf Connect



Startups For The Rest of Us – Ask a question



37signals



7 Proven Ways to Create Profitable SaaS Ideas EVERY Time



The SaaS Playbook



Quiet Light



Acquire.com



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business tha...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:37:31</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 703 | The Accidental SaaS Entrepreneur]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 05 Mar 2024 10:00:05 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1670319</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-703-the-accidental-saas-entrepreneur</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 703, Rob Walling interviews Jordan Hansen, founder of Cobalt Intelligence. They dive into Jordan's unexpected journey into SaaS and the growth of his company, which specializes in business verification through API. Jordan reflects on quitting his job to pursue his startup and the benefits of community and mentorship he has received from TinySeed. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:30 – What does Cobalt Intelligence offer?</li>



<li>5:45 – Team scale, market, and business origins </li>



<li>9:55 – Starting YouTube and finding motivation to continually publish</li>



<li>13:27 – Working with a savings runway and applying to TinySeed</li>



<li>23:50 – Finding product-market fit</li>



<li>26:58 – Unlisting content to align with business goals</li>



<li>31:50 – “Accidental” SaaS founder</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/JordBHansen" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jordan Hansen (@JordBHansen) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/cobaltintell" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Cobalt Intelligence (@CobaltIntell) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://cobaltintelligence.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Cobalt Intelligence</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/punchlinecopy" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lianna Patch (@punchlinecopy) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/gM0UaBK" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Soft Skills: The software developer's life manual by John Sonmez</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-698-how-to-launch-a-million-dollar-business-with-noah-kagan" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 698 | How to Launch a Million Dollar Business (With Noah Kagan)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-696-the-truth-about-product-market-fit-doing-sales-as-an-introvert-with-ruben-gamez"></a></li></ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 703, Rob Walling interviews Jordan Hansen, founder of Cobalt Intelligence. They dive into Jordan's unexpected journey into SaaS and the growth of his company, which specializes in business verification through API. Jordan reflects on quitting his job to pursue his startup and the benefits of community and mentorship he has received from TinySeed. 



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:30 – What does Cobalt Intelligence offer?



5:45 – Team scale, market, and business origins 



9:55 – Starting YouTube and finding motivation to continually publish



13:27 – Working with a savings runway and applying to TinySeed



23:50 – Finding product-market fit



26:58 – Unlisting content to align with business goals



31:50 – “Accidental” SaaS founder




Links from the Show: 




Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024



TinySeed



The SaaS Playbook



Jordan Hansen (@JordBHansen) | X



Cobalt Intelligence (@CobaltIntell) | X



Cobalt Intelligence 



Lianna Patch (@punchlinecopy) | X



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping



Soft Skills: The software developer's life manual by John Sonmez 



Episode 698 | How to Launch a Million Dollar Business (With Noah Kagan)



]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 703 | The Accidental SaaS Entrepreneur]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 703, Rob Walling interviews Jordan Hansen, founder of Cobalt Intelligence. They dive into Jordan's unexpected journey into SaaS and the growth of his company, which specializes in business verification through API. Jordan reflects on quitting his job to pursue his startup and the benefits of community and mentorship he has received from TinySeed. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:30 – What does Cobalt Intelligence offer?</li>



<li>5:45 – Team scale, market, and business origins </li>



<li>9:55 – Starting YouTube and finding motivation to continually publish</li>



<li>13:27 – Working with a savings runway and applying to TinySeed</li>



<li>23:50 – Finding product-market fit</li>



<li>26:58 – Unlisting content to align with business goals</li>



<li>31:50 – “Accidental” SaaS founder</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/JordBHansen" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jordan Hansen (@JordBHansen) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/cobaltintell" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Cobalt Intelligence (@CobaltIntell) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://cobaltintelligence.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Cobalt Intelligence</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/punchlinecopy" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lianna Patch (@punchlinecopy) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/gM0UaBK" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Soft Skills: The software developer's life manual by John Sonmez</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-698-how-to-launch-a-million-dollar-business-with-noah-kagan" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 698 | How to Launch a Million Dollar Business (With Noah Kagan)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-696-the-truth-about-product-market-fit-doing-sales-as-an-introvert-with-ruben-gamez" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 696 | The Truth about Product-Market Fit + Doing Sales as an Introvert (With Ruben Gamez)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@CobaltIntelligence" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Cobalt Intelligence YouTube channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1670319/c1e-88zvi97632brwj58-7n5j4q72ukpj-riwvl6.mp3" length="33434399"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 703, Rob Walling interviews Jordan Hansen, founder of Cobalt Intelligence. They dive into Jordan's unexpected journey into SaaS and the growth of his company, which specializes in business verification through API. Jordan reflects on quitting his job to pursue his startup and the benefits of community and mentorship he has received from TinySeed. 



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:30 – What does Cobalt Intelligence offer?



5:45 – Team scale, market, and business origins 



9:55 – Starting YouTube and finding motivation to continually publish



13:27 – Working with a savings runway and applying to TinySeed



23:50 – Finding product-market fit



26:58 – Unlisting content to align with business goals



31:50 – “Accidental” SaaS founder




Links from the Show: 




Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024



TinySeed



The SaaS Playbook



Jordan Hansen (@JordBHansen) | X



Cobalt Intelligence (@CobaltIntell) | X



Cobalt Intelligence 



Lianna Patch (@punchlinecopy) | X



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping



Soft Skills: The software developer's life manual by John Sonmez 



Episode 698 | How to Launch a Million Dollar Business (With Noah Kagan)



]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:18</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 702 | Revenue vs. Profit Multiples, When to Lower Prices, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 27 Feb 2024 10:00:32 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1662805</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-702-revenue-vs-profit-multiples-when-to-lower-prices-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 702, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He answers how to introduce friends to bootstrapping, when to lower your prices, and addresses the difference in revenue and profit multiple valuations. Rob also offers advice when weighing a career move versus building side projects and scaling your MVP.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  </p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:15 – How to introduce friends to entrepreneurship and bootstrapping </li>



<li>6:00 – When to focus on profit vs. top-line revenue</li>



<li>10:40 – Considerations for building, scaling, and differentiating an MVP</li>



<li>15:45 – Rare circumstances where you should lower prices</li>



<li>20:25 – Pursuing career moves vs. building on the side</li>



<li>23:43 – Managing cap tables and equity vesting</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Remote – Early Stage Saas Strategies</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small, Stay Small</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLwcQbu9cKWclSZ5X1D2BFr3t4jBzpiSoi" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf YouTube Channel: Building Your First SaaS: The Ultimate Crash Course</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/greatest-hits" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SFTROU Greatest Hits</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-222-the-stair-step-approach-to-launching-products" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 222 | The Stair Step Approach to Launching Products</a></li>



<li><a href="https://learn.angellist.com/articles/safe-note" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">What is a SAFE?</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="ht..."></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 702, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He answers how to introduce friends to bootstrapping, when to lower your prices, and addresses the difference in revenue and profit multiple valuations. Rob also offers advice when weighing a career move versus building side projects and scaling your MVP.



Episode Sponsor:





Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?



Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.



Topics we cover: 




3:15 – How to introduce friends to entrepreneurship and bootstrapping 



6:00 – When to focus on profit vs. top-line revenue



10:40 – Considerations for building, scaling, and differentiating an MVP



15:45 – Rare circumstances where you should lower prices



20:25 – Pursuing career moves vs. building on the side



23:43 – Managing cap tables and equity vesting




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Remote – Early Stage Saas Strategies



TinySeed



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping



Start Small, Stay Small



The SaaS Playbook



MicroConf YouTube Channel: Building Your First SaaS: The Ultimate Crash Course



SFTROU Greatest Hits



Episode 222 | The Stair Step Approach to Launching Products



What is a SAFE?




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 702 | Revenue vs. Profit Multiples, When to Lower Prices, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 702, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He answers how to introduce friends to bootstrapping, when to lower your prices, and addresses the difference in revenue and profit multiple valuations. Rob also offers advice when weighing a career move versus building side projects and scaling your MVP.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  </p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:15 – How to introduce friends to entrepreneurship and bootstrapping </li>



<li>6:00 – When to focus on profit vs. top-line revenue</li>



<li>10:40 – Considerations for building, scaling, and differentiating an MVP</li>



<li>15:45 – Rare circumstances where you should lower prices</li>



<li>20:25 – Pursuing career moves vs. building on the side</li>



<li>23:43 – Managing cap tables and equity vesting</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Remote – Early Stage Saas Strategies</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small, Stay Small</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLwcQbu9cKWclSZ5X1D2BFr3t4jBzpiSoi" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf YouTube Channel: Building Your First SaaS: The Ultimate Crash Course</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/greatest-hits" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SFTROU Greatest Hits</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-222-the-stair-step-approach-to-launching-products" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 222 | The Stair Step Approach to Launching Products</a></li>



<li><a href="https://learn.angellist.com/articles/safe-note" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">What is a SAFE?</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1662805/c1e-vvr3f9671dudvkzm-60pjd7zvb560-xzjrto.mp3" length="31191828"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 702, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He answers how to introduce friends to bootstrapping, when to lower your prices, and addresses the difference in revenue and profit multiple valuations. Rob also offers advice when weighing a career move versus building side projects and scaling your MVP.



Episode Sponsor:





Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?



Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.



Topics we cover: 




3:15 – How to introduce friends to entrepreneurship and bootstrapping 



6:00 – When to focus on profit vs. top-line revenue



10:40 – Considerations for building, scaling, and differentiating an MVP



15:45 – Rare circumstances where you should lower prices



20:25 – Pursuing career moves vs. building on the side



23:43 – Managing cap tables and equity vesting




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Remote – Early Stage Saas Strategies



TinySeed



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping



Start Small, Stay Small



The SaaS Playbook



MicroConf YouTube Channel: Building Your First SaaS: The Ultimate Crash Course



SFTROU Greatest Hits



Episode 222 | The Stair Step Approach to Launching Products



What is a SAFE?




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:31:58</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 701 | The Long Journey to Product-Market Fit]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 20 Feb 2024 10:00:13 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1659950</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-701-the-long-journey-to-product-market-fit</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 701, Rob Walling interviews Matt Wensing, founder of Summit, a SaaS platform for lead scoring and qualification. Matt shares insights on finding product-market fit, the importance of following customer workflows to get there, and the challenges of marketing and positioning. Rob asks about his choice to raise venture capital, and how keeping a lean team maximizes that opportunity.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:27 – “Traveling many H1’s”, refining a target market </li>



<li>5:44 – Moving back to a self-serve model</li>



<li>10:52 – Niching down to achieve stronger product-market fit</li>



<li>12:53 – Tactics that Matt used to achieve traction</li>



<li>16:54 – Lead scoring by behavior and persona-fit </li>



<li>19:20 – Scoring as a whole product vs. as only a feature</li>



<li>23:31 – Pursuing VC with a lean team</li>



<li>29:09 – Who is your ideal customer profile?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="http://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for Tinyseed Feb 12th through Feb 25th</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Remote – Early Stage Saas Strategies</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/mattwensing" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Matt Wensing (@mattwensing) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://usesummit.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Summit</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-696-the-truth-about-product-market-fit-doing-sales-as-an-introvert-with-ruben-gamez" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 696 | The Truth about Product-Market Fit + Doing Sales as an Introvert (With Ruben Gamez)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://outofbeta.fm/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Out of Beta</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-633-building-saas-plus-a-two-sided-marketplace" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 633 | Building SaaS Plus a Two-Sided Marketplace</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/hXreqyAuJ-c" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">"How I Sold My SaaS in An 8-Figure Exit" with Matt Wensing</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 701, Rob Walling interviews Matt Wensing, founder of Summit, a SaaS platform for lead scoring and qualification. Matt shares insights on finding product-market fit, the importance of following customer workflows to get there, and the challenges of marketing and positioning. Rob asks about his choice to raise venture capital, and how keeping a lean team maximizes that opportunity.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:27 – “Traveling many H1’s”, refining a target market 



5:44 – Moving back to a self-serve model



10:52 – Niching down to achieve stronger product-market fit



12:53 – Tactics that Matt used to achieve traction



16:54 – Lead scoring by behavior and persona-fit 



19:20 – Scoring as a whole product vs. as only a feature



23:31 – Pursuing VC with a lean team



29:09 – Who is your ideal customer profile?




Links from the Show: 




Apply for Tinyseed Feb 12th through Feb 25th



MicroConf Remote – Early Stage Saas Strategies



Matt Wensing (@mattwensing) | X



Summit



Episode 696 | The Truth about Product-Market Fit + Doing Sales as an Introvert (With Ruben Gamez)



Out of Beta



Episode 633 | Building SaaS Plus a Two-Sided Marketplace



The SaaS Playbook



"How I Sold My SaaS in An 8-Figure Exit" with Matt Wensing




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 701 | The Long Journey to Product-Market Fit]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 701, Rob Walling interviews Matt Wensing, founder of Summit, a SaaS platform for lead scoring and qualification. Matt shares insights on finding product-market fit, the importance of following customer workflows to get there, and the challenges of marketing and positioning. Rob asks about his choice to raise venture capital, and how keeping a lean team maximizes that opportunity.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:27 – “Traveling many H1’s”, refining a target market </li>



<li>5:44 – Moving back to a self-serve model</li>



<li>10:52 – Niching down to achieve stronger product-market fit</li>



<li>12:53 – Tactics that Matt used to achieve traction</li>



<li>16:54 – Lead scoring by behavior and persona-fit </li>



<li>19:20 – Scoring as a whole product vs. as only a feature</li>



<li>23:31 – Pursuing VC with a lean team</li>



<li>29:09 – Who is your ideal customer profile?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="http://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for Tinyseed Feb 12th through Feb 25th</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Remote – Early Stage Saas Strategies</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/mattwensing" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Matt Wensing (@mattwensing) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://usesummit.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Summit</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-696-the-truth-about-product-market-fit-doing-sales-as-an-introvert-with-ruben-gamez" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 696 | The Truth about Product-Market Fit + Doing Sales as an Introvert (With Ruben Gamez)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://outofbeta.fm/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Out of Beta</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-633-building-saas-plus-a-two-sided-marketplace" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 633 | Building SaaS Plus a Two-Sided Marketplace</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/hXreqyAuJ-c" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">"How I Sold My SaaS in An 8-Figure Exit" with Matt Wensing</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1659950/c1e-44nqf497r2a8xkr4-5rv4rmnphzqk-nlvxxc.mp3" length="32462797"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 701, Rob Walling interviews Matt Wensing, founder of Summit, a SaaS platform for lead scoring and qualification. Matt shares insights on finding product-market fit, the importance of following customer workflows to get there, and the challenges of marketing and positioning. Rob asks about his choice to raise venture capital, and how keeping a lean team maximizes that opportunity.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:27 – “Traveling many H1’s”, refining a target market 



5:44 – Moving back to a self-serve model



10:52 – Niching down to achieve stronger product-market fit



12:53 – Tactics that Matt used to achieve traction



16:54 – Lead scoring by behavior and persona-fit 



19:20 – Scoring as a whole product vs. as only a feature



23:31 – Pursuing VC with a lean team



29:09 – Who is your ideal customer profile?




Links from the Show: 




Apply for Tinyseed Feb 12th through Feb 25th



MicroConf Remote – Early Stage Saas Strategies



Matt Wensing (@mattwensing) | X



Summit



Episode 696 | The Truth about Product-Market Fit + Doing Sales as an Introvert (With Ruben Gamez)



Out of Beta



Episode 633 | Building SaaS Plus a Two-Sided Marketplace



The SaaS Playbook



"How I Sold My SaaS in An 8-Figure Exit" with Matt Wensing




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:33:19</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 700 | Playing the Long Game]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 13 Feb 2024 10:00:28 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1654968</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-700-playing-the-long-game</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 700, Rob goes solo to celebrate another milestone of Startups For the Rest of Us. He reflects on playing the long game and doing so publicly enough to create larger luck surface area. He also emphasizes building skills in the process, and highlights several founders who have done this well.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  </p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:41 – Balancing short vs. long term thinking and decision making</li>



<li>7:30 – Examples of founders leaning into the long game</li>



<li>12:18 – Putting in the time, and doing it publicly (enough)</li>



<li>16:42 – Lucky or smart?</li>



<li>21:22 – How do I know if I’m playing the correct long game?</li>



<li>23:54 – Acquiring skills as you play the long game</li>



<li>27:13 – Cheers to 700!</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="http://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for TinySeed Spring 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small, Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://gatherit.co/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Gather</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/tinyseed-tales/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-1-introducing-gather" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Tales S2E1 | Introducing Gather</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/dUDjI5v" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lucky or Smart?</a> by Bo Peabody</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY"></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 700, Rob goes solo to celebrate another milestone of Startups For the Rest of Us. He reflects on playing the long game and doing so publicly enough to create larger luck surface area. He also emphasizes building skills in the process, and highlights several founders who have done this well.



Episode Sponsor:





Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?



Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.



Topics we cover: 




2:41 – Balancing short vs. long term thinking and decision making



7:30 – Examples of founders leaning into the long game



12:18 – Putting in the time, and doing it publicly (enough)



16:42 – Lucky or smart?



21:22 – How do I know if I’m playing the correct long game?



23:54 – Acquiring skills as you play the long game



27:13 – Cheers to 700!




Links from the Show: 




Apply for TinySeed Spring 2024



MicroConf



TinySeed



Start Small, Stay Small by Rob Walling



Gather



TinySeed Tales S2E1 | Introducing Gather



Lucky or Smart? by Bo Peabody




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 700 | Playing the Long Game]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 700, Rob goes solo to celebrate another milestone of Startups For the Rest of Us. He reflects on playing the long game and doing so publicly enough to create larger luck surface area. He also emphasizes building skills in the process, and highlights several founders who have done this well.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  </p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:41 – Balancing short vs. long term thinking and decision making</li>



<li>7:30 – Examples of founders leaning into the long game</li>



<li>12:18 – Putting in the time, and doing it publicly (enough)</li>



<li>16:42 – Lucky or smart?</li>



<li>21:22 – How do I know if I’m playing the correct long game?</li>



<li>23:54 – Acquiring skills as you play the long game</li>



<li>27:13 – Cheers to 700!</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="http://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for TinySeed Spring 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small, Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://gatherit.co/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Gather</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/tinyseed-tales/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-1-introducing-gather" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Tales S2E1 | Introducing Gather</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/dUDjI5v" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lucky or Smart?</a> by Bo Peabody</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1654968/c1e-o05nb96qvridxzw1-v086xk48f931-nwpo51.mp3" length="30046659"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 700, Rob goes solo to celebrate another milestone of Startups For the Rest of Us. He reflects on playing the long game and doing so publicly enough to create larger luck surface area. He also emphasizes building skills in the process, and highlights several founders who have done this well.



Episode Sponsor:





Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?



Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.



Topics we cover: 




2:41 – Balancing short vs. long term thinking and decision making



7:30 – Examples of founders leaning into the long game



12:18 – Putting in the time, and doing it publicly (enough)



16:42 – Lucky or smart?



21:22 – How do I know if I’m playing the correct long game?



23:54 – Acquiring skills as you play the long game



27:13 – Cheers to 700!




Links from the Show: 




Apply for TinySeed Spring 2024



MicroConf



TinySeed



Start Small, Stay Small by Rob Walling



Gather



TinySeed Tales S2E1 | Introducing Gather



Lucky or Smart? by Bo Peabody




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:30:47</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 699 | How to Build Elegant, Scalable Software Products with Derrick Reimer]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 06 Feb 2024 10:00:37 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1643831</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-699-how-to-build-elegant-scalable-software-products-with-derrick-reimer</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 699, Rob Walling chats with fan favorite Derrick Reimer, the founder of SavvyCal, about scaling products tastefully. Derrick offers his perspective on maintaining a tidy UX and deciding which features to implement. They also cover best practices for maintaining knowledge bases, changelogs, and documentation. As a bonus, Rob and Derrick offer podcasting advice to their past selves.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:35 – Establish design systems and language as you scale your product</li>



<li>8:36 – Building out a front-end directory to maintain consistency</li>



<li>10:17 – Truly understand how customers are moving through your product</li>



<li>16:28 – Naming convention dilemmas, industry norms vs. accuracy</li>



<li>19:22 – Hiding product features with feature flags</li>



<li>23:04 – Scaling new products that serve different verticals</li>



<li>31:12 – Best practices for maintaining a product knowledge base</li>



<li>37:11 – Bonus: What advice would you give to your prior self starting a podcast?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/derrickreimer?lang=en" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) I X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/allendking" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Allen D King (@allendking) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://funjoin.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">FunJoin</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.fullstory.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">FullStory</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-681-why-launching-a-second-product-is-usually-a-bad-idea" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 681 | Why Launching a Second Product is Usually a Bad Idea</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.helpscout.com/knowledge-base/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Help Scout Knowledge Base</a></li>



<li><a href="https://headwayapp.co/headway-changelog" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Headway Changelog</a></li>



<li><a href="https://cleanshot.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">...</a></li></ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 699, Rob Walling chats with fan favorite Derrick Reimer, the founder of SavvyCal, about scaling products tastefully. Derrick offers his perspective on maintaining a tidy UX and deciding which features to implement. They also cover best practices for maintaining knowledge bases, changelogs, and documentation. As a bonus, Rob and Derrick offer podcasting advice to their past selves.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:35 – Establish design systems and language as you scale your product



8:36 – Building out a front-end directory to maintain consistency



10:17 – Truly understand how customers are moving through your product



16:28 – Naming convention dilemmas, industry norms vs. accuracy



19:22 – Hiding product features with feature flags



23:04 – Scaling new products that serve different verticals



31:12 – Best practices for maintaining a product knowledge base



37:11 – Bonus: What advice would you give to your prior self starting a podcast?




Links from the Show: 




Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024



The SaaS Playbook



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) I X



SavvyCal 



Allen D King (@allendking) | X



FunJoin



FullStory



Episode 681 | Why Launching a Second Product is Usually a Bad Idea



Help Scout Knowledge Base



Headway Changelog



...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 699 | How to Build Elegant, Scalable Software Products with Derrick Reimer]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 699, Rob Walling chats with fan favorite Derrick Reimer, the founder of SavvyCal, about scaling products tastefully. Derrick offers his perspective on maintaining a tidy UX and deciding which features to implement. They also cover best practices for maintaining knowledge bases, changelogs, and documentation. As a bonus, Rob and Derrick offer podcasting advice to their past selves.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:35 – Establish design systems and language as you scale your product</li>



<li>8:36 – Building out a front-end directory to maintain consistency</li>



<li>10:17 – Truly understand how customers are moving through your product</li>



<li>16:28 – Naming convention dilemmas, industry norms vs. accuracy</li>



<li>19:22 – Hiding product features with feature flags</li>



<li>23:04 – Scaling new products that serve different verticals</li>



<li>31:12 – Best practices for maintaining a product knowledge base</li>



<li>37:11 – Bonus: What advice would you give to your prior self starting a podcast?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/derrickreimer?lang=en" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) I X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/allendking" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Allen D King (@allendking) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://funjoin.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">FunJoin</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.fullstory.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">FullStory</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-681-why-launching-a-second-product-is-usually-a-bad-idea" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 681 | Why Launching a Second Product is Usually a Bad Idea</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.helpscout.com/knowledge-base/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Help Scout Knowledge Base</a></li>



<li><a href="https://headwayapp.co/headway-changelog" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Headway Changelog</a></li>



<li><a href="https://cleanshot.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">CleanShot X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1643831/c1e-koz3s429noigjojd-xmpk3j9qs1g-ees5ci.mp3" length="46263013"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 699, Rob Walling chats with fan favorite Derrick Reimer, the founder of SavvyCal, about scaling products tastefully. Derrick offers his perspective on maintaining a tidy UX and deciding which features to implement. They also cover best practices for maintaining knowledge bases, changelogs, and documentation. As a bonus, Rob and Derrick offer podcasting advice to their past selves.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:35 – Establish design systems and language as you scale your product



8:36 – Building out a front-end directory to maintain consistency



10:17 – Truly understand how customers are moving through your product



16:28 – Naming convention dilemmas, industry norms vs. accuracy



19:22 – Hiding product features with feature flags



23:04 – Scaling new products that serve different verticals



31:12 – Best practices for maintaining a product knowledge base



37:11 – Bonus: What advice would you give to your prior self starting a podcast?




Links from the Show: 




Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024



The SaaS Playbook



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) I X



SavvyCal 



Allen D King (@allendking) | X



FunJoin



FullStory



Episode 681 | Why Launching a Second Product is Usually a Bad Idea



Help Scout Knowledge Base



Headway Changelog



...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:47:40</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 698 | How to Launch a Million Dollar Business (With Noah Kagan)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jan 2024 10:00:19 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1639947</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-698-how-to-launch-a-million-dollar-business-with-noah-kagan</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 698, Rob Walling interviews Noah Kagan, CEO of AppSumo. They discuss the importance of eliminating distractions, cover strategies that led to growth in Noah’s businesses, and share insights from growing YouTube channels. Noah also shares why he decided to write his new book, Million Dollar Weekend.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  </p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:38 – Making good decisions, consistently</li>



<li>5:47 – Noah’s disappointment in selling Sumo</li>



<li>13:20 – Strategies and decisions that led to growth</li>



<li>15:46 – Focus on eliminating distractions</li>



<li>20:15 – Noah returns as AppSumo CEO</li>



<li>23:20 – Making the mistake of not listening to customers</li>



<li>26:55 –Growing a YouTube Channel to 1M+ subscribers </li>



<li>35:03 – The role of YouTube content in supporting AppSumo</li>



<li>37:11 – Building a million dollar business in a weekend</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://noahkagan.com/mdwbook/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Million Dollar Weekend</a> by Noah Kagan</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/noahkagan" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Noah Kagan (@noahkagan) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/7WdUy7c" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Born Standing Up: A Comic's Life</a> by Steve Martin</li>



<li><a href="https://sumome.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sumo</a></li>



<li><a href="https://appsumo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">AppSumo</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tidycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TidyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://sendfox.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SendFox</a></li>



<li><a href="https://kingsumo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">KingSumo</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@noahkagan" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Noah’s YouTube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 698, Rob Walling interviews Noah Kagan, CEO of AppSumo. They discuss the importance of eliminating distractions, cover strategies that led to growth in Noah’s businesses, and share insights from growing YouTube channels. Noah also shares why he decided to write his new book, Million Dollar Weekend.



Episode Sponsor:





Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?



Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.



Topics we cover: 




2:38 – Making good decisions, consistently



5:47 – Noah’s disappointment in selling Sumo



13:20 – Strategies and decisions that led to growth



15:46 – Focus on eliminating distractions



20:15 – Noah returns as AppSumo CEO



23:20 – Making the mistake of not listening to customers



26:55 –Growing a YouTube Channel to 1M+ subscribers 



35:03 – The role of YouTube content in supporting AppSumo



37:11 – Building a million dollar business in a weekend




Links from the Show: 




Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024



Million Dollar Weekend by Noah Kagan



Noah Kagan (@noahkagan) | X



Born Standing Up: A Comic's Life by Steve Martin



Sumo



AppSumo



TidyCal



SendFox



KingSumo



Noah’s YouTube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 698 | How to Launch a Million Dollar Business (With Noah Kagan)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 698, Rob Walling interviews Noah Kagan, CEO of AppSumo. They discuss the importance of eliminating distractions, cover strategies that led to growth in Noah’s businesses, and share insights from growing YouTube channels. Noah also shares why he decided to write his new book, Million Dollar Weekend.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?</p>



<p>Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  </p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:38 – Making good decisions, consistently</li>



<li>5:47 – Noah’s disappointment in selling Sumo</li>



<li>13:20 – Strategies and decisions that led to growth</li>



<li>15:46 – Focus on eliminating distractions</li>



<li>20:15 – Noah returns as AppSumo CEO</li>



<li>23:20 – Making the mistake of not listening to customers</li>



<li>26:55 –Growing a YouTube Channel to 1M+ subscribers </li>



<li>35:03 – The role of YouTube content in supporting AppSumo</li>



<li>37:11 – Building a million dollar business in a weekend</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://noahkagan.com/mdwbook/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Million Dollar Weekend</a> by Noah Kagan</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/noahkagan" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Noah Kagan (@noahkagan) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/7WdUy7c" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Born Standing Up: A Comic's Life</a> by Steve Martin</li>



<li><a href="https://sumome.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sumo</a></li>



<li><a href="https://appsumo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">AppSumo</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tidycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TidyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://sendfox.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SendFox</a></li>



<li><a href="https://kingsumo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">KingSumo</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@noahkagan" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Noah’s YouTube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1639947/c1e-vvr3f83zrridvkvn-xmp749m1ipk6-i7xopn.mp3" length="43400293"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 698, Rob Walling interviews Noah Kagan, CEO of AppSumo. They discuss the importance of eliminating distractions, cover strategies that led to growth in Noah’s businesses, and share insights from growing YouTube channels. Noah also shares why he decided to write his new book, Million Dollar Weekend.



Episode Sponsor:





Is your outsourced development team dropping the ball?



Maybe you’ve worked with a team that just couldn't grasp your vision and needed constant oversight because they weren’t thinking strategically. Or maybe you ended up wasting hours micromanaging, often needing to jump on late-night calls across massive time zone differences to get alignment. And in the end, they delivered a sluggish app with a frustrating UI that didn’t come close to the solution you had envisioned. If any of that sounds familiar, you need to reach out to our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Get the committed, responsive development team that your business deserves.  



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off the first three months of your engagement.



Topics we cover: 




2:38 – Making good decisions, consistently



5:47 – Noah’s disappointment in selling Sumo



13:20 – Strategies and decisions that led to growth



15:46 – Focus on eliminating distractions



20:15 – Noah returns as AppSumo CEO



23:20 – Making the mistake of not listening to customers



26:55 –Growing a YouTube Channel to 1M+ subscribers 



35:03 – The role of YouTube content in supporting AppSumo



37:11 – Building a million dollar business in a weekend




Links from the Show: 




Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024



Million Dollar Weekend by Noah Kagan



Noah Kagan (@noahkagan) | X



Born Standing Up: A Comic's Life by Steve Martin



Sumo



AppSumo



TidyCal



SendFox



KingSumo



Noah’s YouTube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:44:41</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 697 | 7 Predictions for SaaS Bootstrappers in 2024]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jan 2024 10:00:13 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1629349</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-697-7-predictions-for-saas-bootstrappers-in-2024</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 697, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he makes predictions for SaaS in 2024. His predictions focus on Vertical SaaS, emerging markets, the professionalization of No-Code, subscription fatigue,  AI and more. At the end of the episode, he evaluates predictions he made over the past 10 years to see if they held up.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:32 – Opportunity in vertical SaaS</li>



<li>3:48 – SaaS will continue to grow in emerging markets</li>



<li>5:08 – Twitter changes hands in 2024?</li>



<li>6:56 – Subscription fatigue has little impact on adoption of B2B SaaS</li>



<li>8:13 – No-Code and Low-Code will undergo “professionalization”</li>



<li>10:24 – Is it hype, or is it not? How AI will continue to develop this year</li>



<li>14:11 – Will Stripe go public?</li>



<li>17:08 – Revisiting past predictions: SaaS, Twitter, VR, crypto, markets, &amp; gadgets</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/pitches" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Call for Pitches</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/portfolio" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Portfolio</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small Stay Small</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/davekellett" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dave Kellett (@davekellett) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://once.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Once.com</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 697, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he makes predictions for SaaS in 2024. His predictions focus on Vertical SaaS, emerging markets, the professionalization of No-Code, subscription fatigue,  AI and more. At the end of the episode, he evaluates predictions he made over the past 10 years to see if they held up.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:32 – Opportunity in vertical SaaS



3:48 – SaaS will continue to grow in emerging markets



5:08 – Twitter changes hands in 2024?



6:56 – Subscription fatigue has little impact on adoption of B2B SaaS



8:13 – No-Code and Low-Code will undergo “professionalization”



10:24 – Is it hype, or is it not? How AI will continue to develop this year



14:11 – Will Stripe go public?



17:08 – Revisiting past predictions: SaaS, Twitter, VR, crypto, markets, & gadgets




Links from the Show: 




Call for Pitches



TinySeed Portfolio



Start Small Stay Small



Dave Kellett (@davekellett) | X



Once.com




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 697 | 7 Predictions for SaaS Bootstrappers in 2024]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 697, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he makes predictions for SaaS in 2024. His predictions focus on Vertical SaaS, emerging markets, the professionalization of No-Code, subscription fatigue,  AI and more. At the end of the episode, he evaluates predictions he made over the past 10 years to see if they held up.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:32 – Opportunity in vertical SaaS</li>



<li>3:48 – SaaS will continue to grow in emerging markets</li>



<li>5:08 – Twitter changes hands in 2024?</li>



<li>6:56 – Subscription fatigue has little impact on adoption of B2B SaaS</li>



<li>8:13 – No-Code and Low-Code will undergo “professionalization”</li>



<li>10:24 – Is it hype, or is it not? How AI will continue to develop this year</li>



<li>14:11 – Will Stripe go public?</li>



<li>17:08 – Revisiting past predictions: SaaS, Twitter, VR, crypto, markets, &amp; gadgets</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/pitches" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Call for Pitches</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/portfolio" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Portfolio</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small Stay Small</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/davekellett" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dave Kellett (@davekellett) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://once.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Once.com</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1629349/c1e-nr20c3rjp7hq8rv1-dd741nzgf12r-ey9phj.mp3" length="31014533"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 697, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he makes predictions for SaaS in 2024. His predictions focus on Vertical SaaS, emerging markets, the professionalization of No-Code, subscription fatigue,  AI and more. At the end of the episode, he evaluates predictions he made over the past 10 years to see if they held up.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:32 – Opportunity in vertical SaaS



3:48 – SaaS will continue to grow in emerging markets



5:08 – Twitter changes hands in 2024?



6:56 – Subscription fatigue has little impact on adoption of B2B SaaS



8:13 – No-Code and Low-Code will undergo “professionalization”



10:24 – Is it hype, or is it not? How AI will continue to develop this year



14:11 – Will Stripe go public?



17:08 – Revisiting past predictions: SaaS, Twitter, VR, crypto, markets, & gadgets




Links from the Show: 




Call for Pitches



TinySeed Portfolio



Start Small Stay Small



Dave Kellett (@davekellett) | X



Once.com




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:31:48</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 696 | The Truth about Product-Market Fit + Doing Sales as an Introvert (With Ruben Gamez)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jan 2024 10:00:57 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1628302</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-696-the-truth-about-product-market-fit-doing-sales-as-an-introvert-with-ruben-gamez</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 696, Rob Walling and Ruben Gamez cover a variety of topics. They discuss how product market fit is achieved across customer segments and use cases, not simply broadly. Ruben shares how he approaches effective decision making and sales as an introvert. They wrap up by sharing how they evaluate candidates when hiring to build their teams.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>4:47 – Product market fit, increasing average revenue per customer</li>



<li>7:58 – When did you know you had product market fit?</li>



<li>11:03 – Product market fit is a continuum, and use case specific</li>



<li>14:27 – Making hard decisions around product market fit</li>



<li>19:01 – Getting better at prioritizing and making hard decisions</li>



<li>27:38 – Doing sales as an introvert</li>



<li>33:09 – Building a functional team that gets stuff done</li>



<li>40:10 – Evaluating potential hires</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="mailto:sponsors@microconf.com">MicroConf Sponsorships</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">Microconf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.signwell.com/">SignWell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-695-ideal-customers-moving-from-b2c-to-b2b-and-more-listener-questions-with-asia-orangio">Episode 695 | Ideal Customers, Moving from B2C to B2B, and More Listener Questions (with Asia Orangio)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://dynamitejobs.com/">Dynamite Jobs</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/0IkCchb">Who: The A Method for Hiring</a> by Geoff Smart, Randy Street</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/j5y0kNI">Crucial Conversations</a> by Joseph Grenny, Kerry Patterson, et al. </li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!
</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY">Google</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 696, Rob Walling and Ruben Gamez cover a variety of topics. They discuss how product market fit is achieved across customer segments and use cases, not simply broadly. Ruben shares how he approaches effective decision making and sales as an introvert. They wrap up by sharing how they evaluate candidates when hiring to build their teams.



Topics we cover: 




4:47 – Product market fit, increasing average revenue per customer



7:58 – When did you know you had product market fit?



11:03 – Product market fit is a continuum, and use case specific



14:27 – Making hard decisions around product market fit



19:01 – Getting better at prioritizing and making hard decisions



27:38 – Doing sales as an introvert



33:09 – Building a functional team that gets stuff done



40:10 – Evaluating potential hires




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Sponsorships



Microconf Connect



Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X



SignWell



Episode 695 | Ideal Customers, Moving from B2C to B2B, and More Listener Questions (with Asia Orangio)



The SaaS Playbook



Dynamite Jobs



Who: The A Method for Hiring by Geoff Smart, Randy Street



Crucial Conversations by Joseph Grenny, Kerry Patterson, et al. 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!




Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 696 | The Truth about Product-Market Fit + Doing Sales as an Introvert (With Ruben Gamez)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 696, Rob Walling and Ruben Gamez cover a variety of topics. They discuss how product market fit is achieved across customer segments and use cases, not simply broadly. Ruben shares how he approaches effective decision making and sales as an introvert. They wrap up by sharing how they evaluate candidates when hiring to build their teams.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>4:47 – Product market fit, increasing average revenue per customer</li>



<li>7:58 – When did you know you had product market fit?</li>



<li>11:03 – Product market fit is a continuum, and use case specific</li>



<li>14:27 – Making hard decisions around product market fit</li>



<li>19:01 – Getting better at prioritizing and making hard decisions</li>



<li>27:38 – Doing sales as an introvert</li>



<li>33:09 – Building a functional team that gets stuff done</li>



<li>40:10 – Evaluating potential hires</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="mailto:sponsors@microconf.com">MicroConf Sponsorships</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect">Microconf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.signwell.com/">SignWell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-695-ideal-customers-moving-from-b2c-to-b2b-and-more-listener-questions-with-asia-orangio">Episode 695 | Ideal Customers, Moving from B2C to B2B, and More Listener Questions (with Asia Orangio)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://dynamitejobs.com/">Dynamite Jobs</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/0IkCchb">Who: The A Method for Hiring</a> by Geoff Smart, Randy Street</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/j5y0kNI">Crucial Conversations</a> by Joseph Grenny, Kerry Patterson, et al. </li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!
</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1628302/c1e-m9vrczgvgxtg4nqm-1xgd9p1ofjj4-qecilp.mp3" length="48550278"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 696, Rob Walling and Ruben Gamez cover a variety of topics. They discuss how product market fit is achieved across customer segments and use cases, not simply broadly. Ruben shares how he approaches effective decision making and sales as an introvert. They wrap up by sharing how they evaluate candidates when hiring to build their teams.



Topics we cover: 




4:47 – Product market fit, increasing average revenue per customer



7:58 – When did you know you had product market fit?



11:03 – Product market fit is a continuum, and use case specific



14:27 – Making hard decisions around product market fit



19:01 – Getting better at prioritizing and making hard decisions



27:38 – Doing sales as an introvert



33:09 – Building a functional team that gets stuff done



40:10 – Evaluating potential hires




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Sponsorships



Microconf Connect



Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X



SignWell



Episode 695 | Ideal Customers, Moving from B2C to B2B, and More Listener Questions (with Asia Orangio)



The SaaS Playbook



Dynamite Jobs



Who: The A Method for Hiring by Geoff Smart, Randy Street



Crucial Conversations by Joseph Grenny, Kerry Patterson, et al. 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!




Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:50:04</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 695 | Ideal Customers, Moving from B2C to B2B, and More Listener Questions (with Asia Orangio)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jan 2024 10:00:27 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1625281</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-695-ideal-customers-moving-from-b2c-to-b2b-and-more-listener-questions-with-asia-orangio</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 695, Rob Walling and Asia Orangio answer listener questions. They take questions about ideal target customers, moving from B2C to B2B, and how to advertise for a product in a new space. They wrap up discussing the challenges of making freemium work while bootstrapping.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>4:06 – Adjusting your target customers to chase an opportunity</li>



<li>11:58 – Is translating marketing or educational content worth it?</li>



<li>16:46 – Moving from B2C to B2B</li>



<li>25:53 – Defining a cross-channel marketing approach</li>



<li>33:22 – Advertising for a product in new product category</li>



<li>41:40 – The issues with making freemium work while bootstrapping.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS Report</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Mastermind Program</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/AsiaOrangio" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Asia Orangio (@AsiaOrangio) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://demandmaven.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DemandMaven</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-681-why-launching-a-second-product-is-usually-a-bad-idea" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 681 | Why Launching a Second Product is Usually a Bad Idea</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.userinterviews.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">User Interviews</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-685-7-things-you-should-never-do-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 685 | 7 Things You Should Never Do (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://brianbalfour.com/four-fits-growth-framework" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Four Fits for $100M+ Growth by Brian Balfour</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/bbalfour" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Brian Balfour (@bbalfour) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.reforge.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Reforge</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/drfcG3k" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Continuous Discovery Habits</a> by Teresa Torres</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover,...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 695, Rob Walling and Asia Orangio answer listener questions. They take questions about ideal target customers, moving from B2C to B2B, and how to advertise for a product in a new space. They wrap up discussing the challenges of making freemium work while bootstrapping.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




4:06 – Adjusting your target customers to chase an opportunity



11:58 – Is translating marketing or educational content worth it?



16:46 – Moving from B2C to B2B



25:53 – Defining a cross-channel marketing approach



33:22 – Advertising for a product in new product category



41:40 – The issues with making freemium work while bootstrapping.




Links from the Show: 




State of Independent SaaS Report



MicroConf Mastermind Program



Asia Orangio (@AsiaOrangio) | X



DemandMaven



Episode 681 | Why Launching a Second Product is Usually a Bad Idea



User Interviews



Episode 685 | 7 Things You Should Never Do (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Four Fits for $100M+ Growth by Brian Balfour



Brian Balfour (@bbalfour) | X



Reforge



Continuous Discovery Habits by Teresa Torres




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover,...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 695 | Ideal Customers, Moving from B2C to B2B, and More Listener Questions (with Asia Orangio)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 695, Rob Walling and Asia Orangio answer listener questions. They take questions about ideal target customers, moving from B2C to B2B, and how to advertise for a product in a new space. They wrap up discussing the challenges of making freemium work while bootstrapping.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>4:06 – Adjusting your target customers to chase an opportunity</li>



<li>11:58 – Is translating marketing or educational content worth it?</li>



<li>16:46 – Moving from B2C to B2B</li>



<li>25:53 – Defining a cross-channel marketing approach</li>



<li>33:22 – Advertising for a product in new product category</li>



<li>41:40 – The issues with making freemium work while bootstrapping.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS Report</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Mastermind Program</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/AsiaOrangio" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Asia Orangio (@AsiaOrangio) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://demandmaven.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DemandMaven</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-681-why-launching-a-second-product-is-usually-a-bad-idea" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 681 | Why Launching a Second Product is Usually a Bad Idea</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.userinterviews.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">User Interviews</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-685-7-things-you-should-never-do-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 685 | 7 Things You Should Never Do (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://brianbalfour.com/four-fits-growth-framework" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Four Fits for $100M+ Growth by Brian Balfour</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/bbalfour" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Brian Balfour (@bbalfour) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.reforge.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Reforge</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/drfcG3k" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Continuous Discovery Habits</a> by Teresa Torres</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1625281/c1e-w409f928g4c8pogk-zo7z6z3ji1k5-riuuks.mp3" length="51660683"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 695, Rob Walling and Asia Orangio answer listener questions. They take questions about ideal target customers, moving from B2C to B2B, and how to advertise for a product in a new space. They wrap up discussing the challenges of making freemium work while bootstrapping.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




4:06 – Adjusting your target customers to chase an opportunity



11:58 – Is translating marketing or educational content worth it?



16:46 – Moving from B2C to B2B



25:53 – Defining a cross-channel marketing approach



33:22 – Advertising for a product in new product category



41:40 – The issues with making freemium work while bootstrapping.




Links from the Show: 




State of Independent SaaS Report



MicroConf Mastermind Program



Asia Orangio (@AsiaOrangio) | X



DemandMaven



Episode 681 | Why Launching a Second Product is Usually a Bad Idea



User Interviews



Episode 685 | 7 Things You Should Never Do (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Four Fits for $100M+ Growth by Brian Balfour



Brian Balfour (@bbalfour) | X



Reforge



Continuous Discovery Habits by Teresa Torres




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover,...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:53:17</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 694 | 2023 In Review: Amazing Growth & Fighting Burnout]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jan 2024 10:00:11 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1621687</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-694-2023-in-review-amazing-growth-fighting-burnout</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 694, join Rob Walling as he recaps 2023. He reflects on growing TinySeed, MicroConf, the YouTube channel and this podcast. Rob also addresses his struggle with "arrival fallacy" and the continuous journey of success. Alongside the growth, he describes seeing burnout on the horizon, emphasizes the importances of addressing that early, and what it means for him and his team in 2024.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Going from an idea sketched on the back of a napkin to a robust, stable product requires a wide range of skills. You can spend ages looking for a one-in-a-million developer who can do it all, or you can quickly ramp up an entire product team to help you build and launch your product with our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Take the hassle out of assembling and managing a sprawling team of freelancers and work with a group that’s ready to hit the ground running.</p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off your engagement. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>4:20 – 2023 growth, launch of The SaaS Playbook</li>



<li>6:04 – Audience growth and supporting the mission</li>



<li>7:24 – Seeing burnout on the horizon, content calendars, and travel</li>



<li>11:49 – Dealing with burnout if you are experiencing it</li>



<li>14:18 – Adjusting travel schedules and amount</li>



<li>15:39 – Doing the things that “give me life”, sustainably</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Get Your tickets for MicroConf Atlanta</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS Report</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/featured" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Subscribe to the MicroConf YouTube channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small Stay Small</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-670-relying-on-luck-avoiding-burnout-and-bad-player-vs-bad-instrument-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 670 | Relying on Luck, Avoiding Burnout, and Bad Player vs. Bad Instrument (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/bccdIrc" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together</a></li>



<li><a href="https://2018012151771.gumroad.com/l/retreats" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Zen Founder Guide to Founder Retreats</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Revie...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 694, join Rob Walling as he recaps 2023. He reflects on growing TinySeed, MicroConf, the YouTube channel and this podcast. Rob also addresses his struggle with "arrival fallacy" and the continuous journey of success. Alongside the growth, he describes seeing burnout on the horizon, emphasizes the importances of addressing that early, and what it means for him and his team in 2024.



Episode Sponsor:





Going from an idea sketched on the back of a napkin to a robust, stable product requires a wide range of skills. You can spend ages looking for a one-in-a-million developer who can do it all, or you can quickly ramp up an entire product team to help you build and launch your product with our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Take the hassle out of assembling and managing a sprawling team of freelancers and work with a group that’s ready to hit the ground running.



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off your engagement. 



Topics we cover: 




4:20 – 2023 growth, launch of The SaaS Playbook



6:04 – Audience growth and supporting the mission



7:24 – Seeing burnout on the horizon, content calendars, and travel



11:49 – Dealing with burnout if you are experiencing it



14:18 – Adjusting travel schedules and amount



15:39 – Doing the things that “give me life”, sustainably




Links from the Show: 




TinySeed



Get Your tickets for MicroConf Atlanta



State of Independent SaaS Report



The SaaS Playbook



Subscribe to the MicroConf YouTube channel



Start Small Stay Small



Episode 670 | Relying on Luck, Avoiding Burnout, and Bad Player vs. Bad Instrument (A Rob Solo Adventure)



The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together



The Zen Founder Guide to Founder Retreats




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Revie...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 694 | 2023 In Review: Amazing Growth & Fighting Burnout]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 694, join Rob Walling as he recaps 2023. He reflects on growing TinySeed, MicroConf, the YouTube channel and this podcast. Rob also addresses his struggle with "arrival fallacy" and the continuous journey of success. Alongside the growth, he describes seeing burnout on the horizon, emphasizes the importances of addressing that early, and what it means for him and his team in 2024.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Going from an idea sketched on the back of a napkin to a robust, stable product requires a wide range of skills. You can spend ages looking for a one-in-a-million developer who can do it all, or you can quickly ramp up an entire product team to help you build and launch your product with our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Take the hassle out of assembling and managing a sprawling team of freelancers and work with a group that’s ready to hit the ground running.</p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off your engagement. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>4:20 – 2023 growth, launch of The SaaS Playbook</li>



<li>6:04 – Audience growth and supporting the mission</li>



<li>7:24 – Seeing burnout on the horizon, content calendars, and travel</li>



<li>11:49 – Dealing with burnout if you are experiencing it</li>



<li>14:18 – Adjusting travel schedules and amount</li>



<li>15:39 – Doing the things that “give me life”, sustainably</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Get Your tickets for MicroConf Atlanta</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS Report</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/featured" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Subscribe to the MicroConf YouTube channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small Stay Small</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-670-relying-on-luck-avoiding-burnout-and-bad-player-vs-bad-instrument-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 670 | Relying on Luck, Avoiding Burnout, and Bad Player vs. Bad Instrument (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/bccdIrc" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together</a></li>



<li><a href="https://2018012151771.gumroad.com/l/retreats" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Zen Founder Guide to Founder Retreats</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1621687/c1e-o05nb98jmjadxzxj-zoj7d6kvh112-bz9qar.mp3" length="19599611"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 694, join Rob Walling as he recaps 2023. He reflects on growing TinySeed, MicroConf, the YouTube channel and this podcast. Rob also addresses his struggle with "arrival fallacy" and the continuous journey of success. Alongside the growth, he describes seeing burnout on the horizon, emphasizes the importances of addressing that early, and what it means for him and his team in 2024.



Episode Sponsor:





Going from an idea sketched on the back of a napkin to a robust, stable product requires a wide range of skills. You can spend ages looking for a one-in-a-million developer who can do it all, or you can quickly ramp up an entire product team to help you build and launch your product with our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Take the hassle out of assembling and managing a sprawling team of freelancers and work with a group that’s ready to hit the ground running.



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off your engagement. 



Topics we cover: 




4:20 – 2023 growth, launch of The SaaS Playbook



6:04 – Audience growth and supporting the mission



7:24 – Seeing burnout on the horizon, content calendars, and travel



11:49 – Dealing with burnout if you are experiencing it



14:18 – Adjusting travel schedules and amount



15:39 – Doing the things that “give me life”, sustainably




Links from the Show: 




TinySeed



Get Your tickets for MicroConf Atlanta



State of Independent SaaS Report



The SaaS Playbook



Subscribe to the MicroConf YouTube channel



Start Small Stay Small



Episode 670 | Relying on Luck, Avoiding Burnout, and Bad Player vs. Bad Instrument (A Rob Solo Adventure)



The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together



The Zen Founder Guide to Founder Retreats




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Revie...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:19:55</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 693 | Building a Mid-Six-Figure SaaS in Less Than 3 Years]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 26 Dec 2023 10:00:10 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1616443</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-693-building-a-mid-six-figure-saas-in-less-than-3-years</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 693, Rob Walling interviews Grant McConnaughey, founder of Postpone, a social media scheduling tool. They discuss the app's growth from inception to mid six figures, early growth tactics, a successful price increase, and platform risks with Reddit and Twitter. Grant also shares his experience going all-in on one idea, joining TinySeed, and reveals what he can still improve upon.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:04 – Postpone starts off as part of a New Year’s resolution</li>



<li>4:13 – Validating and building the MVP to schedule content for Reddit </li>



<li>6:44 – Launching lean to slow growth in the beginning</li>



<li>9:10 – Doing things that don’t scale </li>



<li>10:53 – What were the reasons for joining TinySeed</li>



<li>13:06 – Full time focus and pricing changes enabled strong growth for Postpone</li>



<li>17:15 – Initial hesitation for raising prices at first</li>



<li>22:08 – Experiencing and overcoming Reddit platform risk</li>



<li>26:00 – What could Grant be doing better?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/gmcconnaughey" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Grant McConnaughey (@gmcconnaughey) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/gmcconnaughey/status/1646889003197640706" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Postone’s MRR graph | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.postpone.app/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Postpone</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/adamwathan" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Adam Wathan (@adamwathan) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/1a1pqUr" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Traction</a> by Gabriel Weinberg and Justin Mares</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 693, Rob Walling interviews Grant McConnaughey, founder of Postpone, a social media scheduling tool. They discuss the app's growth from inception to mid six figures, early growth tactics, a successful price increase, and platform risks with Reddit and Twitter. Grant also shares his experience going all-in on one idea, joining TinySeed, and reveals what he can still improve upon.



Topics we cover: 




2:04 – Postpone starts off as part of a New Year’s resolution



4:13 – Validating and building the MVP to schedule content for Reddit 



6:44 – Launching lean to slow growth in the beginning



9:10 – Doing things that don’t scale 



10:53 – What were the reasons for joining TinySeed



13:06 – Full time focus and pricing changes enabled strong growth for Postpone



17:15 – Initial hesitation for raising prices at first



22:08 – Experiencing and overcoming Reddit platform risk



26:00 – What could Grant be doing better?




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



TinySeed



Grant McConnaughey (@gmcconnaughey) | X



Postone’s MRR graph | X



Postpone



Adam Wathan (@adamwathan) | X



Traction by Gabriel Weinberg and Justin Mares




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 693 | Building a Mid-Six-Figure SaaS in Less Than 3 Years]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 693, Rob Walling interviews Grant McConnaughey, founder of Postpone, a social media scheduling tool. They discuss the app's growth from inception to mid six figures, early growth tactics, a successful price increase, and platform risks with Reddit and Twitter. Grant also shares his experience going all-in on one idea, joining TinySeed, and reveals what he can still improve upon.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:04 – Postpone starts off as part of a New Year’s resolution</li>



<li>4:13 – Validating and building the MVP to schedule content for Reddit </li>



<li>6:44 – Launching lean to slow growth in the beginning</li>



<li>9:10 – Doing things that don’t scale </li>



<li>10:53 – What were the reasons for joining TinySeed</li>



<li>13:06 – Full time focus and pricing changes enabled strong growth for Postpone</li>



<li>17:15 – Initial hesitation for raising prices at first</li>



<li>22:08 – Experiencing and overcoming Reddit platform risk</li>



<li>26:00 – What could Grant be doing better?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/gmcconnaughey" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Grant McConnaughey (@gmcconnaughey) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/gmcconnaughey/status/1646889003197640706" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Postone’s MRR graph | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.postpone.app/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Postpone</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/adamwathan" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Adam Wathan (@adamwathan) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/1a1pqUr" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Traction</a> by Gabriel Weinberg and Justin Mares</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/aee3c365-0bcf-4c00-bd89-92f802673c52-Ep.693.mp3" length="28006329"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 693, Rob Walling interviews Grant McConnaughey, founder of Postpone, a social media scheduling tool. They discuss the app's growth from inception to mid six figures, early growth tactics, a successful price increase, and platform risks with Reddit and Twitter. Grant also shares his experience going all-in on one idea, joining TinySeed, and reveals what he can still improve upon.



Topics we cover: 




2:04 – Postpone starts off as part of a New Year’s resolution



4:13 – Validating and building the MVP to schedule content for Reddit 



6:44 – Launching lean to slow growth in the beginning



9:10 – Doing things that don’t scale 



10:53 – What were the reasons for joining TinySeed



13:06 – Full time focus and pricing changes enabled strong growth for Postpone



17:15 – Initial hesitation for raising prices at first



22:08 – Experiencing and overcoming Reddit platform risk



26:00 – What could Grant be doing better?




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



TinySeed



Grant McConnaughey (@gmcconnaughey) | X



Postone’s MRR graph | X



Postpone



Adam Wathan (@adamwathan) | X



Traction by Gabriel Weinberg and Justin Mares




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:28:40</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 692 | Learn the Rules Like a Pro So You Can Break Them Like an Artist (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 19 Dec 2023 10:00:29 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1612943</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-692-learn-the-rules-like-a-pro-so-you-can-break-them-like-an-artist-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 692, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he addresses a variety of topics. He stresses revisiting your onboarding to evaluate your product’s “minimum path to awesome” and warns of conducting “mirror research” instead of market research. Rob also tackles why being the cheapest option is not always the best positioning.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:33 – Walking customers through signup to first value, revisit your onboarding</li>



<li>4:29 – The early entrepreneur’s trap: "We are pre-revenue still…”</li>



<li>8:31 – Not being the cheapest option</li>



<li>14:31 – Mirror research vs. market research</li>



<li>17:16 – Learn the rules like a pro so you can break them like an artist</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-456-launching-a-2nd-product-revisiting-freemium-with-ruben-gamez" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 456 | Launching a 2nd Product + Revisiting Freemium with Ruben Gamez</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/people" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Mentors</a></li>



<li><a href="https://comiclab.simplecast.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Comic Lab</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-685-7-things-you-should-never-do-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 685 | 7 Things You Should Never Do (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-687-an-8th-thing-you-should-never-do-things-that-dont-scale-and-more-rob-solo-topics" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 687 | An 8th Thing You Should Never Do, Things That Don’t Scale, and More Rob Solo Topics</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 692, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he addresses a variety of topics. He stresses revisiting your onboarding to evaluate your product’s “minimum path to awesome” and warns of conducting “mirror research” instead of market research. Rob also tackles why being the cheapest option is not always the best positioning.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:33 – Walking customers through signup to first value, revisit your onboarding



4:29 – The early entrepreneur’s trap: "We are pre-revenue still…”



8:31 – Not being the cheapest option



14:31 – Mirror research vs. market research



17:16 – Learn the rules like a pro so you can break them like an artist




Links from the Show: 




Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024



The SaaS Playbook



Episode 456 | Launching a 2nd Product + Revisiting Freemium with Ruben Gamez



TinySeed Mentors



Comic Lab



Episode 685 | 7 Things You Should Never Do (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Episode 687 | An 8th Thing You Should Never Do, Things That Don’t Scale, and More Rob Solo Topics




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 692 | Learn the Rules Like a Pro So You Can Break Them Like an Artist (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 692, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he addresses a variety of topics. He stresses revisiting your onboarding to evaluate your product’s “minimum path to awesome” and warns of conducting “mirror research” instead of market research. Rob also tackles why being the cheapest option is not always the best positioning.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:33 – Walking customers through signup to first value, revisit your onboarding</li>



<li>4:29 – The early entrepreneur’s trap: "We are pre-revenue still…”</li>



<li>8:31 – Not being the cheapest option</li>



<li>14:31 – Mirror research vs. market research</li>



<li>17:16 – Learn the rules like a pro so you can break them like an artist</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-456-launching-a-2nd-product-revisiting-freemium-with-ruben-gamez" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 456 | Launching a 2nd Product + Revisiting Freemium with Ruben Gamez</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/people" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Mentors</a></li>



<li><a href="https://comiclab.simplecast.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Comic Lab</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-685-7-things-you-should-never-do-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 685 | 7 Things You Should Never Do (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-687-an-8th-thing-you-should-never-do-things-that-dont-scale-and-more-rob-solo-topics" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 687 | An 8th Thing You Should Never Do, Things That Don’t Scale, and More Rob Solo Topics</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/fbaa3cb5-c4ea-40ed-b31a-02d2ff5834a7-Ep.692.mp3" length="22943128"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 692, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he addresses a variety of topics. He stresses revisiting your onboarding to evaluate your product’s “minimum path to awesome” and warns of conducting “mirror research” instead of market research. Rob also tackles why being the cheapest option is not always the best positioning.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:33 – Walking customers through signup to first value, revisit your onboarding



4:29 – The early entrepreneur’s trap: "We are pre-revenue still…”



8:31 – Not being the cheapest option



14:31 – Mirror research vs. market research



17:16 – Learn the rules like a pro so you can break them like an artist




Links from the Show: 




Register for MicroConf US in Atlanta, April 2024



The SaaS Playbook



Episode 456 | Launching a 2nd Product + Revisiting Freemium with Ruben Gamez



TinySeed Mentors



Comic Lab



Episode 685 | 7 Things You Should Never Do (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Episode 687 | An 8th Thing You Should Never Do, Things That Don’t Scale, and More Rob Solo Topics




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:23:24</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 691 | Freemium, High-touch vs. Low-touch, Selling as an Introvert, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 12 Dec 2023 10:00:31 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1607173</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-691-freemium-high-touch-vs-low-touch-selling-as-an-introvert-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 691, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He evaluates freemium as it relates to paying by the “honor system”, competing  against big incumbents, and whether to sell using high-touch vs. low-touch strategies. Rob also recommends books for introverts looking for sales advice.  </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:01 – Charging for your product using the “honor system”</li>



<li>6:16 – Competing against big, entrenched incumbents</li>



<li>12:36 – Low-touch vs. high-touch sales strategies</li>



<li>17:01 – Selling as an introverted founder</li>



<li>20:45 – Skipping the “Stair Step” approach to quickly validate a SaaS</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Startups For the Rest of Us | X</a></li>



<li><a href="http://microconf.com/youtube" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Subscribe to the MicroConf YouTube channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://keap.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Keap</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/iJoZILL" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet: The Power of Introverts in a World That Can't Stop Talking</a> by Susan Cain</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/iy28DHf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Introvert's Edge: How the Quiet and Shy Can Outsell Anyone</a> by Matthew Pollard</li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-628-the-5-p-m-idea-validation-framework" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 628 | The 5 P.M. Idea Validation Framework</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ask a Question on SFTROU</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 691, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He evaluates freemium as it relates to paying by the “honor system”, competing  against big incumbents, and whether to sell using high-touch vs. low-touch strategies. Rob also recommends books for introverts looking for sales advice.  



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:01 – Charging for your product using the “honor system”



6:16 – Competing against big, entrenched incumbents



12:36 – Low-touch vs. high-touch sales strategies



17:01 – Selling as an introverted founder



20:45 – Skipping the “Stair Step” approach to quickly validate a SaaS




Links from the Show: 




Startups For the Rest of Us | X



Subscribe to the MicroConf YouTube channel



Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X



The SaaS Playbook



TinySeed



Keap



Quiet: The Power of Introverts in a World That Can't Stop Talking by Susan Cain



The Introvert's Edge: How the Quiet and Shy Can Outsell Anyone by Matthew Pollard



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping



Episode 628 | The 5 P.M. Idea Validation Framework



Ask a Question on SFTROU




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 691 | Freemium, High-touch vs. Low-touch, Selling as an Introvert, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 691, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He evaluates freemium as it relates to paying by the “honor system”, competing  against big incumbents, and whether to sell using high-touch vs. low-touch strategies. Rob also recommends books for introverts looking for sales advice.  </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:01 – Charging for your product using the “honor system”</li>



<li>6:16 – Competing against big, entrenched incumbents</li>



<li>12:36 – Low-touch vs. high-touch sales strategies</li>



<li>17:01 – Selling as an introverted founder</li>



<li>20:45 – Skipping the “Stair Step” approach to quickly validate a SaaS</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Startups For the Rest of Us | X</a></li>



<li><a href="http://microconf.com/youtube" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Subscribe to the MicroConf YouTube channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://keap.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Keap</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/iJoZILL" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet: The Power of Introverts in a World That Can't Stop Talking</a> by Susan Cain</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/iy28DHf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Introvert's Edge: How the Quiet and Shy Can Outsell Anyone</a> by Matthew Pollard</li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-628-the-5-p-m-idea-validation-framework" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 628 | The 5 P.M. Idea Validation Framework</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ask a Question on SFTROU</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/bb33357d-f128-4488-92a9-53d166e88ea7-Ep.691.mp3" length="22625403"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 691, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He evaluates freemium as it relates to paying by the “honor system”, competing  against big incumbents, and whether to sell using high-touch vs. low-touch strategies. Rob also recommends books for introverts looking for sales advice.  



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:01 – Charging for your product using the “honor system”



6:16 – Competing against big, entrenched incumbents



12:36 – Low-touch vs. high-touch sales strategies



17:01 – Selling as an introverted founder



20:45 – Skipping the “Stair Step” approach to quickly validate a SaaS




Links from the Show: 




Startups For the Rest of Us | X



Subscribe to the MicroConf YouTube channel



Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X



The SaaS Playbook



TinySeed



Keap



Quiet: The Power of Introverts in a World That Can't Stop Talking by Susan Cain



The Introvert's Edge: How the Quiet and Shy Can Outsell Anyone by Matthew Pollard



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping



Episode 628 | The 5 P.M. Idea Validation Framework



Ask a Question on SFTROU




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:23:04</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 690 | When Opt-in Email Could Be Spam, Collecting Customer Feedback, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2023 10:00:16 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1604044</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-690-when-opt-in-email-could-be-spam-collecting-customer-feedback-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 690, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He advises on the ethical considerations of email marketing and answers how he would value a business when buying out a partner. He also addresses the best ways to collect customer feedback and the value of high-fidelity customer calls.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Going from an idea sketched on the back of a napkin to a robust, stable product requires a wide range of skills. You can spend ages looking for a one-in-a-million developer who can do it all, or you can quickly ramp up an entire product team to help you build and launch your product with our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Take the hassle out of assembling and managing a sprawling team of freelancers and work with a group that’s ready to hit the ground running.</p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off your engagement. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:59 – Emailing users about other projects you are working on</li>



<li>9:26 – Avoid sending spam-like emails</li>



<li>12:55 – Building a service vs. selling it as an affiliate</li>



<li>17:34 – SaaS evaluation after business partner falling out</li>



<li>21:25 – The best ways to collect customer feedback</li>



<li>25:36 – Determining which group of buyers to sell to, HOA’s or property managers</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"></h2>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ask a Question on SFTROU</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/assets/ebook.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Marketing the Day You Start Coding</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet Light</a></li>



<li><a href="https://feinternational.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">FE International</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.discretioncapital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Discretion Capital</a></li>



<li><a href="https://connect.microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/ProducerXander" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Producer Xander (@ProducerXander) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-139-6-questions-you-should-ask-in-your-customer-development-survey" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 139 | 6 Questions You Should Ask In Your Customer Development Survey</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming epis...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 690, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He advises on the ethical considerations of email marketing and answers how he would value a business when buying out a partner. He also addresses the best ways to collect customer feedback and the value of high-fidelity customer calls.



Episode Sponsor:





Going from an idea sketched on the back of a napkin to a robust, stable product requires a wide range of skills. You can spend ages looking for a one-in-a-million developer who can do it all, or you can quickly ramp up an entire product team to help you build and launch your product with our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Take the hassle out of assembling and managing a sprawling team of freelancers and work with a group that’s ready to hit the ground running.



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off your engagement. 



Topics we cover: 




2:59 – Emailing users about other projects you are working on



9:26 – Avoid sending spam-like emails



12:55 – Building a service vs. selling it as an affiliate



17:34 – SaaS evaluation after business partner falling out



21:25 – The best ways to collect customer feedback



25:36 – Determining which group of buyers to sell to, HOA’s or property managers








Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Playbook



Ask a Question on SFTROU



Start Marketing the Day You Start Coding



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping



Quiet Light



FE International



Discretion Capital



MicroConf Connect



Producer Xander (@ProducerXander) | X



Episode 139 | 6 Questions You Should Ask In Your Customer Development Survey




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming epis...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 690 | When Opt-in Email Could Be Spam, Collecting Customer Feedback, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 690, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He advises on the ethical considerations of email marketing and answers how he would value a business when buying out a partner. He also addresses the best ways to collect customer feedback and the value of high-fidelity customer calls.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Going from an idea sketched on the back of a napkin to a robust, stable product requires a wide range of skills. You can spend ages looking for a one-in-a-million developer who can do it all, or you can quickly ramp up an entire product team to help you build and launch your product with our sponsor - <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad</a>.</p>



<p>DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. </p>



<p>Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.</p>



<p>You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. </p>



<p>Take the hassle out of assembling and managing a sprawling team of freelancers and work with a group that’s ready to hit the ground running.</p>



<p>Visit <a href="https://devsquad.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DevSquad.com/startups</a> and get 10% off your engagement. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:59 – Emailing users about other projects you are working on</li>



<li>9:26 – Avoid sending spam-like emails</li>



<li>12:55 – Building a service vs. selling it as an affiliate</li>



<li>17:34 – SaaS evaluation after business partner falling out</li>



<li>21:25 – The best ways to collect customer feedback</li>



<li>25:36 – Determining which group of buyers to sell to, HOA’s or property managers</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"></h2>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ask a Question on SFTROU</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/assets/ebook.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Marketing the Day You Start Coding</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet Light</a></li>



<li><a href="https://feinternational.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">FE International</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.discretioncapital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Discretion Capital</a></li>



<li><a href="https://connect.microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/ProducerXander" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Producer Xander (@ProducerXander) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-139-6-questions-you-should-ask-in-your-customer-development-survey" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 139 | 6 Questions You Should Ask In Your Customer Development Survey</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1604044/Ep.690b.mp3" length="32531128"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 690, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He advises on the ethical considerations of email marketing and answers how he would value a business when buying out a partner. He also addresses the best ways to collect customer feedback and the value of high-fidelity customer calls.



Episode Sponsor:





Going from an idea sketched on the back of a napkin to a robust, stable product requires a wide range of skills. You can spend ages looking for a one-in-a-million developer who can do it all, or you can quickly ramp up an entire product team to help you build and launch your product with our sponsor - DevSquad.



DevSquad provides an entire development team packed with top talent from Latin America. 



Your elite squad will include between 2 to 6 Full Stack Developers, a technical product manager, plus experts in product strategy, UI/UX design, DevOps, and QA - all working together to make your SaaS Product a success.



You can ramp up an entire product team fast, in your timezone, and at rates 75% cheaper than a comparable US-based team. And with DevSquad, you pay month to month with no long-term contracts. 



Take the hassle out of assembling and managing a sprawling team of freelancers and work with a group that’s ready to hit the ground running.



Visit DevSquad.com/startups and get 10% off your engagement. 



Topics we cover: 




2:59 – Emailing users about other projects you are working on



9:26 – Avoid sending spam-like emails



12:55 – Building a service vs. selling it as an affiliate



17:34 – SaaS evaluation after business partner falling out



21:25 – The best ways to collect customer feedback



25:36 – Determining which group of buyers to sell to, HOA’s or property managers








Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Playbook



Ask a Question on SFTROU



Start Marketing the Day You Start Coding



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping



Quiet Light



FE International



Discretion Capital



MicroConf Connect



Producer Xander (@ProducerXander) | X



Episode 139 | 6 Questions You Should Ask In Your Customer Development Survey




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming epis...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:33:22</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 689 | How to Keep Your Remote Team Motivated and Engaged]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 28 Nov 2023 10:00:06 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1599460</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-689-how-to-keep-your-remote-team-motivated-and-engaged</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 689, Rob Walling interviews Robert Cserti, co-founder of SessionLab. Robert and his team provide tools and resources for designing workshops and SessionLab operates fully remote. Rob and Robert discuss strategies for motivating remote teams, fostering team culture and communication, and being intentional about synchronous meetings and team bonding.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:01 – SessionLab, for creating workshops </li>



<li>3:42 – Keeping employee engagement high in remote teams, intentionally creating a workplace culture.</li>



<li>7:15 – Daily check-ins, synchronous vs. asynchronous communication</li>



<li>10:32 – Finding a cadence for synchronous calls and “all-hands”</li>



<li>13:20 – Planning in team retreats</li>



<li>15:18 – Meetings specifically for team bonding</li>



<li>18:42 – Regularly scheduled, random 1:1 social chats</li>



<li>21:05 – Experimenting with tools to facilitate communication and identify issues early</li>



<li>26:02 – Managing synchronous working overlap across time zones</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/selling-a-saas-business" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Are you considering selling your SaaS business?</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0jXgSy7JyvU" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Psychology of Exiting Your Company</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet Light</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/robertcserti/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Robert Cserti | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/SessionLab" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SessionLab (@SessionLab) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.sessionlab.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SessionLab</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.sessionlab.com/library" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SessionLab’s Library of facilitation techniques</a></li>



<li><a href="https://geekbot.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Geekbot</a></li>



<li><a href="https://cozyjuicyreal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Cozy Juicy Real</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.donut.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Donut</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.spatial.chat/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SpatialChat</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 689, Rob Walling interviews Robert Cserti, co-founder of SessionLab. Robert and his team provide tools and resources for designing workshops and SessionLab operates fully remote. Rob and Robert discuss strategies for motivating remote teams, fostering team culture and communication, and being intentional about synchronous meetings and team bonding.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:01 – SessionLab, for creating workshops 



3:42 – Keeping employee engagement high in remote teams, intentionally creating a workplace culture.



7:15 – Daily check-ins, synchronous vs. asynchronous communication



10:32 – Finding a cadence for synchronous calls and “all-hands”



13:20 – Planning in team retreats



15:18 – Meetings specifically for team bonding



18:42 – Regularly scheduled, random 1:1 social chats



21:05 – Experimenting with tools to facilitate communication and identify issues early



26:02 – Managing synchronous working overlap across time zones




Links from the Show: 




Are you considering selling your SaaS business?



The Psychology of Exiting Your Company 



Quiet Light



Robert Cserti | LinkedIn



SessionLab (@SessionLab) | X



SessionLab



SessionLab’s Library of facilitation techniques



Geekbot



Cozy Juicy Real



Donut



SpatialChat




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 689 | How to Keep Your Remote Team Motivated and Engaged]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 689, Rob Walling interviews Robert Cserti, co-founder of SessionLab. Robert and his team provide tools and resources for designing workshops and SessionLab operates fully remote. Rob and Robert discuss strategies for motivating remote teams, fostering team culture and communication, and being intentional about synchronous meetings and team bonding.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:01 – SessionLab, for creating workshops </li>



<li>3:42 – Keeping employee engagement high in remote teams, intentionally creating a workplace culture.</li>



<li>7:15 – Daily check-ins, synchronous vs. asynchronous communication</li>



<li>10:32 – Finding a cadence for synchronous calls and “all-hands”</li>



<li>13:20 – Planning in team retreats</li>



<li>15:18 – Meetings specifically for team bonding</li>



<li>18:42 – Regularly scheduled, random 1:1 social chats</li>



<li>21:05 – Experimenting with tools to facilitate communication and identify issues early</li>



<li>26:02 – Managing synchronous working overlap across time zones</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/selling-a-saas-business" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Are you considering selling your SaaS business?</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0jXgSy7JyvU" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Psychology of Exiting Your Company</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet Light</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/robertcserti/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Robert Cserti | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/SessionLab" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SessionLab (@SessionLab) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.sessionlab.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SessionLab</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.sessionlab.com/library" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SessionLab’s Library of facilitation techniques</a></li>



<li><a href="https://geekbot.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Geekbot</a></li>



<li><a href="https://cozyjuicyreal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Cozy Juicy Real</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.donut.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Donut</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.spatial.chat/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SpatialChat</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/7ee5aae2-893e-4b7d-bac5-1c37b6349578-Ep.689.mp3" length="29480830"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 689, Rob Walling interviews Robert Cserti, co-founder of SessionLab. Robert and his team provide tools and resources for designing workshops and SessionLab operates fully remote. Rob and Robert discuss strategies for motivating remote teams, fostering team culture and communication, and being intentional about synchronous meetings and team bonding.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:01 – SessionLab, for creating workshops 



3:42 – Keeping employee engagement high in remote teams, intentionally creating a workplace culture.



7:15 – Daily check-ins, synchronous vs. asynchronous communication



10:32 – Finding a cadence for synchronous calls and “all-hands”



13:20 – Planning in team retreats



15:18 – Meetings specifically for team bonding



18:42 – Regularly scheduled, random 1:1 social chats



21:05 – Experimenting with tools to facilitate communication and identify issues early



26:02 – Managing synchronous working overlap across time zones




Links from the Show: 




Are you considering selling your SaaS business?



The Psychology of Exiting Your Company 



Quiet Light



Robert Cserti | LinkedIn



SessionLab (@SessionLab) | X



SessionLab



SessionLab’s Library of facilitation techniques



Geekbot



Cozy Juicy Real



Donut



SpatialChat




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:30:12</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 688 | Growing Boot.dev From $6k to $110k in Monthly Revenue in 15 Months]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 21 Nov 2023 10:00:04 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1594700</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-688-growing-boot-dev-from-6k-to-110k-in-monthly-revenue-in-15-months</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 688, Rob Walling interviews Lane Wagner, founder of Boot.dev. Boot.dev is a learning platform gamified to teach backend development. They discuss the journey of bootstrapping Boot.dev, its explosive growth, and its unique business model. Lane also shares challenges of running a B2C business, why he took some funding, and the significance of customer lifetime value over MRR in his business.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:38 – Boot.dev seeing incredible growth</li>



<li>3:35 – Growing on YouTube with partnerships</li>



<li>5:42 – Teaching Python and Go as a B2C business</li>



<li>7:49 – “This is not <em>really</em> SaaS”, considering JTBD</li>



<li>11:18 – The beginnings of Boot.dev, serving the backend niche</li>



<li>14:21 – Gaining the confidence to quit the day job</li>



<li>15:51 – Deciding to raise funding and “mostly” bootstrap</li>



<li>20:31 – Enduring hardship before turning the corner on growth</li>



<li>26:38 – Finding the right revenue metric for the business</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf US - Atlanta - April 21 - 23, 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="mailto:%20sponsors@microconf.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Interested in Sponsoring MicroConf Content?</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Subscribe for Exclusive Episodes</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/wagslane" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lane from Boot.dev (@wagslane) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.boot.dev/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Boot.dev</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.indiehackers.com/product/boot-dev/profitable-at-last--NSJjE6jtyCGyzW2g5Ca" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Profitable, at last!</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/91p10rM" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Purple Cow</a> by Seth Godin</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 688, Rob Walling interviews Lane Wagner, founder of Boot.dev. Boot.dev is a learning platform gamified to teach backend development. They discuss the journey of bootstrapping Boot.dev, its explosive growth, and its unique business model. Lane also shares challenges of running a B2C business, why he took some funding, and the significance of customer lifetime value over MRR in his business.



Topics we cover: 




2:38 – Boot.dev seeing incredible growth



3:35 – Growing on YouTube with partnerships



5:42 – Teaching Python and Go as a B2C business



7:49 – “This is not really SaaS”, considering JTBD



11:18 – The beginnings of Boot.dev, serving the backend niche



14:21 – Gaining the confidence to quit the day job



15:51 – Deciding to raise funding and “mostly” bootstrap



20:31 – Enduring hardship before turning the corner on growth



26:38 – Finding the right revenue metric for the business




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf US - Atlanta - April 21 - 23, 2024



Interested in Sponsoring MicroConf Content?



Subscribe for Exclusive Episodes



Lane from Boot.dev (@wagslane) | X



Boot.dev



Profitable, at last!



Purple Cow by Seth Godin




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 688 | Growing Boot.dev From $6k to $110k in Monthly Revenue in 15 Months]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 688, Rob Walling interviews Lane Wagner, founder of Boot.dev. Boot.dev is a learning platform gamified to teach backend development. They discuss the journey of bootstrapping Boot.dev, its explosive growth, and its unique business model. Lane also shares challenges of running a B2C business, why he took some funding, and the significance of customer lifetime value over MRR in his business.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:38 – Boot.dev seeing incredible growth</li>



<li>3:35 – Growing on YouTube with partnerships</li>



<li>5:42 – Teaching Python and Go as a B2C business</li>



<li>7:49 – “This is not <em>really</em> SaaS”, considering JTBD</li>



<li>11:18 – The beginnings of Boot.dev, serving the backend niche</li>



<li>14:21 – Gaining the confidence to quit the day job</li>



<li>15:51 – Deciding to raise funding and “mostly” bootstrap</li>



<li>20:31 – Enduring hardship before turning the corner on growth</li>



<li>26:38 – Finding the right revenue metric for the business</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf US - Atlanta - April 21 - 23, 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="mailto:%20sponsors@microconf.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Interested in Sponsoring MicroConf Content?</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Subscribe for Exclusive Episodes</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/wagslane" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lane from Boot.dev (@wagslane) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.boot.dev/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Boot.dev</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.indiehackers.com/product/boot-dev/profitable-at-last--NSJjE6jtyCGyzW2g5Ca" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Profitable, at last!</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/91p10rM" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Purple Cow</a> by Seth Godin</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/23c14c1f-cd57-467f-b739-c7ac16ceec0f-Ep.688.mp3" length="31337029"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 688, Rob Walling interviews Lane Wagner, founder of Boot.dev. Boot.dev is a learning platform gamified to teach backend development. They discuss the journey of bootstrapping Boot.dev, its explosive growth, and its unique business model. Lane also shares challenges of running a B2C business, why he took some funding, and the significance of customer lifetime value over MRR in his business.



Topics we cover: 




2:38 – Boot.dev seeing incredible growth



3:35 – Growing on YouTube with partnerships



5:42 – Teaching Python and Go as a B2C business



7:49 – “This is not really SaaS”, considering JTBD



11:18 – The beginnings of Boot.dev, serving the backend niche



14:21 – Gaining the confidence to quit the day job



15:51 – Deciding to raise funding and “mostly” bootstrap



20:31 – Enduring hardship before turning the corner on growth



26:38 – Finding the right revenue metric for the business




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf US - Atlanta - April 21 - 23, 2024



Interested in Sponsoring MicroConf Content?



Subscribe for Exclusive Episodes



Lane from Boot.dev (@wagslane) | X



Boot.dev



Profitable, at last!



Purple Cow by Seth Godin




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:32:08</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 687 | An 8th Thing You Should Never Do, Things That Don't Scale, and More Rob Solo Topics]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 14 Nov 2023 10:00:34 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1589899</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-687-an-8th-thing-you-should-never-do-things-that-dont-scale-and-more-rob-solo-topics</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 687, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where discusses a variety of topics. He revisits a recent episode to add one more item to the list of things founders should never do. Rob also offers a hot take on Meta’s new subscription plans and weighs in on a Hacker News post about doing things that don’t scale.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:50 – There’s one more thing that founders should never do</li>



<li>8:44 – Facebook and Instagram will offer a subscription for no ads</li>



<li>12:42 – Ask HN: Paul Graham’s “Do Things That Don’t Scale”</li>



<li>19:53 – Lugg, doing what it takes to prove out an idea</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-685-7-things-you-should-never-do-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 685 | 7 Things You Should Never Do (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tech.slashdot.org/story/23/10/30/1229247/facebook-and-instagram-to-offer-subscription-for-no-ads-in-europe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Facebook and Instagram To Offer Subscription for No Ads in Europe</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://news.ycombinator.com/item?id=38010992" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ask HN: PG's 'Do Things That Don't Scale' manual examples?</a></li>



<li><a href="http://paulgraham.com/ds.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Do Things that Don't Scale</a></li>



<li><a href="https://lugg.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lugg</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="h..."></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 687, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where discusses a variety of topics. He revisits a recent episode to add one more item to the list of things founders should never do. Rob also offers a hot take on Meta’s new subscription plans and weighs in on a Hacker News post about doing things that don’t scale.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:50 – There’s one more thing that founders should never do



8:44 – Facebook and Instagram will offer a subscription for no ads



12:42 – Ask HN: Paul Graham’s “Do Things That Don’t Scale”



19:53 – Lugg, doing what it takes to prove out an idea




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



Episode 685 | 7 Things You Should Never Do (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X



TinySeed



Facebook and Instagram To Offer Subscription for No Ads in Europe 



Ask HN: PG's 'Do Things That Don't Scale' manual examples?



Do Things that Don't Scale



Lugg




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 687 | An 8th Thing You Should Never Do, Things That Don't Scale, and More Rob Solo Topics]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 687, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where discusses a variety of topics. He revisits a recent episode to add one more item to the list of things founders should never do. Rob also offers a hot take on Meta’s new subscription plans and weighs in on a Hacker News post about doing things that don’t scale.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:50 – There’s one more thing that founders should never do</li>



<li>8:44 – Facebook and Instagram will offer a subscription for no ads</li>



<li>12:42 – Ask HN: Paul Graham’s “Do Things That Don’t Scale”</li>



<li>19:53 – Lugg, doing what it takes to prove out an idea</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-685-7-things-you-should-never-do-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 685 | 7 Things You Should Never Do (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tech.slashdot.org/story/23/10/30/1229247/facebook-and-instagram-to-offer-subscription-for-no-ads-in-europe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Facebook and Instagram To Offer Subscription for No Ads in Europe</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://news.ycombinator.com/item?id=38010992" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ask HN: PG's 'Do Things That Don't Scale' manual examples?</a></li>



<li><a href="http://paulgraham.com/ds.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Do Things that Don't Scale</a></li>



<li><a href="https://lugg.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lugg</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1589899/Ep.687a.mp3" length="22969406"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 687, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where discusses a variety of topics. He revisits a recent episode to add one more item to the list of things founders should never do. Rob also offers a hot take on Meta’s new subscription plans and weighs in on a Hacker News post about doing things that don’t scale.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:50 – There’s one more thing that founders should never do



8:44 – Facebook and Instagram will offer a subscription for no ads



12:42 – Ask HN: Paul Graham’s “Do Things That Don’t Scale”



19:53 – Lugg, doing what it takes to prove out an idea




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



Episode 685 | 7 Things You Should Never Do (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X



TinySeed



Facebook and Instagram To Offer Subscription for No Ads in Europe 



Ask HN: PG's 'Do Things That Don't Scale' manual examples?



Do Things that Don't Scale



Lugg




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:23:24</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 686 | How Much is Enough?, Outsourcing Marketing, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 07 Nov 2023 10:00:04 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1589914</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-686-how-much-is-enough-outsourcing-marketing-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 686, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He answers how to evaluate monetary success, combat hedonic adaptation, and how to evaluate the capabilities of technical co-founders. Rob also discusses whether outsourcing sales and marketing is possible and considers some alternative no-code approaches. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>4:20 – Success after stair-stepping, confronting hedonic adaptation</li>



<li>15:35 – Sales funnels, friction before demos, and collecting email addresses</li>



<li>19:24 – Outsourcing marketing and sales</li>



<li>23:54 – Evaluating the technical capabilities of your technical co-founder(s)</li>



<li>29:41 – Reducing the platform risk of developing in typical no-code tools</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS Survey and Report</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/locals" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Local in Austin</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/bernardjhuang" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Bernard Huang (@bernardjhuang) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/wpengine" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">WP Engine (@wpengine) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracymakes" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/35k87fJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small, Stay Small: A Developer's Guide to Launching a Startup</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hxkpTJvRSuA" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">This Took 11 Years to Be An "Overnight Success" - SaaS Exit Strategy</a></li>



<li><a href="https://once.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Once</a> </li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 686, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He answers how to evaluate monetary success, combat hedonic adaptation, and how to evaluate the capabilities of technical co-founders. Rob also discusses whether outsourcing sales and marketing is possible and considers some alternative no-code approaches. 



Topics we cover: 




4:20 – Success after stair-stepping, confronting hedonic adaptation



15:35 – Sales funnels, friction before demos, and collecting email addresses



19:24 – Outsourcing marketing and sales



23:54 – Evaluating the technical capabilities of your technical co-founder(s)



29:41 – Reducing the platform risk of developing in typical no-code tools




Links from the Show: 




State of Independent SaaS Survey and Report



MicroConf Local in Austin



MicroConf Connect



Bernard Huang (@bernardjhuang) | X



WP Engine (@wpengine) | X



Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | X



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping



Start Small, Stay Small: A Developer's Guide to Launching a Startup 



The SaaS Playbook



This Took 11 Years to Be An "Overnight Success" - SaaS Exit Strategy



Once 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 686 | How Much is Enough?, Outsourcing Marketing, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 686, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He answers how to evaluate monetary success, combat hedonic adaptation, and how to evaluate the capabilities of technical co-founders. Rob also discusses whether outsourcing sales and marketing is possible and considers some alternative no-code approaches. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>4:20 – Success after stair-stepping, confronting hedonic adaptation</li>



<li>15:35 – Sales funnels, friction before demos, and collecting email addresses</li>



<li>19:24 – Outsourcing marketing and sales</li>



<li>23:54 – Evaluating the technical capabilities of your technical co-founder(s)</li>



<li>29:41 – Reducing the platform risk of developing in typical no-code tools</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS Survey and Report</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/locals" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Local in Austin</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/bernardjhuang" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Bernard Huang (@bernardjhuang) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/wpengine" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">WP Engine (@wpengine) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracymakes" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/35k87fJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small, Stay Small: A Developer's Guide to Launching a Startup</a> </li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hxkpTJvRSuA" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">This Took 11 Years to Be An "Overnight Success" - SaaS Exit Strategy</a></li>



<li><a href="https://once.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Once</a> </li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1589914/Ep.686c.mp3" length="32279317"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 686, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He answers how to evaluate monetary success, combat hedonic adaptation, and how to evaluate the capabilities of technical co-founders. Rob also discusses whether outsourcing sales and marketing is possible and considers some alternative no-code approaches. 



Topics we cover: 




4:20 – Success after stair-stepping, confronting hedonic adaptation



15:35 – Sales funnels, friction before demos, and collecting email addresses



19:24 – Outsourcing marketing and sales



23:54 – Evaluating the technical capabilities of your technical co-founder(s)



29:41 – Reducing the platform risk of developing in typical no-code tools




Links from the Show: 




State of Independent SaaS Survey and Report



MicroConf Local in Austin



MicroConf Connect



Bernard Huang (@bernardjhuang) | X



WP Engine (@wpengine) | X



Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | X



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping



Start Small, Stay Small: A Developer's Guide to Launching a Startup 



The SaaS Playbook



This Took 11 Years to Be An "Overnight Success" - SaaS Exit Strategy



Once 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:33:06</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 685 | 7 Things You Should Never Do (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2023 10:00:52 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1580194</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-685-7-things-you-should-never-do-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 685, Rob Walling goes solo to share his insights on 7 common mistakes that SaaS founders make. Be sure to listen to the end to hear Rob’s spicy take on launching a portfolio of products to see what sticks.</p>
<h2>Episode Sponsor:</h2>
<p><a href="https://lemon.io/hire/?utm_source=newsletter&amp;utm_medium=social&amp;utm_campaign=lemohire_announcment_startups"></a></p>
<p>As a founder your plate is full. So when you have to hire devs, there’s no time to search for that perfect culture-fit, get-things-done developer. <a href="https://lemon.io/hire/?utm_source=newsletter&amp;utm_medium=social&amp;utm_campaign=lemohire_announcment_startups">Lemon.io</a>’s new product, <a href="https://lemon.io/hire/?utm_source=newsletter&amp;utm_medium=social&amp;utm_campaign=lemohire_announcment_startups">Lemon Hire</a> saves founders time by connecting them with a pipeline of 80K+ senior engineers. Each dev is filtered through a 4-step vetting process, available to interview within 48 hours of choosing, and backed by a 30-day replacement guarantee.</p>
<p>Find your great-fit candidates fast with Lemon Hire. Claim a special discount for our fans. Visit <a href="http://lemon.io/twist"> </a><a href="https://lemon.io/hire/?utm_source=newsletter&amp;utm_medium=social&amp;utm_campaign=lemohire_announcment_startups">https://lemon.io/hire/</a>, sign up, and mention “Startups” to receive $2000 off your first hire.</p>
<h2>Topics we cover: </h2>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">1:29 – Sign the National Association of Manufacturers Letter, Section 174</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">3:52 – Compiling a list of things founders shouldn’t do</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">6:49 – B2C applications, “the worst of all the worlds”</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">9:42 – Don’t build a second product if your first has stopped growing</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">10:40 – Defining a new category of software is usually a bad idea </li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">19:59 – Avoid multi-language support</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">24:13 – Dig deep to find root causes beyond the symptoms</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">27:41 – The portfolio approach</li>
</ul>
<h2>Links from the Show: </h2>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://ssballiance.org/">The Small Software Business Alliance</a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://microconf.com/remote">MicroConf Remote</a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://twitter.com/TropicalMBA">Dan Andrews (@TropicalMBA) | X</a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-681-why-launching-a-second-product-is-usually-a-bad-idea">Episode 681 | Why Launching a Second Product is Usually a Bad Idea</a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://a.co/d/3jNzNBc">Inbound Marketing</a> by Brian Halligan and Dharmesh Shah</li>
</ul>
<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>
<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY">Google</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 685, Rob Walling goes solo to share his insights on 7 common mistakes that SaaS founders make. Be sure to listen to the end to hear Rob’s spicy take on launching a portfolio of products to see what sticks.
Episode Sponsor:

As a founder your plate is full. So when you have to hire devs, there’s no time to search for that perfect culture-fit, get-things-done developer. Lemon.io’s new product, Lemon Hire saves founders time by connecting them with a pipeline of 80K+ senior engineers. Each dev is filtered through a 4-step vetting process, available to interview within 48 hours of choosing, and backed by a 30-day replacement guarantee.
Find your great-fit candidates fast with Lemon Hire. Claim a special discount for our fans. Visit  https://lemon.io/hire/, sign up, and mention “Startups” to receive $2000 off your first hire.
Topics we cover: 

1:29 – Sign the National Association of Manufacturers Letter, Section 174
3:52 – Compiling a list of things founders shouldn’t do
6:49 – B2C applications, “the worst of all the worlds”
9:42 – Don’t build a second product if your first has stopped growing
10:40 – Defining a new category of software is usually a bad idea 
19:59 – Avoid multi-language support
24:13 – Dig deep to find root causes beyond the symptoms
27:41 – The portfolio approach

Links from the Show: 

The Small Software Business Alliance
MicroConf Remote
The SaaS Playbook
Dan Andrews (@TropicalMBA) | X
Episode 681 | Why Launching a Second Product is Usually a Bad Idea
Inbound Marketing by Brian Halligan and Dharmesh Shah

If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!
Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 685 | 7 Things You Should Never Do (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 685, Rob Walling goes solo to share his insights on 7 common mistakes that SaaS founders make. Be sure to listen to the end to hear Rob’s spicy take on launching a portfolio of products to see what sticks.</p>
<h2>Episode Sponsor:</h2>
<p><a href="https://lemon.io/hire/?utm_source=newsletter&amp;utm_medium=social&amp;utm_campaign=lemohire_announcment_startups"></a></p>
<p>As a founder your plate is full. So when you have to hire devs, there’s no time to search for that perfect culture-fit, get-things-done developer. <a href="https://lemon.io/hire/?utm_source=newsletter&amp;utm_medium=social&amp;utm_campaign=lemohire_announcment_startups">Lemon.io</a>’s new product, <a href="https://lemon.io/hire/?utm_source=newsletter&amp;utm_medium=social&amp;utm_campaign=lemohire_announcment_startups">Lemon Hire</a> saves founders time by connecting them with a pipeline of 80K+ senior engineers. Each dev is filtered through a 4-step vetting process, available to interview within 48 hours of choosing, and backed by a 30-day replacement guarantee.</p>
<p>Find your great-fit candidates fast with Lemon Hire. Claim a special discount for our fans. Visit <a href="http://lemon.io/twist"> </a><a href="https://lemon.io/hire/?utm_source=newsletter&amp;utm_medium=social&amp;utm_campaign=lemohire_announcment_startups">https://lemon.io/hire/</a>, sign up, and mention “Startups” to receive $2000 off your first hire.</p>
<h2>Topics we cover: </h2>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;">1:29 – Sign the National Association of Manufacturers Letter, Section 174</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">3:52 – Compiling a list of things founders shouldn’t do</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">6:49 – B2C applications, “the worst of all the worlds”</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">9:42 – Don’t build a second product if your first has stopped growing</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">10:40 – Defining a new category of software is usually a bad idea </li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">19:59 – Avoid multi-language support</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">24:13 – Dig deep to find root causes beyond the symptoms</li>
<li style="font-weight:400;">27:41 – The portfolio approach</li>
</ul>
<h2>Links from the Show: </h2>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://ssballiance.org/">The Small Software Business Alliance</a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://microconf.com/remote">MicroConf Remote</a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://twitter.com/TropicalMBA">Dan Andrews (@TropicalMBA) | X</a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-681-why-launching-a-second-product-is-usually-a-bad-idea">Episode 681 | Why Launching a Second Product is Usually a Bad Idea</a></li>
<li style="font-weight:400;"><a href="https://a.co/d/3jNzNBc">Inbound Marketing</a> by Brian Halligan and Dharmesh Shah</li>
</ul>
<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>
<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/5ea06ca5-80d7-4615-98e4-cbd1a780fb4f-Ep.685a.mp3" length="35098265"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 685, Rob Walling goes solo to share his insights on 7 common mistakes that SaaS founders make. Be sure to listen to the end to hear Rob’s spicy take on launching a portfolio of products to see what sticks.
Episode Sponsor:

As a founder your plate is full. So when you have to hire devs, there’s no time to search for that perfect culture-fit, get-things-done developer. Lemon.io’s new product, Lemon Hire saves founders time by connecting them with a pipeline of 80K+ senior engineers. Each dev is filtered through a 4-step vetting process, available to interview within 48 hours of choosing, and backed by a 30-day replacement guarantee.
Find your great-fit candidates fast with Lemon Hire. Claim a special discount for our fans. Visit  https://lemon.io/hire/, sign up, and mention “Startups” to receive $2000 off your first hire.
Topics we cover: 

1:29 – Sign the National Association of Manufacturers Letter, Section 174
3:52 – Compiling a list of things founders shouldn’t do
6:49 – B2C applications, “the worst of all the worlds”
9:42 – Don’t build a second product if your first has stopped growing
10:40 – Defining a new category of software is usually a bad idea 
19:59 – Avoid multi-language support
24:13 – Dig deep to find root causes beyond the symptoms
27:41 – The portfolio approach

Links from the Show: 

The Small Software Business Alliance
MicroConf Remote
The SaaS Playbook
Dan Andrews (@TropicalMBA) | X
Episode 681 | Why Launching a Second Product is Usually a Bad Idea
Inbound Marketing by Brian Halligan and Dharmesh Shah

If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!
Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:03</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 684 | Key Takeaways from MicroConf Europe 2023]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2023 10:00:28 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1573784</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-684-key-takeaways-from-microconf-europe-2023</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 684, Rob Walling is joined by Dr. Sherry Walling to share their experience from MicroConf Europe 2023 in Lisbon. They discuss a continued shift in MicroConf’s focus towards fostering founder connections and networking, and the value of face-to-face interactions. Rob and Sherry reflect on their own talks and highlight others by fellow founders and attendees. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:28 – Reflecting on MicroConf locations</li>



<li>6:28 – Continuous event improvements, focus on community</li>



<li>9:41 – Michelle Hanson’s talk “Frameworks For Making Product and Strategic Company Decisions”</li>



<li>10:38 – Rob’s talk about the five stages of customer awareness</li>



<li>13:21 – Einar Vollset’s talk on applying AI iteratively to solve problems</li>



<li>15:07 – QuietLight’s live business valuation</li>



<li>16:39 – Attendee talks from Sophie, Johannes Akhison, and more</li>



<li>19:25 – Dr. Sherry Walling discusses motivational archetypes</li>



<li>22:46 – Steven Craven’s founder story</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/sherrywalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.sherrywalling.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sherrywalling.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@sherrywalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dr. Sherry Walling | YouTube</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Remote</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/mjwhansen" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Michele Hansen (@mjwhansen) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/poweredbysearch" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Powered by Search (@poweredbysearch) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/advisors/david-newell/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">David Newell | Quiet Light</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.thisissophie.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">thisissophie.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/MicroConf/status/1709157016499806659" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Johannes Åkesson – “How Consulting Gave Me Time to Nail Product-Market Fit.”</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/stephen_craven" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stephen Craven (@stephen_craven) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://stridist.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stridist</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/ProducerXander" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Producer Xander (@ProducerXander) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 684, Rob Walling is joined by Dr. Sherry Walling to share their experience from MicroConf Europe 2023 in Lisbon. They discuss a continued shift in MicroConf’s focus towards fostering founder connections and networking, and the value of face-to-face interactions. Rob and Sherry reflect on their own talks and highlight others by fellow founders and attendees. 



Topics we cover: 




1:28 – Reflecting on MicroConf locations



6:28 – Continuous event improvements, focus on community



9:41 – Michelle Hanson’s talk “Frameworks For Making Product and Strategic Company Decisions”



10:38 – Rob’s talk about the five stages of customer awareness



13:21 – Einar Vollset’s talk on applying AI iteratively to solve problems



15:07 – QuietLight’s live business valuation



16:39 – Attendee talks from Sophie, Johannes Akhison, and more



19:25 – Dr. Sherry Walling discusses motivational archetypes



22:46 – Steven Craven’s founder story




Links from the Show: 




Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X



Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X



Sherrywalling.com



Dr. Sherry Walling | YouTube



MicroConf Remote



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X



Michele Hansen (@mjwhansen) | X



Powered by Search (@poweredbysearch) | X



David Newell | Quiet Light



thisissophie.com



Johannes Åkesson – “How Consulting Gave Me Time to Nail Product-Market Fit.”



Stephen Craven (@stephen_craven) | X



Stridist



Producer Xander (@ProducerXander) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 684 | Key Takeaways from MicroConf Europe 2023]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 684, Rob Walling is joined by Dr. Sherry Walling to share their experience from MicroConf Europe 2023 in Lisbon. They discuss a continued shift in MicroConf’s focus towards fostering founder connections and networking, and the value of face-to-face interactions. Rob and Sherry reflect on their own talks and highlight others by fellow founders and attendees. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:28 – Reflecting on MicroConf locations</li>



<li>6:28 – Continuous event improvements, focus on community</li>



<li>9:41 – Michelle Hanson’s talk “Frameworks For Making Product and Strategic Company Decisions”</li>



<li>10:38 – Rob’s talk about the five stages of customer awareness</li>



<li>13:21 – Einar Vollset’s talk on applying AI iteratively to solve problems</li>



<li>15:07 – QuietLight’s live business valuation</li>



<li>16:39 – Attendee talks from Sophie, Johannes Akhison, and more</li>



<li>19:25 – Dr. Sherry Walling discusses motivational archetypes</li>



<li>22:46 – Steven Craven’s founder story</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/sherrywalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.sherrywalling.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sherrywalling.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@sherrywalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dr. Sherry Walling | YouTube</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Remote</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/mjwhansen" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Michele Hansen (@mjwhansen) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/poweredbysearch" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Powered by Search (@poweredbysearch) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/advisors/david-newell/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">David Newell | Quiet Light</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.thisissophie.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">thisissophie.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/MicroConf/status/1709157016499806659" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Johannes Åkesson – “How Consulting Gave Me Time to Nail Product-Market Fit.”</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/stephen_craven" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stephen Craven (@stephen_craven) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://stridist.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stridist</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/ProducerXander" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Producer Xander (@ProducerXander) | X</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/9e060424-c6cc-4d50-b67f-a7fa1d525aa5-Ep.684.mp3" length="25853019"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 684, Rob Walling is joined by Dr. Sherry Walling to share their experience from MicroConf Europe 2023 in Lisbon. They discuss a continued shift in MicroConf’s focus towards fostering founder connections and networking, and the value of face-to-face interactions. Rob and Sherry reflect on their own talks and highlight others by fellow founders and attendees. 



Topics we cover: 




1:28 – Reflecting on MicroConf locations



6:28 – Continuous event improvements, focus on community



9:41 – Michelle Hanson’s talk “Frameworks For Making Product and Strategic Company Decisions”



10:38 – Rob’s talk about the five stages of customer awareness



13:21 – Einar Vollset’s talk on applying AI iteratively to solve problems



15:07 – QuietLight’s live business valuation



16:39 – Attendee talks from Sophie, Johannes Akhison, and more



19:25 – Dr. Sherry Walling discusses motivational archetypes



22:46 – Steven Craven’s founder story




Links from the Show: 




Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X



Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | X



Sherrywalling.com



Dr. Sherry Walling | YouTube



MicroConf Remote



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | X



Michele Hansen (@mjwhansen) | X



Powered by Search (@poweredbysearch) | X



David Newell | Quiet Light



thisissophie.com



Johannes Åkesson – “How Consulting Gave Me Time to Nail Product-Market Fit.”



Stephen Craven (@stephen_craven) | X



Stridist



Producer Xander (@ProducerXander) | X




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:26:25</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 683 | Bringing on a Partner, Attending Trade Shows, Pre-launch Discounts, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2023 10:00:46 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1566035</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-683-bringing-on-a-partner-attending-trade-shows-pre-launch-discounts-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 683, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He addresses gathering feedback from customers that are reluctant to give it to you, whether to bring on a partner, and the value of going to in-person events. Rob also covers topics such as equity for advisors, pricing strategies, &amp; productized services.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:56 – Gathering feedback from reluctant customers</li>



<li>8:47 – When to bring in other partners</li>



<li>12:45 – Weighing the positives and negatives of going to trade shows</li>



<li>15:36 – Staying energized and motivated</li>



<li>17:51 – Offering pre-launch discounts vs. offering value-added product</li>



<li>22:08 – Charging for products in different currencies</li>



<li>23:37 – Productized service, pricing, and pausing</li>



<li>26:40 – Fractional CTOs and equity grants </li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Mastermind Matching</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-671-working-on-what-matters-left-handed-threads-and-being-lucky-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 671 | Working on What Matters, Left-handed Threads, and Being Lucky (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 683, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He addresses gathering feedback from customers that are reluctant to give it to you, whether to bring on a partner, and the value of going to in-person events. Rob also covers topics such as equity for advisors, pricing strategies, & productized services.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:56 – Gathering feedback from reluctant customers



8:47 – When to bring in other partners



12:45 – Weighing the positives and negatives of going to trade shows



15:36 – Staying energized and motivated



17:51 – Offering pre-launch discounts vs. offering value-added product



22:08 – Charging for products in different currencies



23:37 – Productized service, pricing, and pausing



26:40 – Fractional CTOs and equity grants 




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Mastermind Matching



MicroConf Connect



The SaaS Playbook



Episode 671 | Working on What Matters, Left-handed Threads, and Being Lucky (A Rob Solo Adventure)




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 683 | Bringing on a Partner, Attending Trade Shows, Pre-launch Discounts, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 683, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He addresses gathering feedback from customers that are reluctant to give it to you, whether to bring on a partner, and the value of going to in-person events. Rob also covers topics such as equity for advisors, pricing strategies, &amp; productized services.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:56 – Gathering feedback from reluctant customers</li>



<li>8:47 – When to bring in other partners</li>



<li>12:45 – Weighing the positives and negatives of going to trade shows</li>



<li>15:36 – Staying energized and motivated</li>



<li>17:51 – Offering pre-launch discounts vs. offering value-added product</li>



<li>22:08 – Charging for products in different currencies</li>



<li>23:37 – Productized service, pricing, and pausing</li>



<li>26:40 – Fractional CTOs and equity grants </li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Mastermind Matching</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-671-working-on-what-matters-left-handed-threads-and-being-lucky-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 671 | Working on What Matters, Left-handed Threads, and Being Lucky (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1566035/Ep.683b.mp3" length="28156052"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 683, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He addresses gathering feedback from customers that are reluctant to give it to you, whether to bring on a partner, and the value of going to in-person events. Rob also covers topics such as equity for advisors, pricing strategies, & productized services.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:56 – Gathering feedback from reluctant customers



8:47 – When to bring in other partners



12:45 – Weighing the positives and negatives of going to trade shows



15:36 – Staying energized and motivated



17:51 – Offering pre-launch discounts vs. offering value-added product



22:08 – Charging for products in different currencies



23:37 – Productized service, pricing, and pausing



26:40 – Fractional CTOs and equity grants 




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Mastermind Matching



MicroConf Connect



The SaaS Playbook



Episode 671 | Working on What Matters, Left-handed Threads, and Being Lucky (A Rob Solo Adventure)




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:28:48</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 682 | The Pros and Cons of Large vs. Small Startup Events]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 10 Oct 2023 10:00:38 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1565248</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-682-the-pros-and-cons-of-large-vs-small-startup-events</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 682, Rob Walling interviews Alex Theuma, the founder of SaaStock, a conference for SaaS founders. They discuss the challenges of bootstrapping an event and the pros and cons of large startup events versus small startup events. Alex also shares his experience of building credibility and authority in the industry, the importance of maintaining a positive attendee experience, and ensuring financial sustainability.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Tired of searching endlessly for highly skilled software developers?<a href="https://clouddevs.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"> CloudDevs</a> is your solution. Gain access to over 8000 pre-vetted senior devs distributed across their Latin America and global talent pools.</p>



<p>All their remote developers work within your own time zone and can get onboarded within 24 hours.</p>



<p>The CloudDevs team can help you recruit full time hires, or part time, project based freelancers.</p>



<p>And every hire comes with a week-long free trial, making sure you get the right person for the job.</p>



<p>All of our listeners get a 15% discount on their first month of collaboration.</p>



<p>Hire trusted tech talent efficiently without breaking the bank by visiting<a href="https://clouddevs.com/connect/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"> CloudDevs.com</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:44 – How Alex bootstrapped SaaStock in the early stages</li>



<li>4:32 – Laying the groundwork and building credibility</li>



<li>6:59 – Figuring out sponsor subsidies</li>



<li>8:53 – Reflecting on the first event, growing afterwards</li>



<li>12:59 – Event sizing and event types</li>



<li>19:44 – Setting up event programming</li>



<li>23:00 – Swapping crazy event stories</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Microconf Mastermind Matching</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.saastock.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaStock</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/SaaStock" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaStock (@SaaStock) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/saastock/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaStock |  LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/alextheuma" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Alex Theuma (@alextheuma) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/7oS6F63ptaJoknPGY9jMRD?si=11fee716cee04c96" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Revolution Show</a></li>



<li><a href="https://chartmogul.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ChartMogul</a></li>



<li><a href="https://websummit.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Web Summit</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.profitwell.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ProfitWell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dunbar%27s_number" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dunbar's number</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.saastock.com/saastock-2022/saascity/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS.City</a></li>



<li><a href="https://muckrack.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Muck Rack</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/Patticus/status/1582370544225173505" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patrick Campbell’s “Churn” talk</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id36693195..."></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 682, Rob Walling interviews Alex Theuma, the founder of SaaStock, a conference for SaaS founders. They discuss the challenges of bootstrapping an event and the pros and cons of large startup events versus small startup events. Alex also shares his experience of building credibility and authority in the industry, the importance of maintaining a positive attendee experience, and ensuring financial sustainability.



Episode Sponsor:





Tired of searching endlessly for highly skilled software developers? CloudDevs is your solution. Gain access to over 8000 pre-vetted senior devs distributed across their Latin America and global talent pools.



All their remote developers work within your own time zone and can get onboarded within 24 hours.



The CloudDevs team can help you recruit full time hires, or part time, project based freelancers.



And every hire comes with a week-long free trial, making sure you get the right person for the job.



All of our listeners get a 15% discount on their first month of collaboration.



Hire trusted tech talent efficiently without breaking the bank by visiting CloudDevs.com.



Topics we cover: 




2:44 – How Alex bootstrapped SaaStock in the early stages



4:32 – Laying the groundwork and building credibility



6:59 – Figuring out sponsor subsidies



8:53 – Reflecting on the first event, growing afterwards



12:59 – Event sizing and event types



19:44 – Setting up event programming



23:00 – Swapping crazy event stories




Links from the Show: 




Microconf Mastermind Matching



SaaStock



SaaStock (@SaaStock) | X



SaaStock |  LinkedIn



Alex Theuma (@alextheuma) | X



The SaaS Revolution Show



ChartMogul



Web Summit



ProfitWell



Dunbar's number



SaaS.City



Muck Rack



Patrick Campbell’s “Churn” talk




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 682 | The Pros and Cons of Large vs. Small Startup Events]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 682, Rob Walling interviews Alex Theuma, the founder of SaaStock, a conference for SaaS founders. They discuss the challenges of bootstrapping an event and the pros and cons of large startup events versus small startup events. Alex also shares his experience of building credibility and authority in the industry, the importance of maintaining a positive attendee experience, and ensuring financial sustainability.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Tired of searching endlessly for highly skilled software developers?<a href="https://clouddevs.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"> CloudDevs</a> is your solution. Gain access to over 8000 pre-vetted senior devs distributed across their Latin America and global talent pools.</p>



<p>All their remote developers work within your own time zone and can get onboarded within 24 hours.</p>



<p>The CloudDevs team can help you recruit full time hires, or part time, project based freelancers.</p>



<p>And every hire comes with a week-long free trial, making sure you get the right person for the job.</p>



<p>All of our listeners get a 15% discount on their first month of collaboration.</p>



<p>Hire trusted tech talent efficiently without breaking the bank by visiting<a href="https://clouddevs.com/connect/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"> CloudDevs.com</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:44 – How Alex bootstrapped SaaStock in the early stages</li>



<li>4:32 – Laying the groundwork and building credibility</li>



<li>6:59 – Figuring out sponsor subsidies</li>



<li>8:53 – Reflecting on the first event, growing afterwards</li>



<li>12:59 – Event sizing and event types</li>



<li>19:44 – Setting up event programming</li>



<li>23:00 – Swapping crazy event stories</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Microconf Mastermind Matching</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.saastock.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaStock</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/SaaStock" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaStock (@SaaStock) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/saastock/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaStock |  LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/alextheuma" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Alex Theuma (@alextheuma) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/7oS6F63ptaJoknPGY9jMRD?si=11fee716cee04c96" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Revolution Show</a></li>



<li><a href="https://chartmogul.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ChartMogul</a></li>



<li><a href="https://websummit.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Web Summit</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.profitwell.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ProfitWell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dunbar%27s_number" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dunbar's number</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.saastock.com/saastock-2022/saascity/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS.City</a></li>



<li><a href="https://muckrack.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Muck Rack</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/Patticus/status/1582370544225173505" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patrick Campbell’s “Churn” talk</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/e48caf1a-3ddc-461f-91ff-87ef625412f5-Ep.682.mp3" length="27298296"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 682, Rob Walling interviews Alex Theuma, the founder of SaaStock, a conference for SaaS founders. They discuss the challenges of bootstrapping an event and the pros and cons of large startup events versus small startup events. Alex also shares his experience of building credibility and authority in the industry, the importance of maintaining a positive attendee experience, and ensuring financial sustainability.



Episode Sponsor:





Tired of searching endlessly for highly skilled software developers? CloudDevs is your solution. Gain access to over 8000 pre-vetted senior devs distributed across their Latin America and global talent pools.



All their remote developers work within your own time zone and can get onboarded within 24 hours.



The CloudDevs team can help you recruit full time hires, or part time, project based freelancers.



And every hire comes with a week-long free trial, making sure you get the right person for the job.



All of our listeners get a 15% discount on their first month of collaboration.



Hire trusted tech talent efficiently without breaking the bank by visiting CloudDevs.com.



Topics we cover: 




2:44 – How Alex bootstrapped SaaStock in the early stages



4:32 – Laying the groundwork and building credibility



6:59 – Figuring out sponsor subsidies



8:53 – Reflecting on the first event, growing afterwards



12:59 – Event sizing and event types



19:44 – Setting up event programming



23:00 – Swapping crazy event stories




Links from the Show: 




Microconf Mastermind Matching



SaaStock



SaaStock (@SaaStock) | X



SaaStock |  LinkedIn



Alex Theuma (@alextheuma) | X



The SaaS Revolution Show



ChartMogul



Web Summit



ProfitWell



Dunbar's number



SaaS.City



Muck Rack



Patrick Campbell’s “Churn” talk




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:55</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 681 | Why Launching a Second Product is Usually a Bad Idea]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2023 10:00:52 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1563232</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-681-why-launching-a-second-product-is-usually-a-bad-idea</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 681, Rob Walling and Ruben Gamez go deep on the drawbacks of launching a second product. They both generally advise against doing so, as it can distract from the existing product. However they do share some successful attempts, strategic insights, how to approach feedback on second ideas, and the benefits for founders that beat the odds.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:31 – When you should launch a second product</li>



<li>5:32 – Ruben’s experience growing Bidsketch and SignWell</li>



<li>9:45 – Responding to market pull, avoid the sunk cost fallacy</li>



<li>12:26 – Dividing attention between multiple products</li>



<li>16:40 – Choosing when to split focus</li>



<li>21:13 – Why a second product worked for Ruben and others</li>



<li>28:54 – Gauging your product intuition and getting outside feedback</li>



<li>32:50 – Avoiding bias when receiving feedback on your ideas</li>



<li>38:21 – Strategies and goals for adding a second product</li>



<li>42:50 – Cross selling multiple products</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf US Tickets are on sale</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-499-the-first-six-stages-of-saas-growth" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 499 | The (First) Six Stages of SaaS Growth – Part 1</a></li>



<li><a href="https://intelligentediting.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Intelligent Editing</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/SignWellApp" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SignWell (@SignWellApp) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.bidsketch.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Bidsketch</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.signwell.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SignWell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.stratosphere.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stratosphere</a></li>



<li><a href="https://finchat.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">finchat.io</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/dcancel" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">David Cancel (@dcancel) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 681, Rob Walling and Ruben Gamez go deep on the drawbacks of launching a second product. They both generally advise against doing so, as it can distract from the existing product. However they do share some successful attempts, strategic insights, how to approach feedback on second ideas, and the benefits for founders that beat the odds.



Topics we cover: 




1:31 – When you should launch a second product



5:32 – Ruben’s experience growing Bidsketch and SignWell



9:45 – Responding to market pull, avoid the sunk cost fallacy



12:26 – Dividing attention between multiple products



16:40 – Choosing when to split focus



21:13 – Why a second product worked for Ruben and others



28:54 – Gauging your product intuition and getting outside feedback



32:50 – Avoiding bias when receiving feedback on your ideas



38:21 – Strategies and goals for adding a second product



42:50 – Cross selling multiple products




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf US Tickets are on sale



Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X



Episode 499 | The (First) Six Stages of SaaS Growth – Part 1



Intelligent Editing



SignWell (@SignWellApp) | X



Bidsketch



SignWell



Stratosphere



finchat.io



David Cancel (@dcancel) | X



The SaaS Playbook




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 681 | Why Launching a Second Product is Usually a Bad Idea]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 681, Rob Walling and Ruben Gamez go deep on the drawbacks of launching a second product. They both generally advise against doing so, as it can distract from the existing product. However they do share some successful attempts, strategic insights, how to approach feedback on second ideas, and the benefits for founders that beat the odds.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:31 – When you should launch a second product</li>



<li>5:32 – Ruben’s experience growing Bidsketch and SignWell</li>



<li>9:45 – Responding to market pull, avoid the sunk cost fallacy</li>



<li>12:26 – Dividing attention between multiple products</li>



<li>16:40 – Choosing when to split focus</li>



<li>21:13 – Why a second product worked for Ruben and others</li>



<li>28:54 – Gauging your product intuition and getting outside feedback</li>



<li>32:50 – Avoiding bias when receiving feedback on your ideas</li>



<li>38:21 – Strategies and goals for adding a second product</li>



<li>42:50 – Cross selling multiple products</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf US Tickets are on sale</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-499-the-first-six-stages-of-saas-growth" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 499 | The (First) Six Stages of SaaS Growth – Part 1</a></li>



<li><a href="https://intelligentediting.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Intelligent Editing</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/SignWellApp" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SignWell (@SignWellApp) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.bidsketch.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Bidsketch</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.signwell.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SignWell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.stratosphere.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stratosphere</a></li>



<li><a href="https://finchat.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">finchat.io</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/dcancel" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">David Cancel (@dcancel) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1563232/Ep.681a.mp3" length="48887528"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 681, Rob Walling and Ruben Gamez go deep on the drawbacks of launching a second product. They both generally advise against doing so, as it can distract from the existing product. However they do share some successful attempts, strategic insights, how to approach feedback on second ideas, and the benefits for founders that beat the odds.



Topics we cover: 




1:31 – When you should launch a second product



5:32 – Ruben’s experience growing Bidsketch and SignWell



9:45 – Responding to market pull, avoid the sunk cost fallacy



12:26 – Dividing attention between multiple products



16:40 – Choosing when to split focus



21:13 – Why a second product worked for Ruben and others



28:54 – Gauging your product intuition and getting outside feedback



32:50 – Avoiding bias when receiving feedback on your ideas



38:21 – Strategies and goals for adding a second product



42:50 – Cross selling multiple products




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf US Tickets are on sale



Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X



Episode 499 | The (First) Six Stages of SaaS Growth – Part 1



Intelligent Editing



SignWell (@SignWellApp) | X



Bidsketch



SignWell



Stratosphere



finchat.io



David Cancel (@dcancel) | X



The SaaS Playbook




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:50:24</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 680 | Problems vs. Solutions, Doing What it Takes, and More Listener Questions (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2023 10:00:30 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1557176</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-680-problems-vs-solutions-doing-what-it-takes-and-more-listener-questions-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 680, Rob Walling goes solo again, covering a wide variety of topics including listening to customers, but not necessarily their solutions. He also cautions against making decisions based on one customer's feedback, but listening to the crowd. Finally, Rob highlights the importance of doing whatever it takes to succeed as a founder.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:52 – Paying attention to customer problems, not customer solutions</li>



<li>6:52 – Don’t listen to a customer, always listen to your customers</li>



<li>9:42 – Finding product market fit with limited information</li>



<li>13:01 – Identifying the appropriate time to grind out the work</li>



<li>19:18 – Don’t be above “taking out the trash”</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks/status/1686584326081982464" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben’s repost of @sequence_film</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/comiclabpodcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ComicLab (@ComicLabPodcast) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/davekellett" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dave Kellett (@davekellett) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guigar" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Brad Guigar (@guigar) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 680, Rob Walling goes solo again, covering a wide variety of topics including listening to customers, but not necessarily their solutions. He also cautions against making decisions based on one customer's feedback, but listening to the crowd. Finally, Rob highlights the importance of doing whatever it takes to succeed as a founder.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:52 – Paying attention to customer problems, not customer solutions



6:52 – Don’t listen to a customer, always listen to your customers



9:42 – Finding product market fit with limited information



13:01 – Identifying the appropriate time to grind out the work



19:18 – Don’t be above “taking out the trash”




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X



Ruben’s repost of @sequence_film



ComicLab (@ComicLabPodcast) | X



Dave Kellett (@davekellett) | X



Brad Guigar (@guigar) | X



The SaaS Playbook




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 680 | Problems vs. Solutions, Doing What it Takes, and More Listener Questions (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 680, Rob Walling goes solo again, covering a wide variety of topics including listening to customers, but not necessarily their solutions. He also cautions against making decisions based on one customer's feedback, but listening to the crowd. Finally, Rob highlights the importance of doing whatever it takes to succeed as a founder.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:52 – Paying attention to customer problems, not customer solutions</li>



<li>6:52 – Don’t listen to a customer, always listen to your customers</li>



<li>9:42 – Finding product market fit with limited information</li>



<li>13:01 – Identifying the appropriate time to grind out the work</li>



<li>19:18 – Don’t be above “taking out the trash”</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks/status/1686584326081982464" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben’s repost of @sequence_film</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/comiclabpodcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ComicLab (@ComicLabPodcast) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/davekellett" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dave Kellett (@davekellett) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guigar" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Brad Guigar (@guigar) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1557176/Ep.680a.mp3" length="23276765"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 680, Rob Walling goes solo again, covering a wide variety of topics including listening to customers, but not necessarily their solutions. He also cautions against making decisions based on one customer's feedback, but listening to the crowd. Finally, Rob highlights the importance of doing whatever it takes to succeed as a founder.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:52 – Paying attention to customer problems, not customer solutions



6:52 – Don’t listen to a customer, always listen to your customers



9:42 – Finding product market fit with limited information



13:01 – Identifying the appropriate time to grind out the work



19:18 – Don’t be above “taking out the trash”




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Connect



Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | X



Ruben’s repost of @sequence_film



ComicLab (@ComicLabPodcast) | X



Dave Kellett (@davekellett) | X



Brad Guigar (@guigar) | X



The SaaS Playbook




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:23:43</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 679.5 | The Future of MicroConf (7 Announcements!)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 21 Sep 2023 10:00:42 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1558676</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-679-5-the-future-of-microconf-7-announcements</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 679.5, Rob shares seven announcements about the future of MicroConf in the upcoming year. </p>



<p>Whether you're a long-time supporter or a new member of our crew of misfits, you know we're all about empowering bootstrapped SaaS entrepreneurs.</p>



<p>For nearly a decade, we've been fueling the permissionless entrepreneurship movement that's gripped founders worldwide - and we're nowhere close to finished.</p>



<p>Our next big leap is coming, and you won't want to miss it.</p>



<p>If you want to get the inside scoop, and to keep up to date as we roll out all of these offerings, head over to <a href="https://www.futureofmicroconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://www.futureofmicroconf.com/</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:03 – MicroConf Connect has leveled up, and is accepting new signups</li>



<li>2:41 – The return of The State of Independent SaaS Report</li>



<li>3:21 – Community voting for MicroConf Local 2024 cities</li>



<li>3:50 – New course launch, “Starting Up From Idea to Traction”</li>



<li>4:21 – MicroConf co-founder matching coming soon</li>



<li>4:58 – Host your team retreat with MicroConf’s Team Sync</li>



<li>5:28 – MicroConf Platinum Events for an exclusive and intimate experience</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="http://futureofmicroconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sign up to get notified for MicroConf updates</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf (@MicroConf) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf YouTube Channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf On Air Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Mastermind Matching</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS (2022)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://demandmaven.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DemandMaven</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/locals" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Local</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 679.5, Rob shares seven announcements about the future of MicroConf in the upcoming year. 



Whether you're a long-time supporter or a new member of our crew of misfits, you know we're all about empowering bootstrapped SaaS entrepreneurs.



For nearly a decade, we've been fueling the permissionless entrepreneurship movement that's gripped founders worldwide - and we're nowhere close to finished.



Our next big leap is coming, and you won't want to miss it.



If you want to get the inside scoop, and to keep up to date as we roll out all of these offerings, head over to https://www.futureofmicroconf.com/.



Topics we cover: 




2:03 – MicroConf Connect has leveled up, and is accepting new signups



2:41 – The return of The State of Independent SaaS Report



3:21 – Community voting for MicroConf Local 2024 cities



3:50 – New course launch, “Starting Up From Idea to Traction”



4:21 – MicroConf co-founder matching coming soon



4:58 – Host your team retreat with MicroConf’s Team Sync



5:28 – MicroConf Platinum Events for an exclusive and intimate experience




Links from the Show: 




Sign up to get notified for MicroConf updates



MicroConf Connect



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X



MicroConf (@MicroConf) | X



MicroConf YouTube Channel



MicroConf On Air Podcast



MicroConf Mastermind Matching



State of Independent SaaS (2022)



DemandMaven



MicroConf Local



TinySeed




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 679.5 | The Future of MicroConf (7 Announcements!)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 679.5, Rob shares seven announcements about the future of MicroConf in the upcoming year. </p>



<p>Whether you're a long-time supporter or a new member of our crew of misfits, you know we're all about empowering bootstrapped SaaS entrepreneurs.</p>



<p>For nearly a decade, we've been fueling the permissionless entrepreneurship movement that's gripped founders worldwide - and we're nowhere close to finished.</p>



<p>Our next big leap is coming, and you won't want to miss it.</p>



<p>If you want to get the inside scoop, and to keep up to date as we roll out all of these offerings, head over to <a href="https://www.futureofmicroconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://www.futureofmicroconf.com/</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:03 – MicroConf Connect has leveled up, and is accepting new signups</li>



<li>2:41 – The return of The State of Independent SaaS Report</li>



<li>3:21 – Community voting for MicroConf Local 2024 cities</li>



<li>3:50 – New course launch, “Starting Up From Idea to Traction”</li>



<li>4:21 – MicroConf co-founder matching coming soon</li>



<li>4:58 – Host your team retreat with MicroConf’s Team Sync</li>



<li>5:28 – MicroConf Platinum Events for an exclusive and intimate experience</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="http://futureofmicroconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sign up to get notified for MicroConf updates</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf (@MicroConf) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf YouTube Channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf On Air Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Mastermind Matching</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS (2022)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://demandmaven.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DemandMaven</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/locals" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Local</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/3dee72c3-a9ca-4224-a5e0-e50e57941bcf-Ep.679.5.mp3" length="7427796"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 679.5, Rob shares seven announcements about the future of MicroConf in the upcoming year. 



Whether you're a long-time supporter or a new member of our crew of misfits, you know we're all about empowering bootstrapped SaaS entrepreneurs.



For nearly a decade, we've been fueling the permissionless entrepreneurship movement that's gripped founders worldwide - and we're nowhere close to finished.



Our next big leap is coming, and you won't want to miss it.



If you want to get the inside scoop, and to keep up to date as we roll out all of these offerings, head over to https://www.futureofmicroconf.com/.



Topics we cover: 




2:03 – MicroConf Connect has leveled up, and is accepting new signups



2:41 – The return of The State of Independent SaaS Report



3:21 – Community voting for MicroConf Local 2024 cities



3:50 – New course launch, “Starting Up From Idea to Traction”



4:21 – MicroConf co-founder matching coming soon



4:58 – Host your team retreat with MicroConf’s Team Sync



5:28 – MicroConf Platinum Events for an exclusive and intimate experience




Links from the Show: 




Sign up to get notified for MicroConf updates



MicroConf Connect



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | X



MicroConf (@MicroConf) | X



MicroConf YouTube Channel



MicroConf On Air Podcast



MicroConf Mastermind Matching



State of Independent SaaS (2022)



DemandMaven



MicroConf Local



TinySeed




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:07:13</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 679 | Mock Features, A Failed Launch, Becoming a Freelancer, and More Listener Questions (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2023 10:00:11 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1553676</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-679-mock-features-a-failed-launch-becoming-a-freelancer-and-more-listener-questions-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 679, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He discusses how “mock features” can be implemented to close deals with certain buying dynamics, how to recover from a failed launch, and the benefits of phased launches to minimize those. Rob also gives advice on creating organic content for a SaaS and suggests alternative marketing strategies to content creation. Finally, he covers what an engineer might encounter during an acquisition in a small startup and how to dive into consulting and contracting.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:43 – Mock features for B2B SaaS</li>



<li>6:20 – Recovering from a failed launch</li>



<li>10:37 – Advice for a consumer-facing “vitamin” product</li>



<li>12:53 – Creating content to market SaaS tools</li>



<li>17:13 – Acquisitions for startups with small engineering teams</li>



<li>20:24 – Consulting for junior and mid-level engineers</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconfconnect.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect Applications are Open!</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-671-working-on-what-matters-left-handed-threads-and-being-lucky-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 671 | Working on What Matters, Left-handed Threads, and Being Lucky (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/advany/status/1682163508157517826?s=46" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ab Advany’s “Mock Features for B2B SaaS”</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 679, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He discusses how “mock features” can be implemented to close deals with certain buying dynamics, how to recover from a failed launch, and the benefits of phased launches to minimize those. Rob also gives advice on creating organic content for a SaaS and suggests alternative marketing strategies to content creation. Finally, he covers what an engineer might encounter during an acquisition in a small startup and how to dive into consulting and contracting.



Topics we cover: 




3:43 – Mock features for B2B SaaS



6:20 – Recovering from a failed launch



10:37 – Advice for a consumer-facing “vitamin” product



12:53 – Creating content to market SaaS tools



17:13 – Acquisitions for startups with small engineering teams



20:24 – Consulting for junior and mid-level engineers




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Playbook



MicroConf Connect Applications are Open!



Episode 671 | Working on What Matters, Left-handed Threads, and Being Lucky (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Ab Advany’s “Mock Features for B2B SaaS”




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 679 | Mock Features, A Failed Launch, Becoming a Freelancer, and More Listener Questions (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 679, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He discusses how “mock features” can be implemented to close deals with certain buying dynamics, how to recover from a failed launch, and the benefits of phased launches to minimize those. Rob also gives advice on creating organic content for a SaaS and suggests alternative marketing strategies to content creation. Finally, he covers what an engineer might encounter during an acquisition in a small startup and how to dive into consulting and contracting.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:43 – Mock features for B2B SaaS</li>



<li>6:20 – Recovering from a failed launch</li>



<li>10:37 – Advice for a consumer-facing “vitamin” product</li>



<li>12:53 – Creating content to market SaaS tools</li>



<li>17:13 – Acquisitions for startups with small engineering teams</li>



<li>20:24 – Consulting for junior and mid-level engineers</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconfconnect.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect Applications are Open!</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-671-working-on-what-matters-left-handed-threads-and-being-lucky-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 671 | Working on What Matters, Left-handed Threads, and Being Lucky (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/advany/status/1682163508157517826?s=46" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ab Advany’s “Mock Features for B2B SaaS”</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1553676/Ep.679b.mp3" length="26394250"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 679, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He discusses how “mock features” can be implemented to close deals with certain buying dynamics, how to recover from a failed launch, and the benefits of phased launches to minimize those. Rob also gives advice on creating organic content for a SaaS and suggests alternative marketing strategies to content creation. Finally, he covers what an engineer might encounter during an acquisition in a small startup and how to dive into consulting and contracting.



Topics we cover: 




3:43 – Mock features for B2B SaaS



6:20 – Recovering from a failed launch



10:37 – Advice for a consumer-facing “vitamin” product



12:53 – Creating content to market SaaS tools



17:13 – Acquisitions for startups with small engineering teams



20:24 – Consulting for junior and mid-level engineers




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Playbook



MicroConf Connect Applications are Open!



Episode 671 | Working on What Matters, Left-handed Threads, and Being Lucky (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Ab Advany’s “Mock Features for B2B SaaS”




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:26:58</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 678 | Selling a Half-Finished Product, Phased Launches, and More Listener Questions (Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 12 Sep 2023 10:00:59 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1548643</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-678-selling-a-half-finished-product-phased-launches-and-more-listener-questions-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 678, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He answers how he might find buyers for a half-done SaaS product, addresses platform risk that accompanies no-code development, and shares insights on bookkeeping for SaaS startups. Rob also details what frameworks new marketers should be looking into and gives advice on launching a new SaaS tool to an email list.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:10 – Where can I sell partially developed SaaS apps?</li>



<li>7:42 – Evaluating higher platform risk inherent in no-code apps</li>



<li>11:44 – Approaches to bookkeeping early on in your SaaS business </li>



<li>14:47 – Setting up a marketing engine for those with little experience</li>



<li>20:43 – Launching a new product to an email list with a phased approach</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://apply.tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/future-of-microconf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Join Us For A Big MicroConf Announcement</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://acquire.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Acquire.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/G8gEos8F9R0" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">#1 Mistake No-Code SaaS Founders Make - Don't Build Without THIS</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-642-the-pros-and-cons-of-building-a-no-code-mvp" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 642 | The Pros and Cons of Building a No-Code MVP</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.bench.co/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Bench.co</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.xero.com/us/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Xero.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/59A3UEC" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Traction</a> by Gabriel Weinberg, Justin Mares</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/4OBGv9P" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hacking Growth</a> by Sean Ellis, Morgan Brown</li>



<li><a href="https://postaga.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Postaga</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-670-relying-on-luck-avo..."></a></li></ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 678, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He answers how he might find buyers for a half-done SaaS product, addresses platform risk that accompanies no-code development, and shares insights on bookkeeping for SaaS startups. Rob also details what frameworks new marketers should be looking into and gives advice on launching a new SaaS tool to an email list.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




3:10 – Where can I sell partially developed SaaS apps?



7:42 – Evaluating higher platform risk inherent in no-code apps



11:44 – Approaches to bookkeeping early on in your SaaS business 



14:47 – Setting up a marketing engine for those with little experience



20:43 – Launching a new product to an email list with a phased approach




Links from the Show: 




Apply for TinySeed



Join Us For A Big MicroConf Announcement



The SaaS Playbook



MicroConf Connect



Acquire.com



#1 Mistake No-Code SaaS Founders Make - Don't Build Without THIS



Episode 642 | The Pros and Cons of Building a No-Code MVP



Bench.co



Xero.com



Traction by Gabriel Weinberg, Justin Mares



Hacking Growth by Sean Ellis, Morgan Brown



Postaga



]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 678 | Selling a Half-Finished Product, Phased Launches, and More Listener Questions (Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 678, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He answers how he might find buyers for a half-done SaaS product, addresses platform risk that accompanies no-code development, and shares insights on bookkeeping for SaaS startups. Rob also details what frameworks new marketers should be looking into and gives advice on launching a new SaaS tool to an email list.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:10 – Where can I sell partially developed SaaS apps?</li>



<li>7:42 – Evaluating higher platform risk inherent in no-code apps</li>



<li>11:44 – Approaches to bookkeeping early on in your SaaS business </li>



<li>14:47 – Setting up a marketing engine for those with little experience</li>



<li>20:43 – Launching a new product to an email list with a phased approach</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://apply.tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apply for TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/future-of-microconf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Join Us For A Big MicroConf Announcement</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://acquire.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Acquire.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/G8gEos8F9R0" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">#1 Mistake No-Code SaaS Founders Make - Don't Build Without THIS</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-642-the-pros-and-cons-of-building-a-no-code-mvp" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 642 | The Pros and Cons of Building a No-Code MVP</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.bench.co/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Bench.co</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.xero.com/us/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Xero.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/59A3UEC" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Traction</a> by Gabriel Weinberg, Justin Mares</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/4OBGv9P" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hacking Growth</a> by Sean Ellis, Morgan Brown</li>



<li><a href="https://postaga.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Postaga</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-670-relying-on-luck-avoiding-burnout-and-bad-player-vs-bad-instrument-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 670 | Relying on Luck, Avoiding Burnout, and Bad Player vs. Bad Instrument (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/pFhVQo0YPyw" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How to Build SaaS from Scratch in 8 Simplified Steps</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GLay7kksLtc" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How to Validate Your Idea &amp; Launch to $7k in Recurring Revenue – Rob Walling – MicroConf 2014</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1548643/Ep.678a.mp3" length="26058562"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 678, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions. He answers how he might find buyers for a half-done SaaS product, addresses platform risk that accompanies no-code development, and shares insights on bookkeeping for SaaS startups. Rob also details what frameworks new marketers should be looking into and gives advice on launching a new SaaS tool to an email list.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




3:10 – Where can I sell partially developed SaaS apps?



7:42 – Evaluating higher platform risk inherent in no-code apps



11:44 – Approaches to bookkeeping early on in your SaaS business 



14:47 – Setting up a marketing engine for those with little experience



20:43 – Launching a new product to an email list with a phased approach




Links from the Show: 




Apply for TinySeed



Join Us For A Big MicroConf Announcement



The SaaS Playbook



MicroConf Connect



Acquire.com



#1 Mistake No-Code SaaS Founders Make - Don't Build Without THIS



Episode 642 | The Pros and Cons of Building a No-Code MVP



Bench.co



Xero.com



Traction by Gabriel Weinberg, Justin Mares



Hacking Growth by Sean Ellis, Morgan Brown



Postaga



]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:26:37</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 677 | Design Faster and More Effectively With Wireframing]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2023 10:00:06 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1540963</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-677-design-faster-and-more-effectively-with-wireframing</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 677, Tracy Osborn interviews Leon Barnard from Balsamiq about wireframing and design. They discuss the book "Wireframing for Everyone" written by Leon and his co-authors from Balsamiq and they emphasize the value of low-fidelity wireframes for founders. They also cover how wireframing can improve ideation and communication processes among teams. To wrap up, they recommend resources for non-designers interested in learning more about wireframing and design.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Life as a founder can put a strain on even the strongest relationships, but spending dedicated quality time with your better half can help you recharge and refocus. If you’re ready to unwind from the daily startup grind, head over to <a href="https://cratedwithlove.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">cratedwithlove.com</a> to level up your next date night. And for listeners of this podcast, you can use code STARTUPS during checkout for an exclusive 15% off your first order. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:29 – TinySeed applications for Fall 2023 are open</li>



<li>5:00 – Leon’s passion for wireframing </li>



<li>8:32 – Designing in low fidelity wireframes</li>



<li>11:03 – Wireframing, ideation, and iteration</li>



<li>16:21 – Communicating design with wireframing</li>



<li>21:22 – Using wireframing to iterate on already existing, high fidelity content</li>



<li>24:35 – Writing about wireframing within the broader context of general design principles</li>



<li>28:16 – Additional resources for non-designers to gain confidence in design</li>



<li>32:36 – Asking questions informs good design</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/future-of-microconf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf is leveling up!</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracymakes" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/leonbarnard" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Leon Barnard (@leonbarnard) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/leonbarnard/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Leon Barnard | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/balsamiq" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Balsamiq (@balsamiq) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/hxGWEPL" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Wireframing for Everyone</a> by Michael Angeles, Leon Barnard, and Billy Carlson</li>



<li><a href="https://balsamiq.com/learn/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Balsamiq Wireframing Academy</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/hASxYeN" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sketching User Experiences</a> by Bill Buxton</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/3fjpsE7" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Don’t Make Me Think</a> by Steve Krug</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/gNhbHAO" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">UX for Lean Startups</a> by Laura Klein</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 677, Tracy Osborn interviews Leon Barnard from Balsamiq about wireframing and design. They discuss the book "Wireframing for Everyone" written by Leon and his co-authors from Balsamiq and they emphasize the value of low-fidelity wireframes for founders. They also cover how wireframing can improve ideation and communication processes among teams. To wrap up, they recommend resources for non-designers interested in learning more about wireframing and design.



Episode Sponsor:





Life as a founder can put a strain on even the strongest relationships, but spending dedicated quality time with your better half can help you recharge and refocus. If you’re ready to unwind from the daily startup grind, head over to cratedwithlove.com to level up your next date night. And for listeners of this podcast, you can use code STARTUPS during checkout for an exclusive 15% off your first order. 



Topics we cover: 




3:29 – TinySeed applications for Fall 2023 are open



5:00 – Leon’s passion for wireframing 



8:32 – Designing in low fidelity wireframes



11:03 – Wireframing, ideation, and iteration



16:21 – Communicating design with wireframing



21:22 – Using wireframing to iterate on already existing, high fidelity content



24:35 – Writing about wireframing within the broader context of general design principles



28:16 – Additional resources for non-designers to gain confidence in design



32:36 – Asking questions informs good design




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf is leveling up!



Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | X



Leon Barnard (@leonbarnard) | X



Leon Barnard | LinkedIn



Balsamiq (@balsamiq) | X



Wireframing for Everyone by Michael Angeles, Leon Barnard, and Billy Carlson



Balsamiq Wireframing Academy



Sketching User Experiences by Bill Buxton



Don’t Make Me Think by Steve Krug



UX for Lean Startups by Laura Klein




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 677 | Design Faster and More Effectively With Wireframing]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 677, Tracy Osborn interviews Leon Barnard from Balsamiq about wireframing and design. They discuss the book "Wireframing for Everyone" written by Leon and his co-authors from Balsamiq and they emphasize the value of low-fidelity wireframes for founders. They also cover how wireframing can improve ideation and communication processes among teams. To wrap up, they recommend resources for non-designers interested in learning more about wireframing and design.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p>Life as a founder can put a strain on even the strongest relationships, but spending dedicated quality time with your better half can help you recharge and refocus. If you’re ready to unwind from the daily startup grind, head over to <a href="https://cratedwithlove.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">cratedwithlove.com</a> to level up your next date night. And for listeners of this podcast, you can use code STARTUPS during checkout for an exclusive 15% off your first order. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:29 – TinySeed applications for Fall 2023 are open</li>



<li>5:00 – Leon’s passion for wireframing </li>



<li>8:32 – Designing in low fidelity wireframes</li>



<li>11:03 – Wireframing, ideation, and iteration</li>



<li>16:21 – Communicating design with wireframing</li>



<li>21:22 – Using wireframing to iterate on already existing, high fidelity content</li>



<li>24:35 – Writing about wireframing within the broader context of general design principles</li>



<li>28:16 – Additional resources for non-designers to gain confidence in design</li>



<li>32:36 – Asking questions informs good design</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/future-of-microconf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf is leveling up!</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracymakes" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/leonbarnard" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Leon Barnard (@leonbarnard) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/leonbarnard/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Leon Barnard | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/balsamiq" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Balsamiq (@balsamiq) | X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/hxGWEPL" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Wireframing for Everyone</a> by Michael Angeles, Leon Barnard, and Billy Carlson</li>



<li><a href="https://balsamiq.com/learn/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Balsamiq Wireframing Academy</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/hASxYeN" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sketching User Experiences</a> by Bill Buxton</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/3fjpsE7" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Don’t Make Me Think</a> by Steve Krug</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/gNhbHAO" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">UX for Lean Startups</a> by Laura Klein</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/9d90fea4-fa35-434e-a76f-80d50882669c-Ep.677.mp3" length="34183964"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 677, Tracy Osborn interviews Leon Barnard from Balsamiq about wireframing and design. They discuss the book "Wireframing for Everyone" written by Leon and his co-authors from Balsamiq and they emphasize the value of low-fidelity wireframes for founders. They also cover how wireframing can improve ideation and communication processes among teams. To wrap up, they recommend resources for non-designers interested in learning more about wireframing and design.



Episode Sponsor:





Life as a founder can put a strain on even the strongest relationships, but spending dedicated quality time with your better half can help you recharge and refocus. If you’re ready to unwind from the daily startup grind, head over to cratedwithlove.com to level up your next date night. And for listeners of this podcast, you can use code STARTUPS during checkout for an exclusive 15% off your first order. 



Topics we cover: 




3:29 – TinySeed applications for Fall 2023 are open



5:00 – Leon’s passion for wireframing 



8:32 – Designing in low fidelity wireframes



11:03 – Wireframing, ideation, and iteration



16:21 – Communicating design with wireframing



21:22 – Using wireframing to iterate on already existing, high fidelity content



24:35 – Writing about wireframing within the broader context of general design principles



28:16 – Additional resources for non-designers to gain confidence in design



32:36 – Asking questions informs good design




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf is leveling up!



Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | X



Leon Barnard (@leonbarnard) | X



Leon Barnard | LinkedIn



Balsamiq (@balsamiq) | X



Wireframing for Everyone by Michael Angeles, Leon Barnard, and Billy Carlson



Balsamiq Wireframing Academy



Sketching User Experiences by Bill Buxton



Don’t Make Me Think by Steve Krug



UX for Lean Startups by Laura Klein




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:35:36</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 676 | Exit Valuations, Choosing Between Ideas, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 29 Aug 2023 10:00:56 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1537503</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-676-exit-valuations-choosing-between-ideas-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 676, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he answers more listener questions. He answers questions around the inflated valuations in the B2B SaaS market, choosing between ideas, and validating a SaaS idea before building. Rob wraps up evaluating the effectiveness of building a podcast or YouTube following prior to launch.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>0:56 – TinySeed applications for fall 2023 batch</li>



<li>1:42 – The Future of MicroConf announcement event</li>



<li>2:13 – Why are B2B SaaS valuations so high?</li>



<li>10:43 – Choosing between two software ideas</li>



<li>15:02 – Don’t start a two-sided marketplace</li>



<li>17:04 – Do my “Stair Steps” have to be related?</li>



<li>19:47 – Co-founder equity splits and founder agreements</li>



<li>24:56 – Idea validation techniques</li>



<li>28:02 – Starting a podcast to building an audience</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.futureofmicroconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Future of MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.upflip.com/podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The UpFlip Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/27-how-to-build-a-thriving-software-company-from-scratch/id1581475956?i=1000564524961" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">27. How to Build a Thriving Software Company (From Scratch)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet Light</a>, <a href="https://empireflippers.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Empire Flippers</a>, <a href="https://feinternational.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">FE international</a></li>



<li><a href="https://castos.com/productions/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos Productions</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.nolo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Nolo</a>, <a href="https://www.rocketlawyer.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rocket Lawyer</a>, <a href="https://www.lexgo.cl/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lexgo</a></li>



<li><a href="https://slicingpie.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Slicing Pie</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-671-working-on-what-matters-left-handed-threads-and-being-lucky-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 671 | Working on What Matters, Left-handed Threads, and Being Lucky (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/cwgDLNA" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Traction</a> by Gino Wickman</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/1NWj1if" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hacking Growth</a> by Sean Brown, Morgan, Ellis</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 676, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he answers more listener questions. He answers questions around the inflated valuations in the B2B SaaS market, choosing between ideas, and validating a SaaS idea before building. Rob wraps up evaluating the effectiveness of building a podcast or YouTube following prior to launch.



Topics we cover: 




0:56 – TinySeed applications for fall 2023 batch



1:42 – The Future of MicroConf announcement event



2:13 – Why are B2B SaaS valuations so high?



10:43 – Choosing between two software ideas



15:02 – Don’t start a two-sided marketplace



17:04 – Do my “Stair Steps” have to be related?



19:47 – Co-founder equity splits and founder agreements



24:56 – Idea validation techniques



28:02 – Starting a podcast to building an audience




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Playbook



TinySeed



Future of MicroConf



The UpFlip Podcast



27. How to Build a Thriving Software Company (From Scratch)



Quiet Light, Empire Flippers, FE international



Castos Productions



Nolo, Rocket Lawyer, Lexgo



Slicing Pie



Episode 671 | Working on What Matters, Left-handed Threads, and Being Lucky (A Rob Solo Adventure)



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping



Traction by Gino Wickman



Hacking Growth by Sean Brown, Morgan, Ellis




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 676 | Exit Valuations, Choosing Between Ideas, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 676, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he answers more listener questions. He answers questions around the inflated valuations in the B2B SaaS market, choosing between ideas, and validating a SaaS idea before building. Rob wraps up evaluating the effectiveness of building a podcast or YouTube following prior to launch.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>0:56 – TinySeed applications for fall 2023 batch</li>



<li>1:42 – The Future of MicroConf announcement event</li>



<li>2:13 – Why are B2B SaaS valuations so high?</li>



<li>10:43 – Choosing between two software ideas</li>



<li>15:02 – Don’t start a two-sided marketplace</li>



<li>17:04 – Do my “Stair Steps” have to be related?</li>



<li>19:47 – Co-founder equity splits and founder agreements</li>



<li>24:56 – Idea validation techniques</li>



<li>28:02 – Starting a podcast to building an audience</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.futureofmicroconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Future of MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.upflip.com/podcast" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The UpFlip Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/27-how-to-build-a-thriving-software-company-from-scratch/id1581475956?i=1000564524961" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">27. How to Build a Thriving Software Company (From Scratch)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet Light</a>, <a href="https://empireflippers.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Empire Flippers</a>, <a href="https://feinternational.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">FE international</a></li>



<li><a href="https://castos.com/productions/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos Productions</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.nolo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Nolo</a>, <a href="https://www.rocketlawyer.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rocket Lawyer</a>, <a href="https://www.lexgo.cl/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lexgo</a></li>



<li><a href="https://slicingpie.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Slicing Pie</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-671-working-on-what-matters-left-handed-threads-and-being-lucky-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 671 | Working on What Matters, Left-handed Threads, and Being Lucky (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/cwgDLNA" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Traction</a> by Gino Wickman</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/1NWj1if" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hacking Growth</a> by Sean Brown, Morgan, Ellis</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1537503/Ep.676b.mp3" length="32922337"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 676, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he answers more listener questions. He answers questions around the inflated valuations in the B2B SaaS market, choosing between ideas, and validating a SaaS idea before building. Rob wraps up evaluating the effectiveness of building a podcast or YouTube following prior to launch.



Topics we cover: 




0:56 – TinySeed applications for fall 2023 batch



1:42 – The Future of MicroConf announcement event



2:13 – Why are B2B SaaS valuations so high?



10:43 – Choosing between two software ideas



15:02 – Don’t start a two-sided marketplace



17:04 – Do my “Stair Steps” have to be related?



19:47 – Co-founder equity splits and founder agreements



24:56 – Idea validation techniques



28:02 – Starting a podcast to building an audience




Links from the Show: 




The SaaS Playbook



TinySeed



Future of MicroConf



The UpFlip Podcast



27. How to Build a Thriving Software Company (From Scratch)



Quiet Light, Empire Flippers, FE international



Castos Productions



Nolo, Rocket Lawyer, Lexgo



Slicing Pie



Episode 671 | Working on What Matters, Left-handed Threads, and Being Lucky (A Rob Solo Adventure)



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping



Traction by Gino Wickman



Hacking Growth by Sean Brown, Morgan, Ellis




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:33:46</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 675 | Storytelling as a Sales Superpower (Book Recommendation)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 22 Aug 2023 10:00:26 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1535957</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-675-storytelling-as-a-sales-superpower-book-recommendation</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 675, Rob Walling interviews Stephen Steers, author of "Superpower Storytelling." They discuss Stephen’s experience in selling and teaching startups how to sell better. They cover Stephen’s storytelling “AREA” framework and the concept of the problem stack. They also talk about when founders should consider delegating sales, the importance of documenting successful sales processes, and using humor in the sales process.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:36 – Start Small, Stay Small</li>



<li>3:21 – Stephen’s book, Superpower Storytelling, and how to tell the story of you and your company</li>



<li>4:30 – Why is storytelling important for startups</li>



<li>7:47 – A valuable background in sales consulting</li>



<li>10:35 – The AREA mental framework</li>



<li>13:21 – The “problem stack”</li>



<li>18:42 – When to outsource sales in your organization</li>



<li>22:37 – The four reasons that businesses buy, consultative selling</li>



<li>28:01 – Using humor to your advantage when selling or as a founder</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephen-steers/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stephen Steers | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.stephensteers.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Steers Sales Consulting</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.stephensteers.com/products/p/superpower-storytelling-book-physical-book-bonuses" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Superpower Storytelling</a> by Stephen Steers</li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small, Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/fb60UiT" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Made to Stick</a> by Chip Heath &amp; Dan Heath</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/takimoore" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Taki Moore (@takimoore) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/scottsambucci" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Scott Sambucci (@scottsambucci) | Twitter</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951"></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 675, Rob Walling interviews Stephen Steers, author of "Superpower Storytelling." They discuss Stephen’s experience in selling and teaching startups how to sell better. They cover Stephen’s storytelling “AREA” framework and the concept of the problem stack. They also talk about when founders should consider delegating sales, the importance of documenting successful sales processes, and using humor in the sales process.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:36 – Start Small, Stay Small



3:21 – Stephen’s book, Superpower Storytelling, and how to tell the story of you and your company



4:30 – Why is storytelling important for startups



7:47 – A valuable background in sales consulting



10:35 – The AREA mental framework



13:21 – The “problem stack”



18:42 – When to outsource sales in your organization



22:37 – The four reasons that businesses buy, consultative selling



28:01 – Using humor to your advantage when selling or as a founder




Links from the Show: 




Stephen Steers | LinkedIn



Steers Sales Consulting



Superpower Storytelling by Stephen Steers



Start Small, Stay Small by Rob Walling



Made to Stick by Chip Heath & Dan Heath



Taki Moore (@takimoore) | Twitter



Scott Sambucci (@scottsambucci) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 675 | Storytelling as a Sales Superpower (Book Recommendation)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 675, Rob Walling interviews Stephen Steers, author of "Superpower Storytelling." They discuss Stephen’s experience in selling and teaching startups how to sell better. They cover Stephen’s storytelling “AREA” framework and the concept of the problem stack. They also talk about when founders should consider delegating sales, the importance of documenting successful sales processes, and using humor in the sales process.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:36 – Start Small, Stay Small</li>



<li>3:21 – Stephen’s book, Superpower Storytelling, and how to tell the story of you and your company</li>



<li>4:30 – Why is storytelling important for startups</li>



<li>7:47 – A valuable background in sales consulting</li>



<li>10:35 – The AREA mental framework</li>



<li>13:21 – The “problem stack”</li>



<li>18:42 – When to outsource sales in your organization</li>



<li>22:37 – The four reasons that businesses buy, consultative selling</li>



<li>28:01 – Using humor to your advantage when selling or as a founder</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/stephen-steers/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stephen Steers | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.stephensteers.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Steers Sales Consulting</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.stephensteers.com/products/p/superpower-storytelling-book-physical-book-bonuses" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Superpower Storytelling</a> by Stephen Steers</li>



<li><a href="https://startsmall.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small, Stay Small</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/fb60UiT" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Made to Stick</a> by Chip Heath &amp; Dan Heath</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/takimoore" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Taki Moore (@takimoore) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/scottsambucci" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Scott Sambucci (@scottsambucci) | Twitter</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/6bf0e8cd-04c1-4924-8370-d762acc21d4f-Ep.675.mp3" length="33192134"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 675, Rob Walling interviews Stephen Steers, author of "Superpower Storytelling." They discuss Stephen’s experience in selling and teaching startups how to sell better. They cover Stephen’s storytelling “AREA” framework and the concept of the problem stack. They also talk about when founders should consider delegating sales, the importance of documenting successful sales processes, and using humor in the sales process.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:36 – Start Small, Stay Small



3:21 – Stephen’s book, Superpower Storytelling, and how to tell the story of you and your company



4:30 – Why is storytelling important for startups



7:47 – A valuable background in sales consulting



10:35 – The AREA mental framework



13:21 – The “problem stack”



18:42 – When to outsource sales in your organization



22:37 – The four reasons that businesses buy, consultative selling



28:01 – Using humor to your advantage when selling or as a founder




Links from the Show: 




Stephen Steers | LinkedIn



Steers Sales Consulting



Superpower Storytelling by Stephen Steers



Start Small, Stay Small by Rob Walling



Made to Stick by Chip Heath & Dan Heath



Taki Moore (@takimoore) | Twitter



Scott Sambucci (@scottsambucci) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:03</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 674 | SparkToro Pays Back Investors, When to Raise Funding, and X.com (Hot Take Tuesday)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 15 Aug 2023 10:00:52 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1529135</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-674-sparktoro-pays-back-investors-when-to-raise-funding-and-x-com-hot-take-tuesday</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 674, ​​join Rob Walling, Einar Vollset, and Tracy Osborn for Hot Take Tuesday, where they analyze and discuss some of the latest news. They talk about Elon rebranding Twitter to X and the emergence of Instagram's Threads. They also cover the pros and cons of taking VC and SparkToro's unique funding model and paying back investors.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:49 – Twitter is now X</li>



<li>5:53 – Does the rebranding make sense?</li>



<li>12:15 – Instagram launches Threads</li>



<li>19:18 – SparkToro pays back investors</li>



<li>26:04 – Planning ahead for the payback</li>



<li>28:53 – “Don’t take VC funding”</li>



<li>35:11 – “We Raised a Bunch of Money”</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracymakes">Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.theverge.com/2023/7/23/23804629/twitters-rebrand-to-x-may-actually-be-happening-soon">Twitter is being rebranded as X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://about.instagram.com/blog/announcements/threads-instagram-text-feature">Introducing Threads: A New Way to Share with Text</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/randfish">Rand Fishkin (@randfish ) |Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/caseyhen">Casey Henry (@caseyhen) |Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://sparktoro.com/">SparkToro</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.postpone.app/">Postpone</a></li>



<li><a href="https://sparktoro.com/blog/sparktoro-year-3-retrospective-investor-payback-systemic-challenges-and-v2-on-the-way/">SparkToro Year 3 Retrospective: Investor Payback, Systemic Challenges, and V2 on the Way</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/8p3MvIv">Lost and Founder</a> by Rand Fishkin</li>



<li><a href="https://fly.io/">Fly.io</a></li>



<li><a href="https://fly.io/blog/we-raised-a-bunch-of-money/">We Raised A Bunch Of Money</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!
Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY">Google</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 674, ​​join Rob Walling, Einar Vollset, and Tracy Osborn for Hot Take Tuesday, where they analyze and discuss some of the latest news. They talk about Elon rebranding Twitter to X and the emergence of Instagram's Threads. They also cover the pros and cons of taking VC and SparkToro's unique funding model and paying back investors.



Topics we cover: 




2:49 – Twitter is now X



5:53 – Does the rebranding make sense?



12:15 – Instagram launches Threads



19:18 – SparkToro pays back investors



26:04 – Planning ahead for the payback



28:53 – “Don’t take VC funding”



35:11 – “We Raised a Bunch of Money”




Links from the Show: 




Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | Twitter



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | Twitter



The SaaS Playbook



TinySeed



Twitter is being rebranded as X



Introducing Threads: A New Way to Share with Text



Rand Fishkin (@randfish ) |Twitter



Casey Henry (@caseyhen) |Twitter



SparkToro



Postpone



SparkToro Year 3 Retrospective: Investor Payback, Systemic Challenges, and V2 on the Way



Lost and Founder by Rand Fishkin



Fly.io



We Raised A Bunch Of Money




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!
Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 674 | SparkToro Pays Back Investors, When to Raise Funding, and X.com (Hot Take Tuesday)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 674, ​​join Rob Walling, Einar Vollset, and Tracy Osborn for Hot Take Tuesday, where they analyze and discuss some of the latest news. They talk about Elon rebranding Twitter to X and the emergence of Instagram's Threads. They also cover the pros and cons of taking VC and SparkToro's unique funding model and paying back investors.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:49 – Twitter is now X</li>



<li>5:53 – Does the rebranding make sense?</li>



<li>12:15 – Instagram launches Threads</li>



<li>19:18 – SparkToro pays back investors</li>



<li>26:04 – Planning ahead for the payback</li>



<li>28:53 – “Don’t take VC funding”</li>



<li>35:11 – “We Raised a Bunch of Money”</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracymakes">Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.theverge.com/2023/7/23/23804629/twitters-rebrand-to-x-may-actually-be-happening-soon">Twitter is being rebranded as X</a></li>



<li><a href="https://about.instagram.com/blog/announcements/threads-instagram-text-feature">Introducing Threads: A New Way to Share with Text</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/randfish">Rand Fishkin (@randfish ) |Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/caseyhen">Casey Henry (@caseyhen) |Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://sparktoro.com/">SparkToro</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.postpone.app/">Postpone</a></li>



<li><a href="https://sparktoro.com/blog/sparktoro-year-3-retrospective-investor-payback-systemic-challenges-and-v2-on-the-way/">SparkToro Year 3 Retrospective: Investor Payback, Systemic Challenges, and V2 on the Way</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/8p3MvIv">Lost and Founder</a> by Rand Fishkin</li>



<li><a href="https://fly.io/">Fly.io</a></li>



<li><a href="https://fly.io/blog/we-raised-a-bunch-of-money/">We Raised A Bunch Of Money</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!
Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1529135/Ep.674a.mp3" length="42528369"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 674, ​​join Rob Walling, Einar Vollset, and Tracy Osborn for Hot Take Tuesday, where they analyze and discuss some of the latest news. They talk about Elon rebranding Twitter to X and the emergence of Instagram's Threads. They also cover the pros and cons of taking VC and SparkToro's unique funding model and paying back investors.



Topics we cover: 




2:49 – Twitter is now X



5:53 – Does the rebranding make sense?



12:15 – Instagram launches Threads



19:18 – SparkToro pays back investors



26:04 – Planning ahead for the payback



28:53 – “Don’t take VC funding”



35:11 – “We Raised a Bunch of Money”




Links from the Show: 




Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | Twitter



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | Twitter



The SaaS Playbook



TinySeed



Twitter is being rebranded as X



Introducing Threads: A New Way to Share with Text



Rand Fishkin (@randfish ) |Twitter



Casey Henry (@caseyhen) |Twitter



SparkToro



Postpone



SparkToro Year 3 Retrospective: Investor Payback, Systemic Challenges, and V2 on the Way



Lost and Founder by Rand Fishkin



Fly.io



We Raised A Bunch Of Money




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!
Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:43:47</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 673 | Lifetime Plans vs Subscriptions, Testing an Idea With a Landing Page, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 08 Aug 2023 10:00:10 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1527096</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-673-lifetime-plans-vs-subscriptions-testing-an-idea-with-a-landing-page-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 673, Rob Walling chats with Ruben Gamez, the founder of SignWell, as they answer listener questions. They cover topics related to pricing models for SaaS products, marketing strategies for new products, the concept of copycat apps, and the challenges of balancing customer requests with product development. Additionally, they address a question about choosing between working at a startup or a big tech company.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:06 – Lifetime value pricing vs. monthly recurring revenue</li>



<li>11:33 – Pay-as-you-go as an alternative to lifetime or SaaS pricing</li>



<li>14:30 – Testing the market with a landing page</li>



<li>22:16 – Getting feedback from landing page signups</li>



<li>25:11 – Marketing strategies for SaaS</li>



<li>32:53 – Building copycat apps</li>



<li>38:51 – Startup roles vs. roles in a big tech company as a software engineer</li>



<li>43:33 – Balancing customer needs with our strategic roadmap</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="mailto:sponsors@microconf.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Sponsorships</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/SignWellApp" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SignWell (@SignWellApp) |Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.signwell.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SignWell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://hackersincorporated.com/episodes/lifetime-pricing-is-underrated" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hackers Incorporated, E4 | Lifetime pricing is underrated</a></li>



<li><a href="https://appsumo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">AppSumo</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tailwindui.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tailwind UI</a></li>



<li><a href="https://loadster.app/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Loadster</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RKEhFR1G-HE&amp;t=248s" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How to Grow Your Self Funded Business Faster – Hiten Shah – MicroConf 2014</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact"></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 673, Rob Walling chats with Ruben Gamez, the founder of SignWell, as they answer listener questions. They cover topics related to pricing models for SaaS products, marketing strategies for new products, the concept of copycat apps, and the challenges of balancing customer requests with product development. Additionally, they address a question about choosing between working at a startup or a big tech company.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:06 – Lifetime value pricing vs. monthly recurring revenue



11:33 – Pay-as-you-go as an alternative to lifetime or SaaS pricing



14:30 – Testing the market with a landing page



22:16 – Getting feedback from landing page signups



25:11 – Marketing strategies for SaaS



32:53 – Building copycat apps



38:51 – Startup roles vs. roles in a big tech company as a software engineer



43:33 – Balancing customer needs with our strategic roadmap




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Sponsorships



The SaaS Playbook



Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | Twitter



SignWell (@SignWellApp) |Twitter



SignWell



Hackers Incorporated, E4 | Lifetime pricing is underrated



AppSumo



Tailwind UI



Loadster



How to Grow Your Self Funded Business Faster – Hiten Shah – MicroConf 2014




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 673 | Lifetime Plans vs Subscriptions, Testing an Idea With a Landing Page, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 673, Rob Walling chats with Ruben Gamez, the founder of SignWell, as they answer listener questions. They cover topics related to pricing models for SaaS products, marketing strategies for new products, the concept of copycat apps, and the challenges of balancing customer requests with product development. Additionally, they address a question about choosing between working at a startup or a big tech company.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:06 – Lifetime value pricing vs. monthly recurring revenue</li>



<li>11:33 – Pay-as-you-go as an alternative to lifetime or SaaS pricing</li>



<li>14:30 – Testing the market with a landing page</li>



<li>22:16 – Getting feedback from landing page signups</li>



<li>25:11 – Marketing strategies for SaaS</li>



<li>32:53 – Building copycat apps</li>



<li>38:51 – Startup roles vs. roles in a big tech company as a software engineer</li>



<li>43:33 – Balancing customer needs with our strategic roadmap</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="mailto:sponsors@microconf.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Sponsorships</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/SignWellApp" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SignWell (@SignWellApp) |Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.signwell.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SignWell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://hackersincorporated.com/episodes/lifetime-pricing-is-underrated" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hackers Incorporated, E4 | Lifetime pricing is underrated</a></li>



<li><a href="https://appsumo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">AppSumo</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tailwindui.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tailwind UI</a></li>



<li><a href="https://loadster.app/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Loadster</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RKEhFR1G-HE&amp;t=248s" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How to Grow Your Self Funded Business Faster – Hiten Shah – MicroConf 2014</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1527096/Ep.673a.mp3" length="49689526"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 673, Rob Walling chats with Ruben Gamez, the founder of SignWell, as they answer listener questions. They cover topics related to pricing models for SaaS products, marketing strategies for new products, the concept of copycat apps, and the challenges of balancing customer requests with product development. Additionally, they address a question about choosing between working at a startup or a big tech company.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:06 – Lifetime value pricing vs. monthly recurring revenue



11:33 – Pay-as-you-go as an alternative to lifetime or SaaS pricing



14:30 – Testing the market with a landing page



22:16 – Getting feedback from landing page signups



25:11 – Marketing strategies for SaaS



32:53 – Building copycat apps



38:51 – Startup roles vs. roles in a big tech company as a software engineer



43:33 – Balancing customer needs with our strategic roadmap




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf Sponsorships



The SaaS Playbook



Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | Twitter



SignWell (@SignWellApp) |Twitter



SignWell



Hackers Incorporated, E4 | Lifetime pricing is underrated



AppSumo



Tailwind UI



Loadster



How to Grow Your Self Funded Business Faster – Hiten Shah – MicroConf 2014




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:51:14</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 672 | Bootstrapping, Building, Buying, and Selling SaaS Companies]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 01 Aug 2023 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1521508</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-672-bootstrapping-building-buying-and-selling-saas-companies</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 672, Rob Walling speaks with Jon Hainstock, M&amp;A advisor at Quiet Light and previously ZoomShift. They discuss Jon’s bootstrapper journey, his exit from ZoomShift, the benefits of buying versus building, and how he helps other founders sell their businesses at Quiet Light. To wrap up, Jon exposes some common pitfalls to avoid when buying businesses.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:17 – Timeline of building and selling ZoomShift</li>



<li>6:07 – Deciding to sell ZoomShift</li>



<li>11:06 – Jumping into a new project immediately after exit</li>



<li>17:16 – Acquiring small assets</li>



<li>19:16 – Picking Quiet Light Brokerage over smaller acquisitions</li>



<li>26:23 – “Broker” vs. “Advisor”</li>



<li>30:26 – What to avoid when buying a business</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/exit" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Exit Event</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/jonhainstock" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jon Hainstock (@jonhainstock) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/QuietLightInc" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet Light (@quietlightinc) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.zoomshift.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ZoomShift</a></li>



<li><a href="https://chatterdocs.ai/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ChatterDocs.ai</a></li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet Light</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/2rxS5oh" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Finish Big</a> by Bo Burlingham</li>



<li><a href="https://acquire.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Acquire.com</a>, formerly MicroAcquire</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/aNSElwV" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rich Dad Poor Dad</a> by Robert T. Kiyosaki</li>



<li><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-quiet-light-podcast/id1034903908" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Quiet Light Podcast</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 672, Rob Walling speaks with Jon Hainstock, M&A advisor at Quiet Light and previously ZoomShift. They discuss Jon’s bootstrapper journey, his exit from ZoomShift, the benefits of buying versus building, and how he helps other founders sell their businesses at Quiet Light. To wrap up, Jon exposes some common pitfalls to avoid when buying businesses.



Topics we cover: 




2:17 – Timeline of building and selling ZoomShift



6:07 – Deciding to sell ZoomShift



11:06 – Jumping into a new project immediately after exit



17:16 – Acquiring small assets



19:16 – Picking Quiet Light Brokerage over smaller acquisitions



26:23 – “Broker” vs. “Advisor”



30:26 – What to avoid when buying a business




Links from the Show: 




The Exit Event



Jon Hainstock (@jonhainstock) | Twitter



Quiet Light (@quietlightinc) | Twitter



ZoomShift



ChatterDocs.ai



Quiet Light



Finish Big by Bo Burlingham



Acquire.com, formerly MicroAcquire



Rich Dad Poor Dad by Robert T. Kiyosaki



The Quiet Light Podcast




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 672 | Bootstrapping, Building, Buying, and Selling SaaS Companies]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 672, Rob Walling speaks with Jon Hainstock, M&amp;A advisor at Quiet Light and previously ZoomShift. They discuss Jon’s bootstrapper journey, his exit from ZoomShift, the benefits of buying versus building, and how he helps other founders sell their businesses at Quiet Light. To wrap up, Jon exposes some common pitfalls to avoid when buying businesses.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:17 – Timeline of building and selling ZoomShift</li>



<li>6:07 – Deciding to sell ZoomShift</li>



<li>11:06 – Jumping into a new project immediately after exit</li>



<li>17:16 – Acquiring small assets</li>



<li>19:16 – Picking Quiet Light Brokerage over smaller acquisitions</li>



<li>26:23 – “Broker” vs. “Advisor”</li>



<li>30:26 – What to avoid when buying a business</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/exit" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Exit Event</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/jonhainstock" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Jon Hainstock (@jonhainstock) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/QuietLightInc" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet Light (@quietlightinc) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.zoomshift.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ZoomShift</a></li>



<li><a href="https://chatterdocs.ai/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ChatterDocs.ai</a></li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet Light</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/2rxS5oh" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Finish Big</a> by Bo Burlingham</li>



<li><a href="https://acquire.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Acquire.com</a>, formerly MicroAcquire</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/aNSElwV" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rich Dad Poor Dad</a> by Robert T. Kiyosaki</li>



<li><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-quiet-light-podcast/id1034903908" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Quiet Light Podcast</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/8cbcc725-5a57-4f22-a496-f31e6d0cc048-Ep.672.mp3" length="40308680"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 672, Rob Walling speaks with Jon Hainstock, M&A advisor at Quiet Light and previously ZoomShift. They discuss Jon’s bootstrapper journey, his exit from ZoomShift, the benefits of buying versus building, and how he helps other founders sell their businesses at Quiet Light. To wrap up, Jon exposes some common pitfalls to avoid when buying businesses.



Topics we cover: 




2:17 – Timeline of building and selling ZoomShift



6:07 – Deciding to sell ZoomShift



11:06 – Jumping into a new project immediately after exit



17:16 – Acquiring small assets



19:16 – Picking Quiet Light Brokerage over smaller acquisitions



26:23 – “Broker” vs. “Advisor”



30:26 – What to avoid when buying a business




Links from the Show: 




The Exit Event



Jon Hainstock (@jonhainstock) | Twitter



Quiet Light (@quietlightinc) | Twitter



ZoomShift



ChatterDocs.ai



Quiet Light



Finish Big by Bo Burlingham



Acquire.com, formerly MicroAcquire



Rich Dad Poor Dad by Robert T. Kiyosaki



The Quiet Light Podcast




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:41:28</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 671 | Working on What Matters, Left-handed Threads, and Being Lucky (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jul 2023 10:00:07 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1517739</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-671-working-on-what-matters-left-handed-threads-and-being-lucky-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 671, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he covers a variety of topics. First, he shares an example of why successful founders move the needle rather than staying in their comfort zone. He shares an anecdote about discovering left-handed threads and how it applies to startups, and wraps up with some thoughts on the role of luck in audience building. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:56 – Moving the needle rather than staying comfortable</li>



<li>11:10 – First time discovering left-handed threads</li>



<li>19:15 – Building an audience doesn’t require luck</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-670-relying-on-luck-avoiding-burnout-and-bad-player-vs-bad-instrument-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 670 | Relying on Luck, Avoiding Burnout, and Bad Player vs. Bad Instrument (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/spolsky" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Joel Spolsky (@spolsky) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/pFhVQo0YPyw" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How to Build SaaS from Scratch in 8 Simplified Steps</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 671, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he covers a variety of topics. First, he shares an example of why successful founders move the needle rather than staying in their comfort zone. He shares an anecdote about discovering left-handed threads and how it applies to startups, and wraps up with some thoughts on the role of luck in audience building. 



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:56 – Moving the needle rather than staying comfortable



11:10 – First time discovering left-handed threads



19:15 – Building an audience doesn’t require luck




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf



MicroConf Connect



The SaaS Playbook



Episode 670 | Relying on Luck, Avoiding Burnout, and Bad Player vs. Bad Instrument (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Joel Spolsky (@spolsky) | Twitter



TinySeed



How to Build SaaS from Scratch in 8 Simplified Steps




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 671 | Working on What Matters, Left-handed Threads, and Being Lucky (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 671, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he covers a variety of topics. First, he shares an example of why successful founders move the needle rather than staying in their comfort zone. He shares an anecdote about discovering left-handed threads and how it applies to startups, and wraps up with some thoughts on the role of luck in audience building. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:56 – Moving the needle rather than staying comfortable</li>



<li>11:10 – First time discovering left-handed threads</li>



<li>19:15 – Building an audience doesn’t require luck</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-670-relying-on-luck-avoiding-burnout-and-bad-player-vs-bad-instrument-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 670 | Relying on Luck, Avoiding Burnout, and Bad Player vs. Bad Instrument (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/spolsky" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Joel Spolsky (@spolsky) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtu.be/pFhVQo0YPyw" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How to Build SaaS from Scratch in 8 Simplified Steps</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/97ee5e9e-4ac8-47da-a88b-7f5131df3bee-EP.671.mp3" length="23309250"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 671, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he covers a variety of topics. First, he shares an example of why successful founders move the needle rather than staying in their comfort zone. He shares an anecdote about discovering left-handed threads and how it applies to startups, and wraps up with some thoughts on the role of luck in audience building. 



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:56 – Moving the needle rather than staying comfortable



11:10 – First time discovering left-handed threads



19:15 – Building an audience doesn’t require luck




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf



MicroConf Connect



The SaaS Playbook



Episode 670 | Relying on Luck, Avoiding Burnout, and Bad Player vs. Bad Instrument (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Joel Spolsky (@spolsky) | Twitter



TinySeed



How to Build SaaS from Scratch in 8 Simplified Steps




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:23:45</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 670 | Relying on Luck, Avoiding Burnout, and Bad Player vs. Bad Instrument (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 10:00:11 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1511002</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-670-relying-on-luck-avoiding-burnout-and-bad-player-vs-bad-instrument-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 670, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure, where he discusses why, while striking luck in your SaaS journey is great, working hard and building skills is the sustainable way to build businesses for the long haul. He also shares his personal approach to work when burnout is on the horizon and finally an anecdote relating to SaaS marketing approaches.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>0:41 – RSS feed issues, undesirable startup tasks</li>



<li>2:52 – Two exclusive episodes of Startups For the Rest of Us</li>



<li>3:39 – Success takes hard work, luck, and skill</li>



<li>11:00 – The grind of content creation, burnout on the horizon</li>



<li>21:38 – Bad player or bad instrument?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-667-increase-your-exit-price-by-decoupling-yourself-from-your-business-with-john-warrillow">Episode 667 | Increase Your Exit Price by Decoupling Yourself from Your Business with John Warrillow</a></li>



<li><a href="https://castos.com/">Castos</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fZONrf4HqYQ">Sugarcult – “Stuck in America”</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf">MicroConf YouTube Channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/podcast">MicroConf On Air Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/sherrywalling">Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/cYwmu64">The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/">TinySeed</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY">Google</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 670, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure, where he discusses why, while striking luck in your SaaS journey is great, working hard and building skills is the sustainable way to build businesses for the long haul. He also shares his personal approach to work when burnout is on the horizon and finally an anecdote relating to SaaS marketing approaches.



Topics we cover: 




0:41 – RSS feed issues, undesirable startup tasks



2:52 – Two exclusive episodes of Startups For the Rest of Us



3:39 – Success takes hard work, luck, and skill



11:00 – The grind of content creation, burnout on the horizon



21:38 – Bad player or bad instrument?




Links from the Show: 




Episode 667 | Increase Your Exit Price by Decoupling Yourself from Your Business with John Warrillow



Castos



Sugarcult – “Stuck in America”



MicroConf YouTube Channel



MicroConf On Air Podcast



Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | Twitter



The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together



TinySeed




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 670 | Relying on Luck, Avoiding Burnout, and Bad Player vs. Bad Instrument (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 670, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure, where he discusses why, while striking luck in your SaaS journey is great, working hard and building skills is the sustainable way to build businesses for the long haul. He also shares his personal approach to work when burnout is on the horizon and finally an anecdote relating to SaaS marketing approaches.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>0:41 – RSS feed issues, undesirable startup tasks</li>



<li>2:52 – Two exclusive episodes of Startups For the Rest of Us</li>



<li>3:39 – Success takes hard work, luck, and skill</li>



<li>11:00 – The grind of content creation, burnout on the horizon</li>



<li>21:38 – Bad player or bad instrument?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-667-increase-your-exit-price-by-decoupling-yourself-from-your-business-with-john-warrillow">Episode 667 | Increase Your Exit Price by Decoupling Yourself from Your Business with John Warrillow</a></li>



<li><a href="https://castos.com/">Castos</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fZONrf4HqYQ">Sugarcult – “Stuck in America”</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf">MicroConf YouTube Channel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/podcast">MicroConf On Air Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/sherrywalling">Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/cYwmu64">The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/">TinySeed</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/9dfb6936-36e0-4cd0-becc-2596b8991cfe-Ep.670.mp3" length="25867978"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 670, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure, where he discusses why, while striking luck in your SaaS journey is great, working hard and building skills is the sustainable way to build businesses for the long haul. He also shares his personal approach to work when burnout is on the horizon and finally an anecdote relating to SaaS marketing approaches.



Topics we cover: 




0:41 – RSS feed issues, undesirable startup tasks



2:52 – Two exclusive episodes of Startups For the Rest of Us



3:39 – Success takes hard work, luck, and skill



11:00 – The grind of content creation, burnout on the horizon



21:38 – Bad player or bad instrument?




Links from the Show: 




Episode 667 | Increase Your Exit Price by Decoupling Yourself from Your Business with John Warrillow



Castos



Sugarcult – “Stuck in America”



MicroConf YouTube Channel



MicroConf On Air Podcast



Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | Twitter



The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together



TinySeed




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:26:25</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 669 | 10 Years to Overnight Success: Bootstrapping to a Multi-Million Dollar Exit]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2023 10:00:04 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1509083</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-669-10-years-to-overnight-success-bootstrapping-to-a-multi-million-dollar-exit</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 669, Rob Walling chats with Rick Hymanson, founder of detamoov and previously Shugo. They discuss Rick’s exit from Shugo in 2018 in what Rob calls “ten years to overnight success”. Rick recounts an early pivot for the company in finding product market fit, building the business with a day job, the logistics of the exit, and why he’s excited to join TinySeed with detamoov.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:59 – How Rick felt after exiting Shugo</li>



<li>5:10 – Deciding to start detamoov after the exit</li>



<li>7:09 – Creating a Shugo MVP and pivoting</li>



<li>11:15 – Building a SaaS product while working a day job</li>



<li>15:34 – Transitioning to full time and growing Shugo ARR</li>



<li>20:28 – Expanding the product feature set</li>



<li>22:11 – When did you know you had product-market fit?</li>



<li>23:28 – Finding an acquirer and navigating the process</li>



<li>27:38 – Starting and growing datamoov</li>



<li>31:12 – The value of relationship building</li>



<li>34:43 – IP ownership agreements</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/rickhymanson/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rick Hymanson | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.detamoov.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">detamoov</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 669, Rob Walling chats with Rick Hymanson, founder of detamoov and previously Shugo. They discuss Rick’s exit from Shugo in 2018 in what Rob calls “ten years to overnight success”. Rick recounts an early pivot for the company in finding product market fit, building the business with a day job, the logistics of the exit, and why he’s excited to join TinySeed with detamoov.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:59 – How Rick felt after exiting Shugo



5:10 – Deciding to start detamoov after the exit



7:09 – Creating a Shugo MVP and pivoting



11:15 – Building a SaaS product while working a day job



15:34 – Transitioning to full time and growing Shugo ARR



20:28 – Expanding the product feature set



22:11 – When did you know you had product-market fit?



23:28 – Finding an acquirer and navigating the process



27:38 – Starting and growing datamoov



31:12 – The value of relationship building



34:43 – IP ownership agreements




Links from the Show: 




Rick Hymanson | LinkedIn



detamoov



The SaaS Playbook



TinySeed




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 669 | 10 Years to Overnight Success: Bootstrapping to a Multi-Million Dollar Exit]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 669, Rob Walling chats with Rick Hymanson, founder of detamoov and previously Shugo. They discuss Rick’s exit from Shugo in 2018 in what Rob calls “ten years to overnight success”. Rick recounts an early pivot for the company in finding product market fit, building the business with a day job, the logistics of the exit, and why he’s excited to join TinySeed with detamoov.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.<em> </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:59 – How Rick felt after exiting Shugo</li>



<li>5:10 – Deciding to start detamoov after the exit</li>



<li>7:09 – Creating a Shugo MVP and pivoting</li>



<li>11:15 – Building a SaaS product while working a day job</li>



<li>15:34 – Transitioning to full time and growing Shugo ARR</li>



<li>20:28 – Expanding the product feature set</li>



<li>22:11 – When did you know you had product-market fit?</li>



<li>23:28 – Finding an acquirer and navigating the process</li>



<li>27:38 – Starting and growing datamoov</li>



<li>31:12 – The value of relationship building</li>



<li>34:43 – IP ownership agreements</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/rickhymanson/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rick Hymanson | LinkedIn</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.detamoov.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">detamoov</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1509083/Ep.669a.mp3" length="35537375"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 669, Rob Walling chats with Rick Hymanson, founder of detamoov and previously Shugo. They discuss Rick’s exit from Shugo in 2018 in what Rob calls “ten years to overnight success”. Rick recounts an early pivot for the company in finding product market fit, building the business with a day job, the logistics of the exit, and why he’s excited to join TinySeed with detamoov.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:59 – How Rick felt after exiting Shugo



5:10 – Deciding to start detamoov after the exit



7:09 – Creating a Shugo MVP and pivoting



11:15 – Building a SaaS product while working a day job



15:34 – Transitioning to full time and growing Shugo ARR



20:28 – Expanding the product feature set



22:11 – When did you know you had product-market fit?



23:28 – Finding an acquirer and navigating the process



27:38 – Starting and growing datamoov



31:12 – The value of relationship building



34:43 – IP ownership agreements




Links from the Show: 




Rick Hymanson | LinkedIn



detamoov



The SaaS Playbook



TinySeed




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Google]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:30</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 668 | 9 Key Takeaways from MicroConf U.S. 2023 in Denver]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jul 2023 10:00:49 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1502210</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-668-9-key-takeaways-from-microconf-us-2023-in-denver</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 668, Rob Walling and Arvid Kahl share nine key takeaways from MicroConf US 2023 in Denver. They cover topics ranging from founder mental health, shared motivations for bootstrapping, the value of in-person conferences, and the MicroConf experimentation that led to the “Chaos Lunch”.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:04 – MicroConf 2023 in Denver, building back after COVID</li>



<li>9:09 – Founders are sharing an experience of struggles and pivots</li>



<li>11:21 – Why nothing beats being in a room together</li>



<li>14:07 – Discussing mental health in a welcoming environment</li>



<li>17:07 – How experimentation on the MicroConf format led to “Chaos Lunch”</li>



<li>21:03  – Sharing strategies and tactics, Dev Basu’s talk on product marketing</li>



<li>24:28 – What motivations do founders have for running their SaaS businesses</li>



<li>27:27 – Arvid’s workshop encourages discussion of founder mental health  </li>



<li>30:22 – MicroConf’s powerful Hallway track</li>



<li>32:45 – Patrick Campbell’s talk on mental frameworks and founder paths</li>



<li>36:47 – Upcoming MicroConf events</li>



<li>40:05 – The not-so-hidden track: Arvid’s Twitter growth and strategy</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf US 2024 | Atlanta, GA | April 21 - 23, 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas#us-videos-section" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf US Recordings</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/arvidkahl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Arvid Kahl (@arvidkahl) I Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-492-from-zero-to-55k-mrr-to-exit-in-2-years-with-feedback-panda" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 492 | From Zero to $55k MRR to Exit (in 2 Years) with Feedback Panda</a></li>



<li><a href="https://thebootstrappedfounder.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">thebootstrappedfounder.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/punchlinecopy" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lianna Patch (@punchlinecopy) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/ClaireSuellen" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Claire Suellentrop (@ClaireSuellen) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/devbasu" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dev Basu (@devbasu) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/Patticus" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patrick Campbell (@Patticus) Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/johnndege" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">John Ndege (@johnndege) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/aeden" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Comte Anthony Eden (@aeden) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/quietlightinc" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet Light (@quietlightinc) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/sherrywalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | Twitter</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 668, Rob Walling and Arvid Kahl share nine key takeaways from MicroConf US 2023 in Denver. They cover topics ranging from founder mental health, shared motivations for bootstrapping, the value of in-person conferences, and the MicroConf experimentation that led to the “Chaos Lunch”.



Topics we cover: 




2:04 – MicroConf 2023 in Denver, building back after COVID



9:09 – Founders are sharing an experience of struggles and pivots



11:21 – Why nothing beats being in a room together



14:07 – Discussing mental health in a welcoming environment



17:07 – How experimentation on the MicroConf format led to “Chaos Lunch”



21:03  – Sharing strategies and tactics, Dev Basu’s talk on product marketing



24:28 – What motivations do founders have for running their SaaS businesses



27:27 – Arvid’s workshop encourages discussion of founder mental health  



30:22 – MicroConf’s powerful Hallway track



32:45 – Patrick Campbell’s talk on mental frameworks and founder paths



36:47 – Upcoming MicroConf events



40:05 – The not-so-hidden track: Arvid’s Twitter growth and strategy




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf US 2024 | Atlanta, GA | April 21 - 23, 2024



MicroConf US Recordings



Arvid Kahl (@arvidkahl) I Twitter



Episode 492 | From Zero to $55k MRR to Exit (in 2 Years) with Feedback Panda



thebootstrappedfounder.com



Lianna Patch (@punchlinecopy) | Twitter



Claire Suellentrop (@ClaireSuellen) | Twitter



Dev Basu (@devbasu) | Twitter



Patrick Campbell (@Patticus) Twitter



John Ndege (@johnndege) | Twitter



Comte Anthony Eden (@aeden) | Twitter



Quiet Light (@quietlightinc) | Twitter



Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 668 | 9 Key Takeaways from MicroConf U.S. 2023 in Denver]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 668, Rob Walling and Arvid Kahl share nine key takeaways from MicroConf US 2023 in Denver. They cover topics ranging from founder mental health, shared motivations for bootstrapping, the value of in-person conferences, and the MicroConf experimentation that led to the “Chaos Lunch”.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:04 – MicroConf 2023 in Denver, building back after COVID</li>



<li>9:09 – Founders are sharing an experience of struggles and pivots</li>



<li>11:21 – Why nothing beats being in a room together</li>



<li>14:07 – Discussing mental health in a welcoming environment</li>



<li>17:07 – How experimentation on the MicroConf format led to “Chaos Lunch”</li>



<li>21:03  – Sharing strategies and tactics, Dev Basu’s talk on product marketing</li>



<li>24:28 – What motivations do founders have for running their SaaS businesses</li>



<li>27:27 – Arvid’s workshop encourages discussion of founder mental health  </li>



<li>30:22 – MicroConf’s powerful Hallway track</li>



<li>32:45 – Patrick Campbell’s talk on mental frameworks and founder paths</li>



<li>36:47 – Upcoming MicroConf events</li>



<li>40:05 – The not-so-hidden track: Arvid’s Twitter growth and strategy</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong> </h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf US 2024 | Atlanta, GA | April 21 - 23, 2024</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas#us-videos-section" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf US Recordings</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/arvidkahl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Arvid Kahl (@arvidkahl) I Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-492-from-zero-to-55k-mrr-to-exit-in-2-years-with-feedback-panda" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 492 | From Zero to $55k MRR to Exit (in 2 Years) with Feedback Panda</a></li>



<li><a href="https://thebootstrappedfounder.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">thebootstrappedfounder.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/punchlinecopy" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lianna Patch (@punchlinecopy) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/ClaireSuellen" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Claire Suellentrop (@ClaireSuellen) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/devbasu" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dev Basu (@devbasu) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/Patticus" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patrick Campbell (@Patticus) Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/johnndege" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">John Ndege (@johnndege) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/aeden" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Comte Anthony Eden (@aeden) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/quietlightinc" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet Light (@quietlightinc) | Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/sherrywalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | Twitter</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://podcasts.google.com/feed/aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkcy5jYXN0b3MuY29tL21xdjY" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Google</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1bf0aee4-8923-414a-bb78-6c9596766ca1-Ep.668.mp3" length="48466056"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 668, Rob Walling and Arvid Kahl share nine key takeaways from MicroConf US 2023 in Denver. They cover topics ranging from founder mental health, shared motivations for bootstrapping, the value of in-person conferences, and the MicroConf experimentation that led to the “Chaos Lunch”.



Topics we cover: 




2:04 – MicroConf 2023 in Denver, building back after COVID



9:09 – Founders are sharing an experience of struggles and pivots



11:21 – Why nothing beats being in a room together



14:07 – Discussing mental health in a welcoming environment



17:07 – How experimentation on the MicroConf format led to “Chaos Lunch”



21:03  – Sharing strategies and tactics, Dev Basu’s talk on product marketing



24:28 – What motivations do founders have for running their SaaS businesses



27:27 – Arvid’s workshop encourages discussion of founder mental health  



30:22 – MicroConf’s powerful Hallway track



32:45 – Patrick Campbell’s talk on mental frameworks and founder paths



36:47 – Upcoming MicroConf events



40:05 – The not-so-hidden track: Arvid’s Twitter growth and strategy




Links from the Show: 




MicroConf US 2024 | Atlanta, GA | April 21 - 23, 2024



MicroConf US Recordings



Arvid Kahl (@arvidkahl) I Twitter



Episode 492 | From Zero to $55k MRR to Exit (in 2 Years) with Feedback Panda



thebootstrappedfounder.com



Lianna Patch (@punchlinecopy) | Twitter



Claire Suellentrop (@ClaireSuellen) | Twitter



Dev Basu (@devbasu) | Twitter



Patrick Campbell (@Patticus) Twitter



John Ndege (@johnndege) | Twitter



Comte Anthony Eden (@aeden) | Twitter



Quiet Light (@quietlightinc) | Twitter



Sherry Walling (@sherrywalling) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:49:58</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 667 | Increase Your Exit Price by Decoupling Yourself from Your Business with John Warrillow]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jun 2023 10:00:10 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1497699</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-667-increase-your-exit-price-by-decoupling-yourself-from-your-business-with-john-warrillow</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 667, Rob Walling speaks with John Warrillow, author of Built to Sell, about validating and launching his second SaaS business, VidGuide. They cover how Standard Operating Procedures can help your business, from leading toward better exits to easing your burden as a founder.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:59 – Why John decided to launch VidGuide</li>



<li>7:23 – Validating and positioning a “scratch-your-own-itch” SaaS idea</li>



<li>13:45 – Considerations for novel software solutions</li>



<li>18:27 – Success stories of others and their SOPs</li>



<li>22:42 – John’s early validation for VidGuide</li>



<li>26:13 – Following April Dunford’s methodology for positioning</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/JohnWarrillow" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">John Warrillow (@JohnWarrillow)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://builttosell.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Built To Sell</a> by John Warrillow</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/2Pd60xl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Automatic Customer</a> by John Warrillow</li>



<li><a href="https://artofsellingyourbusiness.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Art of Selling Your Business</a> by John Warrillow</li>



<li><a href="https://valuebuilder.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The ValueBuilder System</a></li>



<li><a href="https://builttosell.com/podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Built to Sell Radio</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.vidguide.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">VidGuide</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-532-the-art-of-selling-your-business-with-john-warrillow" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 532 | The Art of Selling Your Business with John Warrillow</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-603-bootstrapping-hotjar-to-40m-arr-using-d2c-marketing" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 603 | Bootstrapping HotJar to $40M ARR Using D2C Marketing</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-492-from-zero-to-55k-mrr-to-exit-in-2-years-with-feedback-panda" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 492 | From Zero to $55k MRR to Exit (in 2 Years) with Feedback Panda</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.jodiecook.com/ten-year-career/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ten Year Career</a> by Jodie Cook</li>



<li><a href="https://microconfpodcast.com/episodes/microconf-refresh-episode-60-how-to-craft-a-story-that-sells-with-april-dunford" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Refresh Episode 60: How to Craft a Story that Sells with April Dunford</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 667, Rob Walling speaks with John Warrillow, author of Built to Sell, about validating and launching his second SaaS business, VidGuide. They cover how Standard Operating Procedures can help your business, from leading toward better exits to easing your burden as a founder.



Topics we cover: 




2:59 – Why John decided to launch VidGuide



7:23 – Validating and positioning a “scratch-your-own-itch” SaaS idea



13:45 – Considerations for novel software solutions



18:27 – Success stories of others and their SOPs



22:42 – John’s early validation for VidGuide



26:13 – Following April Dunford’s methodology for positioning




Links from the Show:




John Warrillow (@JohnWarrillow) I Twitter



Built To Sell by John Warrillow



The Automatic Customer by John Warrillow



The Art of Selling Your Business by John Warrillow



The ValueBuilder System



Built to Sell Radio



VidGuide



Episode 532 | The Art of Selling Your Business with John Warrillow



Episode 603 | Bootstrapping HotJar to $40M ARR Using D2C Marketing



Episode 492 | From Zero to $55k MRR to Exit (in 2 Years) with Feedback Panda



Ten Year Career by Jodie Cook



MicroConf Refresh Episode 60: How to Craft a Story that Sells with April Dunford




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 667 | Increase Your Exit Price by Decoupling Yourself from Your Business with John Warrillow]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 667, Rob Walling speaks with John Warrillow, author of Built to Sell, about validating and launching his second SaaS business, VidGuide. They cover how Standard Operating Procedures can help your business, from leading toward better exits to easing your burden as a founder.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:59 – Why John decided to launch VidGuide</li>



<li>7:23 – Validating and positioning a “scratch-your-own-itch” SaaS idea</li>



<li>13:45 – Considerations for novel software solutions</li>



<li>18:27 – Success stories of others and their SOPs</li>



<li>22:42 – John’s early validation for VidGuide</li>



<li>26:13 – Following April Dunford’s methodology for positioning</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/JohnWarrillow" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">John Warrillow (@JohnWarrillow)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://builttosell.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Built To Sell</a> by John Warrillow</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/2Pd60xl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Automatic Customer</a> by John Warrillow</li>



<li><a href="https://artofsellingyourbusiness.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Art of Selling Your Business</a> by John Warrillow</li>



<li><a href="https://valuebuilder.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The ValueBuilder System</a></li>



<li><a href="https://builttosell.com/podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Built to Sell Radio</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.vidguide.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">VidGuide</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-532-the-art-of-selling-your-business-with-john-warrillow" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 532 | The Art of Selling Your Business with John Warrillow</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-603-bootstrapping-hotjar-to-40m-arr-using-d2c-marketing" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 603 | Bootstrapping HotJar to $40M ARR Using D2C Marketing</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-492-from-zero-to-55k-mrr-to-exit-in-2-years-with-feedback-panda" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 492 | From Zero to $55k MRR to Exit (in 2 Years) with Feedback Panda</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.jodiecook.com/ten-year-career/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ten Year Career</a> by Jodie Cook</li>



<li><a href="https://microconfpodcast.com/episodes/microconf-refresh-episode-60-how-to-craft-a-story-that-sells-with-april-dunford" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Refresh Episode 60: How to Craft a Story that Sells with April Dunford</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/be69d137-e499-4d34-a00e-dcae94225b20-Ep.667b.mp3" length="30125953"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 667, Rob Walling speaks with John Warrillow, author of Built to Sell, about validating and launching his second SaaS business, VidGuide. They cover how Standard Operating Procedures can help your business, from leading toward better exits to easing your burden as a founder.



Topics we cover: 




2:59 – Why John decided to launch VidGuide



7:23 – Validating and positioning a “scratch-your-own-itch” SaaS idea



13:45 – Considerations for novel software solutions



18:27 – Success stories of others and their SOPs



22:42 – John’s early validation for VidGuide



26:13 – Following April Dunford’s methodology for positioning




Links from the Show:




John Warrillow (@JohnWarrillow) I Twitter



Built To Sell by John Warrillow



The Automatic Customer by John Warrillow



The Art of Selling Your Business by John Warrillow



The ValueBuilder System



Built to Sell Radio



VidGuide



Episode 532 | The Art of Selling Your Business with John Warrillow



Episode 603 | Bootstrapping HotJar to $40M ARR Using D2C Marketing



Episode 492 | From Zero to $55k MRR to Exit (in 2 Years) with Feedback Panda



Ten Year Career by Jodie Cook



MicroConf Refresh Episode 60: How to Craft a Story that Sells with April Dunford




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:30:51</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 666 | Entering a Competitive Market, Books for SaaS Founders, and More Listener Questions with Derrick Reimer]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jun 2023 10:00:55 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1492158</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-666-entering-a-competitive-market-books-for-saas-founders-and-more-listener-questions-with-derrick-reimer</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 666, Rob Walling chats with fan favorite Derrick Reimer, the founder of SavvyCal, as they answer listener questions. They cover topics ranging from idea validation in competitive spaces to book recommendations to development strategies for non-technical founders.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p><em>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><strong>1:05 – How to validate ideas in competitive markets</strong></li>



<li><strong>7:49 – How to manage stress when growing a small SaaS business</strong></li>



<li><strong>15:48 – Finding a technical co-founder vs. outsourcing development</strong></li>



<li><strong>28:24 – How to decide between doubling down on a current project or starting a new SaaS app</strong></li>



<li><strong>34:15 – Tools for tracking traffic, conversions, and A/B test results</strong></li>



<li><strong>40:21 – Recommended reading for SaaS startups</strong></li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.momtestbook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Mom Test</a> by Rob Fitzpatrick</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks)</a> | Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/levelsio" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Pieter Levels (@levelsio)</a> | Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/dannypostmaa" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Danny Postma (@dannypostmaa)</a> | Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://usefathom.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Fathom Analytics</a>, <a href="https://mixpanel.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mixpanel</a>, <a href="https://www.heap.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Heap</a>, <a href="https://segmetrics.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Segmetrics.io</a>, <a href="https://www.june.so/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">June</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.optimizely.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Optimizely</a>, <a href="https://vwo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">VWO</a>, <a href="https://www.hotjar.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hotjar</a>, <a href="https://www.crazyegg.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Crazy Egg</a></li>



<li><a href="h..."></a></li></ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 666, Rob Walling chats with fan favorite Derrick Reimer, the founder of SavvyCal, as they answer listener questions. They cover topics ranging from idea validation in competitive spaces to book recommendations to development strategies for non-technical founders.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:05 – How to validate ideas in competitive markets



7:49 – How to manage stress when growing a small SaaS business



15:48 – Finding a technical co-founder vs. outsourcing development



28:24 – How to decide between doubling down on a current project or starting a new SaaS app



34:15 – Tools for tracking traffic, conversions, and A/B test results



40:21 – Recommended reading for SaaS startups




Links from the Show:




Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) I Twitter



SavvyCal 



The Mom Test by Rob Fitzpatrick



Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | Twitter



Pieter Levels (@levelsio) | Twitter



Danny Postma (@dannypostmaa) | Twitter



Fathom Analytics, Mixpanel, Heap, Segmetrics.io, June



Optimizely, VWO, Hotjar, Crazy Egg



]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 666 | Entering a Competitive Market, Books for SaaS Founders, and More Listener Questions with Derrick Reimer]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 666, Rob Walling chats with fan favorite Derrick Reimer, the founder of SavvyCal, as they answer listener questions. They cover topics ranging from idea validation in competitive spaces to book recommendations to development strategies for non-technical founders.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p><em>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><strong>1:05 – How to validate ideas in competitive markets</strong></li>



<li><strong>7:49 – How to manage stress when growing a small SaaS business</strong></li>



<li><strong>15:48 – Finding a technical co-founder vs. outsourcing development</strong></li>



<li><strong>28:24 – How to decide between doubling down on a current project or starting a new SaaS app</strong></li>



<li><strong>34:15 – Tools for tracking traffic, conversions, and A/B test results</strong></li>



<li><strong>40:21 – Recommended reading for SaaS startups</strong></li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.momtestbook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Mom Test</a> by Rob Fitzpatrick</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks)</a> | Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/levelsio" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Pieter Levels (@levelsio)</a> | Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/dannypostmaa" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Danny Postma (@dannypostmaa)</a> | Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://usefathom.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Fathom Analytics</a>, <a href="https://mixpanel.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mixpanel</a>, <a href="https://www.heap.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Heap</a>, <a href="https://segmetrics.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Segmetrics.io</a>, <a href="https://www.june.so/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">June</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.optimizely.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Optimizely</a>, <a href="https://vwo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">VWO</a>, <a href="https://www.hotjar.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hotjar</a>, <a href="https://www.crazyegg.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Crazy Egg</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.aprildunford.com/books" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Obviously Awesome</a> by April Dunford</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/dowrgbt" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Traction</a> by Gabriel Weinberg and Justin Mares</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/hvrJeM8" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Founding Sales</a> by Peter R Kazanjy</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/0FBjI0z" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lost and Founder</a> by Rand Fishkin</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/huYFBTW" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The 1-Page Marketing Plan</a> by Allan Dib</li>



<li><a href="https://a.co/d/hqEM4Zo" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Demand-Side Sales 101</a> by Bob Moesta</li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a> by Rob Walling</li>



<li><a href="https://basecamp.com/books/getting-real" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Getting Real</a> by 37signals</li>



<li><a href="https://www.derrickreimer.com/books-for-founders" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer’s Books for Founders</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-yZOeG5bqvI" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">12 Books EVERY SaaS Founder Should Read This Year...</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/80e1497a-bd7c-4f69-a3bf-85322e33536a-Ep.666.mp3" length="51662770"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 666, Rob Walling chats with fan favorite Derrick Reimer, the founder of SavvyCal, as they answer listener questions. They cover topics ranging from idea validation in competitive spaces to book recommendations to development strategies for non-technical founders.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:05 – How to validate ideas in competitive markets



7:49 – How to manage stress when growing a small SaaS business



15:48 – Finding a technical co-founder vs. outsourcing development



28:24 – How to decide between doubling down on a current project or starting a new SaaS app



34:15 – Tools for tracking traffic, conversions, and A/B test results



40:21 – Recommended reading for SaaS startups




Links from the Show:




Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) I Twitter



SavvyCal 



The Mom Test by Rob Fitzpatrick



Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | Twitter



Pieter Levels (@levelsio) | Twitter



Danny Postma (@dannypostmaa) | Twitter



Fathom Analytics, Mixpanel, Heap, Segmetrics.io, June



Optimizely, VWO, Hotjar, Crazy Egg



]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:53:18</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 665 | How to Find More "Best Fit" Customers for Your SaaS]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2023 10:00:38 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1490608</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-665-how-to-find-more-best-fit-customers-for-your-saas</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 665, Rob Walling chats with Georgiana Laudi, who is the co-author of the new book, Forget the Funnel. They dive deep into key concepts from the book, including specific Jobs-to-be-done interview examples and how to apply these insights to your marketing strategy.</p>



<p>They also chat a bit about the process of writing a book.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul>
<li>2:37 - Gia and Claire's intentional decision to keep the book under 200 pages</li>



<li>5:28 - What size SaaS companies will get the most value from Claire and Gia’s new book?</li>



<li>9:49 - The customer-led growth framework</li>



<li>11:29 - Why you shouldn’t think in terms of marketing funnels</li>



<li>15:51- Jobs-to-be done interviews</li>



<li>20:27- An approach for founders who are skeptical about customer research and JTBD interviews</li>



<li>25:15- How to use information gathered from customer interviews to inform your marketing strategy</li>



<li>29:47- What was the experience like recording the audiobook?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/clairesuellen" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Claire Suellentrop @clairesuellen</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/ggiiaa" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Georgiana Laudi @ggiiaa) </a>I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.forgetthefunnel.com/customer-led-growth/book" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Forget the Funnel: A Customer-Led Approach for Driving Predictable, Recurring Revenue </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 665, Rob Walling chats with Georgiana Laudi, who is the co-author of the new book, Forget the Funnel. They dive deep into key concepts from the book, including specific Jobs-to-be-done interview examples and how to apply these insights to your marketing strategy.



They also chat a bit about the process of writing a book.



Topics we cover:




2:37 - Gia and Claire's intentional decision to keep the book under 200 pages



5:28 - What size SaaS companies will get the most value from Claire and Gia’s new book?



9:49 - The customer-led growth framework



11:29 - Why you shouldn’t think in terms of marketing funnels



15:51- Jobs-to-be done interviews



20:27- An approach for founders who are skeptical about customer research and JTBD interviews



25:15- How to use information gathered from customer interviews to inform your marketing strategy



29:47- What was the experience like recording the audiobook?




Links from the Show:




Claire Suellentrop @clairesuellen I Twitter



Georgiana Laudi @ggiiaa) I Twitter



Forget the Funnel: A Customer-Led Approach for Driving Predictable, Recurring Revenue 



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 665 | How to Find More "Best Fit" Customers for Your SaaS]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 665, Rob Walling chats with Georgiana Laudi, who is the co-author of the new book, Forget the Funnel. They dive deep into key concepts from the book, including specific Jobs-to-be-done interview examples and how to apply these insights to your marketing strategy.</p>



<p>They also chat a bit about the process of writing a book.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul>
<li>2:37 - Gia and Claire's intentional decision to keep the book under 200 pages</li>



<li>5:28 - What size SaaS companies will get the most value from Claire and Gia’s new book?</li>



<li>9:49 - The customer-led growth framework</li>



<li>11:29 - Why you shouldn’t think in terms of marketing funnels</li>



<li>15:51- Jobs-to-be done interviews</li>



<li>20:27- An approach for founders who are skeptical about customer research and JTBD interviews</li>



<li>25:15- How to use information gathered from customer interviews to inform your marketing strategy</li>



<li>29:47- What was the experience like recording the audiobook?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/clairesuellen" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Claire Suellentrop @clairesuellen</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/ggiiaa" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Georgiana Laudi @ggiiaa) </a>I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.forgetthefunnel.com/customer-led-growth/book" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Forget the Funnel: A Customer-Led Approach for Driving Predictable, Recurring Revenue </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1fd7bf5f-8e69-4413-8e55-47e92ef1bdca-Ep.665.mp3" length="32396486"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 665, Rob Walling chats with Georgiana Laudi, who is the co-author of the new book, Forget the Funnel. They dive deep into key concepts from the book, including specific Jobs-to-be-done interview examples and how to apply these insights to your marketing strategy.



They also chat a bit about the process of writing a book.



Topics we cover:




2:37 - Gia and Claire's intentional decision to keep the book under 200 pages



5:28 - What size SaaS companies will get the most value from Claire and Gia’s new book?



9:49 - The customer-led growth framework



11:29 - Why you shouldn’t think in terms of marketing funnels



15:51- Jobs-to-be done interviews



20:27- An approach for founders who are skeptical about customer research and JTBD interviews



25:15- How to use information gathered from customer interviews to inform your marketing strategy



29:47- What was the experience like recording the audiobook?




Links from the Show:




Claire Suellentrop @clairesuellen I Twitter



Georgiana Laudi @ggiiaa) I Twitter



Forget the Funnel: A Customer-Led Approach for Driving Predictable, Recurring Revenue 



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:33:13</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 664 | The Challenges of Horizontal SaaS, Adding Services to a SaaS, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 10:00:05 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1486076</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-664-the-challenges-of-horizontal-saas-adding-services-to-a-saas-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 664, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he answers more listener questions. These questions range from positioning a new SaaS product with many use cases to consumption vs. seat-based pricing and managing your time as a single parent.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p><em>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul>
<li>2:07 - Positioning a new SaaS business with multiple use cases</li>



<li>9:22 - Consumption vs. seat-based pricing</li>



<li>13:00 - When to expand a SaaS business outside of the core problem it solves</li>



<li>19:07 - Building a marketing flywheel for a 2-sided marketplace</li>



<li>22:23- Managing your time as a single parent</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Obviously-Awesome-Product-Positioning-Customers/dp/B085LBDHTX/ref=sr_1_1?crid=6X9L5EKVIVK&amp;keywords=obviously+awesome&amp;qid=1685033877&amp;s=audible&amp;sprefix=obviously+awesome%2Caudible%2C113&amp;sr=1-1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Obviously Awesome: How to Nail Product Positioning so Customers Get It, Buy It, Love It </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Start-Small-Stay-Small-audiobook/dp/B07LB98QX2/ref=sr_1_1?crid=2WRPNTZSFO17F&amp;keywords=start+small+stay+small&amp;qid=1685641583&amp;s=audible&amp;sprefix=start+small+stay+small%2Caudible%2C136&amp;sr=1-1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small, Stay Small: A Developer’s Guide To Launching a Startup </a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 664, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he answers more listener questions. These questions range from positioning a new SaaS product with many use cases to consumption vs. seat-based pricing and managing your time as a single parent.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover:




2:07 - Positioning a new SaaS business with multiple use cases



9:22 - Consumption vs. seat-based pricing



13:00 - When to expand a SaaS business outside of the core problem it solves



19:07 - Building a marketing flywheel for a 2-sided marketplace



22:23- Managing your time as a single parent




Links from the Show:




Obviously Awesome: How to Nail Product Positioning so Customers Get It, Buy It, Love It 



Start Small, Stay Small: A Developer’s Guide To Launching a Startup 



The SaaS Playbook



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 664 | The Challenges of Horizontal SaaS, Adding Services to a SaaS, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 664, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he answers more listener questions. These questions range from positioning a new SaaS product with many use cases to consumption vs. seat-based pricing and managing your time as a single parent.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p><em>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul>
<li>2:07 - Positioning a new SaaS business with multiple use cases</li>



<li>9:22 - Consumption vs. seat-based pricing</li>



<li>13:00 - When to expand a SaaS business outside of the core problem it solves</li>



<li>19:07 - Building a marketing flywheel for a 2-sided marketplace</li>



<li>22:23- Managing your time as a single parent</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Obviously-Awesome-Product-Positioning-Customers/dp/B085LBDHTX/ref=sr_1_1?crid=6X9L5EKVIVK&amp;keywords=obviously+awesome&amp;qid=1685033877&amp;s=audible&amp;sprefix=obviously+awesome%2Caudible%2C113&amp;sr=1-1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Obviously Awesome: How to Nail Product Positioning so Customers Get It, Buy It, Love It </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Start-Small-Stay-Small-audiobook/dp/B07LB98QX2/ref=sr_1_1?crid=2WRPNTZSFO17F&amp;keywords=start+small+stay+small&amp;qid=1685641583&amp;s=audible&amp;sprefix=start+small+stay+small%2Caudible%2C136&amp;sr=1-1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Start Small, Stay Small: A Developer’s Guide To Launching a Startup </a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1486076/Ep.664a.mp3" length="33888600"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 664, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he answers more listener questions. These questions range from positioning a new SaaS product with many use cases to consumption vs. seat-based pricing and managing your time as a single parent.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover:




2:07 - Positioning a new SaaS business with multiple use cases



9:22 - Consumption vs. seat-based pricing



13:00 - When to expand a SaaS business outside of the core problem it solves



19:07 - Building a marketing flywheel for a 2-sided marketplace



22:23- Managing your time as a single parent




Links from the Show:




Obviously Awesome: How to Nail Product Positioning so Customers Get It, Buy It, Love It 



Start Small, Stay Small: A Developer’s Guide To Launching a Startup 



The SaaS Playbook



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:47</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 663 | 5 Insights SaaS Founders Should Know About A.I. (Ignore at Your Peril)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 30 May 2023 10:00:14 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1481962</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-663-5-insights-saas-founders-should-know-about-ai-ignore-at-your-peril</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 663, Rob Walling and Einar Vollset share five insights SaaS founders should know about the state of AI. They offer a unique perspective by sharing a mental model around the four categories of AI and how to use this to think about the impact on your business.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul>
<li>2:08 - Einar’s thoughts on the state of AI</li>



<li>7:11 - Why you shouldn’t ignore AI</li>



<li>9:33 - The 4 categories of AI</li>



<li>18:36 - AI is not a product differentiator</li>



<li>22:01- Should bootstrapped companies try to build their own LLMs?</li>



<li>24:41- Using AI internally in your company</li>



<li>30:03 - Is my business model a ticking time bomb?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Europe</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 663, Rob Walling and Einar Vollset share five insights SaaS founders should know about the state of AI. They offer a unique perspective by sharing a mental model around the four categories of AI and how to use this to think about the impact on your business.



Topics we cover:




2:08 - Einar’s thoughts on the state of AI



7:11 - Why you shouldn’t ignore AI



9:33 - The 4 categories of AI



18:36 - AI is not a product differentiator



22:01- Should bootstrapped companies try to build their own LLMs?



24:41- Using AI internally in your company



30:03 - Is my business model a ticking time bomb?




Links from the Show:




Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) I Twitter



MicroConf Europe



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 663 | 5 Insights SaaS Founders Should Know About A.I. (Ignore at Your Peril)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 663, Rob Walling and Einar Vollset share five insights SaaS founders should know about the state of AI. They offer a unique perspective by sharing a mental model around the four categories of AI and how to use this to think about the impact on your business.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul>
<li>2:08 - Einar’s thoughts on the state of AI</li>



<li>7:11 - Why you shouldn’t ignore AI</li>



<li>9:33 - The 4 categories of AI</li>



<li>18:36 - AI is not a product differentiator</li>



<li>22:01- Should bootstrapped companies try to build their own LLMs?</li>



<li>24:41- Using AI internally in your company</li>



<li>30:03 - Is my business model a ticking time bomb?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Europe</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/04e1bac3-dffc-442b-baaa-8756f6121e74-Ep.663.mp3" length="35098248"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 663, Rob Walling and Einar Vollset share five insights SaaS founders should know about the state of AI. They offer a unique perspective by sharing a mental model around the four categories of AI and how to use this to think about the impact on your business.



Topics we cover:




2:08 - Einar’s thoughts on the state of AI



7:11 - Why you shouldn’t ignore AI



9:33 - The 4 categories of AI



18:36 - AI is not a product differentiator



22:01- Should bootstrapped companies try to build their own LLMs?



24:41- Using AI internally in your company



30:03 - Is my business model a ticking time bomb?




Links from the Show:




Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) I Twitter



MicroConf Europe



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:02</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 662 | Selling for Five Years of Runway, Profit vs. Revenue Multiples, and More Listener Questions (Rob Solo)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2023 10:00:29 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1470116</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-662-selling-for-five-years-of-runway-profit-vs-revenue-multiples-and-more-listener-questions-rob-solo</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 662, join Rob Walling for a solo listening adventure where he talks through the key factors to consider in an acquisition, whether to sell a business for five years of runway and knowing when to move on from a SaaS app you built.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul>
<li>1:15 - Switching jobs while bootstrapping</li>



<li>7:36 - Key factors to consider for an acquisition</li>



<li>18:57 - Taking a job as a founding engineer vs. starting a lifestyle business?</li>



<li>23:49 - Selling a business for five years of runway</li>



<li>27:47- Knowing when it is time to move on from a SaaS app you’ve built</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Art-Selling-Your-Business-Strategies/dp/1733478159" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Art of Selling Your Business: Winning Strategies &amp; Secret Hacks For Exiting on Top</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Deploy-Empathy-Practical-Interviewing-Customers/dp/B09X27CGQT/ref=sr_1_1?crid=1LX3HEFX93APQ&amp;keywords=deploy+empathy+a+practical+guide+to+interviewing+customers&amp;qid=1684430240&amp;s=books&amp;sprefix=deploy+em%2Cstripbooks%2C131&amp;sr=1-1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Deploy Empathy: A Practical Guide to Interviewing Customers </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/The-Mom-Test-Rob-Fitzpatrick-audiobook/dp/B07RJZKZ7F/ref=sr_1_1?crid=1XOQPNO3ALRRT&amp;keywords=the+mom+test&amp;qid=1684430300&amp;s=audible&amp;sprefix=the+mom+test%2Caudible%2C126&amp;sr=1-1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Mom Test: How to Talk to Customers &amp; Learn If Your Business is a Good Idea When Everyone Is Lying To You </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-628-the-5-p-m-idea-validation-framework" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 628 I The 5 P.M. Idea Validation Framework </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Europe</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 662, join Rob Walling for a solo listening adventure where he talks through the key factors to consider in an acquisition, whether to sell a business for five years of runway and knowing when to move on from a SaaS app you built.



Topics we cover:




1:15 - Switching jobs while bootstrapping



7:36 - Key factors to consider for an acquisition



18:57 - Taking a job as a founding engineer vs. starting a lifestyle business?



23:49 - Selling a business for five years of runway



27:47- Knowing when it is time to move on from a SaaS app you’ve built




Links from the Show:




The Art of Selling Your Business: Winning Strategies & Secret Hacks For Exiting on Top



Deploy Empathy: A Practical Guide to Interviewing Customers 



The Mom Test: How to Talk to Customers & Learn If Your Business is a Good Idea When Everyone Is Lying To You 



Episode 628 I The 5 P.M. Idea Validation Framework 



MicroConf Europe



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 662 | Selling for Five Years of Runway, Profit vs. Revenue Multiples, and More Listener Questions (Rob Solo)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 662, join Rob Walling for a solo listening adventure where he talks through the key factors to consider in an acquisition, whether to sell a business for five years of runway and knowing when to move on from a SaaS app you built.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul>
<li>1:15 - Switching jobs while bootstrapping</li>



<li>7:36 - Key factors to consider for an acquisition</li>



<li>18:57 - Taking a job as a founding engineer vs. starting a lifestyle business?</li>



<li>23:49 - Selling a business for five years of runway</li>



<li>27:47- Knowing when it is time to move on from a SaaS app you’ve built</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Art-Selling-Your-Business-Strategies/dp/1733478159" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Art of Selling Your Business: Winning Strategies &amp; Secret Hacks For Exiting on Top</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Deploy-Empathy-Practical-Interviewing-Customers/dp/B09X27CGQT/ref=sr_1_1?crid=1LX3HEFX93APQ&amp;keywords=deploy+empathy+a+practical+guide+to+interviewing+customers&amp;qid=1684430240&amp;s=books&amp;sprefix=deploy+em%2Cstripbooks%2C131&amp;sr=1-1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Deploy Empathy: A Practical Guide to Interviewing Customers </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/The-Mom-Test-Rob-Fitzpatrick-audiobook/dp/B07RJZKZ7F/ref=sr_1_1?crid=1XOQPNO3ALRRT&amp;keywords=the+mom+test&amp;qid=1684430300&amp;s=audible&amp;sprefix=the+mom+test%2Caudible%2C126&amp;sr=1-1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Mom Test: How to Talk to Customers &amp; Learn If Your Business is a Good Idea When Everyone Is Lying To You </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-628-the-5-p-m-idea-validation-framework" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 628 I The 5 P.M. Idea Validation Framework </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Europe</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1470116/Ep.662a.mp3" length="32966581"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 662, join Rob Walling for a solo listening adventure where he talks through the key factors to consider in an acquisition, whether to sell a business for five years of runway and knowing when to move on from a SaaS app you built.



Topics we cover:




1:15 - Switching jobs while bootstrapping



7:36 - Key factors to consider for an acquisition



18:57 - Taking a job as a founding engineer vs. starting a lifestyle business?



23:49 - Selling a business for five years of runway



27:47- Knowing when it is time to move on from a SaaS app you’ve built




Links from the Show:




The Art of Selling Your Business: Winning Strategies & Secret Hacks For Exiting on Top



Deploy Empathy: A Practical Guide to Interviewing Customers 



The Mom Test: How to Talk to Customers & Learn If Your Business is a Good Idea When Everyone Is Lying To You 



Episode 628 I The 5 P.M. Idea Validation Framework 



MicroConf Europe



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:33:49</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 661 | Millions in Revenue As a One-Person Software Company]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 16 May 2023 10:00:22 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1468627</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-661-millions-in-revenue-as-a-one-person-software-company</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 661, Rob Walling chats with Mike Perham, the founder of Sidekiq, who is a solo founder doing millions in revenue as a one-person business.</p>



<p>If this isn’t unique enough, Sidekiq originally started as an open-source project before he later monetized it by selling features that aren't available in the core product. You'll also hear how it took him ten years to become "an overnight success" because of all the things Mike tried before launching Sidekiq.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p><em>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul>
<li>2:51 - Sidekiq’s unique business model</li>



<li>5:24 - Running a multimillion-dollar software company with no employees</li>



<li>6:41 - How did Mike get here?</li>



<li>8:23 - Mike’s approach to monetizing Sidekiq</li>



<li>12:58- The 10-year overnight success story</li>



<li>14:13 - Did Mike ever have any doubts about this not working?</li>



<li>16:54- Mike’s thoughts around building on top of the Ruby ecosystem</li>



<li>19:26 - Why doesn't Mike hire any employees?</li>



<li>23:31- Mike’s approach to competitors</li>



<li>26:08 - Mike’s response to open-source purists on Hacker News</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/getajobmike" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mike Perham (@getajobmike)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://sidekiq.org/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sidekiq</a></li>



<li><a href="https://codecodeship.com/blog/2023-04-14-mike-perham" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Code Code Ship: Mike Perham</a></li>



<li><a href="https://news.ycombinator.com/item?id=35566768" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hacker News Discussion about Sidekiq</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 661, Rob Walling chats with Mike Perham, the founder of Sidekiq, who is a solo founder doing millions in revenue as a one-person business.



If this isn’t unique enough, Sidekiq originally started as an open-source project before he later monetized it by selling features that aren't available in the core product. You'll also hear how it took him ten years to become "an overnight success" because of all the things Mike tried before launching Sidekiq.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover:




2:51 - Sidekiq’s unique business model



5:24 - Running a multimillion-dollar software company with no employees



6:41 - How did Mike get here?



8:23 - Mike’s approach to monetizing Sidekiq



12:58- The 10-year overnight success story



14:13 - Did Mike ever have any doubts about this not working?



16:54- Mike’s thoughts around building on top of the Ruby ecosystem



19:26 - Why doesn't Mike hire any employees?



23:31- Mike’s approach to competitors



26:08 - Mike’s response to open-source purists on Hacker News




Links from the Show:




Mike Perham (@getajobmike) I Twitter



Sidekiq



Code Code Ship: Mike Perham



Hacker News Discussion about Sidekiq



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 661 | Millions in Revenue As a One-Person Software Company]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 661, Rob Walling chats with Mike Perham, the founder of Sidekiq, who is a solo founder doing millions in revenue as a one-person business.</p>



<p>If this isn’t unique enough, Sidekiq originally started as an open-source project before he later monetized it by selling features that aren't available in the core product. You'll also hear how it took him ten years to become "an overnight success" because of all the things Mike tried before launching Sidekiq.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p><em>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul>
<li>2:51 - Sidekiq’s unique business model</li>



<li>5:24 - Running a multimillion-dollar software company with no employees</li>



<li>6:41 - How did Mike get here?</li>



<li>8:23 - Mike’s approach to monetizing Sidekiq</li>



<li>12:58- The 10-year overnight success story</li>



<li>14:13 - Did Mike ever have any doubts about this not working?</li>



<li>16:54- Mike’s thoughts around building on top of the Ruby ecosystem</li>



<li>19:26 - Why doesn't Mike hire any employees?</li>



<li>23:31- Mike’s approach to competitors</li>



<li>26:08 - Mike’s response to open-source purists on Hacker News</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/getajobmike" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mike Perham (@getajobmike)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://sidekiq.org/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sidekiq</a></li>



<li><a href="https://codecodeship.com/blog/2023-04-14-mike-perham" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Code Code Ship: Mike Perham</a></li>



<li><a href="https://news.ycombinator.com/item?id=35566768" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hacker News Discussion about Sidekiq</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1468627/Ep.661a.mp3" length="28500896"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 661, Rob Walling chats with Mike Perham, the founder of Sidekiq, who is a solo founder doing millions in revenue as a one-person business.



If this isn’t unique enough, Sidekiq originally started as an open-source project before he later monetized it by selling features that aren't available in the core product. You'll also hear how it took him ten years to become "an overnight success" because of all the things Mike tried before launching Sidekiq.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover:




2:51 - Sidekiq’s unique business model



5:24 - Running a multimillion-dollar software company with no employees



6:41 - How did Mike get here?



8:23 - Mike’s approach to monetizing Sidekiq



12:58- The 10-year overnight success story



14:13 - Did Mike ever have any doubts about this not working?



16:54- Mike’s thoughts around building on top of the Ruby ecosystem



19:26 - Why doesn't Mike hire any employees?



23:31- Mike’s approach to competitors



26:08 - Mike’s response to open-source purists on Hacker News




Links from the Show:




Mike Perham (@getajobmike) I Twitter



Sidekiq



Code Code Ship: Mike Perham



Hacker News Discussion about Sidekiq



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:29:10</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 660 | Make Ever-Increasing and Manageably-Sized Mistakes (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 09 May 2023 10:00:48 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1467759</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-660-make-ever-increasing-and-manageably-sized-mistakes-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 660, join Rob Walling for another solo listening adventure where he talks about the tradeoffs of hiring a team vs. contractors, when to raise funding as a bootstrapper, and the importance of knowing what you are bad at.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p><em>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul>
<li>1:57 - Hiring full-time employees vs. contractors</li>



<li>6:12 - The danger of thinking your customers are just like you</li>



<li>11:19 - Buying souvenirs</li>



<li>14:34 - Raising funding if you are a bootstrapper</li>



<li>18:18- On career progression</li>



<li>21:51 - The importance of knowing what you are bad at</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/comic-lab/id1331204679" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Comic Lab</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Mastermind Matching</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 660, join Rob Walling for another solo listening adventure where he talks about the tradeoffs of hiring a team vs. contractors, when to raise funding as a bootstrapper, and the importance of knowing what you are bad at.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover:




1:57 - Hiring full-time employees vs. contractors



6:12 - The danger of thinking your customers are just like you



11:19 - Buying souvenirs



14:34 - Raising funding if you are a bootstrapper



18:18- On career progression



21:51 - The importance of knowing what you are bad at




Links from the Show:




Comic Lab



MicroConf Mastermind Matching



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 660 | Make Ever-Increasing and Manageably-Sized Mistakes (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 660, join Rob Walling for another solo listening adventure where he talks about the tradeoffs of hiring a team vs. contractors, when to raise funding as a bootstrapper, and the importance of knowing what you are bad at.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p><em>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul>
<li>1:57 - Hiring full-time employees vs. contractors</li>



<li>6:12 - The danger of thinking your customers are just like you</li>



<li>11:19 - Buying souvenirs</li>



<li>14:34 - Raising funding if you are a bootstrapper</li>



<li>18:18- On career progression</li>



<li>21:51 - The importance of knowing what you are bad at</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/comic-lab/id1331204679" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Comic Lab</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Mastermind Matching</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1467759/Ep.660a.mp3" length="24034455"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 660, join Rob Walling for another solo listening adventure where he talks about the tradeoffs of hiring a team vs. contractors, when to raise funding as a bootstrapper, and the importance of knowing what you are bad at.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover:




1:57 - Hiring full-time employees vs. contractors



6:12 - The danger of thinking your customers are just like you



11:19 - Buying souvenirs



14:34 - Raising funding if you are a bootstrapper



18:18- On career progression



21:51 - The importance of knowing what you are bad at




Links from the Show:




Comic Lab



MicroConf Mastermind Matching



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:24:31</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 659 | Indie Hackers' Newfound Independence + The SaaS Playbook with Courtland and Channing]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 02 May 2023 10:00:23 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1464334</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-659-indie-hackers-newfound-independence-the-saas-playbook-with-courtland-and-channing</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 659, Rob Walling speaks with Courtland Allen and Channing Allen, the co-founders of Indie Hackers, to talk about their newfound independence since they are no longer owned by Stripe.</p>



<p>For the first half of the episode, they turn the tables and interview Rob about his new book, The SaaS Playbook.</p>



<p>They also share a bunch of theories about entrepreneurship and investing.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul>
<li>4:46 - About Rob’s new book - The SaaS Playbook</li>



<li>6:47 - Why did Rob hire a writing coach?</li>



<li>12:35 - Rob’s decision to launch a Kickstarter for his book</li>



<li>20:39- Rob’s thought process for what to include in his book</li>



<li>28:31 - Startup positioning</li>



<li>31:07 - Founder mindset</li>



<li>35:51 - Is it possible to find a business idea that both makes money and aligns with the things you enjoy doing?</li>



<li>42:38 - What motivates Rob these days?</li>



<li>48:18 - Courtland and Channing’s approach to going indie again with Indie Hackers</li>



<li>53:46 - Did Courtland and Channing have hesitations about going independent again?</li>



<li>57:44 - What does Rob want to see Courtland and Channing do next?</li>



<li>1:01:07 - Indie hackers investing in other indie hackers</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/csallen" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Courtland Allen (@csallen)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/ChanningAllen" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Channing Allen (@channingallen</a>) I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.indiehackers.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Indie Hackers</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Personal-MBA-Master-Art-Business/dp/B0095PELTM/ref=sr_1_1?hvadid=580635486459&amp;hvdev=c&amp;hvlocphy=9028779&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvqmt=e&amp;hvrand=12047134349056128041&amp;hvtargid=kwd-31261475996&amp;hydadcr=22593_13493352&amp;keywords=the+personal+mba+by+josh+kaufman&amp;qid=1682750123&amp;sr=8-1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Personal MBA: Master the Art of Business</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/The-War-of-Art-Steven-Pressfield-audiobook/dp/B07PTBYH2G/ref=sr_1_1?crid=2V6UVR77OB8I6&amp;keywords=the+war+of+art+by+steven+pressfield&amp;qid=1682750183&amp;s=audible&amp;sprefix=the+war+of+art%2Caudible%2C115&amp;sr=1-1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The War of Art</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=C7oji3yCd0Y" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lifting the Veil: The Data Behind Successful Product Launches - Ryan Delk - MicroConf 2014</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/upcoming-events" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Upcoming Events</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Mastermind Matching</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 659, Rob Walling speaks with Courtland Allen and Channing Allen, the co-founders of Indie Hackers, to talk about their newfound independence since they are no longer owned by Stripe.



For the first half of the episode, they turn the tables and interview Rob about his new book, The SaaS Playbook.



They also share a bunch of theories about entrepreneurship and investing.



Topics we cover:




4:46 - About Rob’s new book - The SaaS Playbook



6:47 - Why did Rob hire a writing coach?



12:35 - Rob’s decision to launch a Kickstarter for his book



20:39- Rob’s thought process for what to include in his book



28:31 - Startup positioning



31:07 - Founder mindset



35:51 - Is it possible to find a business idea that both makes money and aligns with the things you enjoy doing?



42:38 - What motivates Rob these days?



48:18 - Courtland and Channing’s approach to going indie again with Indie Hackers



53:46 - Did Courtland and Channing have hesitations about going independent again?



57:44 - What does Rob want to see Courtland and Channing do next?



1:01:07 - Indie hackers investing in other indie hackers




Links from the Show:




Courtland Allen (@csallen) I Twitter



Channing Allen (@channingallen) I Twitter



Indie Hackers



The Personal MBA: Master the Art of Business



The War of Art



Lifting the Veil: The Data Behind Successful Product Launches - Ryan Delk - MicroConf 2014



MicroConf Upcoming Events



MicroConf Mastermind Matching



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 659 | Indie Hackers' Newfound Independence + The SaaS Playbook with Courtland and Channing]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 659, Rob Walling speaks with Courtland Allen and Channing Allen, the co-founders of Indie Hackers, to talk about their newfound independence since they are no longer owned by Stripe.</p>



<p>For the first half of the episode, they turn the tables and interview Rob about his new book, The SaaS Playbook.</p>



<p>They also share a bunch of theories about entrepreneurship and investing.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul>
<li>4:46 - About Rob’s new book - The SaaS Playbook</li>



<li>6:47 - Why did Rob hire a writing coach?</li>



<li>12:35 - Rob’s decision to launch a Kickstarter for his book</li>



<li>20:39- Rob’s thought process for what to include in his book</li>



<li>28:31 - Startup positioning</li>



<li>31:07 - Founder mindset</li>



<li>35:51 - Is it possible to find a business idea that both makes money and aligns with the things you enjoy doing?</li>



<li>42:38 - What motivates Rob these days?</li>



<li>48:18 - Courtland and Channing’s approach to going indie again with Indie Hackers</li>



<li>53:46 - Did Courtland and Channing have hesitations about going independent again?</li>



<li>57:44 - What does Rob want to see Courtland and Channing do next?</li>



<li>1:01:07 - Indie hackers investing in other indie hackers</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/csallen" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Courtland Allen (@csallen)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/ChanningAllen" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Channing Allen (@channingallen</a>) I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.indiehackers.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Indie Hackers</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Personal-MBA-Master-Art-Business/dp/B0095PELTM/ref=sr_1_1?hvadid=580635486459&amp;hvdev=c&amp;hvlocphy=9028779&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvqmt=e&amp;hvrand=12047134349056128041&amp;hvtargid=kwd-31261475996&amp;hydadcr=22593_13493352&amp;keywords=the+personal+mba+by+josh+kaufman&amp;qid=1682750123&amp;sr=8-1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Personal MBA: Master the Art of Business</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/The-War-of-Art-Steven-Pressfield-audiobook/dp/B07PTBYH2G/ref=sr_1_1?crid=2V6UVR77OB8I6&amp;keywords=the+war+of+art+by+steven+pressfield&amp;qid=1682750183&amp;s=audible&amp;sprefix=the+war+of+art%2Caudible%2C115&amp;sr=1-1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The War of Art</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=C7oji3yCd0Y" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lifting the Veil: The Data Behind Successful Product Launches - Ryan Delk - MicroConf 2014</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/upcoming-events" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Upcoming Events</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Mastermind Matching</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1464334/a512823b73ac4bcf71f543a9e270e088-Ep.659a.mp3" length="68186502"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 659, Rob Walling speaks with Courtland Allen and Channing Allen, the co-founders of Indie Hackers, to talk about their newfound independence since they are no longer owned by Stripe.



For the first half of the episode, they turn the tables and interview Rob about his new book, The SaaS Playbook.



They also share a bunch of theories about entrepreneurship and investing.



Topics we cover:




4:46 - About Rob’s new book - The SaaS Playbook



6:47 - Why did Rob hire a writing coach?



12:35 - Rob’s decision to launch a Kickstarter for his book



20:39- Rob’s thought process for what to include in his book



28:31 - Startup positioning



31:07 - Founder mindset



35:51 - Is it possible to find a business idea that both makes money and aligns with the things you enjoy doing?



42:38 - What motivates Rob these days?



48:18 - Courtland and Channing’s approach to going indie again with Indie Hackers



53:46 - Did Courtland and Channing have hesitations about going independent again?



57:44 - What does Rob want to see Courtland and Channing do next?



1:01:07 - Indie hackers investing in other indie hackers




Links from the Show:




Courtland Allen (@csallen) I Twitter



Channing Allen (@channingallen) I Twitter



Indie Hackers



The Personal MBA: Master the Art of Business



The War of Art



Lifting the Veil: The Data Behind Successful Product Launches - Ryan Delk - MicroConf 2014



MicroConf Upcoming Events



MicroConf Mastermind Matching



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>01:10:30</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 658 | As a SaaS Founder, When Should You Care About Sales Tax?]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 10:00:19 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1458782</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-658-as-a-saas-founder-when-should-you-care-about-sales-tax</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 658, Rob Walling speaks with Geoff Roberts, co-founder of Outseta, about global sales tax compliance for SaaS founders. Geoff wrote a 4,400 article on the topic about when SaaS founders should care about sales tax not only within their own country but globally, along with the pros and cons of various solutions. We also dive into a bit of Geoff’s own story as the cofounder of Outseta.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul>
<li>3:01 - Why should SaaS founders care about sales tax?</li>



<li>4:20 - At what revenue level does sales tax become important?</li>



<li>6:28 - Country-specific sales tax obligations</li>



<li>7:50 - The added tax complexities of running a membership platform</li>



<li>9:07 - What is a merchant of record?</li>



<li>14:28 - Why did Geoff write this 4,000-word post on sales tax compliance?</li>



<li>16:05 - The pros and cons of using a third-party merchant of record</li>



<li>17:39 - Alternative solutions where you are your own merchant of record</li>



<li>20:38 - How does a foreign government enforce tax requirements for an American small business?</li>



<li>21:48 - Mitigating sales tax risks if you take on funding or sell the company</li>



<li>23:34 - About Outseta</li>



<li>24:27 - The impact of the pandemic on Outseta</li>



<li>25:20 - The challenge of speaking to two very different audiences</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/GeoffTRoberts" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Geoff Roberts @GeoffTRoberts</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.outseta.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Outseta</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.outseta.com/posts/global-sales-tax-compliance-and-remittance" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Global Sales Tax Compliance and Remittance </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Mastermind Matching</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 658, Rob Walling speaks with Geoff Roberts, co-founder of Outseta, about global sales tax compliance for SaaS founders. Geoff wrote a 4,400 article on the topic about when SaaS founders should care about sales tax not only within their own country but globally, along with the pros and cons of various solutions. We also dive into a bit of Geoff’s own story as the cofounder of Outseta.



Topics we cover:




3:01 - Why should SaaS founders care about sales tax?



4:20 - At what revenue level does sales tax become important?



6:28 - Country-specific sales tax obligations



7:50 - The added tax complexities of running a membership platform



9:07 - What is a merchant of record?



14:28 - Why did Geoff write this 4,000-word post on sales tax compliance?



16:05 - The pros and cons of using a third-party merchant of record



17:39 - Alternative solutions where you are your own merchant of record



20:38 - How does a foreign government enforce tax requirements for an American small business?



21:48 - Mitigating sales tax risks if you take on funding or sell the company



23:34 - About Outseta



24:27 - The impact of the pandemic on Outseta



25:20 - The challenge of speaking to two very different audiences




Links from the Show:




Geoff Roberts @GeoffTRoberts I Twitter



Outseta



Global Sales Tax Compliance and Remittance 



MicroConf Mastermind Matching



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 658 | As a SaaS Founder, When Should You Care About Sales Tax?]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 658, Rob Walling speaks with Geoff Roberts, co-founder of Outseta, about global sales tax compliance for SaaS founders. Geoff wrote a 4,400 article on the topic about when SaaS founders should care about sales tax not only within their own country but globally, along with the pros and cons of various solutions. We also dive into a bit of Geoff’s own story as the cofounder of Outseta.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul>
<li>3:01 - Why should SaaS founders care about sales tax?</li>



<li>4:20 - At what revenue level does sales tax become important?</li>



<li>6:28 - Country-specific sales tax obligations</li>



<li>7:50 - The added tax complexities of running a membership platform</li>



<li>9:07 - What is a merchant of record?</li>



<li>14:28 - Why did Geoff write this 4,000-word post on sales tax compliance?</li>



<li>16:05 - The pros and cons of using a third-party merchant of record</li>



<li>17:39 - Alternative solutions where you are your own merchant of record</li>



<li>20:38 - How does a foreign government enforce tax requirements for an American small business?</li>



<li>21:48 - Mitigating sales tax risks if you take on funding or sell the company</li>



<li>23:34 - About Outseta</li>



<li>24:27 - The impact of the pandemic on Outseta</li>



<li>25:20 - The challenge of speaking to two very different audiences</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/GeoffTRoberts" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Geoff Roberts @GeoffTRoberts</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.outseta.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Outseta</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.outseta.com/posts/global-sales-tax-compliance-and-remittance" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Global Sales Tax Compliance and Remittance </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Mastermind Matching</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/d026110f-dd51-4081-b68d-272c41d8fabd-Ep.658.mp3" length="29319875"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 658, Rob Walling speaks with Geoff Roberts, co-founder of Outseta, about global sales tax compliance for SaaS founders. Geoff wrote a 4,400 article on the topic about when SaaS founders should care about sales tax not only within their own country but globally, along with the pros and cons of various solutions. We also dive into a bit of Geoff’s own story as the cofounder of Outseta.



Topics we cover:




3:01 - Why should SaaS founders care about sales tax?



4:20 - At what revenue level does sales tax become important?



6:28 - Country-specific sales tax obligations



7:50 - The added tax complexities of running a membership platform



9:07 - What is a merchant of record?



14:28 - Why did Geoff write this 4,000-word post on sales tax compliance?



16:05 - The pros and cons of using a third-party merchant of record



17:39 - Alternative solutions where you are your own merchant of record



20:38 - How does a foreign government enforce tax requirements for an American small business?



21:48 - Mitigating sales tax risks if you take on funding or sell the company



23:34 - About Outseta



24:27 - The impact of the pandemic on Outseta



25:20 - The challenge of speaking to two very different audiences




Links from the Show:




Geoff Roberts @GeoffTRoberts I Twitter



Outseta



Global Sales Tax Compliance and Remittance 



MicroConf Mastermind Matching



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:30:01</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 657 | Concierge Onboarding, Building a Great Brand, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2023 10:00:28 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1453873</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-657-concierge-onboarding-building-a-great-brand-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 657, join Rob Walling as he answers more listener questions. Topics range from concierge onboarding to getting higher engagement rates on cold emails. He also covers how to think about balancing product improvements vs. marketing.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>1:00 - Concierge onboarding</li>



<li>7:34 - Branding tips for a new business</li>



<li>14:42 - Getting higher engagement rates on cold outreach emails</li>



<li>21:29 - Prioritizing product improvements vs. funnel-building</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Fascinate-Revised-Updated-Impossible-Resist/dp/0062206486/ref=asc_df_0062206486/?tag=hyprod-20&amp;linkCode=df0&amp;hvadid=312006100296&amp;hvpos=&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvrand=6101197417146303098&amp;hvpone=&amp;hvptwo=&amp;hvqmt=&amp;hvdev=c&amp;hvdvcmdl=&amp;hvlocint=&amp;hvlocphy=9028779&amp;hvtargid=pla-450255107165&amp;psc=1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Fascinate, Revised and Updated: How to Make Your Brand Impossible to Resist</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 657, join Rob Walling as he answers more listener questions. Topics range from concierge onboarding to getting higher engagement rates on cold emails. He also covers how to think about balancing product improvements vs. marketing.



Topics we cover:




1:00 - Concierge onboarding



7:34 - Branding tips for a new business



14:42 - Getting higher engagement rates on cold outreach emails



21:29 - Prioritizing product improvements vs. funnel-building




Links from the Show:




Fascinate, Revised and Updated: How to Make Your Brand Impossible to Resist



TinySeed 



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 657 | Concierge Onboarding, Building a Great Brand, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 657, join Rob Walling as he answers more listener questions. Topics range from concierge onboarding to getting higher engagement rates on cold emails. He also covers how to think about balancing product improvements vs. marketing.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>1:00 - Concierge onboarding</li>



<li>7:34 - Branding tips for a new business</li>



<li>14:42 - Getting higher engagement rates on cold outreach emails</li>



<li>21:29 - Prioritizing product improvements vs. funnel-building</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Fascinate-Revised-Updated-Impossible-Resist/dp/0062206486/ref=asc_df_0062206486/?tag=hyprod-20&amp;linkCode=df0&amp;hvadid=312006100296&amp;hvpos=&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvrand=6101197417146303098&amp;hvpone=&amp;hvptwo=&amp;hvqmt=&amp;hvdev=c&amp;hvdvcmdl=&amp;hvlocint=&amp;hvlocphy=9028779&amp;hvtargid=pla-450255107165&amp;psc=1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Fascinate, Revised and Updated: How to Make Your Brand Impossible to Resist</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/9d82a0bb-5c64-44b5-98dc-f90bb7a15eae-Ep.657.mp3" length="27098091"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 657, join Rob Walling as he answers more listener questions. Topics range from concierge onboarding to getting higher engagement rates on cold emails. He also covers how to think about balancing product improvements vs. marketing.



Topics we cover:




1:00 - Concierge onboarding



7:34 - Branding tips for a new business



14:42 - Getting higher engagement rates on cold outreach emails



21:29 - Prioritizing product improvements vs. funnel-building




Links from the Show:




Fascinate, Revised and Updated: How to Make Your Brand Impossible to Resist



TinySeed 



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:42</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 656 | Taste vs. Shipping + Being First vs. Being the Best (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 11 Apr 2023 10:00:58 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1450119</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-656-taste-vs-shipping-being-first-vs-being-the-best-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 656, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure, where he revisits a few topics from earlier episodes. These topics range from balancing having taste while shipping consistently to the only two keys to being remembered for something.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul>
<li>1:39 - What founders need to know about the Section 174 tax change</li>



<li>5:03 - Balancing developing taste with shipping</li>



<li>10:47 - If you want to be remembered for something, you either have to be the first or the best.</li>



<li>17:13 - Lifestyle bootstrapper vs. ambitious bootstrapper vs. the billion-dollar entrepreneur and why you need to get clear on the path you aspire to take.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://ssballiance.org/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Small Software Business Coalition Letter To Congress </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-652-mixing-no-code-with-code-developer-superpowers-5k-angel-check-and-more-listener-questions" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 652 I Mixing No-code with Code, Developer Superpowers, $5k Angel Check, and More Listener Questions</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/s?k=obviously+awesome&amp;hvadid=322511243514&amp;hvdev=c&amp;hvlocphy=9028779&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvqmt=e&amp;hvrand=17369578006964884463&amp;hvtargid=kwd-726139049205&amp;hydadcr=22536_9636732&amp;tag=googhydr-20&amp;ref=pd_sl_4znwjwp2a0_e" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Obviously Awesome: How to Nail Product Positioning so Customers Get It, Buy It, Love It </a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook </a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 656, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure, where he revisits a few topics from earlier episodes. These topics range from balancing having taste while shipping consistently to the only two keys to being remembered for something.



Topics we cover:




1:39 - What founders need to know about the Section 174 tax change



5:03 - Balancing developing taste with shipping



10:47 - If you want to be remembered for something, you either have to be the first or the best.



17:13 - Lifestyle bootstrapper vs. ambitious bootstrapper vs. the billion-dollar entrepreneur and why you need to get clear on the path you aspire to take.




Links from the Show:




Small Software Business Coalition Letter To Congress 



Episode 652 I Mixing No-code with Code, Developer Superpowers, $5k Angel Check, and More Listener Questions



Obviously Awesome: How to Nail Product Positioning so Customers Get It, Buy It, Love It 



The SaaS Playbook 



TinySeed 



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 656 | Taste vs. Shipping + Being First vs. Being the Best (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 656, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure, where he revisits a few topics from earlier episodes. These topics range from balancing having taste while shipping consistently to the only two keys to being remembered for something.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul>
<li>1:39 - What founders need to know about the Section 174 tax change</li>



<li>5:03 - Balancing developing taste with shipping</li>



<li>10:47 - If you want to be remembered for something, you either have to be the first or the best.</li>



<li>17:13 - Lifestyle bootstrapper vs. ambitious bootstrapper vs. the billion-dollar entrepreneur and why you need to get clear on the path you aspire to take.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://ssballiance.org/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Small Software Business Coalition Letter To Congress </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-652-mixing-no-code-with-code-developer-superpowers-5k-angel-check-and-more-listener-questions" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 652 I Mixing No-code with Code, Developer Superpowers, $5k Angel Check, and More Listener Questions</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/s?k=obviously+awesome&amp;hvadid=322511243514&amp;hvdev=c&amp;hvlocphy=9028779&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvqmt=e&amp;hvrand=17369578006964884463&amp;hvtargid=kwd-726139049205&amp;hydadcr=22536_9636732&amp;tag=googhydr-20&amp;ref=pd_sl_4znwjwp2a0_e" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Obviously Awesome: How to Nail Product Positioning so Customers Get It, Buy It, Love It </a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook </a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/6ddc407e-c071-4b4b-ab1c-f9229926dcdc-Ep.656.mp3" length="24863835"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 656, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure, where he revisits a few topics from earlier episodes. These topics range from balancing having taste while shipping consistently to the only two keys to being remembered for something.



Topics we cover:




1:39 - What founders need to know about the Section 174 tax change



5:03 - Balancing developing taste with shipping



10:47 - If you want to be remembered for something, you either have to be the first or the best.



17:13 - Lifestyle bootstrapper vs. ambitious bootstrapper vs. the billion-dollar entrepreneur and why you need to get clear on the path you aspire to take.




Links from the Show:




Small Software Business Coalition Letter To Congress 



Episode 652 I Mixing No-code with Code, Developer Superpowers, $5k Angel Check, and More Listener Questions



Obviously Awesome: How to Nail Product Positioning so Customers Get It, Buy It, Love It 



The SaaS Playbook 



TinySeed 



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:25:23</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Startups For The Rest Of Us Podcast Trailer]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 06 Apr 2023 10:00:48 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1498828</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/startups-for-the-rest-of-us-podcast-trailer</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[It’s possible to build a multimillion dollar startup without venture capital. I know this, because I’ve done it myself and I’ve watched hundreds of other founders do the same. This podcast is all about the strategies and frameworks that can get you there too.

Welcome to Startups For the Rest of Us, a podcast that’s focused on helping developers, designers and entrepreneurs build life-changing businesses without begging venture capitalists for money. You’re in the right place if you’re a bootstrapped or mostly bootstrapped SaaS founder who wants to build and grow your company faster.

I’m your host, Rob Walling. I’m a serial entrepreneur with multiple exits, I’ve written 4 books about starting companies, and I’ve invested in more than 150 startups.
For over 13 years, I’ve shown up here every Tuesday sharing my experience starting, growing, and mentoring startups, so you can avoid the mistakes others have made.
When I first got started, I realized that most of the startup advice I could find online was aimed at companies focused on billion dollar exits, or founders looking to build a slide deck instead of a real business. I was constantly frustrated that no one was providing stories, strategies and tactics for founders who just want to build a real product for real customers who pay them real money.

If you want to launch a startup, or grow your SaaS startup so it supports you full-time, OR you’re already making six or seven figures and want to grow your business faster, the stories, strategies, and tactics on this show will help you do just that.

Go ahead and subscribe and I’ll be in your ears next Tuesday.

<strong>Links from the Pod:</strong>

<a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling">Rob Walling</a> | Twitter

<a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Startups For the Rest of Us</a> | Twitter

<a href="https://microconf.com/youtube">MicroConf YouTube Channel</a>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[It’s possible to build a multimillion dollar startup without venture capital. I know this, because I’ve done it myself and I’ve watched hundreds of other founders do the same. This podcast is all about the strategies and frameworks that can get you there too.

Welcome to Startups For the Rest of Us, a podcast that’s focused on helping developers, designers and entrepreneurs build life-changing businesses without begging venture capitalists for money. You’re in the right place if you’re a bootstrapped or mostly bootstrapped SaaS founder who wants to build and grow your company faster.

I’m your host, Rob Walling. I’m a serial entrepreneur with multiple exits, I’ve written 4 books about starting companies, and I’ve invested in more than 150 startups.
For over 13 years, I’ve shown up here every Tuesday sharing my experience starting, growing, and mentoring startups, so you can avoid the mistakes others have made.
When I first got started, I realized that most of the startup advice I could find online was aimed at companies focused on billion dollar exits, or founders looking to build a slide deck instead of a real business. I was constantly frustrated that no one was providing stories, strategies and tactics for founders who just want to build a real product for real customers who pay them real money.

If you want to launch a startup, or grow your SaaS startup so it supports you full-time, OR you’re already making six or seven figures and want to grow your business faster, the stories, strategies, and tactics on this show will help you do just that.

Go ahead and subscribe and I’ll be in your ears next Tuesday.

Links from the Pod:

Rob Walling | Twitter

Startups For the Rest of Us | Twitter

MicroConf YouTube Channel]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Startups For The Rest Of Us Podcast Trailer]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[It’s possible to build a multimillion dollar startup without venture capital. I know this, because I’ve done it myself and I’ve watched hundreds of other founders do the same. This podcast is all about the strategies and frameworks that can get you there too.

Welcome to Startups For the Rest of Us, a podcast that’s focused on helping developers, designers and entrepreneurs build life-changing businesses without begging venture capitalists for money. You’re in the right place if you’re a bootstrapped or mostly bootstrapped SaaS founder who wants to build and grow your company faster.

I’m your host, Rob Walling. I’m a serial entrepreneur with multiple exits, I’ve written 4 books about starting companies, and I’ve invested in more than 150 startups.
For over 13 years, I’ve shown up here every Tuesday sharing my experience starting, growing, and mentoring startups, so you can avoid the mistakes others have made.
When I first got started, I realized that most of the startup advice I could find online was aimed at companies focused on billion dollar exits, or founders looking to build a slide deck instead of a real business. I was constantly frustrated that no one was providing stories, strategies and tactics for founders who just want to build a real product for real customers who pay them real money.

If you want to launch a startup, or grow your SaaS startup so it supports you full-time, OR you’re already making six or seven figures and want to grow your business faster, the stories, strategies, and tactics on this show will help you do just that.

Go ahead and subscribe and I’ll be in your ears next Tuesday.

<strong>Links from the Pod:</strong>

<a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling">Rob Walling</a> | Twitter

<a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Startups For the Rest of Us</a> | Twitter

<a href="https://microconf.com/youtube">MicroConf YouTube Channel</a>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/31ae4365-0738-4339-b349-4d1a440fc675-Spotify-Trailer.EDIT.mp3" length="1340996"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[It’s possible to build a multimillion dollar startup without venture capital. I know this, because I’ve done it myself and I’ve watched hundreds of other founders do the same. This podcast is all about the strategies and frameworks that can get you there too.

Welcome to Startups For the Rest of Us, a podcast that’s focused on helping developers, designers and entrepreneurs build life-changing businesses without begging venture capitalists for money. You’re in the right place if you’re a bootstrapped or mostly bootstrapped SaaS founder who wants to build and grow your company faster.

I’m your host, Rob Walling. I’m a serial entrepreneur with multiple exits, I’ve written 4 books about starting companies, and I’ve invested in more than 150 startups.
For over 13 years, I’ve shown up here every Tuesday sharing my experience starting, growing, and mentoring startups, so you can avoid the mistakes others have made.
When I first got started, I realized that most of the startup advice I could find online was aimed at companies focused on billion dollar exits, or founders looking to build a slide deck instead of a real business. I was constantly frustrated that no one was providing stories, strategies and tactics for founders who just want to build a real product for real customers who pay them real money.

If you want to launch a startup, or grow your SaaS startup so it supports you full-time, OR you’re already making six or seven figures and want to grow your business faster, the stories, strategies, and tactics on this show will help you do just that.

Go ahead and subscribe and I’ll be in your ears next Tuesday.

Links from the Pod:

Rob Walling | Twitter

Startups For the Rest of Us | Twitter

MicroConf YouTube Channel]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:01:23</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 655 | Seat-Based Pricing, Can Churn Be Too Low? and More Listener Questions (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 04 Apr 2023 10:00:30 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1445195</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-655-seat-based-pricing-can-churn-be-too-low-and-more-listener-questions-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 655, Rob Walling answers listener questions on enterprise pricing frameworks, validating a business idea, and if it is possible for your churn rate to be too low.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:17 - How to avoid login abuse on individual plans</li>



<li>8:12 - How to validate a business idea before committing to it</li>



<li>15:26 - Enterprise pricing frameworks</li>



<li>19:34 - What Rob learned in the early days as a consultant and building early products pre-Drip</li>



<li>26:22 - Finding role fit in a SaaS</li>



<li>32:21 - Is it possible to have a churn rate that is too low?</li>



<li>33:41 - How much should you pay yourself vs. investing back into the business?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=31U9X_XD63c" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Validate Your SaaS Idea Fast </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS Report</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-628-the-5-p-m-idea-validation-framework" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 628 I The 5 PM Pre-Validation Framework </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 655, Rob Walling answers listener questions on enterprise pricing frameworks, validating a business idea, and if it is possible for your churn rate to be too low.



Topics we cover: 




2:17 - How to avoid login abuse on individual plans



8:12 - How to validate a business idea before committing to it



15:26 - Enterprise pricing frameworks



19:34 - What Rob learned in the early days as a consultant and building early products pre-Drip



26:22 - Finding role fit in a SaaS



32:21 - Is it possible to have a churn rate that is too low?



33:41 - How much should you pay yourself vs. investing back into the business?




Links from the Show:




The SaaS Playbook 



Validate Your SaaS Idea Fast 



State of Independent SaaS Report



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping



Episode 628 I The 5 PM Pre-Validation Framework 



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 655 | Seat-Based Pricing, Can Churn Be Too Low? and More Listener Questions (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 655, Rob Walling answers listener questions on enterprise pricing frameworks, validating a business idea, and if it is possible for your churn rate to be too low.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:17 - How to avoid login abuse on individual plans</li>



<li>8:12 - How to validate a business idea before committing to it</li>



<li>15:26 - Enterprise pricing frameworks</li>



<li>19:34 - What Rob learned in the early days as a consultant and building early products pre-Drip</li>



<li>26:22 - Finding role fit in a SaaS</li>



<li>32:21 - Is it possible to have a churn rate that is too low?</li>



<li>33:41 - How much should you pay yourself vs. investing back into the business?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=31U9X_XD63c" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Validate Your SaaS Idea Fast </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS Report</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-628-the-5-p-m-idea-validation-framework" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 628 I The 5 PM Pre-Validation Framework </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/55fda061-f5af-4880-898b-008edf6e2476-Ep.655.mp3" length="37915953"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 655, Rob Walling answers listener questions on enterprise pricing frameworks, validating a business idea, and if it is possible for your churn rate to be too low.



Topics we cover: 




2:17 - How to avoid login abuse on individual plans



8:12 - How to validate a business idea before committing to it



15:26 - Enterprise pricing frameworks



19:34 - What Rob learned in the early days as a consultant and building early products pre-Drip



26:22 - Finding role fit in a SaaS



32:21 - Is it possible to have a churn rate that is too low?



33:41 - How much should you pay yourself vs. investing back into the business?




Links from the Show:




The SaaS Playbook 



Validate Your SaaS Idea Fast 



State of Independent SaaS Report



The Stair Step Method of Bootstrapping



Episode 628 I The 5 PM Pre-Validation Framework 



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:38:58</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 654 | Shipping Every Day for 10 Years with Tom Merritt]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 10:00:59 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1440287</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-654-shipping-every-day-for-10-years-with-tom-merritt</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 654, Rob Walling chats with Tom Merritt, who is the host of multiple shows, including Daily Tech News, Know A Little More, Sword &amp; Laser, Cordkillers, and more. Tom has more podcasts than anyone I know, and this episode will be a little different since Tom is not a SaaS founder or someone who wrote a book for founders.</p>



<p>Instead, you’ll learn about the systems, processes, and discipline that Tom has set up so that he can be such a prolific creator. You’ll also learn more about his innate ability to summarize complex situations and then talk about both sides in a fair and balanced way.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:13 - Tom’s decision to go into business for himself in 2013</li>



<li>7:10 - Being an early adopter of Patreon</li>



<li>9:29 - Dealing with the emotional aspect in the early days</li>



<li>10:40 - The hardest parts of launching a daily show in the early days</li>



<li>13:01 - Tom’s approach to dealing with public criticism</li>



<li>19:07 - Tom’s process for shipping new content every day for 10 years</li>



<li>24:00 - Has Tom missed a day for recording The Daily Tech News Show in 10 years?</li>



<li>25:01 - Tom’s ability to see and communicate both sides of a story</li>



<li>28:22 - Is Tom using AI in his workflow?</li>



<li>34:10 - The Secret Hidden Track</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/acedtect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tom Merritt</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.tommerritt.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tommerritt.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://dailytechnewsshow.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Daily Tech News Show </a></li>



<li><a href="https://beta.elevenlabs.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ElevenLabs </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 654, Rob Walling chats with Tom Merritt, who is the host of multiple shows, including Daily Tech News, Know A Little More, Sword & Laser, Cordkillers, and more. Tom has more podcasts than anyone I know, and this episode will be a little different since Tom is not a SaaS founder or someone who wrote a book for founders.



Instead, you’ll learn about the systems, processes, and discipline that Tom has set up so that he can be such a prolific creator. You’ll also learn more about his innate ability to summarize complex situations and then talk about both sides in a fair and balanced way.



Topics we cover: 




3:13 - Tom’s decision to go into business for himself in 2013



7:10 - Being an early adopter of Patreon



9:29 - Dealing with the emotional aspect in the early days



10:40 - The hardest parts of launching a daily show in the early days



13:01 - Tom’s approach to dealing with public criticism



19:07 - Tom’s process for shipping new content every day for 10 years



24:00 - Has Tom missed a day for recording The Daily Tech News Show in 10 years?



25:01 - Tom’s ability to see and communicate both sides of a story



28:22 - Is Tom using AI in his workflow?



34:10 - The Secret Hidden Track




Links from the Show:




Tom Merritt I Twitter



Tommerritt.com



Daily Tech News Show 



ElevenLabs 



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 654 | Shipping Every Day for 10 Years with Tom Merritt]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 654, Rob Walling chats with Tom Merritt, who is the host of multiple shows, including Daily Tech News, Know A Little More, Sword &amp; Laser, Cordkillers, and more. Tom has more podcasts than anyone I know, and this episode will be a little different since Tom is not a SaaS founder or someone who wrote a book for founders.</p>



<p>Instead, you’ll learn about the systems, processes, and discipline that Tom has set up so that he can be such a prolific creator. You’ll also learn more about his innate ability to summarize complex situations and then talk about both sides in a fair and balanced way.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:13 - Tom’s decision to go into business for himself in 2013</li>



<li>7:10 - Being an early adopter of Patreon</li>



<li>9:29 - Dealing with the emotional aspect in the early days</li>



<li>10:40 - The hardest parts of launching a daily show in the early days</li>



<li>13:01 - Tom’s approach to dealing with public criticism</li>



<li>19:07 - Tom’s process for shipping new content every day for 10 years</li>



<li>24:00 - Has Tom missed a day for recording The Daily Tech News Show in 10 years?</li>



<li>25:01 - Tom’s ability to see and communicate both sides of a story</li>



<li>28:22 - Is Tom using AI in his workflow?</li>



<li>34:10 - The Secret Hidden Track</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/acedtect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tom Merritt</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.tommerritt.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tommerritt.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://dailytechnewsshow.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Daily Tech News Show </a></li>



<li><a href="https://beta.elevenlabs.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ElevenLabs </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@MicroConf/videos" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/b77cd7d1-131a-42ae-b578-f1b19b5605e2-Ep.654.mp3" length="45567787"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 654, Rob Walling chats with Tom Merritt, who is the host of multiple shows, including Daily Tech News, Know A Little More, Sword & Laser, Cordkillers, and more. Tom has more podcasts than anyone I know, and this episode will be a little different since Tom is not a SaaS founder or someone who wrote a book for founders.



Instead, you’ll learn about the systems, processes, and discipline that Tom has set up so that he can be such a prolific creator. You’ll also learn more about his innate ability to summarize complex situations and then talk about both sides in a fair and balanced way.



Topics we cover: 




3:13 - Tom’s decision to go into business for himself in 2013



7:10 - Being an early adopter of Patreon



9:29 - Dealing with the emotional aspect in the early days



10:40 - The hardest parts of launching a daily show in the early days



13:01 - Tom’s approach to dealing with public criticism



19:07 - Tom’s process for shipping new content every day for 10 years



24:00 - Has Tom missed a day for recording The Daily Tech News Show in 10 years?



25:01 - Tom’s ability to see and communicate both sides of a story



28:22 - Is Tom using AI in his workflow?



34:10 - The Secret Hidden Track




Links from the Show:




Tom Merritt I Twitter



Tommerritt.com



Daily Tech News Show 



ElevenLabs 



MicroConf Youtube Channel




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:46:57</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 653 | Armageddon Beer, Developing Taste, and What if I Succeed? (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2023 10:00:21 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1434046</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-653-armageddon-beer-developing-taste-and-what-if-i-succeed-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 653, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he talks through three topics, including the story of an Armageddon beer, developing taste, and an important question that all entrepreneurs should ask themselves.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p><em>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:41 - The Armageddon beer story</li>



<li>10:49 - Developing taste as an entrepreneur</li>



<li>18:25 - What if I succeed?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf U.S.</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Remote 6.0 </a></li>



<li><a href="https://vimeo.com/85040589" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Gap by Ira Glass</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 653, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he talks through three topics, including the story of an Armageddon beer, developing taste, and an important question that all entrepreneurs should ask themselves.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:41 - The Armageddon beer story



10:49 - Developing taste as an entrepreneur



18:25 - What if I succeed?




Links from the Show:




MicroConf U.S.



MicroConf Remote 6.0 



The Gap by Ira Glass



TinySeed




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 653 | Armageddon Beer, Developing Taste, and What if I Succeed? (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 653, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he talks through three topics, including the story of an Armageddon beer, developing taste, and an important question that all entrepreneurs should ask themselves.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p><em>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. </em><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:41 - The Armageddon beer story</li>



<li>10:49 - Developing taste as an entrepreneur</li>



<li>18:25 - What if I succeed?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf U.S.</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Remote 6.0 </a></li>



<li><a href="https://vimeo.com/85040589" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Gap by Ira Glass</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1434046/Ep.653a.mp3" length="23949365"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 653, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he talks through three topics, including the story of an Armageddon beer, developing taste, and an important question that all entrepreneurs should ask themselves.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:41 - The Armageddon beer story



10:49 - Developing taste as an entrepreneur



18:25 - What if I succeed?




Links from the Show:




MicroConf U.S.



MicroConf Remote 6.0 



The Gap by Ira Glass



TinySeed




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:24:25</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 652 | Mixing No-code with Code, Developer Superpowers, $5k Angel Check, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 14 Mar 2023 10:00:15 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1428635</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-652-mixing-no-code-with-code-developer-superpowers-5k-angel-check-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 652, Rob Walling answers more listener questions with Derrick Reimer, the founder of SavvyCal. They cover topics from the most important superpower for developers to the best resources for learning how to code and should you ever mix no-code with code.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:03 - The most important superpower for developers</li>



<li>11:39 - Combining no-code with code</li>



<li>20:31- Should you take a $5k angel investment?</li>



<li>25:30 - How to do outreach for initial idea validation calls</li>



<li>29:09 - How should bootstrapped founders handle the Section 174 changes</li>



<li>33:50 - Best resources to learn how to code</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.derrickreimer.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrickreimer.com </a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-642-the-pros-and-cons-of-building-a-no-code-mvp" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 642 I The Pros and Cons of Building a No-Code MVP </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Remote 6.0 </a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 652, Rob Walling answers more listener questions with Derrick Reimer, the founder of SavvyCal. They cover topics from the most important superpower for developers to the best resources for learning how to code and should you ever mix no-code with code.



Topics we cover: 




2:03 - The most important superpower for developers



11:39 - Combining no-code with code



20:31- Should you take a $5k angel investment?



25:30 - How to do outreach for initial idea validation calls



29:09 - How should bootstrapped founders handle the Section 174 changes



33:50 - Best resources to learn how to code




Links from the Show:




Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) I Twitter



Derrickreimer.com 



SavvyCal 



Episode 642 I The Pros and Cons of Building a No-Code MVP 



MicroConf Remote 6.0 



TinySeed




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 652 | Mixing No-code with Code, Developer Superpowers, $5k Angel Check, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 652, Rob Walling answers more listener questions with Derrick Reimer, the founder of SavvyCal. They cover topics from the most important superpower for developers to the best resources for learning how to code and should you ever mix no-code with code.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:03 - The most important superpower for developers</li>



<li>11:39 - Combining no-code with code</li>



<li>20:31- Should you take a $5k angel investment?</li>



<li>25:30 - How to do outreach for initial idea validation calls</li>



<li>29:09 - How should bootstrapped founders handle the Section 174 changes</li>



<li>33:50 - Best resources to learn how to code</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.derrickreimer.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrickreimer.com </a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-642-the-pros-and-cons-of-building-a-no-code-mvp" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 642 I The Pros and Cons of Building a No-Code MVP </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Remote 6.0 </a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1428635/Ep.652a.mp3" length="41635914"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 652, Rob Walling answers more listener questions with Derrick Reimer, the founder of SavvyCal. They cover topics from the most important superpower for developers to the best resources for learning how to code and should you ever mix no-code with code.



Topics we cover: 




2:03 - The most important superpower for developers



11:39 - Combining no-code with code



20:31- Should you take a $5k angel investment?



25:30 - How to do outreach for initial idea validation calls



29:09 - How should bootstrapped founders handle the Section 174 changes



33:50 - Best resources to learn how to code




Links from the Show:




Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) I Twitter



Derrickreimer.com 



SavvyCal 



Episode 642 I The Pros and Cons of Building a No-Code MVP 



MicroConf Remote 6.0 



TinySeed




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:42:51</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 651 | From Side Hustle to Full-time & Profitable (with Mike Taber)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 07 Mar 2023 10:00:15 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1424373</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-651-from-side-hustle-to-full-time-profitable-with-mike-taber</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 651, Rob Walling catches up with fan favorite Mike Taber, who co-hosted the first 448 episodes of Startups For the Rest of Us. The last time he was on the podcast, Bluetick was still a side hustle. Now, 15 months later, he shares that the app is now profitable, supporting him full-time, and gives an update on some key parts of his entrepreneurial journey.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:34 - An update on Bluetick</li>



<li>6:26 - Is Bluetick a profitable business?</li>



<li>8:59 - Why Mike decided to pivot his company to supporting agencies</li>



<li>13:34 - Setting up Bluetick to scale from 1x to 500x volume</li>



<li>15:33 - Is Mike doing much marketing these days?</li>



<li>19:12 - Mike’s celebration moment in the past 15 months</li>



<li>20:40 - When Mike realized he had product-market fit</li>



<li>23:54 - How Mike thinks about implementing new features</li>



<li>24:55 - Mike’s low point in the past 15 months</li>



<li>26:27 - What changed that allowed Mike’s business to grow so dramatically over the past year?</li>



<li>32:50 - Is Mike planning to update his marketing to position the product to agencies?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/SingleFounder" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mike Taber (@SingleFounder)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://bluetick.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Bluetick.io</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf US</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 651, Rob Walling catches up with fan favorite Mike Taber, who co-hosted the first 448 episodes of Startups For the Rest of Us. The last time he was on the podcast, Bluetick was still a side hustle. Now, 15 months later, he shares that the app is now profitable, supporting him full-time, and gives an update on some key parts of his entrepreneurial journey.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:34 - An update on Bluetick



6:26 - Is Bluetick a profitable business?



8:59 - Why Mike decided to pivot his company to supporting agencies



13:34 - Setting up Bluetick to scale from 1x to 500x volume



15:33 - Is Mike doing much marketing these days?



19:12 - Mike’s celebration moment in the past 15 months



20:40 - When Mike realized he had product-market fit



23:54 - How Mike thinks about implementing new features



24:55 - Mike’s low point in the past 15 months



26:27 - What changed that allowed Mike’s business to grow so dramatically over the past year?



32:50 - Is Mike planning to update his marketing to position the product to agencies?




Links from the Show:




Mike Taber (@SingleFounder) I Twitter



Bluetick.io



MicroConf US




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 651 | From Side Hustle to Full-time & Profitable (with Mike Taber)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 651, Rob Walling catches up with fan favorite Mike Taber, who co-hosted the first 448 episodes of Startups For the Rest of Us. The last time he was on the podcast, Bluetick was still a side hustle. Now, 15 months later, he shares that the app is now profitable, supporting him full-time, and gives an update on some key parts of his entrepreneurial journey.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:34 - An update on Bluetick</li>



<li>6:26 - Is Bluetick a profitable business?</li>



<li>8:59 - Why Mike decided to pivot his company to supporting agencies</li>



<li>13:34 - Setting up Bluetick to scale from 1x to 500x volume</li>



<li>15:33 - Is Mike doing much marketing these days?</li>



<li>19:12 - Mike’s celebration moment in the past 15 months</li>



<li>20:40 - When Mike realized he had product-market fit</li>



<li>23:54 - How Mike thinks about implementing new features</li>



<li>24:55 - Mike’s low point in the past 15 months</li>



<li>26:27 - What changed that allowed Mike’s business to grow so dramatically over the past year?</li>



<li>32:50 - Is Mike planning to update his marketing to position the product to agencies?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/SingleFounder" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Mike Taber (@SingleFounder)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://bluetick.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Bluetick.io</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf US</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1424373/EP.651a.mp3" length="35528937"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 651, Rob Walling catches up with fan favorite Mike Taber, who co-hosted the first 448 episodes of Startups For the Rest of Us. The last time he was on the podcast, Bluetick was still a side hustle. Now, 15 months later, he shares that the app is now profitable, supporting him full-time, and gives an update on some key parts of his entrepreneurial journey.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:34 - An update on Bluetick



6:26 - Is Bluetick a profitable business?



8:59 - Why Mike decided to pivot his company to supporting agencies



13:34 - Setting up Bluetick to scale from 1x to 500x volume



15:33 - Is Mike doing much marketing these days?



19:12 - Mike’s celebration moment in the past 15 months



20:40 - When Mike realized he had product-market fit



23:54 - How Mike thinks about implementing new features



24:55 - Mike’s low point in the past 15 months



26:27 - What changed that allowed Mike’s business to grow so dramatically over the past year?



32:50 - Is Mike planning to update his marketing to position the product to agencies?




Links from the Show:




Mike Taber (@SingleFounder) I Twitter



Bluetick.io



MicroConf US




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:29</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 650 | Building vs. Buying a SaaS, Day Job Constraints, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 10:00:09 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1415527</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-650-building-vs-buying-a-saas-day-job-constraints-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 650, Rob Walling answers more listener questions. We cover topics like how to get more customers while working a full-time job, talking to users when there is a language barrier, and whether to buy vs. build a SaaS product.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:59 - Buying a small SaaS for $10,000 vs. getting financing and buying a SaaS for 6-figures</li>



<li>8:00 - How to get more customers while working full-time</li>



<li>13:33 - Can you hire someone to find an established SaaS business for you to buy?</li>



<li>16:40 - Diverse entrepreneurship podcast recommendations</li>



<li>20:08 - Talking to users when there is a language barrier</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Remote 6.0 </a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS Playbook </a></li>



<li><a href="https://zenfounder.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Zen Founder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://softwaresocial.dev/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Software Social </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.indiehackers.com/podcasts" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Indie Hackers </a></li>



<li><a href="https://in-demand.castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">In Demand: How To Grow Your SaaS to $100k MRR </a></li>



<li><a href="https://theygotacquired.com/podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">They Got Acquired </a></li>



<li><a href="https://affordanything.com/podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Afford Anything</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Deploy-Empathy-Practical-Interviewing-Customers/dp/B09X27CGQT/ref=sr_1_1?crid=2I6WHNLJMH8WG&amp;keywords=deploy+empathy+a+practical+guide+to+interviewing+customers&amp;qid=1677195509&amp;s=books&amp;sprefix=deploy+empat%2Cstripbooks%2C113&amp;sr=1-1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Deploy Empathy: A Practical Guide To Interviewing Customers </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Jobs-be-Done-Handbook-techniques-application/dp/1499339232" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Jobs-To-Be-Done Handbook</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 650, Rob Walling answers more listener questions. We cover topics like how to get more customers while working a full-time job, talking to users when there is a language barrier, and whether to buy vs. build a SaaS product.



Topics we cover: 




1:59 - Buying a small SaaS for $10,000 vs. getting financing and buying a SaaS for 6-figures



8:00 - How to get more customers while working full-time



13:33 - Can you hire someone to find an established SaaS business for you to buy?



16:40 - Diverse entrepreneurship podcast recommendations



20:08 - Talking to users when there is a language barrier




Links from the Show:




MicroConf Remote 6.0 



SaaS Playbook 



Zen Founder



Software Social 



Indie Hackers 



In Demand: How To Grow Your SaaS to $100k MRR 



They Got Acquired 



Afford Anything



Deploy Empathy: A Practical Guide To Interviewing Customers 



The Jobs-To-Be-Done Handbook




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 650 | Building vs. Buying a SaaS, Day Job Constraints, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 650, Rob Walling answers more listener questions. We cover topics like how to get more customers while working a full-time job, talking to users when there is a language barrier, and whether to buy vs. build a SaaS product.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:59 - Buying a small SaaS for $10,000 vs. getting financing and buying a SaaS for 6-figures</li>



<li>8:00 - How to get more customers while working full-time</li>



<li>13:33 - Can you hire someone to find an established SaaS business for you to buy?</li>



<li>16:40 - Diverse entrepreneurship podcast recommendations</li>



<li>20:08 - Talking to users when there is a language barrier</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Remote 6.0 </a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS Playbook </a></li>



<li><a href="https://zenfounder.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Zen Founder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://softwaresocial.dev/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Software Social </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.indiehackers.com/podcasts" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Indie Hackers </a></li>



<li><a href="https://in-demand.castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">In Demand: How To Grow Your SaaS to $100k MRR </a></li>



<li><a href="https://theygotacquired.com/podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">They Got Acquired </a></li>



<li><a href="https://affordanything.com/podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Afford Anything</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Deploy-Empathy-Practical-Interviewing-Customers/dp/B09X27CGQT/ref=sr_1_1?crid=2I6WHNLJMH8WG&amp;keywords=deploy+empathy+a+practical+guide+to+interviewing+customers&amp;qid=1677195509&amp;s=books&amp;sprefix=deploy+empat%2Cstripbooks%2C113&amp;sr=1-1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Deploy Empathy: A Practical Guide To Interviewing Customers </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Jobs-be-Done-Handbook-techniques-application/dp/1499339232" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Jobs-To-Be-Done Handbook</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/4d09a3d6-ffb9-4cb9-a81f-c749d41a2811-Ep.650.mp3" length="25156986"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 650, Rob Walling answers more listener questions. We cover topics like how to get more customers while working a full-time job, talking to users when there is a language barrier, and whether to buy vs. build a SaaS product.



Topics we cover: 




1:59 - Buying a small SaaS for $10,000 vs. getting financing and buying a SaaS for 6-figures



8:00 - How to get more customers while working full-time



13:33 - Can you hire someone to find an established SaaS business for you to buy?



16:40 - Diverse entrepreneurship podcast recommendations



20:08 - Talking to users when there is a language barrier




Links from the Show:




MicroConf Remote 6.0 



SaaS Playbook 



Zen Founder



Software Social 



Indie Hackers 



In Demand: How To Grow Your SaaS to $100k MRR 



They Got Acquired 



Afford Anything



Deploy Empathy: A Practical Guide To Interviewing Customers 



The Jobs-To-Be-Done Handbook




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:25:41</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 649 | Learning to Sell SaaS as a Founder (Book Recommendation)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 10:00:39 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1410294</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-649-learning-to-sell-saas-as-a-founder-book-recommendation</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 649, Rob Walling chats with Pete Kazanjy about his book Founding Sales, which is designed to help SaaS founders learn how to sell as well as how to hire and scale sales. We cover a lot, including objection handling, how to ask for the sale, and mindset shifts you need to make when learning how to sell.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:53 - Overview of Founding Sales</li>



<li>7:54 - Growing TalentBin to $6M ARR</li>



<li>10:28 - What Pete is working on today with Atrium</li>



<li>12:28 - Mindset changes when doing sales for the first time</li>



<li>19:26 - Speed vs. production value for sales materials</li>



<li>22:46 - Handling objections</li>



<li>26:50 - Asking for the sale</li>



<li>31:03 - Relentless execution</li>



<li>32:15 - What sets good sales reps apart from those that struggle?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/Kazanjy" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Pete Kazanjy (@Kazanjy)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.atriumhq.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Atrium</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.foundingsales.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Founding Sales</a></li>



<li><a href="https://modernsaleshq.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Modern Sales Pros</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Predictable-Revenue-Business-Practices-Salesforce-com/dp/0984380213/ref=asc_df_0984380213/?tag=hyprod-20&amp;linkCode=df0&amp;hvadid=312143020546&amp;hvpos=&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvrand=9714236476892951800&amp;hvpone=&amp;hvptwo=&amp;hvqmt=&amp;hvdev=c&amp;hvdvcmdl=&amp;hvlocint=&amp;hvlocphy=9028779&amp;hvtargid=pla-424706870130&amp;psc=1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Predictable Revenue: Turn Your Business Into A Sales Machine With The $100 Million Best Practices of Salesforce.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/The-Lean-Startup-Eric-Ries-audiobook/dp/B005MM7HY8/ref=sr_1_1?crid=2MLCQJ4NSKV3P&amp;keywords=lean+startup&amp;qid=1676618904&amp;s=books&amp;sprefix=lean+startup%2Cstripbooks%2C109&amp;sr=1-1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Lean Startup </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Startup-Owners-Manual-Step-Step/dp/B08B6DX1FY/ref=sr_1_1?crid=DHLJVUEJ31OS&amp;keywords=startup+owners+manual&amp;qid=1676618929&amp;s=audible&amp;sprefix=startup+owners%2Caudible%2C100&amp;sr=1-1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Startup Owner’s Manual </a></li>



<li><a href="https://beta.elevenlabs.io/"></a></li></ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 649, Rob Walling chats with Pete Kazanjy about his book Founding Sales, which is designed to help SaaS founders learn how to sell as well as how to hire and scale sales. We cover a lot, including objection handling, how to ask for the sale, and mindset shifts you need to make when learning how to sell.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




3:53 - Overview of Founding Sales



7:54 - Growing TalentBin to $6M ARR



10:28 - What Pete is working on today with Atrium



12:28 - Mindset changes when doing sales for the first time



19:26 - Speed vs. production value for sales materials



22:46 - Handling objections



26:50 - Asking for the sale



31:03 - Relentless execution



32:15 - What sets good sales reps apart from those that struggle?




Links from the Show:




Pete Kazanjy (@Kazanjy) I Twitter



Atrium



Founding Sales



Modern Sales Pros



Predictable Revenue: Turn Your Business Into A Sales Machine With The $100 Million Best Practices of Salesforce.com



The Lean Startup 



The Startup Owner’s Manual 



]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 649 | Learning to Sell SaaS as a Founder (Book Recommendation)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 649, Rob Walling chats with Pete Kazanjy about his book Founding Sales, which is designed to help SaaS founders learn how to sell as well as how to hire and scale sales. We cover a lot, including objection handling, how to ask for the sale, and mindset shifts you need to make when learning how to sell.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:53 - Overview of Founding Sales</li>



<li>7:54 - Growing TalentBin to $6M ARR</li>



<li>10:28 - What Pete is working on today with Atrium</li>



<li>12:28 - Mindset changes when doing sales for the first time</li>



<li>19:26 - Speed vs. production value for sales materials</li>



<li>22:46 - Handling objections</li>



<li>26:50 - Asking for the sale</li>



<li>31:03 - Relentless execution</li>



<li>32:15 - What sets good sales reps apart from those that struggle?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/Kazanjy" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Pete Kazanjy (@Kazanjy)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.atriumhq.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Atrium</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.foundingsales.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Founding Sales</a></li>



<li><a href="https://modernsaleshq.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Modern Sales Pros</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Predictable-Revenue-Business-Practices-Salesforce-com/dp/0984380213/ref=asc_df_0984380213/?tag=hyprod-20&amp;linkCode=df0&amp;hvadid=312143020546&amp;hvpos=&amp;hvnetw=g&amp;hvrand=9714236476892951800&amp;hvpone=&amp;hvptwo=&amp;hvqmt=&amp;hvdev=c&amp;hvdvcmdl=&amp;hvlocint=&amp;hvlocphy=9028779&amp;hvtargid=pla-424706870130&amp;psc=1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Predictable Revenue: Turn Your Business Into A Sales Machine With The $100 Million Best Practices of Salesforce.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/The-Lean-Startup-Eric-Ries-audiobook/dp/B005MM7HY8/ref=sr_1_1?crid=2MLCQJ4NSKV3P&amp;keywords=lean+startup&amp;qid=1676618904&amp;s=books&amp;sprefix=lean+startup%2Cstripbooks%2C109&amp;sr=1-1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Lean Startup </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Startup-Owners-Manual-Step-Step/dp/B08B6DX1FY/ref=sr_1_1?crid=DHLJVUEJ31OS&amp;keywords=startup+owners+manual&amp;qid=1676618929&amp;s=audible&amp;sprefix=startup+owners%2Caudible%2C100&amp;sr=1-1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Startup Owner’s Manual </a></li>



<li><a href="https://beta.elevenlabs.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ElevenLabs Prime Voice AI </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf US </a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS Playbook </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/96edcb91-efe0-4014-840f-80bc120ceac8-Ep.649.mp3" length="38151075"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 649, Rob Walling chats with Pete Kazanjy about his book Founding Sales, which is designed to help SaaS founders learn how to sell as well as how to hire and scale sales. We cover a lot, including objection handling, how to ask for the sale, and mindset shifts you need to make when learning how to sell.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




3:53 - Overview of Founding Sales



7:54 - Growing TalentBin to $6M ARR



10:28 - What Pete is working on today with Atrium



12:28 - Mindset changes when doing sales for the first time



19:26 - Speed vs. production value for sales materials



22:46 - Handling objections



26:50 - Asking for the sale



31:03 - Relentless execution



32:15 - What sets good sales reps apart from those that struggle?




Links from the Show:




Pete Kazanjy (@Kazanjy) I Twitter



Atrium



Founding Sales



Modern Sales Pros



Predictable Revenue: Turn Your Business Into A Sales Machine With The $100 Million Best Practices of Salesforce.com



The Lean Startup 



The Startup Owner’s Manual 



]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:39:13</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 648 | Competing with a Non-Profit, Driving Traffic to A Landing Page, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 14 Feb 2023 10:00:32 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1400628</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-648-competing-with-a-non-profit-driving-traffic-to-a-landing-page-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 648, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he answers a bunch of listener questions. Some topics covered include competing against a nonprofit, validating step 1 app marketplace businesses, and driving traffic to idea validation landing pages.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:02 - Competing against a nonprofit as a startup</li>



<li>4:11 - The trend of bigger companies building more projects in adjacent verticals</li>



<li>8:03 - Incorporating as a Delaware C Corp</li>



<li>9:57 - Bootstrapping a spinoff startup from a dev agency</li>



<li>14:27 - How to go to market when solving a latent pain</li>



<li>19:09 - How to validate step 1 app marketplace businesses</li>



<li>22:19 - Driving traffic to an idea validation landing page</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS Playbook </a></li>



<li><a href="https://longform.asmartbear.com/docs/exponential-growth/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Elephant in the Room: The Myth of Exponential Hypergrowth</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-442-corporate-structures-and-how-the-choice-you-make-now-can-impact-you-years-down-the-line" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 442 I Corporate Structures and How The Choice You Make Now Can Impact You Years Down The Line </a></li>



<li><a href="https://stripe.com/atlas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stripe Atlas </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QviDwsMLXb0" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How to Get Your First Hundred Customers for Your SaaS Product </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Traction-Startup-Achieve-Explosive-Customer/dp/1591848369" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Traction: How Any Startup Can Achieve Explosive Customer Growth </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 648, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he answers a bunch of listener questions. Some topics covered include competing against a nonprofit, validating step 1 app marketplace businesses, and driving traffic to idea validation landing pages.



Topics we cover: 




2:02 - Competing against a nonprofit as a startup



4:11 - The trend of bigger companies building more projects in adjacent verticals



8:03 - Incorporating as a Delaware C Corp



9:57 - Bootstrapping a spinoff startup from a dev agency



14:27 - How to go to market when solving a latent pain



19:09 - How to validate step 1 app marketplace businesses



22:19 - Driving traffic to an idea validation landing page




Links from the Show:




SaaS Playbook 



The Elephant in the Room: The Myth of Exponential Hypergrowth



Episode 442 I Corporate Structures and How The Choice You Make Now Can Impact You Years Down The Line 



Stripe Atlas 



How to Get Your First Hundred Customers for Your SaaS Product 



Traction: How Any Startup Can Achieve Explosive Customer Growth 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 648 | Competing with a Non-Profit, Driving Traffic to A Landing Page, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 648, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he answers a bunch of listener questions. Some topics covered include competing against a nonprofit, validating step 1 app marketplace businesses, and driving traffic to idea validation landing pages.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:02 - Competing against a nonprofit as a startup</li>



<li>4:11 - The trend of bigger companies building more projects in adjacent verticals</li>



<li>8:03 - Incorporating as a Delaware C Corp</li>



<li>9:57 - Bootstrapping a spinoff startup from a dev agency</li>



<li>14:27 - How to go to market when solving a latent pain</li>



<li>19:09 - How to validate step 1 app marketplace businesses</li>



<li>22:19 - Driving traffic to an idea validation landing page</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS Playbook </a></li>



<li><a href="https://longform.asmartbear.com/docs/exponential-growth/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Elephant in the Room: The Myth of Exponential Hypergrowth</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-442-corporate-structures-and-how-the-choice-you-make-now-can-impact-you-years-down-the-line" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 442 I Corporate Structures and How The Choice You Make Now Can Impact You Years Down The Line </a></li>



<li><a href="https://stripe.com/atlas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stripe Atlas </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QviDwsMLXb0" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How to Get Your First Hundred Customers for Your SaaS Product </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Traction-Startup-Achieve-Explosive-Customer/dp/1591848369" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Traction: How Any Startup Can Achieve Explosive Customer Growth </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/cff39cce-47e5-40a6-bba1-a4e34553670f-Ep.648.mp3" length="27156925"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 648, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he answers a bunch of listener questions. Some topics covered include competing against a nonprofit, validating step 1 app marketplace businesses, and driving traffic to idea validation landing pages.



Topics we cover: 




2:02 - Competing against a nonprofit as a startup



4:11 - The trend of bigger companies building more projects in adjacent verticals



8:03 - Incorporating as a Delaware C Corp



9:57 - Bootstrapping a spinoff startup from a dev agency



14:27 - How to go to market when solving a latent pain



19:09 - How to validate step 1 app marketplace businesses



22:19 - Driving traffic to an idea validation landing page




Links from the Show:




SaaS Playbook 



The Elephant in the Room: The Myth of Exponential Hypergrowth



Episode 442 I Corporate Structures and How The Choice You Make Now Can Impact You Years Down The Line 



Stripe Atlas 



How to Get Your First Hundred Customers for Your SaaS Product 



Traction: How Any Startup Can Achieve Explosive Customer Growth 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:46</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 647.5 | Bonus Episode: TinySeed Application Q&A Livestream]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 09 Feb 2023 10:00:49 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1405389</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-6475-bonus-episode-tinyseed-application-qa-livestream</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this bonus episode, we are playing back the audio from yesterday’s TinySeed Application Q&amp;A livestream.</p>



<p>The TinySeed team (Rob Walling, Tracy Osborn, and Alex McQuade) answers questions from the audience about the application process.</p>



<p>TinySeed is a year-long, remote accelerator designed for early-stage SaaS founders. Our program is designed to help founders with a revenue-generating SaaS optimize product-market fit and grow faster. </p>



<p>Spring 2023 applications are open until from February 6th to February 19th, 2023.</p>



<p>For more information about the program and application process, check out <a href="https://tinyseed.com/program">https://tinyseed.com/program</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Pod</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://youtube.com/live/AgcvtoFYoL8">Watch this Q&amp;A on YouTube</a></li>



<li><a href="https://apply.tinyseed.com/">Apply for TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracymakes">Tracy Osborn</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/alexmcquade">Alex McQuade</a> I Twitter</li>
</ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this bonus episode, we are playing back the audio from yesterday’s TinySeed Application Q&A livestream.



The TinySeed team (Rob Walling, Tracy Osborn, and Alex McQuade) answers questions from the audience about the application process.



TinySeed is a year-long, remote accelerator designed for early-stage SaaS founders. Our program is designed to help founders with a revenue-generating SaaS optimize product-market fit and grow faster. 



Spring 2023 applications are open until from February 6th to February 19th, 2023.



For more information about the program and application process, check out https://tinyseed.com/program



Links from the Pod




Watch this Q&A on YouTube



Apply for TinySeed



Tracy Osborn I Twitter



Alex McQuade I Twitter
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 647.5 | Bonus Episode: TinySeed Application Q&A Livestream]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this bonus episode, we are playing back the audio from yesterday’s TinySeed Application Q&amp;A livestream.</p>



<p>The TinySeed team (Rob Walling, Tracy Osborn, and Alex McQuade) answers questions from the audience about the application process.</p>



<p>TinySeed is a year-long, remote accelerator designed for early-stage SaaS founders. Our program is designed to help founders with a revenue-generating SaaS optimize product-market fit and grow faster. </p>



<p>Spring 2023 applications are open until from February 6th to February 19th, 2023.</p>



<p>For more information about the program and application process, check out <a href="https://tinyseed.com/program">https://tinyseed.com/program</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Pod</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://youtube.com/live/AgcvtoFYoL8">Watch this Q&amp;A on YouTube</a></li>



<li><a href="https://apply.tinyseed.com/">Apply for TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracymakes">Tracy Osborn</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/alexmcquade">Alex McQuade</a> I Twitter</li>
</ul>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/8f6f3a8f-0379-4ca2-a65e-ce83b8c76434-Ep.647.5.mp3" length="57102494"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this bonus episode, we are playing back the audio from yesterday’s TinySeed Application Q&A livestream.



The TinySeed team (Rob Walling, Tracy Osborn, and Alex McQuade) answers questions from the audience about the application process.



TinySeed is a year-long, remote accelerator designed for early-stage SaaS founders. Our program is designed to help founders with a revenue-generating SaaS optimize product-market fit and grow faster. 



Spring 2023 applications are open until from February 6th to February 19th, 2023.



For more information about the program and application process, check out https://tinyseed.com/program



Links from the Pod




Watch this Q&A on YouTube



Apply for TinySeed



Tracy Osborn I Twitter



Alex McQuade I Twitter
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:58:58</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 647 | Equipping Sales & Support With Critical Product Knowledge As You Grow]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 07 Feb 2023 10:00:16 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1391669</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-647-equipping-sales-support-with-critical-product-knowledge-as-you-grow</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 647, Rob Walling chats with Whitney Deterding about product marketing and how to equip sales, support, and your entire team with critical product knowledge as you grow. We dive into how to communicate all aspects of your product, from individual features to benefits and use cases.</p>



<p>When you're one or two people, you're doing all of this as a founder, but the moment you have three, four, or more people on your team, you have to figure out a way to communicate how the product is changing effectively. Otherwise, your prospects, sales, and support won't know that.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups?utm_source=drip&amp;utm_medium=email" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/</em></a><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. <a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>4:08 - What is product marketing?</li>



<li>8:56 - How do you implement cross team knowledge sharing?</li>



<li>14:54 - When should you start writing product or launch briefs?</li>



<li>16:35 - Training new sales and customer success people</li>



<li>23:05 - How to equip your salespeople</li>



<li>31:18 - Product positioning</li>



<li>35:13 - How to navigate positioning changes over times</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/WhitDeterding" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">​Whitney Deterding (@WhitDeterding)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://coschedule.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Coschedule </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.getguru.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Guru</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtube.com/live/AgcvtoFYoL8">TinySeed Applications Q&amp;A on February 8</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 647, Rob Walling chats with Whitney Deterding about product marketing and how to equip sales, support, and your entire team with critical product knowledge as you grow. We dive into how to communicate all aspects of your product, from individual features to benefits and use cases.



When you're one or two people, you're doing all of this as a founder, but the moment you have three, four, or more people on your team, you have to figure out a way to communicate how the product is changing effectively. Otherwise, your prospects, sales, and support won't know that.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




4:08 - What is product marketing?



8:56 - How do you implement cross team knowledge sharing?



14:54 - When should you start writing product or launch briefs?



16:35 - Training new sales and customer success people



23:05 - How to equip your salespeople



31:18 - Product positioning



35:13 - How to navigate positioning changes over times




Links from the Show:




​Whitney Deterding (@WhitDeterding) I Twitter



Coschedule 



Guru



TinySeed



TinySeed Applications Q&A on February 8




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 647 | Equipping Sales & Support With Critical Product Knowledge As You Grow]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 647, Rob Walling chats with Whitney Deterding about product marketing and how to equip sales, support, and your entire team with critical product knowledge as you grow. We dive into how to communicate all aspects of your product, from individual features to benefits and use cases.</p>



<p>When you're one or two people, you're doing all of this as a founder, but the moment you have three, four, or more people on your team, you have to figure out a way to communicate how the product is changing effectively. Otherwise, your prospects, sales, and support won't know that.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups?utm_source=drip&amp;utm_medium=email" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/</em></a><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. <a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>4:08 - What is product marketing?</li>



<li>8:56 - How do you implement cross team knowledge sharing?</li>



<li>14:54 - When should you start writing product or launch briefs?</li>



<li>16:35 - Training new sales and customer success people</li>



<li>23:05 - How to equip your salespeople</li>



<li>31:18 - Product positioning</li>



<li>35:13 - How to navigate positioning changes over times</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/WhitDeterding" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">​Whitney Deterding (@WhitDeterding)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://coschedule.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Coschedule </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.getguru.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Guru</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://youtube.com/live/AgcvtoFYoL8">TinySeed Applications Q&amp;A on February 8</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/5031/6d095370-c83d-4b40-94f6-f74d5d92c802/Ep.647b.mp3" length="39794919"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 647, Rob Walling chats with Whitney Deterding about product marketing and how to equip sales, support, and your entire team with critical product knowledge as you grow. We dive into how to communicate all aspects of your product, from individual features to benefits and use cases.



When you're one or two people, you're doing all of this as a founder, but the moment you have three, four, or more people on your team, you have to figure out a way to communicate how the product is changing effectively. Otherwise, your prospects, sales, and support won't know that.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




4:08 - What is product marketing?



8:56 - How do you implement cross team knowledge sharing?



14:54 - When should you start writing product or launch briefs?



16:35 - Training new sales and customer success people



23:05 - How to equip your salespeople



31:18 - Product positioning



35:13 - How to navigate positioning changes over times




Links from the Show:




​Whitney Deterding (@WhitDeterding) I Twitter



Coschedule 



Guru



TinySeed



TinySeed Applications Q&A on February 8




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:40:56</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 646.5 | Bonus Episode: A Big Change to MicroConf]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 02 Feb 2023 10:00:16 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1392184</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-6465-bonus-episode-a-big-change-to-microconf</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this bonus episode of Startups For the Rest of Us, we realized that we have never talked about the refocusing of MicroConf US and MicroConf Europe and growing our extended hallway track to focus on helping founders build more connections.</p>



<p>Since we started the event in 2011, we've done 35 of them now. The feedback we've always gotten is that the hallway track is the best part of MicroConf, and the speakers are an excuse to get us all in a room so that we can meet one another and build those relationships.</p>



<p>After Covid hit, we decided to take a chance and adjust our traditional format. We cut down the number of speakers and focused more on additional ways to grow the hallway track. In MicroConf US - Denver - this April, we’re at 5 speakers. All the rest of the time is spent doing activities and connecting with other founders, including through offsite adventures, roundtables, workshops, etc.</p>



<p>Finally, we’ve also introduced Founder by Founder, which is like speed networking. We set a seven-minute timer and encouraged everyone to talk to someone they don't know and introduce themselves.</p>



<p>Whether it's at the workshops, the offsite adventures, or Founder by Founder, we've found getting out of your bubble and connecting with other founders has been an extremely valuable change and a shift to the way that the MicroConf in-person events happen.</p>



<p>Head over to Microconf.com/events to see all of our events happening this year.</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this bonus episode of Startups For the Rest of Us, we realized that we have never talked about the refocusing of MicroConf US and MicroConf Europe and growing our extended hallway track to focus on helping founders build more connections.



Since we started the event in 2011, we've done 35 of them now. The feedback we've always gotten is that the hallway track is the best part of MicroConf, and the speakers are an excuse to get us all in a room so that we can meet one another and build those relationships.



After Covid hit, we decided to take a chance and adjust our traditional format. We cut down the number of speakers and focused more on additional ways to grow the hallway track. In MicroConf US - Denver - this April, we’re at 5 speakers. All the rest of the time is spent doing activities and connecting with other founders, including through offsite adventures, roundtables, workshops, etc.



Finally, we’ve also introduced Founder by Founder, which is like speed networking. We set a seven-minute timer and encouraged everyone to talk to someone they don't know and introduce themselves.



Whether it's at the workshops, the offsite adventures, or Founder by Founder, we've found getting out of your bubble and connecting with other founders has been an extremely valuable change and a shift to the way that the MicroConf in-person events happen.



Head over to Microconf.com/events to see all of our events happening this year.]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 646.5 | Bonus Episode: A Big Change to MicroConf]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this bonus episode of Startups For the Rest of Us, we realized that we have never talked about the refocusing of MicroConf US and MicroConf Europe and growing our extended hallway track to focus on helping founders build more connections.</p>



<p>Since we started the event in 2011, we've done 35 of them now. The feedback we've always gotten is that the hallway track is the best part of MicroConf, and the speakers are an excuse to get us all in a room so that we can meet one another and build those relationships.</p>



<p>After Covid hit, we decided to take a chance and adjust our traditional format. We cut down the number of speakers and focused more on additional ways to grow the hallway track. In MicroConf US - Denver - this April, we’re at 5 speakers. All the rest of the time is spent doing activities and connecting with other founders, including through offsite adventures, roundtables, workshops, etc.</p>



<p>Finally, we’ve also introduced Founder by Founder, which is like speed networking. We set a seven-minute timer and encouraged everyone to talk to someone they don't know and introduce themselves.</p>



<p>Whether it's at the workshops, the offsite adventures, or Founder by Founder, we've found getting out of your bubble and connecting with other founders has been an extremely valuable change and a shift to the way that the MicroConf in-person events happen.</p>



<p>Head over to Microconf.com/events to see all of our events happening this year.</p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/6edf23d7-dacd-49a7-b9e2-459683f54ba8-Ep.646.5.mp3" length="5512846"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this bonus episode of Startups For the Rest of Us, we realized that we have never talked about the refocusing of MicroConf US and MicroConf Europe and growing our extended hallway track to focus on helping founders build more connections.



Since we started the event in 2011, we've done 35 of them now. The feedback we've always gotten is that the hallway track is the best part of MicroConf, and the speakers are an excuse to get us all in a room so that we can meet one another and build those relationships.



After Covid hit, we decided to take a chance and adjust our traditional format. We cut down the number of speakers and focused more on additional ways to grow the hallway track. In MicroConf US - Denver - this April, we’re at 5 speakers. All the rest of the time is spent doing activities and connecting with other founders, including through offsite adventures, roundtables, workshops, etc.



Finally, we’ve also introduced Founder by Founder, which is like speed networking. We set a seven-minute timer and encouraged everyone to talk to someone they don't know and introduce themselves.



Whether it's at the workshops, the offsite adventures, or Founder by Founder, we've found getting out of your bubble and connecting with other founders has been an extremely valuable change and a shift to the way that the MicroConf in-person events happen.



Head over to Microconf.com/events to see all of our events happening this year.]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:05:13</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 646 | Building a Recurring, Annual Price Increase Into Your SaaS]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 10:00:05 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1385827</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-646-building-a-recurring-annual-price-increase-into-your-saas</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 646, Rob Walling catches up with James Kennedy, the founder of ProcurementExpress, about James’s unconventional approach to price increases. Every year, James does an annual price increase across the board. He talks about how he communicates it to both leads and customers, the pros and cons of this approach, and why it is been a net positive for the business.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:03 - About ProcurementExpress</li>



<li>4:41 - How big is the ProcurementExpress team?</li>



<li>7:43 - Why did James change the company name?</li>



<li>9:48 - What led James to settle on an 8% annual price increase for all customers</li>



<li>15:02 - Communicating the annual price increase to new customers</li>



<li>17:01- How James uses these annual price increases to close more deals</li>



<li>17:36 - When you shouldn’t do annual price increases</li>



<li>23:04 - SaaS buying patterns that James sees</li>



<li>24:00 - The best subject line that James has ever written</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/jameskennedy" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">James Kennedy (@JamesKennedy) </a>I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.procurementexpress.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ProcurementExpress</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=otbnC2zE2rw" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Designing the Ideal Bootstrapped Business with Jason Cohen</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=20hN2YGRfJo" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">​​How to Stop Giving Demos &amp; Build a Sales Factory Instead – James Kennedy – MicroConf Growth 2017</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QNCT6InA2ns" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How We Reduced Churn by 25% and How You Could Do It Too – James Kennedy – MicroConf Europe 2019</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 646, Rob Walling catches up with James Kennedy, the founder of ProcurementExpress, about James’s unconventional approach to price increases. Every year, James does an annual price increase across the board. He talks about how he communicates it to both leads and customers, the pros and cons of this approach, and why it is been a net positive for the business.



Topics we cover: 




2:03 - About ProcurementExpress



4:41 - How big is the ProcurementExpress team?



7:43 - Why did James change the company name?



9:48 - What led James to settle on an 8% annual price increase for all customers



15:02 - Communicating the annual price increase to new customers



17:01- How James uses these annual price increases to close more deals



17:36 - When you shouldn’t do annual price increases



23:04 - SaaS buying patterns that James sees



24:00 - The best subject line that James has ever written




Links from the Show:




James Kennedy (@JamesKennedy) I Twitter



ProcurementExpress



TinySeed



Designing the Ideal Bootstrapped Business with Jason Cohen



​​How to Stop Giving Demos & Build a Sales Factory Instead – James Kennedy – MicroConf Growth 2017



How We Reduced Churn by 25% and How You Could Do It Too – James Kennedy – MicroConf Europe 2019




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 646 | Building a Recurring, Annual Price Increase Into Your SaaS]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 646, Rob Walling catches up with James Kennedy, the founder of ProcurementExpress, about James’s unconventional approach to price increases. Every year, James does an annual price increase across the board. He talks about how he communicates it to both leads and customers, the pros and cons of this approach, and why it is been a net positive for the business.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:03 - About ProcurementExpress</li>



<li>4:41 - How big is the ProcurementExpress team?</li>



<li>7:43 - Why did James change the company name?</li>



<li>9:48 - What led James to settle on an 8% annual price increase for all customers</li>



<li>15:02 - Communicating the annual price increase to new customers</li>



<li>17:01- How James uses these annual price increases to close more deals</li>



<li>17:36 - When you shouldn’t do annual price increases</li>



<li>23:04 - SaaS buying patterns that James sees</li>



<li>24:00 - The best subject line that James has ever written</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/jameskennedy" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">James Kennedy (@JamesKennedy) </a>I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.procurementexpress.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ProcurementExpress</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=otbnC2zE2rw" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Designing the Ideal Bootstrapped Business with Jason Cohen</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=20hN2YGRfJo" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">​​How to Stop Giving Demos &amp; Build a Sales Factory Instead – James Kennedy – MicroConf Growth 2017</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QNCT6InA2ns" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How We Reduced Churn by 25% and How You Could Do It Too – James Kennedy – MicroConf Europe 2019</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/9608c5c0-93d3-4837-8df7-68a1f32518d5-Ep.646.mp3" length="25849604"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 646, Rob Walling catches up with James Kennedy, the founder of ProcurementExpress, about James’s unconventional approach to price increases. Every year, James does an annual price increase across the board. He talks about how he communicates it to both leads and customers, the pros and cons of this approach, and why it is been a net positive for the business.



Topics we cover: 




2:03 - About ProcurementExpress



4:41 - How big is the ProcurementExpress team?



7:43 - Why did James change the company name?



9:48 - What led James to settle on an 8% annual price increase for all customers



15:02 - Communicating the annual price increase to new customers



17:01- How James uses these annual price increases to close more deals



17:36 - When you shouldn’t do annual price increases



23:04 - SaaS buying patterns that James sees



24:00 - The best subject line that James has ever written




Links from the Show:




James Kennedy (@JamesKennedy) I Twitter



ProcurementExpress



TinySeed



Designing the Ideal Bootstrapped Business with Jason Cohen



​​How to Stop Giving Demos & Build a Sales Factory Instead – James Kennedy – MicroConf Growth 2017



How We Reduced Churn by 25% and How You Could Do It Too – James Kennedy – MicroConf Europe 2019




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:26:24</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 645.5 | Bonus Episode: Mastermind Matching Applications Are Open]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 26 Jan 2023 10:00:15 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1388604</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-6455-bonus-episode-mastermind-matching-applications-are-open</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds">Mastermind Matching applications are now open. </a></p>



<p>Whether you are in the process of validating your SaaS idea and looking for product-market fit to finding a scalable marketing channel, or maybe you are looking for an extra dose of accountability and support as you grow the company, joining a mastermind can help.</p>



<p>With hundreds of successful matches under our belt, we have brought together founders from all walks of life, from over 50 countries across 20 time zones, with a collective $150M+ in ARR.</p>



<p>To do this, we focus on a number of key data points to get a feel for each entrepreneur’s experience level, expectations, work and personality styles, and other key criteria that allow us to make informed matches, including:</p>



<ul>
<li>Location</li>



<li>Time zone</li>



<li>Language</li>



<li>Experience Level</li>



<li>Current Revenue Level</li>



<li>Goals</li>



<li>Skill Set</li>



<li>Industry served</li>



<li>Whether or not this is your first business</li>



<li>If you already have 1 or more established businesses (like an agency) and building a SaaS as a 2nd business, etc.</li>
</ul>



<p>We've also made some big updates to the content in our mastermind program, including adding a series of 3 mentor sessions to tackle topics and challenges you are likely to experience based on where you are currently at with your business. These mentor sessions range from how to structure and get the most value out of your mastermind to mastering customer interviews, building a marketing flywheel, and hiring and onboarding your first few employees.</p>



<p>For those of you who sign up for a mastermind and are doing more than $500k in ARR, you'll be invited to attend three virtual office hours with Rob Walling, Co-Founder of TinySeed + MicroConf &amp; Einar Vollset, Co-Founder of TinySeed.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Masterminds</a></li>
</ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Mastermind Matching applications are now open. 



Whether you are in the process of validating your SaaS idea and looking for product-market fit to finding a scalable marketing channel, or maybe you are looking for an extra dose of accountability and support as you grow the company, joining a mastermind can help.



With hundreds of successful matches under our belt, we have brought together founders from all walks of life, from over 50 countries across 20 time zones, with a collective $150M+ in ARR.



To do this, we focus on a number of key data points to get a feel for each entrepreneur’s experience level, expectations, work and personality styles, and other key criteria that allow us to make informed matches, including:




Location



Time zone



Language



Experience Level



Current Revenue Level



Goals



Skill Set



Industry served



Whether or not this is your first business



If you already have 1 or more established businesses (like an agency) and building a SaaS as a 2nd business, etc.




We've also made some big updates to the content in our mastermind program, including adding a series of 3 mentor sessions to tackle topics and challenges you are likely to experience based on where you are currently at with your business. These mentor sessions range from how to structure and get the most value out of your mastermind to mastering customer interviews, building a marketing flywheel, and hiring and onboarding your first few employees.



For those of you who sign up for a mastermind and are doing more than $500k in ARR, you'll be invited to attend three virtual office hours with Rob Walling, Co-Founder of TinySeed + MicroConf & Einar Vollset, Co-Founder of TinySeed.



Links from the Show:




MicroConf Masterminds
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 645.5 | Bonus Episode: Mastermind Matching Applications Are Open]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds">Mastermind Matching applications are now open. </a></p>



<p>Whether you are in the process of validating your SaaS idea and looking for product-market fit to finding a scalable marketing channel, or maybe you are looking for an extra dose of accountability and support as you grow the company, joining a mastermind can help.</p>



<p>With hundreds of successful matches under our belt, we have brought together founders from all walks of life, from over 50 countries across 20 time zones, with a collective $150M+ in ARR.</p>



<p>To do this, we focus on a number of key data points to get a feel for each entrepreneur’s experience level, expectations, work and personality styles, and other key criteria that allow us to make informed matches, including:</p>



<ul>
<li>Location</li>



<li>Time zone</li>



<li>Language</li>



<li>Experience Level</li>



<li>Current Revenue Level</li>



<li>Goals</li>



<li>Skill Set</li>



<li>Industry served</li>



<li>Whether or not this is your first business</li>



<li>If you already have 1 or more established businesses (like an agency) and building a SaaS as a 2nd business, etc.</li>
</ul>



<p>We've also made some big updates to the content in our mastermind program, including adding a series of 3 mentor sessions to tackle topics and challenges you are likely to experience based on where you are currently at with your business. These mentor sessions range from how to structure and get the most value out of your mastermind to mastering customer interviews, building a marketing flywheel, and hiring and onboarding your first few employees.</p>



<p>For those of you who sign up for a mastermind and are doing more than $500k in ARR, you'll be invited to attend three virtual office hours with Rob Walling, Co-Founder of TinySeed + MicroConf &amp; Einar Vollset, Co-Founder of TinySeed.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Masterminds</a></li>
</ul>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/c63487f2-f630-4bf3-86fc-3f98abb69968-Ep.645.5.mp3" length="6526290"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Mastermind Matching applications are now open. 



Whether you are in the process of validating your SaaS idea and looking for product-market fit to finding a scalable marketing channel, or maybe you are looking for an extra dose of accountability and support as you grow the company, joining a mastermind can help.



With hundreds of successful matches under our belt, we have brought together founders from all walks of life, from over 50 countries across 20 time zones, with a collective $150M+ in ARR.



To do this, we focus on a number of key data points to get a feel for each entrepreneur’s experience level, expectations, work and personality styles, and other key criteria that allow us to make informed matches, including:




Location



Time zone



Language



Experience Level



Current Revenue Level



Goals



Skill Set



Industry served



Whether or not this is your first business



If you already have 1 or more established businesses (like an agency) and building a SaaS as a 2nd business, etc.




We've also made some big updates to the content in our mastermind program, including adding a series of 3 mentor sessions to tackle topics and challenges you are likely to experience based on where you are currently at with your business. These mentor sessions range from how to structure and get the most value out of your mastermind to mastering customer interviews, building a marketing flywheel, and hiring and onboarding your first few employees.



For those of you who sign up for a mastermind and are doing more than $500k in ARR, you'll be invited to attend three virtual office hours with Rob Walling, Co-Founder of TinySeed + MicroConf & Einar Vollset, Co-Founder of TinySeed.



Links from the Show:




MicroConf Masterminds
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:06:17</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 645 | Anti-Bro, Nuanced Thinking, and Being Good vs. Being Great (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 24 Jan 2023 10:00:26 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1374302</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-645-anti-bro-nuanced-thinking-and-being-good-vs-being-great-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 645, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he covers whether bootstrapping is the anti-bro movement, the difference between working with someone good vs. someone great, and the rise of outrage culture on social media and how that doesn’t leave much room for nuanced thinking.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong> <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups"></a></strong></h2>



<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups?utm_source=drip&amp;utm_medium=email" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:28 - The anti-bro startup movement</li>



<li>8:58 - Outrage culture on social media</li>



<li>12:49 - Declining a $9M acquisition at 18</li>



<li>16:14 - What startup founders can learn from outlier performers</li>



<li>22:23- The difference between being good vs. being great</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Masterminds</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LMtf7PtqIlw" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">I Learned 227 Beatles Bass Lines And Discovered This…</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 645, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he covers whether bootstrapping is the anti-bro movement, the difference between working with someone good vs. someone great, and the rise of outrage culture on social media and how that doesn’t leave much room for nuanced thinking.



Episode Sponsor:



 



Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




3:28 - The anti-bro startup movement



8:58 - Outrage culture on social media



12:49 - Declining a $9M acquisition at 18



16:14 - What startup founders can learn from outlier performers



22:23- The difference between being good vs. being great




Links from the Show:




MicroConf Masterminds



I Learned 227 Beatles Bass Lines And Discovered This…




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 645 | Anti-Bro, Nuanced Thinking, and Being Good vs. Being Great (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 645, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he covers whether bootstrapping is the anti-bro movement, the difference between working with someone good vs. someone great, and the rise of outrage culture on social media and how that doesn’t leave much room for nuanced thinking.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong> <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups"></a></strong></h2>



<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups?utm_source=drip&amp;utm_medium=email" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups">Lemon.io</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:28 - The anti-bro startup movement</li>



<li>8:58 - Outrage culture on social media</li>



<li>12:49 - Declining a $9M acquisition at 18</li>



<li>16:14 - What startup founders can learn from outlier performers</li>



<li>22:23- The difference between being good vs. being great</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Masterminds</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LMtf7PtqIlw" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">I Learned 227 Beatles Bass Lines And Discovered This…</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/5031/483f815d-2074-4b0c-acd3-32636014247c/Ep.645b.mp3" length="23669269"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 645, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he covers whether bootstrapping is the anti-bro movement, the difference between working with someone good vs. someone great, and the rise of outrage culture on social media and how that doesn’t leave much room for nuanced thinking.



Episode Sponsor:



 



Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




3:28 - The anti-bro startup movement



8:58 - Outrage culture on social media



12:49 - Declining a $9M acquisition at 18



16:14 - What startup founders can learn from outlier performers



22:23- The difference between being good vs. being great




Links from the Show:




MicroConf Masterminds



I Learned 227 Beatles Bass Lines And Discovered This…




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:24:08</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 644 | Buying Back Your Time with Dan Martell]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jan 2023 10:00:44 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1370344</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-644-buying-back-your-time-with-dan-martell</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 644, Rob Walling chats with Dan Martell about founder productivity, delegating, and the difference between being effective and efficient. Dan also shares the key frameworks from his first book, Buy Back Your Time, which was released this week.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:40 - Dan’s process for writing his first book</li>



<li>7:56 - The Buyback Principle</li>



<li>12:31 - Hiring and delegating to an assistant</li>



<li>18:02 - The Buyback Loop: Audit, Transfer, and Fill</li>



<li>25:19 - Why no one does it right, and I can’t afford to hire are limiting beliefs</li>



<li>30:53 - 1-3-1 hack</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/danmartell" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dan Martell @DanMartell)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Buy-Back-Your-Time-Unstuck-ebook/dp/B09Y55GLXJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Buy Back Your Time: Get Unstuck, Reclaim Your Freedom, and Build Your Empire</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 644, Rob Walling chats with Dan Martell about founder productivity, delegating, and the difference between being effective and efficient. Dan also shares the key frameworks from his first book, Buy Back Your Time, which was released this week.



Topics we cover: 




2:40 - Dan’s process for writing his first book



7:56 - The Buyback Principle



12:31 - Hiring and delegating to an assistant



18:02 - The Buyback Loop: Audit, Transfer, and Fill



25:19 - Why no one does it right, and I can’t afford to hire are limiting beliefs



30:53 - 1-3-1 hack




Links from the Show:




Dan Martell @DanMartell) I Twitter



Buy Back Your Time: Get Unstuck, Reclaim Your Freedom, and Build Your Empire



The SaaS Playbook 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 644 | Buying Back Your Time with Dan Martell]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 644, Rob Walling chats with Dan Martell about founder productivity, delegating, and the difference between being effective and efficient. Dan also shares the key frameworks from his first book, Buy Back Your Time, which was released this week.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:40 - Dan’s process for writing his first book</li>



<li>7:56 - The Buyback Principle</li>



<li>12:31 - Hiring and delegating to an assistant</li>



<li>18:02 - The Buyback Loop: Audit, Transfer, and Fill</li>



<li>25:19 - Why no one does it right, and I can’t afford to hire are limiting beliefs</li>



<li>30:53 - 1-3-1 hack</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/danmartell" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dan Martell @DanMartell)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Buy-Back-Your-Time-Unstuck-ebook/dp/B09Y55GLXJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Buy Back Your Time: Get Unstuck, Reclaim Your Freedom, and Build Your Empire</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/6a54695c-d037-4798-8738-b2938bef1e9a-Ep.644.mp3" length="35507307"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 644, Rob Walling chats with Dan Martell about founder productivity, delegating, and the difference between being effective and efficient. Dan also shares the key frameworks from his first book, Buy Back Your Time, which was released this week.



Topics we cover: 




2:40 - Dan’s process for writing his first book



7:56 - The Buyback Principle



12:31 - Hiring and delegating to an assistant



18:02 - The Buyback Loop: Audit, Transfer, and Fill



25:19 - Why no one does it right, and I can’t afford to hire are limiting beliefs



30:53 - 1-3-1 hack




Links from the Show:




Dan Martell @DanMartell) I Twitter



Buy Back Your Time: Get Unstuck, Reclaim Your Freedom, and Build Your Empire



The SaaS Playbook 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:28</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 643 | Feature Flags, Impostor Syndrome, and More Listener Questions with Derrick Reimer]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 10 Jan 2023 10:00:50 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1365701</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-643-feature-flags-impostor-syndrome-and-more-listener-questions-with-derrick-reimer</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 643, Rob Walling chats with fan favorite Derrick Reimer, the founder of SavvyCal, as they answer listener questions. They cover topics ranging from SaaS feature flags to communicating product needs to a technical founder and combating imposter syndrome.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups?utm_source=drip&amp;utm_medium=email" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:17 - How to think about feature flags for different pricing tiers</li>



<li>10:31 - How to communicate product needs to a technical cofounder</li>



<li>22:03 - When to put your main SaaS on the backburner</li>



<li>28:13 - Combating developer imposter syndrome</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf US</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method to Bootstrapping </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 643, Rob Walling chats with fan favorite Derrick Reimer, the founder of SavvyCal, as they answer listener questions. They cover topics ranging from SaaS feature flags to communicating product needs to a technical founder and combating imposter syndrome.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:17 - How to think about feature flags for different pricing tiers



10:31 - How to communicate product needs to a technical cofounder



22:03 - When to put your main SaaS on the backburner



28:13 - Combating developer imposter syndrome




Links from the Show:




Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) I Twitter



SavvyCal 



MicroConf US



The Stair Step Method to Bootstrapping 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 643 | Feature Flags, Impostor Syndrome, and More Listener Questions with Derrick Reimer]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 643, Rob Walling chats with fan favorite Derrick Reimer, the founder of SavvyCal, as they answer listener questions. They cover topics ranging from SaaS feature flags to communicating product needs to a technical founder and combating imposter syndrome.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups?utm_source=drip&amp;utm_medium=email" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups">Lemon.io</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:17 - How to think about feature flags for different pricing tiers</li>



<li>10:31 - How to communicate product needs to a technical cofounder</li>



<li>22:03 - When to put your main SaaS on the backburner</li>



<li>28:13 - Combating developer imposter syndrome</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/americas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf US</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stair-step-method-of-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Method to Bootstrapping </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/4b56bf55-4c55-4dfd-be73-d184bcab593e-Ep.643.mp3" length="40255157"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 643, Rob Walling chats with fan favorite Derrick Reimer, the founder of SavvyCal, as they answer listener questions. They cover topics ranging from SaaS feature flags to communicating product needs to a technical founder and combating imposter syndrome.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce. Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months. With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:17 - How to think about feature flags for different pricing tiers



10:31 - How to communicate product needs to a technical cofounder



22:03 - When to put your main SaaS on the backburner



28:13 - Combating developer imposter syndrome




Links from the Show:




Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) I Twitter



SavvyCal 



MicroConf US



The Stair Step Method to Bootstrapping 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:41:25</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 642 | The Pros and Cons of Building a No-Code MVP]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 03 Jan 2023 10:00:03 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1358405</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-642-the-pros-and-cons-of-building-a-no-code-mvp</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 642, Rob Walling chats with Tara Reed, who is the founder of Apps Without Code. We talk about her journey getting into no-code, bootstrapping Apps Without Code to $5M ARR, and the decision she made last year to throttle growth to become more profitable. In our conversation, we also cover some of the pros and cons of no-code tools, along with some entrepreneurial mindset shifts that new entrepreneurs need to make.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:46 - How Tara came up with the idea for Apps Without Code</li>



<li>3:56 - Why Tara deliberately scaled the business back from $5M to $3M in ARR</li>



<li>5:35 - Tara’s approach to building the Apps Without Code Team</li>



<li>6:04 - Two ways that Apps Without Code makes money</li>



<li>10:50 - The biggest no-code limitations today</li>



<li>16:29 - Using no-code tools to build MVPs and internal apps</li>



<li>19:07 - Tara’s preferred no-code platform</li>



<li>20:24 - The biggest positives of building with no-code tools</li>



<li>22:40 - The biggest drawbacks of building with no-code tools</li>



<li>26:56 - 3 entrepreneurial mindset shifts that new founders need to make</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tarareed_" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tara Reed (@tarareed_)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://go.appswithoutcode.com/webinar-registration-548910341657528029711" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apps without Code</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/accountability-challenge" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf 2023 Accountability Challenge </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS Report </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.glideapps.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Glide </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-14-overcoming-fear" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 14 I Overcoming Fear </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 642, Rob Walling chats with Tara Reed, who is the founder of Apps Without Code. We talk about her journey getting into no-code, bootstrapping Apps Without Code to $5M ARR, and the decision she made last year to throttle growth to become more profitable. In our conversation, we also cover some of the pros and cons of no-code tools, along with some entrepreneurial mindset shifts that new entrepreneurs need to make.



Topics we cover: 




1:46 - How Tara came up with the idea for Apps Without Code



3:56 - Why Tara deliberately scaled the business back from $5M to $3M in ARR



5:35 - Tara’s approach to building the Apps Without Code Team



6:04 - Two ways that Apps Without Code makes money



10:50 - The biggest no-code limitations today



16:29 - Using no-code tools to build MVPs and internal apps



19:07 - Tara’s preferred no-code platform



20:24 - The biggest positives of building with no-code tools



22:40 - The biggest drawbacks of building with no-code tools



26:56 - 3 entrepreneurial mindset shifts that new founders need to make




Links from the Show:




Tara Reed (@tarareed_) I Twitter



Apps without Code



MicroConf 2023 Accountability Challenge 



MicroConf Connect 



State of Independent SaaS Report 



Glide 



Episode 14 I Overcoming Fear 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 642 | The Pros and Cons of Building a No-Code MVP]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 642, Rob Walling chats with Tara Reed, who is the founder of Apps Without Code. We talk about her journey getting into no-code, bootstrapping Apps Without Code to $5M ARR, and the decision she made last year to throttle growth to become more profitable. In our conversation, we also cover some of the pros and cons of no-code tools, along with some entrepreneurial mindset shifts that new entrepreneurs need to make.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:46 - How Tara came up with the idea for Apps Without Code</li>



<li>3:56 - Why Tara deliberately scaled the business back from $5M to $3M in ARR</li>



<li>5:35 - Tara’s approach to building the Apps Without Code Team</li>



<li>6:04 - Two ways that Apps Without Code makes money</li>



<li>10:50 - The biggest no-code limitations today</li>



<li>16:29 - Using no-code tools to build MVPs and internal apps</li>



<li>19:07 - Tara’s preferred no-code platform</li>



<li>20:24 - The biggest positives of building with no-code tools</li>



<li>22:40 - The biggest drawbacks of building with no-code tools</li>



<li>26:56 - 3 entrepreneurial mindset shifts that new founders need to make</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tarareed_" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tara Reed (@tarareed_)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://go.appswithoutcode.com/webinar-registration-548910341657528029711" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Apps without Code</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/accountability-challenge" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf 2023 Accountability Challenge </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS Report </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.glideapps.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Glide </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-14-overcoming-fear" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 14 I Overcoming Fear </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/0460c65f-0e6d-4b19-a9fe-0e1fd0240c2e-Ep.642.mp3" length="36901328"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 642, Rob Walling chats with Tara Reed, who is the founder of Apps Without Code. We talk about her journey getting into no-code, bootstrapping Apps Without Code to $5M ARR, and the decision she made last year to throttle growth to become more profitable. In our conversation, we also cover some of the pros and cons of no-code tools, along with some entrepreneurial mindset shifts that new entrepreneurs need to make.



Topics we cover: 




1:46 - How Tara came up with the idea for Apps Without Code



3:56 - Why Tara deliberately scaled the business back from $5M to $3M in ARR



5:35 - Tara’s approach to building the Apps Without Code Team



6:04 - Two ways that Apps Without Code makes money



10:50 - The biggest no-code limitations today



16:29 - Using no-code tools to build MVPs and internal apps



19:07 - Tara’s preferred no-code platform



20:24 - The biggest positives of building with no-code tools



22:40 - The biggest drawbacks of building with no-code tools



26:56 - 3 entrepreneurial mindset shifts that new founders need to make




Links from the Show:




Tara Reed (@tarareed_) I Twitter



Apps without Code



MicroConf 2023 Accountability Challenge 



MicroConf Connect 



State of Independent SaaS Report 



Glide 



Episode 14 I Overcoming Fear 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:37:55</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 641 | Dealing with High Churn, Rolling Out an MVP, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2022 10:00:51 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1352130</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-641-dealing-with-high-churn-rolling-out-an-mvp-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 641, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers more listener questions. Topics covered range from dealing with high churn when your tool is project-based, what product feedback to listen to in the early days, and when to hire project-level thinkers vs. task-level thinkers.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover: </h2>



<ul>
<li>3:18 - Dealing with high churn when your tool is project-based</li>



<li>8:38 - Going upmarket</li>



<li>9:42 - Who to listen to in the early days to improve your product</li>



<li>15:47 - Should I worry about people copying my business idea?</li>



<li>24:26 - Should I join MicroConf Connect if I’m still in the idea validation phase?</li>



<li>25:54 - Hiring project-level thinkers vs. task-level workers</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="http://www.saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/accountability-challenge" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf 2023 Accountability Challenge </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 641, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers more listener questions. Topics covered range from dealing with high churn when your tool is project-based, what product feedback to listen to in the early days, and when to hire project-level thinkers vs. task-level thinkers.



Topics we cover: 




3:18 - Dealing with high churn when your tool is project-based



8:38 - Going upmarket



9:42 - Who to listen to in the early days to improve your product



15:47 - Should I worry about people copying my business idea?



24:26 - Should I join MicroConf Connect if I’m still in the idea validation phase?



25:54 - Hiring project-level thinkers vs. task-level workers




Links from the Show:




The SaaS Playbook



MicroConf 2023 Accountability Challenge 



MicroConf Connect 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 641 | Dealing with High Churn, Rolling Out an MVP, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 641, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers more listener questions. Topics covered range from dealing with high churn when your tool is project-based, what product feedback to listen to in the early days, and when to hire project-level thinkers vs. task-level thinkers.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover: </h2>



<ul>
<li>3:18 - Dealing with high churn when your tool is project-based</li>



<li>8:38 - Going upmarket</li>



<li>9:42 - Who to listen to in the early days to improve your product</li>



<li>15:47 - Should I worry about people copying my business idea?</li>



<li>24:26 - Should I join MicroConf Connect if I’m still in the idea validation phase?</li>



<li>25:54 - Hiring project-level thinkers vs. task-level workers</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="http://www.saasplaybook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Playbook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/accountability-challenge" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf 2023 Accountability Challenge </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/9dd99f66-f6c2-457c-a049-8dd0be5ec942-Ep.641.mp3" length="30693075"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 641, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers more listener questions. Topics covered range from dealing with high churn when your tool is project-based, what product feedback to listen to in the early days, and when to hire project-level thinkers vs. task-level thinkers.



Topics we cover: 




3:18 - Dealing with high churn when your tool is project-based



8:38 - Going upmarket



9:42 - Who to listen to in the early days to improve your product



15:47 - Should I worry about people copying my business idea?



24:26 - Should I join MicroConf Connect if I’m still in the idea validation phase?



25:54 - Hiring project-level thinkers vs. task-level workers




Links from the Show:




The SaaS Playbook



MicroConf 2023 Accountability Challenge 



MicroConf Connect 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:31:27</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 640 | Hot Take Tuesday: Recession and Bootstrappers, ChatGPT, Twitter Drama]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 20 Dec 2022 10:00:17 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1347150</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-640-hot-take-tuesday-recession-and-bootstrappers-chatgpt-twitter-drama</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 640, join Rob Walling, Einar Vollset, and Tracy Osborn for Hot Take Tuesday, where they analyze and discuss some of the latest news. We dig into ChatGPT, the new tool everyone is talking about from OpenAI. We also discuss Elon Musk acquiring Twitter and the drama around this entire endeavor and whether or not the U.S. is in a recession right now.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:06 - ChatGPT</li>



<li>14:29 - Is there a path to bootstrap an AI startup?</li>



<li>18:59 - Is the U.S. in a recession right now?</li>



<li>29:37 - Elon Musk acquiring Twitter and the drama around his early moves</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracymakes" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://chat.openai.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ChatGPT </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 640, join Rob Walling, Einar Vollset, and Tracy Osborn for Hot Take Tuesday, where they analyze and discuss some of the latest news. We dig into ChatGPT, the new tool everyone is talking about from OpenAI. We also discuss Elon Musk acquiring Twitter and the drama around this entire endeavor and whether or not the U.S. is in a recession right now.



Topics we cover: 




2:06 - ChatGPT



14:29 - Is there a path to bootstrap an AI startup?



18:59 - Is the U.S. in a recession right now?



29:37 - Elon Musk acquiring Twitter and the drama around his early moves




Links from the Show:




Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) I Twitter



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) I Twitter



ChatGPT 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 640 | Hot Take Tuesday: Recession and Bootstrappers, ChatGPT, Twitter Drama]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 640, join Rob Walling, Einar Vollset, and Tracy Osborn for Hot Take Tuesday, where they analyze and discuss some of the latest news. We dig into ChatGPT, the new tool everyone is talking about from OpenAI. We also discuss Elon Musk acquiring Twitter and the drama around this entire endeavor and whether or not the U.S. is in a recession right now.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:06 - ChatGPT</li>



<li>14:29 - Is there a path to bootstrap an AI startup?</li>



<li>18:59 - Is the U.S. in a recession right now?</li>



<li>29:37 - Elon Musk acquiring Twitter and the drama around his early moves</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracymakes" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://chat.openai.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ChatGPT </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/5031/b412c35f-82ce-4c0f-9692-d38ed1b49eb5/Ep.640c.mp3" length="43590803"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 640, join Rob Walling, Einar Vollset, and Tracy Osborn for Hot Take Tuesday, where they analyze and discuss some of the latest news. We dig into ChatGPT, the new tool everyone is talking about from OpenAI. We also discuss Elon Musk acquiring Twitter and the drama around this entire endeavor and whether or not the U.S. is in a recession right now.



Topics we cover: 




2:06 - ChatGPT



14:29 - Is there a path to bootstrap an AI startup?



18:59 - Is the U.S. in a recession right now?



29:37 - Elon Musk acquiring Twitter and the drama around his early moves




Links from the Show:




Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) I Twitter



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) I Twitter



ChatGPT 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:44:53</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 639 | The Secret Sauce to Building Happy, Motivated Teams]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 13 Dec 2022 10:00:58 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1340425</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-639-the-secret-sauce-to-building-happy-motivated-teams</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 639, Rob Walling chats with Andrew Berkowitz, the co-founder and CEO of Suggestion Ox, about the secret sauce to building happy, high-performing teams and how we as founders need to unlearn some of the strict policies that have been in place for hundreds of years.</p>



<p>Suggestion Ox is a feedback platform that helps HR teams build candid communication between leadership and employees. And before that, Andrew co-founded a sports management platform that was acquired in 2021.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:10 - Why trust is the key ingredient when building high-performing teams</li>



<li>6:56 - Flexible vacation policies</li>



<li>9:17 - Flexible work hours</li>



<li>15:08 - The link between remote work and hiring and retaining great employees</li>



<li>18:14 - Using transparency to build trust with your team</li>



<li>19:43 - How transparent should you be with your team for temporary issues?</li>



<li>21:55 - Does this approach to trust and transparency work at scale?</li>



<li>25:57 - Getting better at giving constructive feedback as a manager</li>



<li>28:20 - Is it possible to hire the best people at scale?</li>



<li>32:08 - Andrew’s approach to dealing with bad apples or people who slack off</li>



<li>36:41 - Building a company culture where employees feel safe to give candid feedback</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/andrewberkowitz">Andrew Berkowitz</a> I Twitter</p>



<p><a href="https://suggestionox.com/">Suggestion Ox</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 639, Rob Walling chats with Andrew Berkowitz, the co-founder and CEO of Suggestion Ox, about the secret sauce to building happy, high-performing teams and how we as founders need to unlearn some of the strict policies that have been in place for hundreds of years.



Suggestion Ox is a feedback platform that helps HR teams build candid communication between leadership and employees. And before that, Andrew co-founded a sports management platform that was acquired in 2021.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:10 - Why trust is the key ingredient when building high-performing teams



6:56 - Flexible vacation policies



9:17 - Flexible work hours



15:08 - The link between remote work and hiring and retaining great employees



18:14 - Using transparency to build trust with your team



19:43 - How transparent should you be with your team for temporary issues?



21:55 - Does this approach to trust and transparency work at scale?



25:57 - Getting better at giving constructive feedback as a manager



28:20 - Is it possible to hire the best people at scale?



32:08 - Andrew’s approach to dealing with bad apples or people who slack off



36:41 - Building a company culture where employees feel safe to give candid feedback




Links from the Show:



Andrew Berkowitz I Twitter



Suggestion Ox]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 639 | The Secret Sauce to Building Happy, Motivated Teams]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 639, Rob Walling chats with Andrew Berkowitz, the co-founder and CEO of Suggestion Ox, about the secret sauce to building happy, high-performing teams and how we as founders need to unlearn some of the strict policies that have been in place for hundreds of years.</p>



<p>Suggestion Ox is a feedback platform that helps HR teams build candid communication between leadership and employees. And before that, Andrew co-founded a sports management platform that was acquired in 2021.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:10 - Why trust is the key ingredient when building high-performing teams</li>



<li>6:56 - Flexible vacation policies</li>



<li>9:17 - Flexible work hours</li>



<li>15:08 - The link between remote work and hiring and retaining great employees</li>



<li>18:14 - Using transparency to build trust with your team</li>



<li>19:43 - How transparent should you be with your team for temporary issues?</li>



<li>21:55 - Does this approach to trust and transparency work at scale?</li>



<li>25:57 - Getting better at giving constructive feedback as a manager</li>



<li>28:20 - Is it possible to hire the best people at scale?</li>



<li>32:08 - Andrew’s approach to dealing with bad apples or people who slack off</li>



<li>36:41 - Building a company culture where employees feel safe to give candid feedback</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/andrewberkowitz">Andrew Berkowitz</a> I Twitter</p>



<p><a href="https://suggestionox.com/">Suggestion Ox</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/5031/f84a9559-d52f-4d96-8f11-b3c8a74d75df/Ep.639a.mp3" length="37021457"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 639, Rob Walling chats with Andrew Berkowitz, the co-founder and CEO of Suggestion Ox, about the secret sauce to building happy, high-performing teams and how we as founders need to unlearn some of the strict policies that have been in place for hundreds of years.



Suggestion Ox is a feedback platform that helps HR teams build candid communication between leadership and employees. And before that, Andrew co-founded a sports management platform that was acquired in 2021.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:10 - Why trust is the key ingredient when building high-performing teams



6:56 - Flexible vacation policies



9:17 - Flexible work hours



15:08 - The link between remote work and hiring and retaining great employees



18:14 - Using transparency to build trust with your team



19:43 - How transparent should you be with your team for temporary issues?



21:55 - Does this approach to trust and transparency work at scale?



25:57 - Getting better at giving constructive feedback as a manager



28:20 - Is it possible to hire the best people at scale?



32:08 - Andrew’s approach to dealing with bad apples or people who slack off



36:41 - Building a company culture where employees feel safe to give candid feedback




Links from the Show:



Andrew Berkowitz I Twitter



Suggestion Ox]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:38:02</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 638 | How to Generate Startup Ideas (Plus 8 Ideas You Can Steal)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 06 Dec 2022 10:00:10 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1335170</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-638-how-to-generate-startup-ideas-plus-8-ideas-you-can-steal</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 638, Rob Walling chats with Justin Vincent about how to generate startup ideas. They share 8 startup ideas in this episode along with Justin’s approach for coming up with thousands of startup ideas.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:58 - Coming up with SaaS ideas</li>



<li>3:51 - Transcription for team meetings</li>



<li>11:42 - Online time capsule</li>



<li>15:41 - Pest control using drones</li>



<li>20:29 - Prerecorded live interviews</li>



<li>25:06 - Special diet builder</li>



<li>26:30 - AI-casting director</li>



<li>29:53 - Cash burn alert for VC</li>



<li>31:47 - database modeling tool</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/justinvincent" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Justin Vincent (@justinvincent)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://nugget.one/jv" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Nugget.one</a></li>



<li><a href="https://techzinglive.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Techzing</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-526-launching-learning-and-teaching-with-justin-vincent" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 526 I Launching, learning and teaching with Justin Vincent </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 638, Rob Walling chats with Justin Vincent about how to generate startup ideas. They share 8 startup ideas in this episode along with Justin’s approach for coming up with thousands of startup ideas.



Topics we cover: 




1:58 - Coming up with SaaS ideas



3:51 - Transcription for team meetings



11:42 - Online time capsule



15:41 - Pest control using drones



20:29 - Prerecorded live interviews



25:06 - Special diet builder



26:30 - AI-casting director



29:53 - Cash burn alert for VC



31:47 - database modeling tool




Links from the Show:




Justin Vincent (@justinvincent) I Twitter



Nugget.one



Techzing



Episode 526 I Launching, learning and teaching with Justin Vincent 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 638 | How to Generate Startup Ideas (Plus 8 Ideas You Can Steal)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 638, Rob Walling chats with Justin Vincent about how to generate startup ideas. They share 8 startup ideas in this episode along with Justin’s approach for coming up with thousands of startup ideas.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:58 - Coming up with SaaS ideas</li>



<li>3:51 - Transcription for team meetings</li>



<li>11:42 - Online time capsule</li>



<li>15:41 - Pest control using drones</li>



<li>20:29 - Prerecorded live interviews</li>



<li>25:06 - Special diet builder</li>



<li>26:30 - AI-casting director</li>



<li>29:53 - Cash burn alert for VC</li>



<li>31:47 - database modeling tool</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/justinvincent" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Justin Vincent (@justinvincent)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://nugget.one/jv" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Nugget.one</a></li>



<li><a href="https://techzinglive.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Techzing</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-526-launching-learning-and-teaching-with-justin-vincent" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 526 I Launching, learning and teaching with Justin Vincent </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/b3cf7f3d-0e56-4ccb-aeb7-ec67370f5a45-Ep.638.mp3" length="37480581"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 638, Rob Walling chats with Justin Vincent about how to generate startup ideas. They share 8 startup ideas in this episode along with Justin’s approach for coming up with thousands of startup ideas.



Topics we cover: 




1:58 - Coming up with SaaS ideas



3:51 - Transcription for team meetings



11:42 - Online time capsule



15:41 - Pest control using drones



20:29 - Prerecorded live interviews



25:06 - Special diet builder



26:30 - AI-casting director



29:53 - Cash burn alert for VC



31:47 - database modeling tool




Links from the Show:




Justin Vincent (@justinvincent) I Twitter



Nugget.one



Techzing



Episode 526 I Launching, learning and teaching with Justin Vincent 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:38:31</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 637 | B2B vs. B2C, Hiring for Sales, and Bootstrapping a 2-Sided Marketplace]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 29 Nov 2022 10:00:25 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1322911</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-637-b2b-vs-b2c-hiring-for-sales-and-bootstrapping-a-2-sided-marketplace</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 637, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure as he answers a handful of listener questions. Topics covered range from hiring your first salesperson and acquiring a web app to dealing with the fear of having your idea copied and why bootstrapping a two-sided marketplace is usually a bad idea.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:14 - You either die a consumer startup hero, or you live long enough to see yourself become a B2B SaaS founder.</li>



<li>2:40 - Hiring your first salesperson</li>



<li>9:36 - Bootstrapping a talent marketplace</li>



<li>15:10 - Acquiring a web app</li>



<li>19:40 - Getting over your fear of being copied when doing idea validation interviews</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/daniel_nguyenx/status/1584199728547631105" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Daniel Nguyen (@daniel_nguyenx)’s tweet</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.momtestbook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Mom Test </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 637, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure as he answers a handful of listener questions. Topics covered range from hiring your first salesperson and acquiring a web app to dealing with the fear of having your idea copied and why bootstrapping a two-sided marketplace is usually a bad idea.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:14 - You either die a consumer startup hero, or you live long enough to see yourself become a B2B SaaS founder.



2:40 - Hiring your first salesperson



9:36 - Bootstrapping a talent marketplace



15:10 - Acquiring a web app



19:40 - Getting over your fear of being copied when doing idea validation interviews




Links from the Show:




Daniel Nguyen (@daniel_nguyenx)’s tweet



The Mom Test 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 637 | B2B vs. B2C, Hiring for Sales, and Bootstrapping a 2-Sided Marketplace]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 637, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure as he answers a handful of listener questions. Topics covered range from hiring your first salesperson and acquiring a web app to dealing with the fear of having your idea copied and why bootstrapping a two-sided marketplace is usually a bad idea.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:14 - You either die a consumer startup hero, or you live long enough to see yourself become a B2B SaaS founder.</li>



<li>2:40 - Hiring your first salesperson</li>



<li>9:36 - Bootstrapping a talent marketplace</li>



<li>15:10 - Acquiring a web app</li>



<li>19:40 - Getting over your fear of being copied when doing idea validation interviews</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/daniel_nguyenx/status/1584199728547631105" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Daniel Nguyen (@daniel_nguyenx)’s tweet</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.momtestbook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Mom Test </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/e3ba37e5-9922-4c24-8242-b4b6d1d08fff-Ep.637.mp3" length="23145811"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 637, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure as he answers a handful of listener questions. Topics covered range from hiring your first salesperson and acquiring a web app to dealing with the fear of having your idea copied and why bootstrapping a two-sided marketplace is usually a bad idea.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




1:14 - You either die a consumer startup hero, or you live long enough to see yourself become a B2B SaaS founder.



2:40 - Hiring your first salesperson



9:36 - Bootstrapping a talent marketplace



15:10 - Acquiring a web app



19:40 - Getting over your fear of being copied when doing idea validation interviews




Links from the Show:




Daniel Nguyen (@daniel_nguyenx)’s tweet



The Mom Test 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:23:35</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 636 | A Customer-Led Approach to Driving More Recurring Revenue]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 22 Nov 2022 10:00:14 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1317146</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-636-a-customer-led-approach-to-driving-more-recurring-revenue</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 636, Rob Walling chats with Claire Suellentrop about the new book she co-wrote with her co-founder, Georgiana Laudi. The book is called Forget the Funnel: A Customer-Led Approach to Driving Predictable Recurring Revenue. Gia and Claire have run a consulting firm for the past several years where they are working with startups and SaaS companies to help them learn more about their customers in order to drive more revenue. And this book is a distillation of their learnings.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul>
<li>1:09 - Why did Claire name their new book, Forget the Funnel?</li>



<li>2:36 - A three-step approach for unlocking customer-led growth</li>



<li>3:09 - A framework for getting inside your customers’ heads</li>



<li>14:01 - How to learn from future customers</li>



<li>20:21 - Applying and operationalizing all your customer insights</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/ClaireSuellen" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Claire Suellentrop (@ClaireSuellen)</a>  I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/ggiiaa" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Georgiana Laudi (@ggiiaa)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://checkout.stripe.com/c/pay/cs_live_a1g2NmYUv8KqLAYp8EqHqywDfrLJwgLpFAZ2JOGyvo5ealxbvhVuvjrERa#fidkdWxOYHwnPyd1blppbHNgWkd%2FTXZDRGhVcGNWbF1XMDM9T2Q8T199UicpJ3VpbGtuQH11anZgYUxhJz8nPXJIMGhHNnVIPWtkPWQxMWJpJyknd2BjYHd3YHdKd2xibGsnPydtcXF1dj8qKnJycitjandiYHFxbWBjcGtrYGkrZmpoKid4JSUl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Forget The Funnel: a Customer-Led Approach to Driving Predictable, Recurring Revenue</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Jobs-be-Done-Handbook-techniques-application/dp/1499339232" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Jobs-to-be-Done Handbook: Practical techniques for improving your application of Jobs-to-be-Done</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Deploy-Empathy-practical-interviewing-customers/dp/173744660X" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Deploy Empathy: A practical guide to interviewing customers</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Obviously-Awesome-Product-Positioning-Customers/dp/1999023005" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Obviously Awesome: How to Nail Product Positioning so Customers Get It, Buy It, Love It</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-537-on-launching-funding-and-growth-with-serial-saas-founder-rand-fishkin" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 537 | On Launching, Funding, and Growth with Serial SaaS Founder Rand Fishkin</a></li>



<li><a href="https://sparktoro.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sparktoro </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/growth" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Growth </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 636, Rob Walling chats with Claire Suellentrop about the new book she co-wrote with her co-founder, Georgiana Laudi. The book is called Forget the Funnel: A Customer-Led Approach to Driving Predictable Recurring Revenue. Gia and Claire have run a consulting firm for the past several years where they are working with startups and SaaS companies to help them learn more about their customers in order to drive more revenue. And this book is a distillation of their learnings.



Topics we cover:




1:09 - Why did Claire name their new book, Forget the Funnel?



2:36 - A three-step approach for unlocking customer-led growth



3:09 - A framework for getting inside your customers’ heads



14:01 - How to learn from future customers



20:21 - Applying and operationalizing all your customer insights




Links from the Show:




Claire Suellentrop (@ClaireSuellen)  I Twitter



Georgiana Laudi (@ggiiaa) I Twitter



Forget The Funnel: a Customer-Led Approach to Driving Predictable, Recurring Revenue



The Jobs-to-be-Done Handbook: Practical techniques for improving your application of Jobs-to-be-Done



Deploy Empathy: A practical guide to interviewing customers



Obviously Awesome: How to Nail Product Positioning so Customers Get It, Buy It, Love It



Episode 537 | On Launching, Funding, and Growth with Serial SaaS Founder Rand Fishkin



Sparktoro 



MicroConf Growth 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 636 | A Customer-Led Approach to Driving More Recurring Revenue]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 636, Rob Walling chats with Claire Suellentrop about the new book she co-wrote with her co-founder, Georgiana Laudi. The book is called Forget the Funnel: A Customer-Led Approach to Driving Predictable Recurring Revenue. Gia and Claire have run a consulting firm for the past several years where they are working with startups and SaaS companies to help them learn more about their customers in order to drive more revenue. And this book is a distillation of their learnings.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul>
<li>1:09 - Why did Claire name their new book, Forget the Funnel?</li>



<li>2:36 - A three-step approach for unlocking customer-led growth</li>



<li>3:09 - A framework for getting inside your customers’ heads</li>



<li>14:01 - How to learn from future customers</li>



<li>20:21 - Applying and operationalizing all your customer insights</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/ClaireSuellen" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Claire Suellentrop (@ClaireSuellen)</a>  I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/ggiiaa" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Georgiana Laudi (@ggiiaa)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://checkout.stripe.com/c/pay/cs_live_a1g2NmYUv8KqLAYp8EqHqywDfrLJwgLpFAZ2JOGyvo5ealxbvhVuvjrERa#fidkdWxOYHwnPyd1blppbHNgWkd%2FTXZDRGhVcGNWbF1XMDM9T2Q8T199UicpJ3VpbGtuQH11anZgYUxhJz8nPXJIMGhHNnVIPWtkPWQxMWJpJyknd2BjYHd3YHdKd2xibGsnPydtcXF1dj8qKnJycitjandiYHFxbWBjcGtrYGkrZmpoKid4JSUl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Forget The Funnel: a Customer-Led Approach to Driving Predictable, Recurring Revenue</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Jobs-be-Done-Handbook-techniques-application/dp/1499339232" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Jobs-to-be-Done Handbook: Practical techniques for improving your application of Jobs-to-be-Done</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Deploy-Empathy-practical-interviewing-customers/dp/173744660X" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Deploy Empathy: A practical guide to interviewing customers</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Obviously-Awesome-Product-Positioning-Customers/dp/1999023005" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Obviously Awesome: How to Nail Product Positioning so Customers Get It, Buy It, Love It</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-537-on-launching-funding-and-growth-with-serial-saas-founder-rand-fishkin" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 537 | On Launching, Funding, and Growth with Serial SaaS Founder Rand Fishkin</a></li>



<li><a href="https://sparktoro.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sparktoro </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/growth" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Growth </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/5031/890f9070-65f3-469b-9bb5-377ac342f592/Ep.636a.mp3" length="26844471"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 636, Rob Walling chats with Claire Suellentrop about the new book she co-wrote with her co-founder, Georgiana Laudi. The book is called Forget the Funnel: A Customer-Led Approach to Driving Predictable Recurring Revenue. Gia and Claire have run a consulting firm for the past several years where they are working with startups and SaaS companies to help them learn more about their customers in order to drive more revenue. And this book is a distillation of their learnings.



Topics we cover:




1:09 - Why did Claire name their new book, Forget the Funnel?



2:36 - A three-step approach for unlocking customer-led growth



3:09 - A framework for getting inside your customers’ heads



14:01 - How to learn from future customers



20:21 - Applying and operationalizing all your customer insights




Links from the Show:




Claire Suellentrop (@ClaireSuellen)  I Twitter



Georgiana Laudi (@ggiiaa) I Twitter



Forget The Funnel: a Customer-Led Approach to Driving Predictable, Recurring Revenue



The Jobs-to-be-Done Handbook: Practical techniques for improving your application of Jobs-to-be-Done



Deploy Empathy: A practical guide to interviewing customers



Obviously Awesome: How to Nail Product Positioning so Customers Get It, Buy It, Love It



Episode 537 | On Launching, Funding, and Growth with Serial SaaS Founder Rand Fishkin



Sparktoro 



MicroConf Growth 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:26</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 635 | Where Are They Now? Catching up with TinySeed Tales' Tony Chan]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2022 10:00:31 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1311409</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-635-where-are-they-now-catching-up-with-tinyseed-tales39-tony-chan</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 635, Rob Walling catches up with Tony Chan, the co-founder of CloudForecast, an AWS cost monitoring tool. Tony shared his victories, challenges, and failures in TinySeed Tales Season 3. It has been over eight months since we recorded the final episode.</p>



<p>In this episode, we reflect and catch up on what’s been happening with Tony and CloudForecast.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:03 - Losing one of CloudForecast’s engineers</li>



<li>5:35 - Tony’s approach to hiring engineers</li>



<li>8:31 - Did Tony end up hiring someone to help with content marketing?</li>



<li>17:32 - What is Tony struggling with right now?</li>



<li>21:07 - Managing your founder psychology</li>



<li>25:08 - Tony’s recent conundrum</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/toeknee123" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Tony Chan (@toeknee123)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.cloudforecast.io/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>CloudForecast</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/tinyseed-tales" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>TinySeed Tales Season 3</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/locals" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Local: Austin</strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 635, Rob Walling catches up with Tony Chan, the co-founder of CloudForecast, an AWS cost monitoring tool. Tony shared his victories, challenges, and failures in TinySeed Tales Season 3. It has been over eight months since we recorded the final episode.



In this episode, we reflect and catch up on what’s been happening with Tony and CloudForecast.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




3:03 - Losing one of CloudForecast’s engineers



5:35 - Tony’s approach to hiring engineers



8:31 - Did Tony end up hiring someone to help with content marketing?



17:32 - What is Tony struggling with right now?



21:07 - Managing your founder psychology



25:08 - Tony’s recent conundrum




Links from the Show:




Tony Chan (@toeknee123) I Twitter



CloudForecast



TinySeed Tales Season 3



MicroConf Local: Austin




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 635 | Where Are They Now? Catching up with TinySeed Tales' Tony Chan]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 635, Rob Walling catches up with Tony Chan, the co-founder of CloudForecast, an AWS cost monitoring tool. Tony shared his victories, challenges, and failures in TinySeed Tales Season 3. It has been over eight months since we recorded the final episode.</p>



<p>In this episode, we reflect and catch up on what’s been happening with Tony and CloudForecast.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:03 - Losing one of CloudForecast’s engineers</li>



<li>5:35 - Tony’s approach to hiring engineers</li>



<li>8:31 - Did Tony end up hiring someone to help with content marketing?</li>



<li>17:32 - What is Tony struggling with right now?</li>



<li>21:07 - Managing your founder psychology</li>



<li>25:08 - Tony’s recent conundrum</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/toeknee123" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Tony Chan (@toeknee123)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.cloudforecast.io/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>CloudForecast</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/tinyseed-tales" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>TinySeed Tales Season 3</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/locals" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Local: Austin</strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/5031/0736cfb2-a754-45fc-9d44-195e7b155c57/Ep.635a.mp3" length="31655090"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 635, Rob Walling catches up with Tony Chan, the co-founder of CloudForecast, an AWS cost monitoring tool. Tony shared his victories, challenges, and failures in TinySeed Tales Season 3. It has been over eight months since we recorded the final episode.



In this episode, we reflect and catch up on what’s been happening with Tony and CloudForecast.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




3:03 - Losing one of CloudForecast’s engineers



5:35 - Tony’s approach to hiring engineers



8:31 - Did Tony end up hiring someone to help with content marketing?



17:32 - What is Tony struggling with right now?



21:07 - Managing your founder psychology



25:08 - Tony’s recent conundrum




Links from the Show:




Tony Chan (@toeknee123) I Twitter



CloudForecast



TinySeed Tales Season 3



MicroConf Local: Austin




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:32:27</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 634 | Naming Your Startup, Tapping Out a Niche, and Licensing Your IP]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 08 Nov 2022 10:00:37 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1306818</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-634-naming-your-startup-tapping-out-a-niche-and-licensing-your-ip</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 634, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions on topics ranging from naming your startup to initial aha moments and how to know if you have tapped out a specific niche.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>



<p><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups"></a>
<em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:38 - Naming your startup</li>



<li>6:02 - How to know if you tapped out a specific niche?</li>



<li>13:21 - Did you have an initial aha moment when you felt that this was the winning idea to start up?</li>



<li>22:25 - How would you value your time if you have a client that is gonna be competing in the same space?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Europe </strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 634, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions on topics ranging from naming your startup to initial aha moments and how to know if you have tapped out a specific niche.



Episode Sponsor:




Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:38 - Naming your startup



6:02 - How to know if you tapped out a specific niche?



13:21 - Did you have an initial aha moment when you felt that this was the winning idea to start up?



22:25 - How would you value your time if you have a client that is gonna be competing in the same space?




Links from the Show:




MicroConf Europe 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 634 | Naming Your Startup, Tapping Out a Niche, and Licensing Your IP]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 634, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions on topics ranging from naming your startup to initial aha moments and how to know if you have tapped out a specific niche.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>



<p><a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups"></a>
<em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:38 - Naming your startup</li>



<li>6:02 - How to know if you tapped out a specific niche?</li>



<li>13:21 - Did you have an initial aha moment when you felt that this was the winning idea to start up?</li>



<li>22:25 - How would you value your time if you have a client that is gonna be competing in the same space?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Europe </strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/97c9b555-25aa-4f28-9208-156b8606fdb9-Ep.634.mp3" length="30558385"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 634, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure where he answers listener questions on topics ranging from naming your startup to initial aha moments and how to know if you have tapped out a specific niche.



Episode Sponsor:




Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:38 - Naming your startup



6:02 - How to know if you tapped out a specific niche?



13:21 - Did you have an initial aha moment when you felt that this was the winning idea to start up?



22:25 - How would you value your time if you have a client that is gonna be competing in the same space?




Links from the Show:




MicroConf Europe 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:31:19</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 633 | Building SaaS Plus a Two-Sided Marketplace]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 01 Nov 2022 10:00:28 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1300044</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-633-building-saas-plus-a-two-sided-marketplace</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 633, Rob Walling chats with Matt Wensing, the founder of Summit. Matt is no stranger on the podcast. And we talk about Matt's decision to change Summit's brand positioning and the far-reaching impact on his business.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:24 - Matt’s decision to change Summit’s positioning</li>



<li>15:22 - Redesigning Summit’s website</li>



<li>22:39 - The dangers of scaling up before you have product-market fit</li>



<li>24:43 - The response to Summit’s relaunch</li>



<li>29:33 - How Summit is evolving into a 2-sided marketplace</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/mattwensing" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Matt Wensing (@MattWensing)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://usesummit.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Summit </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Remote</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 633, Rob Walling chats with Matt Wensing, the founder of Summit. Matt is no stranger on the podcast. And we talk about Matt's decision to change Summit's brand positioning and the far-reaching impact on his business.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:24 - Matt’s decision to change Summit’s positioning



15:22 - Redesigning Summit’s website



22:39 - The dangers of scaling up before you have product-market fit



24:43 - The response to Summit’s relaunch



29:33 - How Summit is evolving into a 2-sided marketplace




Links from the Show:




Matt Wensing (@MattWensing) I Twitter



Summit 



MicroConf Remote 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 633 | Building SaaS Plus a Two-Sided Marketplace]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 633, Rob Walling chats with Matt Wensing, the founder of Summit. Matt is no stranger on the podcast. And we talk about Matt's decision to change Summit's brand positioning and the far-reaching impact on his business.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="https://www.lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:24 - Matt’s decision to change Summit’s positioning</li>



<li>15:22 - Redesigning Summit’s website</li>



<li>22:39 - The dangers of scaling up before you have product-market fit</li>



<li>24:43 - The response to Summit’s relaunch</li>



<li>29:33 - How Summit is evolving into a 2-sided marketplace</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/mattwensing" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Matt Wensing (@MattWensing)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://usesummit.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Summit </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Remote</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1c265c89-19ff-4e61-872f-11ff1644e0b6-Ep.633.mp3" length="33894332"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 633, Rob Walling chats with Matt Wensing, the founder of Summit. Matt is no stranger on the podcast. And we talk about Matt's decision to change Summit's brand positioning and the far-reaching impact on his business.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:24 - Matt’s decision to change Summit’s positioning



15:22 - Redesigning Summit’s website



22:39 - The dangers of scaling up before you have product-market fit



24:43 - The response to Summit’s relaunch



29:33 - How Summit is evolving into a 2-sided marketplace




Links from the Show:




Matt Wensing (@MattWensing) I Twitter



Summit 



MicroConf Remote 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:47</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 632 | Hot Take Tuesday: Figma Exit, Side Project Distraction, No Code Dogma]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 25 Oct 2022 10:00:36 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1294636</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-632-hot-take-tuesday-figma-exit-side-project-distraction-no-code-dogma</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 632, join Rob Walling and Einar Vollset for Hot Take Tuesday, where they analyze and discuss some of the latest news. Some topics covered include the Figma exit, side project distractions, no-code apps, and more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  <a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io/</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With <a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io/</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:35 - Adobe acquires Figma</li>



<li>8:20 - Growing one product to $20k MRR vs. launching a bunch of side projects</li>



<li>18:43 - Apple’s anti-ad tracking crackdown</li>



<li>25:58 - Building no-code apps</li>



<li>31:12 - Watching movies at 1.5x speed</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Einar Vollset (@einarvollset)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Remote</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://techcrunch.com/2022/09/15/adobe-is-buying-figma-for-20b-taking-out-one-of-its-biggest-rivals-in-digital-design/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Adobe snaps up Figma for $20 billion</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/PierreDeWulf/status/1579535262388195329" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Pierre de Wulf’s tweet </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://adguard.com/en/blog/apple-tracking-ads-business.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Apple’s ad business set to boom on the back of its own anti-tracking crackdown</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/unamashana/status/1579755607573155840" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Hana’s tweet</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks/status/1578928671548932097" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Ruben’s tweet </strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the..."></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 632, join Rob Walling and Einar Vollset for Hot Take Tuesday, where they analyze and discuss some of the latest news. Some topics covered include the Figma exit, side project distractions, no-code apps, and more.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io/ helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io/, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:35 - Adobe acquires Figma



8:20 - Growing one product to $20k MRR vs. launching a bunch of side projects



18:43 - Apple’s anti-ad tracking crackdown



25:58 - Building no-code apps



31:12 - Watching movies at 1.5x speed




Links from the Show:




Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) I Twitter 



MicroConf Remote 



Adobe snaps up Figma for $20 billion 



Pierre de Wulf’s tweet 



Apple’s ad business set to boom on the back of its own anti-tracking crackdown 



Hana’s tweet 



Ruben’s tweet 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 632 | Hot Take Tuesday: Figma Exit, Side Project Distraction, No Code Dogma]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 632, join Rob Walling and Einar Vollset for Hot Take Tuesday, where they analyze and discuss some of the latest news. Some topics covered include the Figma exit, side project distractions, no-code apps, and more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io/startups</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  <a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io/</a> helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With <a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Lemon.io/</a>, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:35 - Adobe acquires Figma</li>



<li>8:20 - Growing one product to $20k MRR vs. launching a bunch of side projects</li>



<li>18:43 - Apple’s anti-ad tracking crackdown</li>



<li>25:58 - Building no-code apps</li>



<li>31:12 - Watching movies at 1.5x speed</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Einar Vollset (@einarvollset)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Remote</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://techcrunch.com/2022/09/15/adobe-is-buying-figma-for-20b-taking-out-one-of-its-biggest-rivals-in-digital-design/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Adobe snaps up Figma for $20 billion</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/PierreDeWulf/status/1579535262388195329" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Pierre de Wulf’s tweet </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://adguard.com/en/blog/apple-tracking-ads-business.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Apple’s ad business set to boom on the back of its own anti-tracking crackdown</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/unamashana/status/1579755607573155840" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Hana’s tweet</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks/status/1578928671548932097" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Ruben’s tweet </strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/04d717cb-deb3-431f-bb55-835358b5e813-Ep.632.mp3" length="36534401"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 632, join Rob Walling and Einar Vollset for Hot Take Tuesday, where they analyze and discuss some of the latest news. Some topics covered include the Figma exit, side project distractions, no-code apps, and more.



Episode Sponsor:





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io/startups



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io/ helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io/, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:35 - Adobe acquires Figma



8:20 - Growing one product to $20k MRR vs. launching a bunch of side projects



18:43 - Apple’s anti-ad tracking crackdown



25:58 - Building no-code apps



31:12 - Watching movies at 1.5x speed




Links from the Show:




Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) I Twitter 



MicroConf Remote 



Adobe snaps up Figma for $20 billion 



Pierre de Wulf’s tweet 



Apple’s ad business set to boom on the back of its own anti-tracking crackdown 



Hana’s tweet 



Ruben’s tweet 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:37:32</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 631 | Re-writing Your Codebase, Stair Stepping, and Difficult Founder Decisions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 18 Oct 2022 10:00:04 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1291488</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-631-re-writing-your-codebase-stair-stepping-and-difficult-founder-decisions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 631, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers listener questions on topics ranging from when to rewrite your codebase to founder salaries and balancing your founder vs. developer mindset.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:32 - Is there any validity that rewriting our code and changing our tech stack will get us to a higher multiple at a future exit?</li>



<li>8:08 - Founder salaries</li>



<li>12:16 - Using the stair step approach to create a course</li>



<li>15:20 - Can you sell a Zapier-type connection between several products as an early MVP for your target market?</li>



<li>20:06 - Founder mindset vs. developer mindset</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-622-making-hard-product-decisions-growth-vs-profitability-with-derrick-reimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Episode 622 I Making Hard Product Decisions &amp; Growth vs. Profitability with Derrick Reimer </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stairstep-approach-to-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>The Stair Step Approach to Bootstrapping</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 631, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers listener questions on topics ranging from when to rewrite your codebase to founder salaries and balancing your founder vs. developer mindset.



Episode Sponsor





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:32 - Is there any validity that rewriting our code and changing our tech stack will get us to a higher multiple at a future exit?



8:08 - Founder salaries



12:16 - Using the stair step approach to create a course



15:20 - Can you sell a Zapier-type connection between several products as an early MVP for your target market?



20:06 - Founder mindset vs. developer mindset




Links from the Show:




Episode 622 I Making Hard Product Decisions & Growth vs. Profitability with Derrick Reimer 



The Stair Step Approach to Bootstrapping 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 631 | Re-writing Your Codebase, Stair Stepping, and Difficult Founder Decisions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 631, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers listener questions on topics ranging from when to rewrite your codebase to founder salaries and balancing your founder vs. developer mindset.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor</strong></h2>





<p><em>Find your perfect developer or a team at </em><a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Lemon.io</em></a></p>



<p>The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.</p>



<p>They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.</p>



<p>When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.</p>



<p>And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting <a href="http://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:32 - Is there any validity that rewriting our code and changing our tech stack will get us to a higher multiple at a future exit?</li>



<li>8:08 - Founder salaries</li>



<li>12:16 - Using the stair step approach to create a course</li>



<li>15:20 - Can you sell a Zapier-type connection between several products as an early MVP for your target market?</li>



<li>20:06 - Founder mindset vs. developer mindset</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-622-making-hard-product-decisions-growth-vs-profitability-with-derrick-reimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Episode 622 I Making Hard Product Decisions &amp; Growth vs. Profitability with Derrick Reimer </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stairstep-approach-to-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>The Stair Step Approach to Bootstrapping</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/5031/5f19a392-d084-4544-a4f0-0b7081df53a9/Ep.631b.mp3" length="27560906"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 631, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers listener questions on topics ranging from when to rewrite your codebase to founder salaries and balancing your founder vs. developer mindset.



Episode Sponsor





Find your perfect developer or a team at Lemon.io



The competition for incredible engineers and developers has never been more fierce.  Lemon.io helps you cut through the noise and find great talent through its network of engineers in Europe and Latin America.



They take care of the vetting, interviewing, and testing of candidates to make sure that you are working with someone who can hit the ground running.



When it comes to hiring, the time it takes to write your job description, list the position, review resumes, schedule interviews, and make an offer can take weeks, if not months.  With Lemon.io, you can cut down on a lot of that time by tapping into their wide network of developers who can get started in as early as a week.



And for subscribers of Startups For the Rest of Us, you can get 15% off your first 4 week contract with a developer by visiting lemon.io/startups



Topics we cover: 




2:32 - Is there any validity that rewriting our code and changing our tech stack will get us to a higher multiple at a future exit?



8:08 - Founder salaries



12:16 - Using the stair step approach to create a course



15:20 - Can you sell a Zapier-type connection between several products as an early MVP for your target market?



20:06 - Founder mindset vs. developer mindset




Links from the Show:




Episode 622 I Making Hard Product Decisions & Growth vs. Profitability with Derrick Reimer 



The Stair Step Approach to Bootstrapping 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:28:11</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 630 | Approaching $1M ARR as a Niche SaaS Founder]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 11 Oct 2022 10:00:32 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1285865</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-630-approaching-1m-arr-as-a-niche-saas-founder</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 630, Rob Walling chats with Jonathan Weinberg, who is the founder of Builder Prime, a CRM software for home improvement contractors. We chat about how he came up with the idea for Builder Prime, getting early traction, and finding product-market fit.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:46 - Getting Builder Prime to almost $1M ARR</li>



<li>3:32 - Deciding who to hire next</li>



<li>4:40 - How did Jonathan come up with the idea for Builder Prime?</li>



<li>8:29 - Jonathan's decision to quit his day job and work on Builder Prime before it made any money</li>



<li>10:55 - The unique steps that Jonathan took to get early traction</li>



<li>17:05 - When did Jonathan realize he had product-market fit?</li>



<li>24:04 - Jonathan’s hockey stick growth moment</li>



<li>28:31 - What’s next for Jonathan?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/jonathan_codes" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Jonathan Weinberg @Jonathan_codes)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://builderprime.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Builder Prime </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>TinySeed</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 630, Rob Walling chats with Jonathan Weinberg, who is the founder of Builder Prime, a CRM software for home improvement contractors. We chat about how he came up with the idea for Builder Prime, getting early traction, and finding product-market fit.



Topics we cover: 




2:46 - Getting Builder Prime to almost $1M ARR



3:32 - Deciding who to hire next



4:40 - How did Jonathan come up with the idea for Builder Prime?



8:29 - Jonathan's decision to quit his day job and work on Builder Prime before it made any money



10:55 - The unique steps that Jonathan took to get early traction



17:05 - When did Jonathan realize he had product-market fit?



24:04 - Jonathan’s hockey stick growth moment



28:31 - What’s next for Jonathan?




Links from the Show:




Jonathan Weinberg @Jonathan_codes) I Twitter



Builder Prime 



TinySeed 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 630 | Approaching $1M ARR as a Niche SaaS Founder]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 630, Rob Walling chats with Jonathan Weinberg, who is the founder of Builder Prime, a CRM software for home improvement contractors. We chat about how he came up with the idea for Builder Prime, getting early traction, and finding product-market fit.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:46 - Getting Builder Prime to almost $1M ARR</li>



<li>3:32 - Deciding who to hire next</li>



<li>4:40 - How did Jonathan come up with the idea for Builder Prime?</li>



<li>8:29 - Jonathan's decision to quit his day job and work on Builder Prime before it made any money</li>



<li>10:55 - The unique steps that Jonathan took to get early traction</li>



<li>17:05 - When did Jonathan realize he had product-market fit?</li>



<li>24:04 - Jonathan’s hockey stick growth moment</li>



<li>28:31 - What’s next for Jonathan?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/jonathan_codes" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Jonathan Weinberg @Jonathan_codes)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://builderprime.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Builder Prime </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>TinySeed</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1b59cca3-4d0c-4bbd-ac75-bc2458d8c957-Ep.630.mp3" length="33075881"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 630, Rob Walling chats with Jonathan Weinberg, who is the founder of Builder Prime, a CRM software for home improvement contractors. We chat about how he came up with the idea for Builder Prime, getting early traction, and finding product-market fit.



Topics we cover: 




2:46 - Getting Builder Prime to almost $1M ARR



3:32 - Deciding who to hire next



4:40 - How did Jonathan come up with the idea for Builder Prime?



8:29 - Jonathan's decision to quit his day job and work on Builder Prime before it made any money



10:55 - The unique steps that Jonathan took to get early traction



17:05 - When did Jonathan realize he had product-market fit?



24:04 - Jonathan’s hockey stick growth moment



28:31 - What’s next for Jonathan?




Links from the Show:




Jonathan Weinberg @Jonathan_codes) I Twitter



Builder Prime 



TinySeed 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:33:56</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 629 | TinySeed Tales s3e6: Looking Ahead to $1M ARR]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 06 Oct 2022 10:00:44 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-629-tinyseed-tales-s3e6-looking-ahead-to-1m-arr</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-629-tinyseed-tales-s3e6-looking-ahead-to-1m-arr</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In the final episode of TinySeed Tales Season 3, Rob Walling checks in with Tony Chan of CloudForecast. They reflect on some of the most prominent challenges and milestones that the business has faced over the last year.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:31 - Tony reflects on attending his first MicroConf Growth in Minneapolis</li>



<li>3:30 - An update on how CloudForecast’s content marketing efforts are going</li>



<li>7:59 - Getting an article featured at the top of Reddit</li>



<li>11:16 - An update on how their new senior engineer is doing</li>



<li>16:18 - Why Tony prefers to hire full-time employees</li>



<li>18:26 - An update on CloudForecast’s sales pipeline</li>



<li>20:50 - Tony reflects on the challenges of figuring out where to invest time and capital</li>



<li>24:30 - The importance of getting low-level tasks off your plate</li>



<li>28:36 - What is Tony least looking forward to in the next year?</li>



<li>30:38 - What is Tony most looking forward to in the next year?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/toeknee123" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Tony Chan (@toeknee123)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.cloudforecast.io/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>CloudForecast</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.cloudforecast.io/blog/cost-of-living-the-cloud-life-fossil-fuel-consumption-as-a-service/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Cost of living the cloud life: Fossil fuel consumption as a service</strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In the final episode of TinySeed Tales Season 3, Rob Walling checks in with Tony Chan of CloudForecast. They reflect on some of the most prominent challenges and milestones that the business has faced over the last year.



Topics we cover: 




1:31 - Tony reflects on attending his first MicroConf Growth in Minneapolis



3:30 - An update on how CloudForecast’s content marketing efforts are going



7:59 - Getting an article featured at the top of Reddit



11:16 - An update on how their new senior engineer is doing



16:18 - Why Tony prefers to hire full-time employees



18:26 - An update on CloudForecast’s sales pipeline



20:50 - Tony reflects on the challenges of figuring out where to invest time and capital



24:30 - The importance of getting low-level tasks off your plate



28:36 - What is Tony least looking forward to in the next year?



30:38 - What is Tony most looking forward to in the next year?




Links from the Show:




Tony Chan (@toeknee123) I Twitter



CloudForecast



Cost of living the cloud life: Fossil fuel consumption as a service




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 629 | TinySeed Tales s3e6: Looking Ahead to $1M ARR]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In the final episode of TinySeed Tales Season 3, Rob Walling checks in with Tony Chan of CloudForecast. They reflect on some of the most prominent challenges and milestones that the business has faced over the last year.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:31 - Tony reflects on attending his first MicroConf Growth in Minneapolis</li>



<li>3:30 - An update on how CloudForecast’s content marketing efforts are going</li>



<li>7:59 - Getting an article featured at the top of Reddit</li>



<li>11:16 - An update on how their new senior engineer is doing</li>



<li>16:18 - Why Tony prefers to hire full-time employees</li>



<li>18:26 - An update on CloudForecast’s sales pipeline</li>



<li>20:50 - Tony reflects on the challenges of figuring out where to invest time and capital</li>



<li>24:30 - The importance of getting low-level tasks off your plate</li>



<li>28:36 - What is Tony least looking forward to in the next year?</li>



<li>30:38 - What is Tony most looking forward to in the next year?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/toeknee123" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Tony Chan (@toeknee123)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.cloudforecast.io/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>CloudForecast</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.cloudforecast.io/blog/cost-of-living-the-cloud-life-fossil-fuel-consumption-as-a-service/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Cost of living the cloud life: Fossil fuel consumption as a service</strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/54c64c80-25a9-4bf4-a646-02b0db01ecbb-TinySeed-Tales-Season-3.Ep.6.mp3" length="31955035"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In the final episode of TinySeed Tales Season 3, Rob Walling checks in with Tony Chan of CloudForecast. They reflect on some of the most prominent challenges and milestones that the business has faced over the last year.



Topics we cover: 




1:31 - Tony reflects on attending his first MicroConf Growth in Minneapolis



3:30 - An update on how CloudForecast’s content marketing efforts are going



7:59 - Getting an article featured at the top of Reddit



11:16 - An update on how their new senior engineer is doing



16:18 - Why Tony prefers to hire full-time employees



18:26 - An update on CloudForecast’s sales pipeline



20:50 - Tony reflects on the challenges of figuring out where to invest time and capital



24:30 - The importance of getting low-level tasks off your plate



28:36 - What is Tony least looking forward to in the next year?



30:38 - What is Tony most looking forward to in the next year?




Links from the Show:




Tony Chan (@toeknee123) I Twitter



CloudForecast



Cost of living the cloud life: Fossil fuel consumption as a service




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:32:46</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 628 | The 5 PM Pre-Validation Framework]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 04 Oct 2022 10:00:11 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://permalink.castos.com/podcast/5031/episode/1281240</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-628-the-5-pm-idea-validation-framework</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 628, join Rob Walling on a solo adventure where he dives into his newest framework. The 5 PM Pre-Validation Framework is a helpful way to evaluate different startup ideas through a set of criteria to gauge the size of the opportunity.</p>



<p>Want to download the PDF version the the 5 PM Pre-Validation Framework? Join the <a href="https://startupsfortherestofus.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Startups For The Rest Us Mailing List</a>, and we'll send you the link in the first email. Look for the orange email opt-in widget on the page.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:37 - Why is it called The 5 P.M. Idea Validation Framework?</li>



<li>4:06 - Problem</li>



<li>6:23 - Purchaser</li>



<li>8:17 - Pricing Model</li>



<li>9:00 -  Market</li>



<li>12:48 - Product-Founder Fit</li>



<li>13:21 - Pain to validate the product</li>



<li>13:59 - Evaluating two business ideas through Rob’s 5PM framework</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hzk8t8_stA8" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>SaaS Ideas to Build Right Now, Before Someone Else Does </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/yongfook/status/1569515274751324160?s=51&amp;t=kdMIm7XZcgSMWYBSbOcaBw" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Jon Yongfook's Tweet</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Connect</strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 628, join Rob Walling on a solo adventure where he dives into his newest framework. The 5 PM Pre-Validation Framework is a helpful way to evaluate different startup ideas through a set of criteria to gauge the size of the opportunity.



Want to download the PDF version the the 5 PM Pre-Validation Framework? Join the Startups For The Rest Us Mailing List, and we'll send you the link in the first email. Look for the orange email opt-in widget on the page.



Topics we cover: 




3:37 - Why is it called The 5 P.M. Idea Validation Framework?



4:06 - Problem



6:23 - Purchaser



8:17 - Pricing Model



9:00 -  Market



12:48 - Product-Founder Fit



13:21 - Pain to validate the product



13:59 - Evaluating two business ideas through Rob’s 5PM framework




Links from the Show:




SaaS Ideas to Build Right Now, Before Someone Else Does 



Jon Yongfook's Tweet



MicroConf Connect




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 628 | The 5 PM Pre-Validation Framework]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 628, join Rob Walling on a solo adventure where he dives into his newest framework. The 5 PM Pre-Validation Framework is a helpful way to evaluate different startup ideas through a set of criteria to gauge the size of the opportunity.</p>



<p>Want to download the PDF version the the 5 PM Pre-Validation Framework? Join the <a href="https://startupsfortherestofus.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Startups For The Rest Us Mailing List</a>, and we'll send you the link in the first email. Look for the orange email opt-in widget on the page.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:37 - Why is it called The 5 P.M. Idea Validation Framework?</li>



<li>4:06 - Problem</li>



<li>6:23 - Purchaser</li>



<li>8:17 - Pricing Model</li>



<li>9:00 -  Market</li>



<li>12:48 - Product-Founder Fit</li>



<li>13:21 - Pain to validate the product</li>



<li>13:59 - Evaluating two business ideas through Rob’s 5PM framework</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hzk8t8_stA8" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>SaaS Ideas to Build Right Now, Before Someone Else Does </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/yongfook/status/1569515274751324160?s=51&amp;t=kdMIm7XZcgSMWYBSbOcaBw" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Jon Yongfook's Tweet</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Connect</strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/5031/9560bd2a-3423-4b99-8f6f-7dce8b74ebc5/Ep.628b.mp3" length="32661903"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 628, join Rob Walling on a solo adventure where he dives into his newest framework. The 5 PM Pre-Validation Framework is a helpful way to evaluate different startup ideas through a set of criteria to gauge the size of the opportunity.



Want to download the PDF version the the 5 PM Pre-Validation Framework? Join the Startups For The Rest Us Mailing List, and we'll send you the link in the first email. Look for the orange email opt-in widget on the page.



Topics we cover: 




3:37 - Why is it called The 5 P.M. Idea Validation Framework?



4:06 - Problem



6:23 - Purchaser



8:17 - Pricing Model



9:00 -  Market



12:48 - Product-Founder Fit



13:21 - Pain to validate the product



13:59 - Evaluating two business ideas through Rob’s 5PM framework




Links from the Show:




SaaS Ideas to Build Right Now, Before Someone Else Does 



Jon Yongfook's Tweet



MicroConf Connect




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:29:32</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 627 | TinySeed Tales s3e5: Meeting the Co-Founder]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 29 Sep 2022 10:00:16 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-627-tinyseed-tales-s3e5-meeting-the-co-founder</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-627-tinyseed-tales-s3e5-meeting-the-co-founder</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In the penultimate episode of TinySeed Tales Season 3, Rob Walling checks in with Tony Chan of CloudForecast.</p>



<p>Tony shares some recent big wins, including hiring a senior engineer. We also meet Tony’s cofounder, Francois Lagier, for the first time.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:49 - The story of how Tony and Francois first met</li>



<li>2:14 - Hiring a senior engineer at CloudForecast</li>



<li>8:51 - Tony shares two recent big wins at CloudForecast</li>



<li>14:31 - The paradox of choice that all startup founders face</li>



<li>16:30 - CloudForecast dives into some new content marketing and SEO initiatives</li>



<li>18:35 - What are Tony and Francois looking forward to in the next month?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/toeknee123" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Tony Chan (@toeknee123)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/francoislagier" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Francois Lagier (@francoislagier)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.cloudforecast.io/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>CloudForecast</strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In the penultimate episode of TinySeed Tales Season 3, Rob Walling checks in with Tony Chan of CloudForecast.



Tony shares some recent big wins, including hiring a senior engineer. We also meet Tony’s cofounder, Francois Lagier, for the first time.



Topics we cover: 




1:49 - The story of how Tony and Francois first met



2:14 - Hiring a senior engineer at CloudForecast



8:51 - Tony shares two recent big wins at CloudForecast



14:31 - The paradox of choice that all startup founders face



16:30 - CloudForecast dives into some new content marketing and SEO initiatives



18:35 - What are Tony and Francois looking forward to in the next month?




Links from the Show:




Tony Chan (@toeknee123) I Twitter



Francois Lagier (@francoislagier) I Twitter



CloudForecast




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 627 | TinySeed Tales s3e5: Meeting the Co-Founder]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In the penultimate episode of TinySeed Tales Season 3, Rob Walling checks in with Tony Chan of CloudForecast.</p>



<p>Tony shares some recent big wins, including hiring a senior engineer. We also meet Tony’s cofounder, Francois Lagier, for the first time.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>1:49 - The story of how Tony and Francois first met</li>



<li>2:14 - Hiring a senior engineer at CloudForecast</li>



<li>8:51 - Tony shares two recent big wins at CloudForecast</li>



<li>14:31 - The paradox of choice that all startup founders face</li>



<li>16:30 - CloudForecast dives into some new content marketing and SEO initiatives</li>



<li>18:35 - What are Tony and Francois looking forward to in the next month?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/toeknee123" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Tony Chan (@toeknee123)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/francoislagier" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Francois Lagier (@francoislagier)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.cloudforecast.io/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>CloudForecast</strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/abdf766c-b381-4af9-9ba9-b418d642eed4-TinySeed-Tales-Season-3.Ep.5.mp3" length="24252628"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In the penultimate episode of TinySeed Tales Season 3, Rob Walling checks in with Tony Chan of CloudForecast.



Tony shares some recent big wins, including hiring a senior engineer. We also meet Tony’s cofounder, Francois Lagier, for the first time.



Topics we cover: 




1:49 - The story of how Tony and Francois first met



2:14 - Hiring a senior engineer at CloudForecast



8:51 - Tony shares two recent big wins at CloudForecast



14:31 - The paradox of choice that all startup founders face



16:30 - CloudForecast dives into some new content marketing and SEO initiatives



18:35 - What are Tony and Francois looking forward to in the next month?




Links from the Show:




Tony Chan (@toeknee123) I Twitter



Francois Lagier (@francoislagier) I Twitter



CloudForecast




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:24:44</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 626 | Scratching an Itch, Launching a Free SEO Tool, and Growing to $18k MRR]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 10:00:50 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-626-scratching-an-itch-launching-a-free-seo-tool-and-growing-to-18k-mrr</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-626-scratching-an-itch-launching-a-free-seo-tool-and-growing-to-18k-mrr</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 626, Rob Walling chats with Nick Swan, the founder of SEOTesting.com. SEOTesting helps SEO professionals and agencies automate the reporting of page updates and changes. Nick originally launched it as a free tool under a different name.</p>



<p>In this episode, we cover when Nick decided to charge for it, renaming the tool, rewriting the codebase, and the journey to growing to $18,000 MRR.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:17 - Growing SEOTesting.com to $18,000 MRR</li>



<li>4:53 - What kinds of businesses use SEOTesting.com?</li>



<li>8:11 - The decision to build SEOTesting</li>



<li>12:33 - Launching SEOTesting as a free tool</li>



<li>15:39 - When Nick started to charge for SEOTesting?</li>



<li>18:16 - Nick’s initial pricing strategy and rollout</li>



<li>27:06 - Reflecting on the initial launch</li>



<li>29:49 - Nick’s thought process for pivoting and changing the company name</li>



<li>34:45 - Reaching product-market fit</li>



<li>36:01 - Nick’s decision to bring on a co-founder a few years in</li>



<li>39:32 - Prioritizing marketing vs. development</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/nickswan" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Nick Swan (@NickSwan)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://seotesting.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>SEOTesting.com</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>TinySeed</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 626, Rob Walling chats with Nick Swan, the founder of SEOTesting.com. SEOTesting helps SEO professionals and agencies automate the reporting of page updates and changes. Nick originally launched it as a free tool under a different name.



In this episode, we cover when Nick decided to charge for it, renaming the tool, rewriting the codebase, and the journey to growing to $18,000 MRR.



Topics we cover: 




3:17 - Growing SEOTesting.com to $18,000 MRR



4:53 - What kinds of businesses use SEOTesting.com?



8:11 - The decision to build SEOTesting



12:33 - Launching SEOTesting as a free tool



15:39 - When Nick started to charge for SEOTesting?



18:16 - Nick’s initial pricing strategy and rollout



27:06 - Reflecting on the initial launch



29:49 - Nick’s thought process for pivoting and changing the company name



34:45 - Reaching product-market fit



36:01 - Nick’s decision to bring on a co-founder a few years in



39:32 - Prioritizing marketing vs. development




Links from the Show:




Nick Swan (@NickSwan) I Twitter



SEOTesting.com 



TinySeed 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 626 | Scratching an Itch, Launching a Free SEO Tool, and Growing to $18k MRR]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 626, Rob Walling chats with Nick Swan, the founder of SEOTesting.com. SEOTesting helps SEO professionals and agencies automate the reporting of page updates and changes. Nick originally launched it as a free tool under a different name.</p>



<p>In this episode, we cover when Nick decided to charge for it, renaming the tool, rewriting the codebase, and the journey to growing to $18,000 MRR.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>3:17 - Growing SEOTesting.com to $18,000 MRR</li>



<li>4:53 - What kinds of businesses use SEOTesting.com?</li>



<li>8:11 - The decision to build SEOTesting</li>



<li>12:33 - Launching SEOTesting as a free tool</li>



<li>15:39 - When Nick started to charge for SEOTesting?</li>



<li>18:16 - Nick’s initial pricing strategy and rollout</li>



<li>27:06 - Reflecting on the initial launch</li>



<li>29:49 - Nick’s thought process for pivoting and changing the company name</li>



<li>34:45 - Reaching product-market fit</li>



<li>36:01 - Nick’s decision to bring on a co-founder a few years in</li>



<li>39:32 - Prioritizing marketing vs. development</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/nickswan" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Nick Swan (@NickSwan)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://seotesting.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>SEOTesting.com</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>TinySeed</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/01c220da-b359-4b6b-b2c9-bddd008c2dfa-Ep.626.mp3" length="39453826"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 626, Rob Walling chats with Nick Swan, the founder of SEOTesting.com. SEOTesting helps SEO professionals and agencies automate the reporting of page updates and changes. Nick originally launched it as a free tool under a different name.



In this episode, we cover when Nick decided to charge for it, renaming the tool, rewriting the codebase, and the journey to growing to $18,000 MRR.



Topics we cover: 




3:17 - Growing SEOTesting.com to $18,000 MRR



4:53 - What kinds of businesses use SEOTesting.com?



8:11 - The decision to build SEOTesting



12:33 - Launching SEOTesting as a free tool



15:39 - When Nick started to charge for SEOTesting?



18:16 - Nick’s initial pricing strategy and rollout



27:06 - Reflecting on the initial launch



29:49 - Nick’s thought process for pivoting and changing the company name



34:45 - Reaching product-market fit



36:01 - Nick’s decision to bring on a co-founder a few years in



39:32 - Prioritizing marketing vs. development




Links from the Show:




Nick Swan (@NickSwan) I Twitter



SEOTesting.com 



TinySeed 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:40:34</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 625 | TinySeed Tales s3e4: Doubling MRR]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 22 Sep 2022 10:00:11 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-625-tinyseed-tales-s3e4-doubling-mrr</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-625-tinyseed-tales-s3e4-doubling-mrr</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In the fourth episode of TinySeed Tales Season 3, Rob Walling checks back in with Tony Chan of CloudForecast.</p>



<p>Tony shares that they’ve doubled their MRR in the last couple of months, and it feels like he has unlocked a cheat code.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:02 - What’s changed since the last episode?</li>



<li>3:14 - Winning a huge enterprise deal that nearly doubled their MRR</li>



<li>5:21 - Deploying capital</li>



<li>12:31 - A key mindset shift that Tony had to make</li>



<li>13:33 - Tony’s experience at a recent TinySeed retreat</li>



<li>18:10 - Tony reflects on some low points</li>



<li>19:35 - What is he looking forward to?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/toeknee123" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Tony Chan (@toeknee123)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.cloudforecast.io/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>CloudForecast</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>TinySeed Applications</strong></a><strong> are now open</strong></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In the fourth episode of TinySeed Tales Season 3, Rob Walling checks back in with Tony Chan of CloudForecast.



Tony shares that they’ve doubled their MRR in the last couple of months, and it feels like he has unlocked a cheat code.



Topics we cover: 




2:02 - What’s changed since the last episode?



3:14 - Winning a huge enterprise deal that nearly doubled their MRR



5:21 - Deploying capital



12:31 - A key mindset shift that Tony had to make



13:33 - Tony’s experience at a recent TinySeed retreat



18:10 - Tony reflects on some low points



19:35 - What is he looking forward to?




Links from the Show:




Tony Chan (@toeknee123) I Twitter



CloudForecast



TinySeed Applications are now open




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 625 | TinySeed Tales s3e4: Doubling MRR]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In the fourth episode of TinySeed Tales Season 3, Rob Walling checks back in with Tony Chan of CloudForecast.</p>



<p>Tony shares that they’ve doubled their MRR in the last couple of months, and it feels like he has unlocked a cheat code.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:02 - What’s changed since the last episode?</li>



<li>3:14 - Winning a huge enterprise deal that nearly doubled their MRR</li>



<li>5:21 - Deploying capital</li>



<li>12:31 - A key mindset shift that Tony had to make</li>



<li>13:33 - Tony’s experience at a recent TinySeed retreat</li>



<li>18:10 - Tony reflects on some low points</li>



<li>19:35 - What is he looking forward to?</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/toeknee123" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Tony Chan (@toeknee123)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.cloudforecast.io/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>CloudForecast</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>TinySeed Applications</strong></a><strong> are now open</strong></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/b6b30738-56c8-484e-8528-8ce5d0d46ca0-TinySeed-Tales-Season-3.Ep.4.mp3" length="20677270"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In the fourth episode of TinySeed Tales Season 3, Rob Walling checks back in with Tony Chan of CloudForecast.



Tony shares that they’ve doubled their MRR in the last couple of months, and it feels like he has unlocked a cheat code.



Topics we cover: 




2:02 - What’s changed since the last episode?



3:14 - Winning a huge enterprise deal that nearly doubled their MRR



5:21 - Deploying capital



12:31 - A key mindset shift that Tony had to make



13:33 - Tony’s experience at a recent TinySeed retreat



18:10 - Tony reflects on some low points



19:35 - What is he looking forward to?




Links from the Show:




Tony Chan (@toeknee123) I Twitter



CloudForecast



TinySeed Applications are now open




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:21:01</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 624 | Moving from Free to Paid, Prioritizing Marketing vs. Development, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 20 Sep 2022 10:00:21 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-624-moving-from-free-to-paid-prioritizing-marketing-vs-development-and-more-listener-questions</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-624-moving-from-free-to-paid-prioritizing-marketing-vs-development-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 624, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers some listener questions on topics ranging from customer interviews to transitioning from a free to a paid product and prioritizing marketing vs. development.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:11 - What episodes should I start with to get up to speed?</li>



<li>3:27 - When to transition from a free to a paid product</li>



<li>11:37 - Customer interviews as a service</li>



<li>15:03 - Making the jump from software to manufacturing</li>



<li>19:32 - Prioritizing marketing vs. development</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/category/greatest-hits" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Greatest Hits</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.saas-capital.com/blog-posts/spending-benchmarks-for-private-b2b-saas-companies/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Spending Benchmarks for Private B2B SaaS Companies</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.before.io/resources/how-much-do-saas-companies-spend-on-marketing" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>How Much Do SaaS Companies Spend on Marketing?</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/locals" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Locals</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Youtube Channel </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Connect</strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 624, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers some listener questions on topics ranging from customer interviews to transitioning from a free to a paid product and prioritizing marketing vs. development.



Topics we cover: 




2:11 - What episodes should I start with to get up to speed?



3:27 - When to transition from a free to a paid product



11:37 - Customer interviews as a service



15:03 - Making the jump from software to manufacturing



19:32 - Prioritizing marketing vs. development




Links from the Show:




Greatest Hits



Spending Benchmarks for Private B2B SaaS Companies 



How Much Do SaaS Companies Spend on Marketing?



MicroConf Locals



MicroConf Youtube Channel 



MicroConf Connect




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 624 | Moving from Free to Paid, Prioritizing Marketing vs. Development, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 624, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers some listener questions on topics ranging from customer interviews to transitioning from a free to a paid product and prioritizing marketing vs. development.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>2:11 - What episodes should I start with to get up to speed?</li>



<li>3:27 - When to transition from a free to a paid product</li>



<li>11:37 - Customer interviews as a service</li>



<li>15:03 - Making the jump from software to manufacturing</li>



<li>19:32 - Prioritizing marketing vs. development</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/category/greatest-hits" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Greatest Hits</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.saas-capital.com/blog-posts/spending-benchmarks-for-private-b2b-saas-companies/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Spending Benchmarks for Private B2B SaaS Companies</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.before.io/resources/how-much-do-saas-companies-spend-on-marketing" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>How Much Do SaaS Companies Spend on Marketing?</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/locals" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Locals</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Youtube Channel </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Connect</strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/c2375ba9-8c39-4b99-9d8d-db7cb8fe6750-Ep.624.mp3" length="25644057"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 624, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers some listener questions on topics ranging from customer interviews to transitioning from a free to a paid product and prioritizing marketing vs. development.



Topics we cover: 




2:11 - What episodes should I start with to get up to speed?



3:27 - When to transition from a free to a paid product



11:37 - Customer interviews as a service



15:03 - Making the jump from software to manufacturing



19:32 - Prioritizing marketing vs. development




Links from the Show:




Greatest Hits



Spending Benchmarks for Private B2B SaaS Companies 



How Much Do SaaS Companies Spend on Marketing?



MicroConf Locals



MicroConf Youtube Channel 



MicroConf Connect




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:26:11</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 623 | TinySeed Tales s3e3: Paternity Leave]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 15 Sep 2022 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-623-tinyseed-tales-s3e3-paternity-leave</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-623-tinyseed-tales-s3e3-paternity-leave</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In the third episode of season 3 of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling checks in with Tony Chan of CloudForecast to see how he is faring since his co-founder is now on paternity leave.</p>



<p>During this time, Tony shares a big win along with dealing with some hiring and growth setbacks.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><strong>1:24 - How the business is doing while Francois is on paternity leave </strong></li>



<li><strong>2:36 - Tony’s perspective on being a solo founder for the past 6 weeks </strong></li>



<li><strong>5:04 - Managing your own founder psychology  </strong></li>



<li><strong>7:49 - How Tony is dealing with an unexpected sales slump </strong></li>



<li><strong>16:16 - Did Tony end up hiring a full-time SDR?  </strong></li>



<li><strong>21:04 - Dealing with setbacks </strong></li>



<li><strong>22:41 - What Tony is looking forward to in the next couple of months  </strong></li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/toeknee123" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Tony Chan (@toeknee123)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.cloudforecast.io/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>CloudForecast</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>TinySeed Applications</strong></a><strong> are now open </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-613-overcoming-mental-barriers-to-selling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Episode 613 | Hacking Your Founder Psychology</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://usesummit.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Summit</strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In the third episode of season 3 of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling checks in with Tony Chan of CloudForecast to see how he is faring since his co-founder is now on paternity leave.



During this time, Tony shares a big win along with dealing with some hiring and growth setbacks.



Topics we cover: 




1:24 - How the business is doing while Francois is on paternity leave 



2:36 - Tony’s perspective on being a solo founder for the past 6 weeks 



5:04 - Managing your own founder psychology  



7:49 - How Tony is dealing with an unexpected sales slump 



16:16 - Did Tony end up hiring a full-time SDR?  



21:04 - Dealing with setbacks 



22:41 - What Tony is looking forward to in the next couple of months  




Links from the Show:




Tony Chan (@toeknee123) I Twitter



CloudForecast



TinySeed Applications are now open 



Episode 613 | Hacking Your Founder Psychology



Summit




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 623 | TinySeed Tales s3e3: Paternity Leave]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In the third episode of season 3 of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling checks in with Tony Chan of CloudForecast to see how he is faring since his co-founder is now on paternity leave.</p>



<p>During this time, Tony shares a big win along with dealing with some hiring and growth setbacks.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><strong>1:24 - How the business is doing while Francois is on paternity leave </strong></li>



<li><strong>2:36 - Tony’s perspective on being a solo founder for the past 6 weeks </strong></li>



<li><strong>5:04 - Managing your own founder psychology  </strong></li>



<li><strong>7:49 - How Tony is dealing with an unexpected sales slump </strong></li>



<li><strong>16:16 - Did Tony end up hiring a full-time SDR?  </strong></li>



<li><strong>21:04 - Dealing with setbacks </strong></li>



<li><strong>22:41 - What Tony is looking forward to in the next couple of months  </strong></li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/toeknee123" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Tony Chan (@toeknee123)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.cloudforecast.io/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>CloudForecast</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>TinySeed Applications</strong></a><strong> are now open </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-613-overcoming-mental-barriers-to-selling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Episode 613 | Hacking Your Founder Psychology</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://usesummit.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Summit</strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/6295dea3-a7eb-40fe-9a33-b235e72ac729-TinySeed-Tales-Season-3.Ep.3.mp3" length="26997322"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In the third episode of season 3 of TinySeed Tales, Rob Walling checks in with Tony Chan of CloudForecast to see how he is faring since his co-founder is now on paternity leave.



During this time, Tony shares a big win along with dealing with some hiring and growth setbacks.



Topics we cover: 




1:24 - How the business is doing while Francois is on paternity leave 



2:36 - Tony’s perspective on being a solo founder for the past 6 weeks 



5:04 - Managing your own founder psychology  



7:49 - How Tony is dealing with an unexpected sales slump 



16:16 - Did Tony end up hiring a full-time SDR?  



21:04 - Dealing with setbacks 



22:41 - What Tony is looking forward to in the next couple of months  




Links from the Show:




Tony Chan (@toeknee123) I Twitter



CloudForecast



TinySeed Applications are now open 



Episode 613 | Hacking Your Founder Psychology



Summit




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:36</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 622 | Making Hard Product Decisions & Growth vs. Profitability with Derrick Reimer]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2022 10:00:09 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-622-making-hard-product-decisions-growth-vs-profitability-with-derrick-reimer</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-622-making-hard-product-decisions-growth-vs-profitability-with-derrick-reimer</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 622, join Rob Walling and fan favorite Derrick Reimer, the founder of SavvyCal, as they discuss topics like balancing profitability versus growth and deciding which features to build and not. They chat about some specific features that Derek has decided to build, those he has not decided to build, and the thought process behind them.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><strong>4:02 - Making product decisions </strong></li>



<li><strong>9:22 - Deciding on what features you are not going to build </strong></li>



<li><strong>19:12 - When to reply to debates on Twitter  </strong></li>



<li><strong>27:42 - Twitter’s newsletter feature </strong></li>



<li><strong>31:40 - Derrick’s perspective on balancing profitability vs reinvesting in the business </strong></li>



<li><strong>43:10 - Is Rob scratching his maker itch by being an investor in companies through TinySeed, or is he missing building SaaS businesses?  </strong></li>



<li><strong>46:29 - Should Rob join TikTok? </strong></li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Derrick Reimer @derrickreimer</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>SavvyCal</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Applications for TinySeed’s Fall 2022 SaaS Accelerators Are Now Open </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Youtube Channel </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.highsignal.io" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>High Signal</strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 622, join Rob Walling and fan favorite Derrick Reimer, the founder of SavvyCal, as they discuss topics like balancing profitability versus growth and deciding which features to build and not. They chat about some specific features that Derek has decided to build, those he has not decided to build, and the thought process behind them.



Topics we cover: 




4:02 - Making product decisions 



9:22 - Deciding on what features you are not going to build 



19:12 - When to reply to debates on Twitter  



27:42 - Twitter’s newsletter feature 



31:40 - Derrick’s perspective on balancing profitability vs reinvesting in the business 



43:10 - Is Rob scratching his maker itch by being an investor in companies through TinySeed, or is he missing building SaaS businesses?  



46:29 - Should Rob join TikTok? 




Links from the Show:




Derrick Reimer @derrickreimer I Twitter



SavvyCal



Applications for TinySeed’s Fall 2022 SaaS Accelerators Are Now Open 



MicroConf Youtube Channel 



High Signal




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 622 | Making Hard Product Decisions & Growth vs. Profitability with Derrick Reimer]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 622, join Rob Walling and fan favorite Derrick Reimer, the founder of SavvyCal, as they discuss topics like balancing profitability versus growth and deciding which features to build and not. They chat about some specific features that Derek has decided to build, those he has not decided to build, and the thought process behind them.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><strong>4:02 - Making product decisions </strong></li>



<li><strong>9:22 - Deciding on what features you are not going to build </strong></li>



<li><strong>19:12 - When to reply to debates on Twitter  </strong></li>



<li><strong>27:42 - Twitter’s newsletter feature </strong></li>



<li><strong>31:40 - Derrick’s perspective on balancing profitability vs reinvesting in the business </strong></li>



<li><strong>43:10 - Is Rob scratching his maker itch by being an investor in companies through TinySeed, or is he missing building SaaS businesses?  </strong></li>



<li><strong>46:29 - Should Rob join TikTok? </strong></li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Derrick Reimer @derrickreimer</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>SavvyCal</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Applications for TinySeed’s Fall 2022 SaaS Accelerators Are Now Open </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Youtube Channel </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.highsignal.io" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>High Signal</strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/8ec5bb28-88ae-4995-b827-aae7ae941287-Ep.622.mp3" length="48388288"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 622, join Rob Walling and fan favorite Derrick Reimer, the founder of SavvyCal, as they discuss topics like balancing profitability versus growth and deciding which features to build and not. They chat about some specific features that Derek has decided to build, those he has not decided to build, and the thought process behind them.



Topics we cover: 




4:02 - Making product decisions 



9:22 - Deciding on what features you are not going to build 



19:12 - When to reply to debates on Twitter  



27:42 - Twitter’s newsletter feature 



31:40 - Derrick’s perspective on balancing profitability vs reinvesting in the business 



43:10 - Is Rob scratching his maker itch by being an investor in companies through TinySeed, or is he missing building SaaS businesses?  



46:29 - Should Rob join TikTok? 




Links from the Show:




Derrick Reimer @derrickreimer I Twitter



SavvyCal



Applications for TinySeed’s Fall 2022 SaaS Accelerators Are Now Open 



MicroConf Youtube Channel 



High Signal




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:49:53</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 621 | TinySeed Tales s3e2: Onboarding Their First Hires]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 08 Sep 2022 10:00:28 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-621-tinyseed-tales-s3e2-onboarding-theiriya</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-621-tinyseed-tales-s3e2-onboarding-theiriya</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob chats with Tony Chan from CloudForecast about the progress his rapidly growing team has made over the previous few weeks.</p>



<p>Tony is riding the roller coaster that is entrepreneurship and in this episode you get to follow along.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul>
<li>1:47 - New full time engineering hire onboarding results</li>



<li>4:50 - Part time SDR hire onboarding results</li>



<li>7:31 - How hiring affects company culture</li>



<li>10:19 - Tony’s biggest wins in the last few weeks</li>



<li>14:30 - Growing the product to grow Expansion Revenue</li>



<li>15:45 - CloudForecast’s summer sales lull</li>



<li>19:40 - Keeping sane as a founder</li>



<li>22:00 - What Tony is worried about coming out of summer</li>



<li>24:00 - The next MRR target</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/toeknee123" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tony Chan (@toeknee123)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.cloudforecast.io/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">CloudForecast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Applications</a> open September 12, 2022</li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/tinyseed-tales/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-1-introducing-gather" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Tales S2E1 I Introducing Gather </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/tinyseed-tales/castos-1-a-non-technical-saas-founder" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Tales 1 I A Non-Technical Saas Founder </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitche</a>r</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob chats with Tony Chan from CloudForecast about the progress his rapidly growing team has made over the previous few weeks.



Tony is riding the roller coaster that is entrepreneurship and in this episode you get to follow along.



Topics we cover:




1:47 - New full time engineering hire onboarding results



4:50 - Part time SDR hire onboarding results



7:31 - How hiring affects company culture



10:19 - Tony’s biggest wins in the last few weeks



14:30 - Growing the product to grow Expansion Revenue



15:45 - CloudForecast’s summer sales lull



19:40 - Keeping sane as a founder



22:00 - What Tony is worried about coming out of summer



24:00 - The next MRR target




Links from the Show:




Tony Chan (@toeknee123) I Twitter



CloudForecast



TinySeed Applications open September 12, 2022



TinySeed Tales S2E1 I Introducing Gather 



TinySeed Tales 1 I A Non-Technical Saas Founder 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 621 | TinySeed Tales s3e2: Onboarding Their First Hires]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob chats with Tony Chan from CloudForecast about the progress his rapidly growing team has made over the previous few weeks.</p>



<p>Tony is riding the roller coaster that is entrepreneurship and in this episode you get to follow along.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Topics we cover:</h2>



<ul>
<li>1:47 - New full time engineering hire onboarding results</li>



<li>4:50 - Part time SDR hire onboarding results</li>



<li>7:31 - How hiring affects company culture</li>



<li>10:19 - Tony’s biggest wins in the last few weeks</li>



<li>14:30 - Growing the product to grow Expansion Revenue</li>



<li>15:45 - CloudForecast’s summer sales lull</li>



<li>19:40 - Keeping sane as a founder</li>



<li>22:00 - What Tony is worried about coming out of summer</li>



<li>24:00 - The next MRR target</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the Show:</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/toeknee123" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tony Chan (@toeknee123)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.cloudforecast.io/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">CloudForecast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Applications</a> open September 12, 2022</li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/tinyseed-tales/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-1-introducing-gather" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Tales S2E1 I Introducing Gather </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/tinyseed-tales/castos-1-a-non-technical-saas-founder" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed Tales 1 I A Non-Technical Saas Founder </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitche</a>r</p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/514fc726-e718-4186-a9de-90b56027ad09-TinySeed-Tales-Season-3.Ep.2.mp3" length="24428733"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode of TinySeed Tales, Rob chats with Tony Chan from CloudForecast about the progress his rapidly growing team has made over the previous few weeks.



Tony is riding the roller coaster that is entrepreneurship and in this episode you get to follow along.



Topics we cover:




1:47 - New full time engineering hire onboarding results



4:50 - Part time SDR hire onboarding results



7:31 - How hiring affects company culture



10:19 - Tony’s biggest wins in the last few weeks



14:30 - Growing the product to grow Expansion Revenue



15:45 - CloudForecast’s summer sales lull



19:40 - Keeping sane as a founder



22:00 - What Tony is worried about coming out of summer



24:00 - The next MRR target




Links from the Show:




Tony Chan (@toeknee123) I Twitter



CloudForecast



TinySeed Applications open September 12, 2022



TinySeed Tales S2E1 I Introducing Gather 



TinySeed Tales 1 I A Non-Technical Saas Founder 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:25:16</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 620 | Finding SaaS Ideas, Customer Pain, SaaS Metrics, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 06 Sep 2022 10:00:04 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-620-finding-saas-ideas-customer-pain-saasrl</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-620-finding-saas-ideas-customer-pain-saasrl</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 620, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers some listener questions. These questions range from which SaaS business metrics to pay attention to and how to find good SaaS ideas to helping an employee transition from a task-level to a project-level thinker.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><strong>1:44- What SaaS business metrics matter the most? </strong></li>



<li><strong>11:21- Do you have any general observations about building a SaaS for non-technical customers? </strong></li>



<li><strong>16:00- How do you find a good SaaS idea? </strong></li>



<li><strong>24:41- How can I assist an employee in transitioning from a task-level to a project-level thinker? </strong></li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-480-stairstepping-your-way-to-saas-with-christopher-gimmer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Episode 480 I Stairstepping Your Way To SaaS with Christopher Gimmer</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://issuu.com/microconf/docs/the_2022_state_of_independent_saas_7_?e=42489713/92004730" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>2022 State of Independent SaaS Report</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stairstep-approach-to-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>The Stairstep Approach to Bootstrapping </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.tropicalmba.com/strategy-launch-portable-bar/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>TMBA 100 - Rip, Pivot, and Jam</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Connect</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Europe</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/latest/application-announcement" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Applications for TinySeed’s Fall 2022 SaaS Accelerators Will Open September 12th</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Youtube Channel </strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 620, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers some listener questions. These questions range from which SaaS business metrics to pay attention to and how to find good SaaS ideas to helping an employee transition from a task-level to a project-level thinker.



Topics we cover: 




1:44- What SaaS business metrics matter the most? 



11:21- Do you have any general observations about building a SaaS for non-technical customers? 



16:00- How do you find a good SaaS idea? 



24:41- How can I assist an employee in transitioning from a task-level to a project-level thinker? 




Links from the Show:




Episode 480 I Stairstepping Your Way To SaaS with Christopher Gimmer



2022 State of Independent SaaS Report 



The Stairstep Approach to Bootstrapping 



TMBA 100 - Rip, Pivot, and Jam



MicroConf Connect 



MicroConf Europe 



Applications for TinySeed’s Fall 2022 SaaS Accelerators Will Open September 12th



MicroConf Youtube Channel 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 620 | Finding SaaS Ideas, Customer Pain, SaaS Metrics, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 620, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers some listener questions. These questions range from which SaaS business metrics to pay attention to and how to find good SaaS ideas to helping an employee transition from a task-level to a project-level thinker.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><strong>1:44- What SaaS business metrics matter the most? </strong></li>



<li><strong>11:21- Do you have any general observations about building a SaaS for non-technical customers? </strong></li>



<li><strong>16:00- How do you find a good SaaS idea? </strong></li>



<li><strong>24:41- How can I assist an employee in transitioning from a task-level to a project-level thinker? </strong></li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-480-stairstepping-your-way-to-saas-with-christopher-gimmer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Episode 480 I Stairstepping Your Way To SaaS with Christopher Gimmer</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://issuu.com/microconf/docs/the_2022_state_of_independent_saas_7_?e=42489713/92004730" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>2022 State of Independent SaaS Report</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stairstep-approach-to-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>The Stairstep Approach to Bootstrapping </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.tropicalmba.com/strategy-launch-portable-bar/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>TMBA 100 - Rip, Pivot, and Jam</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Connect</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Europe</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/latest/application-announcement" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Applications for TinySeed’s Fall 2022 SaaS Accelerators Will Open September 12th</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Youtube Channel </strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/5031/423a354a-5c50-4557-9d6f-ee8c9c8488d1/Ep.620a.mp3" length="28200917"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 620, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers some listener questions. These questions range from which SaaS business metrics to pay attention to and how to find good SaaS ideas to helping an employee transition from a task-level to a project-level thinker.



Topics we cover: 




1:44- What SaaS business metrics matter the most? 



11:21- Do you have any general observations about building a SaaS for non-technical customers? 



16:00- How do you find a good SaaS idea? 



24:41- How can I assist an employee in transitioning from a task-level to a project-level thinker? 




Links from the Show:




Episode 480 I Stairstepping Your Way To SaaS with Christopher Gimmer



2022 State of Independent SaaS Report 



The Stairstep Approach to Bootstrapping 



TMBA 100 - Rip, Pivot, and Jam



MicroConf Connect 



MicroConf Europe 



Applications for TinySeed’s Fall 2022 SaaS Accelerators Will Open September 12th



MicroConf Youtube Channel 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:29:11</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 619 | TinySeed Tales s3e1: Moving from Bootstrapped to Mostly Bootstrapped]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 01 Sep 2022 10:00:36 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-619-tinyseed-tales-s3e1-moving-from-bootsln6</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-619-tinyseed-tales-s3e1-moving-from-bootsln6</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Season 3 of TinySeed Tales, where we follow the founders of one SaaS startup throughout a year as they share their struggles, victories, and failures.</p>



<p>On the first episode of Season 3, Rob introduces us to Tony Chan, the cofounder of CloudForecast. CloudForecast is a daily AWS cost monitoring service for busy engineering teams. Tony is one of 33 startup founders from TinySeed’s Spring 2021 accelerator batch.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><strong>2:41- What’s CloudForecast? </strong></li>



<li><strong>4:09- How large is the CloudForecast team? </strong></li>



<li><strong>6:54- Why did Tony apply to TinySeed?</strong></li>



<li><strong>8:30- Why Tony turned down venture capital offers? </strong></li>



<li><strong>13:48- Tony reflects on the added complexity of taking funding </strong></li>



<li><strong>19:47- Tony’s biggest fear </strong></li>



<li><strong>22:34- What is Tony looking forward to?</strong></li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/toeknee123" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Tony Chan (@toeknee123)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.cloudforecast.io/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>CloudForecast</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>TinySeed </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Castos </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://gatherit.co/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Gather </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/tinyseed-tales/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-1-introducing-gather" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>TinySeed Tales S2E1 I Introducing Gather </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/tinyseed-tales/castos-1-a-non-technical-saas-founder" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>TinySeed Tales S1E1 I A Non-Technical Saas Founder </strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Welcome to Season 3 of TinySeed Tales, where we follow the founders of one SaaS startup throughout a year as they share their struggles, victories, and failures.



On the first episode of Season 3, Rob introduces us to Tony Chan, the cofounder of CloudForecast. CloudForecast is a daily AWS cost monitoring service for busy engineering teams. Tony is one of 33 startup founders from TinySeed’s Spring 2021 accelerator batch.



Topics we cover: 




2:41- What’s CloudForecast? 



4:09- How large is the CloudForecast team? 



6:54- Why did Tony apply to TinySeed?



8:30- Why Tony turned down venture capital offers? 



13:48- Tony reflects on the added complexity of taking funding 



19:47- Tony’s biggest fear 



22:34- What is Tony looking forward to?




Links from the Show:




Tony Chan (@toeknee123) I Twitter



CloudForecast 



TinySeed 



Castos 



Gather 



TinySeed Tales S2E1 I Introducing Gather 



TinySeed Tales S1E1 I A Non-Technical Saas Founder 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 619 | TinySeed Tales s3e1: Moving from Bootstrapped to Mostly Bootstrapped]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Season 3 of TinySeed Tales, where we follow the founders of one SaaS startup throughout a year as they share their struggles, victories, and failures.</p>



<p>On the first episode of Season 3, Rob introduces us to Tony Chan, the cofounder of CloudForecast. CloudForecast is a daily AWS cost monitoring service for busy engineering teams. Tony is one of 33 startup founders from TinySeed’s Spring 2021 accelerator batch.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><strong>2:41- What’s CloudForecast? </strong></li>



<li><strong>4:09- How large is the CloudForecast team? </strong></li>



<li><strong>6:54- Why did Tony apply to TinySeed?</strong></li>



<li><strong>8:30- Why Tony turned down venture capital offers? </strong></li>



<li><strong>13:48- Tony reflects on the added complexity of taking funding </strong></li>



<li><strong>19:47- Tony’s biggest fear </strong></li>



<li><strong>22:34- What is Tony looking forward to?</strong></li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/toeknee123" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Tony Chan (@toeknee123)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.cloudforecast.io/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>CloudForecast</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>TinySeed </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Castos </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://gatherit.co/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Gather </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/tinyseed-tales/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-1-introducing-gather" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>TinySeed Tales S2E1 I Introducing Gather </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/tinyseed-tales/castos-1-a-non-technical-saas-founder" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>TinySeed Tales S1E1 I A Non-Technical Saas Founder </strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/ef498908-783f-43cc-9f01-dcf5c9314199-TinySeed-Tales-Season-3.Ep.1.mp3" length="23700234"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Welcome to Season 3 of TinySeed Tales, where we follow the founders of one SaaS startup throughout a year as they share their struggles, victories, and failures.



On the first episode of Season 3, Rob introduces us to Tony Chan, the cofounder of CloudForecast. CloudForecast is a daily AWS cost monitoring service for busy engineering teams. Tony is one of 33 startup founders from TinySeed’s Spring 2021 accelerator batch.



Topics we cover: 




2:41- What’s CloudForecast? 



4:09- How large is the CloudForecast team? 



6:54- Why did Tony apply to TinySeed?



8:30- Why Tony turned down venture capital offers? 



13:48- Tony reflects on the added complexity of taking funding 



19:47- Tony’s biggest fear 



22:34- What is Tony looking forward to?




Links from the Show:




Tony Chan (@toeknee123) I Twitter



CloudForecast 



TinySeed 



Castos 



Gather 



TinySeed Tales S2E1 I Introducing Gather 



TinySeed Tales S1E1 I A Non-Technical Saas Founder 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:24:30</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 618 | How to Achieve Financial Freedom]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 30 Aug 2022 10:00:20 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-618-how-to-achieve-financial-freedom</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-618-how-to-achieve-financial-freedom</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 618, join Rob Walling as he chats with Sam Dogen, the founder of Financial Samurai, which is one of the longest-running and most popular personal finance blogs. Over the last 13 years, Sam has personally written over 2,500 essays along with a Wall Street Journal Bestselling book. We talk about achieving financial freedom, money mindsets, and relentless execution.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><strong>3:12- The 4% Rule </strong></li>



<li><strong>4:40- Sam’s alternative approach to the 4% Rule </strong></li>



<li><strong>7:25- The FIRE Movement </strong></li>



<li><strong>10:16- How to navigate the US health insurance system as an early retiree </strong></li>



<li><strong>12:10- Sam’s relentless execution when it comes to running Financial Samurai </strong></li>



<li><strong>17:40- How Sam learned about personal finance </strong></li>



<li><strong>18:47- How Sam negotiated a severance package despite quitting his investment banking job </strong></li>



<li><strong>22:47- Why he runs Financial Samurai as a true lifestyle business </strong></li>



<li><strong>26:07- Would Sam sell Financial Samurai for $20 million? </strong></li>



<li><strong>27:35- The premise of Sam’s new book </strong></li>



<li><strong>28:46- Sam’s mental model for allocating financial assets to generate passive income </strong></li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/financialsamura" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Sam Dogen (@financialsamura)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.financialsamurai.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Financial Samurai</strong></a><strong>  </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.financialsamurai.com/btnt/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Buy This, Not That</strong></a><strong>  </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.tropicalmba.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>TropicalMBA </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Europe</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/latest/application-announcement" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Applications for TinySeed’s Fall 2022 SaaS Accelerators Will Open September 12th</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Youtube Channel </strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 618, join Rob Walling as he chats with Sam Dogen, the founder of Financial Samurai, which is one of the longest-running and most popular personal finance blogs. Over the last 13 years, Sam has personally written over 2,500 essays along with a Wall Street Journal Bestselling book. We talk about achieving financial freedom, money mindsets, and relentless execution.



Topics we cover: 




3:12- The 4% Rule 



4:40- Sam’s alternative approach to the 4% Rule 



7:25- The FIRE Movement 



10:16- How to navigate the US health insurance system as an early retiree 



12:10- Sam’s relentless execution when it comes to running Financial Samurai 



17:40- How Sam learned about personal finance 



18:47- How Sam negotiated a severance package despite quitting his investment banking job 



22:47- Why he runs Financial Samurai as a true lifestyle business 



26:07- Would Sam sell Financial Samurai for $20 million? 



27:35- The premise of Sam’s new book 



28:46- Sam’s mental model for allocating financial assets to generate passive income 




Links from the Show:




Sam Dogen (@financialsamura) I Twitter



Financial Samurai  



Buy This, Not That  



TropicalMBA 



MicroConf Europe 



Applications for TinySeed’s Fall 2022 SaaS Accelerators Will Open September 12th



MicroConf Youtube Channel 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 618 | How to Achieve Financial Freedom]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 618, join Rob Walling as he chats with Sam Dogen, the founder of Financial Samurai, which is one of the longest-running and most popular personal finance blogs. Over the last 13 years, Sam has personally written over 2,500 essays along with a Wall Street Journal Bestselling book. We talk about achieving financial freedom, money mindsets, and relentless execution.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><strong>3:12- The 4% Rule </strong></li>



<li><strong>4:40- Sam’s alternative approach to the 4% Rule </strong></li>



<li><strong>7:25- The FIRE Movement </strong></li>



<li><strong>10:16- How to navigate the US health insurance system as an early retiree </strong></li>



<li><strong>12:10- Sam’s relentless execution when it comes to running Financial Samurai </strong></li>



<li><strong>17:40- How Sam learned about personal finance </strong></li>



<li><strong>18:47- How Sam negotiated a severance package despite quitting his investment banking job </strong></li>



<li><strong>22:47- Why he runs Financial Samurai as a true lifestyle business </strong></li>



<li><strong>26:07- Would Sam sell Financial Samurai for $20 million? </strong></li>



<li><strong>27:35- The premise of Sam’s new book </strong></li>



<li><strong>28:46- Sam’s mental model for allocating financial assets to generate passive income </strong></li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/financialsamura" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Sam Dogen (@financialsamura)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.financialsamurai.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Financial Samurai</strong></a><strong>  </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.financialsamurai.com/btnt/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Buy This, Not That</strong></a><strong>  </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.tropicalmba.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>TropicalMBA </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Europe</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/latest/application-announcement" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Applications for TinySeed’s Fall 2022 SaaS Accelerators Will Open September 12th</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Youtube Channel </strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/04ac2f89-67c9-4f2d-879a-942c9cca53ae-Ep.618.mp3" length="31553420"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 618, join Rob Walling as he chats with Sam Dogen, the founder of Financial Samurai, which is one of the longest-running and most popular personal finance blogs. Over the last 13 years, Sam has personally written over 2,500 essays along with a Wall Street Journal Bestselling book. We talk about achieving financial freedom, money mindsets, and relentless execution.



Topics we cover: 




3:12- The 4% Rule 



4:40- Sam’s alternative approach to the 4% Rule 



7:25- The FIRE Movement 



10:16- How to navigate the US health insurance system as an early retiree 



12:10- Sam’s relentless execution when it comes to running Financial Samurai 



17:40- How Sam learned about personal finance 



18:47- How Sam negotiated a severance package despite quitting his investment banking job 



22:47- Why he runs Financial Samurai as a true lifestyle business 



26:07- Would Sam sell Financial Samurai for $20 million? 



27:35- The premise of Sam’s new book 



28:46- Sam’s mental model for allocating financial assets to generate passive income 




Links from the Show:




Sam Dogen (@financialsamura) I Twitter



Financial Samurai  



Buy This, Not That  



TropicalMBA 



MicroConf Europe 



Applications for TinySeed’s Fall 2022 SaaS Accelerators Will Open September 12th



MicroConf Youtube Channel 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:32:41</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 617 | News Roundup: Profitwell $200M Exit, Spreadsheet Mentality, and Watching an Acquirer Ruin Your Company]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2022 10:00:41 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-617-news-roundup-profitwell-200m-exit-siux</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-617-news-roundup-profitwell-200m-exit-siux</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 617, Einar Vollset and Tracy Osborn join Rob Walling for a bootstrapper news roundup episode. They cover a wide range of topics from ProfitWell’s big 200 million exit, spreadsheet mentality, watching an acquirer ruin your company, and much more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[3:06] What’s your take on ProfitWell’s acquisition?  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:52] Watching an acquirer ruin your company </strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:03] The spreadsheet mentality </strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:09] If you can’t buy it twice, don’t buy it</strong></p>



<p><strong>[36:00] Balancing realism with optimism as a founder </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracymakes" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Tracy Osborn @tracymakes</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Einar Vollset @einarvollset</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-611-bootstrapping-profitwell-to-a-200m-exit-with-patrick-campbell" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Episode 611 | Bootstrapping ProfitWell to a $200M Exit (with Patrick Campbell)</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://startupwin.kelsus.com/p/watching-an-acquirer-ruin-your-company" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Watching an acquirer ruin your company</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-605-building-a-saas-with-little-dev-experience-using-no-code-for-your-mvp-bootstrapping-a-two-sided-marketplace-and-more-listener-questions" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Episode 605 | Building a SaaS with Little Dev Experience, Using No Code for Your MVP, Bootstrapping a Two-Sided Marketplace, and More Listener Questions</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://tedbauer2003.medium.com/the-spreadsheet-mentality-sucks-and-kills-the-efficacy-of-jobs-697b9f2e83b8" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>The “Spreadsheet Mentality” sucks, and kills the efficacy of jobs</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://entrepreneurshandbook.co/if-you-cant-buy-it-twice-don-t-buy-it-7925c97ca5a3" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>If You Can’t Buy It Twice, Don’t Buy It</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tpSNOX1ssn8" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>14 Critical Things Investors Look for In A SaaS Startup</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/latest/application-announcement" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Applications for TinySeed’s Fall 2022 SaaS Accelerators Will Open September 12th</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Youtube Channel</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Europe</strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 617, Einar Vollset and Tracy Osborn join Rob Walling for a bootstrapper news roundup episode. They cover a wide range of topics from ProfitWell’s big 200 million exit, spreadsheet mentality, watching an acquirer ruin your company, and much more.



Topics we cover: 



[3:06] What’s your take on ProfitWell’s acquisition?  



[5:52] Watching an acquirer ruin your company 



[14:03] The spreadsheet mentality 



[23:09] If you can’t buy it twice, don’t buy it



[36:00] Balancing realism with optimism as a founder 



Links from the Show:




Tracy Osborn @tracymakes I Twitter



Einar Vollset @einarvollset I Twitter



Episode 611 | Bootstrapping ProfitWell to a $200M Exit (with Patrick Campbell)



Watching an acquirer ruin your company



Episode 605 | Building a SaaS with Little Dev Experience, Using No Code for Your MVP, Bootstrapping a Two-Sided Marketplace, and More Listener Questions



The “Spreadsheet Mentality” sucks, and kills the efficacy of jobs



If You Can’t Buy It Twice, Don’t Buy It



14 Critical Things Investors Look for In A SaaS Startup



Applications for TinySeed’s Fall 2022 SaaS Accelerators Will Open September 12th



MicroConf Youtube Channel



MicroConf Europe




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 617 | News Roundup: Profitwell $200M Exit, Spreadsheet Mentality, and Watching an Acquirer Ruin Your Company]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 617, Einar Vollset and Tracy Osborn join Rob Walling for a bootstrapper news roundup episode. They cover a wide range of topics from ProfitWell’s big 200 million exit, spreadsheet mentality, watching an acquirer ruin your company, and much more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[3:06] What’s your take on ProfitWell’s acquisition?  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:52] Watching an acquirer ruin your company </strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:03] The spreadsheet mentality </strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:09] If you can’t buy it twice, don’t buy it</strong></p>



<p><strong>[36:00] Balancing realism with optimism as a founder </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracymakes" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Tracy Osborn @tracymakes</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Einar Vollset @einarvollset</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-611-bootstrapping-profitwell-to-a-200m-exit-with-patrick-campbell" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Episode 611 | Bootstrapping ProfitWell to a $200M Exit (with Patrick Campbell)</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://startupwin.kelsus.com/p/watching-an-acquirer-ruin-your-company" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Watching an acquirer ruin your company</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-605-building-a-saas-with-little-dev-experience-using-no-code-for-your-mvp-bootstrapping-a-two-sided-marketplace-and-more-listener-questions" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Episode 605 | Building a SaaS with Little Dev Experience, Using No Code for Your MVP, Bootstrapping a Two-Sided Marketplace, and More Listener Questions</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://tedbauer2003.medium.com/the-spreadsheet-mentality-sucks-and-kills-the-efficacy-of-jobs-697b9f2e83b8" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>The “Spreadsheet Mentality” sucks, and kills the efficacy of jobs</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://entrepreneurshandbook.co/if-you-cant-buy-it-twice-don-t-buy-it-7925c97ca5a3" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>If You Can’t Buy It Twice, Don’t Buy It</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tpSNOX1ssn8" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>14 Critical Things Investors Look for In A SaaS Startup</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/latest/application-announcement" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Applications for TinySeed’s Fall 2022 SaaS Accelerators Will Open September 12th</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Youtube Channel</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/europe" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Europe</strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/5031/0e2edf5e-9a2b-4a24-8ea3-4b4157f52ce3/Ep.617b.mp3" length="38935638"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 617, Einar Vollset and Tracy Osborn join Rob Walling for a bootstrapper news roundup episode. They cover a wide range of topics from ProfitWell’s big 200 million exit, spreadsheet mentality, watching an acquirer ruin your company, and much more.



Topics we cover: 



[3:06] What’s your take on ProfitWell’s acquisition?  



[5:52] Watching an acquirer ruin your company 



[14:03] The spreadsheet mentality 



[23:09] If you can’t buy it twice, don’t buy it



[36:00] Balancing realism with optimism as a founder 



Links from the Show:




Tracy Osborn @tracymakes I Twitter



Einar Vollset @einarvollset I Twitter



Episode 611 | Bootstrapping ProfitWell to a $200M Exit (with Patrick Campbell)



Watching an acquirer ruin your company



Episode 605 | Building a SaaS with Little Dev Experience, Using No Code for Your MVP, Bootstrapping a Two-Sided Marketplace, and More Listener Questions



The “Spreadsheet Mentality” sucks, and kills the efficacy of jobs



If You Can’t Buy It Twice, Don’t Buy It



14 Critical Things Investors Look for In A SaaS Startup



Applications for TinySeed’s Fall 2022 SaaS Accelerators Will Open September 12th



MicroConf Youtube Channel



MicroConf Europe




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:40:22</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 616 | An 8-Figure SaaS Founder's Approach to Remote Work]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 16 Aug 2022 10:00:12 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-616-an-8-figure-saas-founder39s-approach-to-remote-work</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-616-an-8-figure-saas-founder39s-approach-to-remote-work</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-616-an-8-figure-saas-founders-approach-to-remote-work">episode 616</a>, Rob Walling chats with Liam Martin, the co-founder of Time Doctor and author of the new book, “Running Remote: Master the Lessons from the World’s Most Successful Remote Work Pioneers.” We dig into the fundamentals of asynchronous communication, how to do remote work better, and some surprises they saw during the pandemic.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor</h2>





<p>Hiring developers has been tough for years, but it is even tougher these days. Lemon.io is on a mission to make the process of hiring an experienced developer or even an entire team easier. They only have experienced developers on their marketplace, and each one is hand-vetted. It is virtually risk-free as they’ll guarantee a replacement in 48 hours if something goes wrong.</p>



<p>Find your perfect developer or a team with Lemon.io. You can also claim a special discount for our podcast fans. Visit <a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a> to receive a 15% discount for the first 4 weeks of work with a developer.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[2:46] What Liam has learned running Time Doctor for the past 12 years </strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:23] Can extroverts thrive long-term in a remote work environment? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:14] Liam’s approach to metrics and KPIs for engineering teams </strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:23] Why remote companies that move faster collaborate less </strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:31] How far can you take async communication in a remote team  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[24:29] Combating isolation on remote teams </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/liamremote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Liam Martin (@LiamRemote)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.runningremotebook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Running Remote Book</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.timedoctor.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Time Doctor </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.calnewport.com/books/deep-work/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Deep Work: Rules for Focused Success in a Distracted World</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Youtube Channel </strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitche</a>r</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 616, Rob Walling chats with Liam Martin, the co-founder of Time Doctor and author of the new book, “Running Remote: Master the Lessons from the World’s Most Successful Remote Work Pioneers.” We dig into the fundamentals of asynchronous communication, how to do remote work better, and some surprises they saw during the pandemic.



Episode Sponsor





Hiring developers has been tough for years, but it is even tougher these days. Lemon.io is on a mission to make the process of hiring an experienced developer or even an entire team easier. They only have experienced developers on their marketplace, and each one is hand-vetted. It is virtually risk-free as they’ll guarantee a replacement in 48 hours if something goes wrong.



Find your perfect developer or a team with Lemon.io. You can also claim a special discount for our podcast fans. Visit lemon.io/startups to receive a 15% discount for the first 4 weeks of work with a developer.



Topics we cover: 



[2:46] What Liam has learned running Time Doctor for the past 12 years 



[6:23] Can extroverts thrive long-term in a remote work environment? 



[11:14] Liam’s approach to metrics and KPIs for engineering teams 



[18:23] Why remote companies that move faster collaborate less 



[21:31] How far can you take async communication in a remote team  



[24:29] Combating isolation on remote teams 



Links from the Show:




Liam Martin (@LiamRemote) I Twitter



Running Remote Book



Time Doctor 



Deep Work: Rules for Focused Success in a Distracted World



MicroConf Youtube Channel 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 616 | An 8-Figure SaaS Founder's Approach to Remote Work]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-616-an-8-figure-saas-founders-approach-to-remote-work">episode 616</a>, Rob Walling chats with Liam Martin, the co-founder of Time Doctor and author of the new book, “Running Remote: Master the Lessons from the World’s Most Successful Remote Work Pioneers.” We dig into the fundamentals of asynchronous communication, how to do remote work better, and some surprises they saw during the pandemic.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor</h2>





<p>Hiring developers has been tough for years, but it is even tougher these days. Lemon.io is on a mission to make the process of hiring an experienced developer or even an entire team easier. They only have experienced developers on their marketplace, and each one is hand-vetted. It is virtually risk-free as they’ll guarantee a replacement in 48 hours if something goes wrong.</p>



<p>Find your perfect developer or a team with Lemon.io. You can also claim a special discount for our podcast fans. Visit <a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a> to receive a 15% discount for the first 4 weeks of work with a developer.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[2:46] What Liam has learned running Time Doctor for the past 12 years </strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:23] Can extroverts thrive long-term in a remote work environment? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:14] Liam’s approach to metrics and KPIs for engineering teams </strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:23] Why remote companies that move faster collaborate less </strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:31] How far can you take async communication in a remote team  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[24:29] Combating isolation on remote teams </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/liamremote" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Liam Martin (@LiamRemote)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.runningremotebook.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Running Remote Book</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.timedoctor.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Time Doctor </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.calnewport.com/books/deep-work/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Deep Work: Rules for Focused Success in a Distracted World</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/MicroConf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Youtube Channel </strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitche</a>r</p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/8d454051-232e-4080-b3a9-9d7f8d28c492-Ep.616.mp3" length="32515868"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 616, Rob Walling chats with Liam Martin, the co-founder of Time Doctor and author of the new book, “Running Remote: Master the Lessons from the World’s Most Successful Remote Work Pioneers.” We dig into the fundamentals of asynchronous communication, how to do remote work better, and some surprises they saw during the pandemic.



Episode Sponsor





Hiring developers has been tough for years, but it is even tougher these days. Lemon.io is on a mission to make the process of hiring an experienced developer or even an entire team easier. They only have experienced developers on their marketplace, and each one is hand-vetted. It is virtually risk-free as they’ll guarantee a replacement in 48 hours if something goes wrong.



Find your perfect developer or a team with Lemon.io. You can also claim a special discount for our podcast fans. Visit lemon.io/startups to receive a 15% discount for the first 4 weeks of work with a developer.



Topics we cover: 



[2:46] What Liam has learned running Time Doctor for the past 12 years 



[6:23] Can extroverts thrive long-term in a remote work environment? 



[11:14] Liam’s approach to metrics and KPIs for engineering teams 



[18:23] Why remote companies that move faster collaborate less 



[21:31] How far can you take async communication in a remote team  



[24:29] Combating isolation on remote teams 



Links from the Show:




Liam Martin (@LiamRemote) I Twitter



Running Remote Book



Time Doctor 



Deep Work: Rules for Focused Success in a Distracted World



MicroConf Youtube Channel 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:33:41</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 615 | Bootstrappable Businesses, Cargo Culting, and How Pricing Affects Growth (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 09 Aug 2022 10:00:16 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-615-bootstrappable-businesses-cargo-cultihdr</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-615-bootstrappable-businesses-cargo-cultihdr</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 615, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he covers what makes a business bootstrappable (and things to avoid), cargo culting, and how large of a business you can build at different customer lifetime value levels.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p>Hiring developers has been tough for years, but it is even tougher these days. Lemon.io is on a mission to make the process of hiring an experienced developer or even an entire team easier. They only have experienced developers on their marketplace, and each one is hand-vetted. It is virtually risk-free as they’ll guarantee a replacement in 48 hours if something goes wrong.</p>



<p>Find your perfect developer or a team with Lemon.io. You can also claim a special discount for our podcast fans. Visit <a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a> to receive a 15% discount for the first 4 weeks of work with a developer.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:51] What makes a business bootstrappable? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:15] Cargo culting </strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:05] How large of a business can you build at a specific annual contract value or lifetime value? </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="http://microconf.com/funding-guide"><strong>Bootstrapper’s Guide to</strong><strong> Outside Funding</strong><strong> </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-613-overcoming-mental-barriers-to-selling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Episode 613 I Hacking Your Founder Psychology </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="http://startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-602-explaining-saas-metrics-to-a-child" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Episode 602 I Explaining SaaS Metrics to a Child</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 615, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he covers what makes a business bootstrappable (and things to avoid), cargo culting, and how large of a business you can build at different customer lifetime value levels.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring developers has been tough for years, but it is even tougher these days. Lemon.io is on a mission to make the process of hiring an experienced developer or even an entire team easier. They only have experienced developers on their marketplace, and each one is hand-vetted. It is virtually risk-free as they’ll guarantee a replacement in 48 hours if something goes wrong.



Find your perfect developer or a team with Lemon.io. You can also claim a special discount for our podcast fans. Visit lemon.io/startups to receive a 15% discount for the first 4 weeks of work with a developer.



Topics we cover: 



[1:51] What makes a business bootstrappable? 



[14:15] Cargo culting 



[20:05] How large of a business can you build at a specific annual contract value or lifetime value? 



Links from the Show:




Bootstrapper’s Guide to Outside Funding 



Episode 613 I Hacking Your Founder Psychology 



Episode 602 I Explaining SaaS Metrics to a Child 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 615 | Bootstrappable Businesses, Cargo Culting, and How Pricing Affects Growth (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 615, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he covers what makes a business bootstrappable (and things to avoid), cargo culting, and how large of a business you can build at different customer lifetime value levels.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p>Hiring developers has been tough for years, but it is even tougher these days. Lemon.io is on a mission to make the process of hiring an experienced developer or even an entire team easier. They only have experienced developers on their marketplace, and each one is hand-vetted. It is virtually risk-free as they’ll guarantee a replacement in 48 hours if something goes wrong.</p>



<p>Find your perfect developer or a team with Lemon.io. You can also claim a special discount for our podcast fans. Visit <a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a> to receive a 15% discount for the first 4 weeks of work with a developer.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:51] What makes a business bootstrappable? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:15] Cargo culting </strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:05] How large of a business can you build at a specific annual contract value or lifetime value? </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="http://microconf.com/funding-guide"><strong>Bootstrapper’s Guide to</strong><strong> Outside Funding</strong><strong> </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-613-overcoming-mental-barriers-to-selling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Episode 613 I Hacking Your Founder Psychology </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="http://startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-602-explaining-saas-metrics-to-a-child" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Episode 602 I Explaining SaaS Metrics to a Child</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/5706cc9e-decf-4bd7-9fd9-68a57ec0aff4-EP.615.mp3" length="26261331"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 615, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he covers what makes a business bootstrappable (and things to avoid), cargo culting, and how large of a business you can build at different customer lifetime value levels.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring developers has been tough for years, but it is even tougher these days. Lemon.io is on a mission to make the process of hiring an experienced developer or even an entire team easier. They only have experienced developers on their marketplace, and each one is hand-vetted. It is virtually risk-free as they’ll guarantee a replacement in 48 hours if something goes wrong.



Find your perfect developer or a team with Lemon.io. You can also claim a special discount for our podcast fans. Visit lemon.io/startups to receive a 15% discount for the first 4 weeks of work with a developer.



Topics we cover: 



[1:51] What makes a business bootstrappable? 



[14:15] Cargo culting 



[20:05] How large of a business can you build at a specific annual contract value or lifetime value? 



Links from the Show:




Bootstrapper’s Guide to Outside Funding 



Episode 613 I Hacking Your Founder Psychology 



Episode 602 I Explaining SaaS Metrics to a Child 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:10</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 614 | Deciding When to Quit Your Day Job, Founder Anxiety, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 02 Aug 2022 10:00:24 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-614-deciding-when-to-quit-your-day-job-fofuh</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-614-deciding-when-to-quit-your-day-job-fofuh</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 614, Rob Walling chats with fan favorite Derrick Reimer. They start out by talking about Derrick’s decision to take a sabbatical from The Art of Product podcast after co-hosting it with Ben Orenstein for more than 5 years. Then, they answer a handful of listener questions, including when to quit your day job to focus on your startup full-time, coping with anxiety as a second-time founder, and choosing a domain name.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p>Hiring developers has been tough for years, but it is even tougher these days. Lemon.io is on a mission to make the process of hiring an experienced developer or even an entire team easier. They only have experienced developers on their marketplace, and each one is hand-vetted. It is virtually risk-free as they’ll guarantee a replacement in 48 hours if something goes wrong.</p>



<p>Find your perfect developer or a team with Lemon.io. You can also claim a special discount for our podcast fans. Visit <a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a> to receive a 15% discount for the first 4 weeks of work with a developer.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[2:18] Derrick’s decision to take a break from The Art of The Product podcast </strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:22] When should you go full-time on your startup? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:20] Before looking for tech firms, should I know the best frontend and backend architecture for my SaaS MVP and then only shop for firms who specialize in that?  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[24:13] I'm starting a new SaaS business, and despite a previous successful experience, I can't stop feeling extremely anxious about it. Is this something you're familiar with? How did you deal with it?</strong></p>



<p><strong>[30:34] When choosing a domain name for my startup, should you go with a meaningful and expressive name, but a less serious TLD.io or a somewhat fictional name combined with the best tld.com?  </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Derrick Reimer @derrickreimer</strong></a><strong> I Twitter </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>SavvyCal</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://artofproductpodcast.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>The Art of Product </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://bootstrappedweb.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Bootstrapped Web</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://usesummit.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Summit </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>TinySeed </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://bullettrain.co/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Bullet Train</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Connect </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Entrepreneurs-Guide-Keeping-Your-Together-ebook/dp/B079SNX6NB" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Shit Together: How to Run Your Business Without Letting it Run You</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Mom-Test-customers-business-everyone-ebook/dp/B01H4G2J1U/ref=sr_1_1?crid=273MM4JW4CIWG&amp;keywords=the+mom+test&amp;qid=1658951268&amp;s=digital-text&amp;sprefix=t%2Cdigital-text%2C1027&amp;sr=1-1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>The Mom Test </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://lauraroeder.com/how-i-nabbed-the-com-for-my-bootstrapped-startup-without-spending-a-million-bucks-6dc35c4606e9"></a></li></ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 614, Rob Walling chats with fan favorite Derrick Reimer. They start out by talking about Derrick’s decision to take a sabbatical from The Art of Product podcast after co-hosting it with Ben Orenstein for more than 5 years. Then, they answer a handful of listener questions, including when to quit your day job to focus on your startup full-time, coping with anxiety as a second-time founder, and choosing a domain name.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring developers has been tough for years, but it is even tougher these days. Lemon.io is on a mission to make the process of hiring an experienced developer or even an entire team easier. They only have experienced developers on their marketplace, and each one is hand-vetted. It is virtually risk-free as they’ll guarantee a replacement in 48 hours if something goes wrong.



Find your perfect developer or a team with Lemon.io. You can also claim a special discount for our podcast fans. Visit lemon.io/startups to receive a 15% discount for the first 4 weeks of work with a developer.



Topics we cover: 



[2:18] Derrick’s decision to take a break from The Art of The Product podcast 



[10:22] When should you go full-time on your startup? 



[17:20] Before looking for tech firms, should I know the best frontend and backend architecture for my SaaS MVP and then only shop for firms who specialize in that?  



[24:13] I'm starting a new SaaS business, and despite a previous successful experience, I can't stop feeling extremely anxious about it. Is this something you're familiar with? How did you deal with it?



[30:34] When choosing a domain name for my startup, should you go with a meaningful and expressive name, but a less serious TLD.io or a somewhat fictional name combined with the best tld.com?  



Links from the Show:




Derrick Reimer @derrickreimer I Twitter 



SavvyCal



The Art of Product 



Bootstrapped Web 



Summit 



TinySeed 



Bullet Train 



MicroConf Connect 



The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Shit Together: How to Run Your Business Without Letting it Run You



The Mom Test 



]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 614 | Deciding When to Quit Your Day Job, Founder Anxiety, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 614, Rob Walling chats with fan favorite Derrick Reimer. They start out by talking about Derrick’s decision to take a sabbatical from The Art of Product podcast after co-hosting it with Ben Orenstein for more than 5 years. Then, they answer a handful of listener questions, including when to quit your day job to focus on your startup full-time, coping with anxiety as a second-time founder, and choosing a domain name.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p>Hiring developers has been tough for years, but it is even tougher these days. Lemon.io is on a mission to make the process of hiring an experienced developer or even an entire team easier. They only have experienced developers on their marketplace, and each one is hand-vetted. It is virtually risk-free as they’ll guarantee a replacement in 48 hours if something goes wrong.</p>



<p>Find your perfect developer or a team with Lemon.io. You can also claim a special discount for our podcast fans. Visit <a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a> to receive a 15% discount for the first 4 weeks of work with a developer.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[2:18] Derrick’s decision to take a break from The Art of The Product podcast </strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:22] When should you go full-time on your startup? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:20] Before looking for tech firms, should I know the best frontend and backend architecture for my SaaS MVP and then only shop for firms who specialize in that?  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[24:13] I'm starting a new SaaS business, and despite a previous successful experience, I can't stop feeling extremely anxious about it. Is this something you're familiar with? How did you deal with it?</strong></p>



<p><strong>[30:34] When choosing a domain name for my startup, should you go with a meaningful and expressive name, but a less serious TLD.io or a somewhat fictional name combined with the best tld.com?  </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Derrick Reimer @derrickreimer</strong></a><strong> I Twitter </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>SavvyCal</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://artofproductpodcast.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>The Art of Product </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://bootstrappedweb.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Bootstrapped Web</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://usesummit.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Summit </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>TinySeed </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://bullettrain.co/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Bullet Train</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>MicroConf Connect </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Entrepreneurs-Guide-Keeping-Your-Together-ebook/dp/B079SNX6NB" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Shit Together: How to Run Your Business Without Letting it Run You</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Mom-Test-customers-business-everyone-ebook/dp/B01H4G2J1U/ref=sr_1_1?crid=273MM4JW4CIWG&amp;keywords=the+mom+test&amp;qid=1658951268&amp;s=digital-text&amp;sprefix=t%2Cdigital-text%2C1027&amp;sr=1-1" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>The Mom Test </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://lauraroeder.com/how-i-nabbed-the-com-for-my-bootstrapped-startup-without-spending-a-million-bucks-6dc35c4606e9" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>How I Nabbed The .Com for My Bootstrapped Startup Without Spending a Million Bucks</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://leandomainsearch.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Lean Domain Search </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="http://microconf.com/funding-guide" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>The Bootstrapper’s Guide to Outside Funding </strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/a421f2e2-d675-4e8b-bd0c-087a68b37e5f-Ep.614.mp3" length="41169467"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 614, Rob Walling chats with fan favorite Derrick Reimer. They start out by talking about Derrick’s decision to take a sabbatical from The Art of Product podcast after co-hosting it with Ben Orenstein for more than 5 years. Then, they answer a handful of listener questions, including when to quit your day job to focus on your startup full-time, coping with anxiety as a second-time founder, and choosing a domain name.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring developers has been tough for years, but it is even tougher these days. Lemon.io is on a mission to make the process of hiring an experienced developer or even an entire team easier. They only have experienced developers on their marketplace, and each one is hand-vetted. It is virtually risk-free as they’ll guarantee a replacement in 48 hours if something goes wrong.



Find your perfect developer or a team with Lemon.io. You can also claim a special discount for our podcast fans. Visit lemon.io/startups to receive a 15% discount for the first 4 weeks of work with a developer.



Topics we cover: 



[2:18] Derrick’s decision to take a break from The Art of The Product podcast 



[10:22] When should you go full-time on your startup? 



[17:20] Before looking for tech firms, should I know the best frontend and backend architecture for my SaaS MVP and then only shop for firms who specialize in that?  



[24:13] I'm starting a new SaaS business, and despite a previous successful experience, I can't stop feeling extremely anxious about it. Is this something you're familiar with? How did you deal with it?



[30:34] When choosing a domain name for my startup, should you go with a meaningful and expressive name, but a less serious TLD.io or a somewhat fictional name combined with the best tld.com?  



Links from the Show:




Derrick Reimer @derrickreimer I Twitter 



SavvyCal



The Art of Product 



Bootstrapped Web 



Summit 



TinySeed 



Bullet Train 



MicroConf Connect 



The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Shit Together: How to Run Your Business Without Letting it Run You



The Mom Test 



]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:42:42</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 613 | Hacking Your Founder Psychology]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jul 2022 10:00:36 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-613-overcoming-mental-barriers-to-selling</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-613-overcoming-mental-barriers-to-selling</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 613, Rob Walling chats with Dr. Sherry Walling about the release of her new book, Touching Two Worlds: A guide for finding hope in the landscape of loss. They cover a lot in this episode, including the hustle of launching a book, the behind the scenes of how Sherry has hacked her own psychology to help promote the book, and grief in entrepreneurship.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p>Hiring developers has been tough for years, but it is even tougher these days. Lemon.io is on a mission to make the process of hiring an experienced developer or even an entire team easier. They only have experienced developers on their marketplace, and each one is hand-vetted. It is virtually risk-free as they’ll guarantee a replacement in 48 hours if something goes wrong.</p>



<p>Find your perfect developer or a team with Lemon.io. You can also claim a special discount for our podcast fans. Visit <a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a> to receive a 15% discount for the first 4 weeks of work with a developer.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[4:04] What it is like to publish a book with a traditional publisher </strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:30] The process of launching and promoting a book</strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:24] A clever way to reframe cold outreach </strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:52] Hacking your founder psychology </strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:03] A short book summary </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/sherrywalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Sherry Walling (@SherryWalling) </strong></a><strong>I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://zenfounder.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Zen Founder</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.touchingtwoworlds.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Touching Two Worlds: A guide for finding hope in the landscape of loss</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-585-moving-outside-your-comfort-zone-with-dr-sherry-walling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Episode 585 I Moving Outside Your Comfort Zone with Dr. Sherry Walling</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 613, Rob Walling chats with Dr. Sherry Walling about the release of her new book, Touching Two Worlds: A guide for finding hope in the landscape of loss. They cover a lot in this episode, including the hustle of launching a book, the behind the scenes of how Sherry has hacked her own psychology to help promote the book, and grief in entrepreneurship.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring developers has been tough for years, but it is even tougher these days. Lemon.io is on a mission to make the process of hiring an experienced developer or even an entire team easier. They only have experienced developers on their marketplace, and each one is hand-vetted. It is virtually risk-free as they’ll guarantee a replacement in 48 hours if something goes wrong.



Find your perfect developer or a team with Lemon.io. You can also claim a special discount for our podcast fans. Visit lemon.io/startups to receive a 15% discount for the first 4 weeks of work with a developer.



Topics we cover: 



[4:04] What it is like to publish a book with a traditional publisher 



[5:30] The process of launching and promoting a book



[9:24] A clever way to reframe cold outreach 



[15:52] Hacking your founder psychology 



[21:03] A short book summary 



Links from the Show:




Sherry Walling (@SherryWalling) I Twitter



Zen Founder 



Touching Two Worlds: A guide for finding hope in the landscape of loss



Episode 585 I Moving Outside Your Comfort Zone with Dr. Sherry Walling 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 613 | Hacking Your Founder Psychology]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 613, Rob Walling chats with Dr. Sherry Walling about the release of her new book, Touching Two Worlds: A guide for finding hope in the landscape of loss. They cover a lot in this episode, including the hustle of launching a book, the behind the scenes of how Sherry has hacked her own psychology to help promote the book, and grief in entrepreneurship.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>





<p>Hiring developers has been tough for years, but it is even tougher these days. Lemon.io is on a mission to make the process of hiring an experienced developer or even an entire team easier. They only have experienced developers on their marketplace, and each one is hand-vetted. It is virtually risk-free as they’ll guarantee a replacement in 48 hours if something goes wrong.</p>



<p>Find your perfect developer or a team with Lemon.io. You can also claim a special discount for our podcast fans. Visit <a href="https://lemon.io/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">lemon.io/startups</a> to receive a 15% discount for the first 4 weeks of work with a developer.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[4:04] What it is like to publish a book with a traditional publisher </strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:30] The process of launching and promoting a book</strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:24] A clever way to reframe cold outreach </strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:52] Hacking your founder psychology </strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:03] A short book summary </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/sherrywalling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Sherry Walling (@SherryWalling) </strong></a><strong>I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://zenfounder.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Zen Founder</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>



<li><a href="https://www.touchingtwoworlds.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Touching Two Worlds: A guide for finding hope in the landscape of loss</strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-585-moving-outside-your-comfort-zone-with-dr-sherry-walling" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Episode 585 I Moving Outside Your Comfort Zone with Dr. Sherry Walling</strong></a><strong> </strong></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/b607af4c-3994-4a35-b3b8-75e86bb84087-Ep.613.mp3" length="29358357"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 613, Rob Walling chats with Dr. Sherry Walling about the release of her new book, Touching Two Worlds: A guide for finding hope in the landscape of loss. They cover a lot in this episode, including the hustle of launching a book, the behind the scenes of how Sherry has hacked her own psychology to help promote the book, and grief in entrepreneurship.



Episode Sponsor:





Hiring developers has been tough for years, but it is even tougher these days. Lemon.io is on a mission to make the process of hiring an experienced developer or even an entire team easier. They only have experienced developers on their marketplace, and each one is hand-vetted. It is virtually risk-free as they’ll guarantee a replacement in 48 hours if something goes wrong.



Find your perfect developer or a team with Lemon.io. You can also claim a special discount for our podcast fans. Visit lemon.io/startups to receive a 15% discount for the first 4 weeks of work with a developer.



Topics we cover: 



[4:04] What it is like to publish a book with a traditional publisher 



[5:30] The process of launching and promoting a book



[9:24] A clever way to reframe cold outreach 



[15:52] Hacking your founder psychology 



[21:03] A short book summary 



Links from the Show:




Sherry Walling (@SherryWalling) I Twitter



Zen Founder 



Touching Two Worlds: A guide for finding hope in the landscape of loss



Episode 585 I Moving Outside Your Comfort Zone with Dr. Sherry Walling 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:30:24</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 612 | Balancing a Side Project and Going Full-time on Your Product]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2022 10:00:28 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-612-balancing-a-side-project-and-going-fulu2e</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-612-balancing-a-side-project-and-going-fulu2e</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 612, Rob Walling chats with longtime friend and repeat podcast guest Dave Rodenbaugh. Dave was even at the very first MicroConf back in 2011.</p>



<p>In this episode, we have a candid conversation on our experiences balancing side projects with a day job, struggling with the decision in our own different ways of when to quit, and the surprising habits you have to unlearn once you are finally independent of the day job and consulting work.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:27] Dave’s thought process behind expanding Recapture </strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:34] The decision to go full-time on Recapture </strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:05] Dave’s process for unlearning bad employee / consultant habits </strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:07] The danger of the arrival fallacy </strong></p>



<p><strong>[24:20] What would you do if you sold the business?</strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:03] Balancing a side project with your day job  </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/daverodenbaugh" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Dave Rodenbaugh (@DaveRodenbaugh)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://recapture.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Recapture </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://roguestartups.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Rogue Startups </strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 612, Rob Walling chats with longtime friend and repeat podcast guest Dave Rodenbaugh. Dave was even at the very first MicroConf back in 2011.



In this episode, we have a candid conversation on our experiences balancing side projects with a day job, struggling with the decision in our own different ways of when to quit, and the surprising habits you have to unlearn once you are finally independent of the day job and consulting work.



Topics we cover: 



[1:27] Dave’s thought process behind expanding Recapture 



[5:34] The decision to go full-time on Recapture 



[15:05] Dave’s process for unlearning bad employee / consultant habits 



[20:07] The danger of the arrival fallacy 



[24:20] What would you do if you sold the business?



[26:03] Balancing a side project with your day job  



Links from the Show:




Dave Rodenbaugh (@DaveRodenbaugh) I Twitter



Recapture 



Rogue Startups 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 612 | Balancing a Side Project and Going Full-time on Your Product]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 612, Rob Walling chats with longtime friend and repeat podcast guest Dave Rodenbaugh. Dave was even at the very first MicroConf back in 2011.</p>



<p>In this episode, we have a candid conversation on our experiences balancing side projects with a day job, struggling with the decision in our own different ways of when to quit, and the surprising habits you have to unlearn once you are finally independent of the day job and consulting work.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:27] Dave’s thought process behind expanding Recapture </strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:34] The decision to go full-time on Recapture </strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:05] Dave’s process for unlearning bad employee / consultant habits </strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:07] The danger of the arrival fallacy </strong></p>



<p><strong>[24:20] What would you do if you sold the business?</strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:03] Balancing a side project with your day job  </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/daverodenbaugh" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Dave Rodenbaugh (@DaveRodenbaugh)</strong></a><strong> I Twitter</strong></li>



<li><a href="https://recapture.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Recapture </strong></a></li>



<li><a href="https://roguestartups.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>Rogue Startups </strong></a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/6da91f15-8b09-40ea-8e51-b11bc2833b00-Ep.612.mp3" length="36424851"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 612, Rob Walling chats with longtime friend and repeat podcast guest Dave Rodenbaugh. Dave was even at the very first MicroConf back in 2011.



In this episode, we have a candid conversation on our experiences balancing side projects with a day job, struggling with the decision in our own different ways of when to quit, and the surprising habits you have to unlearn once you are finally independent of the day job and consulting work.



Topics we cover: 



[1:27] Dave’s thought process behind expanding Recapture 



[5:34] The decision to go full-time on Recapture 



[15:05] Dave’s process for unlearning bad employee / consultant habits 



[20:07] The danger of the arrival fallacy 



[24:20] What would you do if you sold the business?



[26:03] Balancing a side project with your day job  



Links from the Show:




Dave Rodenbaugh (@DaveRodenbaugh) I Twitter



Recapture 



Rogue Startups 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:37:45</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 611 | Bootstrapping ProfitWell to a $200M Exit (with Patrick Campbell)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2022 10:00:26 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-611-bootstrapping-profitwell-to-a-200m-ex2ff</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-611-bootstrapping-profitwell-to-a-200m-ex2ff</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 611, join Rob Walling as he chats with Patrick Campbell, the cofounder of ProfitWell, on how he and his co-founders bootstrapped ProfitWell to a $200 million exit.</p>



<p>Profitwell was acquired by Paddle earlier this year. We dive into a bunch of topics you have not heard elsewhere, including details about the actual transaction, what was the stock vs. cash split, the revenue breakdown of consulting versus SaaS when they sold as well as talking through his thought process as they were deciding whether to sell.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[3:53] Using their consulting business to fund and grow Profitwell in the early days </strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:23] The split between cash and stock in Profitwell’s acquisition </strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:49] The percentage of Profitwell’s revenue from consulting vs. SaaS</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:39] The conversations that Patrick and his cofounders had from the get-go about their end goals and how much to reinvest in the business </strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:02] The ownership split between all of the cofounders </strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:08] How he made sure his employees were taken care of in the acquisition  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:05] Did Patrick ever consider taking funding? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:14] How long it took to sell the business from the first contact with Paddle  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[31:55] Why should SaaS founders take money off the table once they hit certain milestones? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[36:01] Patrick’s feelings about competing with Stripe </strong></p>



<p><strong>[42:15] Why Patrick moved to Puerto Rico </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/Patticus" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patrick Campbell (@Patticus) I Twitter </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.profitwell.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Profitwell </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.paddle.com/">Paddle</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 611, join Rob Walling as he chats with Patrick Campbell, the cofounder of ProfitWell, on how he and his co-founders bootstrapped ProfitWell to a $200 million exit.



Profitwell was acquired by Paddle earlier this year. We dive into a bunch of topics you have not heard elsewhere, including details about the actual transaction, what was the stock vs. cash split, the revenue breakdown of consulting versus SaaS when they sold as well as talking through his thought process as they were deciding whether to sell.



Topics we cover: 



[3:53] Using their consulting business to fund and grow Profitwell in the early days 



[8:23] The split between cash and stock in Profitwell’s acquisition 



[9:49] The percentage of Profitwell’s revenue from consulting vs. SaaS



[13:39] The conversations that Patrick and his cofounders had from the get-go about their end goals and how much to reinvest in the business 



[15:02] The ownership split between all of the cofounders 



[17:08] How he made sure his employees were taken care of in the acquisition  



[19:05] Did Patrick ever consider taking funding? 



[26:14] How long it took to sell the business from the first contact with Paddle  



[31:55] Why should SaaS founders take money off the table once they hit certain milestones? 



[36:01] Patrick’s feelings about competing with Stripe 



[42:15] Why Patrick moved to Puerto Rico 



Links from the Show:




Patrick Campbell (@Patticus) I Twitter 



Profitwell 



Paddle




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 611 | Bootstrapping ProfitWell to a $200M Exit (with Patrick Campbell)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 611, join Rob Walling as he chats with Patrick Campbell, the cofounder of ProfitWell, on how he and his co-founders bootstrapped ProfitWell to a $200 million exit.</p>



<p>Profitwell was acquired by Paddle earlier this year. We dive into a bunch of topics you have not heard elsewhere, including details about the actual transaction, what was the stock vs. cash split, the revenue breakdown of consulting versus SaaS when they sold as well as talking through his thought process as they were deciding whether to sell.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[3:53] Using their consulting business to fund and grow Profitwell in the early days </strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:23] The split between cash and stock in Profitwell’s acquisition </strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:49] The percentage of Profitwell’s revenue from consulting vs. SaaS</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:39] The conversations that Patrick and his cofounders had from the get-go about their end goals and how much to reinvest in the business </strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:02] The ownership split between all of the cofounders </strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:08] How he made sure his employees were taken care of in the acquisition  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:05] Did Patrick ever consider taking funding? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:14] How long it took to sell the business from the first contact with Paddle  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[31:55] Why should SaaS founders take money off the table once they hit certain milestones? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[36:01] Patrick’s feelings about competing with Stripe </strong></p>



<p><strong>[42:15] Why Patrick moved to Puerto Rico </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/Patticus" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patrick Campbell (@Patticus) I Twitter </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.profitwell.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Profitwell </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.paddle.com/">Paddle</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/5031/10d9ac96-097c-440e-ad6b-53c5b0d5172c/Ep.611a.mp3" length="45798171"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 611, join Rob Walling as he chats with Patrick Campbell, the cofounder of ProfitWell, on how he and his co-founders bootstrapped ProfitWell to a $200 million exit.



Profitwell was acquired by Paddle earlier this year. We dive into a bunch of topics you have not heard elsewhere, including details about the actual transaction, what was the stock vs. cash split, the revenue breakdown of consulting versus SaaS when they sold as well as talking through his thought process as they were deciding whether to sell.



Topics we cover: 



[3:53] Using their consulting business to fund and grow Profitwell in the early days 



[8:23] The split between cash and stock in Profitwell’s acquisition 



[9:49] The percentage of Profitwell’s revenue from consulting vs. SaaS



[13:39] The conversations that Patrick and his cofounders had from the get-go about their end goals and how much to reinvest in the business 



[15:02] The ownership split between all of the cofounders 



[17:08] How he made sure his employees were taken care of in the acquisition  



[19:05] Did Patrick ever consider taking funding? 



[26:14] How long it took to sell the business from the first contact with Paddle  



[31:55] Why should SaaS founders take money off the table once they hit certain milestones? 



[36:01] Patrick’s feelings about competing with Stripe 



[42:15] Why Patrick moved to Puerto Rico 



Links from the Show:




Patrick Campbell (@Patticus) I Twitter 



Profitwell 



Paddle




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:47:31</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 610 | How I Would Start Over Today, Bad Habits of Solopreneurs, and the Benefits of a Day Job (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jul 2022 10:00:17 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-610-how-i-would-start-over-today-bad-habivoi</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-610-how-i-would-start-over-today-bad-habivoi</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 610, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he talks about the benefits of working a day job before launching your company, some bad habits he picked up in the early days, why the college dropout narrative is annoying, and what he would do if he was starting over today.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:08] The benefits of working a day job</strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:20] Some bad habits Rob learned as a solopreneur in the early days </strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:45] Why the college dropout narrative is bs </strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:51] What would Rob do if he was starting over today </strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:22] The benefits of starting a business today vs. 10 years ago </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-551-task-level-vs-project-level-thinkers-no-such-thing-as-an-autopilot-business-and-more-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 551 I Task-level vs. Project-level Thinkers, No such Thing as an Autopilot Business, and More</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stairstep-approach-to-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Approach to bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet Light </a></li>



<li><a href="https://rocketgems.com/blog/saas-marketplaces/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">68 B2B SaaS marketplaces with opportunities for indie hackers</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 610, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he talks about the benefits of working a day job before launching your company, some bad habits he picked up in the early days, why the college dropout narrative is annoying, and what he would do if he was starting over today.



Topics we cover: 



[1:08] The benefits of working a day job



[6:20] Some bad habits Rob learned as a solopreneur in the early days 



[9:45] Why the college dropout narrative is bs 



[12:51] What would Rob do if he was starting over today 



[19:22] The benefits of starting a business today vs. 10 years ago 



Links from the Show:




Episode 551 I Task-level vs. Project-level Thinkers, No such Thing as an Autopilot Business, and More



The Stair Step Approach to bootstrapping



Quiet Light 



68 B2B SaaS marketplaces with opportunities for indie hackers




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 610 | How I Would Start Over Today, Bad Habits of Solopreneurs, and the Benefits of a Day Job (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 610, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he talks about the benefits of working a day job before launching your company, some bad habits he picked up in the early days, why the college dropout narrative is annoying, and what he would do if he was starting over today.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:08] The benefits of working a day job</strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:20] Some bad habits Rob learned as a solopreneur in the early days </strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:45] Why the college dropout narrative is bs </strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:51] What would Rob do if he was starting over today </strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:22] The benefits of starting a business today vs. 10 years ago </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-551-task-level-vs-project-level-thinkers-no-such-thing-as-an-autopilot-business-and-more-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 551 I Task-level vs. Project-level Thinkers, No such Thing as an Autopilot Business, and More</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stairstep-approach-to-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Approach to bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet Light </a></li>



<li><a href="https://rocketgems.com/blog/saas-marketplaces/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">68 B2B SaaS marketplaces with opportunities for indie hackers</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/9bcbc6f2-f60b-4234-b567-c93721425904-Ep.610.mp3" length="28292566"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 610, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure where he talks about the benefits of working a day job before launching your company, some bad habits he picked up in the early days, why the college dropout narrative is annoying, and what he would do if he was starting over today.



Topics we cover: 



[1:08] The benefits of working a day job



[6:20] Some bad habits Rob learned as a solopreneur in the early days 



[9:45] Why the college dropout narrative is bs 



[12:51] What would Rob do if he was starting over today 



[19:22] The benefits of starting a business today vs. 10 years ago 



Links from the Show:




Episode 551 I Task-level vs. Project-level Thinkers, No such Thing as an Autopilot Business, and More



The Stair Step Approach to bootstrapping



Quiet Light 



68 B2B SaaS marketplaces with opportunities for indie hackers




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:29:17</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 609 | Building Your MVP, the Bug Fix Hamster Wheel, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2022 10:00:04 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/609-building-your-mvp-the-bug-fix-hamster-wheelk0z</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/609-building-your-mvp-the-bug-fix-hamster-wheelk0z</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 609, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers a handful of listener questions ranging from when it makes sense to have multiple LLCs and hiring task-level vs. project-level thinkers to planning for large projects. He also shares his thought process behind ways you can build a complex mobile app prototype in a capital efficient manner.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:56] Is it worth it to create multiple LLCs? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:10] Do you have any tips for how to find the time to work on future improvements when it feels like you don't have time to do anything but fix bugs and answer support tickets? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:01] Do you have any advice around how to build a complex mobile app MVP in a capital efficient manner? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:30] Should internal company, marketing and transactional emails be on the same domain? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[22:27] How do you plan for a large project? </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-551-task-level-vs-project-level-thinkers-no-such-thing-as-an-autopilot-business-and-more-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 551 I Task-level vs. Project-level Thinkers, No such Thing as an Autopilot Business, and More</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-505-42-side-projects-and-the-nocode-movement" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 505 I 42 Side Projects and the #NoCode Movement</a></li>



<li><a href="https://github.com/features/issues" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Github Issues </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-311-what-its-like-selling-a-128k-side-project-with-guest-derrick-reimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 311 I What’s It’s Like Selling a $128k Side Project </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 609, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers a handful of listener questions ranging from when it makes sense to have multiple LLCs and hiring task-level vs. project-level thinkers to planning for large projects. He also shares his thought process behind ways you can build a complex mobile app prototype in a capital efficient manner.



Topics we cover: 



[1:56] Is it worth it to create multiple LLCs? 



[6:10] Do you have any tips for how to find the time to work on future improvements when it feels like you don't have time to do anything but fix bugs and answer support tickets? 



[13:01] Do you have any advice around how to build a complex mobile app MVP in a capital efficient manner? 



[20:30] Should internal company, marketing and transactional emails be on the same domain? 



[22:27] How do you plan for a large project? 



Links from the Show:




Episode 551 I Task-level vs. Project-level Thinkers, No such Thing as an Autopilot Business, and More



MicroConf Connect 



Episode 505 I 42 Side Projects and the #NoCode Movement



Github Issues 



Episode 311 I What’s It’s Like Selling a $128k Side Project 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 609 | Building Your MVP, the Bug Fix Hamster Wheel, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 609, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers a handful of listener questions ranging from when it makes sense to have multiple LLCs and hiring task-level vs. project-level thinkers to planning for large projects. He also shares his thought process behind ways you can build a complex mobile app prototype in a capital efficient manner.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:56] Is it worth it to create multiple LLCs? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:10] Do you have any tips for how to find the time to work on future improvements when it feels like you don't have time to do anything but fix bugs and answer support tickets? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:01] Do you have any advice around how to build a complex mobile app MVP in a capital efficient manner? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:30] Should internal company, marketing and transactional emails be on the same domain? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[22:27] How do you plan for a large project? </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-551-task-level-vs-project-level-thinkers-no-such-thing-as-an-autopilot-business-and-more-a-rob-solo-adventure" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 551 I Task-level vs. Project-level Thinkers, No such Thing as an Autopilot Business, and More</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/connect" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Connect </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-505-42-side-projects-and-the-nocode-movement" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 505 I 42 Side Projects and the #NoCode Movement</a></li>



<li><a href="https://github.com/features/issues" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Github Issues </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-311-what-its-like-selling-a-128k-side-project-with-guest-derrick-reimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 311 I What’s It’s Like Selling a $128k Side Project </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/29fa80f4-323d-4809-b26f-132e1181ff5f-eP.609.mp3" length="25537401"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 609, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he answers a handful of listener questions ranging from when it makes sense to have multiple LLCs and hiring task-level vs. project-level thinkers to planning for large projects. He also shares his thought process behind ways you can build a complex mobile app prototype in a capital efficient manner.



Topics we cover: 



[1:56] Is it worth it to create multiple LLCs? 



[6:10] Do you have any tips for how to find the time to work on future improvements when it feels like you don't have time to do anything but fix bugs and answer support tickets? 



[13:01] Do you have any advice around how to build a complex mobile app MVP in a capital efficient manner? 



[20:30] Should internal company, marketing and transactional emails be on the same domain? 



[22:27] How do you plan for a large project? 



Links from the Show:




Episode 551 I Task-level vs. Project-level Thinkers, No such Thing as an Autopilot Business, and More



MicroConf Connect 



Episode 505 I 42 Side Projects and the #NoCode Movement



Github Issues 



Episode 311 I What’s It’s Like Selling a $128k Side Project 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:26:25</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 608 | Bootstrapping (and Exiting) a 7-Figure Info Product]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2022 10:00:45 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-608-bootstrapping-and-exiting-a-7-figurepc0</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-608-bootstrapping-and-exiting-a-7-figurepc0</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 608, Rob Walling chats with Adrian Rosebrock, who bootstrapped and successfully exited his seven-figure info product company, PyImageSearch, in 2021. PyImageSearch provided digital courses around visual image detection and image classification in Python.</p>



<p>Adrian wasn’t always an entrepreneur. He graduated with a PhD in computer science, got a day job, realized early on that he hated it, and just stair-stepped his way up to running a successful business. In this episode, we cover a lot including Adrian’s decision to start blogging and launch a Kickstarter campaign in the early days to learning how to hire employees and making the decision to sell the business in 2021.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>



<p><strong>Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub </strong></p>



<p>Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.</p>



<p>Learn more <a href="http://aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[2:41] The story of how Adrian first discovered MicroConf </strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:29] Why Adrian didn’t want to go down the traditional path after getting his PhD in computer science </strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:01] When he knew having a traditional day job as an employee wasn’t for him </strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:24] How he used the stair-step approach to launch PyImageSearch </strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:54] What Adrian did when he started to see early traction</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:45] Did having a PhD in computer science have a big impact in the early days of launching his business?  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:05] Adrian’s approach to learning how to market</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:31] How he balanced working a day job and his side business in the early days </strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:39] Adrian’s launch plan for selling his first ebook in 2014</strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:48] The epiphanies that Adrian had in the early days to keep plugging away </strong></p>



<p><strong>[33:33] How he went from making $38,000 in 2014 to $600,000 in 2016 as a company of one  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[36:28] The mindset shifts he had to make when he started hiring employees</strong></p>



<p><strong>[39:10] Adrian’s decision to sell the business </strong></p>



<p><strong>[45:03] His reflections after selling the business in 2021</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/InfoProdMastery" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Adrian Rosebrock @InfoProdMastery</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://pyimagesearch.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">PyImageSearch</a></li>



<li><a href="https://infoproductmastery.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Info Product Mastery</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stairstep-approach-to-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Approach to Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=C7oji3yCd0Y" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ryan Delk: Lifting The Veil: The Data Behind Successful Product Launches</a> I Youtube</li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet Light</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that...</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 608, Rob Walling chats with Adrian Rosebrock, who bootstrapped and successfully exited his seven-figure info product company, PyImageSearch, in 2021. PyImageSearch provided digital courses around visual image detection and image classification in Python.



Adrian wasn’t always an entrepreneur. He graduated with a PhD in computer science, got a day job, realized early on that he hated it, and just stair-stepped his way up to running a successful business. In this episode, we cover a lot including Adrian’s decision to start blogging and launch a Kickstarter campaign in the early days to learning how to hire employees and making the decision to sell the business in 2021.



Episode Sponsor:



Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub 



Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.



Learn more aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus



Topics we cover: 



[2:41] The story of how Adrian first discovered MicroConf 



[6:29] Why Adrian didn’t want to go down the traditional path after getting his PhD in computer science 



[10:01] When he knew having a traditional day job as an employee wasn’t for him 



[11:24] How he used the stair-step approach to launch PyImageSearch 



[13:54] What Adrian did when he started to see early traction



[16:45] Did having a PhD in computer science have a big impact in the early days of launching his business?  



[18:05] Adrian’s approach to learning how to market



[20:31] How he balanced working a day job and his side business in the early days 



[23:39] Adrian’s launch plan for selling his first ebook in 2014



[28:48] The epiphanies that Adrian had in the early days to keep plugging away 



[33:33] How he went from making $38,000 in 2014 to $600,000 in 2016 as a company of one  



[36:28] The mindset shifts he had to make when he started hiring employees



[39:10] Adrian’s decision to sell the business 



[45:03] His reflections after selling the business in 2021



Links from the Show:




Adrian Rosebrock @InfoProdMastery I Twitter



PyImageSearch



Info Product Mastery



The Stair Step Approach to Bootstrapping



Ryan Delk: Lifting The Veil: The Data Behind Successful Product Launches I Youtube



Quiet Light




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 608 | Bootstrapping (and Exiting) a 7-Figure Info Product]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 608, Rob Walling chats with Adrian Rosebrock, who bootstrapped and successfully exited his seven-figure info product company, PyImageSearch, in 2021. PyImageSearch provided digital courses around visual image detection and image classification in Python.</p>



<p>Adrian wasn’t always an entrepreneur. He graduated with a PhD in computer science, got a day job, realized early on that he hated it, and just stair-stepped his way up to running a successful business. In this episode, we cover a lot including Adrian’s decision to start blogging and launch a Kickstarter campaign in the early days to learning how to hire employees and making the decision to sell the business in 2021.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Episode Sponsor:</h2>



<p><strong>Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub </strong></p>



<p>Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.</p>



<p>Learn more <a href="http://aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[2:41] The story of how Adrian first discovered MicroConf </strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:29] Why Adrian didn’t want to go down the traditional path after getting his PhD in computer science </strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:01] When he knew having a traditional day job as an employee wasn’t for him </strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:24] How he used the stair-step approach to launch PyImageSearch </strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:54] What Adrian did when he started to see early traction</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:45] Did having a PhD in computer science have a big impact in the early days of launching his business?  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:05] Adrian’s approach to learning how to market</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:31] How he balanced working a day job and his side business in the early days </strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:39] Adrian’s launch plan for selling his first ebook in 2014</strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:48] The epiphanies that Adrian had in the early days to keep plugging away </strong></p>



<p><strong>[33:33] How he went from making $38,000 in 2014 to $600,000 in 2016 as a company of one  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[36:28] The mindset shifts he had to make when he started hiring employees</strong></p>



<p><strong>[39:10] Adrian’s decision to sell the business </strong></p>



<p><strong>[45:03] His reflections after selling the business in 2021</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/InfoProdMastery" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Adrian Rosebrock @InfoProdMastery</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://pyimagesearch.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">PyImageSearch</a></li>



<li><a href="https://infoproductmastery.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Info Product Mastery</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stairstep-approach-to-bootstrapping/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Stair Step Approach to Bootstrapping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=C7oji3yCd0Y" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ryan Delk: Lifting The Veil: The Data Behind Successful Product Launches</a> I Youtube</li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Quiet Light</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1e9578bf-9e95-4dd7-a788-d245f39c2f7d-Ep.608.mp3" length="48997384"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 608, Rob Walling chats with Adrian Rosebrock, who bootstrapped and successfully exited his seven-figure info product company, PyImageSearch, in 2021. PyImageSearch provided digital courses around visual image detection and image classification in Python.



Adrian wasn’t always an entrepreneur. He graduated with a PhD in computer science, got a day job, realized early on that he hated it, and just stair-stepped his way up to running a successful business. In this episode, we cover a lot including Adrian’s decision to start blogging and launch a Kickstarter campaign in the early days to learning how to hire employees and making the decision to sell the business in 2021.



Episode Sponsor:



Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub 



Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.



Learn more aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus



Topics we cover: 



[2:41] The story of how Adrian first discovered MicroConf 



[6:29] Why Adrian didn’t want to go down the traditional path after getting his PhD in computer science 



[10:01] When he knew having a traditional day job as an employee wasn’t for him 



[11:24] How he used the stair-step approach to launch PyImageSearch 



[13:54] What Adrian did when he started to see early traction



[16:45] Did having a PhD in computer science have a big impact in the early days of launching his business?  



[18:05] Adrian’s approach to learning how to market



[20:31] How he balanced working a day job and his side business in the early days 



[23:39] Adrian’s launch plan for selling his first ebook in 2014



[28:48] The epiphanies that Adrian had in the early days to keep plugging away 



[33:33] How he went from making $38,000 in 2014 to $600,000 in 2016 as a company of one  



[36:28] The mindset shifts he had to make when he started hiring employees



[39:10] Adrian’s decision to sell the business 



[45:03] His reflections after selling the business in 2021



Links from the Show:




Adrian Rosebrock @InfoProdMastery I Twitter



PyImageSearch



Info Product Mastery



The Stair Step Approach to Bootstrapping



Ryan Delk: Lifting The Veil: The Data Behind Successful Product Launches I Youtube



Quiet Light




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:50:51</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 607 | Overcoming Plateaus, Stealth Launches, Founder-Driven Sales, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jun 2022 10:00:26 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-607-overcoming-plateaus-stealth-launchescys</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-607-overcoming-plateaus-stealth-launchescys</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 607, Rob Walling chats with Asia Orangio, and they answer listener questions about customer onboarding videos, overcoming revenue plateaus, stealth launches, and founder-driven sales.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:12] Where’s the best place to put customer onboarding videos?  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:37] How to scale a content business </strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:36] What to do if revenue has plateaued? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:41] When to do a stealth launch </strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:30] Is it possible for a SaaS product to sell to the enterprise without a dedicated sales team? </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/AsiaOrangio" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Asia Orangio (@AsiaOrangio)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://demandmaven.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DemandMaven </a></li>



<li><a href="https://in-demand.castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">In Demand</a></li>



<li><a href="https://productizeandscale.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Productize &amp; Scale</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PlWhi_slX-k" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS Metrics</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/MicroConf/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 607, Rob Walling chats with Asia Orangio, and they answer listener questions about customer onboarding videos, overcoming revenue plateaus, stealth launches, and founder-driven sales.



Topics we cover: 



[1:12] Where’s the best place to put customer onboarding videos?  



[5:37] How to scale a content business 



[15:36] What to do if revenue has plateaued? 



[21:41] When to do a stealth launch 



[26:30] Is it possible for a SaaS product to sell to the enterprise without a dedicated sales team? 



Links from the Show:




Asia Orangio (@AsiaOrangio) I Twitter



DemandMaven 



In Demand



Productize & Scale



SaaS Metrics



MicroConf Youtube Channel 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 607 | Overcoming Plateaus, Stealth Launches, Founder-Driven Sales, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 607, Rob Walling chats with Asia Orangio, and they answer listener questions about customer onboarding videos, overcoming revenue plateaus, stealth launches, and founder-driven sales.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:12] Where’s the best place to put customer onboarding videos?  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:37] How to scale a content business </strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:36] What to do if revenue has plateaued? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:41] When to do a stealth launch </strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:30] Is it possible for a SaaS product to sell to the enterprise without a dedicated sales team? </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/AsiaOrangio" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Asia Orangio (@AsiaOrangio)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://demandmaven.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">DemandMaven </a></li>



<li><a href="https://in-demand.castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">In Demand</a></li>



<li><a href="https://productizeandscale.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Productize &amp; Scale</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PlWhi_slX-k" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SaaS Metrics</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/MicroConf/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Youtube Channel </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2b535f40-5764-46c4-b299-57d00e32c838-Ep.607.mp3" length="33512140"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 607, Rob Walling chats with Asia Orangio, and they answer listener questions about customer onboarding videos, overcoming revenue plateaus, stealth launches, and founder-driven sales.



Topics we cover: 



[1:12] Where’s the best place to put customer onboarding videos?  



[5:37] How to scale a content business 



[15:36] What to do if revenue has plateaued? 



[21:41] When to do a stealth launch 



[26:30] Is it possible for a SaaS product to sell to the enterprise without a dedicated sales team? 



Links from the Show:




Asia Orangio (@AsiaOrangio) I Twitter



DemandMaven 



In Demand



Productize & Scale



SaaS Metrics



MicroConf Youtube Channel 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:43</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 606 | The Podcasting Landscape, Keeping Your Saw Sharpened, and Scaling Your Team with Craig Hewitt]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2022 10:00:28 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-606-the-podcasting-landscape-keeping-yourmkb</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-606-the-podcasting-landscape-keeping-yourmkb</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 606, Rob Walling chats with Craig Hewitt, the founder of Castos. They talk about company building, staying up to speed when you are no longer doing the day-to-day tasks as well as their thoughts on a recent string of acquisitions happening in the podcast ecosystem.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:24] 2 MicroConf Local events happening in Chicago and Denver  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[3:50] The pros and cons of Spotify acquiring a couple of podcast analytics platforms </strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:51] The specific challenges with podcast analytics </strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:39] Spotify vs. Apple </strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:31] Staying up to speed as CEO once you have a team doing the day-to-day tasks </strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:32] Implementing OKRs at Castos </strong></p>



<p><strong>[33:07] Castos’ Mission</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/TheCraigHewitt" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Craig Hewitt (@TheCraigHewitt</a>) I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/upcoming-events" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Local </a></li>



<li><a href="http://seekingscale.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Seeking Scale</a></li>



<li><a href="https://roguestartups.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rogue Startups</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bootstrappedweb.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Bootstrapped Web</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tempo.castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tempo I Castos</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 606, Rob Walling chats with Craig Hewitt, the founder of Castos. They talk about company building, staying up to speed when you are no longer doing the day-to-day tasks as well as their thoughts on a recent string of acquisitions happening in the podcast ecosystem.



Topics we cover: 



[1:24] 2 MicroConf Local events happening in Chicago and Denver  



[3:50] The pros and cons of Spotify acquiring a couple of podcast analytics platforms 



[7:51] The specific challenges with podcast analytics 



[12:39] Spotify vs. Apple 



[16:31] Staying up to speed as CEO once you have a team doing the day-to-day tasks 



[28:32] Implementing OKRs at Castos 



[33:07] Castos’ Mission



Links from the Show:




Craig Hewitt (@TheCraigHewitt) I Twitter



Castos 



MicroConf Local 



Seeking Scale



Rogue Startups



Bootstrapped Web



Tempo I Castos




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 606 | The Podcasting Landscape, Keeping Your Saw Sharpened, and Scaling Your Team with Craig Hewitt]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 606, Rob Walling chats with Craig Hewitt, the founder of Castos. They talk about company building, staying up to speed when you are no longer doing the day-to-day tasks as well as their thoughts on a recent string of acquisitions happening in the podcast ecosystem.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:24] 2 MicroConf Local events happening in Chicago and Denver  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[3:50] The pros and cons of Spotify acquiring a couple of podcast analytics platforms </strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:51] The specific challenges with podcast analytics </strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:39] Spotify vs. Apple </strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:31] Staying up to speed as CEO once you have a team doing the day-to-day tasks </strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:32] Implementing OKRs at Castos </strong></p>



<p><strong>[33:07] Castos’ Mission</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/TheCraigHewitt" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Craig Hewitt (@TheCraigHewitt</a>) I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos </a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/upcoming-events" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Local </a></li>



<li><a href="http://seekingscale.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Seeking Scale</a></li>



<li><a href="https://roguestartups.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rogue Startups</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bootstrappedweb.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Bootstrapped Web</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tempo.castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tempo I Castos</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1/84179fdb-a871-4b67-b600-5051454bd0f7/Ep.606a.mp3" length="33739825"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 606, Rob Walling chats with Craig Hewitt, the founder of Castos. They talk about company building, staying up to speed when you are no longer doing the day-to-day tasks as well as their thoughts on a recent string of acquisitions happening in the podcast ecosystem.



Topics we cover: 



[1:24] 2 MicroConf Local events happening in Chicago and Denver  



[3:50] The pros and cons of Spotify acquiring a couple of podcast analytics platforms 



[7:51] The specific challenges with podcast analytics 



[12:39] Spotify vs. Apple 



[16:31] Staying up to speed as CEO once you have a team doing the day-to-day tasks 



[28:32] Implementing OKRs at Castos 



[33:07] Castos’ Mission



Links from the Show:




Craig Hewitt (@TheCraigHewitt) I Twitter



Castos 



MicroConf Local 



Seeking Scale



Rogue Startups



Bootstrapped Web



Tempo I Castos




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:57</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 605 | Building a SaaS with Little Dev Experience, Using No Code for Your MVP, Bootstrapping a Two-Sided Marketplace, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 31 May 2022 10:00:35 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-605-building-a-saas-with-little-dev-experiiti</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-605-building-a-saas-with-little-dev-experiiti</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 605, Rob Walling is joined by Ruben Gamez, and they dig into a handful of listener questions. Topics range from building a SaaS with little development experience and using no-code tools to build your MVP to stair-stepping bootstrapping a two-sided marketplace.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[0:55] Selling to the enterprise </strong></p>



<p><strong>[4:31] What level of development expertise would you say the founders of a B2B SaaS should have in order to create a successful product? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:26] Should you launch a productized service to validate a SaaS idea before building it?  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:47] Can you use the stairstep method to bootstrap a two-sided marketplace business? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[31:34] Is no-code something you see mainly for building an MVP,  or is it something that you could sustainably build an actual SaaS startup on without running into scaling issues? What are the downside risks to no-code tools other than platform risk?</strong></p>



<p><strong>[37:08] Do you think no-code tools will ever get to the point where you can build a full SaaS business? </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.signwell.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SignWell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://rocketgems.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">RocketGems</a></li>



<li><a href="https://castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos </a></li>



<li><a href="https://bubble.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Bubble</a></li>



<li><a href="https://airtable.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Airtable </a></li>



<li><a href="https://dynamitejobs.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dynamite Jobs</a></li>



<li><a href="https://clarity.fm/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Clarity.fm</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Masterminds </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qLSZ1OIYMiI" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Founder Guide to No-Code </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 605, Rob Walling is joined by Ruben Gamez, and they dig into a handful of listener questions. Topics range from building a SaaS with little development experience and using no-code tools to build your MVP to stair-stepping bootstrapping a two-sided marketplace.



Topics we cover: 



[0:55] Selling to the enterprise 



[4:31] What level of development expertise would you say the founders of a B2B SaaS should have in order to create a successful product? 



[13:26] Should you launch a productized service to validate a SaaS idea before building it?  



[20:47] Can you use the stairstep method to bootstrap a two-sided marketplace business? 



[31:34] Is no-code something you see mainly for building an MVP,  or is it something that you could sustainably build an actual SaaS startup on without running into scaling issues? What are the downside risks to no-code tools other than platform risk?



[37:08] Do you think no-code tools will ever get to the point where you can build a full SaaS business? 



Links from the Show:




Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) I Twitter



SignWell



RocketGems



Castos 



Bubble



Airtable 



Dynamite Jobs



Clarity.fm



MicroConf Masterminds 



The SaaS Founder Guide to No-Code 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 605 | Building a SaaS with Little Dev Experience, Using No Code for Your MVP, Bootstrapping a Two-Sided Marketplace, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 605, Rob Walling is joined by Ruben Gamez, and they dig into a handful of listener questions. Topics range from building a SaaS with little development experience and using no-code tools to build your MVP to stair-stepping bootstrapping a two-sided marketplace.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[0:55] Selling to the enterprise </strong></p>



<p><strong>[4:31] What level of development expertise would you say the founders of a B2B SaaS should have in order to create a successful product? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:26] Should you launch a productized service to validate a SaaS idea before building it?  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:47] Can you use the stairstep method to bootstrap a two-sided marketplace business? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[31:34] Is no-code something you see mainly for building an MVP,  or is it something that you could sustainably build an actual SaaS startup on without running into scaling issues? What are the downside risks to no-code tools other than platform risk?</strong></p>



<p><strong>[37:08] Do you think no-code tools will ever get to the point where you can build a full SaaS business? </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/earthlingworks" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.signwell.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SignWell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://rocketgems.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">RocketGems</a></li>



<li><a href="https://castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos </a></li>



<li><a href="https://bubble.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Bubble</a></li>



<li><a href="https://airtable.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Airtable </a></li>



<li><a href="https://dynamitejobs.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dynamite Jobs</a></li>



<li><a href="https://clarity.fm/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Clarity.fm</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf Masterminds </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qLSZ1OIYMiI" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The SaaS Founder Guide to No-Code </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/37cabcf1-484f-4bb1-8708-4635575c1aa2-Ep.605a.mp3" length="40808868"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 605, Rob Walling is joined by Ruben Gamez, and they dig into a handful of listener questions. Topics range from building a SaaS with little development experience and using no-code tools to build your MVP to stair-stepping bootstrapping a two-sided marketplace.



Topics we cover: 



[0:55] Selling to the enterprise 



[4:31] What level of development expertise would you say the founders of a B2B SaaS should have in order to create a successful product? 



[13:26] Should you launch a productized service to validate a SaaS idea before building it?  



[20:47] Can you use the stairstep method to bootstrap a two-sided marketplace business? 



[31:34] Is no-code something you see mainly for building an MVP,  or is it something that you could sustainably build an actual SaaS startup on without running into scaling issues? What are the downside risks to no-code tools other than platform risk?



[37:08] Do you think no-code tools will ever get to the point where you can build a full SaaS business? 



Links from the Show:




Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) I Twitter



SignWell



RocketGems



Castos 



Bubble



Airtable 



Dynamite Jobs



Clarity.fm



MicroConf Masterminds 



The SaaS Founder Guide to No-Code 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:42:19</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 604 | How to Decide Which Features to Build (with Derrick Reimer)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 24 May 2022 10:00:10 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-604-how-to-decide-which-features-to-buildhvr</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-604-how-to-decide-which-features-to-buildhvr</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 604, Rob Walling talks with Derrick Reimer and gets the latest update on SavvyCal, how he makes product decisions, and they also share the best things they’ve bought for $100 and $1000 that have added much more value to their lives than the price point.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[4:50] Apple’s influence on startup founders </strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:52] SavvyCal’s new Squadcast integration</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:51] Some upcoming features in the works for SavvyCal </strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:05] Experimenting with a freemium feature—meeting polls</strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:07] Derrick’s mental framework for deciding what features to build next </strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:58] Switching from an employee to a founder mindset</strong></p>



<p><strong>[25:56] Would you rather fight one duck-sized horse or a thousand duck-sized horses? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[27:25] The best purchase Derrick has made for under $100 in the last 6 months </strong></p>



<p><strong>[33:14] The best purchase Derrick has made for under $1000 in the last 6 months </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@DerrickReimer)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal </a></li>



<li><a href="https://squadcast.fm/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Squadcast</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 604, Rob Walling talks with Derrick Reimer and gets the latest update on SavvyCal, how he makes product decisions, and they also share the best things they’ve bought for $100 and $1000 that have added much more value to their lives than the price point.



Topics we cover: 



[4:50] Apple’s influence on startup founders 



[8:52] SavvyCal’s new Squadcast integration



[12:51] Some upcoming features in the works for SavvyCal 



[14:05] Experimenting with a freemium feature—meeting polls



[17:07] Derrick’s mental framework for deciding what features to build next 



[23:58] Switching from an employee to a founder mindset



[25:56] Would you rather fight one duck-sized horse or a thousand duck-sized horses? 



[27:25] The best purchase Derrick has made for under $100 in the last 6 months 



[33:14] The best purchase Derrick has made for under $1000 in the last 6 months 



Links from the Show:




Derrick Reimer (@DerrickReimer) I Twitter



SavvyCal 



Squadcast




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 604 | How to Decide Which Features to Build (with Derrick Reimer)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 604, Rob Walling talks with Derrick Reimer and gets the latest update on SavvyCal, how he makes product decisions, and they also share the best things they’ve bought for $100 and $1000 that have added much more value to their lives than the price point.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[4:50] Apple’s influence on startup founders </strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:52] SavvyCal’s new Squadcast integration</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:51] Some upcoming features in the works for SavvyCal </strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:05] Experimenting with a freemium feature—meeting polls</strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:07] Derrick’s mental framework for deciding what features to build next </strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:58] Switching from an employee to a founder mindset</strong></p>



<p><strong>[25:56] Would you rather fight one duck-sized horse or a thousand duck-sized horses? </strong></p>



<p><strong>[27:25] The best purchase Derrick has made for under $100 in the last 6 months </strong></p>



<p><strong>[33:14] The best purchase Derrick has made for under $1000 in the last 6 months </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/derrickreimer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Derrick Reimer (@DerrickReimer)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">SavvyCal </a></li>



<li><a href="https://squadcast.fm/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Squadcast</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/4ec2fcc7-93c4-4f00-b942-1f4739f26884-Ep.604.mp3" length="40242481"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 604, Rob Walling talks with Derrick Reimer and gets the latest update on SavvyCal, how he makes product decisions, and they also share the best things they’ve bought for $100 and $1000 that have added much more value to their lives than the price point.



Topics we cover: 



[4:50] Apple’s influence on startup founders 



[8:52] SavvyCal’s new Squadcast integration



[12:51] Some upcoming features in the works for SavvyCal 



[14:05] Experimenting with a freemium feature—meeting polls



[17:07] Derrick’s mental framework for deciding what features to build next 



[23:58] Switching from an employee to a founder mindset



[25:56] Would you rather fight one duck-sized horse or a thousand duck-sized horses? 



[27:25] The best purchase Derrick has made for under $100 in the last 6 months 



[33:14] The best purchase Derrick has made for under $1000 in the last 6 months 



Links from the Show:




Derrick Reimer (@DerrickReimer) I Twitter



SavvyCal 



Squadcast




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:41:44</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 603 | Bootstrapping HotJar to $40M ARR Using D2C Marketing]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2022 10:00:37 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-603-bootstrapping-hotjar-to-40m-arr-usingo2m</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-603-bootstrapping-hotjar-to-40m-arr-usingo2m</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 603, Rob Walling chats with David Darmanin, one of the founders of Hotjar. Hotjar was bootstrapped to $40 million ARR with a fully distributed team of 170 employees. David and his cofounders sold the company for a 9-figure exit in 2021.</p>



<p>From their incredible launch story and their unique DTC approach to sales and marketing in a B2B SaaS business to David’s mental models and the thought process behind selling the business, there is no shortage of key insights in this episode.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[5:07] How David initially financed building Hotjar </strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:11] The biggest difference between Hotjar and its competitors  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:03] The unique approach that David took when launching Hotjar </strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:44] Lessons learned from a failed product launch prior to Hotjar </strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:01] How they built their initial launch list to 60,000 subscribers </strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:32] How to know how much to spend on paid ads</strong></p>



<p><strong>[24:53] Why David said it was easy to work 60-80 hour workweeks for the first 6-9 months of Hotjar </strong></p>



<p><strong>[27:22] The two key ingredients needed if you want to sell a low-priced SaaS product </strong></p>



<p><strong>[30:31] How they tripled their growth from $1M - $3M in the first year </strong></p>



<p><strong>[33:26] How their initial launch strategy gave them a major competitive advantage when they started doing content marketing later on </strong></p>



<p><strong>[34:03] What led him to sell Hotjar </strong></p>



<p><strong>[40:39] How long the exit process took </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/daviddarmanin" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">David Darmanin @DavidDarmanin</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.hotjar.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hotjar</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-569-the-life-changing-decision-of-when-to-sell-your-company" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 569 I The Life-Changing Decision of When to Sell your Company</a></li>



<li><a href="https://theygotacquired.com/podcast/anna-maste-boondockers-welcome/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How a 7-hour workweek led to Anna Maste’s 7-figure sale</a> I They Got Acquired</li>



<li><a href="https://conversion-rate-experts.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Conversion Rate Experts</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Delivering-Happiness-Profits-Passion-Purpose/dp/0446576220" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Delivering Happiness </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Selling-Invisible-Field-Modern-Marketing/dp/0446672319" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Selling The Invisible </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Dip-Little-Book-Teaches-Stick/dp/1591841666" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Dip</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Built-Sell-Creating-Business-Without-ebook/dp/B004IYISQW" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Built to Sell </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Great-CEO-Within-Tactical-Building-ebook/dp/B07ZLGQZYC" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Great CEO Within </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Let-People-Surfing-Education-Businessman/dp/0143037838" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Let My People Go Surfing</a></li>



<li><a href="https://simonsinek.com/discover/great-leaders-organizations-advance-a-just-cause/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Just Cause </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact"></a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 603, Rob Walling chats with David Darmanin, one of the founders of Hotjar. Hotjar was bootstrapped to $40 million ARR with a fully distributed team of 170 employees. David and his cofounders sold the company for a 9-figure exit in 2021.



From their incredible launch story and their unique DTC approach to sales and marketing in a B2B SaaS business to David’s mental models and the thought process behind selling the business, there is no shortage of key insights in this episode.



Topics we cover: 



[5:07] How David initially financed building Hotjar 



[8:11] The biggest difference between Hotjar and its competitors  



[12:03] The unique approach that David took when launching Hotjar 



[12:44] Lessons learned from a failed product launch prior to Hotjar 



[15:01] How they built their initial launch list to 60,000 subscribers 



[19:32] How to know how much to spend on paid ads



[24:53] Why David said it was easy to work 60-80 hour workweeks for the first 6-9 months of Hotjar 



[27:22] The two key ingredients needed if you want to sell a low-priced SaaS product 



[30:31] How they tripled their growth from $1M - $3M in the first year 



[33:26] How their initial launch strategy gave them a major competitive advantage when they started doing content marketing later on 



[34:03] What led him to sell Hotjar 



[40:39] How long the exit process took 



Links from the Show:




David Darmanin @DavidDarmanin I Twitter



Hotjar



Episode 569 I The Life-Changing Decision of When to Sell your Company



How a 7-hour workweek led to Anna Maste’s 7-figure sale I They Got Acquired



Conversion Rate Experts



Delivering Happiness 



Selling The Invisible 



The Dip



Built to Sell 



The Great CEO Within 



Let My People Go Surfing



Just Cause 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 603 | Bootstrapping HotJar to $40M ARR Using D2C Marketing]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 603, Rob Walling chats with David Darmanin, one of the founders of Hotjar. Hotjar was bootstrapped to $40 million ARR with a fully distributed team of 170 employees. David and his cofounders sold the company for a 9-figure exit in 2021.</p>



<p>From their incredible launch story and their unique DTC approach to sales and marketing in a B2B SaaS business to David’s mental models and the thought process behind selling the business, there is no shortage of key insights in this episode.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[5:07] How David initially financed building Hotjar </strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:11] The biggest difference between Hotjar and its competitors  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:03] The unique approach that David took when launching Hotjar </strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:44] Lessons learned from a failed product launch prior to Hotjar </strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:01] How they built their initial launch list to 60,000 subscribers </strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:32] How to know how much to spend on paid ads</strong></p>



<p><strong>[24:53] Why David said it was easy to work 60-80 hour workweeks for the first 6-9 months of Hotjar </strong></p>



<p><strong>[27:22] The two key ingredients needed if you want to sell a low-priced SaaS product </strong></p>



<p><strong>[30:31] How they tripled their growth from $1M - $3M in the first year </strong></p>



<p><strong>[33:26] How their initial launch strategy gave them a major competitive advantage when they started doing content marketing later on </strong></p>



<p><strong>[34:03] What led him to sell Hotjar </strong></p>



<p><strong>[40:39] How long the exit process took </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/daviddarmanin" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">David Darmanin @DavidDarmanin</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.hotjar.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Hotjar</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-569-the-life-changing-decision-of-when-to-sell-your-company" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 569 I The Life-Changing Decision of When to Sell your Company</a></li>



<li><a href="https://theygotacquired.com/podcast/anna-maste-boondockers-welcome/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How a 7-hour workweek led to Anna Maste’s 7-figure sale</a> I They Got Acquired</li>



<li><a href="https://conversion-rate-experts.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Conversion Rate Experts</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Delivering-Happiness-Profits-Passion-Purpose/dp/0446576220" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Delivering Happiness </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Selling-Invisible-Field-Modern-Marketing/dp/0446672319" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Selling The Invisible </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Dip-Little-Book-Teaches-Stick/dp/1591841666" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Dip</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Built-Sell-Creating-Business-Without-ebook/dp/B004IYISQW" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Built to Sell </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Great-CEO-Within-Tactical-Building-ebook/dp/B07ZLGQZYC" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Great CEO Within </a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Let-People-Surfing-Education-Businessman/dp/0143037838" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Let My People Go Surfing</a></li>



<li><a href="https://simonsinek.com/discover/great-leaders-organizations-advance-a-just-cause/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Just Cause </a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1/05847e37-73fc-4beb-9d6c-53ceb659619b/Ep.603a.mp3" length="42530152"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 603, Rob Walling chats with David Darmanin, one of the founders of Hotjar. Hotjar was bootstrapped to $40 million ARR with a fully distributed team of 170 employees. David and his cofounders sold the company for a 9-figure exit in 2021.



From their incredible launch story and their unique DTC approach to sales and marketing in a B2B SaaS business to David’s mental models and the thought process behind selling the business, there is no shortage of key insights in this episode.



Topics we cover: 



[5:07] How David initially financed building Hotjar 



[8:11] The biggest difference between Hotjar and its competitors  



[12:03] The unique approach that David took when launching Hotjar 



[12:44] Lessons learned from a failed product launch prior to Hotjar 



[15:01] How they built their initial launch list to 60,000 subscribers 



[19:32] How to know how much to spend on paid ads



[24:53] Why David said it was easy to work 60-80 hour workweeks for the first 6-9 months of Hotjar 



[27:22] The two key ingredients needed if you want to sell a low-priced SaaS product 



[30:31] How they tripled their growth from $1M - $3M in the first year 



[33:26] How their initial launch strategy gave them a major competitive advantage when they started doing content marketing later on 



[34:03] What led him to sell Hotjar 



[40:39] How long the exit process took 



Links from the Show:




David Darmanin @DavidDarmanin I Twitter



Hotjar



Episode 569 I The Life-Changing Decision of When to Sell your Company



How a 7-hour workweek led to Anna Maste’s 7-figure sale I They Got Acquired



Conversion Rate Experts



Delivering Happiness 



Selling The Invisible 



The Dip



Built to Sell 



The Great CEO Within 



Let My People Go Surfing



Just Cause 




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:44:07</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 602 | Explaining SaaS Metrics to a Child]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2022 10:00:51 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-602-explaining-saas-metrics-to-a-child</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-602-explaining-saas-metrics-to-a-child</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 602, Rob Walling explains SaaS metrics to his kid. This is a great episode to listen to if you are unfamiliar or not well-versed in SaaS because we dig into from first principles, starting with dollars, revenue, and the purpose of businesses, all the way to SaaS metrics like MRR, ACV, and LTV. And, even if you are well-versed in SaaS metrics, you’ll likely learn a few things from this conversation.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>



<p><strong>Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub </strong></p>



<p>Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.</p>



<p>Learn more <a class="text-blue underline focus-visible" contenteditable="false" href="http://aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:55] MicroConf Local London tickets are on sale </strong></p>



<p><strong>[3:17] Starting with the basics: money, dollars, and businesses </strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:01] Revenue </strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:12] Expenses </strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:51] SaaS </strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:29] Recurring revenue </strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:58] Average revenue per account (ARPA)</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:56] Monthly recurring revenue (MRR) </strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:08] Average revenue per customer </strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:08] Annual contract value (ACV) </strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:18] Churn</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:30] Differences between Revenue Churn and Customer Churn </strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:18] Lifetime value </strong></p>



<p><strong>[22:10] Average customer lifetime value </strong></p>



<p><strong>[25:49] Customer Acquisition Cost (CAC)</strong></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 602, Rob Walling explains SaaS metrics to his kid. This is a great episode to listen to if you are unfamiliar or not well-versed in SaaS because we dig into from first principles, starting with dollars, revenue, and the purpose of businesses, all the way to SaaS metrics like MRR, ACV, and LTV. And, even if you are well-versed in SaaS metrics, you’ll likely learn a few things from this conversation.



Episode Sponsor:



Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub 



Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.



Learn more aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus



Topics we cover: 



[1:55] MicroConf Local London tickets are on sale 



[3:17] Starting with the basics: money, dollars, and businesses 



[7:01] Revenue 



[7:12] Expenses 



[10:51] SaaS 



[13:29] Recurring revenue 



[13:58] Average revenue per account (ARPA)



[14:56] Monthly recurring revenue (MRR) 



[15:08] Average revenue per customer 



[17:08] Annual contract value (ACV) 



[18:18] Churn



[19:30] Differences between Revenue Churn and Customer Churn 



[21:18] Lifetime value 



[22:10] Average customer lifetime value 



[25:49] Customer Acquisition Cost (CAC)



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 602 | Explaining SaaS Metrics to a Child]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 602, Rob Walling explains SaaS metrics to his kid. This is a great episode to listen to if you are unfamiliar or not well-versed in SaaS because we dig into from first principles, starting with dollars, revenue, and the purpose of businesses, all the way to SaaS metrics like MRR, ACV, and LTV. And, even if you are well-versed in SaaS metrics, you’ll likely learn a few things from this conversation.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>



<p><strong>Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub </strong></p>



<p>Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.</p>



<p>Learn more <a class="text-blue underline focus-visible" contenteditable="false" href="http://aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:55] MicroConf Local London tickets are on sale </strong></p>



<p><strong>[3:17] Starting with the basics: money, dollars, and businesses </strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:01] Revenue </strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:12] Expenses </strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:51] SaaS </strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:29] Recurring revenue </strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:58] Average revenue per account (ARPA)</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:56] Monthly recurring revenue (MRR) </strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:08] Average revenue per customer </strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:08] Annual contract value (ACV) </strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:18] Churn</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:30] Differences between Revenue Churn and Customer Churn </strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:18] Lifetime value </strong></p>



<p><strong>[22:10] Average customer lifetime value </strong></p>



<p><strong>[25:49] Customer Acquisition Cost (CAC)</strong></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1111307/Ep.602a.mp3" length="28732829"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 602, Rob Walling explains SaaS metrics to his kid. This is a great episode to listen to if you are unfamiliar or not well-versed in SaaS because we dig into from first principles, starting with dollars, revenue, and the purpose of businesses, all the way to SaaS metrics like MRR, ACV, and LTV. And, even if you are well-versed in SaaS metrics, you’ll likely learn a few things from this conversation.



Episode Sponsor:



Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub 



Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.



Learn more aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus



Topics we cover: 



[1:55] MicroConf Local London tickets are on sale 



[3:17] Starting with the basics: money, dollars, and businesses 



[7:01] Revenue 



[7:12] Expenses 



[10:51] SaaS 



[13:29] Recurring revenue 



[13:58] Average revenue per account (ARPA)



[14:56] Monthly recurring revenue (MRR) 



[15:08] Average revenue per customer 



[17:08] Annual contract value (ACV) 



[18:18] Churn



[19:30] Differences between Revenue Churn and Customer Churn 



[21:18] Lifetime value 



[22:10] Average customer lifetime value 



[25:49] Customer Acquisition Cost (CAC)



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:29:24</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 601 | Bootstrapping B2B vs. B2C]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 03 May 2022 10:00:51 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-601-bootstrapping-b2b-vs-b2c</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-601-bootstrapping-b2b-vs-b2c</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 601, Rob Walling chats with Nick Fogle of ChurnKey. Nick previously cofounded Wavve which was acquired in early 2021. In this conversation, they chat about how the idea for Churnkey came from his other business, decision to sell Wavve, and some of the key differences between bootstrapping a B2C vs a B2B SaaS.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[2:11] Tips for reducing churn </strong></p>



<p><strong>[3:26] Asking for feedback at the point of cancellation via feedback surveys </strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:09] When he knew it was the right time to double down on ChurnKey </strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:06] A piece of advice for bootstrappers looking for SaaS business ideas </strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:44] The process Nick and his cofounder used to sell Wavve for a life-changing exit. </strong></p>



<p><strong>[22:13] The potential pitfalls of off-market deals </strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:56] His initial reaction after selling Wavve</strong></p>



<p><strong>[29:04] The key differences between selling B2B and B2C </strong></p>



<p><strong>[30:36] Why Nick made the difference to hire a head of sales for ChurnKey</strong></p>



<p><strong>[32:14] The mindset shifts he had to unlock around shifting from low touch to high touch sales </strong></p>



<p><strong>[33:43] Why he decided to join the current batch of TinySeed </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/nickfogle" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Nick Fogle (@nickfogle)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://churnkey.co/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Churnkey </a></li>



<li><a href="https://wavve.co/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Wavve</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 601, Rob Walling chats with Nick Fogle of ChurnKey. Nick previously cofounded Wavve which was acquired in early 2021. In this conversation, they chat about how the idea for Churnkey came from his other business, decision to sell Wavve, and some of the key differences between bootstrapping a B2C vs a B2B SaaS.



Topics we cover: 



[2:11] Tips for reducing churn 



[3:26] Asking for feedback at the point of cancellation via feedback surveys 



[8:09] When he knew it was the right time to double down on ChurnKey 



[9:06] A piece of advice for bootstrappers looking for SaaS business ideas 



[14:44] The process Nick and his cofounder used to sell Wavve for a life-changing exit. 



[22:13] The potential pitfalls of off-market deals 



[26:56] His initial reaction after selling Wavve



[29:04] The key differences between selling B2B and B2C 



[30:36] Why Nick made the difference to hire a head of sales for ChurnKey



[32:14] The mindset shifts he had to unlock around shifting from low touch to high touch sales 



[33:43] Why he decided to join the current batch of TinySeed 



Links from the Show:




Nick Fogle (@nickfogle) I Twitter



Churnkey 



Wavve



TinySeed




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 601 | Bootstrapping B2B vs. B2C]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 601, Rob Walling chats with Nick Fogle of ChurnKey. Nick previously cofounded Wavve which was acquired in early 2021. In this conversation, they chat about how the idea for Churnkey came from his other business, decision to sell Wavve, and some of the key differences between bootstrapping a B2C vs a B2B SaaS.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[2:11] Tips for reducing churn </strong></p>



<p><strong>[3:26] Asking for feedback at the point of cancellation via feedback surveys </strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:09] When he knew it was the right time to double down on ChurnKey </strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:06] A piece of advice for bootstrappers looking for SaaS business ideas </strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:44] The process Nick and his cofounder used to sell Wavve for a life-changing exit. </strong></p>



<p><strong>[22:13] The potential pitfalls of off-market deals </strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:56] His initial reaction after selling Wavve</strong></p>



<p><strong>[29:04] The key differences between selling B2B and B2C </strong></p>



<p><strong>[30:36] Why Nick made the difference to hire a head of sales for ChurnKey</strong></p>



<p><strong>[32:14] The mindset shifts he had to unlock around shifting from low touch to high touch sales </strong></p>



<p><strong>[33:43] Why he decided to join the current batch of TinySeed </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/nickfogle" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Nick Fogle (@nickfogle)</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://churnkey.co/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Churnkey </a></li>



<li><a href="https://wavve.co/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Wavve</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TinySeed</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1/5dce4a93-5c82-4199-b02d-36acd66bebf1/Ep.601b.mp3" length="37854285"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 601, Rob Walling chats with Nick Fogle of ChurnKey. Nick previously cofounded Wavve which was acquired in early 2021. In this conversation, they chat about how the idea for Churnkey came from his other business, decision to sell Wavve, and some of the key differences between bootstrapping a B2C vs a B2B SaaS.



Topics we cover: 



[2:11] Tips for reducing churn 



[3:26] Asking for feedback at the point of cancellation via feedback surveys 



[8:09] When he knew it was the right time to double down on ChurnKey 



[9:06] A piece of advice for bootstrappers looking for SaaS business ideas 



[14:44] The process Nick and his cofounder used to sell Wavve for a life-changing exit. 



[22:13] The potential pitfalls of off-market deals 



[26:56] His initial reaction after selling Wavve



[29:04] The key differences between selling B2B and B2C 



[30:36] Why Nick made the difference to hire a head of sales for ChurnKey



[32:14] The mindset shifts he had to unlock around shifting from low touch to high touch sales 



[33:43] Why he decided to join the current batch of TinySeed 



Links from the Show:




Nick Fogle (@nickfogle) I Twitter



Churnkey 



Wavve



TinySeed




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:39:15</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 600 | When to Hire Your First Manager + What You Should Be Focused On (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2022 10:00:19 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-600-when-to-hire-your-first-manager-what6ma</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-600-when-to-hire-your-first-manager-what6ma</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 600, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he dives into topics ranging from when to hire your first manager to a mental framework for deciding which things to work on vs. what to delegate to your team. He also shares his thought process behind when things take multiple iterations and how to know whether or not you are on the right track.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>



<p><strong>Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub </strong></p>



<p>Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.</p>



<p>Learn more <a class="text-blue underline focus-visible" contenteditable="false" href="http://aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:04] A mental framework for deciding what things you should focus on as a SaaS founder vs. what to delegate </strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:28] The importance of resting and taking proper breaks as a SaaS founder</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:28] When to hire your first manager </strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:50] The two main components of management: supervising and leading </strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:45] The importance of continuous iterations </strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:21] Why you need to manage your own psychology as a founder </strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:11] Hitting a big podcast milestone: 600 episodes</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HtUH9z_Oey8" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Strawberry Fields</a> I Beatles</li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jo505ZyaCbA" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Yesterday</a> I Beatles</li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-200" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 200: Customer Acquisition Plans for Bootstrappers</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 600, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he dives into topics ranging from when to hire your first manager to a mental framework for deciding which things to work on vs. what to delegate to your team. He also shares his thought process behind when things take multiple iterations and how to know whether or not you are on the right track.



Episode Sponsor:



Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub 



Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.



Learn more aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus



Topics we cover: 



[1:04] A mental framework for deciding what things you should focus on as a SaaS founder vs. what to delegate 



[7:28] The importance of resting and taking proper breaks as a SaaS founder



[14:28] When to hire your first manager 



[14:50] The two main components of management: supervising and leading 



[18:45] The importance of continuous iterations 



[26:21] Why you need to manage your own psychology as a founder 



[28:11] Hitting a big podcast milestone: 600 episodes



Links from the Show:




Strawberry Fields I Beatles



Yesterday I Beatles



Episode 200: Customer Acquisition Plans for Bootstrappers




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 600 | When to Hire Your First Manager + What You Should Be Focused On (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 600, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he dives into topics ranging from when to hire your first manager to a mental framework for deciding which things to work on vs. what to delegate to your team. He also shares his thought process behind when things take multiple iterations and how to know whether or not you are on the right track.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>



<p><strong>Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub </strong></p>



<p>Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.</p>



<p>Learn more <a class="text-blue underline focus-visible" contenteditable="false" href="http://aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:04] A mental framework for deciding what things you should focus on as a SaaS founder vs. what to delegate </strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:28] The importance of resting and taking proper breaks as a SaaS founder</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:28] When to hire your first manager </strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:50] The two main components of management: supervising and leading </strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:45] The importance of continuous iterations </strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:21] Why you need to manage your own psychology as a founder </strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:11] Hitting a big podcast milestone: 600 episodes</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HtUH9z_Oey8" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Strawberry Fields</a> I Beatles</li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jo505ZyaCbA" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Yesterday</a> I Beatles</li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-200" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode 200: Customer Acquisition Plans for Bootstrappers</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1/2f4a3a0c-6c22-44e6-bc11-619a131fb292/Ep.600a.mp3" length="29139885"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 600, join Rob Walling for a solo adventure as he dives into topics ranging from when to hire your first manager to a mental framework for deciding which things to work on vs. what to delegate to your team. He also shares his thought process behind when things take multiple iterations and how to know whether or not you are on the right track.



Episode Sponsor:



Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub 



Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.



Learn more aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus



Topics we cover: 



[1:04] A mental framework for deciding what things you should focus on as a SaaS founder vs. what to delegate 



[7:28] The importance of resting and taking proper breaks as a SaaS founder



[14:28] When to hire your first manager 



[14:50] The two main components of management: supervising and leading 



[18:45] The importance of continuous iterations 



[26:21] Why you need to manage your own psychology as a founder 



[28:11] Hitting a big podcast milestone: 600 episodes



Links from the Show:




Strawberry Fields I Beatles



Yesterday I Beatles



Episode 200: Customer Acquisition Plans for Bootstrappers




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:30:10</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 599 | Finding the Bootstrapper Hockey Stick]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 19 Apr 2022 10:00:33 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-599-finding-the-bootstrapper-hockey-stick</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-599-finding-the-bootstrapper-hockey-stick</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 599, Rob Walling chats with Dominic “Dom” and Tracy Phillips of CodeSubmit. CodeSubmit provides a library of real-world, take-home tasks in more than 60 coding languages. Some of their customers are Audi, Netflix, Carbon Health, 3M, and Apple.</p>



<p>Dom and Tracy were also a part of the spring 2020 batch of TinySeed. During that year, they managed to 25x their MRR. In this episode, we’re digging into how they did that, what led to their bootstrapped hockey stick growth moment, what it is like working on a company with your spouse, and much more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[2:20] How Dom and Tracy came up with the idea for CodeSubmit </strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:59] The approach they used to build their product MVP on nights and weekends </strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:16] Running a startup with your spouse </strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:42] The catalyst that led to their hockey stick growth moment </strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:06] When they knew they had product market fit  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:46] The number of different marketing channels they tried before they decided to double down on content marketing and SEO </strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:19] The biggest mistakes that hiring managers and recruiters make when vetting new developers via take-home challenges </strong></p>



<p><strong>[29:40] Thoughts on building a lifestyle business </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://codesubmit.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">CodeSubmit</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/domrdy" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dominic Phillips @domrdy</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracy_s9z" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tracy Phillips @tracy_s9z</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.scrapingbee.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ScrapingBee</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 599, Rob Walling chats with Dominic “Dom” and Tracy Phillips of CodeSubmit. CodeSubmit provides a library of real-world, take-home tasks in more than 60 coding languages. Some of their customers are Audi, Netflix, Carbon Health, 3M, and Apple.



Dom and Tracy were also a part of the spring 2020 batch of TinySeed. During that year, they managed to 25x their MRR. In this episode, we’re digging into how they did that, what led to their bootstrapped hockey stick growth moment, what it is like working on a company with your spouse, and much more.



Topics we cover: 



[2:20] How Dom and Tracy came up with the idea for CodeSubmit 



[6:59] The approach they used to build their product MVP on nights and weekends 



[11:16] Running a startup with your spouse 



[13:42] The catalyst that led to their hockey stick growth moment 



[17:06] When they knew they had product market fit  



[21:46] The number of different marketing channels they tried before they decided to double down on content marketing and SEO 



[26:19] The biggest mistakes that hiring managers and recruiters make when vetting new developers via take-home challenges 



[29:40] Thoughts on building a lifestyle business 



Links from the Show:




CodeSubmit



Dominic Phillips @domrdy I Twitter



Tracy Phillips @tracy_s9z I Twitter



ScrapingBee




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 599 | Finding the Bootstrapper Hockey Stick]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 599, Rob Walling chats with Dominic “Dom” and Tracy Phillips of CodeSubmit. CodeSubmit provides a library of real-world, take-home tasks in more than 60 coding languages. Some of their customers are Audi, Netflix, Carbon Health, 3M, and Apple.</p>



<p>Dom and Tracy were also a part of the spring 2020 batch of TinySeed. During that year, they managed to 25x their MRR. In this episode, we’re digging into how they did that, what led to their bootstrapped hockey stick growth moment, what it is like working on a company with your spouse, and much more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[2:20] How Dom and Tracy came up with the idea for CodeSubmit </strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:59] The approach they used to build their product MVP on nights and weekends </strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:16] Running a startup with your spouse </strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:42] The catalyst that led to their hockey stick growth moment </strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:06] When they knew they had product market fit  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:46] The number of different marketing channels they tried before they decided to double down on content marketing and SEO </strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:19] The biggest mistakes that hiring managers and recruiters make when vetting new developers via take-home challenges </strong></p>



<p><strong>[29:40] Thoughts on building a lifestyle business </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://codesubmit.io/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">CodeSubmit</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/domrdy" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dominic Phillips @domrdy</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracy_s9z" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tracy Phillips @tracy_s9z</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.scrapingbee.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">ScrapingBee</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1/411e16e2-2503-43d0-a31f-8acbdb446271/Ep.599b.mp3" length="32337804"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 599, Rob Walling chats with Dominic “Dom” and Tracy Phillips of CodeSubmit. CodeSubmit provides a library of real-world, take-home tasks in more than 60 coding languages. Some of their customers are Audi, Netflix, Carbon Health, 3M, and Apple.



Dom and Tracy were also a part of the spring 2020 batch of TinySeed. During that year, they managed to 25x their MRR. In this episode, we’re digging into how they did that, what led to their bootstrapped hockey stick growth moment, what it is like working on a company with your spouse, and much more.



Topics we cover: 



[2:20] How Dom and Tracy came up with the idea for CodeSubmit 



[6:59] The approach they used to build their product MVP on nights and weekends 



[11:16] Running a startup with your spouse 



[13:42] The catalyst that led to their hockey stick growth moment 



[17:06] When they knew they had product market fit  



[21:46] The number of different marketing channels they tried before they decided to double down on content marketing and SEO 



[26:19] The biggest mistakes that hiring managers and recruiters make when vetting new developers via take-home challenges 



[29:40] Thoughts on building a lifestyle business 



Links from the Show:




CodeSubmit



Dominic Phillips @domrdy I Twitter



Tracy Phillips @tracy_s9z I Twitter



ScrapingBee




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:33:30</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 598 | Diversity, Mission & Values, How to Start, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 12 Apr 2022 10:00:07 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-598-diversity-mission-values-how-to-stcd8</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-598-diversity-mission-values-how-to-stcd8</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 598, join Rob Walling as he answers listener emails. Topics range from diversity in the startup ecosystem and when’s the right time to write your company’s mission, philosophy, and values to how to find good business ideas and the different approaches for developing features for a new app.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>



<p><strong>Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub</strong></p>



<p>Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.</p>



<p>Learn more<a href="http://aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"> aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:21] MicroConf Remote 4.0 </strong></p>



<p><strong>[1:59] Improving diversity in the startup ecosystem  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:11] Is bootstrapping the great equalizer in business?  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:51] The right time to work on company values, mission statements, and philosophy </strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:02] Developing features for a new app </strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:18] How to figure out your minimum lovable product </strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:18] How to find business ideas</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS</a></li>



<li>The Updated Survival Guide for Bootstrapping SaaS I <a href="https://microconf.com/on-air-episodes/survival-guide-to-bootstrapping-saas-update" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf On Air</a></li>



<li>Episode 589 I <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-589-finding-a-saas-idea-through-70-cold-calls" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Finding a SaaS idea through 70 cold calls</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.mfmpod.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">My First Million</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.tropicalmba.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tropical MBA</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 598, join Rob Walling as he answers listener emails. Topics range from diversity in the startup ecosystem and when’s the right time to write your company’s mission, philosophy, and values to how to find good business ideas and the different approaches for developing features for a new app.



Episode Sponsor:



Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub



Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.



Learn more aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus



Topics we cover: 



[1:21] MicroConf Remote 4.0 



[1:59] Improving diversity in the startup ecosystem  



[8:11] Is bootstrapping the great equalizer in business?  



[8:51] The right time to work on company values, mission statements, and philosophy 



[14:02] Developing features for a new app 



[15:18] How to figure out your minimum lovable product 



[21:18] How to find business ideas



Links from the Show:




State of Independent SaaS



The Updated Survival Guide for Bootstrapping SaaS I MicroConf On Air



Episode 589 I Finding a SaaS idea through 70 cold calls



My First Million



Tropical MBA




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 598 | Diversity, Mission & Values, How to Start, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 598, join Rob Walling as he answers listener emails. Topics range from diversity in the startup ecosystem and when’s the right time to write your company’s mission, philosophy, and values to how to find good business ideas and the different approaches for developing features for a new app.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>



<p><strong>Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub</strong></p>



<p>Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.</p>



<p>Learn more<a href="http://aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"> aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:21] MicroConf Remote 4.0 </strong></p>



<p><strong>[1:59] Improving diversity in the startup ecosystem  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:11] Is bootstrapping the great equalizer in business?  </strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:51] The right time to work on company values, mission statements, and philosophy </strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:02] Developing features for a new app </strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:18] How to figure out your minimum lovable product </strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:18] How to find business ideas</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">State of Independent SaaS</a></li>



<li>The Updated Survival Guide for Bootstrapping SaaS I <a href="https://microconf.com/on-air-episodes/survival-guide-to-bootstrapping-saas-update" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">MicroConf On Air</a></li>



<li>Episode 589 I <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-589-finding-a-saas-idea-through-70-cold-calls" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Finding a SaaS idea through 70 cold calls</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.mfmpod.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">My First Million</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.tropicalmba.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tropical MBA</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/6f7f7b8b-0545-4c15-9124-91cf15411bbb-Ep.598.mp3" length="25851402"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 598, join Rob Walling as he answers listener emails. Topics range from diversity in the startup ecosystem and when’s the right time to write your company’s mission, philosophy, and values to how to find good business ideas and the different approaches for developing features for a new app.



Episode Sponsor:



Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub



Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.



Learn more aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus



Topics we cover: 



[1:21] MicroConf Remote 4.0 



[1:59] Improving diversity in the startup ecosystem  



[8:11] Is bootstrapping the great equalizer in business?  



[8:51] The right time to work on company values, mission statements, and philosophy 



[14:02] Developing features for a new app 



[15:18] How to figure out your minimum lovable product 



[21:18] How to find business ideas



Links from the Show:




State of Independent SaaS



The Updated Survival Guide for Bootstrapping SaaS I MicroConf On Air



Episode 589 I Finding a SaaS idea through 70 cold calls



My First Million



Tropical MBA




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:26:44</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 597 | The Challenge of Building a Business in a Regulated Industry]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2022 10:00:54 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-597-the-challenge-of-building-a-business-ikc1</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-597-the-challenge-of-building-a-business-ikc1</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 597, Rob Walling chats with Ashley Baxter, the founder of With Jack. With Jack gives peace of mind and protection for UK freelancers through insurance, professional indemnity, public liability, contracts, legal expenses, etc.</p>



<p>We dig into the lessons Ashley learned from a failed insurance business she inherited from her father, how she used her freelance photography to fund With Jack in the early days, along with sharing many of the successes and failures she has had on her entrepreneurial journey.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:49] Tickets for MicroConf Remote 4.0 are now on sale </strong></p>



<p><strong>[2:55] Putting a tech twist on a regulated industry </strong></p>



<p><strong>[3:27] Improving the onboarding experience </strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:24] How Ashley came up with the name for her business, With Jack</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:24] How she used the money from her freelance photography business to fund the early development costs for With Jack</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:16] Lessons learned from taking over her father’s insurance business at 18 </strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:20] The danger of depending on only one channel to run your business</strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:49] Ashley’s three pivotal business moments</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:27] The concept of a vitamin vs. painkiller business </strong></p>



<p><strong>[27:10] The challenges of hiring an executive or admin assistant in a highly regulated industry </strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:42] How Ashley responded when a competitor stole her website design </strong></p>



<p><strong>[31:17] Why you shouldn’t be intimidated if a competitor gets funding </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/iamashley" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ashley Baxter  @iamashley</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://withjack.co.uk/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">With Jack</a> I Company Website</li>



<li><a href="https://iamashley.co.uk/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ashley Baxter</a> I Ashley’s website</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 597, Rob Walling chats with Ashley Baxter, the founder of With Jack. With Jack gives peace of mind and protection for UK freelancers through insurance, professional indemnity, public liability, contracts, legal expenses, etc.



We dig into the lessons Ashley learned from a failed insurance business she inherited from her father, how she used her freelance photography to fund With Jack in the early days, along with sharing many of the successes and failures she has had on her entrepreneurial journey.



Topics we cover: 



[1:49] Tickets for MicroConf Remote 4.0 are now on sale 



[2:55] Putting a tech twist on a regulated industry 



[3:27] Improving the onboarding experience 



[5:24] How Ashley came up with the name for her business, With Jack



[8:24] How she used the money from her freelance photography business to fund the early development costs for With Jack



[10:16] Lessons learned from taking over her father’s insurance business at 18 



[15:20] The danger of depending on only one channel to run your business



[17:49] Ashley’s three pivotal business moments



[21:27] The concept of a vitamin vs. painkiller business 



[27:10] The challenges of hiring an executive or admin assistant in a highly regulated industry 



[28:42] How Ashley responded when a competitor stole her website design 



[31:17] Why you shouldn’t be intimidated if a competitor gets funding 



Links from the Show:




Ashley Baxter  @iamashley I Twitter



With Jack I Company Website



Ashley Baxter I Ashley’s website




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 597 | The Challenge of Building a Business in a Regulated Industry]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 597, Rob Walling chats with Ashley Baxter, the founder of With Jack. With Jack gives peace of mind and protection for UK freelancers through insurance, professional indemnity, public liability, contracts, legal expenses, etc.</p>



<p>We dig into the lessons Ashley learned from a failed insurance business she inherited from her father, how she used her freelance photography to fund With Jack in the early days, along with sharing many of the successes and failures she has had on her entrepreneurial journey.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:49] Tickets for MicroConf Remote 4.0 are now on sale </strong></p>



<p><strong>[2:55] Putting a tech twist on a regulated industry </strong></p>



<p><strong>[3:27] Improving the onboarding experience </strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:24] How Ashley came up with the name for her business, With Jack</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:24] How she used the money from her freelance photography business to fund the early development costs for With Jack</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:16] Lessons learned from taking over her father’s insurance business at 18 </strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:20] The danger of depending on only one channel to run your business</strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:49] Ashley’s three pivotal business moments</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:27] The concept of a vitamin vs. painkiller business </strong></p>



<p><strong>[27:10] The challenges of hiring an executive or admin assistant in a highly regulated industry </strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:42] How Ashley responded when a competitor stole her website design </strong></p>



<p><strong>[31:17] Why you shouldn’t be intimidated if a competitor gets funding </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/iamashley" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ashley Baxter  @iamashley</a> I Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://withjack.co.uk/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">With Jack</a> I Company Website</li>



<li><a href="https://iamashley.co.uk/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ashley Baxter</a> I Ashley’s website</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/6592bf70-d802-4954-b410-dea524916166-Ep.597.mp3" length="36066633"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 597, Rob Walling chats with Ashley Baxter, the founder of With Jack. With Jack gives peace of mind and protection for UK freelancers through insurance, professional indemnity, public liability, contracts, legal expenses, etc.



We dig into the lessons Ashley learned from a failed insurance business she inherited from her father, how she used her freelance photography to fund With Jack in the early days, along with sharing many of the successes and failures she has had on her entrepreneurial journey.



Topics we cover: 



[1:49] Tickets for MicroConf Remote 4.0 are now on sale 



[2:55] Putting a tech twist on a regulated industry 



[3:27] Improving the onboarding experience 



[5:24] How Ashley came up with the name for her business, With Jack



[8:24] How she used the money from her freelance photography business to fund the early development costs for With Jack



[10:16] Lessons learned from taking over her father’s insurance business at 18 



[15:20] The danger of depending on only one channel to run your business



[17:49] Ashley’s three pivotal business moments



[21:27] The concept of a vitamin vs. painkiller business 



[27:10] The challenges of hiring an executive or admin assistant in a highly regulated industry 



[28:42] How Ashley responded when a competitor stole her website design 



[31:17] Why you shouldn’t be intimidated if a competitor gets funding 



Links from the Show:




Ashley Baxter  @iamashley I Twitter



With Jack I Company Website



Ashley Baxter I Ashley’s website




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:37:23</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 596 | News Round-Up: Google Ends WFH, Founder Salaries, How to Use Email]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2022 10:00:24 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-596-news-round-up-google-ends-wfh-founde51y</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-596-news-round-up-google-ends-wfh-founde51y</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 596, Rob Walling is joined by Einar Vollset and Tracy Osborn for a bootstrapper news roundup episode. They cover a wide range of topics from Google’s decision to bring employees back into the office (and the potential implications for bootstrapped companies), founder salary data trends, email management strategies, and much more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>



<p><strong>Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub </strong></p>



<p>Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.</p>



<p>Learn more <a href="http://aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus</strong></a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[0:59] The State of Independent SaaS Report &amp; Livestream </strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:38] Google is ending work from home options for most Bay Area employees </strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:11] How much do startup founders pay themselves?</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:51] The impact on having cofounders and salaries </strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:41] Why you are probably using email wrong</strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:21] Rob’s system for filtering emails </strong></p>



<p><strong>[30:45] Twitter is making it harder to choose the reverse chronological feed</strong></p>



<p><strong>[37:37] Practical strategies for working with and getting money to your existing developers in Ukraine and Russia </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>Google mandates workers back to Silicon Valley, other offices from April 4 I <a href="https://www.reuters.com/technology/google-mandates-workers-back-silicon-valley-other-offices-april-4-2022-03-02/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Reuters</a></li>



<li>What do startup founders pay themselves? I <a href="https://sifted.eu/articles/startup-founders-salary/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sifted</a></li>



<li>Twitter makes it harder to choose the old reverse-chronological feed I <a href="https://www.theverge.com/2022/3/10/22971307/twitter-home-timeline-algorithmic-reverse-chronological-feed" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Verge</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 596, Rob Walling is joined by Einar Vollset and Tracy Osborn for a bootstrapper news roundup episode. They cover a wide range of topics from Google’s decision to bring employees back into the office (and the potential implications for bootstrapped companies), founder salary data trends, email management strategies, and much more.



Episode Sponsor:



Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub 



Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.



Learn more aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus



Topics we cover: 



[0:59] The State of Independent SaaS Report & Livestream 



[5:38] Google is ending work from home options for most Bay Area employees 



[12:11] How much do startup founders pay themselves?



[14:51] The impact on having cofounders and salaries 



[19:41] Why you are probably using email wrong



[26:21] Rob’s system for filtering emails 



[30:45] Twitter is making it harder to choose the reverse chronological feed



[37:37] Practical strategies for working with and getting money to your existing developers in Ukraine and Russia 



Links from the Show:




Google mandates workers back to Silicon Valley, other offices from April 4 I Reuters



What do startup founders pay themselves? I Sifted



Twitter makes it harder to choose the old reverse-chronological feed I The Verge




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 596 | News Round-Up: Google Ends WFH, Founder Salaries, How to Use Email]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 596, Rob Walling is joined by Einar Vollset and Tracy Osborn for a bootstrapper news roundup episode. They cover a wide range of topics from Google’s decision to bring employees back into the office (and the potential implications for bootstrapped companies), founder salary data trends, email management strategies, and much more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>



<p><strong>Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub </strong></p>



<p>Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.</p>



<p>Learn more <a href="http://aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><strong>aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus</strong></a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[0:59] The State of Independent SaaS Report &amp; Livestream </strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:38] Google is ending work from home options for most Bay Area employees </strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:11] How much do startup founders pay themselves?</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:51] The impact on having cofounders and salaries </strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:41] Why you are probably using email wrong</strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:21] Rob’s system for filtering emails </strong></p>



<p><strong>[30:45] Twitter is making it harder to choose the reverse chronological feed</strong></p>



<p><strong>[37:37] Practical strategies for working with and getting money to your existing developers in Ukraine and Russia </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li>Google mandates workers back to Silicon Valley, other offices from April 4 I <a href="https://www.reuters.com/technology/google-mandates-workers-back-silicon-valley-other-offices-april-4-2022-03-02/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Reuters</a></li>



<li>What do startup founders pay themselves? I <a href="https://sifted.eu/articles/startup-founders-salary/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Sifted</a></li>



<li>Twitter makes it harder to choose the old reverse-chronological feed I <a href="https://www.theverge.com/2022/3/10/22971307/twitter-home-timeline-algorithmic-reverse-chronological-feed" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Verge</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/e4760e05-b156-40c5-90d7-eeaff008ec13-Ep.596.mp3" length="38874297"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 596, Rob Walling is joined by Einar Vollset and Tracy Osborn for a bootstrapper news roundup episode. They cover a wide range of topics from Google’s decision to bring employees back into the office (and the potential implications for bootstrapped companies), founder salary data trends, email management strategies, and much more.



Episode Sponsor:



Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub 



Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.



Learn more aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus



Topics we cover: 



[0:59] The State of Independent SaaS Report & Livestream 



[5:38] Google is ending work from home options for most Bay Area employees 



[12:11] How much do startup founders pay themselves?



[14:51] The impact on having cofounders and salaries 



[19:41] Why you are probably using email wrong



[26:21] Rob’s system for filtering emails 



[30:45] Twitter is making it harder to choose the reverse chronological feed



[37:37] Practical strategies for working with and getting money to your existing developers in Ukraine and Russia 



Links from the Show:




Google mandates workers back to Silicon Valley, other offices from April 4 I Reuters



What do startup founders pay themselves? I Sifted



Twitter makes it harder to choose the old reverse-chronological feed I The Verge




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:40:18</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 595 | TinySeed Tales Season 2: Where Are They Now?]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2022 10:00:36 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-595-tinyseed-tales-season-2-where-are-thes0t</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-595-tinyseed-tales-season-2-where-are-thes0t</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 595, Rob Walling catches up with Brian and Scottie Elliott, the husband and wife co-founders of Gather, an interior design project management SaaS. This husband and wife duo shared their victories, challenges, and failures, including a cash crunch, moving upmarket, and managing to double revenue over their nine episodes of TinySeed Tales Season 2.</p>



<p>It’s been over a year since they were last on the podcast and wanted to see how the company is doing. It turns out Gather is on track to 10x their MRR.</p>



<p>In this episode, we reflect on what they learned in the last year, how their thought process has evolved around deploying capital to grow the business, and what they are most excited about in 2022.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[3:33] How Gather is on track to 10x MRR </strong></p>



<p><strong>[4:26] Shifting from solo designers and small design firms to catering to large firms </strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:51] Moving upmarket </strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:28] Why they shut down Gather consulting services </strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:38] How they knew when they had product-market fit</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:57] How they bounced back after their developer accidentally crashed their entire app </strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:11] Their thought process for deploying capital to grow the business </strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:02] What they are most excited about in 2022 </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://gatherit.co/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Gather</a> | Website</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/brianleeelliott" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Brian Elliott (@brianleeelliott)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven’t already, be sure to <a href="https://tinyseedtales.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">check out all of Season 2 of TinySeed Tales</a> with Brian and Scottie and <a href="https://tinyseedtales.com/episodes/episode-1-a-non-technical-saas-founder" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Season 1 of TinySeed Tales, </a>where we follow the SaaS journey with Craig Hewitt of <a href="https://castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos</a>.</p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 595, Rob Walling catches up with Brian and Scottie Elliott, the husband and wife co-founders of Gather, an interior design project management SaaS. This husband and wife duo shared their victories, challenges, and failures, including a cash crunch, moving upmarket, and managing to double revenue over their nine episodes of TinySeed Tales Season 2.



It’s been over a year since they were last on the podcast and wanted to see how the company is doing. It turns out Gather is on track to 10x their MRR.



In this episode, we reflect on what they learned in the last year, how their thought process has evolved around deploying capital to grow the business, and what they are most excited about in 2022.



Topics we cover: 



[3:33] How Gather is on track to 10x MRR 



[4:26] Shifting from solo designers and small design firms to catering to large firms 



[5:51] Moving upmarket 



[8:28] Why they shut down Gather consulting services 



[10:38] How they knew when they had product-market fit



[12:57] How they bounced back after their developer accidentally crashed their entire app 



[20:11] Their thought process for deploying capital to grow the business 



[23:02] What they are most excited about in 2022 



Links from the Show:




Gather | Website



Brian Elliott (@brianleeelliott) | Twitter




Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven’t already, be sure to check out all of Season 2 of TinySeed Tales with Brian and Scottie and Season 1 of TinySeed Tales, where we follow the SaaS journey with Craig Hewitt of Castos.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 595 | TinySeed Tales Season 2: Where Are They Now?]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 595, Rob Walling catches up with Brian and Scottie Elliott, the husband and wife co-founders of Gather, an interior design project management SaaS. This husband and wife duo shared their victories, challenges, and failures, including a cash crunch, moving upmarket, and managing to double revenue over their nine episodes of TinySeed Tales Season 2.</p>



<p>It’s been over a year since they were last on the podcast and wanted to see how the company is doing. It turns out Gather is on track to 10x their MRR.</p>



<p>In this episode, we reflect on what they learned in the last year, how their thought process has evolved around deploying capital to grow the business, and what they are most excited about in 2022.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[3:33] How Gather is on track to 10x MRR </strong></p>



<p><strong>[4:26] Shifting from solo designers and small design firms to catering to large firms </strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:51] Moving upmarket </strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:28] Why they shut down Gather consulting services </strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:38] How they knew when they had product-market fit</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:57] How they bounced back after their developer accidentally crashed their entire app </strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:11] Their thought process for deploying capital to grow the business </strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:02] What they are most excited about in 2022 </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://gatherit.co/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Gather</a> | Website</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/brianleeelliott" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Brian Elliott (@brianleeelliott)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven’t already, be sure to <a href="https://tinyseedtales.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">check out all of Season 2 of TinySeed Tales</a> with Brian and Scottie and <a href="https://tinyseedtales.com/episodes/episode-1-a-non-technical-saas-founder" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Season 1 of TinySeed Tales, </a>where we follow the SaaS journey with Craig Hewitt of <a href="https://castos.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Castos</a>.</p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1/3e1e425e-6738-483f-a7eb-22789c014c83/Ep.595a.mp3" length="25081602"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 595, Rob Walling catches up with Brian and Scottie Elliott, the husband and wife co-founders of Gather, an interior design project management SaaS. This husband and wife duo shared their victories, challenges, and failures, including a cash crunch, moving upmarket, and managing to double revenue over their nine episodes of TinySeed Tales Season 2.



It’s been over a year since they were last on the podcast and wanted to see how the company is doing. It turns out Gather is on track to 10x their MRR.



In this episode, we reflect on what they learned in the last year, how their thought process has evolved around deploying capital to grow the business, and what they are most excited about in 2022.



Topics we cover: 



[3:33] How Gather is on track to 10x MRR 



[4:26] Shifting from solo designers and small design firms to catering to large firms 



[5:51] Moving upmarket 



[8:28] Why they shut down Gather consulting services 



[10:38] How they knew when they had product-market fit



[12:57] How they bounced back after their developer accidentally crashed their entire app 



[20:11] Their thought process for deploying capital to grow the business 



[23:02] What they are most excited about in 2022 



Links from the Show:




Gather | Website



Brian Elliott (@brianleeelliott) | Twitter




Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven’t already, be sure to check out all of Season 2 of TinySeed Tales with Brian and Scottie and Season 1 of TinySeed Tales, where we follow the SaaS journey with Craig Hewitt of Castos.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:25:56</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 594 | Starting Over with the TropicalMBA's Dan & Ian]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2022 10:00:05 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-594-starting-over-with-the-tropicalmba39s-dan-ian-1</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-594-starting-over-with-the-tropicalmba39s-dan-ian-1</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 594, Rob Walling chats with Dan Andrews and Ian Schoen, the founders of Dynamite Jobs and the TropicalMBA podcast. We talk about how they started over. They started a new business, Dynamite Jobs, a couple of years after selling their physical products company back in 2015.</p>





<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>



<p><strong>Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub </strong></p>



<p>Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.</p>



<p>Learn more <a href="http://aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus</a></p>





<p>Dynamite Jobs was born after seeing a need within their community, The Dynamite Circle, a community for location independent entrepreneurs. It’s a need that would be hard for most people to bootstrap because it is a two-sided marketplace, but Dan and Ian had an advantage with their existing business and audience, and were able to capitalize on it.</p>



<p>In fact, after humble beginnings, the business has grown 10x in the last year.</p>



<p>In this episode, we chat about how they are bootstrapping and growing a two-sided marketplace, along with a wide range of other topics.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[2:37] Why Dan and Ian both settled in Austin, Texas and the unexpected benefits that has had for their businesses   </strong></p>



<p><strong>[3:22] Why their digital nomad journey in the early days was born out of necessity   </strong></p>



<p><strong>[4:35] The events that led to the first DCBKK event in 2012 and the impact it had on their business </strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:16] Embracing the chops index instead of the old school digital marketer “guru” model </strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:21] The ideas that led Dan and Ian to start Dynamite Jobs in 2017</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:46] The first key metric for Dynamite Jobs back in the early days</strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:12]  How deciding to hire a CTO was the catalyst that scaled Dynamite Jobs exponentially in late summer 2020 </strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:34] The critical mistake they made that cost them months of development time </strong></p>



<p><strong>[22:51] The concept of CEO bombing vs. diving deeper into the core features that matter</strong></p>



<p><strong>[24:53] The 1000 day principle </strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:14] Where Dynamite Jobs is in relation to the 1000 day principle</strong></p>



<p><strong>[29:00] How they 10x’ed the revenue for Dynamite Jobs in 2021 </strong></p>



<p><strong>[30:26] The value of hiring senior people who are better than you </strong></p>



<p><strong>[35:59] Actionable tips for recruiting and hiring great people </strong></p>



<p><strong>[38:44] The lowest cost, highest leverage hiring advantage for founders </strong></p>



<p><strong>[41:21] The rip, pivot and jam framework </strong></p>



<p><strong>[43:14] Why some of their “best ideas” turned out to be the biggest failures </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.tropicalmba.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tropical MBA</a></li>



<li><a href="https://dynamitejobs.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dynamite Jobs</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tropicalmba" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dan Andrews (@tropicalmba)</a>  | Twitter</li>



<li><a></a></li></ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 594, Rob Walling chats with Dan Andrews and Ian Schoen, the founders of Dynamite Jobs and the TropicalMBA podcast. We talk about how they started over. They started a new business, Dynamite Jobs, a couple of years after selling their physical products company back in 2015.





Episode Sponsor:



Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub 



Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.



Learn more aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus





Dynamite Jobs was born after seeing a need within their community, The Dynamite Circle, a community for location independent entrepreneurs. It’s a need that would be hard for most people to bootstrap because it is a two-sided marketplace, but Dan and Ian had an advantage with their existing business and audience, and were able to capitalize on it.



In fact, after humble beginnings, the business has grown 10x in the last year.



In this episode, we chat about how they are bootstrapping and growing a two-sided marketplace, along with a wide range of other topics.



Topics we cover: 



[2:37] Why Dan and Ian both settled in Austin, Texas and the unexpected benefits that has had for their businesses   



[3:22] Why their digital nomad journey in the early days was born out of necessity   



[4:35] The events that led to the first DCBKK event in 2012 and the impact it had on their business 



[6:16] Embracing the chops index instead of the old school digital marketer “guru” model 



[8:21] The ideas that led Dan and Ian to start Dynamite Jobs in 2017



[14:46] The first key metric for Dynamite Jobs back in the early days



[17:12]  How deciding to hire a CTO was the catalyst that scaled Dynamite Jobs exponentially in late summer 2020 



[20:34] The critical mistake they made that cost them months of development time 



[22:51] The concept of CEO bombing vs. diving deeper into the core features that matter



[24:53] The 1000 day principle 



[28:14] Where Dynamite Jobs is in relation to the 1000 day principle



[29:00] How they 10x’ed the revenue for Dynamite Jobs in 2021 



[30:26] The value of hiring senior people who are better than you 



[35:59] Actionable tips for recruiting and hiring great people 



[38:44] The lowest cost, highest leverage hiring advantage for founders 



[41:21] The rip, pivot and jam framework 



[43:14] Why some of their “best ideas” turned out to be the biggest failures 



Links from the Show:




Tropical MBA



Dynamite Jobs



Dan Andrews (@tropicalmba)  | Twitter



]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 594 | Starting Over with the TropicalMBA's Dan & Ian]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 594, Rob Walling chats with Dan Andrews and Ian Schoen, the founders of Dynamite Jobs and the TropicalMBA podcast. We talk about how they started over. They started a new business, Dynamite Jobs, a couple of years after selling their physical products company back in 2015.</p>





<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Episode Sponsor:</strong></h2>



<p><strong>Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub </strong></p>



<p>Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.</p>



<p>Learn more <a href="http://aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus</a></p>





<p>Dynamite Jobs was born after seeing a need within their community, The Dynamite Circle, a community for location independent entrepreneurs. It’s a need that would be hard for most people to bootstrap because it is a two-sided marketplace, but Dan and Ian had an advantage with their existing business and audience, and were able to capitalize on it.</p>



<p>In fact, after humble beginnings, the business has grown 10x in the last year.</p>



<p>In this episode, we chat about how they are bootstrapping and growing a two-sided marketplace, along with a wide range of other topics.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Topics we cover: </strong></h2>



<p><strong>[2:37] Why Dan and Ian both settled in Austin, Texas and the unexpected benefits that has had for their businesses   </strong></p>



<p><strong>[3:22] Why their digital nomad journey in the early days was born out of necessity   </strong></p>



<p><strong>[4:35] The events that led to the first DCBKK event in 2012 and the impact it had on their business </strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:16] Embracing the chops index instead of the old school digital marketer “guru” model </strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:21] The ideas that led Dan and Ian to start Dynamite Jobs in 2017</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:46] The first key metric for Dynamite Jobs back in the early days</strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:12]  How deciding to hire a CTO was the catalyst that scaled Dynamite Jobs exponentially in late summer 2020 </strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:34] The critical mistake they made that cost them months of development time </strong></p>



<p><strong>[22:51] The concept of CEO bombing vs. diving deeper into the core features that matter</strong></p>



<p><strong>[24:53] The 1000 day principle </strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:14] Where Dynamite Jobs is in relation to the 1000 day principle</strong></p>



<p><strong>[29:00] How they 10x’ed the revenue for Dynamite Jobs in 2021 </strong></p>



<p><strong>[30:26] The value of hiring senior people who are better than you </strong></p>



<p><strong>[35:59] Actionable tips for recruiting and hiring great people </strong></p>



<p><strong>[38:44] The lowest cost, highest leverage hiring advantage for founders </strong></p>



<p><strong>[41:21] The rip, pivot and jam framework </strong></p>



<p><strong>[43:14] Why some of their “best ideas” turned out to be the biggest failures </strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the Show:</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.tropicalmba.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Tropical MBA</a></li>



<li><a href="https://dynamitejobs.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dynamite Jobs</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tropicalmba" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Dan Andrews (@tropicalmba)</a>  | Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/anythingian" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Ian Shoen (@anythingian)</a>  | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1/f4b7e028-53f3-4871-b605-ea9a348df5e5/Ep.594b.mp3" length="44436231"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 594, Rob Walling chats with Dan Andrews and Ian Schoen, the founders of Dynamite Jobs and the TropicalMBA podcast. We talk about how they started over. They started a new business, Dynamite Jobs, a couple of years after selling their physical products company back in 2015.





Episode Sponsor:



Microsoft for Startups Founder Hub 



Microsoft for Startups is on a mission to help all founders innovate and grow no matter their background, location, or progress. Microsoft for Startups Founders Hub is a platform that provides founders with free resources to help solve startup challenges, including access to Azure credits, development tools like Github, mentorship resources, Microsoft collaboration and productivity software like Teams and Outlook and more. The program is open to all and takes 5 minutes to sign up, with no funding required.



Learn more aka.ms/startupsfortherestofus





Dynamite Jobs was born after seeing a need within their community, The Dynamite Circle, a community for location independent entrepreneurs. It’s a need that would be hard for most people to bootstrap because it is a two-sided marketplace, but Dan and Ian had an advantage with their existing business and audience, and were able to capitalize on it.



In fact, after humble beginnings, the business has grown 10x in the last year.



In this episode, we chat about how they are bootstrapping and growing a two-sided marketplace, along with a wide range of other topics.



Topics we cover: 



[2:37] Why Dan and Ian both settled in Austin, Texas and the unexpected benefits that has had for their businesses   



[3:22] Why their digital nomad journey in the early days was born out of necessity   



[4:35] The events that led to the first DCBKK event in 2012 and the impact it had on their business 



[6:16] Embracing the chops index instead of the old school digital marketer “guru” model 



[8:21] The ideas that led Dan and Ian to start Dynamite Jobs in 2017



[14:46] The first key metric for Dynamite Jobs back in the early days



[17:12]  How deciding to hire a CTO was the catalyst that scaled Dynamite Jobs exponentially in late summer 2020 



[20:34] The critical mistake they made that cost them months of development time 



[22:51] The concept of CEO bombing vs. diving deeper into the core features that matter



[24:53] The 1000 day principle 



[28:14] Where Dynamite Jobs is in relation to the 1000 day principle



[29:00] How they 10x’ed the revenue for Dynamite Jobs in 2021 



[30:26] The value of hiring senior people who are better than you 



[35:59] Actionable tips for recruiting and hiring great people 



[38:44] The lowest cost, highest leverage hiring advantage for founders 



[41:21] The rip, pivot and jam framework 



[43:14] Why some of their “best ideas” turned out to be the biggest failures 



Links from the Show:




Tropical MBA



Dynamite Jobs



Dan Andrews (@tropicalmba)  | Twitter



]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:46:06</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 593 | Retaining Employees + The Ideal SaaS Business (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 08 Mar 2022 10:00:18 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-593-retaining-employees-the-ideal-saas-bkb4</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-593-retaining-employees-the-ideal-saas-bkb4</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 593, join Rob Walling for a Solo Adventure as he chats about accidentally deleting all of his old tweets, retaining talent, the ideal market for a SaaS business, and more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[3:10] Deleting old tweets</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:43] Retaining talent</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:39] Ideal market for a SaaS business</strong></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 593, join Rob Walling for a Solo Adventure as he chats about accidentally deleting all of his old tweets, retaining talent, the ideal market for a SaaS business, and more.



The topics we cover



[3:10] Deleting old tweets



[8:43] Retaining talent



[12:39] Ideal market for a SaaS business



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 593 | Retaining Employees + The Ideal SaaS Business (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 593, join Rob Walling for a Solo Adventure as he chats about accidentally deleting all of his old tweets, retaining talent, the ideal market for a SaaS business, and more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[3:10] Deleting old tweets</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:43] Retaining talent</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:39] Ideal market for a SaaS business</strong></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/07eba056-9199-4736-81a0-c1a0e1d47d4b-Ep.593.mp3" length="24440692"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 593, join Rob Walling for a Solo Adventure as he chats about accidentally deleting all of his old tweets, retaining talent, the ideal market for a SaaS business, and more.



The topics we cover



[3:10] Deleting old tweets



[8:43] Retaining talent



[12:39] Ideal market for a SaaS business



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:25:16</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 592 | Nine Tactics for Amazing Customer Support]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2022 10:00:01 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-592-nine-tactics-for-amazing-customer-suppnkm</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-592-nine-tactics-for-amazing-customer-suppnkm</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 592, Rob Walling is joined again by Cody Duval for a technical conversation about the dos and don'ts for amazing customer support.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[2:00] Customer success vs customer support</strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:10] Response time</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:59] Post-support surveys</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:58] When to hire first customer support person</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:02] Chat widgets</strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:09] Doing customer support early on as a founder</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:01] Training customer support to ask a question</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:00] Dealing with abusive customers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:10] Customer support tool</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.keeping.com/content/how-to-deal-with-rude-customers/">How to Deal with Rude Customers</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/codee">Cody Duval (@codee)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 592, Rob Walling is joined again by Cody Duval for a technical conversation about the dos and don'ts for amazing customer support.



The topics we cover



[2:00] Customer success vs customer support



[5:10] Response time



[8:59] Post-support surveys



[10:58] When to hire first customer support person



[13:02] Chat widgets



[17:09] Doing customer support early on as a founder



[18:01] Training customer support to ask a question



[19:00] Dealing with abusive customers



[21:10] Customer support tool



Links from the show




How to Deal with Rude Customers



Cody Duval (@codee) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 592 | Nine Tactics for Amazing Customer Support]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 592, Rob Walling is joined again by Cody Duval for a technical conversation about the dos and don'ts for amazing customer support.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[2:00] Customer success vs customer support</strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:10] Response time</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:59] Post-support surveys</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:58] When to hire first customer support person</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:02] Chat widgets</strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:09] Doing customer support early on as a founder</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:01] Training customer support to ask a question</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:00] Dealing with abusive customers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:10] Customer support tool</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.keeping.com/content/how-to-deal-with-rude-customers/">How to Deal with Rude Customers</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/codee">Cody Duval (@codee)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/e5aea688-6d15-4f75-8331-2e183b716f70-Ep.592.mp3" length="29189869"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 592, Rob Walling is joined again by Cody Duval for a technical conversation about the dos and don'ts for amazing customer support.



The topics we cover



[2:00] Customer success vs customer support



[5:10] Response time



[8:59] Post-support surveys



[10:58] When to hire first customer support person



[13:02] Chat widgets



[17:09] Doing customer support early on as a founder



[18:01] Training customer support to ask a question



[19:00] Dealing with abusive customers



[21:10] Customer support tool



Links from the show




How to Deal with Rude Customers



Cody Duval (@codee) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:30:13</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 591 | Acquiring and Scaling in a Crowded Space]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 22 Feb 2022 10:00:19 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-591-acquiring-and-scaling-in-a-crowded-space</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-591-acquiring-and-scaling-in-a-crowded-space</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 591, Rob Walling chats with Cody Duvall about his story of acquiring and growing Keeping in a really crowded space of help desk and customer support tools.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[4:34] Launching into a crowded market</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:00] Keeping's sales process</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:01] Background on acquiring Keeping</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:53] Outsourcing a team to rewrite the codebase</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:03] Migrating customers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[24;01] Challenges with building in a established category</strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:09] Hitting product-market fit</strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:30] Applying for TinySeed</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.keeping.com/">Keeping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/codee">Cody Duvall (@codee)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 591, Rob Walling chats with Cody Duvall about his story of acquiring and growing Keeping in a really crowded space of help desk and customer support tools.



The topics we cover



[4:34] Launching into a crowded market



[8:00] Keeping's sales process



[10:01] Background on acquiring Keeping



[14:53] Outsourcing a team to rewrite the codebase



[20:03] Migrating customers



[24;01] Challenges with building in a established category



[26:09] Hitting product-market fit



[28:30] Applying for TinySeed



Links from the show




Keeping



Cody Duvall (@codee) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 591 | Acquiring and Scaling in a Crowded Space]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 591, Rob Walling chats with Cody Duvall about his story of acquiring and growing Keeping in a really crowded space of help desk and customer support tools.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[4:34] Launching into a crowded market</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:00] Keeping's sales process</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:01] Background on acquiring Keeping</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:53] Outsourcing a team to rewrite the codebase</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:03] Migrating customers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[24;01] Challenges with building in a established category</strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:09] Hitting product-market fit</strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:30] Applying for TinySeed</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.keeping.com/">Keeping</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/codee">Cody Duvall (@codee)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/e4267da1-0f37-488c-a946-50c9759df790-Ep.591a.mp3" length="33360056"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 591, Rob Walling chats with Cody Duvall about his story of acquiring and growing Keeping in a really crowded space of help desk and customer support tools.



The topics we cover



[4:34] Launching into a crowded market



[8:00] Keeping's sales process



[10:01] Background on acquiring Keeping



[14:53] Outsourcing a team to rewrite the codebase



[20:03] Migrating customers



[24;01] Challenges with building in a established category



[26:09] Hitting product-market fit



[28:30] Applying for TinySeed



Links from the show




Keeping



Cody Duvall (@codee) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:34</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 590 | Buying vs Building, Zombie Companies, and More Listener Questions with Craig Hewitt]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2022 10:00:13 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-590-buying-vs-building-zombie-companies-and-more-listener-questions-with-craig-hewitt</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-590-buying-vs-building-zombie-companies-and-more-listener-questions-with-craig-hewitt</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 590, Rob Walling chats with Craig Hewitt about building versus buying internal tools, how to compete in a competitive space, accounting software, a founder who has a zombie company where investors want their money back, and more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[5:03] Finding a co-founder as a non-technical founder</strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:20] Balancing priorities between day job and a SaaS idea</strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:35] Zombie company where investors want their money back</strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:00] Accounting software for startups</strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:10] Building in a competitive market as a solo-founder</strong></p>



<p><strong>[32:24] When to buy vs build internal tools</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="http://momtestbook.com/">The Mom Test - a book by Rob Fitzpatrick</a></li>



<li><a href="https://castos.com/podcast/">Audience Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bench.co/">Bench Accounting | Online Bookkeeping and Tax Filing Services for Your Small Business</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/thecraighewitt">Craig Hewitt (@thecraighewitt)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 590, Rob Walling chats with Craig Hewitt about building versus buying internal tools, how to compete in a competitive space, accounting software, a founder who has a zombie company where investors want their money back, and more.



The topics we cover



[5:03] Finding a co-founder as a non-technical founder



[11:20] Balancing priorities between day job and a SaaS idea



[17:35] Zombie company where investors want their money back



[26:00] Accounting software for startups



[28:10] Building in a competitive market as a solo-founder



[32:24] When to buy vs build internal tools



Links from the show




The Mom Test - a book by Rob Fitzpatrick



Audience Podcast



Bench Accounting | Online Bookkeeping and Tax Filing Services for Your Small Business



Craig Hewitt (@thecraighewitt) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 590 | Buying vs Building, Zombie Companies, and More Listener Questions with Craig Hewitt]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 590, Rob Walling chats with Craig Hewitt about building versus buying internal tools, how to compete in a competitive space, accounting software, a founder who has a zombie company where investors want their money back, and more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[5:03] Finding a co-founder as a non-technical founder</strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:20] Balancing priorities between day job and a SaaS idea</strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:35] Zombie company where investors want their money back</strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:00] Accounting software for startups</strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:10] Building in a competitive market as a solo-founder</strong></p>



<p><strong>[32:24] When to buy vs build internal tools</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="http://momtestbook.com/">The Mom Test - a book by Rob Fitzpatrick</a></li>



<li><a href="https://castos.com/podcast/">Audience Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://bench.co/">Bench Accounting | Online Bookkeeping and Tax Filing Services for Your Small Business</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/thecraighewitt">Craig Hewitt (@thecraighewitt)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/b44898dd-526d-4db0-88de-19dec7ff11ea-Ep.590.mp3" length="35743915"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 590, Rob Walling chats with Craig Hewitt about building versus buying internal tools, how to compete in a competitive space, accounting software, a founder who has a zombie company where investors want their money back, and more.



The topics we cover



[5:03] Finding a co-founder as a non-technical founder



[11:20] Balancing priorities between day job and a SaaS idea



[17:35] Zombie company where investors want their money back



[26:00] Accounting software for startups



[28:10] Building in a competitive market as a solo-founder



[32:24] When to buy vs build internal tools



Links from the show




The Mom Test - a book by Rob Fitzpatrick



Audience Podcast



Bench Accounting | Online Bookkeeping and Tax Filing Services for Your Small Business



Craig Hewitt (@thecraighewitt) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:37:03</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 589 | Finding a SaaS Idea Through 70 Cold Calls]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2022 10:00:49 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-589-finding-a-saas-idea-through-70-cold-calls</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-589-finding-a-saas-idea-through-70-cold-calls</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 589, Rob Walling chats with Jason Buckingham about how he found a startup idea from making more than 70 cold calls. It's a great story about staying focused, putting in the time and doing the hard work.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[7:14] Finding a problem via cold calls</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:07] Identifying a problem and deciding what to do next</strong></p>



<p><strong>[22:32] Getting spouses on board with entrepreneur journey</strong></p>



<p><strong>[25:06] Working day jobs while building the product</strong></p>



<p><strong>[30:09] Getting into Tiny Seed right before COVID-19</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://zenfounder.com/podcast/episodes/episode-45-onboarding-your-spouse">Episode 45: Onboarding Your Spouse | Zen Founder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://seniorplace.io">Senior Place - Senior Placement and Referral Agency Software</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 589, Rob Walling chats with Jason Buckingham about how he found a startup idea from making more than 70 cold calls. It's a great story about staying focused, putting in the time and doing the hard work.



The topics we cover



[7:14] Finding a problem via cold calls



[13:07] Identifying a problem and deciding what to do next



[22:32] Getting spouses on board with entrepreneur journey



[25:06] Working day jobs while building the product



[30:09] Getting into Tiny Seed right before COVID-19



Links from the show




Episode 45: Onboarding Your Spouse | Zen Founder



Senior Place - Senior Placement and Referral Agency Software




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 589 | Finding a SaaS Idea Through 70 Cold Calls]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 589, Rob Walling chats with Jason Buckingham about how he found a startup idea from making more than 70 cold calls. It's a great story about staying focused, putting in the time and doing the hard work.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[7:14] Finding a problem via cold calls</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:07] Identifying a problem and deciding what to do next</strong></p>



<p><strong>[22:32] Getting spouses on board with entrepreneur journey</strong></p>



<p><strong>[25:06] Working day jobs while building the product</strong></p>



<p><strong>[30:09] Getting into Tiny Seed right before COVID-19</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://zenfounder.com/podcast/episodes/episode-45-onboarding-your-spouse">Episode 45: Onboarding Your Spouse | Zen Founder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://seniorplace.io">Senior Place - Senior Placement and Referral Agency Software</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/70aa0ebc-4513-4ee2-a03e-89ea8ce01371-Ep.589.mp3" length="33453866"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 589, Rob Walling chats with Jason Buckingham about how he found a startup idea from making more than 70 cold calls. It's a great story about staying focused, putting in the time and doing the hard work.



The topics we cover



[7:14] Finding a problem via cold calls



[13:07] Identifying a problem and deciding what to do next



[22:32] Getting spouses on board with entrepreneur journey



[25:06] Working day jobs while building the product



[30:09] Getting into Tiny Seed right before COVID-19



Links from the show




Episode 45: Onboarding Your Spouse | Zen Founder



Senior Place - Senior Placement and Referral Agency Software




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:40</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 588 | In Which Courtland Allen and I Cover a Lot of Startups Topics]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2022 10:00:53 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-588-in-which-courtland-allen-and-i-cover-a-lot-of-startups-topics</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-588-in-which-courtland-allen-and-i-cover-a-lot-of-startups-topics</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 588, Rob Walling chats with Courtland Allen about a wide range of bootstrapper and indie hacker topics including the struggles with motivation/depression, bootstrapping today, fighting the urge to quit, and frameworks for getting your first dollar.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[3:43] Hiring a podcast producer</strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:21] Letting go in business</strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:09] Invite-only experiment on Indie Hackers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:03] Thinking about the future</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:47] Financial freedom and starting a business</strong></p>



<p><strong>[25:05] Depression as a founder and rediscovering purpose</strong></p>



<p><strong>[37:10] Fighting the urge to quit</strong></p>



<p><strong>[41:10] Getting your first dollar</strong></p>



<p><strong>[52:35] The bootstrapper scene in 2010 and the relevance of bootstrapping</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling/status/1486744643488337932">Rob Walling on Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Time-Paradox-Psychology-That-Change/dp/1416541993">The Time Paradox: The New Psychology of Time That Will Change Your Life</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/csallen">Courtland Allen (@csallen)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Also, if you haven't seen, applications are open for <a href="https://tinyseed.com/">TinySeed'</a>s Spring 2022 programs. TinySeed is a year-long remote accelerator program is designed to help founders with a revenue-generating SaaS optimize product-market fit and grow faster. <a href="https://tinyseed.com/program">Read about the program and how to apply here.</a></p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 588, Rob Walling chats with Courtland Allen about a wide range of bootstrapper and indie hacker topics including the struggles with motivation/depression, bootstrapping today, fighting the urge to quit, and frameworks for getting your first dollar.



The topics we cover



[3:43] Hiring a podcast producer



[6:21] Letting go in business



[7:09] Invite-only experiment on Indie Hackers



[16:03] Thinking about the future



[20:47] Financial freedom and starting a business



[25:05] Depression as a founder and rediscovering purpose



[37:10] Fighting the urge to quit



[41:10] Getting your first dollar



[52:35] The bootstrapper scene in 2010 and the relevance of bootstrapping



Links from the show




Rob Walling on Twitter



The Time Paradox: The New Psychology of Time That Will Change Your Life



Courtland Allen (@csallen) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Also, if you haven't seen, applications are open for TinySeed's Spring 2022 programs. TinySeed is a year-long remote accelerator program is designed to help founders with a revenue-generating SaaS optimize product-market fit and grow faster. Read about the program and how to apply here.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 588 | In Which Courtland Allen and I Cover a Lot of Startups Topics]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 588, Rob Walling chats with Courtland Allen about a wide range of bootstrapper and indie hacker topics including the struggles with motivation/depression, bootstrapping today, fighting the urge to quit, and frameworks for getting your first dollar.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[3:43] Hiring a podcast producer</strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:21] Letting go in business</strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:09] Invite-only experiment on Indie Hackers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:03] Thinking about the future</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:47] Financial freedom and starting a business</strong></p>



<p><strong>[25:05] Depression as a founder and rediscovering purpose</strong></p>



<p><strong>[37:10] Fighting the urge to quit</strong></p>



<p><strong>[41:10] Getting your first dollar</strong></p>



<p><strong>[52:35] The bootstrapper scene in 2010 and the relevance of bootstrapping</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling/status/1486744643488337932">Rob Walling on Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Time-Paradox-Psychology-That-Change/dp/1416541993">The Time Paradox: The New Psychology of Time That Will Change Your Life</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/csallen">Courtland Allen (@csallen)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Also, if you haven't seen, applications are open for <a href="https://tinyseed.com/">TinySeed'</a>s Spring 2022 programs. TinySeed is a year-long remote accelerator program is designed to help founders with a revenue-generating SaaS optimize product-market fit and grow faster. <a href="https://tinyseed.com/program">Read about the program and how to apply here.</a></p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/80f3697f-fac7-4eaf-a583-a79bc3f8f469-Ep.588a.mp3" length="62454842"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 588, Rob Walling chats with Courtland Allen about a wide range of bootstrapper and indie hacker topics including the struggles with motivation/depression, bootstrapping today, fighting the urge to quit, and frameworks for getting your first dollar.



The topics we cover



[3:43] Hiring a podcast producer



[6:21] Letting go in business



[7:09] Invite-only experiment on Indie Hackers



[16:03] Thinking about the future



[20:47] Financial freedom and starting a business



[25:05] Depression as a founder and rediscovering purpose



[37:10] Fighting the urge to quit



[41:10] Getting your first dollar



[52:35] The bootstrapper scene in 2010 and the relevance of bootstrapping



Links from the show




Rob Walling on Twitter



The Time Paradox: The New Psychology of Time That Will Change Your Life



Courtland Allen (@csallen) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Also, if you haven't seen, applications are open for TinySeed's Spring 2022 programs. TinySeed is a year-long remote accelerator program is designed to help founders with a revenue-generating SaaS optimize product-market fit and grow faster. Read about the program and how to apply here.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>01:04:52</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 587 | Renaming a Company, Revisiting Inflation, and Micropreneurship (Listener Email Edition)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2022 10:00:31 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-587-renaming-a-company-revisiting-inflation-and-micropreneurship-listener-email-edition</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-587-renaming-a-company-revisiting-inflation-and-micropreneurship-listener-email-edition</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 587, join Rob Walling as he answers listener emails including feedback and a critique about the podcast, the state of microentrepreneurship, and where to start with user growth.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[2:22] The reason Rob continues to podcast</strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:26] Renaming a company or podcast</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:40] Revisiting inflation</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:06] The state of microentrepreneurship</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:00] Where to start with user growth</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://codewithwolf.com/where-to-publish-plugins-add-ons-extensions-software-engineers-entrepreneurs">Where to Publish Plugins</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-581-inflation-for-founders">Episode 581 | Inflation for Founders</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startupbook.net/">Start Small Stay Small</a></li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/">Quiet Light Brokerage</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microacquire.com/">MicroAcquire, the #1 Startup Acquisition Marketplace</a></li>



<li><a href="https://empireflippers.com/">Empire Flippers</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/">Rob Walling - Serial Entrepreneur | Building, Launching and Growing Startups</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 587, join Rob Walling as he answers listener emails including feedback and a critique about the podcast, the state of microentrepreneurship, and where to start with user growth.



The topics we cover



[2:22] The reason Rob continues to podcast



[5:26] Renaming a company or podcast



[8:40] Revisiting inflation



[15:06] The state of microentrepreneurship



[20:00] Where to start with user growth



Links from the show




Where to Publish Plugins



Episode 581 | Inflation for Founders



Start Small Stay Small



Quiet Light Brokerage



MicroAcquire, the #1 Startup Acquisition Marketplace



Empire Flippers



Rob Walling - Serial Entrepreneur | Building, Launching and Growing Startups




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 587 | Renaming a Company, Revisiting Inflation, and Micropreneurship (Listener Email Edition)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 587, join Rob Walling as he answers listener emails including feedback and a critique about the podcast, the state of microentrepreneurship, and where to start with user growth.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[2:22] The reason Rob continues to podcast</strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:26] Renaming a company or podcast</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:40] Revisiting inflation</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:06] The state of microentrepreneurship</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:00] Where to start with user growth</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://codewithwolf.com/where-to-publish-plugins-add-ons-extensions-software-engineers-entrepreneurs">Where to Publish Plugins</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-581-inflation-for-founders">Episode 581 | Inflation for Founders</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startupbook.net/">Start Small Stay Small</a></li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/">Quiet Light Brokerage</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microacquire.com/">MicroAcquire, the #1 Startup Acquisition Marketplace</a></li>



<li><a href="https://empireflippers.com/">Empire Flippers</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/">Rob Walling - Serial Entrepreneur | Building, Launching and Growing Startups</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/6234643e-bb1b-4d1a-be2f-6e9cedd0f337-Ep.587a.mp3" length="25262673"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 587, join Rob Walling as he answers listener emails including feedback and a critique about the podcast, the state of microentrepreneurship, and where to start with user growth.



The topics we cover



[2:22] The reason Rob continues to podcast



[5:26] Renaming a company or podcast



[8:40] Revisiting inflation



[15:06] The state of microentrepreneurship



[20:00] Where to start with user growth



Links from the show




Where to Publish Plugins



Episode 581 | Inflation for Founders



Start Small Stay Small



Quiet Light Brokerage



MicroAcquire, the #1 Startup Acquisition Marketplace



Empire Flippers



Rob Walling - Serial Entrepreneur | Building, Launching and Growing Startups




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:26:08</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 586 | Mastering Customer Interviews with Michele Hansen]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jan 2022 10:00:25 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-586-mastering-customer-interviews-with-michele-hansen</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-586-mastering-customer-interviews-with-michele-hansen</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 586, Rob Walling chats with Michele Hansen about her new book where she talks about how to master customer interviews as a startup founder.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[5:00] User experience research for startup founders</strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:20] Customer Interviews for developers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:30] Feature requests as customer research springboard</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:55] Practicing customer interviews</strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:37] Comparing to Jobs to Be Done framework</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://deployempathy.com">Deploy Empathy: A practical guide for talking to customers</a></li>



<li><a href="https://softwaresocial.dev/">Software Social</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-524-bootstrapping-a-commodity-saas">Episode 524 | Bootstrapping a Commodity SaaS</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/mjwhansen">Michele Hansen (@mjwhansen)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 586, Rob Walling chats with Michele Hansen about her new book where she talks about how to master customer interviews as a startup founder.



The topics we cover



[5:00] User experience research for startup founders



[11:20] Customer Interviews for developers



[12:30] Feature requests as customer research springboard



[19:55] Practicing customer interviews



[23:37] Comparing to Jobs to Be Done framework



Links from the show




Deploy Empathy: A practical guide for talking to customers



Software Social



Episode 524 | Bootstrapping a Commodity SaaS



Michele Hansen (@mjwhansen) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 586 | Mastering Customer Interviews with Michele Hansen]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 586, Rob Walling chats with Michele Hansen about her new book where she talks about how to master customer interviews as a startup founder.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[5:00] User experience research for startup founders</strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:20] Customer Interviews for developers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:30] Feature requests as customer research springboard</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:55] Practicing customer interviews</strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:37] Comparing to Jobs to Be Done framework</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://deployempathy.com">Deploy Empathy: A practical guide for talking to customers</a></li>



<li><a href="https://softwaresocial.dev/">Software Social</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-524-bootstrapping-a-commodity-saas">Episode 524 | Bootstrapping a Commodity SaaS</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/mjwhansen">Michele Hansen (@mjwhansen)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/8afcbcc0-b3a6-4448-b766-2befee3ec10f-Ep.586.mp3" length="26183301"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 586, Rob Walling chats with Michele Hansen about her new book where she talks about how to master customer interviews as a startup founder.



The topics we cover



[5:00] User experience research for startup founders



[11:20] Customer Interviews for developers



[12:30] Feature requests as customer research springboard



[19:55] Practicing customer interviews



[23:37] Comparing to Jobs to Be Done framework



Links from the show




Deploy Empathy: A practical guide for talking to customers



Software Social



Episode 524 | Bootstrapping a Commodity SaaS



Michele Hansen (@mjwhansen) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:05</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 585 | Moving Outside Your Comfort Zone with Dr. Sherry Walling]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jan 2022 10:00:50 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-585-moving-outside-your-comfort-zone-with-dr-sherry-walling</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-585-moving-outside-your-comfort-zone-with-dr-sherry-walling</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 585, Rob Walling chats with Sherry Walling about moving outside your comfort zone, the power of relationships, psychedelic-assisted therapy, as well as her new book about grief launching later this year.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[3:22] Deciding against self-publishing</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:00 ] Building an audience vs. a network</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:26] Psychedelic-assisted therapy</strong></p>



<p><strong>[24:00] The power and importance of relationships</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Entrepreneurs-Guide-Keeping-Your-Together/dp/B07C91YF17/ref=sr_1_3?crid=5Z7PQDO2JY43&amp;keywords=Entrepreneurs+guide+to+keeping+your+together&amp;qid=1643553181&amp;sprefix=entrepreneurs+guide+to+keeping+your+together%2Caps%2C92&amp;sr=8-3">The Entrepreneur's Guide To Keeping Your Sh*t Together</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B09JRSQC12/ref=x_gr_w_glide_sout?caller=Goodreads&amp;callerLink=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.goodreads.com%2Fbook%2Fshow%2F58772725-touching-two-worlds&amp;tag=x_gr_w_glide_sout-20">Touching Two Worlds: A Guide for Finding Hope in the Landscape of Loss</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/zenfounder">Sherry Walling (@zenfounder)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 585, Rob Walling chats with Sherry Walling about moving outside your comfort zone, the power of relationships, psychedelic-assisted therapy, as well as her new book about grief launching later this year.



The topics we cover



[3:22] Deciding against self-publishing



[12:00 ] Building an audience vs. a network



[14:26] Psychedelic-assisted therapy



[24:00] The power and importance of relationships



Links from the show




The Entrepreneur's Guide To Keeping Your Sh*t Together



Touching Two Worlds: A Guide for Finding Hope in the Landscape of Loss



Sherry Walling (@zenfounder) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 585 | Moving Outside Your Comfort Zone with Dr. Sherry Walling]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 585, Rob Walling chats with Sherry Walling about moving outside your comfort zone, the power of relationships, psychedelic-assisted therapy, as well as her new book about grief launching later this year.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[3:22] Deciding against self-publishing</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:00 ] Building an audience vs. a network</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:26] Psychedelic-assisted therapy</strong></p>



<p><strong>[24:00] The power and importance of relationships</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Entrepreneurs-Guide-Keeping-Your-Together/dp/B07C91YF17/ref=sr_1_3?crid=5Z7PQDO2JY43&amp;keywords=Entrepreneurs+guide+to+keeping+your+together&amp;qid=1643553181&amp;sprefix=entrepreneurs+guide+to+keeping+your+together%2Caps%2C92&amp;sr=8-3">The Entrepreneur's Guide To Keeping Your Sh*t Together</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B09JRSQC12/ref=x_gr_w_glide_sout?caller=Goodreads&amp;callerLink=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.goodreads.com%2Fbook%2Fshow%2F58772725-touching-two-worlds&amp;tag=x_gr_w_glide_sout-20">Touching Two Worlds: A Guide for Finding Hope in the Landscape of Loss</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/zenfounder">Sherry Walling (@zenfounder)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/115c9206-0fc2-4172-ae2d-5ddd726de79c-Ep.585.mp3" length="29197396"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 585, Rob Walling chats with Sherry Walling about moving outside your comfort zone, the power of relationships, psychedelic-assisted therapy, as well as her new book about grief launching later this year.



The topics we cover



[3:22] Deciding against self-publishing



[12:00 ] Building an audience vs. a network



[14:26] Psychedelic-assisted therapy



[24:00] The power and importance of relationships



Links from the show




The Entrepreneur's Guide To Keeping Your Sh*t Together



Touching Two Worlds: A Guide for Finding Hope in the Landscape of Loss



Sherry Walling (@zenfounder) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:30:14</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 584 | Looking Back and Looking Ahead]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jan 2022 10:00:05 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-584-looking-back-and-looking-ahead</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-584-looking-back-and-looking-ahead</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 584, Join Rob Walling for a Happy New Year edition of the show where looks ahead to 2022 and evaluates what he wants to focus on. The things we choose not to do are just as important as the things we chose to do and Rob encourages you to think hard about what is and is not working for you today.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[3:00] Founder's retreat</strong></p>



<p><strong>[4:36] Estimating growth</strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:23] Hiring a full-time content producer</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:32] The power of focus</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://app.gumroad.com/l/retreats">The Zen Founder Guide to Founder Retreats</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 584, Join Rob Walling for a Happy New Year edition of the show where looks ahead to 2022 and evaluates what he wants to focus on. The things we choose not to do are just as important as the things we chose to do and Rob encourages you to think hard about what is and is not working for you today.



The topics we cover



[3:00] Founder's retreat



[4:36] Estimating growth



[9:23] Hiring a full-time content producer



[15:32] The power of focus



Links from the show




The Zen Founder Guide to Founder Retreats




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 584 | Looking Back and Looking Ahead]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 584, Join Rob Walling for a Happy New Year edition of the show where looks ahead to 2022 and evaluates what he wants to focus on. The things we choose not to do are just as important as the things we chose to do and Rob encourages you to think hard about what is and is not working for you today.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[3:00] Founder's retreat</strong></p>



<p><strong>[4:36] Estimating growth</strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:23] Hiring a full-time content producer</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:32] The power of focus</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://app.gumroad.com/l/retreats">The Zen Founder Guide to Founder Retreats</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/7f2bd3fa-a776-4b01-8d91-c01c589b71e8-Ep.584.mp3" length="16582285"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 584, Join Rob Walling for a Happy New Year edition of the show where looks ahead to 2022 and evaluates what he wants to focus on. The things we choose not to do are just as important as the things we chose to do and Rob encourages you to think hard about what is and is not working for you today.



The topics we cover



[3:00] Founder's retreat



[4:36] Estimating growth



[9:23] Hiring a full-time content producer



[15:32] The power of focus



Links from the show




The Zen Founder Guide to Founder Retreats




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:17:05</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 583 | Finding Startup Ideas with Sam Parr]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 28 Dec 2021 10:00:02 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-583-finding-startup-ideas-with-sam-parr</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-583-finding-startup-ideas-with-sam-parr</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 583, Rob Walling chats with Sam Parr about about building an email list, selling to Hubspot, podcast growth, and how to spot business opportunities.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[3:53] Building Hustle to 8 figures in revenue</strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:52] Growing an email list</strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:01] Selling to a B2B SaaS</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:00] My First Million and growing podcasts</strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:45] TikTok marketing</strong></p>



<p><strong>[27:30] Spotting interesting opportunities</strong></p>



<p><strong>[34:70] Manifest cowboy</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/theSamParr">Sam Parr (@theSamParr)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 583, Rob Walling chats with Sam Parr about about building an email list, selling to Hubspot, podcast growth, and how to spot business opportunities.



The topics we cover



[3:53] Building Hustle to 8 figures in revenue



[5:52] Growing an email list



[11:01] Selling to a B2B SaaS



[19:00] My First Million and growing podcasts



[23:45] TikTok marketing



[27:30] Spotting interesting opportunities



[34:70] Manifest cowboy



Links from the show




Sam Parr (@theSamParr) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 583 | Finding Startup Ideas with Sam Parr]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 583, Rob Walling chats with Sam Parr about about building an email list, selling to Hubspot, podcast growth, and how to spot business opportunities.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[3:53] Building Hustle to 8 figures in revenue</strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:52] Growing an email list</strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:01] Selling to a B2B SaaS</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:00] My First Million and growing podcasts</strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:45] TikTok marketing</strong></p>



<p><strong>[27:30] Spotting interesting opportunities</strong></p>



<p><strong>[34:70] Manifest cowboy</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/theSamParr">Sam Parr (@theSamParr)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/62f09aa0-e716-4872-a906-c908d1105c51-Ep.583.mp3" length="38160377"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 583, Rob Walling chats with Sam Parr about about building an email list, selling to Hubspot, podcast growth, and how to spot business opportunities.



The topics we cover



[3:53] Building Hustle to 8 figures in revenue



[5:52] Growing an email list



[11:01] Selling to a B2B SaaS



[19:00] My First Million and growing podcasts



[23:45] TikTok marketing



[27:30] Spotting interesting opportunities



[34:70] Manifest cowboy



Links from the show




Sam Parr (@theSamParr) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:39:34</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 582 | Enterprise Sales, Crowdfunding, Replacing Yourself, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 21 Dec 2021 10:00:12 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-582-enterprise-sales-crowdfunding-replacing-yourself-and-more-listener-questions</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-582-enterprise-sales-crowdfunding-replacing-yourself-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 582, Rob Walling is joined by Einar Vollset to answer listener questions about enterprise sales, crowdfunding, replacing yourself, and things that every B2B SaaS founder should know.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:26] Investing with Reg CF</strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:20] Enterprise plans and pricing</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:31] Finding your replacement</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:29] Best way to give software demos</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:55] What fundamental things should startup founders should know</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Dr5RZqKlu0k&amp;list=PLwcQbu9cKWckar0Gf_RAYC5EftFWxEBy4">Sales Funnel Optimization for Bootstrapped Founders – Steli Efti – MicroConf Europe 2019</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 582, Rob Walling is joined by Einar Vollset to answer listener questions about enterprise sales, crowdfunding, replacing yourself, and things that every B2B SaaS founder should know.



The topics we cover



[1:26] Investing with Reg CF



[6:20] Enterprise plans and pricing



[13:31] Finding your replacement



[19:29] Best way to give software demos



[21:55] What fundamental things should startup founders should know



Links from the show




Sales Funnel Optimization for Bootstrapped Founders – Steli Efti – MicroConf Europe 2019



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 582 | Enterprise Sales, Crowdfunding, Replacing Yourself, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 582, Rob Walling is joined by Einar Vollset to answer listener questions about enterprise sales, crowdfunding, replacing yourself, and things that every B2B SaaS founder should know.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:26] Investing with Reg CF</strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:20] Enterprise plans and pricing</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:31] Finding your replacement</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:29] Best way to give software demos</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:55] What fundamental things should startup founders should know</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Dr5RZqKlu0k&amp;list=PLwcQbu9cKWckar0Gf_RAYC5EftFWxEBy4">Sales Funnel Optimization for Bootstrapped Founders – Steli Efti – MicroConf Europe 2019</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/20988a47-96b9-4f78-820f-7f7c2478aae3-Ep.582a.mp3" length="32090152"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 582, Rob Walling is joined by Einar Vollset to answer listener questions about enterprise sales, crowdfunding, replacing yourself, and things that every B2B SaaS founder should know.



The topics we cover



[1:26] Investing with Reg CF



[6:20] Enterprise plans and pricing



[13:31] Finding your replacement



[19:29] Best way to give software demos



[21:55] What fundamental things should startup founders should know



Links from the show




Sales Funnel Optimization for Bootstrapped Founders – Steli Efti – MicroConf Europe 2019



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:33:14</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 581 | Inflation for Founders]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 14 Dec 2021 10:00:26 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-581-inflation-for-founders</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-581-inflation-for-founders</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 581, Rob Walling discusses how to grow money sensibly while protecting the principle during inflationary times. He explores real estate, collectibles, crypto, stocks, bonds, and other strategies to consider as inflation and other economic changes occur.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[2:00] Inflation is here</strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:20] Pricing flexibility with SaaS</strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:44] Rules when inflation goes up</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:53] Inflation and home mortgages</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:29] Emergency funds during inflation</strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:36] Bonds during inflationary times</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:40] Growth stocks</strong></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 581, Rob Walling discusses how to grow money sensibly while protecting the principle during inflationary times. He explores real estate, collectibles, crypto, stocks, bonds, and other strategies to consider as inflation and other economic changes occur.



The topics we cover



[2:00] Inflation is here



[7:20] Pricing flexibility with SaaS



[9:44] Rules when inflation goes up



[13:53] Inflation and home mortgages



[16:29] Emergency funds during inflation



[17:36] Bonds during inflationary times



[18:40] Growth stocks



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 581 | Inflation for Founders]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 581, Rob Walling discusses how to grow money sensibly while protecting the principle during inflationary times. He explores real estate, collectibles, crypto, stocks, bonds, and other strategies to consider as inflation and other economic changes occur.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[2:00] Inflation is here</strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:20] Pricing flexibility with SaaS</strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:44] Rules when inflation goes up</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:53] Inflation and home mortgages</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:29] Emergency funds during inflation</strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:36] Bonds during inflationary times</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:40] Growth stocks</strong></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/35ba51d4-809c-436d-828a-c3f83debb639-Ep.581.mp3" length="23996131"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 581, Rob Walling discusses how to grow money sensibly while protecting the principle during inflationary times. He explores real estate, collectibles, crypto, stocks, bonds, and other strategies to consider as inflation and other economic changes occur.



The topics we cover



[2:00] Inflation is here



[7:20] Pricing flexibility with SaaS



[9:44] Rules when inflation goes up



[13:53] Inflation and home mortgages



[16:29] Emergency funds during inflation



[17:36] Bonds during inflationary times



[18:40] Growth stocks



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:24:48</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 580 | Seven SEO Tips Every SaaS Can Use (with Ross Hudgens)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 07 Dec 2021 10:00:39 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-580-seven-seo-tips-every-saas-can-use-with-ross-hudgens</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-580-seven-seo-tips-every-saas-can-use-with-ross-hudgens</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 580, Rob Walling chats with Ross Hudgins, an SEO expert, about seven common things that SaaS founders either do well or frequently get wrong.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[4:42] Put your blog in a subfolder, not a subdomain.</strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:18] With keyword-focused content, make the URL exactly the main keyword.</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:10] Be thoughtful about feature page keywords</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:39] It’s really hard to rank for “best X software” queries</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:24] Use on-page content marketing best practices</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:50] Build passive link assets around keyword</strong></p>



<p><strong>[22:58] Answer keyword questions immediately, right after the H1</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.siegemedia.com/strategy/on-page-content-marketing-best-practices">On-Page Content Marketing Best Practices</a></li>



<li><a href="https://baymard.com/blog/line-length-readability">Readability: the Optimal Line Length</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/RossHudgens">Ross Hudgins (@RossHudgens)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by <a href="https://www.softwarepromotions.com/lp/startups/">Software Promotions</a>. Get better results from Google.</p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 580, Rob Walling chats with Ross Hudgins, an SEO expert, about seven common things that SaaS founders either do well or frequently get wrong.



The topics we cover



[4:42] Put your blog in a subfolder, not a subdomain.



[7:18] With keyword-focused content, make the URL exactly the main keyword.



[10:10] Be thoughtful about feature page keywords



[13:39] It’s really hard to rank for “best X software” queries



[16:24] Use on-page content marketing best practices



[20:50] Build passive link assets around keyword



[22:58] Answer keyword questions immediately, right after the H1



Links from the show




On-Page Content Marketing Best Practices



Readability: the Optimal Line Length



Ross Hudgins (@RossHudgens) | Twitter




This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by Software Promotions. Get better results from Google.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 580 | Seven SEO Tips Every SaaS Can Use (with Ross Hudgens)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 580, Rob Walling chats with Ross Hudgins, an SEO expert, about seven common things that SaaS founders either do well or frequently get wrong.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[4:42] Put your blog in a subfolder, not a subdomain.</strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:18] With keyword-focused content, make the URL exactly the main keyword.</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:10] Be thoughtful about feature page keywords</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:39] It’s really hard to rank for “best X software” queries</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:24] Use on-page content marketing best practices</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:50] Build passive link assets around keyword</strong></p>



<p><strong>[22:58] Answer keyword questions immediately, right after the H1</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.siegemedia.com/strategy/on-page-content-marketing-best-practices">On-Page Content Marketing Best Practices</a></li>



<li><a href="https://baymard.com/blog/line-length-readability">Readability: the Optimal Line Length</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/RossHudgens">Ross Hudgins (@RossHudgens)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by <a href="https://www.softwarepromotions.com/lp/startups/">Software Promotions</a>. Get better results from Google.</p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/8f673a2f-73b8-4fb2-902b-70c696c6c251-Ep.580.mp3" length="27314624"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 580, Rob Walling chats with Ross Hudgins, an SEO expert, about seven common things that SaaS founders either do well or frequently get wrong.



The topics we cover



[4:42] Put your blog in a subfolder, not a subdomain.



[7:18] With keyword-focused content, make the URL exactly the main keyword.



[10:10] Be thoughtful about feature page keywords



[13:39] It’s really hard to rank for “best X software” queries



[16:24] Use on-page content marketing best practices



[20:50] Build passive link assets around keyword



[22:58] Answer keyword questions immediately, right after the H1



Links from the show




On-Page Content Marketing Best Practices



Readability: the Optimal Line Length



Ross Hudgins (@RossHudgens) | Twitter




This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by Software Promotions. Get better results from Google.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:28:16</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 579 | The SaaS Fundraising Landscape (+The TinySeed Syndicate)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Wed, 01 Dec 2021 10:00:56 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-579-the-saas-fundraising-landscape-the-tinyseed-syndicate</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-579-the-saas-fundraising-landscape-the-tinyseed-syndicate</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this special episode of Startups For the Rest of Us, Rob Walling chats with Einar Vollset about not only the announcement of the TinySeed Syndicate but also the investment landscape for B2B SaaS today. Even if you don't think you'll raise funding, it's important to understand the dynamics of the investment and acquisition market as a bootstrapped founder.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:40] Investment landscape for bootstrapped SaaS</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:26] What is a syndicate?</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:57] Introducing the TinySeed Syndicate</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest — TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply">Apply — TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling SaaS that you'd like us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this special episode of Startups For the Rest of Us, Rob Walling chats with Einar Vollset about not only the announcement of the TinySeed Syndicate but also the investment landscape for B2B SaaS today. Even if you don't think you'll raise funding, it's important to understand the dynamics of the investment and acquisition market as a bootstrapped founder.



The topics we cover



[1:40] Investment landscape for bootstrapped SaaS



[10:26] What is a syndicate?



[13:57] Introducing the TinySeed Syndicate



Links from the show




Invest — TinySeed



Apply — TinySeed



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling SaaS that you'd like us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 579 | The SaaS Fundraising Landscape (+The TinySeed Syndicate)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this special episode of Startups For the Rest of Us, Rob Walling chats with Einar Vollset about not only the announcement of the TinySeed Syndicate but also the investment landscape for B2B SaaS today. Even if you don't think you'll raise funding, it's important to understand the dynamics of the investment and acquisition market as a bootstrapped founder.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[1:40] Investment landscape for bootstrapped SaaS</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:26] What is a syndicate?</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:57] Introducing the TinySeed Syndicate</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest — TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/apply">Apply — TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling SaaS that you'd like us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1/bee5cd76-33d3-4ae3-8ce3-724012ec407d/Ep.579a.mp3" length="20782740"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this special episode of Startups For the Rest of Us, Rob Walling chats with Einar Vollset about not only the announcement of the TinySeed Syndicate but also the investment landscape for B2B SaaS today. Even if you don't think you'll raise funding, it's important to understand the dynamics of the investment and acquisition market as a bootstrapped founder.



The topics we cover



[1:40] Investment landscape for bootstrapped SaaS



[10:26] What is a syndicate?



[13:57] Introducing the TinySeed Syndicate



Links from the show




Invest — TinySeed



Apply — TinySeed



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling SaaS that you'd like us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:21:28</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 578 | How Mike's Merger Panned Out]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 30 Nov 2021 10:00:04 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-578-how-mike39s-merger-panned-out</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-578-how-mike39s-merger-panned-out</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 578, Rob Walling is joined again by co-host emeritus, Mike Taber for an update on his progress with Bluetick. Today we find out how Mike's merger that he has been working on for the past year has panned out.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[3:55] Mike reflects on time and effort working on partnership</strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:20] What to do when a deal stalls</strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:00] Doubling down on Bluetick</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:50] Differentiating Bluetick</strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:47] Moving fast as a startup</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:03] Finding your intrinsic motivation</strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:10] Mike's 90 day plan</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://bluetick.io/">Bluetick.io</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/SingleFounder">Mike Taber (@SingleFounder)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by <a href="https://www.softwarepromotions.com/lp/startups/">Software Promotions</a>. Get better results from Google.</p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 578, Rob Walling is joined again by co-host emeritus, Mike Taber for an update on his progress with Bluetick. Today we find out how Mike's merger that he has been working on for the past year has panned out.



The topics we cover



[3:55] Mike reflects on time and effort working on partnership



[7:20] What to do when a deal stalls



[9:00] Doubling down on Bluetick



[14:50] Differentiating Bluetick



[17:47] Moving fast as a startup



[19:03] Finding your intrinsic motivation



[26:10] Mike's 90 day plan



Links from the show




Bluetick.io



Mike Taber (@SingleFounder) | Twitter




This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by Software Promotions. Get better results from Google.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 578 | How Mike's Merger Panned Out]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 578, Rob Walling is joined again by co-host emeritus, Mike Taber for an update on his progress with Bluetick. Today we find out how Mike's merger that he has been working on for the past year has panned out.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[3:55] Mike reflects on time and effort working on partnership</strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:20] What to do when a deal stalls</strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:00] Doubling down on Bluetick</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:50] Differentiating Bluetick</strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:47] Moving fast as a startup</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:03] Finding your intrinsic motivation</strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:10] Mike's 90 day plan</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://bluetick.io/">Bluetick.io</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/SingleFounder">Mike Taber (@SingleFounder)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by <a href="https://www.softwarepromotions.com/lp/startups/">Software Promotions</a>. Get better results from Google.</p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1/ea9e63a7-e405-46ce-bdfc-6b855ddb7397/Ep.578a.mp3" length="28943513"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 578, Rob Walling is joined again by co-host emeritus, Mike Taber for an update on his progress with Bluetick. Today we find out how Mike's merger that he has been working on for the past year has panned out.



The topics we cover



[3:55] Mike reflects on time and effort working on partnership



[7:20] What to do when a deal stalls



[9:00] Doubling down on Bluetick



[14:50] Differentiating Bluetick



[17:47] Moving fast as a startup



[19:03] Finding your intrinsic motivation



[26:10] Mike's 90 day plan



Links from the show




Bluetick.io



Mike Taber (@SingleFounder) | Twitter




This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by Software Promotions. Get better results from Google.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:29:58</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 577 | Finding the Right Problem to Solve]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 23 Nov 2021 10:00:59 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-577-finding-the-right-problems-to-solve</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-577-finding-the-right-problems-to-solve</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 577, Rob Walling chats with Jim Kalbach about how to uncover the right problem to solve with the Jobs to Be Done (JTBD) framework. If you haven't been exposed to JTBD, this episode will be a great primer as we dive into practical examples for bootstrapped or mostly-bootstrapped founders.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[3:00] Defining Jobs to Be Done (JTBD)</strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:45] JTBD are stable over time</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:27] Be solution-agnostic</strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:20] JTBD for pre-product or pre-solution</strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:53] Questions to ask to find JTBD</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:50] Switch interviews</strong></p>



<p><strong>[24:41] A switch interview case study</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Jobs-Be-Done-Playbook-Organization/dp/1933820683">The Jobs To Be Done Playbook: Align Your Markets, Organization, and Strategy Around Customer Needs</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.jtbdtoolkit.com/">JTBD Toolkit</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/jimkalbach">Jim Kalbach (@jimkalbach)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by <a href="https://www.softwarepromotions.com/lp/startups/">Software Promotions</a>. Get better results from Google.</p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 577, Rob Walling chats with Jim Kalbach about how to uncover the right problem to solve with the Jobs to Be Done (JTBD) framework. If you haven't been exposed to JTBD, this episode will be a great primer as we dive into practical examples for bootstrapped or mostly-bootstrapped founders.



The topics we cover



[3:00] Defining Jobs to Be Done (JTBD)



[6:45] JTBD are stable over time



[10:27] Be solution-agnostic



[11:20] JTBD for pre-product or pre-solution



[17:53] Questions to ask to find JTBD



[20:50] Switch interviews



[24:41] A switch interview case study



Links from the show




The Jobs To Be Done Playbook: Align Your Markets, Organization, and Strategy Around Customer Needs



JTBD Toolkit



Jim Kalbach (@jimkalbach) | Twitter




This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by Software Promotions. Get better results from Google.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 577 | Finding the Right Problem to Solve]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 577, Rob Walling chats with Jim Kalbach about how to uncover the right problem to solve with the Jobs to Be Done (JTBD) framework. If you haven't been exposed to JTBD, this episode will be a great primer as we dive into practical examples for bootstrapped or mostly-bootstrapped founders.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[3:00] Defining Jobs to Be Done (JTBD)</strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:45] JTBD are stable over time</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:27] Be solution-agnostic</strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:20] JTBD for pre-product or pre-solution</strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:53] Questions to ask to find JTBD</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:50] Switch interviews</strong></p>



<p><strong>[24:41] A switch interview case study</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Jobs-Be-Done-Playbook-Organization/dp/1933820683">The Jobs To Be Done Playbook: Align Your Markets, Organization, and Strategy Around Customer Needs</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.jtbdtoolkit.com/">JTBD Toolkit</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/jimkalbach">Jim Kalbach (@jimkalbach)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by <a href="https://www.softwarepromotions.com/lp/startups/">Software Promotions</a>. Get better results from Google.</p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/a37fbd9e-4745-4f65-87f4-86cdd734e0e1-Ep.577.mp3" length="29200729"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 577, Rob Walling chats with Jim Kalbach about how to uncover the right problem to solve with the Jobs to Be Done (JTBD) framework. If you haven't been exposed to JTBD, this episode will be a great primer as we dive into practical examples for bootstrapped or mostly-bootstrapped founders.



The topics we cover



[3:00] Defining Jobs to Be Done (JTBD)



[6:45] JTBD are stable over time



[10:27] Be solution-agnostic



[11:20] JTBD for pre-product or pre-solution



[17:53] Questions to ask to find JTBD



[20:50] Switch interviews



[24:41] A switch interview case study



Links from the show




The Jobs To Be Done Playbook: Align Your Markets, Organization, and Strategy Around Customer Needs



JTBD Toolkit



Jim Kalbach (@jimkalbach) | Twitter




This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by Software Promotions. Get better results from Google.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:30:14</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 576 | Don't Become a Media Company (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 16 Nov 2021 10:00:27 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-576-dont-become-a-media-company-a-rob-solo-adventure</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-576-dont-become-a-media-company-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 576, Rob Walling chats about permissionless entrepreneurship, why you probably shouldn't be a media company if you're an early stage or bootstrapped SaaS, and the importance of exploring beyond what your customers ask for to find out what they actually need.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[2:01] Permissionless entrepreneur</strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:25] All startups should not become media companies</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:10] Find out what your customers need, not what they ask for</strong></p>



<p>This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by <a href="https://www.softwarepromotions.com/lp/startups/">Software Promotions</a>. Get better results from Google.</p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 576, Rob Walling chats about permissionless entrepreneurship, why you probably shouldn't be a media company if you're an early stage or bootstrapped SaaS, and the importance of exploring beyond what your customers ask for to find out what they actually need.



The topics we cover



[2:01] Permissionless entrepreneur



[9:25] All startups should not become media companies



[15:10] Find out what your customers need, not what they ask for



This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by Software Promotions. Get better results from Google.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 576 | Don't Become a Media Company (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 576, Rob Walling chats about permissionless entrepreneurship, why you probably shouldn't be a media company if you're an early stage or bootstrapped SaaS, and the importance of exploring beyond what your customers ask for to find out what they actually need.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[2:01] Permissionless entrepreneur</strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:25] All startups should not become media companies</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:10] Find out what your customers need, not what they ask for</strong></p>



<p>This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by <a href="https://www.softwarepromotions.com/lp/startups/">Software Promotions</a>. Get better results from Google.</p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/e15bb8a4-f7f1-48ff-b2af-8a36adca3c81-Ep.576a.mp3" length="18842170"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 576, Rob Walling chats about permissionless entrepreneurship, why you probably shouldn't be a media company if you're an early stage or bootstrapped SaaS, and the importance of exploring beyond what your customers ask for to find out what they actually need.



The topics we cover



[2:01] Permissionless entrepreneur



[9:25] All startups should not become media companies



[15:10] Find out what your customers need, not what they ask for



This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by Software Promotions. Get better results from Google.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:19:26</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 575 | Shipping Code, Pivoting, and More Listener Questions with Derrick Reimer]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 09 Nov 2021 10:00:31 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-575-shipping-code-pivoting-and-more-listener-questions-with-derrick-reimer</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-575-shipping-code-pivoting-and-more-listener-questions-with-derrick-reimer</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 575, Rob Walling is joined by Derrick Reimer for a quick update on SavvyCal and some recent hiring decisions he has made. They also answer listener questions about shipping code as a bootstrapper, pivoting, selling a business through a broker, and more</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[2:23] The latest with SavvyCal</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:02] Shipping code as a bootstrapper vs larger team</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:39] Considering a zoom-in pivot</strong></p>



<p><strong>[25:15] Progressive web app vs two native app</strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:20] Thoughts on white-label approach for SaaS</strong></p>



<p><strong>[33:55] Selling a bootstrapped business through a broker</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-530-making-development-decisions-regrets-about-selling-and-more-listener-questions-with-derrick-reimer">Episode 530 | Making Development Decisions, Regrets about Selling, and More Listener Questions (with Derrick Reimer)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-559-bootstrapping-a-two-sided-marketplace-with-microaquire">Episode 559 | Bootstrapping a Two-Sided Marketplace with MicroAquire</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microacquire.com/">MicroAcquire</a></li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/">Quiet Light Brokerage</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/derrickreimer">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by <a href="https://www.softwarepromotions.com/lp/startups/">Software Promotions</a>. Get better results from Google.</p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 575, Rob Walling is joined by Derrick Reimer for a quick update on SavvyCal and some recent hiring decisions he has made. They also answer listener questions about shipping code as a bootstrapper, pivoting, selling a business through a broker, and more



The topics we cover



[2:23] The latest with SavvyCal



[12:02] Shipping code as a bootstrapper vs larger team



[21:39] Considering a zoom-in pivot



[25:15] Progressive web app vs two native app



[28:20] Thoughts on white-label approach for SaaS



[33:55] Selling a bootstrapped business through a broker



Links from the show




Episode 530 | Making Development Decisions, Regrets about Selling, and More Listener Questions (with Derrick Reimer)



Episode 559 | Bootstrapping a Two-Sided Marketplace with MicroAquire



SavvyCal



MicroAcquire



Quiet Light Brokerage



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | Twitter




This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by Software Promotions. Get better results from Google.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 575 | Shipping Code, Pivoting, and More Listener Questions with Derrick Reimer]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 575, Rob Walling is joined by Derrick Reimer for a quick update on SavvyCal and some recent hiring decisions he has made. They also answer listener questions about shipping code as a bootstrapper, pivoting, selling a business through a broker, and more</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[2:23] The latest with SavvyCal</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:02] Shipping code as a bootstrapper vs larger team</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:39] Considering a zoom-in pivot</strong></p>



<p><strong>[25:15] Progressive web app vs two native app</strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:20] Thoughts on white-label approach for SaaS</strong></p>



<p><strong>[33:55] Selling a bootstrapped business through a broker</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-530-making-development-decisions-regrets-about-selling-and-more-listener-questions-with-derrick-reimer">Episode 530 | Making Development Decisions, Regrets about Selling, and More Listener Questions (with Derrick Reimer)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-559-bootstrapping-a-two-sided-marketplace-with-microaquire">Episode 559 | Bootstrapping a Two-Sided Marketplace with MicroAquire</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microacquire.com/">MicroAcquire</a></li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/">Quiet Light Brokerage</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/derrickreimer">Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by <a href="https://www.softwarepromotions.com/lp/startups/">Software Promotions</a>. Get better results from Google.</p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/a32b14d0-71cd-4125-b9e0-7d09d972e73a-Ep.575.mp3" length="41845384"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 575, Rob Walling is joined by Derrick Reimer for a quick update on SavvyCal and some recent hiring decisions he has made. They also answer listener questions about shipping code as a bootstrapper, pivoting, selling a business through a broker, and more



The topics we cover



[2:23] The latest with SavvyCal



[12:02] Shipping code as a bootstrapper vs larger team



[21:39] Considering a zoom-in pivot



[25:15] Progressive web app vs two native app



[28:20] Thoughts on white-label approach for SaaS



[33:55] Selling a bootstrapped business through a broker



Links from the show




Episode 530 | Making Development Decisions, Regrets about Selling, and More Listener Questions (with Derrick Reimer)



Episode 559 | Bootstrapping a Two-Sided Marketplace with MicroAquire



SavvyCal



MicroAcquire



Quiet Light Brokerage



Derrick Reimer (@derrickreimer) | Twitter




This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by Software Promotions. Get better results from Google.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:43:24</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Bonus Episode: The 2021 TinySeed Batch Announcement]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 04 Nov 2021 07:41:56 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/bonus-episode-the-2021-tinyseed-batch-announcement</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/bonus-episode-the-2021-tinyseed-batch-announcement</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[TinySeed, MicroConf's venture fund and SaaS accelerator, is launching their Fall 2021 accelerator batch this week.

]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[TinySeed, MicroConf's venture fund and SaaS accelerator, is launching their Fall 2021 accelerator batch this week.

]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Bonus Episode: The 2021 TinySeed Batch Announcement]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[TinySeed, MicroConf's venture fund and SaaS accelerator, is launching their Fall 2021 accelerator batch this week.

]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/a4ec9b17-b1d8-4a02-9396-f1eece592b08-TinySeedFall.mp3" length="16749713"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[TinySeed, MicroConf's venture fund and SaaS accelerator, is launching their Fall 2021 accelerator batch this week.

]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:17:16</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 574 | The Deep Need to Be a Software Entrepreneur]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 02 Nov 2021 10:00:56 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-574-the-deep-need-to-be-a-software-entrepreneur</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-574-the-deep-need-to-be-a-software-entrepreneur</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 574, Rob Walling chats with Andrew Fiebert, a founder who just couldn't get away from software. He's a software developer, turned podcaster, turned marketer, and now he's a software entrepreneur and on this episode, they discuss his success and struggles while building Lasso.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[2:40] Introductions</strong></p>



<p><strong>[4:15] WordPress plugin with an annual subscription</strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:51] Starting a podcast</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:00] Experiments with monetizing a podcast</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:26] Starting Giftlab.co</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:08] Starting another software business</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:35] Building Lasso</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:23] Launching without the right pricing/product</strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:32] Discovering the sticking points in the UI/UX</strong></p>



<p><strong>[29:29] Freemium vs paid users</strong></p>



<p><strong>[31:06] The biggest struggle with building Lasso</strong></p>



<p><strong>[35:23] The future for Lasso</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://getlasso.co/">Lasso</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.giftlab.co/">GiftLab</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.listenmoneymatters.com/">Listen Money Matters</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/andyfieb">Andrew Fiebert (@andyfieb)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by <a href="https://www.softwarepromotions.com/lp/startups/">Software Promotions</a>. Get better results from Google.</p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 574, Rob Walling chats with Andrew Fiebert, a founder who just couldn't get away from software. He's a software developer, turned podcaster, turned marketer, and now he's a software entrepreneur and on this episode, they discuss his success and struggles while building Lasso.



The topics we cover



[2:40] Introductions



[4:15] WordPress plugin with an annual subscription



[5:51] Starting a podcast



[8:00] Experiments with monetizing a podcast



[13:26] Starting Giftlab.co



[15:08] Starting another software business



[16:35] Building Lasso



[21:23] Launching without the right pricing/product



[23:32] Discovering the sticking points in the UI/UX



[29:29] Freemium vs paid users



[31:06] The biggest struggle with building Lasso



[35:23] The future for Lasso



Links from the show




Lasso



GiftLab



Listen Money Matters



Andrew Fiebert (@andyfieb) | Twitter




This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by Software Promotions. Get better results from Google.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 574 | The Deep Need to Be a Software Entrepreneur]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 574, Rob Walling chats with Andrew Fiebert, a founder who just couldn't get away from software. He's a software developer, turned podcaster, turned marketer, and now he's a software entrepreneur and on this episode, they discuss his success and struggles while building Lasso.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[2:40] Introductions</strong></p>



<p><strong>[4:15] WordPress plugin with an annual subscription</strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:51] Starting a podcast</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:00] Experiments with monetizing a podcast</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:26] Starting Giftlab.co</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:08] Starting another software business</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:35] Building Lasso</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:23] Launching without the right pricing/product</strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:32] Discovering the sticking points in the UI/UX</strong></p>



<p><strong>[29:29] Freemium vs paid users</strong></p>



<p><strong>[31:06] The biggest struggle with building Lasso</strong></p>



<p><strong>[35:23] The future for Lasso</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://getlasso.co/">Lasso</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.giftlab.co/">GiftLab</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.listenmoneymatters.com/">Listen Money Matters</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/andyfieb">Andrew Fiebert (@andyfieb)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by <a href="https://www.softwarepromotions.com/lp/startups/">Software Promotions</a>. Get better results from Google.</p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1/a5d96864-cbcc-4b41-bab9-757ddcf359b0/Ep.574a.mp3" length="37049932"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 574, Rob Walling chats with Andrew Fiebert, a founder who just couldn't get away from software. He's a software developer, turned podcaster, turned marketer, and now he's a software entrepreneur and on this episode, they discuss his success and struggles while building Lasso.



The topics we cover



[2:40] Introductions



[4:15] WordPress plugin with an annual subscription



[5:51] Starting a podcast



[8:00] Experiments with monetizing a podcast



[13:26] Starting Giftlab.co



[15:08] Starting another software business



[16:35] Building Lasso



[21:23] Launching without the right pricing/product



[23:32] Discovering the sticking points in the UI/UX



[29:29] Freemium vs paid users



[31:06] The biggest struggle with building Lasso



[35:23] The future for Lasso



Links from the show




Lasso



GiftLab



Listen Money Matters



Andrew Fiebert (@andyfieb) | Twitter




This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by Software Promotions. Get better results from Google.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:38:24</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Bonus | The 2022 State of Independent SaaS Survey is Live]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Mon, 01 Nov 2021 04:26:28 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/bonus-the-2022-state-of-independent-saas-survey-is-live</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/bonus-the-2022-state-of-independent-saas-survey-is-live</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<blockquote>
<div>We need your help!  The 2022 State of Independent SaaS Survey is now live and we need as many eligible founders of B2B SaaS businesses to complete the survey.  This survey will be used to create our third annual State of Independent SaaS report, offering recommendations, insights, and pitfalls critical to planning for a future in B2B SaaS.</div>
<div></div>
<div>Venture funded businesses have a wealth of research and data helping them make decisions about the next steps they should take with their business - our community and niche of indie funded SaaS businesses shouldn't miss out on these best practices.</div>
<div></div>
<div>Fill out the 2022 State of Independent SaaS survey today!</div>
<div><a href="http://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas</a></div></blockquote>
<div></div>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[
We need your help!  The 2022 State of Independent SaaS Survey is now live and we need as many eligible founders of B2B SaaS businesses to complete the survey.  This survey will be used to create our third annual State of Independent SaaS report, offering recommendations, insights, and pitfalls critical to planning for a future in B2B SaaS.

Venture funded businesses have a wealth of research and data helping them make decisions about the next steps they should take with their business - our community and niche of indie funded SaaS businesses shouldn't miss out on these best practices.

Fill out the 2022 State of Independent SaaS survey today!
microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Bonus | The 2022 State of Independent SaaS Survey is Live]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<blockquote>
<div>We need your help!  The 2022 State of Independent SaaS Survey is now live and we need as many eligible founders of B2B SaaS businesses to complete the survey.  This survey will be used to create our third annual State of Independent SaaS report, offering recommendations, insights, and pitfalls critical to planning for a future in B2B SaaS.</div>
<div></div>
<div>Venture funded businesses have a wealth of research and data helping them make decisions about the next steps they should take with their business - our community and niche of indie funded SaaS businesses shouldn't miss out on these best practices.</div>
<div></div>
<div>Fill out the 2022 State of Independent SaaS survey today!</div>
<div><a href="http://microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas</a></div></blockquote>
<div></div>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/2eda81b2-e1a9-4e96-99bd-4bafe45a8fdb-SaasSurvey.STROU.mp3" length="2196849"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[
We need your help!  The 2022 State of Independent SaaS Survey is now live and we need as many eligible founders of B2B SaaS businesses to complete the survey.  This survey will be used to create our third annual State of Independent SaaS report, offering recommendations, insights, and pitfalls critical to planning for a future in B2B SaaS.

Venture funded businesses have a wealth of research and data helping them make decisions about the next steps they should take with their business - our community and niche of indie funded SaaS businesses shouldn't miss out on these best practices.

Fill out the 2022 State of Independent SaaS survey today!
microconf.com/state-of-indie-saas
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:02:06</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 573| Hiring FT vs. PT, WordPress Consolidation, and More Bootstrapper News]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 26 Oct 2021 10:00:10 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-573-hiring-ft-vs-pt-wordpress-consolidation-and-more-bootstrapper-news</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-573-hiring-ft-vs-pt-wordpress-consolidation-and-more-bootstrapper-news</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 573, Rob Walling chats with Einar Vollset and Tracy Osborne about the part-time contractor versus hiring full-time debate, the acquisition of Sandhills Development, as well as the launch of a TinySeed Europe.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[02:14] FT vs PT Contractor</strong></p>



<p><strong>[09:06] When could part time contracting work?</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:25] Sandhills Development acquisition</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:50] TinySeed Europe announced</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:04] DuckDuckGo and Privacy</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-551-task-level-vs-project-level-thinkers-no-such-thing-as-an-autopilot-business-and-more-a-rob-solo-adventure">Episode 551 | Task-level vs. Project-level Thinkers, No Such Thing as an Autopilot Business, and More (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://sandhillsdev.com/2021/09/awesome-motive-has-acquired-our-wordpress-products-and-services/">Awesome Motive has acquired our WordPress products and services – Sandhills Development, LLC</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/Shpigford/status/1385985328780021760">Josh Pigford on Twitter Regarding FT vs PT Contractor</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/DuckDuckGo/status/1447559362906447874">DuckDuckGo and Privacy</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/careers">Careers — TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest — TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracymakes">Tracy Osborne on Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by <a href="https://www.softwarepromotions.com/lp/startups/">Software Promotions</a>. Get better results from google.</p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 573, Rob Walling chats with Einar Vollset and Tracy Osborne about the part-time contractor versus hiring full-time debate, the acquisition of Sandhills Development, as well as the launch of a TinySeed Europe.



The topics we cover



[02:14] FT vs PT Contractor



[09:06] When could part time contracting work?



[10:25] Sandhills Development acquisition



[14:50] TinySeed Europe announced



[21:04] DuckDuckGo and Privacy



Links from the show




Episode 551 | Task-level vs. Project-level Thinkers, No Such Thing as an Autopilot Business, and More (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Awesome Motive has acquired our WordPress products and services – Sandhills Development, LLC



Josh Pigford on Twitter Regarding FT vs PT Contractor



DuckDuckGo and Privacy



Careers — TinySeed



Invest — TinySeed



Tracy Osborne on Twitter



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | Twitter




This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by Software Promotions. Get better results from google.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 573| Hiring FT vs. PT, WordPress Consolidation, and More Bootstrapper News]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 573, Rob Walling chats with Einar Vollset and Tracy Osborne about the part-time contractor versus hiring full-time debate, the acquisition of Sandhills Development, as well as the launch of a TinySeed Europe.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p><strong>[02:14] FT vs PT Contractor</strong></p>



<p><strong>[09:06] When could part time contracting work?</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:25] Sandhills Development acquisition</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:50] TinySeed Europe announced</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:04] DuckDuckGo and Privacy</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-551-task-level-vs-project-level-thinkers-no-such-thing-as-an-autopilot-business-and-more-a-rob-solo-adventure">Episode 551 | Task-level vs. Project-level Thinkers, No Such Thing as an Autopilot Business, and More (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://sandhillsdev.com/2021/09/awesome-motive-has-acquired-our-wordpress-products-and-services/">Awesome Motive has acquired our WordPress products and services – Sandhills Development, LLC</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/Shpigford/status/1385985328780021760">Josh Pigford on Twitter Regarding FT vs PT Contractor</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/DuckDuckGo/status/1447559362906447874">DuckDuckGo and Privacy</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/careers">Careers — TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/invest">Invest — TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracymakes">Tracy Osborne on Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by <a href="https://www.softwarepromotions.com/lp/startups/">Software Promotions</a>. Get better results from google.</p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/1d07d198-382b-45ff-a51a-21f4b47fa342-Ep.573.mp3" length="26800868"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 573, Rob Walling chats with Einar Vollset and Tracy Osborne about the part-time contractor versus hiring full-time debate, the acquisition of Sandhills Development, as well as the launch of a TinySeed Europe.



The topics we cover



[02:14] FT vs PT Contractor



[09:06] When could part time contracting work?



[10:25] Sandhills Development acquisition



[14:50] TinySeed Europe announced



[21:04] DuckDuckGo and Privacy



Links from the show




Episode 551 | Task-level vs. Project-level Thinkers, No Such Thing as an Autopilot Business, and More (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Awesome Motive has acquired our WordPress products and services – Sandhills Development, LLC



Josh Pigford on Twitter Regarding FT vs PT Contractor



DuckDuckGo and Privacy



Careers — TinySeed



Invest — TinySeed



Tracy Osborne on Twitter



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | Twitter




This episode of Startups for the Rest of Us is sponsored by Software Promotions. Get better results from google.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:44</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 572 | Fault vs. Responsibility & Games vs. Practice (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 19 Oct 2021 10:00:16 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-572-fault-vs-responsibility-games-vs-practice-a-rob-solo-adventure</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-572-fault-vs-responsibility-games-vs-practice-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 572, Rob Walling does another solo adventure to talk about taking responsibility for the outcomes of your business and the importance of putting in the reps as a founder. Bootstrapping a startup is a marathon, not a sprint and it's important to enjoy the journey along the way.</p>



<p>Thanks to Software Promotions for supporting this podcast! <a href="https://bit.ly/tamegoogle">Learn more about their SEO and AdWords services</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[1:56] Intro</strong></p>



<p><strong>[2:20] It's not your fault, but it's your responsibility</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:35] It's not the game, it's the practice</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:23] Dietary patterns Rob wishes he would've known 15 years ago</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-551-task-level-vs-project-level-thinkers-no-such-thing-as-an-autopilot-business-and-more-a-rob-solo-adventure">Episode 551 | Task-level vs. Project-level Thinkers, No Such Thing as an Autopilot Business, and More (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hxkpTJvRSuA">11 Years to Overnight Success: From Beach Towels to A Successful Exit – Rob Walling – MicroConf 2017</a></li>



<li>Thanks to Software Promotions for supporting this podcast! <a href="https://bit.ly/tamegoogle">Learn more about their SEO and AdWords services</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 572, Rob Walling does another solo adventure to talk about taking responsibility for the outcomes of your business and the importance of putting in the reps as a founder. Bootstrapping a startup is a marathon, not a sprint and it's important to enjoy the journey along the way.



Thanks to Software Promotions for supporting this podcast! Learn more about their SEO and AdWords services



The topics we cover



[1:56] Intro



[2:20] It's not your fault, but it's your responsibility



[8:35] It's not the game, it's the practice



[15:23] Dietary patterns Rob wishes he would've known 15 years ago



Links from the show




Episode 551 | Task-level vs. Project-level Thinkers, No Such Thing as an Autopilot Business, and More (A Rob Solo Adventure)



11 Years to Overnight Success: From Beach Towels to A Successful Exit – Rob Walling – MicroConf 2017



Thanks to Software Promotions for supporting this podcast! Learn more about their SEO and AdWords services




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 572 | Fault vs. Responsibility & Games vs. Practice (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 572, Rob Walling does another solo adventure to talk about taking responsibility for the outcomes of your business and the importance of putting in the reps as a founder. Bootstrapping a startup is a marathon, not a sprint and it's important to enjoy the journey along the way.</p>



<p>Thanks to Software Promotions for supporting this podcast! <a href="https://bit.ly/tamegoogle">Learn more about their SEO and AdWords services</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[1:56] Intro</strong></p>



<p><strong>[2:20] It's not your fault, but it's your responsibility</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:35] It's not the game, it's the practice</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:23] Dietary patterns Rob wishes he would've known 15 years ago</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-551-task-level-vs-project-level-thinkers-no-such-thing-as-an-autopilot-business-and-more-a-rob-solo-adventure">Episode 551 | Task-level vs. Project-level Thinkers, No Such Thing as an Autopilot Business, and More (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hxkpTJvRSuA">11 Years to Overnight Success: From Beach Towels to A Successful Exit – Rob Walling – MicroConf 2017</a></li>



<li>Thanks to Software Promotions for supporting this podcast! <a href="https://bit.ly/tamegoogle">Learn more about their SEO and AdWords services</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/69a7366b-c2a2-46ef-86bf-323ac99cda06-Ep.572.mp3" length="23442445"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 572, Rob Walling does another solo adventure to talk about taking responsibility for the outcomes of your business and the importance of putting in the reps as a founder. Bootstrapping a startup is a marathon, not a sprint and it's important to enjoy the journey along the way.



Thanks to Software Promotions for supporting this podcast! Learn more about their SEO and AdWords services



The topics we cover



[1:56] Intro



[2:20] It's not your fault, but it's your responsibility



[8:35] It's not the game, it's the practice



[15:23] Dietary patterns Rob wishes he would've known 15 years ago



Links from the show




Episode 551 | Task-level vs. Project-level Thinkers, No Such Thing as an Autopilot Business, and More (A Rob Solo Adventure)



11 Years to Overnight Success: From Beach Towels to A Successful Exit – Rob Walling – MicroConf 2017



Thanks to Software Promotions for supporting this podcast! Learn more about their SEO and AdWords services




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:24:14</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 571 | Deciding When to Move on to Your Next Idea]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 12 Oct 2021 10:00:38 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-571-deciding-when-to-move-on-to-your-next-idea</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-571-deciding-when-to-move-on-to-your-next-idea</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 571, Rob Walling chats with Peter Suhm about moving on from WP Pusher and Branch. We also dive into how he came up with the idea for Reform and his process for validating the idea with a landing page before building.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[1:28] Intros</strong></p>



<p><strong>[2:48] Default alive and selling Branch</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:15] Changing customer behavior is hard</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:25] Struggling through customer interviews from a small studio</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:20] Thinking through all the options and deciding to keep going</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:45] Moving from a list of requirements to a form builder</strong></p>



<p><strong>[27:23] Building a high-quality MVP, starting with a landing page</strong></p>



<p><strong>[34:52] Entering a big, horizontal, crowded space</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.branchci.com/">Branch - Automated deployments for WordPress</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.reform.app/">Reform - Hosted forms. No code required.</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startupbook.net/">Start Small, Stay Small</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.aprildunford.com/obviously-awesome">Obviously Awesome - How to Nail Product Positioning so Customers Get it, Buy it, Love it</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/petersuhm">Peter Suhm (@petersuhm)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 571, Rob Walling chats with Peter Suhm about moving on from WP Pusher and Branch. We also dive into how he came up with the idea for Reform and his process for validating the idea with a landing page before building.



The topics we cover



[1:28] Intros



[2:48] Default alive and selling Branch



[8:15] Changing customer behavior is hard



[12:25] Struggling through customer interviews from a small studio



[16:20] Thinking through all the options and deciding to keep going



[18:45] Moving from a list of requirements to a form builder



[27:23] Building a high-quality MVP, starting with a landing page



[34:52] Entering a big, horizontal, crowded space



Links from the show




Branch - Automated deployments for WordPress



Reform - Hosted forms. No code required.



Start Small, Stay Small



Obviously Awesome - How to Nail Product Positioning so Customers Get it, Buy it, Love it



Peter Suhm (@petersuhm) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 571 | Deciding When to Move on to Your Next Idea]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 571, Rob Walling chats with Peter Suhm about moving on from WP Pusher and Branch. We also dive into how he came up with the idea for Reform and his process for validating the idea with a landing page before building.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[1:28] Intros</strong></p>



<p><strong>[2:48] Default alive and selling Branch</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:15] Changing customer behavior is hard</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:25] Struggling through customer interviews from a small studio</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:20] Thinking through all the options and deciding to keep going</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:45] Moving from a list of requirements to a form builder</strong></p>



<p><strong>[27:23] Building a high-quality MVP, starting with a landing page</strong></p>



<p><strong>[34:52] Entering a big, horizontal, crowded space</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.branchci.com/">Branch - Automated deployments for WordPress</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.reform.app/">Reform - Hosted forms. No code required.</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startupbook.net/">Start Small, Stay Small</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.aprildunford.com/obviously-awesome">Obviously Awesome - How to Nail Product Positioning so Customers Get it, Buy it, Love it</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/petersuhm">Peter Suhm (@petersuhm)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.571.mp3" length="36695844"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 571, Rob Walling chats with Peter Suhm about moving on from WP Pusher and Branch. We also dive into how he came up with the idea for Reform and his process for validating the idea with a landing page before building.



The topics we cover



[1:28] Intros



[2:48] Default alive and selling Branch



[8:15] Changing customer behavior is hard



[12:25] Struggling through customer interviews from a small studio



[16:20] Thinking through all the options and deciding to keep going



[18:45] Moving from a list of requirements to a form builder



[27:23] Building a high-quality MVP, starting with a landing page



[34:52] Entering a big, horizontal, crowded space



Links from the show




Branch - Automated deployments for WordPress



Reform - Hosted forms. No code required.



Start Small, Stay Small



Obviously Awesome - How to Nail Product Positioning so Customers Get it, Buy it, Love it



Peter Suhm (@petersuhm) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:38:02</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 570 | Bootstrappable Businesses, Selling as an Introvert, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 05 Oct 2021 10:00:43 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-570-bootstrappable-businesses-selling-as-an-introvert-and-more-listener-questions</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-570-bootstrappable-businesses-selling-as-an-introvert-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 570, Rob Walling answers listener questions about the ideal business for bootstrapping, how to create trust with potential customers, navigating depression as an entrepreneur as well as advice for introverted founders.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[1:42] Problems that are more conducive to bootstrapping</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:51] Creating trust with potential customers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:51] Battling depression or mental illness as an entrepreneur</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:45] Advice for introverted founders</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:95] Standard operating agreement for co-founders</strong></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 570, Rob Walling answers listener questions about the ideal business for bootstrapping, how to create trust with potential customers, navigating depression as an entrepreneur as well as advice for introverted founders.



The topics we cover



[1:42] Problems that are more conducive to bootstrapping



[8:51] Creating trust with potential customers



[10:51] Battling depression or mental illness as an entrepreneur



[13:45] Advice for introverted founders



[18:95] Standard operating agreement for co-founders



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 570 | Bootstrappable Businesses, Selling as an Introvert, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 570, Rob Walling answers listener questions about the ideal business for bootstrapping, how to create trust with potential customers, navigating depression as an entrepreneur as well as advice for introverted founders.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[1:42] Problems that are more conducive to bootstrapping</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:51] Creating trust with potential customers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:51] Battling depression or mental illness as an entrepreneur</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:45] Advice for introverted founders</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:95] Standard operating agreement for co-founders</strong></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/be4323b5-caae-4793-9bf4-86c09345fcc0-Ep.570.mp3" length="23198396"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 570, Rob Walling answers listener questions about the ideal business for bootstrapping, how to create trust with potential customers, navigating depression as an entrepreneur as well as advice for introverted founders.



The topics we cover



[1:42] Problems that are more conducive to bootstrapping



[8:51] Creating trust with potential customers



[10:51] Battling depression or mental illness as an entrepreneur



[13:45] Advice for introverted founders



[18:95] Standard operating agreement for co-founders



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:23:59</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 569 | The Life Changing Decision of When to Sell Your Company]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 28 Sep 2021 10:00:52 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-569-the-life-changing-decision-of-when-to-sell-your-company</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-569-the-life-changing-decision-of-when-to-sell-your-company</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 569, Rob Walling chats with Anna Maste, a founder who's been a part of the MicroConf community for several years. They talk about how Anna bootstrapped a two-sided RV marketplace and eventually sold it for a healthy multiple.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[1:16] An RV boondocker</strong></p>



<p><strong>[2:53] Selling for a healthy multiple</strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:21 ] Building a business with a a family member</strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:02] Tech stack used</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:23] Launching and early customers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:45] Experimenting with business models and pricing</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:01] Inflection in growth</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:21] Bootstrapping and fitting in</strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:53] First purchase offer</strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:05] Accepting the second strategic offer</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.boondockerswelcome.com/">Boondockers Welcome</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/skulegirl">Anna Maste (@skulegirl)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 569, Rob Walling chats with Anna Maste, a founder who's been a part of the MicroConf community for several years. They talk about how Anna bootstrapped a two-sided RV marketplace and eventually sold it for a healthy multiple.



The topics we cover



[1:16] An RV boondocker



[2:53] Selling for a healthy multiple



[5:21 ] Building a business with a a family member



[7:02] Tech stack used



[8:23] Launching and early customers



[12:45] Experimenting with business models and pricing



[14:01] Inflection in growth



[18:21] Bootstrapping and fitting in



[23:53] First purchase offer



[28:05] Accepting the second strategic offer



Links from the show




Boondockers Welcome



Anna Maste (@skulegirl) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 569 | The Life Changing Decision of When to Sell Your Company]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 569, Rob Walling chats with Anna Maste, a founder who's been a part of the MicroConf community for several years. They talk about how Anna bootstrapped a two-sided RV marketplace and eventually sold it for a healthy multiple.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[1:16] An RV boondocker</strong></p>



<p><strong>[2:53] Selling for a healthy multiple</strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:21 ] Building a business with a a family member</strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:02] Tech stack used</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:23] Launching and early customers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:45] Experimenting with business models and pricing</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:01] Inflection in growth</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:21] Bootstrapping and fitting in</strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:53] First purchase offer</strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:05] Accepting the second strategic offer</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.boondockerswelcome.com/">Boondockers Welcome</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/skulegirl">Anna Maste (@skulegirl)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.569a.mp3" length="31119284"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 569, Rob Walling chats with Anna Maste, a founder who's been a part of the MicroConf community for several years. They talk about how Anna bootstrapped a two-sided RV marketplace and eventually sold it for a healthy multiple.



The topics we cover



[1:16] An RV boondocker



[2:53] Selling for a healthy multiple



[5:21 ] Building a business with a a family member



[7:02] Tech stack used



[8:23] Launching and early customers



[12:45] Experimenting with business models and pricing



[14:01] Inflection in growth



[18:21] Bootstrapping and fitting in



[23:53] First purchase offer



[28:05] Accepting the second strategic offer



Links from the show




Boondockers Welcome



Anna Maste (@skulegirl) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:32:14</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 568 | MailChimp Sells for $12 billion]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 21 Sep 2021 10:00:11 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-568-mailchimp-sells-for-12-billion</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-568-mailchimp-sells-for-12-billion</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 568, Rob Walling talks about MailChimp selling for $12 billion to Intuit, the largest exit for a bootstrap company, ever. Not that all founders aspire to grow to this scale, but it's truly an incredible day for bootstrapped founders to know that we have the potential to get to this level without raising institutional funding.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[1:41] $800 million in ARR without outside funding</strong></p>



<p><strong>[4:14] Acquisition multiple</strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:42] Everyone sells, eventually</strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:31] Respect for MailChimp</strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:49] Disappointed with the UX</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:21] Equity vs higher salaries and bonuses</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:00] Long term outlook for existing Mailchimp customers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:21] Never say you're never going to sell</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:42] Being an email service provider today is hard</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-519-profit-sharing-stock-options-and-equity-a-rob-solo-adventure">Episode 519 | Profit Sharing, Stock Options, and Equity (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling">Rob Walling (@robwalling)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 568, Rob Walling talks about MailChimp selling for $12 billion to Intuit, the largest exit for a bootstrap company, ever. Not that all founders aspire to grow to this scale, but it's truly an incredible day for bootstrapped founders to know that we have the potential to get to this level without raising institutional funding.



The topics we cover



[1:41] $800 million in ARR without outside funding



[4:14] Acquisition multiple



[7:42] Everyone sells, eventually



[9:31] Respect for MailChimp



[11:49] Disappointed with the UX



[13:21] Equity vs higher salaries and bonuses



[18:00] Long term outlook for existing Mailchimp customers



[21:21] Never say you're never going to sell



[21:42] Being an email service provider today is hard



Links from the show




Episode 519 | Profit Sharing, Stock Options, and Equity (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 568 | MailChimp Sells for $12 billion]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 568, Rob Walling talks about MailChimp selling for $12 billion to Intuit, the largest exit for a bootstrap company, ever. Not that all founders aspire to grow to this scale, but it's truly an incredible day for bootstrapped founders to know that we have the potential to get to this level without raising institutional funding.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[1:41] $800 million in ARR without outside funding</strong></p>



<p><strong>[4:14] Acquisition multiple</strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:42] Everyone sells, eventually</strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:31] Respect for MailChimp</strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:49] Disappointed with the UX</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:21] Equity vs higher salaries and bonuses</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:00] Long term outlook for existing Mailchimp customers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:21] Never say you're never going to sell</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:42] Being an email service provider today is hard</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-519-profit-sharing-stock-options-and-equity-a-rob-solo-adventure">Episode 519 | Profit Sharing, Stock Options, and Equity (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling">Rob Walling (@robwalling)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.568.mp3" length="25305051"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 568, Rob Walling talks about MailChimp selling for $12 billion to Intuit, the largest exit for a bootstrap company, ever. Not that all founders aspire to grow to this scale, but it's truly an incredible day for bootstrapped founders to know that we have the potential to get to this level without raising institutional funding.



The topics we cover



[1:41] $800 million in ARR without outside funding



[4:14] Acquisition multiple



[7:42] Everyone sells, eventually



[9:31] Respect for MailChimp



[11:49] Disappointed with the UX



[13:21] Equity vs higher salaries and bonuses



[18:00] Long term outlook for existing Mailchimp customers



[21:21] Never say you're never going to sell



[21:42] Being an email service provider today is hard



Links from the show




Episode 519 | Profit Sharing, Stock Options, and Equity (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:26:10</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 567 | From Developer to CTO to Buying the Company for $1]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 14 Sep 2021 10:00:07 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-567-from-developer-to-cto-to-buying-the-company-for-1</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-567-from-developer-to-cto-to-buying-the-company-for-1</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 567, Rob Walling chats with Don Pottinger about joining a company as a developer, transitioning to CTO within 6 months, buying the company for $1, and then later on selling it for a life-changing sum of money.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[1:13] Introductions</strong></p>



<p><strong>[4:08] Learning to code independently vs learning on the job</strong></p>



<p><strong>[06:38] Joining Kevy in 2014</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:00] Transitioning to Director of Engineering and then to CTO</strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:58] Difficulty of laying employees off</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:20] A new CEO and $0 MRR</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:08] Cap table difficulties</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:56] CEO departure and buying the company for $1</strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:30] Starting over and doing it solo</strong></p>



<p><strong>[29:01] Running as a lifestyle business and selling the company</strong></p>



<p><strong>[35:02] Launching a new startup</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://kevy.co/">Kevy</a></li>



<li><a href="https://languatalk.com/">Langua Talk</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/donpottinger">Don Pottinger (@donpottinger)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 567, Rob Walling chats with Don Pottinger about joining a company as a developer, transitioning to CTO within 6 months, buying the company for $1, and then later on selling it for a life-changing sum of money.



The topics we cover



[1:13] Introductions



[4:08] Learning to code independently vs learning on the job



[06:38] Joining Kevy in 2014



[8:00] Transitioning to Director of Engineering and then to CTO



[11:58] Difficulty of laying employees off



[14:20] A new CEO and $0 MRR



[16:08] Cap table difficulties



[19:56] CEO departure and buying the company for $1



[26:30] Starting over and doing it solo



[29:01] Running as a lifestyle business and selling the company



[35:02] Launching a new startup



Links from the show




Kevy



Langua Talk



Don Pottinger (@donpottinger) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 567 | From Developer to CTO to Buying the Company for $1]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 567, Rob Walling chats with Don Pottinger about joining a company as a developer, transitioning to CTO within 6 months, buying the company for $1, and then later on selling it for a life-changing sum of money.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[1:13] Introductions</strong></p>



<p><strong>[4:08] Learning to code independently vs learning on the job</strong></p>



<p><strong>[06:38] Joining Kevy in 2014</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:00] Transitioning to Director of Engineering and then to CTO</strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:58] Difficulty of laying employees off</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:20] A new CEO and $0 MRR</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:08] Cap table difficulties</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:56] CEO departure and buying the company for $1</strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:30] Starting over and doing it solo</strong></p>



<p><strong>[29:01] Running as a lifestyle business and selling the company</strong></p>



<p><strong>[35:02] Launching a new startup</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://kevy.co/">Kevy</a></li>



<li><a href="https://languatalk.com/">Langua Talk</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/donpottinger">Don Pottinger (@donpottinger)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.567a.mp3" length="37820129"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 567, Rob Walling chats with Don Pottinger about joining a company as a developer, transitioning to CTO within 6 months, buying the company for $1, and then later on selling it for a life-changing sum of money.



The topics we cover



[1:13] Introductions



[4:08] Learning to code independently vs learning on the job



[06:38] Joining Kevy in 2014



[8:00] Transitioning to Director of Engineering and then to CTO



[11:58] Difficulty of laying employees off



[14:20] A new CEO and $0 MRR



[16:08] Cap table difficulties



[19:56] CEO departure and buying the company for $1



[26:30] Starting over and doing it solo



[29:01] Running as a lifestyle business and selling the company



[35:02] Launching a new startup



Links from the show




Kevy



Langua Talk



Don Pottinger (@donpottinger) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:39:12</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 566 | From Bootstrapped to Venture Backed with Hana Mohan]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 07 Sep 2021 10:00:35 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-566-from-bootstrapped-to-venture-backed-with-hana-mohan</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-566-from-bootstrapped-to-venture-backed-with-hana-mohan</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 566, Rob Walling chats with Hana Mohan about her journey as a SaaS founder. They compare and contrast bootstrapping and being venture-backed, hiring a chief of staff early on as a startup founder, and more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[2:17] Intro</strong></p>



<p><strong>[3:36] Deciding not to bootstrap <a href="https://magicbell.com/">MagicBell</a></strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:34] The team Composition at MagicBell</strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:15] The marketing approaches that are working today.</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:47] Technology behind MagicBell</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:32] Bootstrapping vs raising funding</strong></p>



<p><strong>[24:24] The importance of finding the right investors and hiring the right people</strong></p>



<p><strong>[25:27] Hiring a Chief of Staff</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://unamashana.blog/starting-a-new-tech-business-as-a-transgender-woman/">Starting a new tech business as a transgender woman</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zu71l1QOcB8">From Bootstrapped to Venture-Backed with Hana Mohan</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/unamashana">Hana Mohan (@unamashana)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 566, Rob Walling chats with Hana Mohan about her journey as a SaaS founder. They compare and contrast bootstrapping and being venture-backed, hiring a chief of staff early on as a startup founder, and more.



The topics we cover



[2:17] Intro



[3:36] Deciding not to bootstrap MagicBell



[6:34] The team Composition at MagicBell



[9:15] The marketing approaches that are working today.



[10:47] Technology behind MagicBell



[19:32] Bootstrapping vs raising funding



[24:24] The importance of finding the right investors and hiring the right people



[25:27] Hiring a Chief of Staff



Links from the show




Starting a new tech business as a transgender woman



From Bootstrapped to Venture-Backed with Hana Mohan



Hana Mohan (@unamashana) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 566 | From Bootstrapped to Venture Backed with Hana Mohan]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 566, Rob Walling chats with Hana Mohan about her journey as a SaaS founder. They compare and contrast bootstrapping and being venture-backed, hiring a chief of staff early on as a startup founder, and more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[2:17] Intro</strong></p>



<p><strong>[3:36] Deciding not to bootstrap <a href="https://magicbell.com/">MagicBell</a></strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:34] The team Composition at MagicBell</strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:15] The marketing approaches that are working today.</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:47] Technology behind MagicBell</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:32] Bootstrapping vs raising funding</strong></p>



<p><strong>[24:24] The importance of finding the right investors and hiring the right people</strong></p>



<p><strong>[25:27] Hiring a Chief of Staff</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://unamashana.blog/starting-a-new-tech-business-as-a-transgender-woman/">Starting a new tech business as a transgender woman</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zu71l1QOcB8">From Bootstrapped to Venture-Backed with Hana Mohan</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/unamashana">Hana Mohan (@unamashana)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.566a.mp3" length="32049198"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 566, Rob Walling chats with Hana Mohan about her journey as a SaaS founder. They compare and contrast bootstrapping and being venture-backed, hiring a chief of staff early on as a startup founder, and more.



The topics we cover



[2:17] Intro



[3:36] Deciding not to bootstrap MagicBell



[6:34] The team Composition at MagicBell



[9:15] The marketing approaches that are working today.



[10:47] Technology behind MagicBell



[19:32] Bootstrapping vs raising funding



[24:24] The importance of finding the right investors and hiring the right people



[25:27] Hiring a Chief of Staff



Links from the show




Starting a new tech business as a transgender woman



From Bootstrapped to Venture-Backed with Hana Mohan



Hana Mohan (@unamashana) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:33:12</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 565 | Correlation vs. Causation, Focus, Sharing MRR, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 31 Aug 2021 10:00:39 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-565-correlation-vs-causation-focus-sharing-mrr-and-more-listener-questions</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-565-correlation-vs-causation-focus-sharing-mrr-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 565, Rob Walling answers listener questions about focusing on one product vs multiple, sharing revenue metrics with early employees, and how to overcome the lack of motivation when starting new projects.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[05:31] Focusing on one core product vs multiple separate products at the same time</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:59] Sharing revenue metrics with new employees</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:37] Struggling with motivation and consistency</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cargo_cult">Cargo cult</a></li>



<li><a href="https://medium.com/@mnlfrgr/1-simple-rule-to-figure-out-which-advice-you-should-follow-3adb190034ef">1 simple rule to figure out which advice you should follow</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-559-bootstrapping-a-two-sided-marketplace-with-microaquire">Episode 559 | Bootstrapping a Two-Sided Marketplace with MicroAquire</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling">Rob Walling (@robwalling)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 565, Rob Walling answers listener questions about focusing on one product vs multiple, sharing revenue metrics with early employees, and how to overcome the lack of motivation when starting new projects.



The topics we cover



[05:31] Focusing on one core product vs multiple separate products at the same time



[14:59] Sharing revenue metrics with new employees



[18:37] Struggling with motivation and consistency



Links from the show




Cargo cult



1 simple rule to figure out which advice you should follow



Episode 559 | Bootstrapping a Two-Sided Marketplace with MicroAquire



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 565 | Correlation vs. Causation, Focus, Sharing MRR, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 565, Rob Walling answers listener questions about focusing on one product vs multiple, sharing revenue metrics with early employees, and how to overcome the lack of motivation when starting new projects.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[05:31] Focusing on one core product vs multiple separate products at the same time</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:59] Sharing revenue metrics with new employees</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:37] Struggling with motivation and consistency</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cargo_cult">Cargo cult</a></li>



<li><a href="https://medium.com/@mnlfrgr/1-simple-rule-to-figure-out-which-advice-you-should-follow-3adb190034ef">1 simple rule to figure out which advice you should follow</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-559-bootstrapping-a-two-sided-marketplace-with-microaquire">Episode 559 | Bootstrapping a Two-Sided Marketplace with MicroAquire</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling">Rob Walling (@robwalling)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.565a.mp3" length="25205039"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 565, Rob Walling answers listener questions about focusing on one product vs multiple, sharing revenue metrics with early employees, and how to overcome the lack of motivation when starting new projects.



The topics we cover



[05:31] Focusing on one core product vs multiple separate products at the same time



[14:59] Sharing revenue metrics with new employees



[18:37] Struggling with motivation and consistency



Links from the show




Cargo cult



1 simple rule to figure out which advice you should follow



Episode 559 | Bootstrapping a Two-Sided Marketplace with MicroAquire



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:26:04</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 564 | Running a Business with 10,000 Paid Subscribers]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 24 Aug 2021 10:00:31 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-564-running-a-business-with-10000-paid-subscribers</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-564-running-a-business-with-10000-paid-subscribers</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 564, Rob Walling chats with Sol Orwell about growing his website, <a href="http://examine.com/">examine.com</a> to millions of views per month, changing revenue models, and the importance of doing customer interviews.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[2:14] Intro</strong></p>



<p><strong>[3:06] How Examine started</strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:21] Examine's differentiated approach based on scientific research</strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:33] 10,000 paying subscribers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:59] Building trust through transparency</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:26] Interviewing customers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:14] Getting hit by Google</strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:52] Sol's stunt marketing pages</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.givewell.org/about/our-mistakes">Our Mistakes | GiveWell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://examine.com/">Examine</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.sjo.com/">SJO.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/sol_orwell">Sol Orwell (@sol_orwell)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 564, Rob Walling chats with Sol Orwell about growing his website, examine.com to millions of views per month, changing revenue models, and the importance of doing customer interviews.



The topics we cover



[2:14] Intro



[3:06] How Examine started



[7:21] Examine's differentiated approach based on scientific research



[9:33] 10,000 paying subscribers



[10:59] Building trust through transparency



[15:26] Interviewing customers



[21:14] Getting hit by Google



[26:52] Sol's stunt marketing pages



Links from the show




Our Mistakes | GiveWell



Examine



SJO.com



Sol Orwell (@sol_orwell) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 564 | Running a Business with 10,000 Paid Subscribers]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 564, Rob Walling chats with Sol Orwell about growing his website, <a href="http://examine.com/">examine.com</a> to millions of views per month, changing revenue models, and the importance of doing customer interviews.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[2:14] Intro</strong></p>



<p><strong>[3:06] How Examine started</strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:21] Examine's differentiated approach based on scientific research</strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:33] 10,000 paying subscribers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:59] Building trust through transparency</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:26] Interviewing customers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:14] Getting hit by Google</strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:52] Sol's stunt marketing pages</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.givewell.org/about/our-mistakes">Our Mistakes | GiveWell</a></li>



<li><a href="https://examine.com/">Examine</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.sjo.com/">SJO.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/sol_orwell">Sol Orwell (@sol_orwell)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.564a.mp3" length="32614229"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 564, Rob Walling chats with Sol Orwell about growing his website, examine.com to millions of views per month, changing revenue models, and the importance of doing customer interviews.



The topics we cover



[2:14] Intro



[3:06] How Examine started



[7:21] Examine's differentiated approach based on scientific research



[9:33] 10,000 paying subscribers



[10:59] Building trust through transparency



[15:26] Interviewing customers



[21:14] Getting hit by Google



[26:52] Sol's stunt marketing pages



Links from the show




Our Mistakes | GiveWell



Examine



SJO.com



Sol Orwell (@sol_orwell) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:33:47</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 563 | The Struggle, Calls to Action, Selling Above $1M ARR, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 17 Aug 2021 10:00:37 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-563-the-struggle-calls-to-action-selling-above-1m-arr-and-more-listener-questions</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-563-the-struggle-calls-to-action-selling-above-1m-arr-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 563, Rob Walling answers listener questions about startup operating agreements for co-founders, common cloud hosting solutions, struggling as a young entrepreneur, and selling your startup when you have over $1M in annual recurring revenue.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[1:40] Operating agreements for startup co-founders</strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:50] How to do startup vesting when not working fulltime on a project</strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:41] Common cloud hosting solutions for startups</strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:04] Struggling as a young entrepreneur</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:20] Call to action for info product</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:54] Virtual assistance</strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:05] Selling above $1M ARR</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.legalzoom.com/">LegalZoom</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.rocketlawyer.com/">Rocket Laywer</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.upcounsel.com/">Upcounsel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startupbook.net/">Start Small, Stay Small</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.upwork.com/">Upwork</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.bestjobs.ph/">Best Jobs</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.virtualstafffinder.com/">Virtual Staff Finder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling">Rob Walling (@robwalling)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 563, Rob Walling answers listener questions about startup operating agreements for co-founders, common cloud hosting solutions, struggling as a young entrepreneur, and selling your startup when you have over $1M in annual recurring revenue.



The topics we cover



[1:40] Operating agreements for startup co-founders



[5:50] How to do startup vesting when not working fulltime on a project



[9:41] Common cloud hosting solutions for startups



[11:04] Struggling as a young entrepreneur



[18:20] Call to action for info product



[20:54] Virtual assistance



[23:05] Selling above $1M ARR



Links from the show




LegalZoom



Rocket Laywer



Upcounsel



Start Small, Stay Small



Upwork



Best Jobs



Virtual Staff Finder



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 563 | The Struggle, Calls to Action, Selling Above $1M ARR, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 563, Rob Walling answers listener questions about startup operating agreements for co-founders, common cloud hosting solutions, struggling as a young entrepreneur, and selling your startup when you have over $1M in annual recurring revenue.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[1:40] Operating agreements for startup co-founders</strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:50] How to do startup vesting when not working fulltime on a project</strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:41] Common cloud hosting solutions for startups</strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:04] Struggling as a young entrepreneur</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:20] Call to action for info product</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:54] Virtual assistance</strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:05] Selling above $1M ARR</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.legalzoom.com/">LegalZoom</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.rocketlawyer.com/">Rocket Laywer</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.upcounsel.com/">Upcounsel</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startupbook.net/">Start Small, Stay Small</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.upwork.com/">Upwork</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.bestjobs.ph/">Best Jobs</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.virtualstafffinder.com/">Virtual Staff Finder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling">Rob Walling (@robwalling)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.563c.mp3" length="27406431"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 563, Rob Walling answers listener questions about startup operating agreements for co-founders, common cloud hosting solutions, struggling as a young entrepreneur, and selling your startup when you have over $1M in annual recurring revenue.



The topics we cover



[1:40] Operating agreements for startup co-founders



[5:50] How to do startup vesting when not working fulltime on a project



[9:41] Common cloud hosting solutions for startups



[11:04] Struggling as a young entrepreneur



[18:20] Call to action for info product



[20:54] Virtual assistance



[23:05] Selling above $1M ARR



Links from the show




LegalZoom



Rocket Laywer



Upcounsel



Start Small, Stay Small



Upwork



Best Jobs



Virtual Staff Finder



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:28:22</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 562.5 | TinySeed Fall 2021 SaaS Accelerator Application Info Session]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Mon, 16 Aug 2021 00:55:50 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-5625-tinyseed-fall-2021-saas-accelerator-application-info-session</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-5625-tinyseed-fall-2021-saas-accelerator-application-info-session</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[The application for TinySeed’s Fall 2021 SaaS accelerator batch of startups will open for two weeks starting on August 9th, 2021.

Watch the video recording of the Fall 2021 Batch Info Session here: https://youtu.be/6dqTClonO2Y

Interested in applying? Join us for an info session with the TinySeed team to talk about the application process, what to expect as a member of TinySeed, and some of the things we are looking for in companies we welcome into the fold.

https://tinyseed.com

#tinyseed

We’ve written a few posts that might be helpful if you’re considering applying:

— Our Fall 2021 application announcement: https://tinyseed.com/latest/tinyseeds-fall-2021-application-announcement

— Preview our Fall 2021 application and requirements in this overview: https://tinyseed.com/latest/2021-application-preview

— Curious about what it's like being a TinySeed founder?

Part 1 - https://tinyseed.com/latest/whats-it-like-being-a-tinyseed-founder

Part 2 - https://tinyseed.com/latest/part-2-tinyseed-founder]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[The application for TinySeed’s Fall 2021 SaaS accelerator batch of startups will open for two weeks starting on August 9th, 2021.

Watch the video recording of the Fall 2021 Batch Info Session here: https://youtu.be/6dqTClonO2Y

Interested in applying? Join us for an info session with the TinySeed team to talk about the application process, what to expect as a member of TinySeed, and some of the things we are looking for in companies we welcome into the fold.

https://tinyseed.com

#tinyseed

We’ve written a few posts that might be helpful if you’re considering applying:

— Our Fall 2021 application announcement: https://tinyseed.com/latest/tinyseeds-fall-2021-application-announcement

— Preview our Fall 2021 application and requirements in this overview: https://tinyseed.com/latest/2021-application-preview

— Curious about what it's like being a TinySeed founder?

Part 1 - https://tinyseed.com/latest/whats-it-like-being-a-tinyseed-founder

Part 2 - https://tinyseed.com/latest/part-2-tinyseed-founder]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 562.5 | TinySeed Fall 2021 SaaS Accelerator Application Info Session]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[The application for TinySeed’s Fall 2021 SaaS accelerator batch of startups will open for two weeks starting on August 9th, 2021.

Watch the video recording of the Fall 2021 Batch Info Session here: https://youtu.be/6dqTClonO2Y

Interested in applying? Join us for an info session with the TinySeed team to talk about the application process, what to expect as a member of TinySeed, and some of the things we are looking for in companies we welcome into the fold.

https://tinyseed.com

#tinyseed

We’ve written a few posts that might be helpful if you’re considering applying:

— Our Fall 2021 application announcement: https://tinyseed.com/latest/tinyseeds-fall-2021-application-announcement

— Preview our Fall 2021 application and requirements in this overview: https://tinyseed.com/latest/2021-application-preview

— Curious about what it's like being a TinySeed founder?

Part 1 - https://tinyseed.com/latest/whats-it-like-being-a-tinyseed-founder

Part 2 - https://tinyseed.com/latest/part-2-tinyseed-founder]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.562.5.mp3" length="61526988"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[The application for TinySeed’s Fall 2021 SaaS accelerator batch of startups will open for two weeks starting on August 9th, 2021.

Watch the video recording of the Fall 2021 Batch Info Session here: https://youtu.be/6dqTClonO2Y

Interested in applying? Join us for an info session with the TinySeed team to talk about the application process, what to expect as a member of TinySeed, and some of the things we are looking for in companies we welcome into the fold.

https://tinyseed.com

#tinyseed

We’ve written a few posts that might be helpful if you’re considering applying:

— Our Fall 2021 application announcement: https://tinyseed.com/latest/tinyseeds-fall-2021-application-announcement

— Preview our Fall 2021 application and requirements in this overview: https://tinyseed.com/latest/2021-application-preview

— Curious about what it's like being a TinySeed founder?

Part 1 - https://tinyseed.com/latest/whats-it-like-being-a-tinyseed-founder

Part 2 - https://tinyseed.com/latest/part-2-tinyseed-founder]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>01:03:54</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 562 | "Measure Twice, Cut Once" + SaaS Holy Grails (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 10 Aug 2021 10:00:09 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-562-measure-twice-cut-once-saas-holy-grails-a-rob-solo-adventure</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-562-measure-twice-cut-once-saas-holy-grails-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 562, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure to talk about enterprise sales, mental frameworks for founders, undoable decisions, and how to handle being approached about an acquisition.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[2:33] Enterprise sales advice</strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:48] Measure twice, cut once for SaaS</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:56] Holy Grail of SaaS: Expansion Revenue</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:12] Holy Grail of SaaS: Virality</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:25] Holy Grail of SaaS: Big space with slow-moving incumbents</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:46] Things to keep in mind when being approached about an acquisition</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/joshaledgard/status/1369726635549749248">Josh Ledgard on Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling">Rob Walling (@robwalling)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 562, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure to talk about enterprise sales, mental frameworks for founders, undoable decisions, and how to handle being approached about an acquisition.



The topics we cover



[2:33] Enterprise sales advice



[5:48] Measure twice, cut once for SaaS



[10:56] Holy Grail of SaaS: Expansion Revenue



[13:12] Holy Grail of SaaS: Virality



[14:25] Holy Grail of SaaS: Big space with slow-moving incumbents



[15:46] Things to keep in mind when being approached about an acquisition



Links from the show




Josh Ledgard on Twitter



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 562 | "Measure Twice, Cut Once" + SaaS Holy Grails (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 562, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure to talk about enterprise sales, mental frameworks for founders, undoable decisions, and how to handle being approached about an acquisition.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[2:33] Enterprise sales advice</strong></p>



<p><strong>[5:48] Measure twice, cut once for SaaS</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:56] Holy Grail of SaaS: Expansion Revenue</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:12] Holy Grail of SaaS: Virality</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:25] Holy Grail of SaaS: Big space with slow-moving incumbents</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:46] Things to keep in mind when being approached about an acquisition</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/joshaledgard/status/1369726635549749248">Josh Ledgard on Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling">Rob Walling (@robwalling)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.562a.mp3" length="18886249"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 562, join Rob Walling for another solo adventure to talk about enterprise sales, mental frameworks for founders, undoable decisions, and how to handle being approached about an acquisition.



The topics we cover



[2:33] Enterprise sales advice



[5:48] Measure twice, cut once for SaaS



[10:56] Holy Grail of SaaS: Expansion Revenue



[13:12] Holy Grail of SaaS: Virality



[14:25] Holy Grail of SaaS: Big space with slow-moving incumbents



[15:46] Things to keep in mind when being approached about an acquisition



Links from the show




Josh Ledgard on Twitter



Rob Walling (@robwalling) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:19:29</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 561 |  Launching on Product Hunt and DIY vs. DFY]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 03 Aug 2021 10:00:19 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-561-launching-on-product-hunt-and-diy-vs-dfy</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-561-launching-on-product-hunt-and-diy-vs-dfy</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 561, Rob Walling chats with Andy Cabasso, co-founder of Postaga, about launching on Product Hunt, having a done-for-you service in addition to a DIY self-service SaaS app, growing to a team of six people, having a free plan, and doing a ton of customer development in the early days.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[01:35] Selling an agency with retainers to start Postaga</strong></p>



<p><strong>[03:46] Explaining Postaga simply and succintly</strong></p>



<p><strong>[06:32] Size and stage of Postaga</strong></p>



<p><strong>[07:24] Using Postaga to market Postaga</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:22] Learning from early users</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:56] Launching on Product Hunt</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:09] Was it worth it to launch on Product Hunt?</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:30] Not charging at launch</strong></p>



<p><strong>[22:22] Conjecturing on a Product Hunt flop</strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:26] Postaga pricing plans</strong></p>



<p><strong>[25:58] A big month of growth</strong></p>



<p><strong>[32:13] A SaaS product with a service component</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://postaga.com/">Postaga | Automated Post Promotion and Marketing Platform</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/andycabasso">Andy Cabasso (@andycabasso)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 561, Rob Walling chats with Andy Cabasso, co-founder of Postaga, about launching on Product Hunt, having a done-for-you service in addition to a DIY self-service SaaS app, growing to a team of six people, having a free plan, and doing a ton of customer development in the early days.



The topics we cover



[01:35] Selling an agency with retainers to start Postaga



[03:46] Explaining Postaga simply and succintly



[06:32] Size and stage of Postaga



[07:24] Using Postaga to market Postaga



[10:22] Learning from early users



[13:56] Launching on Product Hunt



[18:09] Was it worth it to launch on Product Hunt?



[20:30] Not charging at launch



[22:22] Conjecturing on a Product Hunt flop



[23:26] Postaga pricing plans



[25:58] A big month of growth



[32:13] A SaaS product with a service component



Links from the show




Postaga | Automated Post Promotion and Marketing Platform



Andy Cabasso (@andycabasso) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 561 |  Launching on Product Hunt and DIY vs. DFY]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 561, Rob Walling chats with Andy Cabasso, co-founder of Postaga, about launching on Product Hunt, having a done-for-you service in addition to a DIY self-service SaaS app, growing to a team of six people, having a free plan, and doing a ton of customer development in the early days.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[01:35] Selling an agency with retainers to start Postaga</strong></p>



<p><strong>[03:46] Explaining Postaga simply and succintly</strong></p>



<p><strong>[06:32] Size and stage of Postaga</strong></p>



<p><strong>[07:24] Using Postaga to market Postaga</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:22] Learning from early users</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:56] Launching on Product Hunt</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:09] Was it worth it to launch on Product Hunt?</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:30] Not charging at launch</strong></p>



<p><strong>[22:22] Conjecturing on a Product Hunt flop</strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:26] Postaga pricing plans</strong></p>



<p><strong>[25:58] A big month of growth</strong></p>



<p><strong>[32:13] A SaaS product with a service component</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://postaga.com/">Postaga | Automated Post Promotion and Marketing Platform</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/andycabasso">Andy Cabasso (@andycabasso)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.561b.mp3" length="35220728"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 561, Rob Walling chats with Andy Cabasso, co-founder of Postaga, about launching on Product Hunt, having a done-for-you service in addition to a DIY self-service SaaS app, growing to a team of six people, having a free plan, and doing a ton of customer development in the early days.



The topics we cover



[01:35] Selling an agency with retainers to start Postaga



[03:46] Explaining Postaga simply and succintly



[06:32] Size and stage of Postaga



[07:24] Using Postaga to market Postaga



[10:22] Learning from early users



[13:56] Launching on Product Hunt



[18:09] Was it worth it to launch on Product Hunt?



[20:30] Not charging at launch



[22:22] Conjecturing on a Product Hunt flop



[23:26] Postaga pricing plans



[25:58] A big month of growth



[32:13] A SaaS product with a service component



Links from the show




Postaga | Automated Post Promotion and Marketing Platform



Andy Cabasso (@andycabasso) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:30</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 560 | When to Hire, Square Business Banking, and More Bootstrapper News]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jul 2021 10:00:17 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-560-when-to-hire-square-business-banking-and-more-bootstrapper-news</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-560-when-to-hire-square-business-banking-and-more-bootstrapper-news</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 560, Rob Walling is joined by Einar Vollset and Tracy Osborn to talk about deciding when it's time to hire someone, how to think about which role to hire next, changing location to force productivity, and more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[2:52] Deciding to hire a community manager</strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:28] Location hacks for improved productivity</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:52] Delta airline pilot suing Delta for stealing app</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:35] Product → Business → Company</strong></p>



<p><strong>[27:18] Facebook Users say "No" and Advertisers are Panicking</strong></p>



<p><strong>[32:32] Tech-enabled modern banks</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dynamitejobs.com/job/remote-community-manager/">MicroConf Remote Community Manager</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracymakes/status/1415017591408635912">Tracy Osborn's Tweet on Location Hacking</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.engadget.com/delta-pilot-sues-airline-app-063637349.html">Delta pilot sues the airline for allegedly stealing an app he designed | Engadget</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling/status/1409919420072349698">Rob Walling's Tweet on Product → Business → Company</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2021-07-14/facebook-fb-advertisers-impacted-by-apple-aapl-privacy-ios-14-changes">FacebookUsers Said No to Tracking. Now Advertisers are Panicking</a></li>



<li><a href="https://squareup.com/us/en/banking">Square Business Banking | Checking, Savings, &amp; Loans</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 560, Rob Walling is joined by Einar Vollset and Tracy Osborn to talk about deciding when it's time to hire someone, how to think about which role to hire next, changing location to force productivity, and more.



The topics we cover



[2:52] Deciding to hire a community manager



[9:28] Location hacks for improved productivity



[14:52] Delta airline pilot suing Delta for stealing app



[20:35] Product → Business → Company



[27:18] Facebook Users say "No" and Advertisers are Panicking



[32:32] Tech-enabled modern banks



Links from the show




MicroConf Remote Community Manager



Tracy Osborn's Tweet on Location Hacking



Delta pilot sues the airline for allegedly stealing an app he designed | Engadget



Rob Walling's Tweet on Product → Business → Company



FacebookUsers Said No to Tracking. Now Advertisers are Panicking



Square Business Banking | Checking, Savings, & Loans




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 560 | When to Hire, Square Business Banking, and More Bootstrapper News]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 560, Rob Walling is joined by Einar Vollset and Tracy Osborn to talk about deciding when it's time to hire someone, how to think about which role to hire next, changing location to force productivity, and more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[2:52] Deciding to hire a community manager</strong></p>



<p><strong>[9:28] Location hacks for improved productivity</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:52] Delta airline pilot suing Delta for stealing app</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:35] Product → Business → Company</strong></p>



<p><strong>[27:18] Facebook Users say "No" and Advertisers are Panicking</strong></p>



<p><strong>[32:32] Tech-enabled modern banks</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dynamitejobs.com/job/remote-community-manager/">MicroConf Remote Community Manager</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracymakes/status/1415017591408635912">Tracy Osborn's Tweet on Location Hacking</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.engadget.com/delta-pilot-sues-airline-app-063637349.html">Delta pilot sues the airline for allegedly stealing an app he designed | Engadget</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling/status/1409919420072349698">Rob Walling's Tweet on Product → Business → Company</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2021-07-14/facebook-fb-advertisers-impacted-by-apple-aapl-privacy-ios-14-changes">FacebookUsers Said No to Tracking. Now Advertisers are Panicking</a></li>



<li><a href="https://squareup.com/us/en/banking">Square Business Banking | Checking, Savings, &amp; Loans</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.560.mp3" length="36746705"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 560, Rob Walling is joined by Einar Vollset and Tracy Osborn to talk about deciding when it's time to hire someone, how to think about which role to hire next, changing location to force productivity, and more.



The topics we cover



[2:52] Deciding to hire a community manager



[9:28] Location hacks for improved productivity



[14:52] Delta airline pilot suing Delta for stealing app



[20:35] Product → Business → Company



[27:18] Facebook Users say "No" and Advertisers are Panicking



[32:32] Tech-enabled modern banks



Links from the show




MicroConf Remote Community Manager



Tracy Osborn's Tweet on Location Hacking



Delta pilot sues the airline for allegedly stealing an app he designed | Engadget



Rob Walling's Tweet on Product → Business → Company



FacebookUsers Said No to Tracking. Now Advertisers are Panicking



Square Business Banking | Checking, Savings, & Loans




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:38:05</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 559 | Bootstrapping a Two-Sided Marketplace with MicroAquire]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jul 2021 10:00:44 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-559-bootstrapping-a-two-sided-marketplace-with-microaquire</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-559-bootstrapping-a-two-sided-marketplace-with-microaquire</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 559, Rob Walling chats with Andrew Gazdecki, the founder of MicroAcquire, about bootstrapping a two-sided marketplace in a competitive industry. They talk about Andrew's previous successes, including growing Bizness Apps to $10 million in annual recurring revenue. They also unpack Andrew's current business, MicroAcquire, and talk about how it was started, its current success, and the future plans for the business.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[6:03] Why did Andrew decide to sell Bizness</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:12] Background on MicroAcquire</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:52] Ideal revenue for MicroAcquire</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:29] Comparing MicroAcquire differs from similar broker websites</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:59] The future of MicroAcquire</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:50] Metrics since launching in January 2020</strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:08] Bootstrapping a two-sided marketplace</strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:33] Raising $22 million post-money valuation</strong></p>



<p><strong>[31:25] The hardest thing about bootstrapping a business</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microacquire.com/">MicroAcquire</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.biznessapps.com/">Bizness Apps</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/agazdecki">Andrew Gazdecki (@agazdecki)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 559, Rob Walling chats with Andrew Gazdecki, the founder of MicroAcquire, about bootstrapping a two-sided marketplace in a competitive industry. They talk about Andrew's previous successes, including growing Bizness Apps to $10 million in annual recurring revenue. They also unpack Andrew's current business, MicroAcquire, and talk about how it was started, its current success, and the future plans for the business.



The topics we cover



[6:03] Why did Andrew decide to sell Bizness



[8:12] Background on MicroAcquire



[10:52] Ideal revenue for MicroAcquire



[13:29] Comparing MicroAcquire differs from similar broker websites



[16:59] The future of MicroAcquire



[20:50] Metrics since launching in January 2020



[23:08] Bootstrapping a two-sided marketplace



[26:33] Raising $22 million post-money valuation



[31:25] The hardest thing about bootstrapping a business



Links from the show




MicroAcquire



Bizness Apps



Andrew Gazdecki (@agazdecki) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 559 | Bootstrapping a Two-Sided Marketplace with MicroAquire]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 559, Rob Walling chats with Andrew Gazdecki, the founder of MicroAcquire, about bootstrapping a two-sided marketplace in a competitive industry. They talk about Andrew's previous successes, including growing Bizness Apps to $10 million in annual recurring revenue. They also unpack Andrew's current business, MicroAcquire, and talk about how it was started, its current success, and the future plans for the business.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[6:03] Why did Andrew decide to sell Bizness</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:12] Background on MicroAcquire</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:52] Ideal revenue for MicroAcquire</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:29] Comparing MicroAcquire differs from similar broker websites</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:59] The future of MicroAcquire</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:50] Metrics since launching in January 2020</strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:08] Bootstrapping a two-sided marketplace</strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:33] Raising $22 million post-money valuation</strong></p>



<p><strong>[31:25] The hardest thing about bootstrapping a business</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microacquire.com/">MicroAcquire</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.biznessapps.com/">Bizness Apps</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/agazdecki">Andrew Gazdecki (@agazdecki)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.559.mp3" length="32845034"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 559, Rob Walling chats with Andrew Gazdecki, the founder of MicroAcquire, about bootstrapping a two-sided marketplace in a competitive industry. They talk about Andrew's previous successes, including growing Bizness Apps to $10 million in annual recurring revenue. They also unpack Andrew's current business, MicroAcquire, and talk about how it was started, its current success, and the future plans for the business.



The topics we cover



[6:03] Why did Andrew decide to sell Bizness



[8:12] Background on MicroAcquire



[10:52] Ideal revenue for MicroAcquire



[13:29] Comparing MicroAcquire differs from similar broker websites



[16:59] The future of MicroAcquire



[20:50] Metrics since launching in January 2020



[23:08] Bootstrapping a two-sided marketplace



[26:33] Raising $22 million post-money valuation



[31:25] The hardest thing about bootstrapping a business



Links from the show




MicroAcquire



Bizness Apps



Andrew Gazdecki (@agazdecki) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:34:02</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 558 | Thinking Through Funding as a Bootstrapper]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jul 2021 10:00:37 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-558-thinking-through-funding-as-a-bootstrapper</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-558-thinking-through-funding-as-a-bootstrapper</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 558, Rob Walling chats with Einar Vollset about bootstrapping versus funding and the many options that exist in between. No longer is it a decision between a bootstrapped or venture path. With their unique perspectives, Rob and Einar talk about all of the funding options that exist. They also share some things to consider when deciding whether or not to take on funding and, if you do, how much you should plan on raising.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[04:24] When funding makes sense for bootstrappers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:54] Raising pre-revenue vs raising with revenue</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:29] Risks of raising as a platform (e.g. Shopify) business</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:40] Funding options available to bootstrappers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[27:57] Convertible notes &amp; SAFE's</strong></p>



<p><strong>[29:16] How much should a bootstrapper raise?</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-496-the-press-cover-expectations-dont-compare-yourself-to-slack-or-zoom">Episode 496 | "The Press Covers Exceptions, Don't Compare Yourself to Slack or Zoom"</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-411-bootstrapping-vs-funding-19-questions-to-ask">Episode 411 | Bootstrapping vs. Funding: 19 Questions To Ask</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 558, Rob Walling chats with Einar Vollset about bootstrapping versus funding and the many options that exist in between. No longer is it a decision between a bootstrapped or venture path. With their unique perspectives, Rob and Einar talk about all of the funding options that exist. They also share some things to consider when deciding whether or not to take on funding and, if you do, how much you should plan on raising.



The topics we cover



[04:24] When funding makes sense for bootstrappers



[11:54] Raising pre-revenue vs raising with revenue



[15:29] Risks of raising as a platform (e.g. Shopify) business



[20:40] Funding options available to bootstrappers



[27:57] Convertible notes & SAFE's



[29:16] How much should a bootstrapper raise?



Links from the show




Episode 496 | "The Press Covers Exceptions, Don't Compare Yourself to Slack or Zoom"



Episode 411 | Bootstrapping vs. Funding: 19 Questions To Ask



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 558 | Thinking Through Funding as a Bootstrapper]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 558, Rob Walling chats with Einar Vollset about bootstrapping versus funding and the many options that exist in between. No longer is it a decision between a bootstrapped or venture path. With their unique perspectives, Rob and Einar talk about all of the funding options that exist. They also share some things to consider when deciding whether or not to take on funding and, if you do, how much you should plan on raising.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[04:24] When funding makes sense for bootstrappers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:54] Raising pre-revenue vs raising with revenue</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:29] Risks of raising as a platform (e.g. Shopify) business</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:40] Funding options available to bootstrappers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[27:57] Convertible notes &amp; SAFE's</strong></p>



<p><strong>[29:16] How much should a bootstrapper raise?</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-496-the-press-cover-expectations-dont-compare-yourself-to-slack-or-zoom">Episode 496 | "The Press Covers Exceptions, Don't Compare Yourself to Slack or Zoom"</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-411-bootstrapping-vs-funding-19-questions-to-ask">Episode 411 | Bootstrapping vs. Funding: 19 Questions To Ask</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.558.mp3" length="41719893"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 558, Rob Walling chats with Einar Vollset about bootstrapping versus funding and the many options that exist in between. No longer is it a decision between a bootstrapped or venture path. With their unique perspectives, Rob and Einar talk about all of the funding options that exist. They also share some things to consider when deciding whether or not to take on funding and, if you do, how much you should plan on raising.



The topics we cover



[04:24] When funding makes sense for bootstrappers



[11:54] Raising pre-revenue vs raising with revenue



[15:29] Risks of raising as a platform (e.g. Shopify) business



[20:40] Funding options available to bootstrappers



[27:57] Convertible notes & SAFE's



[29:16] How much should a bootstrapper raise?



Links from the show




Episode 496 | "The Press Covers Exceptions, Don't Compare Yourself to Slack or Zoom"



Episode 411 | Bootstrapping vs. Funding: 19 Questions To Ask



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:43:16</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 557 | Investing for Founders]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jul 2021 10:00:39 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-557-investing-for-founders</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-557-investing-for-founders</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 557, Rob Walling flies solo to talk about investing for founders, with an emphasis on retirement. Rob views investing as a long-term game, not treating the stock market like a slot machine by buying and selling stocks. As founders, we're busy with our work, our family, and our friends. We don't want to spend a ton of time fiddling with investments. In this episode, Rob outlines an 80/20 approach to getting the most out of investing as a founder.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[02:13] How Rob made most of his money</strong></p>



<p><strong>[04:07] The rule of 72</strong></p>



<p><strong>[07:30] Investing on autopilot while building startups</strong></p>



<p><strong>[07:46] Build an emergency fund</strong></p>



<p><strong>[09:53] Max out retirement plans</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:08] Open a simple IRA or SEP IRA</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:00] Life insurance</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:35] Retirement account asset allocation</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:32] Taking your investments to the next step</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.investopedia.com/terms/r/ruleof72.asp">Rule of 72</a></li>



<li><a href="http://stackingbenjamins.com/havenlife">Haven Life</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.bogleheads.org/wiki/Lazy_portfolios">Lazy Portfolio</a></li>



<li><a href="https://moneyfortherestofus.com/">Money For the Rest of Us</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.stackingbenjamins.com/">The Stacking Benjamins Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://affordanything.com/">Afford Anything</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 557, Rob Walling flies solo to talk about investing for founders, with an emphasis on retirement. Rob views investing as a long-term game, not treating the stock market like a slot machine by buying and selling stocks. As founders, we're busy with our work, our family, and our friends. We don't want to spend a ton of time fiddling with investments. In this episode, Rob outlines an 80/20 approach to getting the most out of investing as a founder.



The topics we cover



[02:13] How Rob made most of his money



[04:07] The rule of 72



[07:30] Investing on autopilot while building startups



[07:46] Build an emergency fund



[09:53] Max out retirement plans



[12:08] Open a simple IRA or SEP IRA



[13:00] Life insurance



[14:35] Retirement account asset allocation



[18:32] Taking your investments to the next step



Links from the show




Rule of 72



Haven Life



Lazy Portfolio



Money For the Rest of Us



The Stacking Benjamins Podcast



Afford Anything




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 557 | Investing for Founders]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 557, Rob Walling flies solo to talk about investing for founders, with an emphasis on retirement. Rob views investing as a long-term game, not treating the stock market like a slot machine by buying and selling stocks. As founders, we're busy with our work, our family, and our friends. We don't want to spend a ton of time fiddling with investments. In this episode, Rob outlines an 80/20 approach to getting the most out of investing as a founder.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[02:13] How Rob made most of his money</strong></p>



<p><strong>[04:07] The rule of 72</strong></p>



<p><strong>[07:30] Investing on autopilot while building startups</strong></p>



<p><strong>[07:46] Build an emergency fund</strong></p>



<p><strong>[09:53] Max out retirement plans</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:08] Open a simple IRA or SEP IRA</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:00] Life insurance</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:35] Retirement account asset allocation</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:32] Taking your investments to the next step</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.investopedia.com/terms/r/ruleof72.asp">Rule of 72</a></li>



<li><a href="http://stackingbenjamins.com/havenlife">Haven Life</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.bogleheads.org/wiki/Lazy_portfolios">Lazy Portfolio</a></li>



<li><a href="https://moneyfortherestofus.com/">Money For the Rest of Us</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.stackingbenjamins.com/">The Stacking Benjamins Podcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://affordanything.com/">Afford Anything</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.557a.mp3" length="24799212"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 557, Rob Walling flies solo to talk about investing for founders, with an emphasis on retirement. Rob views investing as a long-term game, not treating the stock market like a slot machine by buying and selling stocks. As founders, we're busy with our work, our family, and our friends. We don't want to spend a ton of time fiddling with investments. In this episode, Rob outlines an 80/20 approach to getting the most out of investing as a founder.



The topics we cover



[02:13] How Rob made most of his money



[04:07] The rule of 72



[07:30] Investing on autopilot while building startups



[07:46] Build an emergency fund



[09:53] Max out retirement plans



[12:08] Open a simple IRA or SEP IRA



[13:00] Life insurance



[14:35] Retirement account asset allocation



[18:32] Taking your investments to the next step



Links from the show




Rule of 72



Haven Life



Lazy Portfolio



Money For the Rest of Us



The Stacking Benjamins Podcast



Afford Anything




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:25:39</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 556 | Zero to $26k MRR as the Solo Founder of Rails Autoscale]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jun 2021 10:00:29 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-556-rails-autoscale</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-556-rails-autoscale</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 556, Rob Walling chats with Adam McCrea about growing from zero to $300,000 in ARR over the course of three years as a Heroku add-on. Adam is still a single founder with no employees and up until joining the TinySeed accelerator in their Spring 2021 batch, has fully bootstrapped Rails Autoscale. Now, he's working to grow the app, deal with platform risk, and launch pricing experiments.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[03:30] Background before starting Rails Autoscale</strong></p>



<p><strong>[07:04] Getting to 100 active users</strong></p>



<p><strong>[09:30] Platform risk</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:59] Working on Rails Autoscale as a side project</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:54] Rails Autoscale vs. Heroku's Autoscaler</strong></p>



<p><strong>[24:13] Free-trial to freemium experiment</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://railsautoscale.com/">Rails Autoscale</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Adam McCrea (@adamlogic)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 556, Rob Walling chats with Adam McCrea about growing from zero to $300,000 in ARR over the course of three years as a Heroku add-on. Adam is still a single founder with no employees and up until joining the TinySeed accelerator in their Spring 2021 batch, has fully bootstrapped Rails Autoscale. Now, he's working to grow the app, deal with platform risk, and launch pricing experiments.



The topics we cover



[03:30] Background before starting Rails Autoscale



[07:04] Getting to 100 active users



[09:30] Platform risk



[14:59] Working on Rails Autoscale as a side project



[20:54] Rails Autoscale vs. Heroku's Autoscaler



[24:13] Free-trial to freemium experiment



Links from the show




Rails Autoscale



Adam McCrea (@adamlogic) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 556 | Zero to $26k MRR as the Solo Founder of Rails Autoscale]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 556, Rob Walling chats with Adam McCrea about growing from zero to $300,000 in ARR over the course of three years as a Heroku add-on. Adam is still a single founder with no employees and up until joining the TinySeed accelerator in their Spring 2021 batch, has fully bootstrapped Rails Autoscale. Now, he's working to grow the app, deal with platform risk, and launch pricing experiments.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[03:30] Background before starting Rails Autoscale</strong></p>



<p><strong>[07:04] Getting to 100 active users</strong></p>



<p><strong>[09:30] Platform risk</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:59] Working on Rails Autoscale as a side project</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:54] Rails Autoscale vs. Heroku's Autoscaler</strong></p>



<p><strong>[24:13] Free-trial to freemium experiment</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://railsautoscale.com/">Rails Autoscale</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Adam McCrea (@adamlogic)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.556a.mp3" length="27591404"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 556, Rob Walling chats with Adam McCrea about growing from zero to $300,000 in ARR over the course of three years as a Heroku add-on. Adam is still a single founder with no employees and up until joining the TinySeed accelerator in their Spring 2021 batch, has fully bootstrapped Rails Autoscale. Now, he's working to grow the app, deal with platform risk, and launch pricing experiments.



The topics we cover



[03:30] Background before starting Rails Autoscale



[07:04] Getting to 100 active users



[09:30] Platform risk



[14:59] Working on Rails Autoscale as a side project



[20:54] Rails Autoscale vs. Heroku's Autoscaler



[24:13] Free-trial to freemium experiment



Links from the show




Rails Autoscale



Adam McCrea (@adamlogic) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:28:33</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 555 | Businesses You Can Bootstrap, W2 vs. Contract, Enterprise Pricing, and More Listener Questions with Ruben Gamez]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 22 Jun 2021 10:00:10 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-555-businesses-you-can-bootstrap-w2-vs-contract-enterprise-pricing-and-more-listener-questions-with-ruben-gamez</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-555-businesses-you-can-bootstrap-w2-vs-contract-enterprise-pricing-and-more-listener-questions-with-ruben-gamez</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 555, Rob Walling answers listener questions with Ruben Gamez. They discuss different models of bootstrapping success, hiring W2 versus hiring contractors, determining if a business is an ideal fit for bootstrapping and they revisit enterprise pricing.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[01:24] Bootstrappers Rob &amp; Ruben admire</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:25] Pros and cons to hiring contractors vs W2 employees</strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:05] Determining if an idea is a good fit for bootstrapping</strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:31] How to develop competitive pricing for large enterprise clients</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://moraware.com/">Moraware</a></li>



<li><a href="https://carthook.com/">CartHook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://balsamiq.com/">Balsamiq</a></li>



<li><a href="https://churnbuster.io/">Churn Buster</a></li>



<li><a href="https://sparktoro.com/">SparkToro</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.bidsketch.com/">Bidsketch</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-551-task-level-vs-project-level-thinkers-no-such-thing-as-an-autopilot-business-and-more-a-rob-solo-adventure">Episode 551 | Task-level vs. Project-level Thinkers, No Such Thing as an Autopilot Business, and More (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 555, Rob Walling answers listener questions with Ruben Gamez. They discuss different models of bootstrapping success, hiring W2 versus hiring contractors, determining if a business is an ideal fit for bootstrapping and they revisit enterprise pricing.



The topics we cover



[01:24] Bootstrappers Rob & Ruben admire



[12:25] Pros and cons to hiring contractors vs W2 employees



[23:05] Determining if an idea is a good fit for bootstrapping



[28:31] How to develop competitive pricing for large enterprise clients



Links from the show




Moraware



CartHook



Balsamiq



Churn Buster



SparkToro



Bidsketch



Episode 551 | Task-level vs. Project-level Thinkers, No Such Thing as an Autopilot Business, and More (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 555 | Businesses You Can Bootstrap, W2 vs. Contract, Enterprise Pricing, and More Listener Questions with Ruben Gamez]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 555, Rob Walling answers listener questions with Ruben Gamez. They discuss different models of bootstrapping success, hiring W2 versus hiring contractors, determining if a business is an ideal fit for bootstrapping and they revisit enterprise pricing.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[01:24] Bootstrappers Rob &amp; Ruben admire</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:25] Pros and cons to hiring contractors vs W2 employees</strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:05] Determining if an idea is a good fit for bootstrapping</strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:31] How to develop competitive pricing for large enterprise clients</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://moraware.com/">Moraware</a></li>



<li><a href="https://carthook.com/">CartHook</a></li>



<li><a href="https://balsamiq.com/">Balsamiq</a></li>



<li><a href="https://churnbuster.io/">Churn Buster</a></li>



<li><a href="https://sparktoro.com/">SparkToro</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.bidsketch.com/">Bidsketch</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-551-task-level-vs-project-level-thinkers-no-such-thing-as-an-autopilot-business-and-more-a-rob-solo-adventure">Episode 551 | Task-level vs. Project-level Thinkers, No Such Thing as an Autopilot Business, and More (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.555.mp3" length="35124224"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 555, Rob Walling answers listener questions with Ruben Gamez. They discuss different models of bootstrapping success, hiring W2 versus hiring contractors, determining if a business is an ideal fit for bootstrapping and they revisit enterprise pricing.



The topics we cover



[01:24] Bootstrappers Rob & Ruben admire



[12:25] Pros and cons to hiring contractors vs W2 employees



[23:05] Determining if an idea is a good fit for bootstrapping



[28:31] How to develop competitive pricing for large enterprise clients



Links from the show




Moraware



CartHook



Balsamiq



Churn Buster



SparkToro



Bidsketch



Episode 551 | Task-level vs. Project-level Thinkers, No Such Thing as an Autopilot Business, and More (A Rob Solo Adventure)



Ruben Gamez (@earthlingworks) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:24</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 554 | Thinking Through Your Exit + Grief and Entrepreneurship with Dr. Sherry Walling]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 15 Jun 2021 10:00:23 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-554-thinking-through-your-exit-grief-and-entrepreneurship-with-dr-sherry-walling</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-554-thinking-through-your-exit-grief-and-entrepreneurship-with-dr-sherry-walling</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 554, Rob Walling chats with Sherry Walling about grief as a part of entrepreneurship and how to get better at handling grief as an entrepreneur. They also discuss burnout and properly evaluating if it's the right time to sell a company.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[02:18] Grief is part of entrepreneurship</strong></p>



<p><strong>[05:12] Getting better at handling grief and loss</strong></p>



<p><strong>[06:07] Grief and selling a company</strong></p>



<p><strong>[09:01] The importance of symbols</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:04] Evaluating reasons to sell a company</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:37] The three components of burnout</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:21] Changing your work schedule for summer</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Entrepreneurs-Guide-Keeping-Your-Together-ebook/dp/B079SNX6NB">The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together: How to Run Your Business Without Letting it Run You</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.18summers.com/">18 Summers</a></li>



<li><a href="https://zenfounder.com/">ZenFounder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.sherrywalling.com/">Sherry Walling</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Sherry Walling (@zenfounder)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 554, Rob Walling chats with Sherry Walling about grief as a part of entrepreneurship and how to get better at handling grief as an entrepreneur. They also discuss burnout and properly evaluating if it's the right time to sell a company.



The topics we cover



[02:18] Grief is part of entrepreneurship



[05:12] Getting better at handling grief and loss



[06:07] Grief and selling a company



[09:01] The importance of symbols



[12:04] Evaluating reasons to sell a company



[16:37] The three components of burnout



[20:21] Changing your work schedule for summer



Links from the show




The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together: How to Run Your Business Without Letting it Run You



18 Summers



ZenFounder



Sherry Walling



Sherry Walling (@zenfounder) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 554 | Thinking Through Your Exit + Grief and Entrepreneurship with Dr. Sherry Walling]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 554, Rob Walling chats with Sherry Walling about grief as a part of entrepreneurship and how to get better at handling grief as an entrepreneur. They also discuss burnout and properly evaluating if it's the right time to sell a company.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[02:18] Grief is part of entrepreneurship</strong></p>



<p><strong>[05:12] Getting better at handling grief and loss</strong></p>



<p><strong>[06:07] Grief and selling a company</strong></p>



<p><strong>[09:01] The importance of symbols</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:04] Evaluating reasons to sell a company</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:37] The three components of burnout</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:21] Changing your work schedule for summer</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Entrepreneurs-Guide-Keeping-Your-Together-ebook/dp/B079SNX6NB">The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together: How to Run Your Business Without Letting it Run You</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.18summers.com/">18 Summers</a></li>



<li><a href="https://zenfounder.com/">ZenFounder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.sherrywalling.com/">Sherry Walling</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Sherry Walling (@zenfounder)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.554.mp3" length="25802554"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 554, Rob Walling chats with Sherry Walling about grief as a part of entrepreneurship and how to get better at handling grief as an entrepreneur. They also discuss burnout and properly evaluating if it's the right time to sell a company.



The topics we cover



[02:18] Grief is part of entrepreneurship



[05:12] Getting better at handling grief and loss



[06:07] Grief and selling a company



[09:01] The importance of symbols



[12:04] Evaluating reasons to sell a company



[16:37] The three components of burnout



[20:21] Changing your work schedule for summer



Links from the show




The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together: How to Run Your Business Without Letting it Run You



18 Summers



ZenFounder



Sherry Walling



Sherry Walling (@zenfounder) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:26:41</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 553 | Stack Overflow and Moz Acquired, Quitting Instead of Giving Up Remote Work, and More Bootstrapper News]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jun 2021 10:00:20 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/553-stack-overflow-and-moz-acquired-quitting-instead-of-giving-up-remote-work-and-more-bootstrapper-news</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/553-stack-overflow-and-moz-acquired-quitting-instead-of-giving-up-remote-work-and-more-bootstrapper-news</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 553, Rob Walling chats with Tracy Osborn about the latest bootstrapper news, including the recent Stack Overflow and Moz acquisitions, quitting instead of giving up remote work, and highlights from TinySeed 2020 Batch.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[01:52] Intro</strong></p>



<p><strong>[03:45] Stack Overflow acquisition</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:11] Moz acquisition</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:33] Quitting instead of giving up remote work</strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:44] Highlights from TinySeed 2020</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-545-the-value-of-learning-80-20-design-fundamentals">Episode 545 | The Value of Learning 80/20 Design Fundamentals</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-511-raising-prices-re-writing-your-codebase">Episode 511 | Raising Prices &amp; Re-writing Your Codebase</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2021-06-01/return-to-office-employees-are-quitting-instead-of-giving-up-work-from-home">Employees Are Quitting Instead of Giving Up Working From Home</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.wsj.com/articles/software-developer-community-stack-overflow-sold-to-tech-giant-prosus-for-1-8-billion-11622648400">Stack Overflow Sold to Tech Giant Prosus for $1.8 Billion</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 553, Rob Walling chats with Tracy Osborn about the latest bootstrapper news, including the recent Stack Overflow and Moz acquisitions, quitting instead of giving up remote work, and highlights from TinySeed 2020 Batch.



The topics we cover



[01:52] Intro



[03:45] Stack Overflow acquisition



[12:11] Moz acquisition



[16:33] Quitting instead of giving up remote work



[26:44] Highlights from TinySeed 2020



Links from the show




Episode 545 | The Value of Learning 80/20 Design Fundamentals



Episode 511 | Raising Prices & Re-writing Your Codebase



Employees Are Quitting Instead of Giving Up Working From Home



Stack Overflow Sold to Tech Giant Prosus for $1.8 Billion



Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 553 | Stack Overflow and Moz Acquired, Quitting Instead of Giving Up Remote Work, and More Bootstrapper News]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 553, Rob Walling chats with Tracy Osborn about the latest bootstrapper news, including the recent Stack Overflow and Moz acquisitions, quitting instead of giving up remote work, and highlights from TinySeed 2020 Batch.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[01:52] Intro</strong></p>



<p><strong>[03:45] Stack Overflow acquisition</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:11] Moz acquisition</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:33] Quitting instead of giving up remote work</strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:44] Highlights from TinySeed 2020</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-545-the-value-of-learning-80-20-design-fundamentals">Episode 545 | The Value of Learning 80/20 Design Fundamentals</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-511-raising-prices-re-writing-your-codebase">Episode 511 | Raising Prices &amp; Re-writing Your Codebase</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2021-06-01/return-to-office-employees-are-quitting-instead-of-giving-up-work-from-home">Employees Are Quitting Instead of Giving Up Working From Home</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.wsj.com/articles/software-developer-community-stack-overflow-sold-to-tech-giant-prosus-for-1-8-billion-11622648400">Stack Overflow Sold to Tech Giant Prosus for $1.8 Billion</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.553a.mp3" length="35308138"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 553, Rob Walling chats with Tracy Osborn about the latest bootstrapper news, including the recent Stack Overflow and Moz acquisitions, quitting instead of giving up remote work, and highlights from TinySeed 2020 Batch.



The topics we cover



[01:52] Intro



[03:45] Stack Overflow acquisition



[12:11] Moz acquisition



[16:33] Quitting instead of giving up remote work



[26:44] Highlights from TinySeed 2020



Links from the show




Episode 545 | The Value of Learning 80/20 Design Fundamentals



Episode 511 | Raising Prices & Re-writing Your Codebase



Employees Are Quitting Instead of Giving Up Working From Home



Stack Overflow Sold to Tech Giant Prosus for $1.8 Billion



Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:35</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 552 | Google Audits, Partnerships, and Freemium with Mike Taber]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jun 2021 10:00:30 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-552-google-audits-partnerships-and-freemium-with-mike-taber</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-552-google-audits-partnerships-and-freemium-with-mike-taber</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 552, Rob Walling is joined by co-host emeritus, Mike Taber to chat about his decision-making around whether to launch a freemium plan, whether to do an AppSumo deal, how his potential partnerships merger is panning out.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[04:93] Update on the CRM partnership opportunity, AppSumo, and Freemium</strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:39] Yet another Google security audit update</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://bluetick.io/">Bluetick.io</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-535-a-bluetick-update-with-mike-taber">Episode 535 | A Bluetick Update with Mike Taber</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote">MicroConf Remote</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-543-all-things-startup-with-mike-taber">Episode 543 | All Things Startup with #Mike Taber</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Mike Taber (@singlefounder)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 552, Rob Walling is joined by co-host emeritus, Mike Taber to chat about his decision-making around whether to launch a freemium plan, whether to do an AppSumo deal, how his potential partnerships merger is panning out.



The topics we cover



[04:93] Update on the CRM partnership opportunity, AppSumo, and Freemium



[23:39] Yet another Google security audit update



Links from the show




Bluetick.io



Episode 535 | A Bluetick Update with Mike Taber



MicroConf Remote



Episode 543 | All Things Startup with #Mike Taber



Mike Taber (@singlefounder) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 552 | Google Audits, Partnerships, and Freemium with Mike Taber]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 552, Rob Walling is joined by co-host emeritus, Mike Taber to chat about his decision-making around whether to launch a freemium plan, whether to do an AppSumo deal, how his potential partnerships merger is panning out.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[04:93] Update on the CRM partnership opportunity, AppSumo, and Freemium</strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:39] Yet another Google security audit update</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://bluetick.io/">Bluetick.io</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-535-a-bluetick-update-with-mike-taber">Episode 535 | A Bluetick Update with Mike Taber</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/remote">MicroConf Remote</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-543-all-things-startup-with-mike-taber">Episode 543 | All Things Startup with #Mike Taber</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Mike Taber (@singlefounder)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.552.mp3" length="34341099"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 552, Rob Walling is joined by co-host emeritus, Mike Taber to chat about his decision-making around whether to launch a freemium plan, whether to do an AppSumo deal, how his potential partnerships merger is panning out.



The topics we cover



[04:93] Update on the CRM partnership opportunity, AppSumo, and Freemium



[23:39] Yet another Google security audit update



Links from the show




Bluetick.io



Episode 535 | A Bluetick Update with Mike Taber



MicroConf Remote



Episode 543 | All Things Startup with #Mike Taber



Mike Taber (@singlefounder) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:35:35</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 551 | Task-level vs. Project-level Thinkers, No Such Thing as an Autopilot Business, and More (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 25 May 2021 10:00:54 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-551-task-level-vs-project-level-thinkers-no-such-thing-as-an-autopilot-business-and-more-a-rob-solo-adventure</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-551-task-level-vs-project-level-thinkers-no-such-thing-as-an-autopilot-business-and-more-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 551 of Startups For the Rest of Us, Rob does another solo adventure to talk about hiring owner-level thinkers, the fallacy of an autopilot passive income software business, and more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[1:25] Hiring task-level thinkers, project-level thinkers, and owner-level thinkers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[07:43] The fallacy of an autopilot passive income software business</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:21] Our bootstrap community</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:45] Questions you should ask yourself when building/growing a company</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://feinternational.com/">FE International: Professional M&amp;A Advisor</a></li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/">Quiet Light Brokerage</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microacquire.com/">MicroAcquire - Startup acquisition marketplace. Free. Private. No middlemen.</a></li>



<li><a href="https://empireflippers.com/">Empire Flippers - Website Brokers</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Billion-Dollar-Loser-Spectacular-Neumann/dp/0316461369">Billion Dollar Loser: The Epic Rise and Spectacular Fall of Adam Neumann and WeWork</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Invent-Wander-Collected-Writings-Introduction-ebook/dp/B08BCCT6MW">Invent and Wander: The Collected Writings of Jeff Bezos, With an Introduction by Walter Isaacson</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>



<p><em>This episode is sponsored by <a href="http://getrewardful.com/startups">Rewardful</a>, turning your biggest fans into your best marketers.</em></p>



<p><em>Get 30% off your first 3 months by heading to <a href="http://getrewardful.com/startups">getRewardful.com/startups</a>. Offer expires May 31st.</em></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 551 of Startups For the Rest of Us, Rob does another solo adventure to talk about hiring owner-level thinkers, the fallacy of an autopilot passive income software business, and more.



The topics we cover



[1:25] Hiring task-level thinkers, project-level thinkers, and owner-level thinkers



[07:43] The fallacy of an autopilot passive income software business



[15:21] Our bootstrap community



[20:45] Questions you should ask yourself when building/growing a company



Links from the show




FE International: Professional M&A Advisor



Quiet Light Brokerage



MicroAcquire - Startup acquisition marketplace. Free. Private. No middlemen.



Empire Flippers - Website Brokers



Billion Dollar Loser: The Epic Rise and Spectacular Fall of Adam Neumann and WeWork



Invent and Wander: The Collected Writings of Jeff Bezos, With an Introduction by Walter Isaacson




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher



This episode is sponsored by Rewardful, turning your biggest fans into your best marketers.



Get 30% off your first 3 months by heading to getRewardful.com/startups. Offer expires May 31st.]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 551 | Task-level vs. Project-level Thinkers, No Such Thing as an Autopilot Business, and More (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 551 of Startups For the Rest of Us, Rob does another solo adventure to talk about hiring owner-level thinkers, the fallacy of an autopilot passive income software business, and more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[1:25] Hiring task-level thinkers, project-level thinkers, and owner-level thinkers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[07:43] The fallacy of an autopilot passive income software business</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:21] Our bootstrap community</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:45] Questions you should ask yourself when building/growing a company</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://feinternational.com/">FE International: Professional M&amp;A Advisor</a></li>



<li><a href="https://quietlight.com/">Quiet Light Brokerage</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microacquire.com/">MicroAcquire - Startup acquisition marketplace. Free. Private. No middlemen.</a></li>



<li><a href="https://empireflippers.com/">Empire Flippers - Website Brokers</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Billion-Dollar-Loser-Spectacular-Neumann/dp/0316461369">Billion Dollar Loser: The Epic Rise and Spectacular Fall of Adam Neumann and WeWork</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Invent-Wander-Collected-Writings-Introduction-ebook/dp/B08BCCT6MW">Invent and Wander: The Collected Writings of Jeff Bezos, With an Introduction by Walter Isaacson</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>



<p><em>This episode is sponsored by <a href="http://getrewardful.com/startups">Rewardful</a>, turning your biggest fans into your best marketers.</em></p>



<p><em>Get 30% off your first 3 months by heading to <a href="http://getrewardful.com/startups">getRewardful.com/startups</a>. Offer expires May 31st.</em></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.551.mp3" length="27514067"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 551 of Startups For the Rest of Us, Rob does another solo adventure to talk about hiring owner-level thinkers, the fallacy of an autopilot passive income software business, and more.



The topics we cover



[1:25] Hiring task-level thinkers, project-level thinkers, and owner-level thinkers



[07:43] The fallacy of an autopilot passive income software business



[15:21] Our bootstrap community



[20:45] Questions you should ask yourself when building/growing a company



Links from the show




FE International: Professional M&A Advisor



Quiet Light Brokerage



MicroAcquire - Startup acquisition marketplace. Free. Private. No middlemen.



Empire Flippers - Website Brokers



Billion Dollar Loser: The Epic Rise and Spectacular Fall of Adam Neumann and WeWork



Invent and Wander: The Collected Writings of Jeff Bezos, With an Introduction by Walter Isaacson




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher



This episode is sponsored by Rewardful, turning your biggest fans into your best marketers.



Get 30% off your first 3 months by heading to getRewardful.com/startups. Offer expires May 31st.]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:28:28</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 550 | Three Years of Grind to Six Figures in ARR with CloudForecast]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 18 May 2021 05:00:06 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-550-three-years-of-grind-to-six-figures-in-arr-with-cloudforecast</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-550-three-years-of-grind-to-six-figures-in-arr-with-cloudforecast</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[In Episode 550, Rob Walling chats with Tony Chan, co-founder of CloudForecast, about his incredible story of perseverance after getting rejected multiple times only to finally find product-market fit and reach six figures in annual recurring revenue.
<h2>The topics we cover</h2>
<strong>[04:11] CloudForecast's current revenue and customer base</strong>

<strong>[08:43] Origin story for the idea of CloudForecast</strong>

<strong>[16:53] Dealing with (many) rejections</strong>

<strong>[28:01] Parting ways with a co-founder</strong>

<strong>[30:07] The journey to Product-Market Fit</strong>

<strong>[35:23] Marketing channels that are working for CloudForecast</strong>
<h2>Links from the show</h2>
<ul>
 	<li><a href="https://cloudforecast.io/">CloudForecast</a></li>
 	<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-464-highs-lows-and-building-your-first-sales-process-with-steli-efti">Episode 464 | Highs, Lows, and Building Your First Sales Process with Steli Efti</a></li>
 	<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-507-making-cold-email-work-in-b2b-saas">Episode 507 | Making Cold Email Work in B2B SaaS</a></li>
 	<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-463-troubleshooting-enterprise-sales-a-founder-hotseat-with-david-heller">Episode 463 | Troubleshooting Enterprise Sales (A Founder Hotseat with David Heller)</a></li>
 	<li><a href="https://resources.thesalesblog.com/the-only-sales-guide-youll-ever-need">The Only Sales Guide You'll Ever Need by Anthony Iannarino</a></li>
 	<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Tony Chan (@toeknee123)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>
If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!

Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a>

<em>This episode is sponsored by <a href="http://getrewardful.com/startups">Rewardful</a>, turning your biggest fans into your best marketers.</em>

<em>Get 30% off your first 3 months by heading to <a href="http://getrewardful.com/startups">getRewardful.com/startups</a>. Offer expires May 31st.</em>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 550, Rob Walling chats with Tony Chan, co-founder of CloudForecast, about his incredible story of perseverance after getting rejected multiple times only to finally find product-market fit and reach six figures in annual recurring revenue.
The topics we cover
[04:11] CloudForecast's current revenue and customer base

[08:43] Origin story for the idea of CloudForecast

[16:53] Dealing with (many) rejections

[28:01] Parting ways with a co-founder

[30:07] The journey to Product-Market Fit

[35:23] Marketing channels that are working for CloudForecast
Links from the show

 	CloudForecast
 	Episode 464 | Highs, Lows, and Building Your First Sales Process with Steli Efti
 	Episode 507 | Making Cold Email Work in B2B SaaS
 	Episode 463 | Troubleshooting Enterprise Sales (A Founder Hotseat with David Heller)
 	The Only Sales Guide You'll Ever Need by Anthony Iannarino
 	Tony Chan (@toeknee123) | Twitter

If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!

Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher

This episode is sponsored by Rewardful, turning your biggest fans into your best marketers.

Get 30% off your first 3 months by heading to getRewardful.com/startups. Offer expires May 31st.]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 550 | Three Years of Grind to Six Figures in ARR with CloudForecast]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 550, Rob Walling chats with Tony Chan, co-founder of CloudForecast, about his incredible story of perseverance after getting rejected multiple times only to finally find product-market fit and reach six figures in annual recurring revenue.
<h2>The topics we cover</h2>
<strong>[04:11] CloudForecast's current revenue and customer base</strong>

<strong>[08:43] Origin story for the idea of CloudForecast</strong>

<strong>[16:53] Dealing with (many) rejections</strong>

<strong>[28:01] Parting ways with a co-founder</strong>

<strong>[30:07] The journey to Product-Market Fit</strong>

<strong>[35:23] Marketing channels that are working for CloudForecast</strong>
<h2>Links from the show</h2>
<ul>
 	<li><a href="https://cloudforecast.io/">CloudForecast</a></li>
 	<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-464-highs-lows-and-building-your-first-sales-process-with-steli-efti">Episode 464 | Highs, Lows, and Building Your First Sales Process with Steli Efti</a></li>
 	<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-507-making-cold-email-work-in-b2b-saas">Episode 507 | Making Cold Email Work in B2B SaaS</a></li>
 	<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-463-troubleshooting-enterprise-sales-a-founder-hotseat-with-david-heller">Episode 463 | Troubleshooting Enterprise Sales (A Founder Hotseat with David Heller)</a></li>
 	<li><a href="https://resources.thesalesblog.com/the-only-sales-guide-youll-ever-need">The Only Sales Guide You'll Ever Need by Anthony Iannarino</a></li>
 	<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Tony Chan (@toeknee123)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>
If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!

Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a>

<em>This episode is sponsored by <a href="http://getrewardful.com/startups">Rewardful</a>, turning your biggest fans into your best marketers.</em>

<em>Get 30% off your first 3 months by heading to <a href="http://getrewardful.com/startups">getRewardful.com/startups</a>. Offer expires May 31st.</em>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.550.mp3" length="42023599"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 550, Rob Walling chats with Tony Chan, co-founder of CloudForecast, about his incredible story of perseverance after getting rejected multiple times only to finally find product-market fit and reach six figures in annual recurring revenue.
The topics we cover
[04:11] CloudForecast's current revenue and customer base

[08:43] Origin story for the idea of CloudForecast

[16:53] Dealing with (many) rejections

[28:01] Parting ways with a co-founder

[30:07] The journey to Product-Market Fit

[35:23] Marketing channels that are working for CloudForecast
Links from the show

 	CloudForecast
 	Episode 464 | Highs, Lows, and Building Your First Sales Process with Steli Efti
 	Episode 507 | Making Cold Email Work in B2B SaaS
 	Episode 463 | Troubleshooting Enterprise Sales (A Founder Hotseat with David Heller)
 	The Only Sales Guide You'll Ever Need by Anthony Iannarino
 	Tony Chan (@toeknee123) | Twitter

If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!

Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher

This episode is sponsored by Rewardful, turning your biggest fans into your best marketers.

Get 30% off your first 3 months by heading to getRewardful.com/startups. Offer expires May 31st.]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:43:35</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 549 | Hiring vs. Outsourcing, E-commerce SaaS, and More Listener Questions with Jordan Gal]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 11 May 2021 10:00:35 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-549-hiring-vs-outsourcing-e-commerce-saas-and-more-listener-questions-with-jordan-gal</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-549-hiring-vs-outsourcing-e-commerce-saas-and-more-listener-questions-with-jordan-gal</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 439, Rob Walling is joined by Jordan Gal to answer listener questions about starting an e-commerce SaaS and the laws and regulations, and compliance requirements required. They talk about managing enterprise perceptions of risk towards bootstrap startups. They also answer questions about bootstrapping and enterprise SaaS as well as hiring a growth role and whether you should hire full-time or outsource to a contractor or an agency.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[01:11] Regulatory requirements for starting an e-commerce platform (Solman Ahmed)</strong></p>



<p><strong>[06:18] Managing enterprise perception of risk when selling as a bootstrapper (Noah Stall)</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:26] Are some markets not feasible with a bootstrapped approach? (Declan Sweeney)</strong></p>



<p><strong>[22:42] Finding someone who is experienced growing SaaS companies (Russ)</strong></p>



<p><strong>[30:10] Hiring full-time versus outsourcing (Filip Kis)</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://books.google.com/books/about/Crossing_the_Chasm.html?id=yJXHUDSaJgsC">Crossing the Chasm</a></li>



<li><a href="https://demandmaven.io/">DemandMaven || Growth Marketing Consultancy for SaaS &amp; Startups</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/microconf-connect">MicroConf Connect — MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-537-on-launching-funding-and-growth-with-serial-saas-founder-rand-fishkin">Episode 537 | On Launching, Funding, and Growth with Serial SaaS Founder Rand Fishkin</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-499-the-first-six-stages-of-saas-growth">Episode 499 | The (First) Six Stages of SaaS Growth - Part 1</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-499-the-first-six-stages-of-saas-growth-part-2">Episode 499.5 | The (First) Six Stages of SaaS Growth - Part 2</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Jordan Gal (@jordangal)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>



<p><em>This episode is sponsored by <a href="http://getrewardful.com/startups">Rewardful</a>, turning your biggest fans into your best marketers.</em></p>



<p><em>Get 30% off your first 3 months by heading to <a href="http://getrewardful.com/startups">getRewardful.com/startups</a>. Offer expires May 31st.</em></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 439, Rob Walling is joined by Jordan Gal to answer listener questions about starting an e-commerce SaaS and the laws and regulations, and compliance requirements required. They talk about managing enterprise perceptions of risk towards bootstrap startups. They also answer questions about bootstrapping and enterprise SaaS as well as hiring a growth role and whether you should hire full-time or outsource to a contractor or an agency.



The topics we cover



[01:11] Regulatory requirements for starting an e-commerce platform (Solman Ahmed)



[06:18] Managing enterprise perception of risk when selling as a bootstrapper (Noah Stall)



[16:26] Are some markets not feasible with a bootstrapped approach? (Declan Sweeney)



[22:42] Finding someone who is experienced growing SaaS companies (Russ)



[30:10] Hiring full-time versus outsourcing (Filip Kis)



Links from the show




Crossing the Chasm



DemandMaven || Growth Marketing Consultancy for SaaS & Startups



MicroConf Connect — MicroConf



Episode 537 | On Launching, Funding, and Growth with Serial SaaS Founder Rand Fishkin



Episode 499 | The (First) Six Stages of SaaS Growth - Part 1



Episode 499.5 | The (First) Six Stages of SaaS Growth - Part 2



Jordan Gal (@jordangal) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher



This episode is sponsored by Rewardful, turning your biggest fans into your best marketers.



Get 30% off your first 3 months by heading to getRewardful.com/startups. Offer expires May 31st.]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 549 | Hiring vs. Outsourcing, E-commerce SaaS, and More Listener Questions with Jordan Gal]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 439, Rob Walling is joined by Jordan Gal to answer listener questions about starting an e-commerce SaaS and the laws and regulations, and compliance requirements required. They talk about managing enterprise perceptions of risk towards bootstrap startups. They also answer questions about bootstrapping and enterprise SaaS as well as hiring a growth role and whether you should hire full-time or outsource to a contractor or an agency.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[01:11] Regulatory requirements for starting an e-commerce platform (Solman Ahmed)</strong></p>



<p><strong>[06:18] Managing enterprise perception of risk when selling as a bootstrapper (Noah Stall)</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:26] Are some markets not feasible with a bootstrapped approach? (Declan Sweeney)</strong></p>



<p><strong>[22:42] Finding someone who is experienced growing SaaS companies (Russ)</strong></p>



<p><strong>[30:10] Hiring full-time versus outsourcing (Filip Kis)</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://books.google.com/books/about/Crossing_the_Chasm.html?id=yJXHUDSaJgsC">Crossing the Chasm</a></li>



<li><a href="https://demandmaven.io/">DemandMaven || Growth Marketing Consultancy for SaaS &amp; Startups</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/microconf-connect">MicroConf Connect — MicroConf</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-537-on-launching-funding-and-growth-with-serial-saas-founder-rand-fishkin">Episode 537 | On Launching, Funding, and Growth with Serial SaaS Founder Rand Fishkin</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-499-the-first-six-stages-of-saas-growth">Episode 499 | The (First) Six Stages of SaaS Growth - Part 1</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-499-the-first-six-stages-of-saas-growth-part-2">Episode 499.5 | The (First) Six Stages of SaaS Growth - Part 2</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Jordan Gal (@jordangal)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>



<p><em>This episode is sponsored by <a href="http://getrewardful.com/startups">Rewardful</a>, turning your biggest fans into your best marketers.</em></p>



<p><em>Get 30% off your first 3 months by heading to <a href="http://getrewardful.com/startups">getRewardful.com/startups</a>. Offer expires May 31st.</em></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.549.mp3" length="39830459"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 439, Rob Walling is joined by Jordan Gal to answer listener questions about starting an e-commerce SaaS and the laws and regulations, and compliance requirements required. They talk about managing enterprise perceptions of risk towards bootstrap startups. They also answer questions about bootstrapping and enterprise SaaS as well as hiring a growth role and whether you should hire full-time or outsource to a contractor or an agency.



The topics we cover



[01:11] Regulatory requirements for starting an e-commerce platform (Solman Ahmed)



[06:18] Managing enterprise perception of risk when selling as a bootstrapper (Noah Stall)



[16:26] Are some markets not feasible with a bootstrapped approach? (Declan Sweeney)



[22:42] Finding someone who is experienced growing SaaS companies (Russ)



[30:10] Hiring full-time versus outsourcing (Filip Kis)



Links from the show




Crossing the Chasm



DemandMaven || Growth Marketing Consultancy for SaaS & Startups



MicroConf Connect — MicroConf



Episode 537 | On Launching, Funding, and Growth with Serial SaaS Founder Rand Fishkin



Episode 499 | The (First) Six Stages of SaaS Growth - Part 1



Episode 499.5 | The (First) Six Stages of SaaS Growth - Part 2



Jordan Gal (@jordangal) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher



This episode is sponsored by Rewardful, turning your biggest fans into your best marketers.



Get 30% off your first 3 months by heading to getRewardful.com/startups. Offer expires May 31st.]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:41:18</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 548.5 | The Companies in TinySeed's Spring 2021 Batch]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 06 May 2021 05:00:11 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-5485-the-companies-in-tinyseeds-spring-2021-batch</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-5485-the-companies-in-tinyseeds-spring-2021-batch</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 548.5 | The Companies in TinySeed's Spring 2021 Batch]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.548.5.mp3" length="7079222"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:07:11</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 548 | The Grind of Building a SaaS During Nights & Weekends]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 04 May 2021 10:00:50 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-548-the-grind-of-building-a-saas-during-nights-weekends</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-548-the-grind-of-building-a-saas-during-nights-weekends</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 548, Rob Walling chats with Zack Naylor about Aurelius and the harrowing tale of launching multiple times and having to rewrite and re-platform the codebase before finally finding success. They also discuss how to interpret feedback from your customers and the importance of listening to your instinct as a founder.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[03:24] Background on how Aurelius helps UX researchers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[07:56] The struggles of building and launching multiple alpha versions</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:14] Bootstrapping during a pandemic</strong></p>



<p><strong>[22:20] Taking risks as an entrepreneur</strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:28] Building a third version of the product that lead to unprecedented growth</strong></p>



<p><strong>[30:48] Using your gut as a founder</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.aureliuslab.com/">Aurelius</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.joelonsoftware.com/2000/04/06/things-you-should-never-do-part-i/">Things You Should Never Do, Part I</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-541-rob-solo">Episode 541 | Faster Horses &amp; Product Myths, Life-changing Money, Dual Funnels, and More</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/zachnaylor">Zack Naylor (@zacknaylor)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>



This episode is sponsored by <a href="http://getrewardful.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rewardful</a>, turning your biggest fans into your best marketers. Get 30% off your first 3 months by heading to <a href="http://getrewardful.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">getRewardful.com/startups</a>. Offer expires May 31st.]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 548, Rob Walling chats with Zack Naylor about Aurelius and the harrowing tale of launching multiple times and having to rewrite and re-platform the codebase before finally finding success. They also discuss how to interpret feedback from your customers and the importance of listening to your instinct as a founder.



The topics we cover



[03:24] Background on how Aurelius helps UX researchers



[07:56] The struggles of building and launching multiple alpha versions



[15:14] Bootstrapping during a pandemic



[22:20] Taking risks as an entrepreneur



[26:28] Building a third version of the product that lead to unprecedented growth



[30:48] Using your gut as a founder



Links from the show




Aurelius



Things You Should Never Do, Part I



Episode 541 | Faster Horses & Product Myths, Life-changing Money, Dual Funnels, and More



Zack Naylor (@zacknaylor) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher



This episode is sponsored by Rewardful, turning your biggest fans into your best marketers. Get 30% off your first 3 months by heading to getRewardful.com/startups. Offer expires May 31st.]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 548 | The Grind of Building a SaaS During Nights & Weekends]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 548, Rob Walling chats with Zack Naylor about Aurelius and the harrowing tale of launching multiple times and having to rewrite and re-platform the codebase before finally finding success. They also discuss how to interpret feedback from your customers and the importance of listening to your instinct as a founder.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[03:24] Background on how Aurelius helps UX researchers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[07:56] The struggles of building and launching multiple alpha versions</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:14] Bootstrapping during a pandemic</strong></p>



<p><strong>[22:20] Taking risks as an entrepreneur</strong></p>



<p><strong>[26:28] Building a third version of the product that lead to unprecedented growth</strong></p>



<p><strong>[30:48] Using your gut as a founder</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.aureliuslab.com/">Aurelius</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.joelonsoftware.com/2000/04/06/things-you-should-never-do-part-i/">Things You Should Never Do, Part I</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-541-rob-solo">Episode 541 | Faster Horses &amp; Product Myths, Life-changing Money, Dual Funnels, and More</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/zachnaylor">Zack Naylor (@zacknaylor)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>



This episode is sponsored by <a href="http://getrewardful.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rewardful</a>, turning your biggest fans into your best marketers. Get 30% off your first 3 months by heading to <a href="http://getrewardful.com/startups" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">getRewardful.com/startups</a>. Offer expires May 31st.]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.548b.mp3" length="35860602"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 548, Rob Walling chats with Zack Naylor about Aurelius and the harrowing tale of launching multiple times and having to rewrite and re-platform the codebase before finally finding success. They also discuss how to interpret feedback from your customers and the importance of listening to your instinct as a founder.



The topics we cover



[03:24] Background on how Aurelius helps UX researchers



[07:56] The struggles of building and launching multiple alpha versions



[15:14] Bootstrapping during a pandemic



[22:20] Taking risks as an entrepreneur



[26:28] Building a third version of the product that lead to unprecedented growth



[30:48] Using your gut as a founder



Links from the show




Aurelius



Things You Should Never Do, Part I



Episode 541 | Faster Horses & Product Myths, Life-changing Money, Dual Funnels, and More



Zack Naylor (@zacknaylor) | Twitter




If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher



This episode is sponsored by Rewardful, turning your biggest fans into your best marketers. Get 30% off your first 3 months by heading to getRewardful.com/startups. Offer expires May 31st.]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:37:10</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 547 | Private Podcasting, Apple's Announcement, and Accelerating Growth with Craig Hewitt]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 27 Apr 2021 10:00:10 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-547-private-podcasting-apples-announcement-and-accelerating-growth-with-craig-hewitt</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-547-private-podcasting-apples-announcement-and-accelerating-growth-with-craig-hewitt</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 547, Rob Walling chats with Craig Hewitt about private podcasting, Apple's announcement around their subscription podcast offering as well as the accelerating growth of Castos.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[1:22] Focusing on private podcasting at Castos</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:50] Mobile app for private podcasting</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:21] Apple's big announcement</strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:08] Castos MRR growth</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/tinyseed-tales/tinyseed-tales-trailer">TinySeed Tales - Season 1</a></li>



<li><a href="https://seekingscale.com/">Seeking Scale</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.trustshoring.com/">Trustshoring</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Craig Hewitt (@thecraighewitt)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 547, Rob Walling chats with Craig Hewitt about private podcasting, Apple's announcement around their subscription podcast offering as well as the accelerating growth of Castos.



The topics we cover



[1:22] Focusing on private podcasting at Castos



[15:50] Mobile app for private podcasting



[20:21] Apple's big announcement



[28:08] Castos MRR growth



Links from the show




TinySeed Tales - Season 1



Seeking Scale



Trustshoring



Craig Hewitt (@thecraighewitt) | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 547 | Private Podcasting, Apple's Announcement, and Accelerating Growth with Craig Hewitt]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 547, Rob Walling chats with Craig Hewitt about private podcasting, Apple's announcement around their subscription podcast offering as well as the accelerating growth of Castos.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[1:22] Focusing on private podcasting at Castos</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:50] Mobile app for private podcasting</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:21] Apple's big announcement</strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:08] Castos MRR growth</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/tinyseed-tales/tinyseed-tales-trailer">TinySeed Tales - Season 1</a></li>



<li><a href="https://seekingscale.com/">Seeking Scale</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.trustshoring.com/">Trustshoring</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Craig Hewitt (@thecraighewitt)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.547.mp3" length="35450908"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 547, Rob Walling chats with Craig Hewitt about private podcasting, Apple's announcement around their subscription podcast offering as well as the accelerating growth of Castos.



The topics we cover



[1:22] Focusing on private podcasting at Castos



[15:50] Mobile app for private podcasting



[20:21] Apple's big announcement



[28:08] Castos MRR growth



Links from the show




TinySeed Tales - Season 1



Seeking Scale



Trustshoring



Craig Hewitt (@thecraighewitt) | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:44</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 546 | Hiring Entrepreneurial People, Anonymity, Disruptive Innovation, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 20 Apr 2021 10:00:40 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-546-hiring-entrepreneurial-people-anonymity-disruptive-innovation-and-more-listener-questions</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-546-hiring-entrepreneurial-people-anonymity-disruptive-innovation-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 546, Rob Walling flies solo for a Q&amp;A episode. With a backlog of great listener questions, Rob discusses qualified small business stock (QSBS), hiring entrepreneurially-minded employees, indie hacking while working at a large company, and more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[01:51] Should I switch to a C Corp to take advantage of QSBS in five years?</strong></p>



<p><strong>[05:40] How to attract entrepreneurial employees</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:19] Indie-hacking while working at a large Fortune 20 company</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:12] Finding a niche using the Disruptive Innovation</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-442-corporate-structures-and-how-the-choice-you-make-now-can-impact-you-years-down-the-line">Episode 442 | Corporate Structures and How the Choice You Make Now Can Impact You Years Down the Line</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-519-profit-sharing-stock-options-and-equity-a-rob-solo-adventure">Episode 519 | Profit Sharing, Stock Options, and Equity (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stairstep-approach-to-bootstrapping/">The Stair Step Approach to Bootstrapping | Rob Walling - Serial Entrepreneur</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.investopedia.com/terms/q/qsbs-qualified-small-business-stock.asp">Qualified Small Business Stock (QSBS)</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 546, Rob Walling flies solo for a Q&A episode. With a backlog of great listener questions, Rob discusses qualified small business stock (QSBS), hiring entrepreneurially-minded employees, indie hacking while working at a large company, and more.



The topics we cover



[01:51] Should I switch to a C Corp to take advantage of QSBS in five years?



[05:40] How to attract entrepreneurial employees



[14:19] Indie-hacking while working at a large Fortune 20 company



[19:12] Finding a niche using the Disruptive Innovation



Links from the show




Episode 442 | Corporate Structures and How the Choice You Make Now Can Impact You Years Down the Line



Episode 519 | Profit Sharing, Stock Options, and Equity (A Rob Solo Adventure)



The Stair Step Approach to Bootstrapping | Rob Walling - Serial Entrepreneur



Qualified Small Business Stock (QSBS)




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 546 | Hiring Entrepreneurial People, Anonymity, Disruptive Innovation, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 546, Rob Walling flies solo for a Q&amp;A episode. With a backlog of great listener questions, Rob discusses qualified small business stock (QSBS), hiring entrepreneurially-minded employees, indie hacking while working at a large company, and more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[01:51] Should I switch to a C Corp to take advantage of QSBS in five years?</strong></p>



<p><strong>[05:40] How to attract entrepreneurial employees</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:19] Indie-hacking while working at a large Fortune 20 company</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:12] Finding a niche using the Disruptive Innovation</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-442-corporate-structures-and-how-the-choice-you-make-now-can-impact-you-years-down-the-line">Episode 442 | Corporate Structures and How the Choice You Make Now Can Impact You Years Down the Line</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-519-profit-sharing-stock-options-and-equity-a-rob-solo-adventure">Episode 519 | Profit Sharing, Stock Options, and Equity (A Rob Solo Adventure)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/2015/03/26/the-stairstep-approach-to-bootstrapping/">The Stair Step Approach to Bootstrapping | Rob Walling - Serial Entrepreneur</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.investopedia.com/terms/q/qsbs-qualified-small-business-stock.asp">Qualified Small Business Stock (QSBS)</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.546.mp3" length="24672356"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 546, Rob Walling flies solo for a Q&A episode. With a backlog of great listener questions, Rob discusses qualified small business stock (QSBS), hiring entrepreneurially-minded employees, indie hacking while working at a large company, and more.



The topics we cover



[01:51] Should I switch to a C Corp to take advantage of QSBS in five years?



[05:40] How to attract entrepreneurial employees



[14:19] Indie-hacking while working at a large Fortune 20 company



[19:12] Finding a niche using the Disruptive Innovation



Links from the show




Episode 442 | Corporate Structures and How the Choice You Make Now Can Impact You Years Down the Line



Episode 519 | Profit Sharing, Stock Options, and Equity (A Rob Solo Adventure)



The Stair Step Approach to Bootstrapping | Rob Walling - Serial Entrepreneur



Qualified Small Business Stock (QSBS)




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:25:31</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 545 | The Value of Learning 80/20 Design Fundamentals]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 13 Apr 2021 10:00:15 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-545-the-value-of-learning-8020-design-fundamentals</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-545-the-value-of-learning-8020-design-fundamentals</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 545, Rob Walling chats with Tracy Osborn about the importance of learning design fundamentals for startup founders. They also discuss her new book and the pros/cons of self-publishing vs working with a publisher.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[00:52] Intros</strong></p>



<p><strong>[02:00] Deciding to self publish vs going with a publisher</strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:11] Design fundamentals for a startup founder</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:23] Training your design eye</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:57] The #1 thing to do to become a better designer</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:01] Prototypes: the process of sketching ideas</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://hellowebbooks.com/learn-design/">Hello Web Design</a></li>



<li><a href="https://nostarch.com/">No Starch Press</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/90-Minute-Building-Marketing-Funnels-Convert/dp/B088L911Q8">The 90-Minute Guide to Building Marketing Funnels That Convert (Data Beats Opinion)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://hellowebbooks.com/learn-django">Hello Web App</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.soundstrue.com/">Sounds True</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracymakes/status/1346170233548124164?s=21">Tracy's Savy Call breakdown</a></li>



<li><a href="https://balsamiq.com/">Balsamiq</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.sketch.com/">Sketch</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.uxpin.com/">UX Pin</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tailwindcss.com/">Tailwinds</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 545, Rob Walling chats with Tracy Osborn about the importance of learning design fundamentals for startup founders. They also discuss her new book and the pros/cons of self-publishing vs working with a publisher.



The topics we cover



[00:52] Intros



[02:00] Deciding to self publish vs going with a publisher



[11:11] Design fundamentals for a startup founder



[16:23] Training your design eye



[18:57] The #1 thing to do to become a better designer



[20:01] Prototypes: the process of sketching ideas



Links from the show




Hello Web Design



No Starch Press



The 90-Minute Guide to Building Marketing Funnels That Convert (Data Beats Opinion)



Hello Web App



Sounds True



Tracy's Savy Call breakdown



Balsamiq



Sketch



UX Pin



Tailwinds



Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 545 | The Value of Learning 80/20 Design Fundamentals]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 545, Rob Walling chats with Tracy Osborn about the importance of learning design fundamentals for startup founders. They also discuss her new book and the pros/cons of self-publishing vs working with a publisher.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[00:52] Intros</strong></p>



<p><strong>[02:00] Deciding to self publish vs going with a publisher</strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:11] Design fundamentals for a startup founder</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:23] Training your design eye</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:57] The #1 thing to do to become a better designer</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:01] Prototypes: the process of sketching ideas</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://hellowebbooks.com/learn-design/">Hello Web Design</a></li>



<li><a href="https://nostarch.com/">No Starch Press</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/90-Minute-Building-Marketing-Funnels-Convert/dp/B088L911Q8">The 90-Minute Guide to Building Marketing Funnels That Convert (Data Beats Opinion)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://hellowebbooks.com/learn-django">Hello Web App</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.soundstrue.com/">Sounds True</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracymakes/status/1346170233548124164?s=21">Tracy's Savy Call breakdown</a></li>



<li><a href="https://balsamiq.com/">Balsamiq</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.sketch.com/">Sketch</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.uxpin.com/">UX Pin</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tailwindcss.com/">Tailwinds</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.545.mp3" length="26442235"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 545, Rob Walling chats with Tracy Osborn about the importance of learning design fundamentals for startup founders. They also discuss her new book and the pros/cons of self-publishing vs working with a publisher.



The topics we cover



[00:52] Intros



[02:00] Deciding to self publish vs going with a publisher



[11:11] Design fundamentals for a startup founder



[16:23] Training your design eye



[18:57] The #1 thing to do to become a better designer



[20:01] Prototypes: the process of sketching ideas



Links from the show




Hello Web Design



No Starch Press



The 90-Minute Guide to Building Marketing Funnels That Convert (Data Beats Opinion)



Hello Web App



Sounds True



Tracy's Savy Call breakdown



Balsamiq



Sketch



UX Pin



Tailwinds



Tracy Osborn (@tracymakes) | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:21</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 544 | Annual Raises, Finding Good Startup People, and More Listener Questions with Josh Pigford]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 06 Apr 2021 10:00:39 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-544-annual-raises-finding-good-startup-people-and-more-listener-questions-with-josh-pigford</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-544-annual-raises-finding-good-startup-people-and-more-listener-questions-with-josh-pigford</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob Walling is joined by Josh Pigford to answer listener questions, covering topics like annual pay increases, B2B SaaS price increases, white-label vs branded product, and hiring startup-minded people.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[03:04] Building Maybe, and Rob busts Josh's chops about starting a business so soon</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:02] Question #1: Annual Raises - Anonymous</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:24] Question #2: Explaining a Price Increase - Steve McLeod Bootstrap FM</strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:11] Question #3: Free or Discounted Plans in Exchange for Branding - Adam Wohlberg</strong></p>



<p><strong>[29:28] Question #4: Finding startup people to hire - Anonymous</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://maybe.co/">maybe</a></li>



<li><a href="https://buffer.com/salaries">Transparent Salaries | Buffer</a></li>



<li><a href="https://radford.aon.com/products/surveys">Radford | Compensation Surveys</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-537-on-launching-funding-and-growth-with-serial-saas-founder-rand-fishkin">Episode 537 | On Launching, Funding, and Growth with Serial SaaS Founder Rand Fishkin</a></li>



<li><a href="https://parachutelist.com/">Parachute List</a></li>



<li><a href="https://weworkremotely.com/">We Work Remotely</a></li>



<li><a href="https://authenticjobs.com/">Authentic Jobs</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.dynamitejobs.com/">Dynamite Jobs</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Josh Pigford (@Shpigford)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob Walling is joined by Josh Pigford to answer listener questions, covering topics like annual pay increases, B2B SaaS price increases, white-label vs branded product, and hiring startup-minded people.



The topics we cover



[03:04] Building Maybe, and Rob busts Josh's chops about starting a business so soon



[10:02] Question #1: Annual Raises - Anonymous



[18:24] Question #2: Explaining a Price Increase - Steve McLeod Bootstrap FM



[23:11] Question #3: Free or Discounted Plans in Exchange for Branding - Adam Wohlberg



[29:28] Question #4: Finding startup people to hire - Anonymous



Links from the show




maybe



Transparent Salaries | Buffer



Radford | Compensation Surveys



Episode 537 | On Launching, Funding, and Growth with Serial SaaS Founder Rand Fishkin



Parachute List



We Work Remotely



Authentic Jobs



Dynamite Jobs



Josh Pigford (@Shpigford) | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 544 | Annual Raises, Finding Good Startup People, and More Listener Questions with Josh Pigford]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob Walling is joined by Josh Pigford to answer listener questions, covering topics like annual pay increases, B2B SaaS price increases, white-label vs branded product, and hiring startup-minded people.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[03:04] Building Maybe, and Rob busts Josh's chops about starting a business so soon</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:02] Question #1: Annual Raises - Anonymous</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:24] Question #2: Explaining a Price Increase - Steve McLeod Bootstrap FM</strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:11] Question #3: Free or Discounted Plans in Exchange for Branding - Adam Wohlberg</strong></p>



<p><strong>[29:28] Question #4: Finding startup people to hire - Anonymous</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://maybe.co/">maybe</a></li>



<li><a href="https://buffer.com/salaries">Transparent Salaries | Buffer</a></li>



<li><a href="https://radford.aon.com/products/surveys">Radford | Compensation Surveys</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-537-on-launching-funding-and-growth-with-serial-saas-founder-rand-fishkin">Episode 537 | On Launching, Funding, and Growth with Serial SaaS Founder Rand Fishkin</a></li>



<li><a href="https://parachutelist.com/">Parachute List</a></li>



<li><a href="https://weworkremotely.com/">We Work Remotely</a></li>



<li><a href="https://authenticjobs.com/">Authentic Jobs</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.dynamitejobs.com/">Dynamite Jobs</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Josh Pigford (@Shpigford)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.544.mp3" length="44918678"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob Walling is joined by Josh Pigford to answer listener questions, covering topics like annual pay increases, B2B SaaS price increases, white-label vs branded product, and hiring startup-minded people.



The topics we cover



[03:04] Building Maybe, and Rob busts Josh's chops about starting a business so soon



[10:02] Question #1: Annual Raises - Anonymous



[18:24] Question #2: Explaining a Price Increase - Steve McLeod Bootstrap FM



[23:11] Question #3: Free or Discounted Plans in Exchange for Branding - Adam Wohlberg



[29:28] Question #4: Finding startup people to hire - Anonymous



Links from the show




maybe



Transparent Salaries | Buffer



Radford | Compensation Surveys



Episode 537 | On Launching, Funding, and Growth with Serial SaaS Founder Rand Fishkin



Parachute List



We Work Remotely



Authentic Jobs



Dynamite Jobs



Josh Pigford (@Shpigford) | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:46:36</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 543 | All Things Startup with #Mike Taber]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 01 Apr 2021 10:00:38 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-543-all-things-startup-with-mike-taber</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-543-all-things-startup-with-mike-taber</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 543 of Startups For the Rest of Us, Rob is joined again by co-host emeritus, Mike Taber as he gives an update on all things startups and they analyze top tactics for superhero success.</p>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 543 of Startups For the Rest of Us, Rob is joined again by co-host emeritus, Mike Taber as he gives an update on all things startups and they analyze top tactics for superhero success.



If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 543 | All Things Startup with #Mike Taber]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 543 of Startups For the Rest of Us, Rob is joined again by co-host emeritus, Mike Taber as he gives an update on all things startups and they analyze top tactics for superhero success.</p>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.543.mp3" length="12366391"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 543 of Startups For the Rest of Us, Rob is joined again by co-host emeritus, Mike Taber as he gives an update on all things startups and they analyze top tactics for superhero success.



If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:12:42</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 542 | 10x in Two Years, Past $3M ARR with SquadCast]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 10:00:58 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-542-10x-in-two-years-past-3m-arr-with-squadcast</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-542-10x-in-two-years-past-3m-arr-with-squadcast</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 542, Rob Walling chats with Zach Moreno, the Co-Founder and CEO of Squadcast about how they grew their revenue and surpassed $3 million in ARR as a mostly bootstrapped startup. They also discuss the role and importance of having a co-founder, as well as the impact that having a "knowledge investor" had on their success.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[04:18] Squadcast growth while entering into a crowded space</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:54] The importance of having a co-founder</strong></p>



<p><strong>[22:43] The shelter in place inflection point and building out video functionality</strong></p>



<p><strong>[34:08] Choosing a knowledge investor</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://squadcast.fm/">Squadcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://zencastr.com/">Zencastr</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://news.usc.edu/141042/why-we-believe-something-audio-sound-quality/">Why we believe something: The quality of audio matters</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/rockwellfelder">Rockwell Felder - Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Zachariah Moreno (@zach__moreno)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 542, Rob Walling chats with Zach Moreno, the Co-Founder and CEO of Squadcast about how they grew their revenue and surpassed $3 million in ARR as a mostly bootstrapped startup. They also discuss the role and importance of having a co-founder, as well as the impact that having a "knowledge investor" had on their success.



The topics we cover



[04:18] Squadcast growth while entering into a crowded space



[16:54] The importance of having a co-founder



[22:43] The shelter in place inflection point and building out video functionality



[34:08] Choosing a knowledge investor



Links from the show




Squadcast



Zencastr



SavvyCal



Why we believe something: The quality of audio matters



Rockwell Felder - Twitter



Zachariah Moreno (@zach__moreno) | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 542 | 10x in Two Years, Past $3M ARR with SquadCast]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 542, Rob Walling chats with Zach Moreno, the Co-Founder and CEO of Squadcast about how they grew their revenue and surpassed $3 million in ARR as a mostly bootstrapped startup. They also discuss the role and importance of having a co-founder, as well as the impact that having a "knowledge investor" had on their success.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[04:18] Squadcast growth while entering into a crowded space</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:54] The importance of having a co-founder</strong></p>



<p><strong>[22:43] The shelter in place inflection point and building out video functionality</strong></p>



<p><strong>[34:08] Choosing a knowledge investor</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://squadcast.fm/">Squadcast</a></li>



<li><a href="https://zencastr.com/">Zencastr</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://news.usc.edu/141042/why-we-believe-something-audio-sound-quality/">Why we believe something: The quality of audio matters</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/rockwellfelder">Rockwell Felder - Twitter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Zachariah Moreno (@zach__moreno)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.542b.mp3" length="45504102"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 542, Rob Walling chats with Zach Moreno, the Co-Founder and CEO of Squadcast about how they grew their revenue and surpassed $3 million in ARR as a mostly bootstrapped startup. They also discuss the role and importance of having a co-founder, as well as the impact that having a "knowledge investor" had on their success.



The topics we cover



[04:18] Squadcast growth while entering into a crowded space



[16:54] The importance of having a co-founder



[22:43] The shelter in place inflection point and building out video functionality



[34:08] Choosing a knowledge investor



Links from the show




Squadcast



Zencastr



SavvyCal



Why we believe something: The quality of audio matters



Rockwell Felder - Twitter



Zachariah Moreno (@zach__moreno) | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:47:13</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 541 | Faster Horses & Product Myths, Life-changing Money, Dual Funnels, and More]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 23 Mar 2021 10:00:12 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-541-rob-solo</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-541-rob-solo</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 541, Rob Walling flies solo to discuss things like product myths and the misinterpreted Henry Ford quote, selling a company, defining life-changing money, and dual funnels.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[02:48] Product myths and the misinterpreted Henry Ford quote</strong></p>



<p><strong>[07:21] Post-exit thoughts</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:32] Life-changing money</strong></p>



<p><strong>[22:30] The power of dual-funnels</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Becoming-Steve-Jobs-Evolution-Visionary/dp/0385347421">Becoming Steve Jobs: The Evolution of a Reckless Upstart into a Visionary Leader</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/">Rob Walling - Mailing List</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-510-the-story-of-startups-com">Episode 510 | The Story of Startups.com</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 541, Rob Walling flies solo to discuss things like product myths and the misinterpreted Henry Ford quote, selling a company, defining life-changing money, and dual funnels.



The topics we cover



[02:48] Product myths and the misinterpreted Henry Ford quote



[07:21] Post-exit thoughts



[15:32] Life-changing money



[22:30] The power of dual-funnels



Links from the show




Becoming Steve Jobs: The Evolution of a Reckless Upstart into a Visionary Leader



Rob Walling - Mailing List



Episode 510 | The Story of Startups.com




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 541 | Faster Horses & Product Myths, Life-changing Money, Dual Funnels, and More]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 541, Rob Walling flies solo to discuss things like product myths and the misinterpreted Henry Ford quote, selling a company, defining life-changing money, and dual funnels.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[02:48] Product myths and the misinterpreted Henry Ford quote</strong></p>



<p><strong>[07:21] Post-exit thoughts</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:32] Life-changing money</strong></p>



<p><strong>[22:30] The power of dual-funnels</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Becoming-Steve-Jobs-Evolution-Visionary/dp/0385347421">Becoming Steve Jobs: The Evolution of a Reckless Upstart into a Visionary Leader</a></li>



<li><a href="https://robwalling.com/">Rob Walling - Mailing List</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-510-the-story-of-startups-com">Episode 510 | The Story of Startups.com</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.541b.mp3" length="25707810"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 541, Rob Walling flies solo to discuss things like product myths and the misinterpreted Henry Ford quote, selling a company, defining life-changing money, and dual funnels.



The topics we cover



[02:48] Product myths and the misinterpreted Henry Ford quote



[07:21] Post-exit thoughts



[15:32] Life-changing money



[22:30] The power of dual-funnels



Links from the show




Becoming Steve Jobs: The Evolution of a Reckless Upstart into a Visionary Leader



Rob Walling - Mailing List



Episode 510 | The Story of Startups.com




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:26:35</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 540 | Bootstrapper News. Twitter Spaces, Indie.vc Closing, Shopify, and More]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 16 Mar 2021 10:00:15 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-540-bootstrapper-news-twitter-spaces-indievc-closing-shopify-and-more</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-540-bootstrapper-news-twitter-spaces-indievc-closing-shopify-and-more</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob talks with Tracy Osborn and Einar Vollset, about the recent news that's come out in the bootstrapper community. They talk about the <a href="http://indie.vc/">Indie.vc</a> shutdown, the new features coming out on Twitter, LinkedIn’s new gig marketplace, and more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[03:18] Twitter Spaces</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:05] The Network Effect and Twitter Verification</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:32] The <a href="http://indie.vc/">Indie.vc</a> shutdown</strong></p>



<p><strong>[24:20] Shopify removing the option to work directly with Stripe</strong></p>



<p><strong>[32:34] The new ‘Super Follow’ feature in Twitter</strong></p>



<p><strong>[35:43] Comparing Google Cloud and AWS onboarding</strong></p>



<p><strong>[40:04] The new LinkedIn Gig Marketplace</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/thesis">Tinyseed Thesis</a></li>



<li><a href="https://remail.io/">Remail</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.voxer.com/">Voxer</a></li>



<li><a href="https://news.ycombinator.com/item?id=26260174">Shopify says remove Stripe billing or get booted from their app store</a></li>



<li><a href="https://substack.com/">Substack</a></li>



<li><a href="https://indie.vc/">Indie.vc</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.kevinslin.com/notes/ebd7fd65-988f-422a-93f5-b1fe5c3f29ce.html">Google Cloud vs AWS onboarding</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob talks with Tracy Osborn and Einar Vollset, about the recent news that's come out in the bootstrapper community. They talk about the Indie.vc shutdown, the new features coming out on Twitter, LinkedIn’s new gig marketplace, and more.



The topics we cover



[03:18] Twitter Spaces



[10:05] The Network Effect and Twitter Verification



[14:32] The Indie.vc shutdown



[24:20] Shopify removing the option to work directly with Stripe



[32:34] The new ‘Super Follow’ feature in Twitter



[35:43] Comparing Google Cloud and AWS onboarding



[40:04] The new LinkedIn Gig Marketplace



Links from the show




TinySeed



Tinyseed Thesis



Remail



Voxer



Shopify says remove Stripe billing or get booted from their app store



Substack



Indie.vc



Google Cloud vs AWS onboarding




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 540 | Bootstrapper News. Twitter Spaces, Indie.vc Closing, Shopify, and More]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob talks with Tracy Osborn and Einar Vollset, about the recent news that's come out in the bootstrapper community. They talk about the <a href="http://indie.vc/">Indie.vc</a> shutdown, the new features coming out on Twitter, LinkedIn’s new gig marketplace, and more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[03:18] Twitter Spaces</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:05] The Network Effect and Twitter Verification</strong></p>



<p><strong>[14:32] The <a href="http://indie.vc/">Indie.vc</a> shutdown</strong></p>



<p><strong>[24:20] Shopify removing the option to work directly with Stripe</strong></p>



<p><strong>[32:34] The new ‘Super Follow’ feature in Twitter</strong></p>



<p><strong>[35:43] Comparing Google Cloud and AWS onboarding</strong></p>



<p><strong>[40:04] The new LinkedIn Gig Marketplace</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/">TinySeed</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/thesis">Tinyseed Thesis</a></li>



<li><a href="https://remail.io/">Remail</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.voxer.com/">Voxer</a></li>



<li><a href="https://news.ycombinator.com/item?id=26260174">Shopify says remove Stripe billing or get booted from their app store</a></li>



<li><a href="https://substack.com/">Substack</a></li>



<li><a href="https://indie.vc/">Indie.vc</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.kevinslin.com/notes/ebd7fd65-988f-422a-93f5-b1fe5c3f29ce.html">Google Cloud vs AWS onboarding</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.540.mp3" length="46075000"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob talks with Tracy Osborn and Einar Vollset, about the recent news that's come out in the bootstrapper community. They talk about the Indie.vc shutdown, the new features coming out on Twitter, LinkedIn’s new gig marketplace, and more.



The topics we cover



[03:18] Twitter Spaces



[10:05] The Network Effect and Twitter Verification



[14:32] The Indie.vc shutdown



[24:20] Shopify removing the option to work directly with Stripe



[32:34] The new ‘Super Follow’ feature in Twitter



[35:43] Comparing Google Cloud and AWS onboarding



[40:04] The new LinkedIn Gig Marketplace



Links from the show




TinySeed



Tinyseed Thesis



Remail



Voxer



Shopify says remove Stripe billing or get booted from their app store



Substack



Indie.vc



Google Cloud vs AWS onboarding




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:47:48</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 539 | Post-Exit Life, Writing Six Books, and Brewing Beer with Dan Norris]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 09 Mar 2021 10:00:40 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-539-post-exit-life-writing-six-books-and-brewing-beer-with-dan-norris</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-539-post-exit-life-writing-six-books-and-brewing-beer-with-dan-norris</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob chats with Dan Norris about selling his productized service to GoDaddy, his latest book, and latest business, a very successful brewery in Australia. They also ruminate on the impact that post-exit money has had on their lives.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[07:04] Finding the motivation to write 6 books</strong></p>



<p><strong>[07:38] Selling WP Curve to GoDaddy</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:11] Compound Marketing and applying the principles to Black Hops</strong></p>



<p><strong>[33:53] Life post-exit and the arrival fallacy</strong></p>



<p><strong>[45:57] Rob and the sale of Drip</strong></p>



<p><strong>[53:37] Building a SaaS to sell vs as a long-term, profitable company</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a title="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-183-5-startup-rules-to-live-by-with-dan-norris" href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-183-5-startup-rules-to-live-by-with-dan-norris">Episode 183 | 5 Startup Rules to Live By with Dan Norris</a></li>



<li><a title="https://dannorris.me/7-day-startup/" href="https://dannorris.me/7-day-startup/">The 7 Day Startup</a></li>



<li><a title="https://dannorris.me/books/" href="https://dannorris.me/books/">Compound book</a></li>



<li><a title="https://blackhops.com.au" href="https://blackhops.com.au/">Black Hops Brewing - Gold Coast Craft Beer Brewery</a></li>



<li><a title="https://microconf.com/sois-report-2021" href="https://microconf.com/sois-report-2021">State of Independent SaaS Report 2021 — MicroConf - The Most Trusted Community for Non-Venture Track SaaS Founders</a></li>



<li><a title="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text" href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Dan Norris (@thedannorris)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a title="https://twitter.com/startupspod" href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a title="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us" href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a title="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a title="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a title="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob chats with Dan Norris about selling his productized service to GoDaddy, his latest book, and latest business, a very successful brewery in Australia. They also ruminate on the impact that post-exit money has had on their lives.



The topics we cover



[07:04] Finding the motivation to write 6 books



[07:38] Selling WP Curve to GoDaddy



[18:11] Compound Marketing and applying the principles to Black Hops



[33:53] Life post-exit and the arrival fallacy



[45:57] Rob and the sale of Drip



[53:37] Building a SaaS to sell vs as a long-term, profitable company



Links from the show




Episode 183 | 5 Startup Rules to Live By with Dan Norris



The 7 Day Startup



Compound book



Black Hops Brewing - Gold Coast Craft Beer Brewery



State of Independent SaaS Report 2021 — MicroConf - The Most Trusted Community for Non-Venture Track SaaS Founders



Dan Norris (@thedannorris) | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 539 | Post-Exit Life, Writing Six Books, and Brewing Beer with Dan Norris]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob chats with Dan Norris about selling his productized service to GoDaddy, his latest book, and latest business, a very successful brewery in Australia. They also ruminate on the impact that post-exit money has had on their lives.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[07:04] Finding the motivation to write 6 books</strong></p>



<p><strong>[07:38] Selling WP Curve to GoDaddy</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:11] Compound Marketing and applying the principles to Black Hops</strong></p>



<p><strong>[33:53] Life post-exit and the arrival fallacy</strong></p>



<p><strong>[45:57] Rob and the sale of Drip</strong></p>



<p><strong>[53:37] Building a SaaS to sell vs as a long-term, profitable company</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a title="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-183-5-startup-rules-to-live-by-with-dan-norris" href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-183-5-startup-rules-to-live-by-with-dan-norris">Episode 183 | 5 Startup Rules to Live By with Dan Norris</a></li>



<li><a title="https://dannorris.me/7-day-startup/" href="https://dannorris.me/7-day-startup/">The 7 Day Startup</a></li>



<li><a title="https://dannorris.me/books/" href="https://dannorris.me/books/">Compound book</a></li>



<li><a title="https://blackhops.com.au" href="https://blackhops.com.au/">Black Hops Brewing - Gold Coast Craft Beer Brewery</a></li>



<li><a title="https://microconf.com/sois-report-2021" href="https://microconf.com/sois-report-2021">State of Independent SaaS Report 2021 — MicroConf - The Most Trusted Community for Non-Venture Track SaaS Founders</a></li>



<li><a title="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text" href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Dan Norris (@thedannorris)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a title="https://twitter.com/startupspod" href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a title="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us" href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a title="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a title="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a title="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.539.mp3" length="60999539"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob chats with Dan Norris about selling his productized service to GoDaddy, his latest book, and latest business, a very successful brewery in Australia. They also ruminate on the impact that post-exit money has had on their lives.



The topics we cover



[07:04] Finding the motivation to write 6 books



[07:38] Selling WP Curve to GoDaddy



[18:11] Compound Marketing and applying the principles to Black Hops



[33:53] Life post-exit and the arrival fallacy



[45:57] Rob and the sale of Drip



[53:37] Building a SaaS to sell vs as a long-term, profitable company



Links from the show




Episode 183 | 5 Startup Rules to Live By with Dan Norris



The 7 Day Startup



Compound book



Black Hops Brewing - Gold Coast Craft Beer Brewery



State of Independent SaaS Report 2021 — MicroConf - The Most Trusted Community for Non-Venture Track SaaS Founders



Dan Norris (@thedannorris) | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>01:03:21</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 538 | When to Sunset a Product, Enterprise Security Assessments, Lifetime Deals, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 02 Mar 2021 10:00:39 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-538-when-to-sunset-a-product-enterprise-security-assessments-lifetime-deals-and-more-listener-questions</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-538-when-to-sunset-a-product-enterprise-security-assessments-lifetime-deals-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob Walling is joined by Einar Vollset as they answer listener questions ranging from when to sunset a product, filling out enterprise security assessments, acquiring a company where the previous owner had sold lifetime deals and not disclosed it, and more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[03:20] Deciding when to sunset a feature or product</strong></p>



<p><strong>[08:27] Splitting a business to focus on two separate audiences</strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:21] How to take advantage of being a consumer of your own product.</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:35] Acquiring a SaaS where the previous founder sold lifetime plans</strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:20] Enterprise security assessments</strong></p>



<p><strong>[35:22] Building a product to solve a problem as a full-time employee</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/tinyseed-tales/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-1-introducing-gather">TinySeed Tales S2E1 | Introducing Gather</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-515-finding-a-co-founder-getting-better-at-sales-and-more-listener-questions">Episode 515 | Finding a Co-Founder, Getting Better at Sales, and More Listener Questions</a></li>



<li><a href="https://zenfounder.com/episodes/09-raising-entrepreneurial-kids/">Episode 9: Raising Entrepreneurial Kids - ZenFounder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/System_and_Organization_Controls">SOC 2</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-463-troubleshooting-enterprise-sales-a-founder-hotseat-with-david-heller">Episode 463 | Troubleshooting Enterprise Sales (A Founder Hotseat with David Heller)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/thesis">The TinySeed Investment Thesis — TinySeed: The Startup Accelerator for Bootstrappers</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob Walling is joined by Einar Vollset as they answer listener questions ranging from when to sunset a product, filling out enterprise security assessments, acquiring a company where the previous owner had sold lifetime deals and not disclosed it, and more.



The topics we cover



[03:20] Deciding when to sunset a feature or product



[08:27] Splitting a business to focus on two separate audiences



[17:21] How to take advantage of being a consumer of your own product.



[21:35] Acquiring a SaaS where the previous founder sold lifetime plans



[28:20] Enterprise security assessments



[35:22] Building a product to solve a problem as a full-time employee



Links from the show




TinySeed Tales S2E1 | Introducing Gather



Episode 515 | Finding a Co-Founder, Getting Better at Sales, and More Listener Questions



Episode 9: Raising Entrepreneurial Kids - ZenFounder



SOC 2



Episode 463 | Troubleshooting Enterprise Sales (A Founder Hotseat with David Heller)



The TinySeed Investment Thesis — TinySeed: The Startup Accelerator for Bootstrappers



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 538 | When to Sunset a Product, Enterprise Security Assessments, Lifetime Deals, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob Walling is joined by Einar Vollset as they answer listener questions ranging from when to sunset a product, filling out enterprise security assessments, acquiring a company where the previous owner had sold lifetime deals and not disclosed it, and more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[03:20] Deciding when to sunset a feature or product</strong></p>



<p><strong>[08:27] Splitting a business to focus on two separate audiences</strong></p>



<p><strong>[17:21] How to take advantage of being a consumer of your own product.</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:35] Acquiring a SaaS where the previous founder sold lifetime plans</strong></p>



<p><strong>[28:20] Enterprise security assessments</strong></p>



<p><strong>[35:22] Building a product to solve a problem as a full-time employee</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/tinyseed-tales/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-1-introducing-gather">TinySeed Tales S2E1 | Introducing Gather</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-515-finding-a-co-founder-getting-better-at-sales-and-more-listener-questions">Episode 515 | Finding a Co-Founder, Getting Better at Sales, and More Listener Questions</a></li>



<li><a href="https://zenfounder.com/episodes/09-raising-entrepreneurial-kids/">Episode 9: Raising Entrepreneurial Kids - ZenFounder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/System_and_Organization_Controls">SOC 2</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-463-troubleshooting-enterprise-sales-a-founder-hotseat-with-david-heller">Episode 463 | Troubleshooting Enterprise Sales (A Founder Hotseat with David Heller)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/thesis">The TinySeed Investment Thesis — TinySeed: The Startup Accelerator for Bootstrappers</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Einar Vollset (@einarvollset)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.538a.mp3" length="39813462"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob Walling is joined by Einar Vollset as they answer listener questions ranging from when to sunset a product, filling out enterprise security assessments, acquiring a company where the previous owner had sold lifetime deals and not disclosed it, and more.



The topics we cover



[03:20] Deciding when to sunset a feature or product



[08:27] Splitting a business to focus on two separate audiences



[17:21] How to take advantage of being a consumer of your own product.



[21:35] Acquiring a SaaS where the previous founder sold lifetime plans



[28:20] Enterprise security assessments



[35:22] Building a product to solve a problem as a full-time employee



Links from the show




TinySeed Tales S2E1 | Introducing Gather



Episode 515 | Finding a Co-Founder, Getting Better at Sales, and More Listener Questions



Episode 9: Raising Entrepreneurial Kids - ZenFounder



SOC 2



Episode 463 | Troubleshooting Enterprise Sales (A Founder Hotseat with David Heller)



The TinySeed Investment Thesis — TinySeed: The Startup Accelerator for Bootstrappers



Einar Vollset (@einarvollset) | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:41:17</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 537 | On Launching, Funding, and Growth with Serial SaaS Founder Rand Fishkin]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2021 10:00:51 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-537-on-launching-funding-and-growth-with-serial-saas-founder-rand-fishkin</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-537-on-launching-funding-and-growth-with-serial-saas-founder-rand-fishkin</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob is joined by Rand Fishkin for an honest and transparent conversation about his time at Moz, raising funding, his book <em>Lost and Founder</em>, as well as his current effort, SparkToro. They discuss growth levers and the importance of owning the channel where you build your audience.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[01:44] Impacts from writing a book</strong></p>



<p><strong>[08:41] Transitioning from Moz but continuing to work there</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:53] Venture capital vs angel investing</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:59] Launching SparkToro</strong></p>



<p><strong>[36:08] Raising capital for SparkToro</strong></p>



<p><strong>[44:14] Growth levers that are working today</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://sparktoro.com/book">Lost &amp; Founder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startupbook.net/">Start Small, Stay Small</a></li>



<li><a href="https://sparktoro.com/team/rand">Rand Fishkin's Bio</a></li>



<li><a href="https://moz.com/about/team/sarah">Sarah Bird</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startups.com/">Startups.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://zirtual.com/">Zirtual</a></li>



<li><a href="https://clarity.fm/">Clarity — On Demand Business Advice</a></li>



<li><a href="https://sparktoro.com/">SparkToro</a></li>



<li><a href="https://sparktoro.com/blog/raised-a-very-unusual-round-of-funding-were-open-sourcing-our-docs/">Spark Toro Terms</a></li>



<li><a href="https://conversion-rate-experts.com/">Conversion Rate Experts</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Rand Fishkin (@randfish)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob is joined by Rand Fishkin for an honest and transparent conversation about his time at Moz, raising funding, his book Lost and Founder, as well as his current effort, SparkToro. They discuss growth levers and the importance of owning the channel where you build your audience.



The topics we cover



[01:44] Impacts from writing a book



[08:41] Transitioning from Moz but continuing to work there



[15:53] Venture capital vs angel investing



[19:59] Launching SparkToro



[36:08] Raising capital for SparkToro



[44:14] Growth levers that are working today



Links from the show




Lost & Founder



Start Small, Stay Small



Rand Fishkin's Bio



Sarah Bird



Startups.com



Zirtual



Clarity — On Demand Business Advice



SparkToro



Spark Toro Terms



Conversion Rate Experts



Rand Fishkin (@randfish) | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 537 | On Launching, Funding, and Growth with Serial SaaS Founder Rand Fishkin]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob is joined by Rand Fishkin for an honest and transparent conversation about his time at Moz, raising funding, his book <em>Lost and Founder</em>, as well as his current effort, SparkToro. They discuss growth levers and the importance of owning the channel where you build your audience.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[01:44] Impacts from writing a book</strong></p>



<p><strong>[08:41] Transitioning from Moz but continuing to work there</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:53] Venture capital vs angel investing</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:59] Launching SparkToro</strong></p>



<p><strong>[36:08] Raising capital for SparkToro</strong></p>



<p><strong>[44:14] Growth levers that are working today</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://sparktoro.com/book">Lost &amp; Founder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startupbook.net/">Start Small, Stay Small</a></li>



<li><a href="https://sparktoro.com/team/rand">Rand Fishkin's Bio</a></li>



<li><a href="https://moz.com/about/team/sarah">Sarah Bird</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startups.com/">Startups.com</a></li>



<li><a href="https://zirtual.com/">Zirtual</a></li>



<li><a href="https://clarity.fm/">Clarity — On Demand Business Advice</a></li>



<li><a href="https://sparktoro.com/">SparkToro</a></li>



<li><a href="https://sparktoro.com/blog/raised-a-very-unusual-round-of-funding-were-open-sourcing-our-docs/">Spark Toro Terms</a></li>



<li><a href="https://conversion-rate-experts.com/">Conversion Rate Experts</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/guest_social_text">Rand Fishkin (@randfish)</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.537.mp3" length="50429425"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob is joined by Rand Fishkin for an honest and transparent conversation about his time at Moz, raising funding, his book Lost and Founder, as well as his current effort, SparkToro. They discuss growth levers and the importance of owning the channel where you build your audience.



The topics we cover



[01:44] Impacts from writing a book



[08:41] Transitioning from Moz but continuing to work there



[15:53] Venture capital vs angel investing



[19:59] Launching SparkToro



[36:08] Raising capital for SparkToro



[44:14] Growth levers that are working today



Links from the show




Lost & Founder



Start Small, Stay Small



Rand Fishkin's Bio



Sarah Bird



Startups.com



Zirtual



Clarity — On Demand Business Advice



SparkToro



Spark Toro Terms



Conversion Rate Experts



Rand Fishkin (@randfish) | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:52:21</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 536 | A Few Things I Learned in 2020 (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2021 10:00:39 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-536-a-few-things-i-learned-in-2020-a-rob-solo-adventure</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-536-a-few-things-i-learned-in-2020-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 536 of Startups For the Rest of Us, Rob does another solo adventure. As we all faced perhaps one of the worst years on record, Rob talks through some things that 2020 taught him personally, professionally, and at a higher level, philosophically. He also looks beyond 2020 and discusses opportunities for 2021 for software entrepreneurs.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[01:53] Keeping perspective during difficult startup times</strong></p>



<p><strong>[04:03] We can make it through scary and dangerous moments</strong></p>



<p><strong>[07:04] There is always opportunity</strong></p>



<p><strong>[09:53] Doing things in public creates opportunity</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:02] Growing niches/industries in 2021</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:31] In search of problems</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-490-how-founders-should-be-thinking-about-the-current-crisis/">Episode 490 | How Founders Should Be Thinking About the Current Crisis</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.dynamitejobs.com/">Dynamite Jobs</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 536 of Startups For the Rest of Us, Rob does another solo adventure. As we all faced perhaps one of the worst years on record, Rob talks through some things that 2020 taught him personally, professionally, and at a higher level, philosophically. He also looks beyond 2020 and discusses opportunities for 2021 for software entrepreneurs.



The topics we cover



[01:53] Keeping perspective during difficult startup times



[04:03] We can make it through scary and dangerous moments



[07:04] There is always opportunity



[09:53] Doing things in public creates opportunity



[12:02] Growing niches/industries in 2021



[18:31] In search of problems



Links from the show




Episode 490 | How Founders Should Be Thinking About the Current Crisis



Dynamite Jobs




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 536 | A Few Things I Learned in 2020 (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 536 of Startups For the Rest of Us, Rob does another solo adventure. As we all faced perhaps one of the worst years on record, Rob talks through some things that 2020 taught him personally, professionally, and at a higher level, philosophically. He also looks beyond 2020 and discusses opportunities for 2021 for software entrepreneurs.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[01:53] Keeping perspective during difficult startup times</strong></p>



<p><strong>[04:03] We can make it through scary and dangerous moments</strong></p>



<p><strong>[07:04] There is always opportunity</strong></p>



<p><strong>[09:53] Doing things in public creates opportunity</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:02] Growing niches/industries in 2021</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:31] In search of problems</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-490-how-founders-should-be-thinking-about-the-current-crisis/">Episode 490 | How Founders Should Be Thinking About the Current Crisis</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.dynamitejobs.com/">Dynamite Jobs</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.536a.mp3" length="22761604"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 536 of Startups For the Rest of Us, Rob does another solo adventure. As we all faced perhaps one of the worst years on record, Rob talks through some things that 2020 taught him personally, professionally, and at a higher level, philosophically. He also looks beyond 2020 and discusses opportunities for 2021 for software entrepreneurs.



The topics we cover



[01:53] Keeping perspective during difficult startup times



[04:03] We can make it through scary and dangerous moments



[07:04] There is always opportunity



[09:53] Doing things in public creates opportunity



[12:02] Growing niches/industries in 2021



[18:31] In search of problems



Links from the show




Episode 490 | How Founders Should Be Thinking About the Current Crisis



Dynamite Jobs




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:23:31</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 535 | A Bluetick Update with Mike Taber]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 09 Feb 2021 10:00:04 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-535-a-bluetick-update-with-mike-taber</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-535-a-bluetick-update-with-mike-taber</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 535, Rob is joined by co-host emeritus, Mike Taber to talk about what Mike has been up to over the past seven months with Bluetick, including an exciting reveal of a big project he's been working on.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[05:41] BlueTick partnership or merger with a CRM for field sales reps</strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:52] Delays in partnerships from pandemic and potential asymmetric upside</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:42] How far along the CRM software compared to BlueTick?</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:32] Considering freemium and an AppSumo deal</strong></p>



<p><strong>[32:48] Another Google security audit</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://sonarcloud.io/">SonarCloud</a> (mentioned at 17:43)</li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-484-marketing-thats-working-today-moving-from-5-to-10-employees-saas-longevity-and-more-listener-questions">Episode 484 | Marketing That’s Working Today, Moving from 5 to 10 Employees, SaaS Longevity, and More Listener Questions</a> (mentioned at 22:28)</li>



<li><a href="https://appsumo.com/">AppSumo</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 535, Rob is joined by co-host emeritus, Mike Taber to talk about what Mike has been up to over the past seven months with Bluetick, including an exciting reveal of a big project he's been working on.



The topics we cover



[05:41] BlueTick partnership or merger with a CRM for field sales reps



[11:52] Delays in partnerships from pandemic and potential asymmetric upside



[15:42] How far along the CRM software compared to BlueTick?



[19:32] Considering freemium and an AppSumo deal



[32:48] Another Google security audit



Links from the show




SonarCloud (mentioned at 17:43)



Episode 484 | Marketing That’s Working Today, Moving from 5 to 10 Employees, SaaS Longevity, and More Listener Questions (mentioned at 22:28)



AppSumo




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 535 | A Bluetick Update with Mike Taber]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 535, Rob is joined by co-host emeritus, Mike Taber to talk about what Mike has been up to over the past seven months with Bluetick, including an exciting reveal of a big project he's been working on.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[05:41] BlueTick partnership or merger with a CRM for field sales reps</strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:52] Delays in partnerships from pandemic and potential asymmetric upside</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:42] How far along the CRM software compared to BlueTick?</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:32] Considering freemium and an AppSumo deal</strong></p>



<p><strong>[32:48] Another Google security audit</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://sonarcloud.io/">SonarCloud</a> (mentioned at 17:43)</li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-484-marketing-thats-working-today-moving-from-5-to-10-employees-saas-longevity-and-more-listener-questions">Episode 484 | Marketing That’s Working Today, Moving from 5 to 10 Employees, SaaS Longevity, and More Listener Questions</a> (mentioned at 22:28)</li>



<li><a href="https://appsumo.com/">AppSumo</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.535.mp3" length="37534480"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 535, Rob is joined by co-host emeritus, Mike Taber to talk about what Mike has been up to over the past seven months with Bluetick, including an exciting reveal of a big project he's been working on.



The topics we cover



[05:41] BlueTick partnership or merger with a CRM for field sales reps



[11:52] Delays in partnerships from pandemic and potential asymmetric upside



[15:42] How far along the CRM software compared to BlueTick?



[19:32] Considering freemium and an AppSumo deal



[32:48] Another Google security audit



Links from the show




SonarCloud (mentioned at 17:43)



Episode 484 | Marketing That’s Working Today, Moving from 5 to 10 Employees, SaaS Longevity, and More Listener Questions (mentioned at 22:28)



AppSumo




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:38:55</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 534 | A $4M Exit with Josh Pigford of Baremetrics]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 02 Feb 2021 10:00:48 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-534-a-4m-exit-with-josh-pigford-of-baremetrics</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-534-a-4m-exit-with-josh-pigford-of-baremetrics</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob talks with Josh Pigford in a first appearance since the sale of Baremetrics for $4m. They discuss his seven-year journey to build Baremetrics, the details of the sale, and Josh's post-sale, non-software aspirations.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><strong>[02:42] Intros</strong></li>



<li><strong>[04:26] Avoiding capital gains via qualified small business stock.</strong></li>



<li><strong>[09:08] Josh's post-sale purchases and other dramatic life shifts</strong></li>



<li><strong>[13:46] Changes at Baremetrics after sale</strong></li>



<li><strong>[18:32] Weeks of cash to profitable in 8 months</strong></li>



<li><strong>[23:20] Breaking through plateaus and product vs marketing for growth out of plateaus</strong></li>



<li><strong>[30:13] What motivated Josh to start thinking about selling</strong></li>



<li><strong>[32:58] Launching a new feature called Intros in 2020</strong></li>



<li><strong>[39:11] Laser tweets and post-sale aspirations</strong></li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a title="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-244-competition-transparency-and-funding-with-baremetrics-founder-josh-pigford" href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-244-competition-transparency-and-funding-with-baremetrics-founder-josh-pigford">Episode 244 | Competition, Transparency and Funding with Baremetrics Founder Josh Pigford</a></li>



<li><a title="https://baremetrics.com" href="https://baremetrics.com/">Baremetrics: Subscription Analytics &amp; Insights for Stripe, Braintree, Recurly &amp; more!</a></li>



<li><a title="https://baremetrics.com/blog/i-sold-baremetrics" href="https://baremetrics.com/blog/i-sold-baremetrics">I sold Baremetrics - Baremetrics</a></li>



<li><a title="https://www.investopedia.com/terms/q/qsbs-qualified-small-business-stock.asp" href="https://www.investopedia.com/terms/q/qsbs-qualified-small-business-stock.asp">Qualified Small Business Stock (QSBS)</a> (mentioned at 04:26)</li>



<li><a title="https://www.investopedia.com/terms/f/four-percent-rule.asp" href="https://www.investopedia.com/terms/f/four-percent-rule.asp">Four Percent Rule</a></li>



<li><a title="https://medium.com/baremetrics-founders-journey/how-we-went-from-weeks-of-cash-left-in-the-bank-to-profitable-in-8-months-cfad6f2d6523" href="https://medium.com/baremetrics-founders-journey/how-we-went-from-weeks-of-cash-left-in-the-bank-to-profitable-in-8-months-cfad6f2d6523">How we went from weeks of cash left in the bank to profitable in 8 months</a> (mentioned at 18:42)</li>



<li><a title="https://demo.baremetrics.com" href="https://demo.baremetrics.com/">Revenue Dashboard - Baremetrics Demo</a></li>



<li><a title="https://baremetrics.com/blog/i-almost-sold-baremetrics-for-5m" href="https://baremetrics.com/blog/i-almost-sold-baremetrics-for-5m">I almost sold Baremetrics for $5m - Baremetrics</a></li>



<li><a title="https://shop.lasertweets.co" href="https://shop.lasertweets.co/">Laser Tweets: Wooden Laser Etched Tweets</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob talks with Josh Pigford in a first appearance since the sale of Baremetrics for $4m. They discuss his seven-year journey to build Baremetrics, the details of the sale, and Josh's post-sale, non-software aspirations.



The topics we cover




[02:42] Intros



[04:26] Avoiding capital gains via qualified small business stock.



[09:08] Josh's post-sale purchases and other dramatic life shifts



[13:46] Changes at Baremetrics after sale



[18:32] Weeks of cash to profitable in 8 months



[23:20] Breaking through plateaus and product vs marketing for growth out of plateaus



[30:13] What motivated Josh to start thinking about selling



[32:58] Launching a new feature called Intros in 2020



[39:11] Laser tweets and post-sale aspirations




Links from the show




Episode 244 | Competition, Transparency and Funding with Baremetrics Founder Josh Pigford



Baremetrics: Subscription Analytics & Insights for Stripe, Braintree, Recurly & more!



I sold Baremetrics - Baremetrics



Qualified Small Business Stock (QSBS) (mentioned at 04:26)



Four Percent Rule



How we went from weeks of cash left in the bank to profitable in 8 months (mentioned at 18:42)



Revenue Dashboard - Baremetrics Demo



I almost sold Baremetrics for $5m - Baremetrics



Laser Tweets: Wooden Laser Etched Tweets




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 534 | A $4M Exit with Josh Pigford of Baremetrics]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob talks with Josh Pigford in a first appearance since the sale of Baremetrics for $4m. They discuss his seven-year journey to build Baremetrics, the details of the sale, and Josh's post-sale, non-software aspirations.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><strong>[02:42] Intros</strong></li>



<li><strong>[04:26] Avoiding capital gains via qualified small business stock.</strong></li>



<li><strong>[09:08] Josh's post-sale purchases and other dramatic life shifts</strong></li>



<li><strong>[13:46] Changes at Baremetrics after sale</strong></li>



<li><strong>[18:32] Weeks of cash to profitable in 8 months</strong></li>



<li><strong>[23:20] Breaking through plateaus and product vs marketing for growth out of plateaus</strong></li>



<li><strong>[30:13] What motivated Josh to start thinking about selling</strong></li>



<li><strong>[32:58] Launching a new feature called Intros in 2020</strong></li>



<li><strong>[39:11] Laser tweets and post-sale aspirations</strong></li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a title="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-244-competition-transparency-and-funding-with-baremetrics-founder-josh-pigford" href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-244-competition-transparency-and-funding-with-baremetrics-founder-josh-pigford">Episode 244 | Competition, Transparency and Funding with Baremetrics Founder Josh Pigford</a></li>



<li><a title="https://baremetrics.com" href="https://baremetrics.com/">Baremetrics: Subscription Analytics &amp; Insights for Stripe, Braintree, Recurly &amp; more!</a></li>



<li><a title="https://baremetrics.com/blog/i-sold-baremetrics" href="https://baremetrics.com/blog/i-sold-baremetrics">I sold Baremetrics - Baremetrics</a></li>



<li><a title="https://www.investopedia.com/terms/q/qsbs-qualified-small-business-stock.asp" href="https://www.investopedia.com/terms/q/qsbs-qualified-small-business-stock.asp">Qualified Small Business Stock (QSBS)</a> (mentioned at 04:26)</li>



<li><a title="https://www.investopedia.com/terms/f/four-percent-rule.asp" href="https://www.investopedia.com/terms/f/four-percent-rule.asp">Four Percent Rule</a></li>



<li><a title="https://medium.com/baremetrics-founders-journey/how-we-went-from-weeks-of-cash-left-in-the-bank-to-profitable-in-8-months-cfad6f2d6523" href="https://medium.com/baremetrics-founders-journey/how-we-went-from-weeks-of-cash-left-in-the-bank-to-profitable-in-8-months-cfad6f2d6523">How we went from weeks of cash left in the bank to profitable in 8 months</a> (mentioned at 18:42)</li>



<li><a title="https://demo.baremetrics.com" href="https://demo.baremetrics.com/">Revenue Dashboard - Baremetrics Demo</a></li>



<li><a title="https://baremetrics.com/blog/i-almost-sold-baremetrics-for-5m" href="https://baremetrics.com/blog/i-almost-sold-baremetrics-for-5m">I almost sold Baremetrics for $5m - Baremetrics</a></li>



<li><a title="https://shop.lasertweets.co" href="https://shop.lasertweets.co/">Laser Tweets: Wooden Laser Etched Tweets</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.534.mp3" length="44449507"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob talks with Josh Pigford in a first appearance since the sale of Baremetrics for $4m. They discuss his seven-year journey to build Baremetrics, the details of the sale, and Josh's post-sale, non-software aspirations.



The topics we cover




[02:42] Intros



[04:26] Avoiding capital gains via qualified small business stock.



[09:08] Josh's post-sale purchases and other dramatic life shifts



[13:46] Changes at Baremetrics after sale



[18:32] Weeks of cash to profitable in 8 months



[23:20] Breaking through plateaus and product vs marketing for growth out of plateaus



[30:13] What motivated Josh to start thinking about selling



[32:58] Launching a new feature called Intros in 2020



[39:11] Laser tweets and post-sale aspirations




Links from the show




Episode 244 | Competition, Transparency and Funding with Baremetrics Founder Josh Pigford



Baremetrics: Subscription Analytics & Insights for Stripe, Braintree, Recurly & more!



I sold Baremetrics - Baremetrics



Qualified Small Business Stock (QSBS) (mentioned at 04:26)



Four Percent Rule



How we went from weeks of cash left in the bank to profitable in 8 months (mentioned at 18:42)



Revenue Dashboard - Baremetrics Demo



I almost sold Baremetrics for $5m - Baremetrics



Laser Tweets: Wooden Laser Etched Tweets




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:46:07</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 533: Life Profitability After Two Exits (with Adii Pienaar)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 10:00:38 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-533-life-profitability-after-two-exits-with-adii-pienaar</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-533-life-profitability-after-two-exits-with-adii-pienaar</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob speaks with Adii Pienaar, a multi-time founder with multiple exits under his belt. They discuss life probability and the importance of measuring your entrepreneurial success by the things that matter the most to you and your life.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[4:36] What motivated Adii to write the book</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:17] Life probability defined</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:45] Work-life balance is not the solution</strong></p>



<p><strong>[29:21] Choosing to go back into the SaaS trenches</strong></p>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob speaks with Adii Pienaar, a multi-time founder with multiple exits under his belt. They discuss life probability and the importance of measuring your entrepreneurial success by the things that matter the most to you and your life.



The topics we cover



[4:36] What motivated Adii to write the book



[10:17] Life probability defined



[12:45] Work-life balance is not the solution



[29:21] Choosing to go back into the SaaS trenches



If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 533: Life Profitability After Two Exits (with Adii Pienaar)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob speaks with Adii Pienaar, a multi-time founder with multiple exits under his belt. They discuss life probability and the importance of measuring your entrepreneurial success by the things that matter the most to you and your life.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[4:36] What motivated Adii to write the book</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:17] Life probability defined</strong></p>



<p><strong>[12:45] Work-life balance is not the solution</strong></p>



<p><strong>[29:21] Choosing to go back into the SaaS trenches</strong></p>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.533.mp3" length="35936947"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob speaks with Adii Pienaar, a multi-time founder with multiple exits under his belt. They discuss life probability and the importance of measuring your entrepreneurial success by the things that matter the most to you and your life.



The topics we cover



[4:36] What motivated Adii to write the book



[10:17] Life probability defined



[12:45] Work-life balance is not the solution



[29:21] Choosing to go back into the SaaS trenches



If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:37:15</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 532 | The Art of Selling Your Business with John Warrillow]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jan 2021 10:00:03 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-532-the-art-of-selling-your-business-with-john-warrillow</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-532-the-art-of-selling-your-business-with-john-warrillow</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob sits down with John Warrillow, author of multiple bestselling books and someone who has years of experience in building and selling companies. They discuss when to sell, how to create leverage, the importance of hiring an expert, and more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[7:30] The right time to sell a company</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:06] Gaining leverage when negotiating</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:59] Sell-side processes for founders</strong></p>



<p><strong>[29:14] The 5/20 rule</strong></p>



<p><strong>[31:41] Things to look out for from potential acquirers</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Art-Selling-Your-Business-Strategies/dp/1733478159">The Art of Selling Your Business</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Built-Sell-Creating-Business-Without/dp/1591845823">Built to Sell: Creating a Business That Can Thrive Without You</a></li>



<li><a href="https://builttosell.com/radio/">Built to Sell Radio</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Automatic-Customer-Creating-Subscription-Business/dp/159184746X">The Automatic Customer: Creating a Subscription Business in Any Industry</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Finish-Big-Great-Entrepreneurs-Companies/dp/1591844975">Finish Big: How Great Entrepreneurs Exit Their Companies on Top</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Before-Exit-Thought-Experiments-Entrepreneurs-ebook/dp/B07BN2KD1J">Before The Exit: Thought Experiments For Entrepreneurs</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob sits down with John Warrillow, author of multiple bestselling books and someone who has years of experience in building and selling companies. They discuss when to sell, how to create leverage, the importance of hiring an expert, and more.



The topics we cover



[7:30] The right time to sell a company



[15:06] Gaining leverage when negotiating



[20:59] Sell-side processes for founders



[29:14] The 5/20 rule



[31:41] Things to look out for from potential acquirers



Links from the show




The Art of Selling Your Business



Built to Sell: Creating a Business That Can Thrive Without You



Built to Sell Radio



The Automatic Customer: Creating a Subscription Business in Any Industry



Finish Big: How Great Entrepreneurs Exit Their Companies on Top



Before The Exit: Thought Experiments For Entrepreneurs




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 532 | The Art of Selling Your Business with John Warrillow]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob sits down with John Warrillow, author of multiple bestselling books and someone who has years of experience in building and selling companies. They discuss when to sell, how to create leverage, the importance of hiring an expert, and more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[7:30] The right time to sell a company</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:06] Gaining leverage when negotiating</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:59] Sell-side processes for founders</strong></p>



<p><strong>[29:14] The 5/20 rule</strong></p>



<p><strong>[31:41] Things to look out for from potential acquirers</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Art-Selling-Your-Business-Strategies/dp/1733478159">The Art of Selling Your Business</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Built-Sell-Creating-Business-Without/dp/1591845823">Built to Sell: Creating a Business That Can Thrive Without You</a></li>



<li><a href="https://builttosell.com/radio/">Built to Sell Radio</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Automatic-Customer-Creating-Subscription-Business/dp/159184746X">The Automatic Customer: Creating a Subscription Business in Any Industry</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Finish-Big-Great-Entrepreneurs-Companies/dp/1591844975">Finish Big: How Great Entrepreneurs Exit Their Companies on Top</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Before-Exit-Thought-Experiments-Entrepreneurs-ebook/dp/B07BN2KD1J">Before The Exit: Thought Experiments For Entrepreneurs</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.532.mp3" length="39262530"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob sits down with John Warrillow, author of multiple bestselling books and someone who has years of experience in building and selling companies. They discuss when to sell, how to create leverage, the importance of hiring an expert, and more.



The topics we cover



[7:30] The right time to sell a company



[15:06] Gaining leverage when negotiating



[20:59] Sell-side processes for founders



[29:14] The 5/20 rule



[31:41] Things to look out for from potential acquirers



Links from the show




The Art of Selling Your Business



Built to Sell: Creating a Business That Can Thrive Without You



Built to Sell Radio



The Automatic Customer: Creating a Subscription Business in Any Industry



Finish Big: How Great Entrepreneurs Exit Their Companies on Top



Before The Exit: Thought Experiments For Entrepreneurs




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:40:43</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 531 | How a Non-Technical Founder Grew Past $45k MRR]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jan 2021 10:00:21 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-531-how-a-non-technical-founder-grew-past-45k-mrr</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-531-how-a-non-technical-founder-grew-past-45k-mrr</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 531, Rob talks with Colin Gray, the founder of The Podcast Host and Alitu. Join us for this great conversation as we talk about Colin's early days of building a hobby project in podcast hosting, hiring a freelancer to start producing shows. and building a SaaS app on top of an audience.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[7:05] Launching The Podcast Host</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:10] Growing and launching eight businesses at once</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:08] Making the switch to SaaS</strong></p>



<p><strong>[30:49] Temptations of shutting down vs. accelerating growth</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.thepodcasthost.com/">The Podcast Host</a></li>



<li><a href="https://alitu.com/">Alitu</a></li>



<li><a href="https://hostileworlds.net/">Hostile Worlds</a></li>



<li><a href="https://justinjackson.ca/want">Product/Founder Fit</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 531, Rob talks with Colin Gray, the founder of The Podcast Host and Alitu. Join us for this great conversation as we talk about Colin's early days of building a hobby project in podcast hosting, hiring a freelancer to start producing shows. and building a SaaS app on top of an audience.



The topics we cover



[7:05] Launching The Podcast Host



[16:10] Growing and launching eight businesses at once



[21:08] Making the switch to SaaS



[30:49] Temptations of shutting down vs. accelerating growth



Links from the show




The Podcast Host



Alitu



Hostile Worlds



Product/Founder Fit




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 531 | How a Non-Technical Founder Grew Past $45k MRR]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In Episode 531, Rob talks with Colin Gray, the founder of The Podcast Host and Alitu. Join us for this great conversation as we talk about Colin's early days of building a hobby project in podcast hosting, hiring a freelancer to start producing shows. and building a SaaS app on top of an audience.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[7:05] Launching The Podcast Host</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:10] Growing and launching eight businesses at once</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:08] Making the switch to SaaS</strong></p>



<p><strong>[30:49] Temptations of shutting down vs. accelerating growth</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.thepodcasthost.com/">The Podcast Host</a></li>



<li><a href="https://alitu.com/">Alitu</a></li>



<li><a href="https://hostileworlds.net/">Hostile Worlds</a></li>



<li><a href="https://justinjackson.ca/want">Product/Founder Fit</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.531.mp3" length="38830925"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In Episode 531, Rob talks with Colin Gray, the founder of The Podcast Host and Alitu. Join us for this great conversation as we talk about Colin's early days of building a hobby project in podcast hosting, hiring a freelancer to start producing shows. and building a SaaS app on top of an audience.



The topics we cover



[7:05] Launching The Podcast Host



[16:10] Growing and launching eight businesses at once



[21:08] Making the switch to SaaS



[30:49] Temptations of shutting down vs. accelerating growth



Links from the show




The Podcast Host



Alitu



Hostile Worlds



Product/Founder Fit




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:40:16</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 530 | Making Development Decisions, Regrets about Selling, and More Listener Questions (with Derrick Reimer)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jan 2021 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-530-making-development-decisions-regrets-about-selling-and-more-listener-questions-with-derrick-reimer</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-530-making-development-decisions-regrets-about-selling-and-more-listener-questions-with-derrick-reimer</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this week's episode, Rob sits down with Derrick Reimer to answer listener questions. They discuss whether they have any regrets about selling Drip, protecting against web scraping, making the leap from side project to full-time, and making decisions as a development team.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[2:10] How development teams think about decisions together</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:42] Do you ever regret selling Drip to Leadpages?</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:00] Preventing against web scraping</strong></p>



<p><strong>[27:16] Jumping ship from a full-time job</strong></p>



<p><strong>[37:20] Advice on starting a mastermind group in 2021</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="http://momtestbook.com/">The Mom Test</a></li>



<li><a href="https://personalmba.com/">The Personal MBA</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Ultimate-Sales-Letter-Attract-Customers/dp/1440511411">The Ultimate Sales Letter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Traction-Startup-Guide-Getting-Customers/dp/0976339609">Traction</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Entrepreneurs-Guide-Keeping-Your-Together-ebook/dp/B079SNX6NB">The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startupbook.net/">Start Small Stay Small</a></li>



<li><a href="https://artofproductpodcast.com/">The Art of Product</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this week's episode, Rob sits down with Derrick Reimer to answer listener questions. They discuss whether they have any regrets about selling Drip, protecting against web scraping, making the leap from side project to full-time, and making decisions as a development team.



The topics we cover



[2:10] How development teams think about decisions together



[13:42] Do you ever regret selling Drip to Leadpages?



[21:00] Preventing against web scraping



[27:16] Jumping ship from a full-time job



[37:20] Advice on starting a mastermind group in 2021



Links from the show




The Mom Test



The Personal MBA



The Ultimate Sales Letter



Traction



The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together



Start Small Stay Small



The Art of Product




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 530 | Making Development Decisions, Regrets about Selling, and More Listener Questions (with Derrick Reimer)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this week's episode, Rob sits down with Derrick Reimer to answer listener questions. They discuss whether they have any regrets about selling Drip, protecting against web scraping, making the leap from side project to full-time, and making decisions as a development team.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[2:10] How development teams think about decisions together</strong></p>



<p><strong>[13:42] Do you ever regret selling Drip to Leadpages?</strong></p>



<p><strong>[21:00] Preventing against web scraping</strong></p>



<p><strong>[27:16] Jumping ship from a full-time job</strong></p>



<p><strong>[37:20] Advice on starting a mastermind group in 2021</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="http://momtestbook.com/">The Mom Test</a></li>



<li><a href="https://personalmba.com/">The Personal MBA</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Ultimate-Sales-Letter-Attract-Customers/dp/1440511411">The Ultimate Sales Letter</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Traction-Startup-Guide-Getting-Customers/dp/0976339609">Traction</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Entrepreneurs-Guide-Keeping-Your-Together-ebook/dp/B079SNX6NB">The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together</a></li>



<li><a href="https://startupbook.net/">Start Small Stay Small</a></li>



<li><a href="https://artofproductpodcast.com/">The Art of Product</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.530.mp3" length="46082597"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this week's episode, Rob sits down with Derrick Reimer to answer listener questions. They discuss whether they have any regrets about selling Drip, protecting against web scraping, making the leap from side project to full-time, and making decisions as a development team.



The topics we cover



[2:10] How development teams think about decisions together



[13:42] Do you ever regret selling Drip to Leadpages?



[21:00] Preventing against web scraping



[27:16] Jumping ship from a full-time job



[37:20] Advice on starting a mastermind group in 2021



Links from the show




The Mom Test



The Personal MBA



The Ultimate Sales Letter



Traction



The Entrepreneur’s Guide to Keeping Your Sh*t Together



Start Small Stay Small



The Art of Product




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:47:49</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 529 | A Pricing Deep Dive with Slingshot]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 29 Dec 2020 10:00:03 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-529-a-pricing-deep-dive-with-slingshot</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-529-a-pricing-deep-dive-with-slingshot</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob chats with John Howard, a MicroConf Connect member and founder of Slingshot. They unpack the business model of measurable swag giveaways and then dive deep into John's pricing strategy and explore alternatives as well as opportunities to move into a subscription-based model.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[9:26] Starting a physical product business</strong></p>



<p><strong>[24:53] Previous pricing models</strong></p>



<p><strong>[30:48] Customer acquisition</strong></p>



<p><strong>[39:41] Removing setup fee or raising prices</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.useslingshot.com/">Slingshot</a></li>



<li><a href="https://blackairplane.com/">Black Airplane</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds">MicroConf Masterminds</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob chats with John Howard, a MicroConf Connect member and founder of Slingshot. They unpack the business model of measurable swag giveaways and then dive deep into John's pricing strategy and explore alternatives as well as opportunities to move into a subscription-based model.



The topics we cover



[9:26] Starting a physical product business



[24:53] Previous pricing models



[30:48] Customer acquisition



[39:41] Removing setup fee or raising prices



Links from the show




Slingshot



Black Airplane



MicroConf Masterminds




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 529 | A Pricing Deep Dive with Slingshot]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob chats with John Howard, a MicroConf Connect member and founder of Slingshot. They unpack the business model of measurable swag giveaways and then dive deep into John's pricing strategy and explore alternatives as well as opportunities to move into a subscription-based model.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[9:26] Starting a physical product business</strong></p>



<p><strong>[24:53] Previous pricing models</strong></p>



<p><strong>[30:48] Customer acquisition</strong></p>



<p><strong>[39:41] Removing setup fee or raising prices</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.useslingshot.com/">Slingshot</a></li>



<li><a href="https://blackairplane.com/">Black Airplane</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/masterminds">MicroConf Masterminds</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.529.mp3" length="47240549"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob chats with John Howard, a MicroConf Connect member and founder of Slingshot. They unpack the business model of measurable swag giveaways and then dive deep into John's pricing strategy and explore alternatives as well as opportunities to move into a subscription-based model.



The topics we cover



[9:26] Starting a physical product business



[24:53] Previous pricing models



[30:48] Customer acquisition



[39:41] Removing setup fee or raising prices



Links from the show




Slingshot



Black Airplane



MicroConf Masterminds




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:49:01</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 528 | 2021 Predictions from Rob and Mike]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 10:00:13 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-528-2021-predictions-from-rob-and-mike</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-528-2021-predictions-from-rob-and-mike</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In today's episode, Rob and Mike Taber review and rank their past yearly predictions and then make big, bold projections for 2021 with bets ranging from extraterrestrial life, VR becoming mainstream, the end of commercial real estate, and more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[2:45] Reviewing our predictions for 2019</strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:42] Predictions for 2021</strong></p>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In today's episode, Rob and Mike Taber review and rank their past yearly predictions and then make big, bold projections for 2021 with bets ranging from extraterrestrial life, VR becoming mainstream, the end of commercial real estate, and more.



The topics we cover



[2:45] Reviewing our predictions for 2019



[7:42] Predictions for 2021



If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 528 | 2021 Predictions from Rob and Mike]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In today's episode, Rob and Mike Taber review and rank their past yearly predictions and then make big, bold projections for 2021 with bets ranging from extraterrestrial life, VR becoming mainstream, the end of commercial real estate, and more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[2:45] Reviewing our predictions for 2019</strong></p>



<p><strong>[7:42] Predictions for 2021</strong></p>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.528a.mp3" length="30213795"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In today's episode, Rob and Mike Taber review and rank their past yearly predictions and then make big, bold projections for 2021 with bets ranging from extraterrestrial life, VR becoming mainstream, the end of commercial real estate, and more.



The topics we cover



[2:45] Reviewing our predictions for 2019



[7:42] Predictions for 2021



If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:31:17</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 527 | From Agency to SaaS, Equity Splits, and More Listener Questions with Courtland Allen]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 15 Dec 2020 10:00:26 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-527-from-agency-to-saas-equity-splits-and-more-listener-questions-with-courtland-allen</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-527-from-agency-to-saas-equity-splits-and-more-listener-questions-with-courtland-allen</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In today's episode, Rob is joined by Courtland Allen as they answer listener questions. They talk about equity splits, the best cities for bootstrappers, splitting brands, and where to look for business ideas.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[2:03] Splitting brands between agency and SaaS</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:55] What percent equity split when co-founding an app</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:52] Where to look for ideas</strong></p>



<p><strong>[31:02] Best city for bootstrappers</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.indiehackers.com/podcast/180-tara-reed-of-apps-without-code">From $0 to $5M Without Writing Any Code with Tara Reed of Apps Without Code</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.indiehackers.com/podcast/071-christy-laurence-of-plann">Bootstrapping to $1 Million in Two Years as a Non-Technical Founder with Christy Laurence of Plann</a></li>



<li><a href="http://www.paulgraham.com/cities.html">Cities and Ambition</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.tropicalmba.com/">Tropical MBA podcast</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In today's episode, Rob is joined by Courtland Allen as they answer listener questions. They talk about equity splits, the best cities for bootstrappers, splitting brands, and where to look for business ideas.



The topics we cover



[2:03] Splitting brands between agency and SaaS



[10:55] What percent equity split when co-founding an app



[18:52] Where to look for ideas



[31:02] Best city for bootstrappers



Links from the show




From $0 to $5M Without Writing Any Code with Tara Reed of Apps Without Code



Bootstrapping to $1 Million in Two Years as a Non-Technical Founder with Christy Laurence of Plann



Cities and Ambition



Tropical MBA podcast




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 527 | From Agency to SaaS, Equity Splits, and More Listener Questions with Courtland Allen]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In today's episode, Rob is joined by Courtland Allen as they answer listener questions. They talk about equity splits, the best cities for bootstrappers, splitting brands, and where to look for business ideas.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[2:03] Splitting brands between agency and SaaS</strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:55] What percent equity split when co-founding an app</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:52] Where to look for ideas</strong></p>



<p><strong>[31:02] Best city for bootstrappers</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.indiehackers.com/podcast/180-tara-reed-of-apps-without-code">From $0 to $5M Without Writing Any Code with Tara Reed of Apps Without Code</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.indiehackers.com/podcast/071-christy-laurence-of-plann">Bootstrapping to $1 Million in Two Years as a Non-Technical Founder with Christy Laurence of Plann</a></li>



<li><a href="http://www.paulgraham.com/cities.html">Cities and Ambition</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.tropicalmba.com/">Tropical MBA podcast</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.527.mp3" length="40621211"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In today's episode, Rob is joined by Courtland Allen as they answer listener questions. They talk about equity splits, the best cities for bootstrappers, splitting brands, and where to look for business ideas.



The topics we cover



[2:03] Splitting brands between agency and SaaS



[10:55] What percent equity split when co-founding an app



[18:52] Where to look for ideas



[31:02] Best city for bootstrappers



Links from the show




From $0 to $5M Without Writing Any Code with Tara Reed of Apps Without Code



Bootstrapping to $1 Million in Two Years as a Non-Technical Founder with Christy Laurence of Plann



Cities and Ambition



Tropical MBA podcast




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:42:08</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 526 | Launching, Learning, and Teaching with Justin Vincent]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 08 Dec 2020 10:00:45 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-526-launching-learning-and-teaching-with-justin-vincent</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-526-launching-learning-and-teaching-with-justin-vincent</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 526 of Startups For the Rest of Us, Rob chats with a long-time friend, Justin Vincent about his startup successes and failures and the importance of taking small steps when starting as a founder. They also talk about Justin's latest project, Nugget, a startup bootcamp and academy.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[4:04] Building <a href="http://plugg.io/">Plugg.io</a></strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:30] Enthusiasm half-life</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:03] Nugget Startup Academy</strong></p>



<p><strong>[25:54] Founder context</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://techzinglive.com/">Techzing</a></li>



<li><a href="https://nugget.one/">Nugget</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.crunchbase.com/organization/pluggio">Plugg.io</a></li>



<li><a href="https://isitketo.org/">Is it Keto?</a></li>



<li><a href="https://mtlynch.io/">Michael Lynch</a></li>



<li><a href="https://nugget.one/jv">Justin Vincent</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 526 of Startups For the Rest of Us, Rob chats with a long-time friend, Justin Vincent about his startup successes and failures and the importance of taking small steps when starting as a founder. They also talk about Justin's latest project, Nugget, a startup bootcamp and academy.



The topics we cover



[4:04] Building Plugg.io



[10:30] Enthusiasm half-life



[16:03] Nugget Startup Academy



[25:54] Founder context



Links from the show




Techzing



Nugget



Plugg.io



Is it Keto?



Michael Lynch



Justin Vincent




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 526 | Launching, Learning, and Teaching with Justin Vincent]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 526 of Startups For the Rest of Us, Rob chats with a long-time friend, Justin Vincent about his startup successes and failures and the importance of taking small steps when starting as a founder. They also talk about Justin's latest project, Nugget, a startup bootcamp and academy.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[4:04] Building <a href="http://plugg.io/">Plugg.io</a></strong></p>



<p><strong>[10:30] Enthusiasm half-life</strong></p>



<p><strong>[16:03] Nugget Startup Academy</strong></p>



<p><strong>[25:54] Founder context</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://techzinglive.com/">Techzing</a></li>



<li><a href="https://nugget.one/">Nugget</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.crunchbase.com/organization/pluggio">Plugg.io</a></li>



<li><a href="https://isitketo.org/">Is it Keto?</a></li>



<li><a href="https://mtlynch.io/">Michael Lynch</a></li>



<li><a href="https://nugget.one/jv">Justin Vincent</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.526a.mp3" length="35325155"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 526 of Startups For the Rest of Us, Rob chats with a long-time friend, Justin Vincent about his startup successes and failures and the importance of taking small steps when starting as a founder. They also talk about Justin's latest project, Nugget, a startup bootcamp and academy.



The topics we cover



[4:04] Building Plugg.io



[10:30] Enthusiasm half-life



[16:03] Nugget Startup Academy



[25:54] Founder context



Links from the show




Techzing



Nugget



Plugg.io



Is it Keto?



Michael Lynch



Justin Vincent




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:36:37</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 525 | A Bootstrapping Artifact from 2005]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 01 Dec 2020 10:00:09 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-525-a-bootstrapping-artifact-from-2005</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-525-a-bootstrapping-artifact-from-2005</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>This episode is a walk down memory lane as Rob shares the story of acquiring his first product 15 years ago. We hear how Rob navigated the purchase of the product, a potential partnership with a trusted friend, and pushing through when his back was against the wall.</p>



<p>Hopefully, this episode will inspire you to take action and keep shipping.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[5:03] Three levels to making money online</strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:36] Discovering the original version of DotNetInvoice</strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:34] The business proposition</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:10] The counteroffer from Rob's trusted friend</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:41] Business plan vs boots on the ground</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:49] Buying DotNetInvoice</strong></p>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a title="https://twitter.com/startupspod" href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a title="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us" href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a title="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a title="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a title="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[This episode is a walk down memory lane as Rob shares the story of acquiring his first product 15 years ago. We hear how Rob navigated the purchase of the product, a potential partnership with a trusted friend, and pushing through when his back was against the wall.



Hopefully, this episode will inspire you to take action and keep shipping.



The topics we cover



[5:03] Three levels to making money online



[6:36] Discovering the original version of DotNetInvoice



[11:34] The business proposition



[15:10] The counteroffer from Rob's trusted friend



[18:41] Business plan vs boots on the ground



[20:49] Buying DotNetInvoice



If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 525 | A Bootstrapping Artifact from 2005]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>This episode is a walk down memory lane as Rob shares the story of acquiring his first product 15 years ago. We hear how Rob navigated the purchase of the product, a potential partnership with a trusted friend, and pushing through when his back was against the wall.</p>



<p>Hopefully, this episode will inspire you to take action and keep shipping.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[5:03] Three levels to making money online</strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:36] Discovering the original version of DotNetInvoice</strong></p>



<p><strong>[11:34] The business proposition</strong></p>



<p><strong>[15:10] The counteroffer from Rob's trusted friend</strong></p>



<p><strong>[18:41] Business plan vs boots on the ground</strong></p>



<p><strong>[20:49] Buying DotNetInvoice</strong></p>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a title="https://twitter.com/startupspod" href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please <a title="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us" href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a title="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951" href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a title="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ" href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a title="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us" href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.525.mp3" length="26557373"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[This episode is a walk down memory lane as Rob shares the story of acquiring his first product 15 years ago. We hear how Rob navigated the purchase of the product, a potential partnership with a trusted friend, and pushing through when his back was against the wall.



Hopefully, this episode will inspire you to take action and keep shipping.



The topics we cover



[5:03] Three levels to making money online



[6:36] Discovering the original version of DotNetInvoice



[11:34] The business proposition



[15:10] The counteroffer from Rob's trusted friend



[18:41] Business plan vs boots on the ground



[20:49] Buying DotNetInvoice



If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We’d love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:29</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 524 | Bootstrapping a Commodity SaaS]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2020 10:00:11 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-524-bootstrapping-a-commodity-saas</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-524-bootstrapping-a-commodity-saas</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob chats with Michele and Mathias Hansen, the married co-founders of Geocodio.</p>



<p>We talk about bootstrapping into a commoditized space and how they've grown their SaaS app from a side project to full-time over the past 6.5 years.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p>[01:38] What is Geocodio?</p>



<p>[10:29] Innovating in a commoditized market</p>



<p>[16:07] How they defined their product roadmap</p>



<p>[18:06] Launching a HIPAA compliant enterprise pricing tier</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://news.ycombinator.com/item?id=7095228">Show HN: Ridiculously cheap bulk geocoding</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.geocod.io">Geocodio</a> | Website</li>



<li><a href="http://geocode.io/,http://geocode.io/">Geocodio</a> | Website</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/mjwhansen">Michele Hansen</a> | Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/MathiasHansen">Mathias Hansen</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><strong><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></strong></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <strong><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a></strong> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <strong><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></strong></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob chats with Michele and Mathias Hansen, the married co-founders of Geocodio.



We talk about bootstrapping into a commoditized space and how they've grown their SaaS app from a side project to full-time over the past 6.5 years.



The topics we cover



[01:38] What is Geocodio?



[10:29] Innovating in a commoditized market



[16:07] How they defined their product roadmap



[18:06] Launching a HIPAA compliant enterprise pricing tier



Links from the show




Show HN: Ridiculously cheap bulk geocoding



Geocodio | Website



Geocodio | Website



Michele Hansen | Twitter



Mathias Hansen | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 524 | Bootstrapping a Commodity SaaS]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob chats with Michele and Mathias Hansen, the married co-founders of Geocodio.</p>



<p>We talk about bootstrapping into a commoditized space and how they've grown their SaaS app from a side project to full-time over the past 6.5 years.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p>[01:38] What is Geocodio?</p>



<p>[10:29] Innovating in a commoditized market</p>



<p>[16:07] How they defined their product roadmap</p>



<p>[18:06] Launching a HIPAA compliant enterprise pricing tier</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://news.ycombinator.com/item?id=7095228">Show HN: Ridiculously cheap bulk geocoding</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.geocod.io">Geocodio</a> | Website</li>



<li><a href="http://geocode.io/,http://geocode.io/">Geocodio</a> | Website</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/mjwhansen">Michele Hansen</a> | Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/MathiasHansen">Mathias Hansen</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><strong><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></strong></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <strong><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a></strong> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <strong><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></strong></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.524a.mp3" length="31196159"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob chats with Michele and Mathias Hansen, the married co-founders of Geocodio.



We talk about bootstrapping into a commoditized space and how they've grown their SaaS app from a side project to full-time over the past 6.5 years.



The topics we cover



[01:38] What is Geocodio?



[10:29] Innovating in a commoditized market



[16:07] How they defined their product roadmap



[18:06] Launching a HIPAA compliant enterprise pricing tier



Links from the show




Show HN: Ridiculously cheap bulk geocoding



Geocodio | Website



Geocodio | Website



Michele Hansen | Twitter



Mathias Hansen | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:32:18</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 523 | Breaking Through Plateaus, Entrepreneurship for Kids, Common Bootstrapper Mistakes, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 17 Nov 2020 10:00:43 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-523-breaking-through-plateaus-entrepreneurship-for-kids-common-bootstrapper-mistakes-and-more-listener-questions</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-523-breaking-through-plateaus-entrepreneurship-for-kids-common-bootstrapper-mistakes-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In episode 523, Rob hosts a rapid-fire lightning round of listener questions ranging from whether to focus on one or multiple businesses, finding the right amount of customer research, breaking through slow growth, and teaching entrepreneurship to kids.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p>[4:38] If you were starting a business today and you were earlier on in your career, would you try multiple business ideas at once or go all-in on one?</p>



<p>[8:11] If building your first tiny product, like a WordPress plugin, what level of customer research should you do?</p>



<p>[10:56] What advice would you give to someone entering a somewhat competitive market?</p>



<p>[15:55] What questions would you be asking yourself if you had a slow-growing 12k MRR B2B SaaS?</p>



<p>[18:22] How would you go about offloading tier-one customer support?</p>



<p>[20:28] How do you feel about entrepreneurship being taught to children?</p>



<p>[22:24] What are things you noticed that bootstrappers commonly overlooked that are preventing them from achieving their goals?</p>



<p>[23:18] What are some of the biggest takeaways you can see across your portfolio of early-stage SaaS companies?</p>



<p>[25:01] Have you ever built a business that got a fairly large portion of its revenue from services instead of products, but not just you consulting?</p>



<p>[26:56] How do you prepare financially or otherwise for your retirement?</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/microconf-connect">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qvDMYGatZDc">Stay on Top of Your SaaS Metrics: Know What to Measure to Maintain Sustainable Growth – Craig Hewitt</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/saas-this-year">The 2020 State of Independent SaaS</a></li>



<li><a href="https://zenfounder.com/">ZenFounder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://nugget.one/">Indie Founder Bootcamp</a></li>



<li><a href="https://audienceops.com/">AudienceOps</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.podcastmotor.com/">Castos Production (formerly Podcast Motor)</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 523, Rob hosts a rapid-fire lightning round of listener questions ranging from whether to focus on one or multiple businesses, finding the right amount of customer research, breaking through slow growth, and teaching entrepreneurship to kids.



The topics we cover



[4:38] If you were starting a business today and you were earlier on in your career, would you try multiple business ideas at once or go all-in on one?



[8:11] If building your first tiny product, like a WordPress plugin, what level of customer research should you do?



[10:56] What advice would you give to someone entering a somewhat competitive market?



[15:55] What questions would you be asking yourself if you had a slow-growing 12k MRR B2B SaaS?



[18:22] How would you go about offloading tier-one customer support?



[20:28] How do you feel about entrepreneurship being taught to children?



[22:24] What are things you noticed that bootstrappers commonly overlooked that are preventing them from achieving their goals?



[23:18] What are some of the biggest takeaways you can see across your portfolio of early-stage SaaS companies?



[25:01] Have you ever built a business that got a fairly large portion of its revenue from services instead of products, but not just you consulting?



[26:56] How do you prepare financially or otherwise for your retirement?



Links from the show




MicroConf Connect



SavvyCal



Stay on Top of Your SaaS Metrics: Know What to Measure to Maintain Sustainable Growth – Craig Hewitt



The 2020 State of Independent SaaS



ZenFounder



Indie Founder Bootcamp



AudienceOps



Castos Production (formerly Podcast Motor)




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 523 | Breaking Through Plateaus, Entrepreneurship for Kids, Common Bootstrapper Mistakes, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In episode 523, Rob hosts a rapid-fire lightning round of listener questions ranging from whether to focus on one or multiple businesses, finding the right amount of customer research, breaking through slow growth, and teaching entrepreneurship to kids.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p>[4:38] If you were starting a business today and you were earlier on in your career, would you try multiple business ideas at once or go all-in on one?</p>



<p>[8:11] If building your first tiny product, like a WordPress plugin, what level of customer research should you do?</p>



<p>[10:56] What advice would you give to someone entering a somewhat competitive market?</p>



<p>[15:55] What questions would you be asking yourself if you had a slow-growing 12k MRR B2B SaaS?</p>



<p>[18:22] How would you go about offloading tier-one customer support?</p>



<p>[20:28] How do you feel about entrepreneurship being taught to children?</p>



<p>[22:24] What are things you noticed that bootstrappers commonly overlooked that are preventing them from achieving their goals?</p>



<p>[23:18] What are some of the biggest takeaways you can see across your portfolio of early-stage SaaS companies?</p>



<p>[25:01] Have you ever built a business that got a fairly large portion of its revenue from services instead of products, but not just you consulting?</p>



<p>[26:56] How do you prepare financially or otherwise for your retirement?</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://microconf.com/microconf-connect">MicroConf Connect</a></li>



<li><a href="https://savvycal.com/">SavvyCal</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qvDMYGatZDc">Stay on Top of Your SaaS Metrics: Know What to Measure to Maintain Sustainable Growth – Craig Hewitt</a></li>



<li><a href="https://microconf.com/saas-this-year">The 2020 State of Independent SaaS</a></li>



<li><a href="https://zenfounder.com/">ZenFounder</a></li>



<li><a href="https://nugget.one/">Indie Founder Bootcamp</a></li>



<li><a href="https://audienceops.com/">AudienceOps</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.podcastmotor.com/">Castos Production (formerly Podcast Motor)</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.523.mp3" length="28695391"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In episode 523, Rob hosts a rapid-fire lightning round of listener questions ranging from whether to focus on one or multiple businesses, finding the right amount of customer research, breaking through slow growth, and teaching entrepreneurship to kids.



The topics we cover



[4:38] If you were starting a business today and you were earlier on in your career, would you try multiple business ideas at once or go all-in on one?



[8:11] If building your first tiny product, like a WordPress plugin, what level of customer research should you do?



[10:56] What advice would you give to someone entering a somewhat competitive market?



[15:55] What questions would you be asking yourself if you had a slow-growing 12k MRR B2B SaaS?



[18:22] How would you go about offloading tier-one customer support?



[20:28] How do you feel about entrepreneurship being taught to children?



[22:24] What are things you noticed that bootstrappers commonly overlooked that are preventing them from achieving their goals?



[23:18] What are some of the biggest takeaways you can see across your portfolio of early-stage SaaS companies?



[25:01] Have you ever built a business that got a fairly large portion of its revenue from services instead of products, but not just you consulting?



[26:56] How do you prepare financially or otherwise for your retirement?



Links from the show




MicroConf Connect



SavvyCal



Stay on Top of Your SaaS Metrics: Know What to Measure to Maintain Sustainable Growth – Craig Hewitt



The 2020 State of Independent SaaS



ZenFounder



Indie Founder Bootcamp



AudienceOps



Castos Production (formerly Podcast Motor)




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:29:42</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 522 | Revisiting Castos, One Year Later]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 10 Nov 2020 10:00:49 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-522-hewitt-where-are-they-now</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-522-hewitt-where-are-they-now</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Rob welcomes back to the show a frequent guest, Craig Hewitt for a "<em>Where Are They Now?</em>" syle episode. Craig is the founder of Castos and has appeared many times on Startups For the Rest of Us. In this episode, they reconnect and talk about the latest with Castos, from hiring a growth marketer, merging brands, private podcasting, and so much more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[3:54] Reflections on hiring a growth marketer 1 year later</strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:92] How did the free trial without asking for a credit card experiment work out?</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:92] Merging brands and moving into enterprise offers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:91] Private podcasting</strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:44] What's new and exciting at Castos</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-466-qa-with-craig-hewitt">Episode 466 | Answering Listener Questions With Craig Hewitt</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-493-startup-roundtable">Episode 493 | A Roundtable Discussion about COVID-19, Working From Home, Payroll Protection and More</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseedtales.com/">TinySeed Tales - Season 1</a></li>



<li><a href="https://castos.com/podcast-editing-service/">Castos Productions (formerly Podcast Motor)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://roguestartups.com/">Rogue Startups</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saaspodcastawards.com/">The SaaS Podcast Award</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Rob welcomes back to the show a frequent guest, Craig Hewitt for a "Where Are They Now?" syle episode. Craig is the founder of Castos and has appeared many times on Startups For the Rest of Us. In this episode, they reconnect and talk about the latest with Castos, from hiring a growth marketer, merging brands, private podcasting, and so much more.



The topics we cover



[3:54] Reflections on hiring a growth marketer 1 year later



[6:92] How did the free trial without asking for a credit card experiment work out?



[8:92] Merging brands and moving into enterprise offers



[19:91] Private podcasting



[23:44] What's new and exciting at Castos



Links from the show




Episode 466 | Answering Listener Questions With Craig Hewitt



Episode 493 | A Roundtable Discussion about COVID-19, Working From Home, Payroll Protection and More



TinySeed Tales - Season 1



Castos Productions (formerly Podcast Motor)



Rogue Startups



The SaaS Podcast Award




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 522 | Revisiting Castos, One Year Later]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Rob welcomes back to the show a frequent guest, Craig Hewitt for a "<em>Where Are They Now?</em>" syle episode. Craig is the founder of Castos and has appeared many times on Startups For the Rest of Us. In this episode, they reconnect and talk about the latest with Castos, from hiring a growth marketer, merging brands, private podcasting, and so much more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p><strong>[3:54] Reflections on hiring a growth marketer 1 year later</strong></p>



<p><strong>[6:92] How did the free trial without asking for a credit card experiment work out?</strong></p>



<p><strong>[8:92] Merging brands and moving into enterprise offers</strong></p>



<p><strong>[19:91] Private podcasting</strong></p>



<p><strong>[23:44] What's new and exciting at Castos</strong></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-466-qa-with-craig-hewitt">Episode 466 | Answering Listener Questions With Craig Hewitt</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-493-startup-roundtable">Episode 493 | A Roundtable Discussion about COVID-19, Working From Home, Payroll Protection and More</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseedtales.com/">TinySeed Tales - Season 1</a></li>



<li><a href="https://castos.com/podcast-editing-service/">Castos Productions (formerly Podcast Motor)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://roguestartups.com/">Rogue Startups</a></li>



<li><a href="https://saaspodcastawards.com/">The SaaS Podcast Award</a></li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a> | <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a> | <a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.522a.mp3" length="43165462"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Rob welcomes back to the show a frequent guest, Craig Hewitt for a "Where Are They Now?" syle episode. Craig is the founder of Castos and has appeared many times on Startups For the Rest of Us. In this episode, they reconnect and talk about the latest with Castos, from hiring a growth marketer, merging brands, private podcasting, and so much more.



The topics we cover



[3:54] Reflections on hiring a growth marketer 1 year later



[6:92] How did the free trial without asking for a credit card experiment work out?



[8:92] Merging brands and moving into enterprise offers



[19:91] Private podcasting



[23:44] What's new and exciting at Castos



Links from the show




Episode 466 | Answering Listener Questions With Craig Hewitt



Episode 493 | A Roundtable Discussion about COVID-19, Working From Home, Payroll Protection and More



TinySeed Tales - Season 1



Castos Productions (formerly Podcast Motor)



Rogue Startups



The SaaS Podcast Award




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:44:47</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[TinySeed Tales S2E9 | Playing the Long Game]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 05 Nov 2020 05:00:12 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-9-playing-the-long-game</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-9-playing-the-long-game</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[Brian &amp; Scottie Elliott are the husband &amp; wife co-founders of <strong><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a></strong>, an interior design project management app.

Join Rob as he chats with Brian &amp; Scottie for the final episode of Season 2 of TinySeed Tales. In the last year, Gather managed to double their revenue and overcome most of the challenges they faced along the way.

It's been about a month since we last spoke and during that time, their recent cash crunch has started to resolve itself.

In this episode, we reflect on the past year and their success (and struggle) with moving upmarket.
<h2>The topics we cover</h2>
<strong>[01:01] Gather's recent cash crunch</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Cashflow is not our biggest concern anymore, which is a great relief.</li>
 	<li>Since that time growth has been either sorta normal steady when you average it out or maybe a little slower the last month and a half.</li>
 	<li>Small Business Association loan and PPP loan changed things for us,.</li>
 	<li>One was the loans, the other was that Gather landed a bigger enterprise client who was willing to fund features and who was willing to put cash upfront for you to build them.</li>
 	<li>That allowed us to ramp our developer up from the part-time back to full-time, which was great.</li>
</ul>
<strong>[06:46] Looking forward a year from now</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>I think we're just going to have a much more well-rounded product.</li>
 	<li>I could easily see us doubling again, this coming year.</li>
 	<li>I feel like we've just been learning a lot about where we're lacking, what could be better, and what would be. More valuable or what to add.</li>
</ul>
<strong>[07:55] Did going upmarket save the business?</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>No doubt. Previous, smaller clients are very cost-sensitive.</li>
 	<li>With our larger firms, pricing doesn't seem to ever really come up. It's mostly about features.</li>
 	<li>We're not adding a ton of customers per month, but each one that we add they're worth more and we're just not turning out the smaller folks.</li>
 	<li>It was such a big gamble right at the start.</li>
 	<li>When you go upmarket, you can charge more and churn is going to tend to be lower Sales cycles will be longer, but people stick around longer. There's more loyalty.</li>
 	<li>We're excited about where those next five years are going to go because we think we're sort of just, even at the beginning of this journey, even though we're a bit into it already.</li>
</ul>
<strong>[14:56] Advice for early-stage SaaS founders</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Relax into it. It doesn't mean that you can be complacent and that you can't pay attention, but just realize like you're on this path, you're on this journey and it's going to take however long it's going to take. It may not be the product that you're working on right now. Maybe the next one, it may be five products down the line, but whatever it is, it's just a matter of staying with it and being okay with the waves and roadblocks that come up around you and just go around them as gracefully as you can. Keep at it because the process is, for me, anyway, as much as the outcome.</li>
</ul>
<h2>Links from the show</h2>
<ul>
 	<li><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a> | Website</li>
 	<li><a href="https://twitter.com/brianleeelliott">Brian Elliott</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>
Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out <a href="https://tinyseedtales.com/episodes/episode-1-a-non-technical-saas-founder">Season 1</a> of TinySeed Tales where we follow the Saas journey with Craig Hewitt of <a href="https://castos.com/">Castos</a>.]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Brian & Scottie Elliott are the husband & wife co-founders of Gather, an interior design project management app.

Join Rob as he chats with Brian & Scottie for the final episode of Season 2 of TinySeed Tales. In the last year, Gather managed to double their revenue and overcome most of the challenges they faced along the way.

It's been about a month since we last spoke and during that time, their recent cash crunch has started to resolve itself.

In this episode, we reflect on the past year and their success (and struggle) with moving upmarket.
The topics we cover
[01:01] Gather's recent cash crunch

 	Cashflow is not our biggest concern anymore, which is a great relief.
 	Since that time growth has been either sorta normal steady when you average it out or maybe a little slower the last month and a half.
 	Small Business Association loan and PPP loan changed things for us,.
 	One was the loans, the other was that Gather landed a bigger enterprise client who was willing to fund features and who was willing to put cash upfront for you to build them.
 	That allowed us to ramp our developer up from the part-time back to full-time, which was great.

[06:46] Looking forward a year from now

 	I think we're just going to have a much more well-rounded product.
 	I could easily see us doubling again, this coming year.
 	I feel like we've just been learning a lot about where we're lacking, what could be better, and what would be. More valuable or what to add.

[07:55] Did going upmarket save the business?

 	No doubt. Previous, smaller clients are very cost-sensitive.
 	With our larger firms, pricing doesn't seem to ever really come up. It's mostly about features.
 	We're not adding a ton of customers per month, but each one that we add they're worth more and we're just not turning out the smaller folks.
 	It was such a big gamble right at the start.
 	When you go upmarket, you can charge more and churn is going to tend to be lower Sales cycles will be longer, but people stick around longer. There's more loyalty.
 	We're excited about where those next five years are going to go because we think we're sort of just, even at the beginning of this journey, even though we're a bit into it already.

[14:56] Advice for early-stage SaaS founders

 	Relax into it. It doesn't mean that you can be complacent and that you can't pay attention, but just realize like you're on this path, you're on this journey and it's going to take however long it's going to take. It may not be the product that you're working on right now. Maybe the next one, it may be five products down the line, but whatever it is, it's just a matter of staying with it and being okay with the waves and roadblocks that come up around you and just go around them as gracefully as you can. Keep at it because the process is, for me, anyway, as much as the outcome.

Links from the show

 	Gather | Website
 	Brian Elliott | Twitter

Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out Season 1 of TinySeed Tales where we follow the Saas journey with Craig Hewitt of Castos.]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[TinySeed Tales S2E9 | Playing the Long Game]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[Brian &amp; Scottie Elliott are the husband &amp; wife co-founders of <strong><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a></strong>, an interior design project management app.

Join Rob as he chats with Brian &amp; Scottie for the final episode of Season 2 of TinySeed Tales. In the last year, Gather managed to double their revenue and overcome most of the challenges they faced along the way.

It's been about a month since we last spoke and during that time, their recent cash crunch has started to resolve itself.

In this episode, we reflect on the past year and their success (and struggle) with moving upmarket.
<h2>The topics we cover</h2>
<strong>[01:01] Gather's recent cash crunch</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Cashflow is not our biggest concern anymore, which is a great relief.</li>
 	<li>Since that time growth has been either sorta normal steady when you average it out or maybe a little slower the last month and a half.</li>
 	<li>Small Business Association loan and PPP loan changed things for us,.</li>
 	<li>One was the loans, the other was that Gather landed a bigger enterprise client who was willing to fund features and who was willing to put cash upfront for you to build them.</li>
 	<li>That allowed us to ramp our developer up from the part-time back to full-time, which was great.</li>
</ul>
<strong>[06:46] Looking forward a year from now</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>I think we're just going to have a much more well-rounded product.</li>
 	<li>I could easily see us doubling again, this coming year.</li>
 	<li>I feel like we've just been learning a lot about where we're lacking, what could be better, and what would be. More valuable or what to add.</li>
</ul>
<strong>[07:55] Did going upmarket save the business?</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>No doubt. Previous, smaller clients are very cost-sensitive.</li>
 	<li>With our larger firms, pricing doesn't seem to ever really come up. It's mostly about features.</li>
 	<li>We're not adding a ton of customers per month, but each one that we add they're worth more and we're just not turning out the smaller folks.</li>
 	<li>It was such a big gamble right at the start.</li>
 	<li>When you go upmarket, you can charge more and churn is going to tend to be lower Sales cycles will be longer, but people stick around longer. There's more loyalty.</li>
 	<li>We're excited about where those next five years are going to go because we think we're sort of just, even at the beginning of this journey, even though we're a bit into it already.</li>
</ul>
<strong>[14:56] Advice for early-stage SaaS founders</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Relax into it. It doesn't mean that you can be complacent and that you can't pay attention, but just realize like you're on this path, you're on this journey and it's going to take however long it's going to take. It may not be the product that you're working on right now. Maybe the next one, it may be five products down the line, but whatever it is, it's just a matter of staying with it and being okay with the waves and roadblocks that come up around you and just go around them as gracefully as you can. Keep at it because the process is, for me, anyway, as much as the outcome.</li>
</ul>
<h2>Links from the show</h2>
<ul>
 	<li><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a> | Website</li>
 	<li><a href="https://twitter.com/brianleeelliott">Brian Elliott</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>
Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out <a href="https://tinyseedtales.com/episodes/episode-1-a-non-technical-saas-founder">Season 1</a> of TinySeed Tales where we follow the Saas journey with Craig Hewitt of <a href="https://castos.com/">Castos</a>.]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/09-TinySeed-Tales-Gather-ep-09.mp3" length="19480204"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Brian & Scottie Elliott are the husband & wife co-founders of Gather, an interior design project management app.

Join Rob as he chats with Brian & Scottie for the final episode of Season 2 of TinySeed Tales. In the last year, Gather managed to double their revenue and overcome most of the challenges they faced along the way.

It's been about a month since we last spoke and during that time, their recent cash crunch has started to resolve itself.

In this episode, we reflect on the past year and their success (and struggle) with moving upmarket.
The topics we cover
[01:01] Gather's recent cash crunch

 	Cashflow is not our biggest concern anymore, which is a great relief.
 	Since that time growth has been either sorta normal steady when you average it out or maybe a little slower the last month and a half.
 	Small Business Association loan and PPP loan changed things for us,.
 	One was the loans, the other was that Gather landed a bigger enterprise client who was willing to fund features and who was willing to put cash upfront for you to build them.
 	That allowed us to ramp our developer up from the part-time back to full-time, which was great.

[06:46] Looking forward a year from now

 	I think we're just going to have a much more well-rounded product.
 	I could easily see us doubling again, this coming year.
 	I feel like we've just been learning a lot about where we're lacking, what could be better, and what would be. More valuable or what to add.

[07:55] Did going upmarket save the business?

 	No doubt. Previous, smaller clients are very cost-sensitive.
 	With our larger firms, pricing doesn't seem to ever really come up. It's mostly about features.
 	We're not adding a ton of customers per month, but each one that we add they're worth more and we're just not turning out the smaller folks.
 	It was such a big gamble right at the start.
 	When you go upmarket, you can charge more and churn is going to tend to be lower Sales cycles will be longer, but people stick around longer. There's more loyalty.
 	We're excited about where those next five years are going to go because we think we're sort of just, even at the beginning of this journey, even though we're a bit into it already.

[14:56] Advice for early-stage SaaS founders

 	Relax into it. It doesn't mean that you can be complacent and that you can't pay attention, but just realize like you're on this path, you're on this journey and it's going to take however long it's going to take. It may not be the product that you're working on right now. Maybe the next one, it may be five products down the line, but whatever it is, it's just a matter of staying with it and being okay with the waves and roadblocks that come up around you and just go around them as gracefully as you can. Keep at it because the process is, for me, anyway, as much as the outcome.

Links from the show

 	Gather | Website
 	Brian Elliott | Twitter

Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out Season 1 of TinySeed Tales where we follow the Saas journey with Craig Hewitt of Castos.]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:19:48</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 521 | A Roundtable Discussion about a Potential Recession, Working from Home, Google Anti-trust, and More]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 03 Nov 2020 10:00:42 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-521-a-roundtable-discussion-about-a-potential-recession-working-from-home-google-anti-trust-and-more</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-521-a-roundtable-discussion-about-a-potential-recession-working-from-home-google-anti-trust-and-more</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Episode 521 is a roundtable episode where Rob brings on a couple of guests to talk through topics today that relate to bootstrapped and mostly bootstrapped startup founders.</p>



<p>Today, we have Tracy Osborn and Einar Vollset joining us, as we talk through a potential impending recession, the Google anti-trust suit, Dropbox moving to permanent work from home, as well as a handful of other topics.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p>[04:03] What do the revenue trends look like in 6-7 months from now?</p>



<p>[13:36] Google anti-trust suit</p>



<p>[19:23] Dropbox remote offices</p>



<p>[27:29] SPACs and why it's so hard to go public in the US</p>



<p>[39:35] A warning about Glassdoor</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://feld.com/archives/2014/01/99-investor-problem.html">The 99 Investor Problem</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2020/10/20/technology/google-antitrust.html">U.S. Accuses Google of Illegally Protecting Monopoly</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.businessinsider.com/dropbox-letting-all-employees-work-from-home-permanently-2020-10">Dropbox will let all employees work from home permanently as it turns its offices into WeWork-like 'collaborative spaces'</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/thesis">The TinySeed Investment Thesis</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.reddit.com/r/jobs/comments/jbod57/a_warning_about_glassdoor/">A Warning About Glassdoor</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracymakes">Tracy Osborn</a> | Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset">Einar Vollset</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><strong><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></strong></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <strong><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a></strong> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <strong><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></strong></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 521 is a roundtable episode where Rob brings on a couple of guests to talk through topics today that relate to bootstrapped and mostly bootstrapped startup founders.



Today, we have Tracy Osborn and Einar Vollset joining us, as we talk through a potential impending recession, the Google anti-trust suit, Dropbox moving to permanent work from home, as well as a handful of other topics.



The topics we cover



[04:03] What do the revenue trends look like in 6-7 months from now?



[13:36] Google anti-trust suit



[19:23] Dropbox remote offices



[27:29] SPACs and why it's so hard to go public in the US



[39:35] A warning about Glassdoor



Links from the show




The 99 Investor Problem



U.S. Accuses Google of Illegally Protecting Monopoly



Dropbox will let all employees work from home permanently as it turns its offices into WeWork-like 'collaborative spaces'



The TinySeed Investment Thesis



A Warning About Glassdoor



Tracy Osborn | Twitter



Einar Vollset | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 521 | A Roundtable Discussion about a Potential Recession, Working from Home, Google Anti-trust, and More]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Episode 521 is a roundtable episode where Rob brings on a couple of guests to talk through topics today that relate to bootstrapped and mostly bootstrapped startup founders.</p>



<p>Today, we have Tracy Osborn and Einar Vollset joining us, as we talk through a potential impending recession, the Google anti-trust suit, Dropbox moving to permanent work from home, as well as a handful of other topics.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p>[04:03] What do the revenue trends look like in 6-7 months from now?</p>



<p>[13:36] Google anti-trust suit</p>



<p>[19:23] Dropbox remote offices</p>



<p>[27:29] SPACs and why it's so hard to go public in the US</p>



<p>[39:35] A warning about Glassdoor</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://feld.com/archives/2014/01/99-investor-problem.html">The 99 Investor Problem</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2020/10/20/technology/google-antitrust.html">U.S. Accuses Google of Illegally Protecting Monopoly</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.businessinsider.com/dropbox-letting-all-employees-work-from-home-permanently-2020-10">Dropbox will let all employees work from home permanently as it turns its offices into WeWork-like 'collaborative spaces'</a></li>



<li><a href="https://tinyseed.com/thesis">The TinySeed Investment Thesis</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.reddit.com/r/jobs/comments/jbod57/a_warning_about_glassdoor/">A Warning About Glassdoor</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/tracymakes">Tracy Osborn</a> | Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/einarvollset">Einar Vollset</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><strong><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></strong></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <strong><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a></strong> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <strong><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></strong></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.521a.mp3" length="45352053"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 521 is a roundtable episode where Rob brings on a couple of guests to talk through topics today that relate to bootstrapped and mostly bootstrapped startup founders.



Today, we have Tracy Osborn and Einar Vollset joining us, as we talk through a potential impending recession, the Google anti-trust suit, Dropbox moving to permanent work from home, as well as a handful of other topics.



The topics we cover



[04:03] What do the revenue trends look like in 6-7 months from now?



[13:36] Google anti-trust suit



[19:23] Dropbox remote offices



[27:29] SPACs and why it's so hard to go public in the US



[39:35] A warning about Glassdoor



Links from the show




The 99 Investor Problem



U.S. Accuses Google of Illegally Protecting Monopoly



Dropbox will let all employees work from home permanently as it turns its offices into WeWork-like 'collaborative spaces'



The TinySeed Investment Thesis



A Warning About Glassdoor



Tracy Osborn | Twitter



Einar Vollset | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:47:03</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[TinySeed Tales S2E8 | Upmarket Starts to Pay Off]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 29 Oct 2020 05:00:43 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-8-upmarket-starts-to-pay-of</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-8-upmarket-starts-to-pay-of</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[Brian &amp; Scottie Elliott are the husband &amp; wife co-founders of <strong><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a></strong>, an interior design project management app.

Last time we spoke, they were bouncing back from the initial shock of the COVID-19 crisis with the potential to sign two large enterprise deals that could help them out with an ongoing cash crunch.

In this episode, Rob talks with them about customer-funded development, always following up when doing outbound sales, and restarting a productized service.
<h2>The topics we cover</h2>
<strong>[01:14] Status on large enterprise deals</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>One closed, one did not.</li>
 	<li>The first touch with them was almost a year.</li>
 	<li>They had a software proprietary software that they built internally and have been actively seeking a new tool</li>
 	<li>Custom data migration and storage and it was also a bunch of custom development</li>
 	<li>Win-win they got what they wanted and we got some new cool features</li>
 	<li>Big win, I would say, to get paid, to build a feature that you expect other customers to be able to use.</li>
 	<li>Optimistic that maybe we can sort of like build the product that we want by closing these sorts of deals and move into the hospitality world</li>
 	<li>Referred to as customer-funded development</li>
</ul>
<strong>[06:51] Obstacles remain for moving upmarket</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Outbound is not going as well as it used to.</li>
 	<li>Inbound has been fine. It's a little down this month over the previous.</li>
 	<li>Always be following up.</li>
 	<li>Never letting go until you're explicitly told to go away.</li>
 	<li>Making sure you never lose track of someone is like a huge win.</li>
</ul>
<strong>[10:03] Moving past uncertainty</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>There is still uncertainty. I think there's always that whether there's a pandemic or not. When you're first getting started and plugging along, there's always that kind of like tension, wondering how this month is going to be.</li>
 	<li>We have plenty of signals that people are willing to pay us quite a bit more than they were paying us.</li>
 	<li>When we started there, we were charging $29 or $39 a month, which in retrospect is just, you know, terrifying that we were priced that low.</li>
 	<li>If we can get to that traction where, you know, we are selling 10 new customers per month at the price points that we're doing right now like it's a game-changer.</li>
</ul>
<strong>[13:49] Restarting a services venture</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Brian and Scotty decided to dip their toes into the world of services with a virtual coordinator that would complement their software.</li>
 	<li>The idea was to bring in some high-value clients and make some extra cash. And although they had to shelve it due to the COVID crisis, there's been some renewed interest.</li>
 	<li>Initially, we thought of the services side as a way to get some revenue fast.</li>
 	<li>This is pretty high touch services but finding a team to help with the services side. And then of course we'd be using the software. To also manage the services, which could potentially drive some of the features that we build for the software.</li>
 	<li>The most important piece and that is going to be the process of setting up SOP and figuring out how I can best. Manage the services side.</li>
</ul>
<strong>[19:23] Last week of TinySeed Tales</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>So much knowledge gained and relationships built. It was a great year.</li>
 	<li>I think not being able to meet in person in the year together feels like it's still, like, there's no closure.</li>
 	<li>It does feel just sort of finished, not finished.</li>
</ul>
<h2>Links from the show</h2>
<ul>
 	<li><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a> | Website</li>
 	<li><a href="https://twitter.com/brianleeelliott">Brian Elliott</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>
Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out <a></a>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Brian & Scottie Elliott are the husband & wife co-founders of Gather, an interior design project management app.

Last time we spoke, they were bouncing back from the initial shock of the COVID-19 crisis with the potential to sign two large enterprise deals that could help them out with an ongoing cash crunch.

In this episode, Rob talks with them about customer-funded development, always following up when doing outbound sales, and restarting a productized service.
The topics we cover
[01:14] Status on large enterprise deals

 	One closed, one did not.
 	The first touch with them was almost a year.
 	They had a software proprietary software that they built internally and have been actively seeking a new tool
 	Custom data migration and storage and it was also a bunch of custom development
 	Win-win they got what they wanted and we got some new cool features
 	Big win, I would say, to get paid, to build a feature that you expect other customers to be able to use.
 	Optimistic that maybe we can sort of like build the product that we want by closing these sorts of deals and move into the hospitality world
 	Referred to as customer-funded development

[06:51] Obstacles remain for moving upmarket

 	Outbound is not going as well as it used to.
 	Inbound has been fine. It's a little down this month over the previous.
 	Always be following up.
 	Never letting go until you're explicitly told to go away.
 	Making sure you never lose track of someone is like a huge win.

[10:03] Moving past uncertainty

 	There is still uncertainty. I think there's always that whether there's a pandemic or not. When you're first getting started and plugging along, there's always that kind of like tension, wondering how this month is going to be.
 	We have plenty of signals that people are willing to pay us quite a bit more than they were paying us.
 	When we started there, we were charging $29 or $39 a month, which in retrospect is just, you know, terrifying that we were priced that low.
 	If we can get to that traction where, you know, we are selling 10 new customers per month at the price points that we're doing right now like it's a game-changer.

[13:49] Restarting a services venture

 	Brian and Scotty decided to dip their toes into the world of services with a virtual coordinator that would complement their software.
 	The idea was to bring in some high-value clients and make some extra cash. And although they had to shelve it due to the COVID crisis, there's been some renewed interest.
 	Initially, we thought of the services side as a way to get some revenue fast.
 	This is pretty high touch services but finding a team to help with the services side. And then of course we'd be using the software. To also manage the services, which could potentially drive some of the features that we build for the software.
 	The most important piece and that is going to be the process of setting up SOP and figuring out how I can best. Manage the services side.

[19:23] Last week of TinySeed Tales

 	So much knowledge gained and relationships built. It was a great year.
 	I think not being able to meet in person in the year together feels like it's still, like, there's no closure.
 	It does feel just sort of finished, not finished.

Links from the show

 	Gather | Website
 	Brian Elliott | Twitter

Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out ]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[TinySeed Tales S2E8 | Upmarket Starts to Pay Off]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[Brian &amp; Scottie Elliott are the husband &amp; wife co-founders of <strong><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a></strong>, an interior design project management app.

Last time we spoke, they were bouncing back from the initial shock of the COVID-19 crisis with the potential to sign two large enterprise deals that could help them out with an ongoing cash crunch.

In this episode, Rob talks with them about customer-funded development, always following up when doing outbound sales, and restarting a productized service.
<h2>The topics we cover</h2>
<strong>[01:14] Status on large enterprise deals</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>One closed, one did not.</li>
 	<li>The first touch with them was almost a year.</li>
 	<li>They had a software proprietary software that they built internally and have been actively seeking a new tool</li>
 	<li>Custom data migration and storage and it was also a bunch of custom development</li>
 	<li>Win-win they got what they wanted and we got some new cool features</li>
 	<li>Big win, I would say, to get paid, to build a feature that you expect other customers to be able to use.</li>
 	<li>Optimistic that maybe we can sort of like build the product that we want by closing these sorts of deals and move into the hospitality world</li>
 	<li>Referred to as customer-funded development</li>
</ul>
<strong>[06:51] Obstacles remain for moving upmarket</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Outbound is not going as well as it used to.</li>
 	<li>Inbound has been fine. It's a little down this month over the previous.</li>
 	<li>Always be following up.</li>
 	<li>Never letting go until you're explicitly told to go away.</li>
 	<li>Making sure you never lose track of someone is like a huge win.</li>
</ul>
<strong>[10:03] Moving past uncertainty</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>There is still uncertainty. I think there's always that whether there's a pandemic or not. When you're first getting started and plugging along, there's always that kind of like tension, wondering how this month is going to be.</li>
 	<li>We have plenty of signals that people are willing to pay us quite a bit more than they were paying us.</li>
 	<li>When we started there, we were charging $29 or $39 a month, which in retrospect is just, you know, terrifying that we were priced that low.</li>
 	<li>If we can get to that traction where, you know, we are selling 10 new customers per month at the price points that we're doing right now like it's a game-changer.</li>
</ul>
<strong>[13:49] Restarting a services venture</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Brian and Scotty decided to dip their toes into the world of services with a virtual coordinator that would complement their software.</li>
 	<li>The idea was to bring in some high-value clients and make some extra cash. And although they had to shelve it due to the COVID crisis, there's been some renewed interest.</li>
 	<li>Initially, we thought of the services side as a way to get some revenue fast.</li>
 	<li>This is pretty high touch services but finding a team to help with the services side. And then of course we'd be using the software. To also manage the services, which could potentially drive some of the features that we build for the software.</li>
 	<li>The most important piece and that is going to be the process of setting up SOP and figuring out how I can best. Manage the services side.</li>
</ul>
<strong>[19:23] Last week of TinySeed Tales</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>So much knowledge gained and relationships built. It was a great year.</li>
 	<li>I think not being able to meet in person in the year together feels like it's still, like, there's no closure.</li>
 	<li>It does feel just sort of finished, not finished.</li>
</ul>
<h2>Links from the show</h2>
<ul>
 	<li><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a> | Website</li>
 	<li><a href="https://twitter.com/brianleeelliott">Brian Elliott</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>
Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out <a href="https://tinyseedtales.com/episodes/episode-1-a-non-technical-saas-founder">Season 1</a> of TinySeed Tales where we follow the Saas journey with Craig Hewitt of <a href="https://castos.com/">Castos</a>.]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/08-TinySeed-Tales-Gather-ep-08.mp3" length="24522043"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Brian & Scottie Elliott are the husband & wife co-founders of Gather, an interior design project management app.

Last time we spoke, they were bouncing back from the initial shock of the COVID-19 crisis with the potential to sign two large enterprise deals that could help them out with an ongoing cash crunch.

In this episode, Rob talks with them about customer-funded development, always following up when doing outbound sales, and restarting a productized service.
The topics we cover
[01:14] Status on large enterprise deals

 	One closed, one did not.
 	The first touch with them was almost a year.
 	They had a software proprietary software that they built internally and have been actively seeking a new tool
 	Custom data migration and storage and it was also a bunch of custom development
 	Win-win they got what they wanted and we got some new cool features
 	Big win, I would say, to get paid, to build a feature that you expect other customers to be able to use.
 	Optimistic that maybe we can sort of like build the product that we want by closing these sorts of deals and move into the hospitality world
 	Referred to as customer-funded development

[06:51] Obstacles remain for moving upmarket

 	Outbound is not going as well as it used to.
 	Inbound has been fine. It's a little down this month over the previous.
 	Always be following up.
 	Never letting go until you're explicitly told to go away.
 	Making sure you never lose track of someone is like a huge win.

[10:03] Moving past uncertainty

 	There is still uncertainty. I think there's always that whether there's a pandemic or not. When you're first getting started and plugging along, there's always that kind of like tension, wondering how this month is going to be.
 	We have plenty of signals that people are willing to pay us quite a bit more than they were paying us.
 	When we started there, we were charging $29 or $39 a month, which in retrospect is just, you know, terrifying that we were priced that low.
 	If we can get to that traction where, you know, we are selling 10 new customers per month at the price points that we're doing right now like it's a game-changer.

[13:49] Restarting a services venture

 	Brian and Scotty decided to dip their toes into the world of services with a virtual coordinator that would complement their software.
 	The idea was to bring in some high-value clients and make some extra cash. And although they had to shelve it due to the COVID crisis, there's been some renewed interest.
 	Initially, we thought of the services side as a way to get some revenue fast.
 	This is pretty high touch services but finding a team to help with the services side. And then of course we'd be using the software. To also manage the services, which could potentially drive some of the features that we build for the software.
 	The most important piece and that is going to be the process of setting up SOP and figuring out how I can best. Manage the services side.

[19:23] Last week of TinySeed Tales

 	So much knowledge gained and relationships built. It was a great year.
 	I think not being able to meet in person in the year together feels like it's still, like, there's no closure.
 	It does feel just sort of finished, not finished.

Links from the show

 	Gather | Website
 	Brian Elliott | Twitter

Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out ]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:25:03</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 520 | Why a Million Dollar Agency Quit It All and Moved to SaaS]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2020 10:00:36 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-520-why-a-million-dollar-agency-quit-it-all-and-moved-to-saas</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-520-why-a-million-dollar-agency-quit-it-all-and-moved-to-saas</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob talks with the founder of SegMetrics, Keith Perhac. SegMetrics is a SaaS product that helps users get clarity on where their leads come from, how they act, and how much their marketing is worth.</p>



<p>We dive into the difference between SegMetrics and other options for attributing sales and revenue to traffic channels.</p>



<p>We also go through Keith's background and learn about why he shut down his million-dollar marketing agency to double down on his SaaS.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p>[04:28] Where does SegMetrics fit within the analytics and attribute market?</p>



<p>[09:35] Why build a SaaS when you are running a 7 figure agency</p>



<p>[12:56] Dealing with a growth plateau</p>



<p>[21:28] Shifting focus to work on SegMetrics full-time</p>



<p>[28:05] Frugality as a bootstrapper (and how it can backfire)</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/segmetrics">SegMetrics</a> | Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://segmetrics.io/">SegMetrics</a> | Website</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/harisenbon79">Keith Perhac</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><strong><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></strong></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <strong><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a></strong> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <strong><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></strong></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob talks with the founder of SegMetrics, Keith Perhac. SegMetrics is a SaaS product that helps users get clarity on where their leads come from, how they act, and how much their marketing is worth.



We dive into the difference between SegMetrics and other options for attributing sales and revenue to traffic channels.



We also go through Keith's background and learn about why he shut down his million-dollar marketing agency to double down on his SaaS.



The topics we cover



[04:28] Where does SegMetrics fit within the analytics and attribute market?



[09:35] Why build a SaaS when you are running a 7 figure agency



[12:56] Dealing with a growth plateau



[21:28] Shifting focus to work on SegMetrics full-time



[28:05] Frugality as a bootstrapper (and how it can backfire)



Links from the show




SegMetrics | Twitter



SegMetrics | Website



Keith Perhac | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 520 | Why a Million Dollar Agency Quit It All and Moved to SaaS]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Rob talks with the founder of SegMetrics, Keith Perhac. SegMetrics is a SaaS product that helps users get clarity on where their leads come from, how they act, and how much their marketing is worth.</p>



<p>We dive into the difference between SegMetrics and other options for attributing sales and revenue to traffic channels.</p>



<p>We also go through Keith's background and learn about why he shut down his million-dollar marketing agency to double down on his SaaS.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p>[04:28] Where does SegMetrics fit within the analytics and attribute market?</p>



<p>[09:35] Why build a SaaS when you are running a 7 figure agency</p>



<p>[12:56] Dealing with a growth plateau</p>



<p>[21:28] Shifting focus to work on SegMetrics full-time</p>



<p>[28:05] Frugality as a bootstrapper (and how it can backfire)</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/segmetrics">SegMetrics</a> | Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://segmetrics.io/">SegMetrics</a> | Website</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/harisenbon79">Keith Perhac</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><strong><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></strong></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <strong><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a></strong> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <strong><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></strong></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.520.mp3" length="36279662"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[In this episode, Rob talks with the founder of SegMetrics, Keith Perhac. SegMetrics is a SaaS product that helps users get clarity on where their leads come from, how they act, and how much their marketing is worth.



We dive into the difference between SegMetrics and other options for attributing sales and revenue to traffic channels.



We also go through Keith's background and learn about why he shut down his million-dollar marketing agency to double down on his SaaS.



The topics we cover



[04:28] Where does SegMetrics fit within the analytics and attribute market?



[09:35] Why build a SaaS when you are running a 7 figure agency



[12:56] Dealing with a growth plateau



[21:28] Shifting focus to work on SegMetrics full-time



[28:05] Frugality as a bootstrapper (and how it can backfire)



Links from the show




SegMetrics | Twitter



SegMetrics | Website



Keith Perhac | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:37:36</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[TinySeed Tales S2E7 | A Global Pandemic]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 22 Oct 2020 05:00:56 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-7-a-global-pandemic</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-7-a-global-pandemic</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[Brian &amp; Scottie Elliott are the husband &amp; wife co-founders of <strong><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a></strong>, an interior design project management app.

Today's episode was recorded after the COVID-19 shelter in place orders went into effect. We talk with Brian and Scottie about how the pandemic has affected Gather as well as their life beyond the scope of their business.
<h2>The topics we cover</h2>
<strong>[01:10] How the pandemic has affected their lives beyond the scope of their business.</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Brian and Scottie live in Mexico</li>
 	<li>Living in almost what feels like two worlds here. The ex-pat community is very tuned into what's happening in the US and sheltering in place</li>
</ul>
<strong>[03:11] Current financial situation</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Our situation hasn't changed financially. I think that at the time we had hopes that we could raise some money or at least get alone. We're not even pursuing that at this point</li>
 	<li>We're certainly used to bootstrapping and feeling that stress and coming up with interesting solutions to our cash problems.</li>
</ul>
<strong>[05:57] High point or biggest wins since the last episode</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>We have had a couple of requests for enterprise plans, one existing customer that has a lot of data that they need to be migrated over and they have a custom feature that they want</li>
 	<li>Then a new customer who has a custom feature in data migration.</li>
 	<li>It's unexpected. Feasibly you think they're going to cut back expenses, but larger deals are coming your way.</li>
 	<li>The churn that we have had has been largely solo designers and smaller firms</li>
 	<li>One of the things of going upmarket, the typical pattern is there price sensitive, they churn less.</li>
 	<li>We've had a lot of inbound interest and a lot of them are saying things like now that we're home working remotely, we're sort of investigating better ways to work online</li>
</ul>
<strong>[09:21] Impacts from the COVID-19 crisis and biggest setbacks so far</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Across the portfolio of companies that are part of TinySeed, there is about 15% that are having real struggles with the impact of the pandemic on the industry they serve. Another 70% are waiting to see what happens, perhaps cutting back on expenses and generally seeing a growth plateau. Then, there's the 15% of companies for whom remote work is a boon and their growth is accelerating faster than ever.</li>
 	<li>Gather has had to cut their developer contract in half</li>
 	<li>Big features are kind of on hold for a little while</li>
 	<li>Staying focused has just been difficult</li>
</ul>
<strong>[13:54] Fears and hopes for the future</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>I think my biggest fear is that the trend that we've seen this month as being a big uptick in sales and opportunities is just a flash in the pan.</li>
 	<li>In different times, we might be able to pivot if we needed to, but because of our financial situation it's going to be hard for us to pivot out of it</li>
 	<li>Looking forward to seeing how these enterprise deals play out</li>
 	<li>Trying to figure out ways that we could get customers to pay for some of the features that we'd like to build</li>
</ul>
<h2>Links from the show</h2>
<ul>
 	<li><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a> | Website</li>
 	<li><a href="https://twitter.com/brianleeelliott">Brian Elliott</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>
Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out <a href="https://tinyseedtales.com/episodes/episode-1-a-non-technical-saas-founder">Season 1</a> of TinySeed Tales where we follow the Saas journey with Craig Hewitt of <a href="https://castos.com/">Castos</a>.]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Brian & Scottie Elliott are the husband & wife co-founders of Gather, an interior design project management app.

Today's episode was recorded after the COVID-19 shelter in place orders went into effect. We talk with Brian and Scottie about how the pandemic has affected Gather as well as their life beyond the scope of their business.
The topics we cover
[01:10] How the pandemic has affected their lives beyond the scope of their business.

 	Brian and Scottie live in Mexico
 	Living in almost what feels like two worlds here. The ex-pat community is very tuned into what's happening in the US and sheltering in place

[03:11] Current financial situation

 	Our situation hasn't changed financially. I think that at the time we had hopes that we could raise some money or at least get alone. We're not even pursuing that at this point
 	We're certainly used to bootstrapping and feeling that stress and coming up with interesting solutions to our cash problems.

[05:57] High point or biggest wins since the last episode

 	We have had a couple of requests for enterprise plans, one existing customer that has a lot of data that they need to be migrated over and they have a custom feature that they want
 	Then a new customer who has a custom feature in data migration.
 	It's unexpected. Feasibly you think they're going to cut back expenses, but larger deals are coming your way.
 	The churn that we have had has been largely solo designers and smaller firms
 	One of the things of going upmarket, the typical pattern is there price sensitive, they churn less.
 	We've had a lot of inbound interest and a lot of them are saying things like now that we're home working remotely, we're sort of investigating better ways to work online

[09:21] Impacts from the COVID-19 crisis and biggest setbacks so far

 	Across the portfolio of companies that are part of TinySeed, there is about 15% that are having real struggles with the impact of the pandemic on the industry they serve. Another 70% are waiting to see what happens, perhaps cutting back on expenses and generally seeing a growth plateau. Then, there's the 15% of companies for whom remote work is a boon and their growth is accelerating faster than ever.
 	Gather has had to cut their developer contract in half
 	Big features are kind of on hold for a little while
 	Staying focused has just been difficult

[13:54] Fears and hopes for the future

 	I think my biggest fear is that the trend that we've seen this month as being a big uptick in sales and opportunities is just a flash in the pan.
 	In different times, we might be able to pivot if we needed to, but because of our financial situation it's going to be hard for us to pivot out of it
 	Looking forward to seeing how these enterprise deals play out
 	Trying to figure out ways that we could get customers to pay for some of the features that we'd like to build

Links from the show

 	Gather | Website
 	Brian Elliott | Twitter

Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out Season 1 of TinySeed Tales where we follow the Saas journey with Craig Hewitt of Castos.]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[TinySeed Tales S2E7 | A Global Pandemic]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[Brian &amp; Scottie Elliott are the husband &amp; wife co-founders of <strong><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a></strong>, an interior design project management app.

Today's episode was recorded after the COVID-19 shelter in place orders went into effect. We talk with Brian and Scottie about how the pandemic has affected Gather as well as their life beyond the scope of their business.
<h2>The topics we cover</h2>
<strong>[01:10] How the pandemic has affected their lives beyond the scope of their business.</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Brian and Scottie live in Mexico</li>
 	<li>Living in almost what feels like two worlds here. The ex-pat community is very tuned into what's happening in the US and sheltering in place</li>
</ul>
<strong>[03:11] Current financial situation</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Our situation hasn't changed financially. I think that at the time we had hopes that we could raise some money or at least get alone. We're not even pursuing that at this point</li>
 	<li>We're certainly used to bootstrapping and feeling that stress and coming up with interesting solutions to our cash problems.</li>
</ul>
<strong>[05:57] High point or biggest wins since the last episode</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>We have had a couple of requests for enterprise plans, one existing customer that has a lot of data that they need to be migrated over and they have a custom feature that they want</li>
 	<li>Then a new customer who has a custom feature in data migration.</li>
 	<li>It's unexpected. Feasibly you think they're going to cut back expenses, but larger deals are coming your way.</li>
 	<li>The churn that we have had has been largely solo designers and smaller firms</li>
 	<li>One of the things of going upmarket, the typical pattern is there price sensitive, they churn less.</li>
 	<li>We've had a lot of inbound interest and a lot of them are saying things like now that we're home working remotely, we're sort of investigating better ways to work online</li>
</ul>
<strong>[09:21] Impacts from the COVID-19 crisis and biggest setbacks so far</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Across the portfolio of companies that are part of TinySeed, there is about 15% that are having real struggles with the impact of the pandemic on the industry they serve. Another 70% are waiting to see what happens, perhaps cutting back on expenses and generally seeing a growth plateau. Then, there's the 15% of companies for whom remote work is a boon and their growth is accelerating faster than ever.</li>
 	<li>Gather has had to cut their developer contract in half</li>
 	<li>Big features are kind of on hold for a little while</li>
 	<li>Staying focused has just been difficult</li>
</ul>
<strong>[13:54] Fears and hopes for the future</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>I think my biggest fear is that the trend that we've seen this month as being a big uptick in sales and opportunities is just a flash in the pan.</li>
 	<li>In different times, we might be able to pivot if we needed to, but because of our financial situation it's going to be hard for us to pivot out of it</li>
 	<li>Looking forward to seeing how these enterprise deals play out</li>
 	<li>Trying to figure out ways that we could get customers to pay for some of the features that we'd like to build</li>
</ul>
<h2>Links from the show</h2>
<ul>
 	<li><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a> | Website</li>
 	<li><a href="https://twitter.com/brianleeelliott">Brian Elliott</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>
Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out <a href="https://tinyseedtales.com/episodes/episode-1-a-non-technical-saas-founder">Season 1</a> of TinySeed Tales where we follow the Saas journey with Craig Hewitt of <a href="https://castos.com/">Castos</a>.]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/07-TinySeed-Tales-Gather-ep-07.mp3" length="17476919"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Brian & Scottie Elliott are the husband & wife co-founders of Gather, an interior design project management app.

Today's episode was recorded after the COVID-19 shelter in place orders went into effect. We talk with Brian and Scottie about how the pandemic has affected Gather as well as their life beyond the scope of their business.
The topics we cover
[01:10] How the pandemic has affected their lives beyond the scope of their business.

 	Brian and Scottie live in Mexico
 	Living in almost what feels like two worlds here. The ex-pat community is very tuned into what's happening in the US and sheltering in place

[03:11] Current financial situation

 	Our situation hasn't changed financially. I think that at the time we had hopes that we could raise some money or at least get alone. We're not even pursuing that at this point
 	We're certainly used to bootstrapping and feeling that stress and coming up with interesting solutions to our cash problems.

[05:57] High point or biggest wins since the last episode

 	We have had a couple of requests for enterprise plans, one existing customer that has a lot of data that they need to be migrated over and they have a custom feature that they want
 	Then a new customer who has a custom feature in data migration.
 	It's unexpected. Feasibly you think they're going to cut back expenses, but larger deals are coming your way.
 	The churn that we have had has been largely solo designers and smaller firms
 	One of the things of going upmarket, the typical pattern is there price sensitive, they churn less.
 	We've had a lot of inbound interest and a lot of them are saying things like now that we're home working remotely, we're sort of investigating better ways to work online

[09:21] Impacts from the COVID-19 crisis and biggest setbacks so far

 	Across the portfolio of companies that are part of TinySeed, there is about 15% that are having real struggles with the impact of the pandemic on the industry they serve. Another 70% are waiting to see what happens, perhaps cutting back on expenses and generally seeing a growth plateau. Then, there's the 15% of companies for whom remote work is a boon and their growth is accelerating faster than ever.
 	Gather has had to cut their developer contract in half
 	Big features are kind of on hold for a little while
 	Staying focused has just been difficult

[13:54] Fears and hopes for the future

 	I think my biggest fear is that the trend that we've seen this month as being a big uptick in sales and opportunities is just a flash in the pan.
 	In different times, we might be able to pivot if we needed to, but because of our financial situation it's going to be hard for us to pivot out of it
 	Looking forward to seeing how these enterprise deals play out
 	Trying to figure out ways that we could get customers to pay for some of the features that we'd like to build

Links from the show

 	Gather | Website
 	Brian Elliott | Twitter

Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out Season 1 of TinySeed Tales where we follow the Saas journey with Craig Hewitt of Castos.]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:17:43</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 519 | Profit Sharing, Stock Options, and Equity (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 20 Oct 2020 10:00:47 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-519-profit-sharing-stock-options-and-equity-a-rob-solo-adventure</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-519-profit-sharing-stock-options-and-equity-a-rob-solo-adventure</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>On this episode, Rob talks through profit sharing, stock options, and equity and makes a comparison between these various approaches.</p>



<p>If you are thinking of ways to incentivize team members as a bootstrapper, this episode is for you.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p>[04:34] Bonuses</p>



<p>[07:52] Equity Grants</p>



<p>[11:47] Stock Options</p>



<p>[20:09] Profit Sharing</p>



<p>[26:09] Which is best for your SaaS?</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://join.trends.vc/">Trends.vc</a></li>



<li><a href="https://blog.balsamiq.com/salary/">Peldi Guilizzoni's Profit-Sharing Plan</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling">Rob Walling</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><strong><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></strong></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <strong><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a></strong> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <strong><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></strong></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode, Rob talks through profit sharing, stock options, and equity and makes a comparison between these various approaches.



If you are thinking of ways to incentivize team members as a bootstrapper, this episode is for you.



The topics we cover



[04:34] Bonuses



[07:52] Equity Grants



[11:47] Stock Options



[20:09] Profit Sharing



[26:09] Which is best for your SaaS?



Links from the show




Trends.vc



Peldi Guilizzoni's Profit-Sharing Plan



Rob Walling | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 519 | Profit Sharing, Stock Options, and Equity (A Rob Solo Adventure)]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>On this episode, Rob talks through profit sharing, stock options, and equity and makes a comparison between these various approaches.</p>



<p>If you are thinking of ways to incentivize team members as a bootstrapper, this episode is for you.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p>[04:34] Bonuses</p>



<p>[07:52] Equity Grants</p>



<p>[11:47] Stock Options</p>



<p>[20:09] Profit Sharing</p>



<p>[26:09] Which is best for your SaaS?</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://join.trends.vc/">Trends.vc</a></li>



<li><a href="https://blog.balsamiq.com/salary/">Peldi Guilizzoni's Profit-Sharing Plan</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/robwalling">Rob Walling</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><strong><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></strong></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <strong><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a></strong> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <strong><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></strong></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.519.mp3" length="26294251"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On this episode, Rob talks through profit sharing, stock options, and equity and makes a comparison between these various approaches.



If you are thinking of ways to incentivize team members as a bootstrapper, this episode is for you.



The topics we cover



[04:34] Bonuses



[07:52] Equity Grants



[11:47] Stock Options



[20:09] Profit Sharing



[26:09] Which is best for your SaaS?



Links from the show




Trends.vc



Peldi Guilizzoni's Profit-Sharing Plan



Rob Walling | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:27:12</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[TinySeed Tales S2E6 | Best Growth Month Ever]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 15 Oct 2020 05:00:20 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-6-best-growth-month-ever</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-6-best-growth-month-ever</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[Brian &amp; Scottie Elliott are the husband &amp; wife co-founders of <strong><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a></strong>, an interior design project management app.

On this episode, Brian and Scottie share with us an update on their unexpected MRR growth, the psychology of raising prices, and the difficulty of making decisions amidst a mountain of unknowns.
<h2><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>
01:07] Update on MRR growth since we last spoke
<ul>
 	<li>Had a goal to grow a thousand dollars of MRR in a single month.</li>
 	<li>Trailing 30 days is like $1,006.</li>
 	<li>MRR is currently $8,200.</li>
 	<li>Get caught up in the day to day to actually celebrate. Is good for us to stop and recognize that we have made a lot of progress.</li>
 	<li>We're still burning more cash than we're making.</li>
</ul>
[03:53] Closing a large 20-person enterprise deal
<ul>
 	<li>They did do a trial.</li>
 	<li>Then they bumped up to an enterprise plan.</li>
 	<li>You can have your sights set on a goal and before long you might achieve it. But that's not the end of your journey. You're onto the next hurdle.</li>
 	<li>This is one of the things I've found so difficult about starting this kind of company, your to do list is never clear and things don't end until you put someone in charge of the company or you sell it.</li>
</ul>
[05:47] Raising prices, again.
<ul>
 	<li>We've even raised twice.</li>
 	<li>Don't get a lot of price objections.</li>
 	<li>We have had to reject our previous customer avatar.</li>
 	<li>Lower prices send a bad signal to them.</li>
 	<li>The psychology of pricing, both at the founder level and also at the buyer level.</li>
 	<li>This is a tried and true SaaS playbook. You start at the bottom of the market because you don't have a brand and no one's heard of you and your product is really early, and you don't have the features that you need. You price yourself pretty low. You get a little bit of ttraction, use that to make a better product. You'll find your positioning. You learn more about the market, and then you just go up, up, up from there.</li>
 	<li>Lower price points, higher churn.</li>
 	<li>A lot of people don't realize product market fit is not just building a product that people want and are willing to pay for. It's also having a good idea about your positioning and pricing and some idea of channels where you can reach future customers.</li>
 	<li>You're making a lot of decisions quickly with incomplete information and you only know which ones work in retrospect.</li>
</ul>
[12:21] Biggest wins so far and looking to the future
<ul>
 	<li>In the beginning it felt a little bit scary and unknown when we were leaving, seeing the small teams.</li>
 	<li>Biggest win: validating with these larger teams.</li>
 	<li>Biggest win: we are selling into the kinds of firms that we hypothesized we could sell into.</li>
 	<li>Doing these sales over the last couple of months has just taught me how to sell.</li>
</ul>
[15:33] Biggest fear right now
<ul>
 	<li>That we're going to run out of money.</li>
 	<li>It's scary to see the bank account dwindle.</li>
 	<li>Just figuring out how we can keep going and keep growing and even accelerate growth.</li>
 	<li>How are we going to cross this bridge? Because we can see the green pastures on the other side.</li>
 	<li>Navigating a world that I don't quite understand yet should be the title and subtitle and every subheading of being an entrepreneur.</li>
 	<li>I'm most excited to see how we deal with this cash crunch that we're heading into.</li>
</ul>
<h2><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>
<ul>
 	<li><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a> | Website</li>
 	<li><a href="https://twitter.com/brianleeelliott">Brian Elliott</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>
Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out <a href="https://tinyseedtales.com/episodes/episode-1-a-non-technical-saas-founder">Season 1</a> of TinySeed Tales wh...]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Brian & Scottie Elliott are the husband & wife co-founders of Gather, an interior design project management app.

On this episode, Brian and Scottie share with us an update on their unexpected MRR growth, the psychology of raising prices, and the difficulty of making decisions amidst a mountain of unknowns.
The topics we cover
01:07] Update on MRR growth since we last spoke

 	Had a goal to grow a thousand dollars of MRR in a single month.
 	Trailing 30 days is like $1,006.
 	MRR is currently $8,200.
 	Get caught up in the day to day to actually celebrate. Is good for us to stop and recognize that we have made a lot of progress.
 	We're still burning more cash than we're making.

[03:53] Closing a large 20-person enterprise deal

 	They did do a trial.
 	Then they bumped up to an enterprise plan.
 	You can have your sights set on a goal and before long you might achieve it. But that's not the end of your journey. You're onto the next hurdle.
 	This is one of the things I've found so difficult about starting this kind of company, your to do list is never clear and things don't end until you put someone in charge of the company or you sell it.

[05:47] Raising prices, again.

 	We've even raised twice.
 	Don't get a lot of price objections.
 	We have had to reject our previous customer avatar.
 	Lower prices send a bad signal to them.
 	The psychology of pricing, both at the founder level and also at the buyer level.
 	This is a tried and true SaaS playbook. You start at the bottom of the market because you don't have a brand and no one's heard of you and your product is really early, and you don't have the features that you need. You price yourself pretty low. You get a little bit of ttraction, use that to make a better product. You'll find your positioning. You learn more about the market, and then you just go up, up, up from there.
 	Lower price points, higher churn.
 	A lot of people don't realize product market fit is not just building a product that people want and are willing to pay for. It's also having a good idea about your positioning and pricing and some idea of channels where you can reach future customers.
 	You're making a lot of decisions quickly with incomplete information and you only know which ones work in retrospect.

[12:21] Biggest wins so far and looking to the future

 	In the beginning it felt a little bit scary and unknown when we were leaving, seeing the small teams.
 	Biggest win: validating with these larger teams.
 	Biggest win: we are selling into the kinds of firms that we hypothesized we could sell into.
 	Doing these sales over the last couple of months has just taught me how to sell.

[15:33] Biggest fear right now

 	That we're going to run out of money.
 	It's scary to see the bank account dwindle.
 	Just figuring out how we can keep going and keep growing and even accelerate growth.
 	How are we going to cross this bridge? Because we can see the green pastures on the other side.
 	Navigating a world that I don't quite understand yet should be the title and subtitle and every subheading of being an entrepreneur.
 	I'm most excited to see how we deal with this cash crunch that we're heading into.

Links from the show

 	Gather | Website
 	Brian Elliott | Twitter

Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out Season 1 of TinySeed Tales wh...]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[TinySeed Tales S2E6 | Best Growth Month Ever]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[Brian &amp; Scottie Elliott are the husband &amp; wife co-founders of <strong><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a></strong>, an interior design project management app.

On this episode, Brian and Scottie share with us an update on their unexpected MRR growth, the psychology of raising prices, and the difficulty of making decisions amidst a mountain of unknowns.
<h2><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>
01:07] Update on MRR growth since we last spoke
<ul>
 	<li>Had a goal to grow a thousand dollars of MRR in a single month.</li>
 	<li>Trailing 30 days is like $1,006.</li>
 	<li>MRR is currently $8,200.</li>
 	<li>Get caught up in the day to day to actually celebrate. Is good for us to stop and recognize that we have made a lot of progress.</li>
 	<li>We're still burning more cash than we're making.</li>
</ul>
[03:53] Closing a large 20-person enterprise deal
<ul>
 	<li>They did do a trial.</li>
 	<li>Then they bumped up to an enterprise plan.</li>
 	<li>You can have your sights set on a goal and before long you might achieve it. But that's not the end of your journey. You're onto the next hurdle.</li>
 	<li>This is one of the things I've found so difficult about starting this kind of company, your to do list is never clear and things don't end until you put someone in charge of the company or you sell it.</li>
</ul>
[05:47] Raising prices, again.
<ul>
 	<li>We've even raised twice.</li>
 	<li>Don't get a lot of price objections.</li>
 	<li>We have had to reject our previous customer avatar.</li>
 	<li>Lower prices send a bad signal to them.</li>
 	<li>The psychology of pricing, both at the founder level and also at the buyer level.</li>
 	<li>This is a tried and true SaaS playbook. You start at the bottom of the market because you don't have a brand and no one's heard of you and your product is really early, and you don't have the features that you need. You price yourself pretty low. You get a little bit of ttraction, use that to make a better product. You'll find your positioning. You learn more about the market, and then you just go up, up, up from there.</li>
 	<li>Lower price points, higher churn.</li>
 	<li>A lot of people don't realize product market fit is not just building a product that people want and are willing to pay for. It's also having a good idea about your positioning and pricing and some idea of channels where you can reach future customers.</li>
 	<li>You're making a lot of decisions quickly with incomplete information and you only know which ones work in retrospect.</li>
</ul>
[12:21] Biggest wins so far and looking to the future
<ul>
 	<li>In the beginning it felt a little bit scary and unknown when we were leaving, seeing the small teams.</li>
 	<li>Biggest win: validating with these larger teams.</li>
 	<li>Biggest win: we are selling into the kinds of firms that we hypothesized we could sell into.</li>
 	<li>Doing these sales over the last couple of months has just taught me how to sell.</li>
</ul>
[15:33] Biggest fear right now
<ul>
 	<li>That we're going to run out of money.</li>
 	<li>It's scary to see the bank account dwindle.</li>
 	<li>Just figuring out how we can keep going and keep growing and even accelerate growth.</li>
 	<li>How are we going to cross this bridge? Because we can see the green pastures on the other side.</li>
 	<li>Navigating a world that I don't quite understand yet should be the title and subtitle and every subheading of being an entrepreneur.</li>
 	<li>I'm most excited to see how we deal with this cash crunch that we're heading into.</li>
</ul>
<h2><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>
<ul>
 	<li><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a> | Website</li>
 	<li><a href="https://twitter.com/brianleeelliott">Brian Elliott</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>
Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out <a href="https://tinyseedtales.com/episodes/episode-1-a-non-technical-saas-founder">Season 1</a> of TinySeed Tales where we follow the Saas journey with Craig Hewitt of <a href="https://castos.com/">Castos</a>.]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/06-TinySeed-Tales-Gather-Ep-06.mp3" length="20063676"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Brian & Scottie Elliott are the husband & wife co-founders of Gather, an interior design project management app.

On this episode, Brian and Scottie share with us an update on their unexpected MRR growth, the psychology of raising prices, and the difficulty of making decisions amidst a mountain of unknowns.
The topics we cover
01:07] Update on MRR growth since we last spoke

 	Had a goal to grow a thousand dollars of MRR in a single month.
 	Trailing 30 days is like $1,006.
 	MRR is currently $8,200.
 	Get caught up in the day to day to actually celebrate. Is good for us to stop and recognize that we have made a lot of progress.
 	We're still burning more cash than we're making.

[03:53] Closing a large 20-person enterprise deal

 	They did do a trial.
 	Then they bumped up to an enterprise plan.
 	You can have your sights set on a goal and before long you might achieve it. But that's not the end of your journey. You're onto the next hurdle.
 	This is one of the things I've found so difficult about starting this kind of company, your to do list is never clear and things don't end until you put someone in charge of the company or you sell it.

[05:47] Raising prices, again.

 	We've even raised twice.
 	Don't get a lot of price objections.
 	We have had to reject our previous customer avatar.
 	Lower prices send a bad signal to them.
 	The psychology of pricing, both at the founder level and also at the buyer level.
 	This is a tried and true SaaS playbook. You start at the bottom of the market because you don't have a brand and no one's heard of you and your product is really early, and you don't have the features that you need. You price yourself pretty low. You get a little bit of ttraction, use that to make a better product. You'll find your positioning. You learn more about the market, and then you just go up, up, up from there.
 	Lower price points, higher churn.
 	A lot of people don't realize product market fit is not just building a product that people want and are willing to pay for. It's also having a good idea about your positioning and pricing and some idea of channels where you can reach future customers.
 	You're making a lot of decisions quickly with incomplete information and you only know which ones work in retrospect.

[12:21] Biggest wins so far and looking to the future

 	In the beginning it felt a little bit scary and unknown when we were leaving, seeing the small teams.
 	Biggest win: validating with these larger teams.
 	Biggest win: we are selling into the kinds of firms that we hypothesized we could sell into.
 	Doing these sales over the last couple of months has just taught me how to sell.

[15:33] Biggest fear right now

 	That we're going to run out of money.
 	It's scary to see the bank account dwindle.
 	Just figuring out how we can keep going and keep growing and even accelerate growth.
 	How are we going to cross this bridge? Because we can see the green pastures on the other side.
 	Navigating a world that I don't quite understand yet should be the title and subtitle and every subheading of being an entrepreneur.
 	I'm most excited to see how we deal with this cash crunch that we're heading into.

Links from the show

 	Gather | Website
 	Brian Elliott | Twitter

Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out Season 1 of TinySeed Tales wh...]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:20:24</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 518 | A Live LinkedIn Ads Consult with Anthony Blatner and Scatterspoke]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2020 10:00:20 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-518-a-live-linkedin-ads-consult-with-anthony-blatner-and-scatterspoke</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-518-a-live-linkedin-ads-consult-with-anthony-blatner-and-scatterspoke</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Episode 518 of Startups For the Rest of Us is an experimental format where Anthony Blatner, a LinkedIn expert, live consults with John Samuelson, a B2B SaaS founder on advertising a SaaS business on LinkedIn.</p>



<p>There's a wealth of knowledge in today's episode so if you are considering or have thought about LinkedIn ads, this episode is worth a listen. We'd love your feedback on this new format. Was it helpful? Let us know in the comments or on Twitter (@startupspod)!</p>



<p><a class="notion-link-token notion-enable-hover" href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/wp-content/uploads/scatterspoke-example-campaign.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">[BONUS] Download a LinkedIn campaign brief PDF developed during this episode</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p>[04:29] Should a B2B SaaS founder consider LinkedIn?</p>



<p>[07:33] Scatterspoke's ideal customer profile</p>



<p>[13:12] Ideal company size for Scatterspoke</p>



<p>[21:16] Looking at adds other companies are running</p>



<p>[24:43] Putting this together into a campaign</p>



<p>[30:36] Audience size and example ads</p>



<p>[36:19] Setting a budget for ads</p>



<p>[22:59] Free trials on LinkedIn</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-517-married-co-founders-who-turned-a-free-tool-into-a-fast-growing-saas-product">Episode 517 | Married Co-founders Who Turned a Free Tool Into a Fast-Growing SaaS Product</a></li>



<li><a href="http://stateofindiesaas.com/">2021 State of Independent SaaS Survey</a></li>



<li><a href="http://modernmedia.io/">Modern Media</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.scatterspoke.com/">Scatterspoke</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/scatterspoke">Scatterspoke,Modern Media</a> | Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.scatterspoke.com/">Scatterspoke,Modern Media</a> | Website</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/anthonyblatner">Anthony Blatner</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><strong><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></strong></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <strong><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a></strong> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <strong><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></strong></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 518 of Startups For the Rest of Us is an experimental format where Anthony Blatner, a LinkedIn expert, live consults with John Samuelson, a B2B SaaS founder on advertising a SaaS business on LinkedIn.



There's a wealth of knowledge in today's episode so if you are considering or have thought about LinkedIn ads, this episode is worth a listen. We'd love your feedback on this new format. Was it helpful? Let us know in the comments or on Twitter (@startupspod)!



[BONUS] Download a LinkedIn campaign brief PDF developed during this episode



The topics we cover



[04:29] Should a B2B SaaS founder consider LinkedIn?



[07:33] Scatterspoke's ideal customer profile



[13:12] Ideal company size for Scatterspoke



[21:16] Looking at adds other companies are running



[24:43] Putting this together into a campaign



[30:36] Audience size and example ads



[36:19] Setting a budget for ads



[22:59] Free trials on LinkedIn



Links from the show




Episode 517 | Married Co-founders Who Turned a Free Tool Into a Fast-Growing SaaS Product



2021 State of Independent SaaS Survey



Modern Media



Scatterspoke



Scatterspoke,Modern Media | Twitter



Scatterspoke,Modern Media | Website



Anthony Blatner | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 518 | A Live LinkedIn Ads Consult with Anthony Blatner and Scatterspoke]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Episode 518 of Startups For the Rest of Us is an experimental format where Anthony Blatner, a LinkedIn expert, live consults with John Samuelson, a B2B SaaS founder on advertising a SaaS business on LinkedIn.</p>



<p>There's a wealth of knowledge in today's episode so if you are considering or have thought about LinkedIn ads, this episode is worth a listen. We'd love your feedback on this new format. Was it helpful? Let us know in the comments or on Twitter (@startupspod)!</p>



<p><a class="notion-link-token notion-enable-hover" href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/wp-content/uploads/scatterspoke-example-campaign.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">[BONUS] Download a LinkedIn campaign brief PDF developed during this episode</a></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p>[04:29] Should a B2B SaaS founder consider LinkedIn?</p>



<p>[07:33] Scatterspoke's ideal customer profile</p>



<p>[13:12] Ideal company size for Scatterspoke</p>



<p>[21:16] Looking at adds other companies are running</p>



<p>[24:43] Putting this together into a campaign</p>



<p>[30:36] Audience size and example ads</p>



<p>[36:19] Setting a budget for ads</p>



<p>[22:59] Free trials on LinkedIn</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-517-married-co-founders-who-turned-a-free-tool-into-a-fast-growing-saas-product">Episode 517 | Married Co-founders Who Turned a Free Tool Into a Fast-Growing SaaS Product</a></li>



<li><a href="http://stateofindiesaas.com/">2021 State of Independent SaaS Survey</a></li>



<li><a href="http://modernmedia.io/">Modern Media</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.scatterspoke.com/">Scatterspoke</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/scatterspoke">Scatterspoke,Modern Media</a> | Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.scatterspoke.com/">Scatterspoke,Modern Media</a> | Website</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/anthonyblatner">Anthony Blatner</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><strong><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></strong></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <strong><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a></strong> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <strong><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></strong></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.518a.mp3" length="38069561"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 518 of Startups For the Rest of Us is an experimental format where Anthony Blatner, a LinkedIn expert, live consults with John Samuelson, a B2B SaaS founder on advertising a SaaS business on LinkedIn.



There's a wealth of knowledge in today's episode so if you are considering or have thought about LinkedIn ads, this episode is worth a listen. We'd love your feedback on this new format. Was it helpful? Let us know in the comments or on Twitter (@startupspod)!



[BONUS] Download a LinkedIn campaign brief PDF developed during this episode



The topics we cover



[04:29] Should a B2B SaaS founder consider LinkedIn?



[07:33] Scatterspoke's ideal customer profile



[13:12] Ideal company size for Scatterspoke



[21:16] Looking at adds other companies are running



[24:43] Putting this together into a campaign



[30:36] Audience size and example ads



[36:19] Setting a budget for ads



[22:59] Free trials on LinkedIn



Links from the show




Episode 517 | Married Co-founders Who Turned a Free Tool Into a Fast-Growing SaaS Product



2021 State of Independent SaaS Survey



Modern Media



Scatterspoke



Scatterspoke,Modern Media | Twitter



Scatterspoke,Modern Media | Website



Anthony Blatner | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:39:28</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 517.5 | The 2nd State of Independent SaaS Survey is Live]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Fri, 09 Oct 2020 05:00:15 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-5175-the-2nd-state-of-independent-saas-survey-is-live</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-5175-the-2nd-state-of-independent-saas-survey-is-live</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 517.5 | The 2nd State of Independent SaaS Survey is Live]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.517.5.mp3" length="1796087"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:01:41</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[TinySeed Tales S2E5 | The Gamble of Raising Prices]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 08 Oct 2020 05:00:36 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-5-the-gamble-of-raising-prices</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-5-the-gamble-of-raising-prices</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[On Episode 5 of TinySeed Tales, we learn about the success of their recent outbound email campaign. We also hear about their progress with raising their prices and transitioning away from Gather's solo pricing tier.
<h2><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>
[02:00] Checking in on the past few weeks
<ul>
 	<li>A little bit of an emotional roller coaster</li>
 	<li>We have definitely made some inroads with teams</li>
 	<li>We haven't had the growth that we were hoping for</li>
 	<li>Feeling a a little anxious about how it's all gonna play out.</li>
 	<li>There's a time here where it's very uncertain because you're kind of leaving the solo practitioners behind, but you haven't quite reached product market fit.</li>
 	<li>There's also a little bit of insecurity with the product</li>
 	<li>It's a huge mind shift all together selling into these teams</li>
 	<li>We were hoping for more of a spike and it's just been this slow, steady growth, which is not bad. It's growing as usual, but that's not helpful when you had to take all this risk</li>
</ul>
[05:51] Patience can be dangerous
<ul>
 	<li>Going forward Gather will be dropping their solar plan altogether.</li>
 	<li>Half of their signups in the last month have come from their new cold email outreach campaign that's focused on larger teams.</li>
 	<li>Had success from a customer development standpoint early on in the product before we ever even built anything. Brian was emailing tons of people and talking to them as much as I could</li>
 	<li>We actually had quite a bit of traffic last month but the conversion rate was half what we usually have, so it just speaks to the fact that we aren't speaking to the right people right now.</li>
</ul>
[07:31] Yet another pricing increase
<ul>
 	<li>Currently they offer a tier at $99 a month and one at $159 a month, as well as a custom enterprise plan. That's way up from $39 a month, which was their lowest price plan when they joined TinySeed.</li>
 	<li>My feeling is that price is not really an objection when we're selling to new people</li>
 	<li>It'll be interesting to see, you know, if we do start getting price objections from at least the solo people, we kind of predict that we will.</li>
 	<li>Next month we're planning on doing another potentially really big price jump.</li>
 	<li>Raising prices is increasing the speed of learning and if it works, although it's a big gamble, the payoff is pretty</li>
 	<li>In order to keep this up, like we would eventually need to hire some sales reps and some account executive types.</li>
 	<li>But when we move into this double triple price thing, you know, like into the, let's say $250 average revenue per customer, Then the whole model shifts and changes and it looks way more interesting.</li>
</ul>
[15:19] High points from last week
<ul>
 	<li>We did have to literally within five minutes of each other team annual signups. Both of them were from our cold email outreach and they had both had demos and that felt really good</li>
 	<li>We had an existing customer that's requested pricing for 20 teammates, so we provided a custom quote for them. But if they do decide to go ahead and sign on that, that will become our single largest customer, both in number of users in revenue as well.</li>
</ul>
<h2><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>
<ul>
 	<li><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a> | Website</li>
 	<li><a href="https://twitter.com/brianleeelliott">Brian Elliott</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[On Episode 5 of TinySeed Tales, we learn about the success of their recent outbound email campaign. We also hear about their progress with raising their prices and transitioning away from Gather's solo pricing tier.
The topics we cover
[02:00] Checking in on the past few weeks

 	A little bit of an emotional roller coaster
 	We have definitely made some inroads with teams
 	We haven't had the growth that we were hoping for
 	Feeling a a little anxious about how it's all gonna play out.
 	There's a time here where it's very uncertain because you're kind of leaving the solo practitioners behind, but you haven't quite reached product market fit.
 	There's also a little bit of insecurity with the product
 	It's a huge mind shift all together selling into these teams
 	We were hoping for more of a spike and it's just been this slow, steady growth, which is not bad. It's growing as usual, but that's not helpful when you had to take all this risk

[05:51] Patience can be dangerous

 	Going forward Gather will be dropping their solar plan altogether.
 	Half of their signups in the last month have come from their new cold email outreach campaign that's focused on larger teams.
 	Had success from a customer development standpoint early on in the product before we ever even built anything. Brian was emailing tons of people and talking to them as much as I could
 	We actually had quite a bit of traffic last month but the conversion rate was half what we usually have, so it just speaks to the fact that we aren't speaking to the right people right now.

[07:31] Yet another pricing increase

 	Currently they offer a tier at $99 a month and one at $159 a month, as well as a custom enterprise plan. That's way up from $39 a month, which was their lowest price plan when they joined TinySeed.
 	My feeling is that price is not really an objection when we're selling to new people
 	It'll be interesting to see, you know, if we do start getting price objections from at least the solo people, we kind of predict that we will.
 	Next month we're planning on doing another potentially really big price jump.
 	Raising prices is increasing the speed of learning and if it works, although it's a big gamble, the payoff is pretty
 	In order to keep this up, like we would eventually need to hire some sales reps and some account executive types.
 	But when we move into this double triple price thing, you know, like into the, let's say $250 average revenue per customer, Then the whole model shifts and changes and it looks way more interesting.

[15:19] High points from last week

 	We did have to literally within five minutes of each other team annual signups. Both of them were from our cold email outreach and they had both had demos and that felt really good
 	We had an existing customer that's requested pricing for 20 teammates, so we provided a custom quote for them. But if they do decide to go ahead and sign on that, that will become our single largest customer, both in number of users in revenue as well.

Links from the show

 	Gather | Website
 	Brian Elliott | Twitter
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[TinySeed Tales S2E5 | The Gamble of Raising Prices]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[On Episode 5 of TinySeed Tales, we learn about the success of their recent outbound email campaign. We also hear about their progress with raising their prices and transitioning away from Gather's solo pricing tier.
<h2><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>
[02:00] Checking in on the past few weeks
<ul>
 	<li>A little bit of an emotional roller coaster</li>
 	<li>We have definitely made some inroads with teams</li>
 	<li>We haven't had the growth that we were hoping for</li>
 	<li>Feeling a a little anxious about how it's all gonna play out.</li>
 	<li>There's a time here where it's very uncertain because you're kind of leaving the solo practitioners behind, but you haven't quite reached product market fit.</li>
 	<li>There's also a little bit of insecurity with the product</li>
 	<li>It's a huge mind shift all together selling into these teams</li>
 	<li>We were hoping for more of a spike and it's just been this slow, steady growth, which is not bad. It's growing as usual, but that's not helpful when you had to take all this risk</li>
</ul>
[05:51] Patience can be dangerous
<ul>
 	<li>Going forward Gather will be dropping their solar plan altogether.</li>
 	<li>Half of their signups in the last month have come from their new cold email outreach campaign that's focused on larger teams.</li>
 	<li>Had success from a customer development standpoint early on in the product before we ever even built anything. Brian was emailing tons of people and talking to them as much as I could</li>
 	<li>We actually had quite a bit of traffic last month but the conversion rate was half what we usually have, so it just speaks to the fact that we aren't speaking to the right people right now.</li>
</ul>
[07:31] Yet another pricing increase
<ul>
 	<li>Currently they offer a tier at $99 a month and one at $159 a month, as well as a custom enterprise plan. That's way up from $39 a month, which was their lowest price plan when they joined TinySeed.</li>
 	<li>My feeling is that price is not really an objection when we're selling to new people</li>
 	<li>It'll be interesting to see, you know, if we do start getting price objections from at least the solo people, we kind of predict that we will.</li>
 	<li>Next month we're planning on doing another potentially really big price jump.</li>
 	<li>Raising prices is increasing the speed of learning and if it works, although it's a big gamble, the payoff is pretty</li>
 	<li>In order to keep this up, like we would eventually need to hire some sales reps and some account executive types.</li>
 	<li>But when we move into this double triple price thing, you know, like into the, let's say $250 average revenue per customer, Then the whole model shifts and changes and it looks way more interesting.</li>
</ul>
[15:19] High points from last week
<ul>
 	<li>We did have to literally within five minutes of each other team annual signups. Both of them were from our cold email outreach and they had both had demos and that felt really good</li>
 	<li>We had an existing customer that's requested pricing for 20 teammates, so we provided a custom quote for them. But if they do decide to go ahead and sign on that, that will become our single largest customer, both in number of users in revenue as well.</li>
</ul>
<h2><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>
<ul>
 	<li><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a> | Website</li>
 	<li><a href="https://twitter.com/brianleeelliott">Brian Elliott</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/05-TinySeed-Tales-Gather-ep-05.mp3" length="17652887"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[On Episode 5 of TinySeed Tales, we learn about the success of their recent outbound email campaign. We also hear about their progress with raising their prices and transitioning away from Gather's solo pricing tier.
The topics we cover
[02:00] Checking in on the past few weeks

 	A little bit of an emotional roller coaster
 	We have definitely made some inroads with teams
 	We haven't had the growth that we were hoping for
 	Feeling a a little anxious about how it's all gonna play out.
 	There's a time here where it's very uncertain because you're kind of leaving the solo practitioners behind, but you haven't quite reached product market fit.
 	There's also a little bit of insecurity with the product
 	It's a huge mind shift all together selling into these teams
 	We were hoping for more of a spike and it's just been this slow, steady growth, which is not bad. It's growing as usual, but that's not helpful when you had to take all this risk

[05:51] Patience can be dangerous

 	Going forward Gather will be dropping their solar plan altogether.
 	Half of their signups in the last month have come from their new cold email outreach campaign that's focused on larger teams.
 	Had success from a customer development standpoint early on in the product before we ever even built anything. Brian was emailing tons of people and talking to them as much as I could
 	We actually had quite a bit of traffic last month but the conversion rate was half what we usually have, so it just speaks to the fact that we aren't speaking to the right people right now.

[07:31] Yet another pricing increase

 	Currently they offer a tier at $99 a month and one at $159 a month, as well as a custom enterprise plan. That's way up from $39 a month, which was their lowest price plan when they joined TinySeed.
 	My feeling is that price is not really an objection when we're selling to new people
 	It'll be interesting to see, you know, if we do start getting price objections from at least the solo people, we kind of predict that we will.
 	Next month we're planning on doing another potentially really big price jump.
 	Raising prices is increasing the speed of learning and if it works, although it's a big gamble, the payoff is pretty
 	In order to keep this up, like we would eventually need to hire some sales reps and some account executive types.
 	But when we move into this double triple price thing, you know, like into the, let's say $250 average revenue per customer, Then the whole model shifts and changes and it looks way more interesting.

[15:19] High points from last week

 	We did have to literally within five minutes of each other team annual signups. Both of them were from our cold email outreach and they had both had demos and that felt really good
 	We had an existing customer that's requested pricing for 20 teammates, so we provided a custom quote for them. But if they do decide to go ahead and sign on that, that will become our single largest customer, both in number of users in revenue as well.

Links from the show

 	Gather | Website
 	Brian Elliott | Twitter
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:17:54</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 517 | Married Co-founders Who Turned a Free Tool Into a Fast-Growing SaaS Product]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 10:00:17 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-517-married-co-founders-who-turned-a-free-tool-into-a-fast-growing-saas-product</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-517-married-co-founders-who-turned-a-free-tool-into-a-fast-growing-saas-product</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>We're joined in this episode by the founding team of Scatterspoke, John Samuelson and Colleen Johnson.</p>



<p>What started as a lark to learn new technology has now turned into a successful business with more than $12k MRR. In this episode, we learn how they turned a side project into a successful fulltime business.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p>[02:09] The launch story behind Scatterspoke</p>



<p>[10:02] Shifting to enterprise customers</p>



<p>[16:17] The toll of working fulltime while trying to bootstrap Scatterspoke</p>



<p>[18:01] Hiring out for development</p>



<p>[26:00] Free plan and raising prices</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/scatterspoke,scatterspoke">Scatterspoke</a> | Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.scatterspoke.com/,https://www.scatterspoke.com/">Scatterspoke</a> | Website</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/scrumhive">Colleen Johnson</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[We're joined in this episode by the founding team of Scatterspoke, John Samuelson and Colleen Johnson.



What started as a lark to learn new technology has now turned into a successful business with more than $12k MRR. In this episode, we learn how they turned a side project into a successful fulltime business.



The topics we cover



[02:09] The launch story behind Scatterspoke



[10:02] Shifting to enterprise customers



[16:17] The toll of working fulltime while trying to bootstrap Scatterspoke



[18:01] Hiring out for development



[26:00] Free plan and raising prices



Links from the show




Scatterspoke | Twitter



Scatterspoke | Website



Colleen Johnson | Twitter
]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 517 | Married Co-founders Who Turned a Free Tool Into a Fast-Growing SaaS Product]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>We're joined in this episode by the founding team of Scatterspoke, John Samuelson and Colleen Johnson.</p>



<p>What started as a lark to learn new technology has now turned into a successful business with more than $12k MRR. In this episode, we learn how they turned a side project into a successful fulltime business.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The topics we cover</h2>



<p>[02:09] The launch story behind Scatterspoke</p>



<p>[10:02] Shifting to enterprise customers</p>



<p>[16:17] The toll of working fulltime while trying to bootstrap Scatterspoke</p>



<p>[18:01] Hiring out for development</p>



<p>[26:00] Free plan and raising prices</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Links from the show</h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://twitter.com/scatterspoke,scatterspoke">Scatterspoke</a> | Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://www.scatterspoke.com/,https://www.scatterspoke.com/">Scatterspoke</a> | Website</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/scrumhive">Colleen Johnson</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.517b.mp3" length="30410006"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[We're joined in this episode by the founding team of Scatterspoke, John Samuelson and Colleen Johnson.



What started as a lark to learn new technology has now turned into a successful business with more than $12k MRR. In this episode, we learn how they turned a side project into a successful fulltime business.



The topics we cover



[02:09] The launch story behind Scatterspoke



[10:02] Shifting to enterprise customers



[16:17] The toll of working fulltime while trying to bootstrap Scatterspoke



[18:01] Hiring out for development



[26:00] Free plan and raising prices



Links from the show




Scatterspoke | Twitter



Scatterspoke | Website



Colleen Johnson | Twitter
]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:31:29</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[TinySeed Tales S2E4 | Being Married and Being Co-Founders]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2020 05:00:59 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-4-being-married-and-being-co-founders</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-4-being-married-and-being-co-founders</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[Brian &amp; Scottie Elliott are the husband &amp; wife co-founders of <strong><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a></strong>, an interior design project management app.

Today we're going to dive into the stress that comes with entrepreneurship and how it shows up in their personal lives. Moving up from one customer segment to another is hard. Each customer segment is like an Island with a body of water between them. They're crossing that body of water from servicing one and two-person teams to serving larger architecture firms with 20 person teams. We hear how they are managing this difficult and stressful moment both as co-founders and as married partners.
<h2><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>
<strong>[01:40] Leveraging testimonials when moving upmarket</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>It's an approach you should explore as early as possible when trying to move into a new segment of the market</li>
 	<li>One of the reasons why trials are kind of a little bit lower this month is because some of the traffic that we've been getting is probably more geared towards the residential side and they're seeing this new messaging.</li>
 	<li>You have two islands and a body of water in between them and its messaging and sales process and pricing and positioning and all that around going after one person, two-person teams versus a 10 person team and those are the two different islands.</li>
</ul>
<strong>[06:09] Cold email experiments to attract larger teams</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Averaging 12-15 demos per week (initial goal was to get to 10)</li>
 	<li>Finding one repeatable channel at this stage is huge</li>
 	<li>Cold email has been the channel that has worked the best for Brian &amp; Scottie</li>
 	<li>Most businesses that start B2C end up transitioning to B2B and end up raising prices. Means less churn, fewer flakes for demos, better conversion.'</li>
 	<li>Demo to trial isn't as high as they'd like it to be.</li>
 	<li>One reason for this could be due to the longer sales process</li>
</ul>
<strong>[11:27] Cashflow management</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>We had a really good month last month -- the best month we've ever had.</li>
 	<li>The biggest stress is just around the channels that we're investing in and wondering if they are going to perform like we want them to.</li>
 	<li>These are challenges with going upmarket. First, you have to figure out if you have product-market fit with teams. Then you have to find a channel or two that work. If the channel works, do the people stick around and can you find enough people who sign up and stick around? Can you find them fast enough with the channels you have such that you don't run out of cash</li>
 	<li>At the current burn rate we have about 6 months cash in the bank</li>
 	<li>If pushed, would consider debt-equity or debt financing as a fallback option</li>
 	<li>Founders do all sorts of things to maintain their runway, including credit card debt, personal loans, raising funding, even borrowing from their 401k. But with each of these, you have to weigh the risks to the business, as well as your personal financial situation.</li>
</ul>
<strong>[18:09] Dealing with stress as entrepreneurs and a married couple</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>The situation causes us to feel a little bit on edge and we have no one else to take it out on.</li>
 	<li>Now we're being much more conscious of our personal spending ad so I think that has also manifested itself just a little bit in some additional stress because we're really tracking all of our expenses really tightly and we're making sure that we don't spend foolishly.</li>
 	<li>No silver bullet for stress, but certainly meditation, exercise, and being aware that you are stressed.</li>
 	<li>Even though there is this sort of stress and there's sort of some existential risks to this experiment that we're running, it also feels aligned with where we want to go as a family and as an exit plan from work life at some point.</li>
</ul>
<h2><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Brian & Scottie Elliott are the husband & wife co-founders of Gather, an interior design project management app.

Today we're going to dive into the stress that comes with entrepreneurship and how it shows up in their personal lives. Moving up from one customer segment to another is hard. Each customer segment is like an Island with a body of water between them. They're crossing that body of water from servicing one and two-person teams to serving larger architecture firms with 20 person teams. We hear how they are managing this difficult and stressful moment both as co-founders and as married partners.
The topics we cover
[01:40] Leveraging testimonials when moving upmarket

 	It's an approach you should explore as early as possible when trying to move into a new segment of the market
 	One of the reasons why trials are kind of a little bit lower this month is because some of the traffic that we've been getting is probably more geared towards the residential side and they're seeing this new messaging.
 	You have two islands and a body of water in between them and its messaging and sales process and pricing and positioning and all that around going after one person, two-person teams versus a 10 person team and those are the two different islands.

[06:09] Cold email experiments to attract larger teams

 	Averaging 12-15 demos per week (initial goal was to get to 10)
 	Finding one repeatable channel at this stage is huge
 	Cold email has been the channel that has worked the best for Brian & Scottie
 	Most businesses that start B2C end up transitioning to B2B and end up raising prices. Means less churn, fewer flakes for demos, better conversion.'
 	Demo to trial isn't as high as they'd like it to be.
 	One reason for this could be due to the longer sales process

[11:27] Cashflow management

 	We had a really good month last month -- the best month we've ever had.
 	The biggest stress is just around the channels that we're investing in and wondering if they are going to perform like we want them to.
 	These are challenges with going upmarket. First, you have to figure out if you have product-market fit with teams. Then you have to find a channel or two that work. If the channel works, do the people stick around and can you find enough people who sign up and stick around? Can you find them fast enough with the channels you have such that you don't run out of cash
 	At the current burn rate we have about 6 months cash in the bank
 	If pushed, would consider debt-equity or debt financing as a fallback option
 	Founders do all sorts of things to maintain their runway, including credit card debt, personal loans, raising funding, even borrowing from their 401k. But with each of these, you have to weigh the risks to the business, as well as your personal financial situation.

[18:09] Dealing with stress as entrepreneurs and a married couple

 	The situation causes us to feel a little bit on edge and we have no one else to take it out on.
 	Now we're being much more conscious of our personal spending ad so I think that has also manifested itself just a little bit in some additional stress because we're really tracking all of our expenses really tightly and we're making sure that we don't spend foolishly.
 	No silver bullet for stress, but certainly meditation, exercise, and being aware that you are stressed.
 	Even though there is this sort of stress and there's sort of some existential risks to this experiment that we're running, it also feels aligned with where we want to go as a family and as an exit plan from work life at some point.

Links from the show]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[TinySeed Tales S2E4 | Being Married and Being Co-Founders]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[Brian &amp; Scottie Elliott are the husband &amp; wife co-founders of <strong><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a></strong>, an interior design project management app.

Today we're going to dive into the stress that comes with entrepreneurship and how it shows up in their personal lives. Moving up from one customer segment to another is hard. Each customer segment is like an Island with a body of water between them. They're crossing that body of water from servicing one and two-person teams to serving larger architecture firms with 20 person teams. We hear how they are managing this difficult and stressful moment both as co-founders and as married partners.
<h2><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>
<strong>[01:40] Leveraging testimonials when moving upmarket</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>It's an approach you should explore as early as possible when trying to move into a new segment of the market</li>
 	<li>One of the reasons why trials are kind of a little bit lower this month is because some of the traffic that we've been getting is probably more geared towards the residential side and they're seeing this new messaging.</li>
 	<li>You have two islands and a body of water in between them and its messaging and sales process and pricing and positioning and all that around going after one person, two-person teams versus a 10 person team and those are the two different islands.</li>
</ul>
<strong>[06:09] Cold email experiments to attract larger teams</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Averaging 12-15 demos per week (initial goal was to get to 10)</li>
 	<li>Finding one repeatable channel at this stage is huge</li>
 	<li>Cold email has been the channel that has worked the best for Brian &amp; Scottie</li>
 	<li>Most businesses that start B2C end up transitioning to B2B and end up raising prices. Means less churn, fewer flakes for demos, better conversion.'</li>
 	<li>Demo to trial isn't as high as they'd like it to be.</li>
 	<li>One reason for this could be due to the longer sales process</li>
</ul>
<strong>[11:27] Cashflow management</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>We had a really good month last month -- the best month we've ever had.</li>
 	<li>The biggest stress is just around the channels that we're investing in and wondering if they are going to perform like we want them to.</li>
 	<li>These are challenges with going upmarket. First, you have to figure out if you have product-market fit with teams. Then you have to find a channel or two that work. If the channel works, do the people stick around and can you find enough people who sign up and stick around? Can you find them fast enough with the channels you have such that you don't run out of cash</li>
 	<li>At the current burn rate we have about 6 months cash in the bank</li>
 	<li>If pushed, would consider debt-equity or debt financing as a fallback option</li>
 	<li>Founders do all sorts of things to maintain their runway, including credit card debt, personal loans, raising funding, even borrowing from their 401k. But with each of these, you have to weigh the risks to the business, as well as your personal financial situation.</li>
</ul>
<strong>[18:09] Dealing with stress as entrepreneurs and a married couple</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>The situation causes us to feel a little bit on edge and we have no one else to take it out on.</li>
 	<li>Now we're being much more conscious of our personal spending ad so I think that has also manifested itself just a little bit in some additional stress because we're really tracking all of our expenses really tightly and we're making sure that we don't spend foolishly.</li>
 	<li>No silver bullet for stress, but certainly meditation, exercise, and being aware that you are stressed.</li>
 	<li>Even though there is this sort of stress and there's sort of some existential risks to this experiment that we're running, it also feels aligned with where we want to go as a family and as an exit plan from work life at some point.</li>
</ul>
<h2><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>
<ul>
 	<li><a href="http://www.paulgraham.com/aord.html">Default Alive</a></li>
 	<li><a href="https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/042215/what-are-benefits-company-using-equity-financing-vs-debt-financing.asp">Equity Financing vs. Debt Financing: What's the difference?</a></li>
 	<li><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a> | Website</li>
 	<li><a href="https://twitter.com/brianleeelliott">Brian Elliott</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>
Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out <a href="https://tinyseedtales.com/episodes/episode-1-a-non-technical-saas-founder">Season 1</a> of TinySeed Tales where we follow the Saas journey with Craig Hewitt of <a href="https://castos.com/">Castos</a>.]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/04-TinySeed-Tales-Gather-ep-04.mp3" length="24041811"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Brian & Scottie Elliott are the husband & wife co-founders of Gather, an interior design project management app.

Today we're going to dive into the stress that comes with entrepreneurship and how it shows up in their personal lives. Moving up from one customer segment to another is hard. Each customer segment is like an Island with a body of water between them. They're crossing that body of water from servicing one and two-person teams to serving larger architecture firms with 20 person teams. We hear how they are managing this difficult and stressful moment both as co-founders and as married partners.
The topics we cover
[01:40] Leveraging testimonials when moving upmarket

 	It's an approach you should explore as early as possible when trying to move into a new segment of the market
 	One of the reasons why trials are kind of a little bit lower this month is because some of the traffic that we've been getting is probably more geared towards the residential side and they're seeing this new messaging.
 	You have two islands and a body of water in between them and its messaging and sales process and pricing and positioning and all that around going after one person, two-person teams versus a 10 person team and those are the two different islands.

[06:09] Cold email experiments to attract larger teams

 	Averaging 12-15 demos per week (initial goal was to get to 10)
 	Finding one repeatable channel at this stage is huge
 	Cold email has been the channel that has worked the best for Brian & Scottie
 	Most businesses that start B2C end up transitioning to B2B and end up raising prices. Means less churn, fewer flakes for demos, better conversion.'
 	Demo to trial isn't as high as they'd like it to be.
 	One reason for this could be due to the longer sales process

[11:27] Cashflow management

 	We had a really good month last month -- the best month we've ever had.
 	The biggest stress is just around the channels that we're investing in and wondering if they are going to perform like we want them to.
 	These are challenges with going upmarket. First, you have to figure out if you have product-market fit with teams. Then you have to find a channel or two that work. If the channel works, do the people stick around and can you find enough people who sign up and stick around? Can you find them fast enough with the channels you have such that you don't run out of cash
 	At the current burn rate we have about 6 months cash in the bank
 	If pushed, would consider debt-equity or debt financing as a fallback option
 	Founders do all sorts of things to maintain their runway, including credit card debt, personal loans, raising funding, even borrowing from their 401k. But with each of these, you have to weigh the risks to the business, as well as your personal financial situation.

[18:09] Dealing with stress as entrepreneurs and a married couple

 	The situation causes us to feel a little bit on edge and we have no one else to take it out on.
 	Now we're being much more conscious of our personal spending ad so I think that has also manifested itself just a little bit in some additional stress because we're really tracking all of our expenses really tightly and we're making sure that we don't spend foolishly.
 	No silver bullet for stress, but certainly meditation, exercise, and being aware that you are stressed.
 	Even though there is this sort of stress and there's sort of some existential risks to this experiment that we're running, it also feels aligned with where we want to go as a family and as an exit plan from work life at some point.

Links from the show]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:24:33</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 516 | When to Re-write Your SaaS Codebase]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 10:00:31 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-516-when-to-re-write-your-saas-codebase</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-516-when-to-re-write-your-saas-codebase</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Matt Wensing returns for his third appearance on the podcast. He is the founder of Summit and was in TinySeed Batch 1.</p>



<p>We dive into Matt's decision-making process for re-writing the entire codebase. We talk about choosing the right features to build, talking to your customers, starting with a blank slate vs templates, and much more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p>[06:48] How to handle customers that are not engaging</p>



<p>[11:35] Figuring out the right features to build</p>



<p>[19:24] Making the decision to re-write the codebase</p>



<p>[31:27] The value of forecasting</p>



<p>[33:18] Designing a sparse SaaS homepage</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://outofbeta.fm/">Out of Beta</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.joelonsoftware.com/2000/04/06/things-you-should-never-do-part-i/">Things You Should Never Do, Part I</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-450-founder-hotseat-matt-wensing-of-simsaas-on-making-consistent-needle-moving-progress">Episode 450 | Founder Hotseat: Matt Wensing of SimSaaS on Making Consistent, Needle-Moving Progress</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-491-episode-491-hard-lessons-learned-reaching-high-touch-prospects-finding-advisors-and-more-listener-questions">Episode 491 | Hard Lessons Learned, Reaching High-Touch Prospects, Finding Advisors, and More Listener Questions</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-489-15-years-to-a-saas-exit-plus-why-forecasting-is-crucial">Episode 489 | 15 Years to a SaaS Exit (Plus Why Forecasting is Crucial)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/usesummit">Summit</a> | Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://usesummit.com/">Summit</a> | Website</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/mattwensing">Matt Wensing</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><strong><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></strong></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <strong><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a></strong> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <strong><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></strong></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Matt Wensing returns for his third appearance on the podcast. He is the founder of Summit and was in TinySeed Batch 1.



We dive into Matt's decision-making process for re-writing the entire codebase. We talk about choosing the right features to build, talking to your customers, starting with a blank slate vs templates, and much more.



The topics we cover



[06:48] How to handle customers that are not engaging



[11:35] Figuring out the right features to build



[19:24] Making the decision to re-write the codebase



[31:27] The value of forecasting



[33:18] Designing a sparse SaaS homepage



Links from the show




Out of Beta



Things You Should Never Do, Part I



Episode 450 | Founder Hotseat: Matt Wensing of SimSaaS on Making Consistent, Needle-Moving Progress



Episode 491 | Hard Lessons Learned, Reaching High-Touch Prospects, Finding Advisors, and More Listener Questions



Episode 489 | 15 Years to a SaaS Exit (Plus Why Forecasting is Crucial)



Summit | Twitter



Summit | Website



Matt Wensing | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 516 | When to Re-write Your SaaS Codebase]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Matt Wensing returns for his third appearance on the podcast. He is the founder of Summit and was in TinySeed Batch 1.</p>



<p>We dive into Matt's decision-making process for re-writing the entire codebase. We talk about choosing the right features to build, talking to your customers, starting with a blank slate vs templates, and much more.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p>[06:48] How to handle customers that are not engaging</p>



<p>[11:35] Figuring out the right features to build</p>



<p>[19:24] Making the decision to re-write the codebase</p>



<p>[31:27] The value of forecasting</p>



<p>[33:18] Designing a sparse SaaS homepage</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://outofbeta.fm/">Out of Beta</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.joelonsoftware.com/2000/04/06/things-you-should-never-do-part-i/">Things You Should Never Do, Part I</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-450-founder-hotseat-matt-wensing-of-simsaas-on-making-consistent-needle-moving-progress">Episode 450 | Founder Hotseat: Matt Wensing of SimSaaS on Making Consistent, Needle-Moving Progress</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-491-episode-491-hard-lessons-learned-reaching-high-touch-prospects-finding-advisors-and-more-listener-questions">Episode 491 | Hard Lessons Learned, Reaching High-Touch Prospects, Finding Advisors, and More Listener Questions</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-489-15-years-to-a-saas-exit-plus-why-forecasting-is-crucial">Episode 489 | 15 Years to a SaaS Exit (Plus Why Forecasting is Crucial)</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/usesummit">Summit</a> | Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://usesummit.com/">Summit</a> | Website</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/mattwensing">Matt Wensing</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><strong><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></strong></p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please <strong><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a></strong> for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!</p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <strong><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></strong></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.516.mp3" length="39137195"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Matt Wensing returns for his third appearance on the podcast. He is the founder of Summit and was in TinySeed Batch 1.



We dive into Matt's decision-making process for re-writing the entire codebase. We talk about choosing the right features to build, talking to your customers, starting with a blank slate vs templates, and much more.



The topics we cover



[06:48] How to handle customers that are not engaging



[11:35] Figuring out the right features to build



[19:24] Making the decision to re-write the codebase



[31:27] The value of forecasting



[33:18] Designing a sparse SaaS homepage



Links from the show




Out of Beta



Things You Should Never Do, Part I



Episode 450 | Founder Hotseat: Matt Wensing of SimSaaS on Making Consistent, Needle-Moving Progress



Episode 491 | Hard Lessons Learned, Reaching High-Touch Prospects, Finding Advisors, and More Listener Questions



Episode 489 | 15 Years to a SaaS Exit (Plus Why Forecasting is Crucial)



Summit | Twitter



Summit | Website



Matt Wensing | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a software business that you'd like for us to cover, please submit your question for an upcoming episode. We'd love to hear from you!



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:40:35</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[TinySeed Tales S2E3 | Is This All Worth It?]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2020 05:10:45 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-3-is-this-all-worth-it</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-3-is-this-all-worth-it</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[Brian &amp; Scottie Elliott are the husband &amp; wife co-founders of <strong><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a></strong>, an interior design project management app.

Today, Rob chats with Brian &amp; Scottie about their new hires, setting ambitious revenue goals, and managing stress and anxiety as entrepreneurs.
<h2><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>
<strong>[01:01] Update on hiring, new sales, and more</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Hired a VA</li>
 	<li>Hired an industry expert to help with marketing/copywriting</li>
 	<li>Scottie &amp; Brian now focused on documenting the processes</li>
 	<li>Had their first "team plan" subscription</li>
 	<li>One thing you'll notice as an entrepreneur is that when you start to expand your team beyond just the founders, new hires, propel you to get more organized, creating standard operating procedures like Brian &amp; Scottie are now doing is a big step towards cementing the continuity and value of the business.</li>
</ul>
<strong>[03:18] Attending the TinySeed retreat and setting ambitious revenue goals</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Brian and Scottie attended their first in-person retreat for their TinySeed batch</li>
 	<li>Setting batch goals are less of a punitive thing and more of a "let's do this together and let's be ambitious together"</li>
 	<li>Once we started talking about specific numbers, it forces you to reevaluate how you are thinking about pricing</li>
 	<li>There are a number of levers that we have at our discretion to pull. That number gave us, like, it allowed me to think about the numbers that mattered the most and the ones that would provide the most leverage.</li>
</ul>
<strong>[13:13] Anxiety, stress, and entrepreneurs</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>We had a pretty high churn month</li>
 	<li>Because we are now starting to carve that path to that new type of customer, our features are no longer speaking to the other subset of customers</li>
 	<li>The fear is that this (churn) happens every month</li>
 	<li>Whether you're going upmarket, whether you're changing from one vertical to another, whether you're expanding into other verticals going from vertical to horizontal, there are all these changes you can make that are really scary while you're doing them.</li>
 	<li>It's important to look a few months ahead and imagine what it will look like if it succeeds</li>
</ul>
<h2><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>
<ul>
 	<li><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a> | Website</li>
 	<li><a href="https://twitter.com/brianleeelliott">Brian Elliott</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>
Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out <a href="https://tinyseedtales.com/episodes/episode-1-a-non-technical-saas-founder">Season 1</a> of TinySeed Tales where we follow the Saas journey with Craig Hewitt of <a href="https://castos.com/">Castos</a>.]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Brian & Scottie Elliott are the husband & wife co-founders of Gather, an interior design project management app.

Today, Rob chats with Brian & Scottie about their new hires, setting ambitious revenue goals, and managing stress and anxiety as entrepreneurs.
The topics we cover
[01:01] Update on hiring, new sales, and more

 	Hired a VA
 	Hired an industry expert to help with marketing/copywriting
 	Scottie & Brian now focused on documenting the processes
 	Had their first "team plan" subscription
 	One thing you'll notice as an entrepreneur is that when you start to expand your team beyond just the founders, new hires, propel you to get more organized, creating standard operating procedures like Brian & Scottie are now doing is a big step towards cementing the continuity and value of the business.

[03:18] Attending the TinySeed retreat and setting ambitious revenue goals

 	Brian and Scottie attended their first in-person retreat for their TinySeed batch
 	Setting batch goals are less of a punitive thing and more of a "let's do this together and let's be ambitious together"
 	Once we started talking about specific numbers, it forces you to reevaluate how you are thinking about pricing
 	There are a number of levers that we have at our discretion to pull. That number gave us, like, it allowed me to think about the numbers that mattered the most and the ones that would provide the most leverage.

[13:13] Anxiety, stress, and entrepreneurs

 	We had a pretty high churn month
 	Because we are now starting to carve that path to that new type of customer, our features are no longer speaking to the other subset of customers
 	The fear is that this (churn) happens every month
 	Whether you're going upmarket, whether you're changing from one vertical to another, whether you're expanding into other verticals going from vertical to horizontal, there are all these changes you can make that are really scary while you're doing them.
 	It's important to look a few months ahead and imagine what it will look like if it succeeds

Links from the show

 	Gather | Website
 	Brian Elliott | Twitter

Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out Season 1 of TinySeed Tales where we follow the Saas journey with Craig Hewitt of Castos.]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[TinySeed Tales S2E3 | Is This All Worth It?]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[Brian &amp; Scottie Elliott are the husband &amp; wife co-founders of <strong><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a></strong>, an interior design project management app.

Today, Rob chats with Brian &amp; Scottie about their new hires, setting ambitious revenue goals, and managing stress and anxiety as entrepreneurs.
<h2><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>
<strong>[01:01] Update on hiring, new sales, and more</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Hired a VA</li>
 	<li>Hired an industry expert to help with marketing/copywriting</li>
 	<li>Scottie &amp; Brian now focused on documenting the processes</li>
 	<li>Had their first "team plan" subscription</li>
 	<li>One thing you'll notice as an entrepreneur is that when you start to expand your team beyond just the founders, new hires, propel you to get more organized, creating standard operating procedures like Brian &amp; Scottie are now doing is a big step towards cementing the continuity and value of the business.</li>
</ul>
<strong>[03:18] Attending the TinySeed retreat and setting ambitious revenue goals</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Brian and Scottie attended their first in-person retreat for their TinySeed batch</li>
 	<li>Setting batch goals are less of a punitive thing and more of a "let's do this together and let's be ambitious together"</li>
 	<li>Once we started talking about specific numbers, it forces you to reevaluate how you are thinking about pricing</li>
 	<li>There are a number of levers that we have at our discretion to pull. That number gave us, like, it allowed me to think about the numbers that mattered the most and the ones that would provide the most leverage.</li>
</ul>
<strong>[13:13] Anxiety, stress, and entrepreneurs</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>We had a pretty high churn month</li>
 	<li>Because we are now starting to carve that path to that new type of customer, our features are no longer speaking to the other subset of customers</li>
 	<li>The fear is that this (churn) happens every month</li>
 	<li>Whether you're going upmarket, whether you're changing from one vertical to another, whether you're expanding into other verticals going from vertical to horizontal, there are all these changes you can make that are really scary while you're doing them.</li>
 	<li>It's important to look a few months ahead and imagine what it will look like if it succeeds</li>
</ul>
<h2><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>
<ul>
 	<li><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a> | Website</li>
 	<li><a href="https://twitter.com/brianleeelliott">Brian Elliott</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>
Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out <a href="https://tinyseedtales.com/episodes/episode-1-a-non-technical-saas-founder">Season 1</a> of TinySeed Tales where we follow the Saas journey with Craig Hewitt of <a href="https://castos.com/">Castos</a>.]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/03-TinySeed-Tales-Gather-ep-03.mp3" length="26112381"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Brian & Scottie Elliott are the husband & wife co-founders of Gather, an interior design project management app.

Today, Rob chats with Brian & Scottie about their new hires, setting ambitious revenue goals, and managing stress and anxiety as entrepreneurs.
The topics we cover
[01:01] Update on hiring, new sales, and more

 	Hired a VA
 	Hired an industry expert to help with marketing/copywriting
 	Scottie & Brian now focused on documenting the processes
 	Had their first "team plan" subscription
 	One thing you'll notice as an entrepreneur is that when you start to expand your team beyond just the founders, new hires, propel you to get more organized, creating standard operating procedures like Brian & Scottie are now doing is a big step towards cementing the continuity and value of the business.

[03:18] Attending the TinySeed retreat and setting ambitious revenue goals

 	Brian and Scottie attended their first in-person retreat for their TinySeed batch
 	Setting batch goals are less of a punitive thing and more of a "let's do this together and let's be ambitious together"
 	Once we started talking about specific numbers, it forces you to reevaluate how you are thinking about pricing
 	There are a number of levers that we have at our discretion to pull. That number gave us, like, it allowed me to think about the numbers that mattered the most and the ones that would provide the most leverage.

[13:13] Anxiety, stress, and entrepreneurs

 	We had a pretty high churn month
 	Because we are now starting to carve that path to that new type of customer, our features are no longer speaking to the other subset of customers
 	The fear is that this (churn) happens every month
 	Whether you're going upmarket, whether you're changing from one vertical to another, whether you're expanding into other verticals going from vertical to horizontal, there are all these changes you can make that are really scary while you're doing them.
 	It's important to look a few months ahead and imagine what it will look like if it succeeds

Links from the show

 	Gather | Website
 	Brian Elliott | Twitter

Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out Season 1 of TinySeed Tales where we follow the Saas journey with Craig Hewitt of Castos.]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:26:42</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 515 | Finding a Co-Founder, Getting Better at Sales, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 10:26:22 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/episode-515-finding-a-co-founder-getting-better-at-sales-and-more-listener-questions</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-515-finding-a-co-founder-getting-better-at-sales-and-more-listener-questions</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[<p>Rob is joined by Anthony Eden from DNSimple as they answer your listener questions.</p>



<p>They cover topics ranging from tax liabilities with contractors, getting feedback on a prototype, and finding a technical cofounder.</p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a SaaS that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for the next episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p>[01:26] Tax liabilities and managing international contractors</p>



<p>[10:45] Starting when stair stepping isn't feasible</p>



<p>[16:38] Getting better at sales as a solo founder</p>



<p>[24:00] Finding a sales/marketing cofounder</p>



<p>[30:28] Getting feedback on a prototype, finding the right developer co-founder, and protecting your startup idea</p>



<p>[40:11] Considering a technical cofounder vs hiring a developer</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-509-revisiting-the-six-stages-of-saas-growth-with-dnsimple">Episode 509 | Revisiting the Six Stages of SaaS Growth with DNSimple</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1272547/000119312504096420/dex1012.htm">Intellectual Property Agreement</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/fw8ben.pdf">W-8BEN</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-498-selling-during-a-pandemic-with-steli-efti">Episode 498 | Selling During a Pandemic with Steli Efti</a></li>



<li><a href="https://airtable.com/tblVNOx1dUz5Mk5iR/viwAfJ70fBdTUHSLH/null">The Startup Chat with Steli &amp; Hiten</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-507-making-cold-email-work-in-b2b-saas">Episode 507 | Making Cold Email Work in B2B SaaS</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.indiehackers.com/">Indie Hackers</a></li>



<li><a href="https://activitymessenger.com/">Activity Messenger</a></li>



<li><a href="https://jtbd.info/">Jobs to be Done</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/dnsimple">DNSimple</a> | Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://dnsimple.com/">DNSimple</a> | Website</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/aeden">Anthony Eden</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><strong><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></strong></p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <strong><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></strong></p>]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Rob is joined by Anthony Eden from DNSimple as they answer your listener questions.



They cover topics ranging from tax liabilities with contractors, getting feedback on a prototype, and finding a technical cofounder.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a SaaS that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for the next episode. We’d love to hear from you!



The topics we cover



[01:26] Tax liabilities and managing international contractors



[10:45] Starting when stair stepping isn't feasible



[16:38] Getting better at sales as a solo founder



[24:00] Finding a sales/marketing cofounder



[30:28] Getting feedback on a prototype, finding the right developer co-founder, and protecting your startup idea



[40:11] Considering a technical cofounder vs hiring a developer



Links from the show




Episode 509 | Revisiting the Six Stages of SaaS Growth with DNSimple



Intellectual Property Agreement



W-8BEN



Episode 498 | Selling During a Pandemic with Steli Efti



The Startup Chat with Steli & Hiten



Episode 507 | Making Cold Email Work in B2B SaaS



Indie Hackers



Activity Messenger



Jobs to be Done



DNSimple | Twitter



DNSimple | Website



Anthony Eden | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[Episode 515 | Finding a Co-Founder, Getting Better at Sales, and More Listener Questions]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[<p>Rob is joined by Anthony Eden from DNSimple as they answer your listener questions.</p>



<p>They cover topics ranging from tax liabilities with contractors, getting feedback on a prototype, and finding a technical cofounder.</p>



<p>If you have questions about starting or scaling a SaaS that you’d like for us to cover, please <a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/contact-us">submit your question</a> for the next episode. We’d love to hear from you!</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>



<p>[01:26] Tax liabilities and managing international contractors</p>



<p>[10:45] Starting when stair stepping isn't feasible</p>



<p>[16:38] Getting better at sales as a solo founder</p>



<p>[24:00] Finding a sales/marketing cofounder</p>



<p>[30:28] Getting feedback on a prototype, finding the right developer co-founder, and protecting your startup idea</p>



<p>[40:11] Considering a technical cofounder vs hiring a developer</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>



<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-509-revisiting-the-six-stages-of-saas-growth-with-dnsimple">Episode 509 | Revisiting the Six Stages of SaaS Growth with DNSimple</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1272547/000119312504096420/dex1012.htm">Intellectual Property Agreement</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/fw8ben.pdf">W-8BEN</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-498-selling-during-a-pandemic-with-steli-efti">Episode 498 | Selling During a Pandemic with Steli Efti</a></li>



<li><a href="https://airtable.com/tblVNOx1dUz5Mk5iR/viwAfJ70fBdTUHSLH/null">The Startup Chat with Steli &amp; Hiten</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/episode-507-making-cold-email-work-in-b2b-saas">Episode 507 | Making Cold Email Work in B2B SaaS</a></li>



<li><a href="https://www.indiehackers.com/">Indie Hackers</a></li>



<li><a href="https://activitymessenger.com/">Activity Messenger</a></li>



<li><a href="https://jtbd.info/">Jobs to be Done</a></li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/dnsimple">DNSimple</a> | Twitter</li>



<li><a href="https://dnsimple.com/">DNSimple</a> | Website</li>



<li><a href="https://twitter.com/aeden">Anthony Eden</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>



<p>If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.</p>



<p><strong><a href="https://twitter.com/startupspod">Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.</a></strong></p>



<p>Subscribe &amp; Review: <strong><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us/id366931951">iTunes</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/2Ww2e4JNO2cfxWC2ImR7DJ">Spotify</a></strong> | <strong><a href="https://www.stitcher.com/podcast/startups-for-the-rest-of-us">Stitcher</a></strong></p>]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/Ep.515.mp3" length="46276305"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Rob is joined by Anthony Eden from DNSimple as they answer your listener questions.



They cover topics ranging from tax liabilities with contractors, getting feedback on a prototype, and finding a technical cofounder.



If you have questions about starting or scaling a SaaS that you’d like for us to cover, please submit your question for the next episode. We’d love to hear from you!



The topics we cover



[01:26] Tax liabilities and managing international contractors



[10:45] Starting when stair stepping isn't feasible



[16:38] Getting better at sales as a solo founder



[24:00] Finding a sales/marketing cofounder



[30:28] Getting feedback on a prototype, finding the right developer co-founder, and protecting your startup idea



[40:11] Considering a technical cofounder vs hiring a developer



Links from the show




Episode 509 | Revisiting the Six Stages of SaaS Growth with DNSimple



Intellectual Property Agreement



W-8BEN



Episode 498 | Selling During a Pandemic with Steli Efti



The Startup Chat with Steli & Hiten



Episode 507 | Making Cold Email Work in B2B SaaS



Indie Hackers



Activity Messenger



Jobs to be Done



DNSimple | Twitter



DNSimple | Website



Anthony Eden | Twitter




If you enjoyed this episode, let us know by clicking the link and sharing what you learned.



Click here to share your number one takeaway from the episode.



Subscribe & Review: iTunes | Spotify | Stitcher]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:48:01</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>
                    <![CDATA[TinySeed Tales S2E2 | Moving Upmarket]]>
                </title>
                <pubDate>Thu, 17 Sep 2020 05:00:30 +0000</pubDate>
                <dc:creator>Rob Walling</dc:creator>
                <guid isPermaLink="false">
                    https://startups-for-the-rest-of-us.castos.com/podcasts/5031/episodes/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-2-moving-upmarket</guid>
                                    <link>https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/episodes/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-2-moving-upmarket</link>
                                <description>
                                            <![CDATA[Brian &amp; Scottie Elliott are the husband &amp; wife co-founders of <strong><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a></strong>, an interior design project management app.

On this episode, Rob chats with Brian &amp; Scottie about taking their product upmarket, focusing on customer success, hiring consultants and contractors, and more!
<h2><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>
<strong>[01:43] Check in on how this week has been going</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Setting things in motion with some new hires</li>
 	<li>MRR now growing off the chain but feeling good about accomplishments</li>
 	<li>Shifting focus from growing while also building out process</li>
 	<li>MRR growth is not everything</li>
</ul>
<strong>[04:50] Scottie talks about hiring</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Looking at three potential hires right now: lead gen, VA, and an industry expert</li>
 	<li>Consultant vs contractor. A contract shows up and performs a task, a consultant is an expert in the industry</li>
 	<li>Moving from task-based hires to project-based hires</li>
 	<li>With Tinyseed funding now have the opportunity to do more hiring</li>
</ul>
<strong>[08:59] New business processes</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Scottie was initially doing customer support</li>
 	<li>Now realizing needing to focus on customer success to help make sure the customer is successful</li>
</ul>
<strong>[10:21] Challenging sales cycles and losing an enterprise deal</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Had a potential enterprise deal (40-50 seats) but the contract was pulled last minute based on the price</li>
 	<li>The contract eventually went to 0 and the client ghosted Scottie &amp; Brian</li>
 	<li>Losing contracts is disappointing, but they'll continue to reach out until they get a "no".</li>
 	<li>Going to dig into the "why" to understand if it was pricing, or something else.</li>
 	<li>Founders need to decide between learning or hiring for specific skill sets</li>
 	<li>Important to have a sales process in place before handing off to an outsider</li>
 	<li>Lots of institutional knowledge within a business and sales process that needs to be documented</li>
</ul>
<strong>[17:57] Technical setbacks from the week</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>They had a complicated new feature about to ship when one of their developers raised an issue that ended up setting them back nearly a week.</li>
</ul>
<h2><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>
<ul>
 	<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/tinyseed-tales/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-1-introducing-gather">TinySeed Tales Season 2 Episode 1</a></li>
 	<li><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a> | Website</li>
 	<li><a href="https://twitter.com/brianleeelliott">Brian Elliott</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>
Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out Season 1 of TinySeed Tales where we follow the SaaS journey with Craig Hewitt of Castos.]]>
                                    </description>
                <itunes:subtitle>
                    <![CDATA[Brian & Scottie Elliott are the husband & wife co-founders of Gather, an interior design project management app.

On this episode, Rob chats with Brian & Scottie about taking their product upmarket, focusing on customer success, hiring consultants and contractors, and more!
The topics we cover
[01:43] Check in on how this week has been going

 	Setting things in motion with some new hires
 	MRR now growing off the chain but feeling good about accomplishments
 	Shifting focus from growing while also building out process
 	MRR growth is not everything

[04:50] Scottie talks about hiring

 	Looking at three potential hires right now: lead gen, VA, and an industry expert
 	Consultant vs contractor. A contract shows up and performs a task, a consultant is an expert in the industry
 	Moving from task-based hires to project-based hires
 	With Tinyseed funding now have the opportunity to do more hiring

[08:59] New business processes

 	Scottie was initially doing customer support
 	Now realizing needing to focus on customer success to help make sure the customer is successful

[10:21] Challenging sales cycles and losing an enterprise deal

 	Had a potential enterprise deal (40-50 seats) but the contract was pulled last minute based on the price
 	The contract eventually went to 0 and the client ghosted Scottie & Brian
 	Losing contracts is disappointing, but they'll continue to reach out until they get a "no".
 	Going to dig into the "why" to understand if it was pricing, or something else.
 	Founders need to decide between learning or hiring for specific skill sets
 	Important to have a sales process in place before handing off to an outsider
 	Lots of institutional knowledge within a business and sales process that needs to be documented

[17:57] Technical setbacks from the week

 	They had a complicated new feature about to ship when one of their developers raised an issue that ended up setting them back nearly a week.

Links from the show

 	TinySeed Tales Season 2 Episode 1
 	Gather | Website
 	Brian Elliott | Twitter

Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out Season 1 of TinySeed Tales where we follow the SaaS journey with Craig Hewitt of Castos.]]>
                </itunes:subtitle>
                                <itunes:title>
                    <![CDATA[TinySeed Tales S2E2 | Moving Upmarket]]>
                </itunes:title>
                                                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <content:encoded>
                    <![CDATA[Brian &amp; Scottie Elliott are the husband &amp; wife co-founders of <strong><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a></strong>, an interior design project management app.

On this episode, Rob chats with Brian &amp; Scottie about taking their product upmarket, focusing on customer success, hiring consultants and contractors, and more!
<h2><strong>The topics we cover</strong></h2>
<strong>[01:43] Check in on how this week has been going</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Setting things in motion with some new hires</li>
 	<li>MRR now growing off the chain but feeling good about accomplishments</li>
 	<li>Shifting focus from growing while also building out process</li>
 	<li>MRR growth is not everything</li>
</ul>
<strong>[04:50] Scottie talks about hiring</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Looking at three potential hires right now: lead gen, VA, and an industry expert</li>
 	<li>Consultant vs contractor. A contract shows up and performs a task, a consultant is an expert in the industry</li>
 	<li>Moving from task-based hires to project-based hires</li>
 	<li>With Tinyseed funding now have the opportunity to do more hiring</li>
</ul>
<strong>[08:59] New business processes</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Scottie was initially doing customer support</li>
 	<li>Now realizing needing to focus on customer success to help make sure the customer is successful</li>
</ul>
<strong>[10:21] Challenging sales cycles and losing an enterprise deal</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Had a potential enterprise deal (40-50 seats) but the contract was pulled last minute based on the price</li>
 	<li>The contract eventually went to 0 and the client ghosted Scottie &amp; Brian</li>
 	<li>Losing contracts is disappointing, but they'll continue to reach out until they get a "no".</li>
 	<li>Going to dig into the "why" to understand if it was pricing, or something else.</li>
 	<li>Founders need to decide between learning or hiring for specific skill sets</li>
 	<li>Important to have a sales process in place before handing off to an outsider</li>
 	<li>Lots of institutional knowledge within a business and sales process that needs to be documented</li>
</ul>
<strong>[17:57] Technical setbacks from the week</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>They had a complicated new feature about to ship when one of their developers raised an issue that ended up setting them back nearly a week.</li>
</ul>
<h2><strong>Links from the show</strong></h2>
<ul>
 	<li><a href="https://www.startupsfortherestofus.com/tinyseed-tales/tinyseed-tales-season-2-episode-1-introducing-gather">TinySeed Tales Season 2 Episode 1</a></li>
 	<li><a href="https://gatherit.co/">Gather</a> | Website</li>
 	<li><a href="https://twitter.com/brianleeelliott">Brian Elliott</a> | Twitter</li>
</ul>
Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out Season 1 of TinySeed Tales where we follow the SaaS journey with Craig Hewitt of Castos.]]>
                </content:encoded>
                                    <enclosure url="https://prfx.byspotify.com/e/episodes.castos.com/5e1c969972fbb8-96341148/02-TinySeed-Tales-Gather-ep-02.mp3" length="21501037"
                        type="audio/mpeg">
                    </enclosure>
                                <itunes:summary>
                    <![CDATA[Brian & Scottie Elliott are the husband & wife co-founders of Gather, an interior design project management app.

On this episode, Rob chats with Brian & Scottie about taking their product upmarket, focusing on customer success, hiring consultants and contractors, and more!
The topics we cover
[01:43] Check in on how this week has been going

 	Setting things in motion with some new hires
 	MRR now growing off the chain but feeling good about accomplishments
 	Shifting focus from growing while also building out process
 	MRR growth is not everything

[04:50] Scottie talks about hiring

 	Looking at three potential hires right now: lead gen, VA, and an industry expert
 	Consultant vs contractor. A contract shows up and performs a task, a consultant is an expert in the industry
 	Moving from task-based hires to project-based hires
 	With Tinyseed funding now have the opportunity to do more hiring

[08:59] New business processes

 	Scottie was initially doing customer support
 	Now realizing needing to focus on customer success to help make sure the customer is successful

[10:21] Challenging sales cycles and losing an enterprise deal

 	Had a potential enterprise deal (40-50 seats) but the contract was pulled last minute based on the price
 	The contract eventually went to 0 and the client ghosted Scottie & Brian
 	Losing contracts is disappointing, but they'll continue to reach out until they get a "no".
 	Going to dig into the "why" to understand if it was pricing, or something else.
 	Founders need to decide between learning or hiring for specific skill sets
 	Important to have a sales process in place before handing off to an outsider
 	Lots of institutional knowledge within a business and sales process that needs to be documented

[17:57] Technical setbacks from the week

 	They had a complicated new feature about to ship when one of their developers raised an issue that ended up setting them back nearly a week.

Links from the show

 	TinySeed Tales Season 2 Episode 1
 	Gather | Website
 	Brian Elliott | Twitter

Thanks for listening to another episode of TinySeed Tales. If you haven't already, be sure to check out Season 1 of TinySeed Tales where we follow the SaaS journey with Craig Hewitt of Castos.]]>
                </itunes:summary>
                                                                            <itunes:duration>00:21:54</itunes:duration>
                                                    <itunes:author>
                    <![CDATA[Rob Walling]]>
                </itunes:author>
                            </item>
            </channel>
</rss>
